LIBRARY 

OF  THE 

University  of  California. 

GIFT    OF 

O  >...Lc. vJ^.cc^v\aJL.^La-*o. 

Class  ^  A    ^  ^   . 


Digitized  by  the  Internet  Archive 

in  2007  with  funding  from 

IVIicrosoft  Corporation 


http://www.archive.org/details/brieffrenchcoursOOmuzzrich 


A  BRIEF  FRENCH  COURSE 


IN  CONFORMITY  WITH  THE  LAWS  OF  SYNTAX 
PROMULGATED  BY  THE  FRENCH  GOVERN- 
MENT, BY  DECREE  OF  MARCH  11,  1901 


BY 


ANTOINE    MUZZARELLI 

OFFICIER    d'aCADEMIE 

PROFESSOR    OF    MODERN    LANGUAGES    AND    LITERATURE  ;    AUTHOR    OF 

"the    ACADEMIC    FRENCH    COURSE,"    "  LES    ANTONYMES    DE 

LA   LANGUE    FRANQAISE,"    "ENGLISH    ANTONYMES," 

"FRENCH    CLASSICS,"    ETC. 


OF  THE 

UNIVERSITY 

OF 


NEW  YORK  .:•  CINCINNATI  •:•  CHICAGO 

AMERICAN    BOOK    COMPANY 


\^o 


CoPTRiGirr,  1901,  by 
A.   MUZZAEELLI. 

Entessd  at  Stationees'  Hall,  LomwN. 

BRnCF   FR.    COUESK. 

w.  p.  I 


INTRODUCTION 

The  aim  of  this  book  is  to  be  simple  and  practical.  It  can 
be  mastered  easily  in  a  year  and  by  an  industrious  student  in 
less  time.  We  have  exercised  our  best  judgment  in  selecting 
for  treatment  only  those  rules  of  syntax  that  are  essential. 
We  do  not  think  that  there  is  any  good  ground  for  teaching 
students  subtle  points  of  grammatical  finesse,  often  in  contra- 
diction with  the  usage  of  the  most  classic  writers,  the  applica- 
tion of  which  can  be  studied  usefully  only  through  the  reading 
of  good  and  well-selected  literature.  The  present  work  is  no 
mere  abbreviation  of  our  Academic  French  Course,  which  has 
had  such  gratifying  success,  though  the  same  methods  have 
been  followed  with  such  changes  as  we  have  judged  desirable, 
both  from  our  own  experience  and  from  that  of  hundreds  of 
our  colleagues,  in  teaching  the  aforesaid  work  to  pupils  of 
every  age  and  condition,  in  large  classes  and  in  small.  Every 
rule  will  be  found  to  be  in  conformity  with  the  reformed  syn- 
tax, approved  by  the  Academy  and  recently  promulgated  by 
the  French  government;  a  reform  which  will  be  hailed  with 
the  greatest  delight  by  every  one,  inasmuch  as  it  abolishes  or 
simplifies  many  rules  which  have  been  the  despair  of  students 
and  teachers  alike.  The  extensive  vocabulary  has  been  se- 
lected with  the  view  of  making  students  acquainted  from  the 
very  beginning  with  the  forms  of  everyday  expressions. 

The  portion  dealing  with  phonetics  is  as  complete  as  possible, 
although  the  peculiar  intonation  of  French  can  be  learned  only 
from  a  competent  teacher. 

In  the  application  of  rules  of  syntax,  nothing  short  of  pure 
idiomatic  French,  characteristic  of  the  genius  of  that  language, 
will  be  found,  sentences  being  as  attractive  as  possible,  on  the 

3 

183976 


4  INTRODUCTION 

sound  pedagogic  principle  that  interest  is  absolutely  essential 
to  the  performance  of  the  best  work  in  any  field.  We  have 
attempted  to  contrast  the  respective  turns  of  thought  of  the 
two  languages  in  such  a  way  as  will  develop  the  analytic  and 
reflective  faculties  of  the  student  who,  after  having  mastered 
this  book,  will  be  enabled  to  read  with  ease  and  pleasure  the 
great  French  classics  or  to  consult  with  profit  any  scientific 
French  work ;  for  is  it  not,  after  all,  the  ability  to  read  a  for- 
eign tongue  in  pursuit  of  general  information  and  of  literary 
culture  that  is  of  more  universal  use  than  the  difficult  power 
to  converse  with  ease  in  that  language  for  practical  purposes 
of  daily  life? 

Translating  is  a  most  excellent  drill  to  exercise .  one's  judg- 
ment. Let  students  who  have  become  familiar  with  both 
French  and  English  idiomatic  expressions  never  lose  sight  of 
the  fact  that  ideas,  and  not  words  merely,  are  to  be  translated, 
and  carefully  avoid  literal  renderings  which,  in  many  cases, 
although  composed  of  English  or  French  words  and  conform- 
ing to  grammatical  rules,  are  neither  French  nor  English.  A 
good  translation  means  giving  a  reasonably  faithful  rendering 
of  the  meaning  of  the  original.  But  nothing  short  of  good 
idiomatic  expressions  should  be  accepted  by  the  teacher,  who 
will  thus  be  enabled  to  ascertain  whether  the  pupil  has  cor- 
rectly understood  the  text. 

At  the  end  of  the  exercises  will  be  found  the  poems  for 
memorizing  prescribed  by  the  Regents  of  the  University  of 
the  State  of  New  York,  accompanied  by  notes  with  suggestions 
on  reading  French  poetry. 

In  conclusion,  teachers  will  do  well  to  insist  upon  students 
making  the  changes  suggested  in  gender,  number,  and  person 
of  the  various  parts  of  speech.  The  author's  experience,  as 
instructor,  warrants  him  in  asserting  that  thus  will  be  gained 
a  mastery  of  the  various  French  forms  in  no  other  way  so 
easily  attainable.  a    m 


CONTENTS 


PHONETICS 

PAGK 

Introduction 3 

The  Alphabet 11 

Accents,  Apostrophe,  Cedilla,  Diaeresis,  Hyphen      .        .         .         .11 

Punctuation,  Capital  Letters 12 

Pronunciation  of  Vowels 13 

Pronunciation  of  Consonants 18 

Division  of  Syllables  .         .         .         .       " 21,200 

Tonic  Accent 22 

Elision  of  the  Mute  E 22 

Union  of  Words         .         . 23,  239 

NOUNS 

Possessive  Case 26 

Formation  of  the  Peminine 242 

Formation  of  the  Plural 24,41,74,245 

Compound 44,  171 

Used  in  a  General  Sense 30 

Of  Measure 171 

Collective 177 

Differing  in  Meaning  according  to  their  Gender         ....     246 

Used  with  avoir 132 

Foreign 246 

Used  in  the  Masculine  only 244 

Gender  of  Inanimate  Objects      .        .         .         .         .         .         .24,241 

ARTICLE 

Indefinite   .         .        . 24,  33,  38,  68,  171 

Definite 25,  253 

Partitive 35,  38,  241 

Repetition  of 30,  241 

6 


6  CONTENTS 

PAGE 

Before  Titles 51 

Employment  of 24,  25,  30 

With  Infinitive 130 

Before  Names  of  Countries 164 

Before  Nouns  of  Measure 171 

Omission  of 33,  164,  171,  241 

Table  of 241 

ADJECTIVES 

Definition  of 250 

Formation  of  the  Feminine 32,  74,  247 

Formation  of  the  Plural 32,  41,  74,  245,  247 

Agreement  of 32,  41,  74,  242,  247 

With  Nouns  of  Different  Genders 40 

Place  of 72 

Taking  no  Capitals 33 

Descriptive  of  Material 171 

Meaning  according  to  Position 248 

Comparison 53 

Demonstrative 54 

Indefinite SI 

Interrogative 42 

Numeral 67,  68,  70,  248,  249 

Possessive 39,  40,  41,  179,  250 

Verbal 137,  138 

PRONOUNS 

Definition  of 43,  250 

Demonstrative 55,  251 

Indefinite 81,  253 

Interrogative 45,  48 

Personal  or  Conjunctive 60-62,  251 

Repetition  of 62 

Disjunctive 63,  64 

Possessive 59,  250 

Agreement  of 59 

Reflexive 64,  123,  252 

Relative 43,  44 

Order  of  Precedence 123,  251,  252 


CONTENTS  7 

VERBS 

Auxiliaries 

PAGE 

Avoir  and  etre  (Exercises  on) 29-180 

Full  Conjugation  of 253-263 

Idiomatic  Uses 56-57,  66-271 

Regular 

First  Conjugation  (Exercises  on) 85-147 

Second  Conjugation  (Exercises  on)  .  .  .  .  .  ,  97-147 
Third  Conjugation  (Exercises  on)  .  .  .  '.  .  .  99-147 
Full  Conjugation  of  1st,  2d,  and  3d  Model  ....  263-267 
Peculiarities  of  the  Three  Conjugations     ....       lu6,  267-268 

Subjunctive  Mood 108-110 

Infinitive  Mood  , 75,  85,  130,  135,  140,  277 

Impersonal .     197 

Reflexive  and  Reciprocal 123-129,  273-275 

Passive 271-273 

Transitive  and  Intransitive         .         .        .      ■ 298 

Table  of  Terminations 277 

Preceded  by  a  Preposition 299-301 

In  -evoir,  Full  Conjugation 268-270 

Irregular 

Exercises  on  Irregular 147-199 

Table  of 278-297 

Formation  of  Tenses 275-277 

Employment  of  Tenses 85-147,  302-304 

Similar  in  Both  Languages         .         .         .        .         .         .         .         .89 


PARTICIPLES 

Agreement  of  the  Past 49,  51,  139 

Use  of  the  Present 137 


ADVERBS 

Of  Negation 31,  42,  45,  49,  61,  83,  131,  132 

Of  Quantity 76,  306 


O  CONTENTS 

PA6S 

Position  of 83,  93,  131,  132,  305 

Formation  of 304 

JVe  used  without  pas 46,116,190 

PREPOSITIONS 

Preceding  an  Infinitive 132,134,299 

Following  an  Infinitive 298 

In  Compound  Nouns 44,  171 

Repeated  before  a  Noun 31,  306 

Never  ending  a  Clause 306 

After  Adverbs  of  Quantity 76 

Pendant,  depuis,  and  pour 76 


CONJUNCTIONS 

Requiring  Subjunctive 109,116,118,306 

As  Preposition 136 

Principal 306 

POEMS 


How  to  read  Prosody 

. 

.     200 

Le  Colima^on     . 

.     Arnault 

.     202 

La  Feuille  dess^ch^e  . 

.     Boucher  de  Perthes 

.    203 

La  Petite  Mendiante  . 

.     Boucher  de  Perthes 

.     203 

Le  Petit  Pierre  . 

.     Boucher  de  Perthes 

.     204 

Beau  Soir  . 

.     Paul  Bourget 

.     205 

l:toiles  filantes   . 

.     Franf;ois  Coppee  . 

.     206 

La  Tombe  dit  ^  la  Rose 

.     Victor  Hugo 

.     206 

Conseils  k  un  Enfant 

.      Victor  Hugo 

.     207 

Partant  pour  la  Syrie 

.     La  Peine  Hortense 

.     207 

Trois  Fils  d'Or    . 

.     Leconte  de  Lisle  . 

.     209 

Chanson  de  Barberine 

.     Alfred  de  Musset . 

.     209 

Adieux  de  Marie  Stuart 

.     Beranger 

.     210 

Mon  Habit 

.     Beranger 

.     212 

La  Cigale  et  la  Fourmi 

.     La  Fontaine 

.     214 

Le  Corbeau  et  le  Renard 

.     La  Fontaine 

.     215 

La  Source  . 

.     Theophile  Gauthier 

.     216 

Adieu 

.     Alfred  de  Musset . 

.     217 

CONTENTS  9 

PA6B 

Les  Deux  Routes Alfred  de  Musset .  .    218 

Chanson  de  Fortunio          ....     Alfred  de  Musset .  .     218 

Le  Vase  Bris6     .......     Sully  Prudhomme  .     219 

Les  Souvenirs  du  Peuple    ....     Beranger      .         .  .     220 

Le  Retour  dans  la  Patrie    ....     Beranger      .        .  .     223 

L':6cho Francois  Coppee  .  .     225 

La  Mort  de  Jeanne  D'Arc          .         .         .     Casimir  Delavigne  .     225 

Mes  Boeufs Pierre  Dupont      .  .     229 

Le  Chene  et  le  Roseau        .        .        .        .La  Fontaine        .  .     230 

La  Pauvre  Fleur Victor  Hugo         .  .    232 

Hymne  de  1' Enfant  h  Son  Reveil        .         .     Lamartine    .         .  .     233 

La  Marseillaise Rouget  de  VIsle   .  .     235 

Massacre  de  la  Saiut-Barth61emy       .        .     Voltaire       .        .  .     238 

Appendix 241-307 

Vocabularies 309-383, 

General  Index 384-394 


ABBREVIATIONS   AND   SICxNS. 


adj. 

= 

adjective. 

adv. 

= 

adverb. 

ant. 

= 

anterior. 

art. 

= 

article. 

bot. 

= 

botanic. 

cond. 

= 

conditional. 

conj. 

= 

conjunction. 

con jug. 

= 

conjugation. 

conjunc. 

= 

conjunctive. 

dat. 

= 

dative. 

def. 

■=. 

definite. 

defin. 

= 

definition. 

dem. 

= 

demonstrative. 

dimin. 

= 

diminutive. 

dir.  obj. 

= 

direct  object. 

disj. 

= 

disjiHictive. 

f.,  fem. 

= 

feminine. 

figur. 

= 

figuratively. 

fn. 

= 

footnote. 

fut. 

= 

future. 

gen. 

= 

genitive. 

imp. 

= 

imperative. 

impers. 

— 

impersonal. 

impf. 

- 

imperfect. 

indef. 

z= 

indefinite. 

indlc. 

= 

indicative. 

indir. 

= 

indirect  object. 

inf. 

=. 

infinitive. 

inter. 

= 

mterrogative. 

irreg. 

= 

irregular. 

lit. 

= 

literally. 

locut. 

= 

locution. 

m.,  masc. 

—     masculine. 

mus. 

=     music. 

n. 

=     note. 

neg. 

=     negative. 

nom. 

=     nominative. 

obj. 

=     object. 

P- 

=     page. 

part. 

_  (  participle. 
I  partitive. 

perf. 

=     perfect. 

pers. 

_  f  person. 
\  personal. 

p.p. 

=     past  participle. 

pi.,  plur. 

=     plural. 

plpf. 

=     pluperfect. 

poss. 

=     possessive. 

pr. 

_  f  pronounce. 
I  pronunciation. 

prep. 

=     preposition. 

pres. 

=     present. 

pres.  part 

=     present  participle. 

pron. 

=     pronoun. 

reflex. 

=     reflexive. 

reg. 

=     regular. 

rel. 

=     relative. 

s.,  sing. 

=     singular. 

sub. 

=     subject. 

subj. 

=     subjunctive. 

trans.  • 

=     transitive. 

transl. 

_  J  translate. 
.  translation. 

V. 

=     verb. 

t     before  h  signifies  that  h  is  aspirate. 

*    before  a  word  signifies  irregular  verb. 
(  )  signifies  a  literal  translation  of  the  expression  inclosed. 
[  ]  signifies  that  the  word  or  expression  inclosed  is  not  to  be  translated. 

10 


PHONETICS 


THE  ALPHABET 


1.    a 

b 

c 

d 

e      f       g       h       i      j 

k 

1 

m 

ah 

he 

ce 

de 

e     fe     ge      he     i     je 

ke 

le 

me 

n 

0 

P 

q 

r        8         t       u       V 

z 

7 

z 

ne 

0 

pe 

A;e 

re      se       te      u      ve 

kse 

i 

ze 

Be,  ce,  de,  e,  etc.,  have  about  the  sound  of  e  in  hatter.  Pro- 
nounce g  and  j  as  s  in  pleasure;  i  and  y  as  the  English  e,  and 
u  like  the  German  i^.  W  (double  v,  sounding  it  like  v)  is  used 
only  in  a  few  foreign  words.     All  the  letters  are  masculine. 

ORTHOGRAPHIC  SIGNS 

Accents  —  Apostrophe  —  Cedilla  —  Diaeresis  —  Hyphen 

2.  There  are  three  accents,  —  the  acute  {V accent  aigu),  the 
grave  (V accent  grave),  and  the  circumflex  (Vaccent  circonjlexe). 

1.  The  acute  accent  (>)  indicates  a  sharp  sound,  and  is 
placed  only  over  the  vowel  e  (r4p4te). 

2.  The  grave  (^),  which  indicates  a  broad  sound,  is  placed 
over  the  vowels  e  and  a  (m^re,  apr^s). 

3.  The  circumflex  (^),  which  broadens  and  lengthens  the 
sound,  is  placed  upon  every  vowel  save  y.  It  often  denotes 
some  letter  now  discarded  (as  in  dge,  t^te,  cdte).  The  accents 
(v)  and  (^)  are  also  used  in  some  letters  for  the  sole  sake  of 
syntax  distinction  and  without  affecting  their  sounds :  a  (has)j 
d,  (to)  ;  sur  (upon),  siir  (sure). 

11 


12  A  BRIEF   FRENCH   COURSE 

4.  The  diaeresis  ( "  ),  le  trSma,  is  placed  over  e,  i,  or  u  when 
it  is  to  be  pronounced  distinct  from  the  preceding  vowel : 
laA-que,  Sorul. 

5.  The  apostrophe  ('),  VapostropJie,  indicates  that  a,  e,  or  i 
has  been  dropped  before  the  following  vowel  or  mute  h :  Vdme, 
Vhomme,  sHl  for  la  dme,  le  homme,  si  il,  etc.  The  a  is  dropped 
only  in  la,  article  or  pronoun,  and  i  is  elided  from  si  only  before 
il  or  Us,  never  before  elle. 

6.  The  cedilla  (^),  la  cedille,  is  placed  under  the  c  before  a, 
o,  or  u  to  give  it  the  soft  sound  of  s :  frangais,  regu. 

7.  The  hyphen  (-),  le  trait  d^ union,  is  used  to  connect  two 
or  more  words  :    donnez-le-moi. 

PUNCTUATION,   AND  USE  OF  CAPITALS 

3.  Capital  letters  are  used  in  French  as  in  English,  except  in 
the  case  of  the  pronoun  /  (Je);  the  names  of  the  months 
{Janvier,  etc.) ;  the  days  of  the  week  (lundi,  etc.) ;  and  adjec- 
tives and  titles  derived  from  proper  names,  unless,  of  course, 
they  begin  a  sentence  (  Un  officier  frangais,  Vempereur  Napoleon), 
or  are  used  as  nouns  (un  Francais). 

4.  The  punctuation  marks  are : — 

La  virgule (  »  ) »  comma. 

Le  point  et  virgule  .    .     .  (  ;  ),  semicolon. 

Les  deux  points  .     .     .     .  (  :  ),  colon. 

Le  point (  .  ;,  full  stop,  or  period. 

Le  point  d'interrogation  .  (  ?  ),  interrogation  point. 

Le  point  d'exclamation    .  (  !  ),  exclamation  point. 

Les  points  de  susi)ension  (...)»  notes  of  suspension. 

Les  giiillemets     .     .    .     .  (")»  quotation  marks. 
La  parenthfese      .     .     .     .  (),  [],  parenthesis  and  bracket. 

L'accolade W,  brace. 


PHONETICS  13 

QUANTITY 

5,  In  French  every  syllable  is  relatively  either  short  or  long. 
The  variations  of  this  duration  of  sound  form  what  is  called 
quantity. 

1.  A  short  syllable  is  one  whose  sound  is  of  short  duration,  as 
il  pent  (he  can),  and  a  long  syllable  is  one  which  is  pronounced 
with  emphasis  or  longer  duration,  as  il  veut  (he  wishes).  Thus 
in  the  word  abondance,  a  is  short,  bon  is  long,  dan  is  still  longer, 
and  the  five  syllables'  of  the  word  re-ci-pro-ci-te  are  all  short. 

2.  There  are  a  few  words  which  have  two  entirely  different 
significations,  according  to  whether  they  are  long  or  short ;  as, 
tdche  (a  task),  and  tache  (a  stain) ;  packer  (to  fish),  and  pecker 
(to  sin);  mdtin  (a  mastiff),  and  matin  (morning). 

The  foregoing  examples  show  that  all  circumflexed  vowels 
are  long  (extreme,  grdce). 

3.  A  vowel  followed  in  the  same  syllable  by  a  mute  e  is 
long  (finie,  vue),  but  short  if  followed  by  any  other  vowel;  i, 
for  instance,  is  long  in  je  lie,  and  short  in  nous  lions. 

All  final  syllables  ending  in  e  mute,  s,  z,  or  x,  are  long;  as, 
rose,  temps,  nez,  voix.  Those  ending  with  any  other  conso- 
nant are  short;  as,  sac,  sel,  nectar. 

4.  Nasals. — All  nasal  syllables  followed  by  a  consonant  begin- 
ning another  syllable  are  long  (as,  jambe,  craindre,  etc.),  but 
when  the  m  or  n  is  doubled,  the  vowel  becomes  short  (as, 
ipigramme,  personne,  etc.) 

5.  Unguals.  —  All  final  syllables  ending  with  a  liquid  I  are 

short  (as,  4ventail,  soleil,  etc.),  but  -aille  is  long  in  all  words, 

except  mMaille,  travaille,  detaille,  ^maille,  and  in  all  the  tenses 

of  these  verbs. 

PRONUNCIATION 

VOWELS 

6.  The  following  table  aims  to  give,  as  nearly  as  possible, 
English  equivalents  for  the  French  sounds ;  but,  from  the 
nature  of  the  case,  the  equivalents  are  only  approosimate. 


14 


A   BRIEF   FRENCH  COURSE 
Simple  Vowels  forming  Simple  Sounds 


English 

EQUrVALENTS. 

Bkhakks. 

Examples. 

1. 

a,  a  short 

S^ 

The  usual  sound. 

a-voir,  a-ni-mal, 
i-ra,  chat,   1^. 

2. 

a,  &  long 

far 

* 

When  followed  by  double 
r,   or  with  a  circumflex 
accent. 

bar-re,       S,-me, 
cha-teau. 

3. 

a  silent 

Only  in  a  few  words. 

aout,          Caen, 
Sao-ne. 

1. 

e  mute 

hatter 

The  French  mute  e  has  a 
faint   guttural   sound   at 
the  end  of  a  syllable. 

le,    me,    te-nir, 
re-le-ver. 

2. 

e  mute 

silent  as  in 
mute 

At  the  end  of  a  polysylla- 
ble (when  the  last  syllable 
is  theoretically  formed  by 
the  e)  ;  before  final  s  (ex- 
cept as  in  3d)  ;  before  -nt 
of  the  third  person  plural 
of  a  verb  ;  when  used  to 
preserve   the  soft  sound 
of  g  ;  and  in  je  when  fol- 
lowing its  verb. 

ta-ble,  sa-la-de, 

ma-la-des, 
ai-ment,      don- 

nent, 
man-geai,    son- 

geons, 
serai  je  ?  ai  je  ? 

3. 

elong 

there 

When  mute  e  is  followed 
by  s  in  monosyllables  ;  or 
by  silent  t  final. 

ces,     des,     les, 
pou-let,se-cret, 
ca-chet. 

4. 

e  short 

there 

Before  r. 

fer,  mer,  cher. 

6. 

d,  e  long 

there 

e    is    a  trifle    longer   and 
broader  than  d. 

tr6s,  p6re,  f  o-rgt, 
ex-tre-me. 

6. 

6  short 

mate 

^-ga-li-te,      th^, 
ca-U. 

7. 

e  short 

mate 

Before  final  silent  r  (of  the 
infinitive)  or  final  silent 
consonant  other  than  s  or 
t.    The  conjunction  et=^, 

the  t  being  always  silent. 

don-ner,      bou- 

lan-ger, 
nez,  clef,  pied, 
et. 

PHONETICS  .15 

JiMPLE  Vowels  forming  Simple  Sounds.  —  Continued 


English 
Equivalents. 

Remarks. 

Examples. 

1. 

i  short 

marine 

il,  fi-ni,  i-ci. 

2. 

i 

onion 

When  followed  in  the  same 
syllable  (and  frequently 
in  others)  by  any  vowel 
except  e  mute. 

mi-el,  pi-6-ge, 
ci-el.        ^ 

3. 

i,  i  long 

machine 

The  i  circumflex  is  always 
long. 

vie,  rient,  gi-te, 
a-bi-me. 

1.  0  short 

2.  0 

3.  6  long 


some  (nearly) 


note 


Before  final  r. 

Especially  when  it  forms 
the  final  syllable  of  a 
word. 


hom-me,    o-pu- 

lent,  no-tre. 
fort,     mor-dre, 

pore, 
le    n6-tre,  nos, 

vos,      re-pos, 

sup-po-se. 


1.   u  silent 


2.   u  short 


no    English 
equivalent 


German  U 


After  g  and  q,  except  in  a 
few  words,  or  when  fol- 
lowed by  a  vowel  with 
the  diaeresis. 

Becomes  long  with  a  cir- 
cumflex, or  when  the 
syllable  ends  in  e  mute. 


fa-ti-gue,quand, 
qua-tre,  am- 
bi-gu-e. 

du,  ^-lu,  mu-gir, 
mu-re,  vue. 


1.    y  short 

marine 

When  alone,  or  when  it  is 

y,   py-ra-mi-de, 

the  vowel  of  the  syllable. 

sty-le. 

2.   y  short 

onion 

When  followed  by  another 

yeux,  ya-ta-gan. 

-' 

vowel  in  the  same  syllaljje. 

3.  ylong 

i-i 

Between  two  vowels   and 

employ^      (em- 

^ 

in  the  word  pays  and  its 

ploi-id),     pay- 

derivatives. 

sanQ)ai-i-san). 

16 


A  BRIEF  FRENCH   COURSE 


CoMBixED  Vowels  forming  Simple  Sounds 


English 

EyIIVALENTS. 


1.   ai 


=  mute  e<^> 

=  d(5) 


Ekmarks. 


In  certain  forms  of  the  verb 
faire  and  its  compounds. 

In  all  tenses  of  verbs  ex- 
cept those  ending  in  ai, 
and  je  sais,  tu  sais,  il  sail. 


Examples. 


faisant  (fe-zan), 
faisais  (fe-z6). 

j'a-vais,  je  se- 
rais, pai-re, 
bale. 


3.   ai 


4.   an:  eau 


5.  eu,  (Bu 


6.  ou 


6(C) 


=  6(') 


u  in  Twrt 


0  m  move 


When  final  or  when  initial 
before  any  but  a  mute 
syllable. 


But  pronounced  like  u  (2) 
in  certain  parts  of  avoir, 
as  6M,  eu-rent,  eus-sent. 


gai,  ]'ai,  ]e  re- 
ce-vrai ;  ai-ma- 
ble,  ai-san-ce, 
ai-s6 ;  trai-ter. 

tu-yau,  6-me- 
rau-de ;  che- 
vreaux. 

feu,bleu,  jeu-ne, 
oeuf ,  boeuf. 

loup,  ou,  par- 
tout,  cour. 


CoMBiKED  Vowels  forming  Diphthongs* 


1.   ia,  io,  leu 

ia>-a(i), 
iO)-oO), 
i(i)-euW 

,  -^^ 

fi-a-cre,  vi-o-let, 
"l)i-eu.     ^ 

2.  oi,  oy,  o§ 

=  wa  in  was 

Better  represented  by  pro- 

loi, oie,  oi-seau ; 

3.  ou 

=  w 

nouncing    ou-a     as    one 
syllable. 
When  followed  in  the  same 
syllable  by  a  pronounced 
vowel,  which  then  retains 
its  own  sound ;    oui-  as 

jo-yeux  ;  po-e- 
le. 
ou-i,          ou-est, 
fou-et.      ^ 

4.  uai,ue,m, 
uo 

U(2)-ai(3), 

u(2)-e(7),    . 

U(2)-i('), 

one  syllable. 

sa-lu-ai,  tu-ez, 
lu-i^  im^6- 
tu^o-si-t^. 

U(2)  .  0(3) 

*  A  diphthong  in  French  is  a  combination  of  vowels  producing  two  sounds 
uttered  by  a  single  emission  of  the  voice.  French  diphthongs  are  formed  with 
the  three  vowels  i,  o,  u,  and  the  vowel  sound  ou,  followed  by  some  other  vowel. 


PHONETICS  1? 

NASALS 

7.  English  affords  no  equivalent  for  the  nasalized  vowel, 
which  is  best  defined  as  that  of  the  n  in  lung,  without  the  g 
sound. 

The  nasals  have  four  sounds,  as  follows :  — 

1.  Nasalized  arc.  in  band  — 

aim,  ain,  ein,  im,  in,  ym,  yn;  as,  faim,  bain,  pein-tu-re,  im-pdt, 
in-grat,  sym-pa-thie,  syn-tOrxe:  en  has  also  this  sound  when 
final  after  i  or  y,(and  after  i  in  all  parts  of  tenir,  venir,  and 
their  derivatives])  sls,  pa'ien,  tiens,  viendrons. 

2.  Nasalized  ok  in  English  bond  — 

am,  an,  em,  en ;  as,  am-bu-lan-ce,  Jean,  an-ge,  em-pi-re,  en-voie. 

3.  Nasalized  oft  in  English  long  — 

om,  on;  SiS,  pom-pe,  Lon-dres,  on-de. 

4.  Nasalized  un,  in  English  hung  (nearly)  — 

un,  um,  eun;  as,  clia-cun,  par-fum  cl  jeun. 

Vowels  are  not  nasalized  before  a  double  n  or  double  m:  an-nee, 
fem-me ;  nor  when  n  or  m  is  followed  by  a  vowel  or  a  mute  h,  because 
these  consonants  belong  then  to  the  following  syllable  :  i-nu-ti-le,  i-nhu- 
main.  But  by  exception  it  is  nasal  in  en-niii  (and  derivatives),  en-i-vrer, 
and  in  most  words  beginning  with  emm :  em-me-ner,  em-me-ler.  )      ^  ^' 

The  final  -ent  of  the  3d  per.  plur.  of  verbs  and  final  -am,  -em,  -in  of\ 
foreign  names  are  not  nasalized :  chan-tent,  Pri-am,  etc.  •  ; 

LINGUALS 

8.  L,  when  preceded  by  an  i,  is  liquid,  and  is  written  -ill 
in  the  middle  and  -il  at  the  end  of  the  word  (fa-mi-lle,  pe-ril). 
Its  pronunciation  is  best  rendered  by  ee-ye,  with  the  ye  very 
short.     Vil-la-ge,  vil-le,  mil-le,  are  exceptions. 

Ill  at  the  beginning  of  a  word  is  not  liquid,  because  the 
second  I  belongs  to  the  following  syllable  {il-U-gi-ti-me). 

BKIEF    FR.    COURSE 2 


18  A  BRIEF  FRENCH  COURSE 

The  lingual  il  is  chiefly  found  in  the  following  combina- 
tions :  -ail,  -eille,  -euil,  -uille;  as,  d^-tail,  hou'teille,  deuil,  ai-guille 
(=  d44oirye,  bou-t^-ye,  etc.). 

Gn  is  generally  liquid  in  the  middle  of  a  word,  and  is  pro- 
nounced like  gn  in  the  English  word  mignonette  (i-gno-ran-ce, 
ma-gnirfi-que). 

y,  followed  by  a  vowel,  has  generally  a  Hquid  sound;  as, 
tuyau,  royal  (=  tu-i-yd,  rou-a-yal).  ' 


CONSONANTS 

9,  Final  consonants  are  generally  silent:  gran(d),  so(ts), 
peti(ts).     Otherwise  they  usually  have  the  English  sound. 

C  is  pronounced  like  k  before  a,  o,  and  u,  and  often  when 
final:  corpi4al,  sec;  but  with  a  cedilla  (f)  it  has  the  soft 
sound  of  Sf  as  gargon.  In  the  word  second,  it  takes  the  sound 
of  g. 

Ch  has  the  sound  of  the  English  shj  as  cheval;  but  it  has 
the  English  sound  of  k  in  almost  all  the  words  derived  from 
Greek. 

D  final  is  usually  silent,  but  is  sounded  in  proper  names 
and  in  sud.  When  carried  over  to  the  next  word,  it  sounds 
like  t:  un  grand  komme. 

F  final  is  silent  in  def,  chef  d^oeuvre,  cerf,  and  also  in 
the  plur.,  boeufs,  oeufs,  nerfs,  although  it  is  sounded  in  the 
sing.,  h(£uf,  ORuf,  nerf.  In  neuf  and  its  compounds  it  sounds 
like  V  when  the  word  following  begins  with  a  vowel  or  mute 
h:  neuf  homines;  but  before  a  consonant  the  /  remains  silent: 
neuf  livres. 

G  followed  by  a,  o,  or  w,  is  always  hard,  as  in  galop;  while 
before  e,  i,  and  y,  it  has  generally  the  sound  of  s  in  pleasure, 
as  gentil. 


PHONETICS  .        19 

Gn  is  pronounced  like  gn  in  mignonette;  as  oignon. 

II  is  never  pronounced.  It  is  called  mute  when  it  permits 
the  elision  of  the  vowels  in  le,  la,  and  the  union  of  the  article 
with  the  word  following :  Vhomme,  les  liommes,  and  aspirate 
when  no  such  elision  or  union  can  take  place,  as  le  \  heros, 
les  I  h^ros.  But  this  can  only  be  learned  through  observation 
and  practice.  Here  are  the  most  usual  words  with  the  aspi- 
rate h:  la  hache,  ax;  la  haine,  hatred;  le  hamac,  hammock; 
la  hanche,  hip;  le  haricot,  bean;  la  harpe,  harp;  le  hasard, 
hazard ;  le  haut,  top ;  la  hauteur,  height ;  le  Havre,  Havre ; 
le  Mros,  hero ;  la  hierarchie,  hierarchy ;  le  homard,  lobster ; 
la  honte,  shame;  honteux,  shameful;  la  houille,  coal;  le  hus- 
sard,  hussar;  la  hutte,  hut. 

L  has  the  English  sound,  except  in  the  middle  and  at  the 
end  of  words,  when  it  is  preceded  by  i.  It  is  then  liquid 
(see  8).  It  is,  however,  entirely  silent  in  some  words,  as 
baril,  fusil,  out  it,  sourcil^  etc. 

M  and  n  have  the  English  sound  when  the  preceding  vowel 
is  not  nasal ;  m  is  silent  in  automne  and  damner,  and  n  final 
has  usually  a  nasal  sound. 

P  is  silent  in  hapteme,  corps,  dompter,  compter,  sculpter,  sept, 
and  their  compounds.     Ph  sounds  like  the  English  /. 

Qu  has  the  sound  of  k:  qui,  quand,  quality  In  ^quateur, 
loquacite,  quadruple,  etc.,  it  has  the  English  sound.  In  cinq 
(and  its  compounds)  followed  by  a  consonant  q  is  silent :  cinq 
tables. 

R  final  is  usually  sounded,  but  silent  in  the  terminations 
-er  and-ier;  in  the  infinitive  of  verbs  ending  in  -er;  as,  boucher, 
premier,  parler ;  in  monsieur  and  messieurs,  but  is  sounded  in 
sieur. 

R  final  is  sounded  in  monosyllables  and  dissyllables  (except 
in  the  verb  ^v) ;  as,  mer,  fier,  amer,  cuiller,  cancer. 

y 


20  A  BRIEF  FRENCH  COURSE 

S  between  two  vowels,  or  when  carried  on  to  the  next  word, 
sounds  like  z :  reposer,  mes  amis.  It  has  its  usual  sound  (s  in 
sir)  in  compound  words  when  the  simple  word  begins  with  s; 
as,  vraisemblable,  compounded  of  vrai  and  semblable.  S  final 
is  generally  silent  except  in  words  coming  from  Greek  and 
Latin ;  as,  bis,  ckoitis,  gratis,  etc.  It  is  also  sounded  in  tous 
when  a  pronoun  only.  When  an  adjective  the  s  remains 
silent. 

T  initial  has  usually  the  English  sound,  also  in  the  middle 
of  words  before  a  consonant.  It  is  sounded  like  s  in  patience 
and  in  all  words  ending  in  -atie,  -etie,  -itie,  -otie,  -utie,  -tial,  -tiel,  -tio, 
-tieux,  -tient,  -tion,  and  -tien,  when  it  ends  a  proper  name ;  as, 
partial,  partiel,  caution,  aristocratie,  fac^tie,  Cap4tien,  etc. 

When  followed  by  i,  t  retains  its  hard  sound  in  words 
ending  in  -artie,  -ortie,  -astie,  -istie,  -ostie,  -itie,  -tien,  and  -action, 
-estion,  when  not  proper  names,  and  in  all  tenses  of  verbs 
whose  present  participle  ends  in  -tant ;  as,  amnistie,  digestion, 
amitie,  garantie,  sortie,  chretien,  partions,  sortiez,  etc. 

T  final  is  silent,  except  when  followed  by  a  word  beginning 
with  a  vowel;  as,  est  ellef  It  is  silent  in  the  conjunction  et, 
also  in  sept  and  huit  and  their  compounds  when  the  following 
word  begins  with  a  consonant  or  li  aspirate ;  as  sept  \  haches, 
sept  I  francs,  huit  \  couteaux.  By  exception  the  t  of  vingt  is 
sounded  in  the  numbers  21  to  29  inclusive.  In  sept  and  huit 
the  t  is  sounded  at  the  end  of  a  sentence,  or  when  it  blends 
with  the  word  following :  huit  enfants. 

Th  has  always  the  sound  of  t:  tMdtre. 

X  has  usually  the  sound  of  ks:  excellent,  excds.  It  has  the 
sound  of  gz  in  all  words  beginning  by  exa,  exe,  exi,  exo,  exu,  as 
eodl,  examen.  In  the  words  Bruxelles,  Auocerre,  soiocante,  six, 
etc.,  X  sounds  like  ss.  It  sounds  like  z  in  deuxi^me,  sixi^me, 
etc.     X  final   is   silent   in  faix^  paix,  prix,  faux,  and  in  six 


PHONETICS  21 

and  dix  when  followed  by  a  consonant  or  aspirate  h,  as 
six  I  ho7riards,  dix  |  pommes.  But  when  six  and  dto;  stand 
at  the  end  of  a  sentence,  the  x  is  sounded. 

Z  final  sounds  like  a  hard  s  in  proper  names;  as,  Metz, 
Rodez,  Suez.  It  is  silent  before  a  word  beginning  with  a 
consonant,  except  in  gaz. 

DIVISION  INTO  SYLLABLES  FOR  PRONUNCIATION 

lO.  Any  single  consonant,  except  x,  between  two  vowels, 
always  begins  a  new  syllable:  — 

4garli-t4j  a-to-me^  po-pu-la-ri-t4. 

1.  When  the  consonant  is  doubled,  the  first  one  belongs 
to  the  preceding,  and  the  second  one  to  the  succeeding,  syl- 
lable :  — 

in-no-cem-ment,      con-fes-sion-nal,        ap-pel-la-tif. 

2.  If  the  two  consonants  are  different,  the  division  gen- 
erally takes  place  between  the  two ;  — 

in-ten-teVf  ad-mi-rer,  res-pec-ter. 

3.  The  following  double  consonants,  however,  being  indi- 
visible, are  always  considered  as  single  consonants :  hi,  br,  ch, 
cl,  cr,  dr,  Jl,  fr,  gl,  gn,  gr,  il  and  ill  (when  liquid),  nh,  ph,  pi,  pr^ 
rh,  sc,  sg,  si,  sm,  sn,  sp,  sr,  st,  th,  tl,  tr,  and  vr :  — 

i-nhorbi't^,  in-co-gni-to,  pho-no-gra-phe. 

4.  When  a  vowel  in  the  body  of  a  word  begins  a  syllable, 
it  is  always  preceded  by  another  vowel,  and  the  division  takes 
place  between  them:  — 

o-b4-ir,  4-blou-ir,  Na-po-U-on. 

The  compound  consonant  x  always  goes  with  the  preceding  vowel: 
ex-a-men,  ex-ces. 


22  A  BRIEF  FRENCH  COURSE 

TONIC  ACCENT 

11.  In  French,  without  any  exception,  the  tonic  accent,  or 
slight  raising  of  the  voice,  always  falls  on  the  last  sounded 
syllable  of  a  word.  Thus,  manger,  partie,  richesses,  je  mange, 
tu  maiiges.  Us  mangent,  must  be  pronounced  man-ger',  par-tie', 
rircMs'-ses,je  manage,  tu  man'ges,  ils  maji'gent. 

But  let  it  be  remembered  that  this  tonic  accent  is  at  all  times 
very  weak,  and  has  nothing  in  common  with  the  strong  stress 
constituting  the  tonic  accent  of  the  English  tongue. 

ELISION  OF  THE  MUTE  E 

12.  Whenever  in  pronunciation  it  is  possible  to  pass 
from  one  consonant  to  another  without  any  effort  or  harsh 
sound,  the  intervening  mute  e  must  be  dropped.  Thus,  irion 
ami  est  venu  me  voir,  mais  je  n^ai  pu  le  recevoir,  et  je  le  regrette 
injiniment,  must  be  pronounced  mon  ami  est  v^nu  m'voir,  mais 
j^n^ai  pu  le  recevoir,  et  /  le  r'grett^  infinimeiU.  It  is  this  frequent 
suppression  which  makes  foreigners  imagine  that  the  French 
speak  very  quickly. 

1.  When  a  mute  syllable  precedes  an  accented  one,  the  mute 
e  is  dropped,  and  the  two  consonants  are  joined ;  thus,  mMe- 
cin,  cavalerie,  Tnodemoiselle,  are  pronounced  mid'cin,  cavaVrie, 
vnad^moiselle. 

2.  In  like  manner,  when  a  word  begins  with  a  mute  syllable, 
as  petit,  the  e  is  dropped  if  the  preceding  word  ends  with  an 
accented  one,  as  mon  petit,  mon  pHit;  but  the  e  is  sounded  if 
the  preceding  syllable  is  mute,  as  une  petite. 

3.  The  e  of  the  monosyllables  je,  me,  te,  se,  ce,  le,  ne,  que, 
de,  which  is  sounded  when  these  words  are  pronounced  by  them- 
selves, is  dropped  wherever  they  are  preceded  and  followed  by 
consonants  which  can  be  joined  together  without  effort:  thus 


PHONETICS  23 

je  demande,  il  te  vent,  are  pronounced  Je  d^mand\  il  te  veut;  but 
on  me  parle,  si  je  veux,  are  pronounced  on  m^parV,  si  fveu. 

4.  When  there  are  several  unaccented  e's  consecutively  in 
a  sentence,  each  alternate  one  is  dropped;  thus,  je  ne  le  re- 
pr^terai  pas  is  pronounced  je  nHe  r^prWrai  pas.  In  all  such 
cases,  the  speaker's  ear  must  guide  him,  the  end  desired  being 
a  euphonious  combination  of  sounds. 

UNION  OF   WORDS  IN   SPEAKING 

13.  It  is  also  in  order  to  give  to  the  French  its  character- 
istic smoothness  and  harmony,  that  the  final  consonant,  even 
though  otherwise  silent,  is  carried  on  to  the  initial  vowel  of 
the  word  following ;  as,  mon  ami  est  un  bon  enfant.  The  sen- 
tence thus  becomes  a  continuous  chain,  whose  words  are  eupho- 
niously linked  together ;  and  there  is  no  interruption  except 
during  the  pauses, which  are  always  indicated  by  the  punctuation. 

1.  In  such  cases  d  takes  the  sound  of  t ;  as,  grand  enfant, 
grand  homme.  C  and  g  sound  like  7c ;  as,  tabac  d,  f timer,  de 
rang  en  rang,  which  are  pronounced  tabak  ci  fume,  de  rank  en 
ran.  S  and  x  take  the  sound  of  2;  as,  mes  arbres,  leurs  his- 
toires,  je  veux  y  aller. 

2.  But  the  union  of  many  words,  which  is  indispensable  in 
public  speaking,  reading,  and  declamation,  would  be  considered 
quite  pedantic  in  familiar  conversation,  in  which  only  those 
words  are  thus  connected  whose  sense  does  not  allow  of  their 
being  separated. 


24  A  BRIEF  FRENCH   COURSE 

GENERAL  EXERCISES 

EXERCISE  I 

14.  As  there  are  but  two  genders  in  French,  —  the  mascu- 
line and  feminine/  —  use  — 

I  for  the  indefinite  article  a  or  an  before  a  <  ,  I  noun. 

una  J  L  feminme   j 

des  for  the  partitive  some  or  any  before  any  plural  noun. 

15.  un  mouchoir,  handkerchief.  une  cravate,  necktie. 
un  paletot,      coat.                         une  poche,  pocket. 
une  canne,      stick.  une  main,  hand. 

et,  and;  dans,  t?i,  into;  sur,  on^  upon. 

16.  The  plural  of  nouns  is  generally  formed  by  adding 
s  to  the  singular:  — 

un  paletot,  des  paletots  ;  une  main,  des  mains. 

17.  1.  Un  mouchoir,  des  mouchoirs.  2.  Une  cravate,  des 
cravates.  3.  Un  paletot  et  une  cravate.  4.  Des  Cannes  et 
des  paletots.  5.  Une  cravate  dans  une  main.  6.  Une  main 
et  un  mouchoir  dans  une  poche.  7.  Des  poches  dans  un 
paletot.  8.  Des  mains  et  des  mouchoirs  dans  des  poches. 
9.   Une  canne  et  un  mouchoir  dans  une  main. 

18.  1.  A  stick,  some  sticks.  2.  Some  handkerchiefs  and 
a  necktie.  3.  A  hand  in  a  pocket,  and  a  pocket  in  a  coat. 
4.  A  hand  on  a  coat.  5.  A  handkerchief  and  neckties  (some). 
6.  A  stick  and  a  handkerchief  in  a  hand.  7.  A  hand  and  a 
handkerchief  in  a  pocket.  8.  A  stick,  some  neckties,  and 
a  handkerchief  on  a  coat. 


1  As  there  is  no  neuter,  practice  only  will  teach  the  gender  of  inanimate  ob- 
jects. A  general  rule  will  be  found  on  page  241.  But  the  best  way  for  students 
is  still  to  acquire  the  noun  together  with  the  article  denoting  its  gender. 


EXERCISES  2^ 

EXERCISE  II 

19.  Use  — 

1©    "I  j-  a  mascfiline  -j 

la    |-  for  the  definite  article  the  before  J  a  feminine    [■  noun. 

les  J  -  I  any  plural    J 

20.  le  chapeau,  hat.  le  parapluie,  umbrella. 
le  coin,  corner.  le  pied,  /oo«. 

la  carafe,  deca?ifer.  la  robe,  dress. 

la  cHaussette,  socA;.  la  tgte,  head. 

le'gant,  glove.  le  Soulier,  shoe. 

21.  Before  a  vowel  or  h  mute,  use  1'  instead  of  le  or  la :  — 

rhomme  {for  le  homme),  man.  Pile  (f.),  island. 

I'eau  (/or  la  eau),  water.  est,  is. 

I'huile  (f.),  oil.  deux,  «?^o. 

riiuilier  (m.),  cruet.  avec,  lOiYA. 

22.  1.  Le  pied,  les  pieds  j  la  main,  les  mains.  2.  Le  pied 
dans  le  Soulier  {pi}).  3.  La  main  dans  le  gant  {pi.).  4.  Les 
gants  dans   les   poches   {sing.).      5.    Le  chapeau   sur  la  tete. 

6.  L'eau  est  dans  la  carafe.      7.    L'huile  est  dans  Phuilier. 

8.  Le  parapluie  est  dans  le  coin  avec  la  canne.  9.  L 'homme 
est  sur  Pile,  et  I'ile  est  dans  I'eau. 

23.  1.  The  glove,  the  two  gloves.  2.  A  glove  in  the  pockets 
{pi.).  3.  Two  gloves  in  a  hand.  4.  The  umbrella  is  with  the 
stick.     5.    A  glove  is  in  the  hat.     6.    A  foot  in  a  shoe  {pL). 

7.  Hands  in  the  gloves  {si7ig.).     8.    Two  neckties  in  a  hand. 

9.  The  water  is  in  the  decanter.  10.  The  oil  is  in  the 
cruet.  11.  The  man  is  on  the  island,  and  the  island  is  in 
the  water. 


1  All  such  signs  mean  that  the  sentences  must  also  be  translated  in  the 
gender  and  number  thus  indicated.  These  transpositions,  or  alteration  in 
gender  and  number,  will  help  wonderfully  the  student. 


26  A   BRIEF  FRENCH   COURSE 

EXERCISE  III 

24.  The  English  sign  ('s)  denoting  possession  is  not  used  in 
French,  therefore 'all  such  expressions  as  the  professors  boy, 
the  masters^  pupils^  etc.,  must  be  turned  into  the  boy  of  the  pro- 
fessor, the  pupils  of  the  masters,  etc. 

25.  De  (of  or  from)  can  never  be  followed   by  le  or  les 

(^^e).       Of  the  and  fi'om  the  are  rendered  by  du  before  a  masc. 

noun  sing,  beginning  with  a  consonant,  and  by  des  before  any 

plural  noun. 

le  gar^on,  the  boy. 

du  gar^on,  of  the  boy. 

des  gardens,  of  or  from  the  boys. 

26.  le  fils  (pr.  ^),  son.  SLp^Tt6,  brought. 
le  maitre,  master,  teacher.      donii6,  given. 

le  professeur,  professor.         ont,  have. 

le  pupitre,  desk.  pris,  taken. 

a,  has.  le  maitre  de  fran^ais,  French  master. 

27.  1.  Le  fils  du  maitre  a  apporte  un  parapluie.  2.  Les 
fils  c^maitres  ont  des  souliers  et  des  mouchoirs  (sing.).  3.  Le 
professeur  a  pris  le  mouchoir  du  garqon  (pi).  4.  Les  deux 
fils  du  maitre  ont  pris  les  gants  du  garqon.  5.  Le  gar^on  du 
professeur  a  pris  les  Cannes  des  maitres.  6.  Le  maitre  a  pris 
le  parapluie  des  mains  du  fils  du  maitre  de  fran^ais. 

28.  1.  The  master,  of  the  master,  of  the  masters.  2.  The 
professor's  hat  is  on  the  desk.  3.  The  son,  of  the  son,  of  (or) 
from  the  sons.  4.  The  teacher's  umbrella  is  in  the  corner. 
5.  The  boy's  glove  is  in  the  professor's  hat.  6.  The  French 
master  has  taken  the  boy's  stick.  7.  The  teacher's  handker- 
chief is  in  the  boy's  desk.  8.  The  shoe,  of  the  shoe,  of  the 
shoes.  9.  The  master's  son  has  taken  a  glove  from  the  boy's 
hands  (pi).  10.  The  professor's  umbrella  is  in  the  corner 
with  the  boy's  stick. 


EXERCISES  ^  27 

EXERCISE  IV 

29.  As  the  preposition  k  (to  or  at)  is  never  followed  by  le 

or  les  (the)j  translate  to  the  or  at  the  by  au  before  a  masc. 

noun  sing,  beginning  with  a  consonant,  and  by  aux  before  any 

plural  noun. 

le  cahier,  the  copy  book. 
au  cahier,  to  the  copy  book. 
aux  cahiers,  to  the  copy  books. 

30.  le  crayon,  pencil.  le  tapis,  carpet. 

le  livre,  book.  appartieiit,  belongs. 

monsieur,  gentleman,  sir.  grand,  big,  large. 

messieurs,  gentlemen,  sirs.  petit,  small,  little. 

l3planclier,j^oor.  sont,  are. 

31.  1.  Le  livre  appartient  aw  prof  esseur.  2.  Les  messieurs 
ont  apporte  les  cahiers  aux  gar^ons  (sing.).  3.  Le  monsieur  a 
donne  des  parapluies  aux  fils  des  professeurs  (sing.).  4.  Le 
chapeau  appartient  au  petit  garqon.  5.  Les  fils  du  monsieur 
ont  apporte  des  crayons  awa;  professeurs  (sing.).  6.  Le  petit 
garqon  a  donne  les  livres  et  les  cahiers  du  maitre  de  franqais 
au  grand  monsieur. 

32.  1.  The  boy,  of  the  boy,  of  the  boys ;  to  the  boy,  to  the 
boys.  2.  Of  the  master,  to  the  master,  to  the  masters.  3.  The 
gentlemen's  sons  have  brought  some  pencils  and  books  to  the 
teacher's  boy  (sing.).  4.  The  big  desk  belongs  to  the  French 
master.  5.  (The)  boys  have  given  some  books  to  the  professors 
(sing.).  6.  The  teacher's  big  son  has  brought  a  small  umbrella 
to  the  gentleman's  little  boy.  7.  A  boy  has  taken  a  pencil  from 
the  hands  of  the  teacher's  son  (pi.). 

EXERCISE  V 

33.  Of  the  or  from  the  and  to  the  or  at  the  are  respectively 
rendered  by  de  la  and  a  la  before  a  fem.  noun  beginning  with  a 


28  A   BRIEF  FRENCH   COURSE 

consonant  (always  remembering  that  le  or  la  becomes  V  before 
a  vowel  or  h  mute). 

la  femme,  the  woman.  P6cole,  the  school. 

de  la  femme,  of  or  from  the  woman.        de  I'^cole,  of  or  from  the  school. 

k  la  femme,  to  the  icoman.  a  T^cole,  to  the  school. 

34.  I'ardoise  (f.),  slate.  la  fille,  daughter,  girl. 
la  chaise,  chair.                                      la  table,  table. 
l'61eve  (m.  andl),  j9Mpi7.                       ou,  where. 

madame,  madam,  Mrs.     mademoiselle,  miss,    monsieur,  Mr.,  sir. 

35.  1.  La  fille  de  la  femme  est  ct  /'ecole  (pi.  masc). 
2.  L'homme  a  apporte  deux  ardoises  d  la  fille  du  professeur 
(pi.).  3.  Le  maitre  de  Z'ecole  a  donne  des  parapluies  au  petit 
garQon  (»ing.).  4.  Les  livres  du  maitre  de  franqais  sont  sur 
la  table  avec  les  cahiers  de  la  fille  (sing.).  5.  Madame  X.  a 
donne  un  petit  tapis  d  la  fille  du  professeur.  6.  Ou  sont  les 
cahiers  des  eleves,  monsieur  ?  (sing.).  7.  Sur  la  table  de  Tecole, 
avec  les  crayons,  mademoiselle.  8.  Le  petit  gant  appartient  d, 
la  fille  de  monsieur  X.  9.  Les  filles,  des  filles,  aiix  filles  (sing.). 
10.  i'ardoise,  de  Tardoise,  ct  Z'ardoise  (pi).  11.  Madame, 
monsieur  et  mademoiselle  sont  avec  le  maitre  de  franqais 
dans   I'ecole. 

36.  1.  The  girl,  of  the  girl,  to  the  girl  (pi).  2.  (The) 
men,  from  the  men,  to  the  men  (sing.).  3.  Where  is  the  pro- 
fessor's boy?  4.  At  (the)  school  (pi).  5.  Where  is  the 
girl's  book  ?  (books).  6.  On  the  woman's  table  (pi).  7.  The 
little  boy  is  at  school  on  the  professor's  chair.  8.  The  girl's 
glove  is  small.  9.  Boys  and  girls  are  at  (the)  schools. 
10.  Where  is  the  woman's  large  carpet  ?  11.  On  the  teacher's 
table  (pi).  12.  The  pupils'  gloves  are  on  the  floor  of  the  school 
(pi).  13.  Miss  X.  has  given  some  copy  books  to  the  professor's 
boys  (sing.).  14.  Madam  L.  has  given  a  pencil  and  a  slate  to 
the  teacher's  daughter.     15.   The  book  belongs  to  the  little  boy. 

1 


.     EXERCISES  29 

EXERCISE  VI 

37.  Avoir  and  etre  are  the  only  auxiliaries  in  French,  and, 
like  their  English  equivalents  to  have  and  to  be,  they  are  auxil- 
iaries only  when  used  to  help  in  the  conjugation  of  another 
verb ;  as  when  we  say,  fai  pris  un  mouchoir ;  but  in  the  sen- 
tence nous  avons  des  amis  (we  have  friends),  avoir  is  an 
independent  transitive  verb,  implying  possession. 

Important.  Students  are  requested  to  learn  carefully  the 
words  given  in  the  various  sentences  at  the  head  of  each  exercise ; 
these  words  are  not  repeated  in  the  special  vocabularies. 

Present  Indicative  of  avoir,  to  have 
{Now,  maintenant. ) 


38. 

I  have  hair, 

j'  1  ai  des  cheveux. 

you  have     j 

tu  "^  as  un  front. 

he  has  eyes, 

il     1      { des  yeux. 

she  has  ears, 

elle  \  3i\  des  oreilles. 

one  has  cheeks. 

on         1  des  joues. 

we  have  a  nose. 

nous  avons  un  nez. 

you  have  lips, 

vous  avez  des  levres. 

they  have  I ''''''''''^ 
\  teeth. 

ils    "1         J  une  langue. 
ellesj  ®°^|  des  dents. 

INTERROGATIVELY 

Have  I  a  mouth  ? 

ai  je  une  bouche  ? 

• 

have  you  a  chinf 

as  tu  un  menton  ? 

1  The  monosyllables  je,  ne,  de,  me,  te,  se,  and  que,  followed  by  a  vowel  or 
h  mute,  drop  the  e,  which  is  replaced  by  the  apostrophe.  » 

2  Tu  is  used  as  language  of  friendship  among  relatives,  intimate  friends, 
schoolfellows  and  children.  An  adult  addressing  a  little  child  will  say  tu; 
while  the  child,  in  speaking  to  its  elders,  outside  the  family  circle,  must 
always  employ  vous,  which  is  used  as  a  mark  of  respect  and  among  strangers, 
and,  like  the  English  you,  may  refer  to  one  person  or  to  several.  Tu  should 
always  be  rendered  by  you. 


30  A  BRIEF  FRENCH  COURSE 

has  he  a  neck  f  \  ^^      \  ^°  ^°^  ^ 

has  she  shoulders  ?  a-t~i  \  elle  \  des  6paules  ? 
has  one  arms  ?  I  °°    [  ^^^  ^"^^^  ** 

^are  we  an  elbow  f  avons  nous  un  coude  ? 

/laue  you  fingers  ?  avez  vous  des  doigts  ? 
ftawe  «/iey  finger  nails  f  J  ils      f  des  ongles  ? 

/iare  eAey  legs  ?  \  elles  |  des  jambes  ? 

39.  The  article  le,  la,  les,  often  understood  in  English,  must 
always  be  expressed  and  repeated  before  nouns  connected  by 
et,  and  before  those  taken  in  a  general  sense. 

40.  la  dame,  the  lady.  non,  no. 
la  demoiselle,  the  young  lady.        oui,  yes. 

les  demoiselles,  the  young  seulement,  only. 

ladies,  the  misses.  que  (conjunction),  that,  which. 

41.  1.  As-tu  deux  mouchoirs,  Marie?  2.  Non,  monsieur, 
j'ai  un  mouchoir  seulement.  3.  Ou  sont  les  gants  et  les 
mouchoirs  ?  (sing.).  Dans  les  poches  de  la  robe  de  la  dame  (pi). 
5.  Ou  est  le  professeur  ?  (pi).  6.  A  I'ecole,  avec  les  filles  et  les 
garQons  (sing.).  7.  A-t-il  Tardoise,  le  crayon,  et  le  cahier  de  la 
demoiselle  ?  8.  Ou  avez- vous  les  gants  et  les  souliers  ?  (2d  pers. 
sing.).  9.  Nous  avons  les  gants  aux  (on)  mains  et  les  souliers 
aux  pieds.  10.  As  tu  un  grand  nez  et  un  petit  front,  Marie  ? 
(2d  pers.  pi).  11.  Non,  madame,  j'ai  un  petit  nez  et  un  grand 
front. 

•  42.  1.  Have  you  the  water  ?  2.  No,  miss,  the  water  is  in 
the  decanter,  and  the  oil  in  the  cruet.  3.  Have  you  a  stick, 
Mary?  (2d  pers.  sing.).  4.  No,  madam,  I  have  only  a  small 
umbrella.  5:  Where  has  he  the  gloves  and  shoes  ?  6.  He  has 
the  gloves  on  his  (aux)  hands,  and  the  shoes  on  his  feet  (sing, 
fem.).     7.  Girls  have  given  slates,  pencils,  and  books  to  the 

1  When  the  third  person  singular  ends  with  a  vowel,  it  is  followed  by  the 
so-called  euphonic  t  before  il,  elle,  and  o?i.  Notice  that  in  the  interrogative 
form  the  hyphen  is  no  longer  required  between  verb  and  subject. 


EXERCISES  31 

professors'  sons  (sing.).  8.  Have  you  {M  pers.  sing.)  taken  the 
copy  books  of  the  lady's  daughter?  9.  No,  sir.  10.  The 
ladies  have  brought  some  books  to  the  pupils  {sing.). 

EXERCISE  VII 

43.   The  negative  not  is  expressed  by  the  two  words  ne  and 
pas  with  the  verb  placed  between  them. 

Present  Indicative 
negatively 

I  have  not,         je  n'ai  pas.  we  have  not,        nous  n'avons  pas. 

you  have  not,    tu  n'as  pas.  you  have  not,      vous  n'avez  pas. 

^'    ^  '^     ^  ils     ) 

n'a  pas.  they  have  not,       ,.     >  n'ont  pas. 


she  \  has  not,     elle 


one  on 

NEGATIVELY    AND    INTERROGATIVELY 

Have  I  not  ?  n'ai  je  pas  ?  n'as  tu  pas  ?  n'a-t-il  pas  ?  etc. 

44.  The  prepositions  a  and  de  are  repeated  before  each 
noun. 

45.  le  or  la  camarade,  Pencre  (f.),  ink. 

comrade,  schoolmate.  I'enfant  (m.  orf.),  child. 

la  chambre,  room.  la  plume,  j3en. 

mis,  put. 

46.  1.  La  dame  et  le  monsieur  ont  donne  des  livres  <i  la 
femme  et  d  I'enfant  {pi.).  2.  Un  homme  a  mis  un  tapis  sur  le 
plancher  de  la  chambre  de  la.  demoiselle  {pi).  3.  Avez  vous 
apporte  le  cahier  d  la  fille  et  au  fils  du  professeur  ?  {pi.) 
4.  Des  eleves  ont  apporte  des  crayons,  des  plumes,  eiPdes  livres 
aux  fils  et  aux  filles  de  monsieur  X.  {sing.).  5.  N'aije  pas 
donne  une  plume  et  un  crayon  au  camarade  de  la  demoiselle  et 
de  la  dame  ?  {pi.)-  6.  Le  professeur  a  donne  des  plumes  d  la 
lille,  d  I'enfant  et  a  Albert  {Albert)  {pi). 


32       '  A  BRIEF  FRENCH  COURSE 

47.  1.  The  gentleman's  son  and  daughter  have  brought  a 
di-ess  into  the  lady's  room  (pL).  2.  Pupils  have  given  some 
books  to  the  lady  and  young  lady  (sing.).  3.  The  gloves  are  on 
the  table  of  the  lady's  room  (sing.  masc).  4.  The  professor's 
girl  has  brought  some  tables  and  chairs  to  Mary  and  Albert. 

5.  Have   they  (fern.)   any   pencils   and   pens?   (sing.  masc). 

6.  No,  sir,  they  (fern.)  have  given  (the)  pencils  and  pens  to 
the  man  and  woman.  7.  Has  he  not  put  a  carpet  in  the  room 
of  the  lady  and  young  lady  ?  (pi).     8.  No,  Madam. 

EXERCISE  VIII 

48.  Contrary  to  English  syntax,  French  adjectives  always 
agree  in  gender  and  number  with  the  nouns  which  they  qualify. 
1.  They  form  their  feminine  by  adding  an  e  mute  to  the  mas- 
culine. But  there  is  no  change  when  the  masculine  already 
ends  in  e  mute  :  — 

un  homrae  grand,  une  femrae  grande. 

un  homme  riche  ou  pauvre,      une  femme  riche  ou  pauvre  (rich  or  poor). 

2.  Like  nouns,  adjectives  form  their  plural  by  adding  s  to 
the  singular ;  there  is  no  change  if  the  sing,  already  ends  in  s. 

Note.  —  Take  particular  notice  of  the  difference  of  form  in  both  article 
and  adjective,  which  is  used  to  distinguish  gender  and  number,  and  con- 
trast this  with  the  unchangeable  corresponding  English  form  best  shown 
thus :  — 


un  grand  homme, 
une  grande  femme, 
le  grand  homme, 
la  grande  femme, 
"*jj  grands  hommes, 
grandes  femmes, 


the 


great  { 

{ metif  women. 


49.       In  hrosse,  eraser,  brush.  demand^,  asAred  (/or), 

le  canif,  penknife.  tr6s,  very. 

la  craie,  chalk.  vide,  empty. 


EXERCISES  33 

Vencrier  (m.),  inkstand.  bon,  bonne^  good. 

le  voisin,    1       ...  poll,  polite. 

,        .  .       \  neighbor.  .        ...       , ., 

la  voisine,  j  impoli,  impolite. 

achet^,  bought.  negligent,  careless. 

50.  1.  Le  fils  de  monsieur  X.  est  petit,  mauvais  et  riche 
(/em.).  2.  La  fille  de  madaine  X.  est  grande,  polie  et  pauvre 
(masc.  pi.).  3.  Le  petit  garQon  est  impoli  et  la  petite  fille  est 
negligente  {pi.).  4.  Le  voisin  de  la  demoiselle  a  achete  une 
petite  table  de  monsieur  Brandow.  5.  La  voisine  de  mademoi- 
selle MaYie  a  demande  un  iivre  et  une  plume.  6.  L'encrier  de 
Peleve  e^t  vide  {pi.).  7.  L'enfant  du  voisin  a  achete  un  petit 
canif.  8.  Le  fils  de  monsieur  X.  est  mauvais,  tres  negligent  et 
impoli  {pi.).  9.  Les  filles  de  la  dame  sont  bon/ies  et  tres  polies 
(masc.  pi.  and  masc.  sing.). 

51.  1.  Professor  Agassiz'  pupils  are  not  careless  (sing.). 
2.  Mr.  Musard's  son  has  bought  a  very  large  carpet  and  a 
small  desk  from  the  neighbor  (m.).  3.  .Albert  is  a  very  bad 
boy ;  Mary  is  a  good  little  girl.  4.  She  has  given  a  dress  and 
some  shoes  to  a  poor  woman  {transl. :  woman  poor).  5.  Has 
he  not  bought  a  large  inkstand  with  pens  ?  6.  No,  sir,  he  has 
bought  only  pencils  and  pens.  7.  The  child  has  asked  [for] 
a  small  penknife.  8.  Mrs.  X.'s  large  girl  is  good,  polite,  and 
rich  (pi).  9.  Boys  are  impolite,  bad,  and  very  careless  at 
school.     10.   Have  you  brought  an  eraser  for  the  big  boys  ? 

EXERCISE  IX 

52.  Before  nouns  used  adjectively  the  indefinite  article  a  or 
an  is  altogether  omitted,  and  no  capital  is  used  in  the  spelling 
of  nouns  of  nationality :  — 

He  is  a  lawyer,  il  est  avocat ;  /  am  a  Frenchman,  je  suis  frangais. 


i  See  Appendix,  501  and  502,  3. 

BRIEF    FR.    COURSE 3 


J 


34 


A  BRIEF  FRENCH  COURSE 


Present  Indicative  of  etre,  to  be 
(iyToto,  ^  prfeent,  maintenant,) 


53.    /  am  an  American, 

you  are  an  Englishman, 
he  is  ugly, 
she  is  pretty, 
one  is  inattentive, 
we  are  homely, 
you  are  charming, 
they  are  under  age, 
they  are  of  age, 


je  suis  am^ricain.i 
tu  es  anglais, 
il     I  ^  laid, 

elle  [  est  {  jolie. 
on   J  [  distrait 

nous  sommes  vilains. 
vous  etes  charmants. 

'^    lsontJ°'^^^^'^- 
ellesj  [majeures. 


NEGATIVELY 

Je  ne  suis  pas,  tu  n'es  pas,  il,  elle,  on  n'est  pas,  etc. 

INTERROGATIVELY 

Suis  je,  es  tu,  est  il,  est  elle,  est  on,  sommes  nous  ?  etc. 

NEGATIVELY    AND    INTERROGATIVELY 

Ne  suis  je  pas,  n'es  tu  pas,  n'est  il,  n'est  elle,  n'est  on  pas  ?  etc. 


54. 


ami  (m.),  "1 

)J 


friend. 


amie(/.), 

le  capitaine,  captain. 

la  fenetre,  window. 

la  maison,  house,  hmne. 

le  m^decin,  physicimi. 

la  porte,  door. 

si,  if,  whether. 


rideaux  (m.pl.),  curtains. 
le  tableau  (noir),  blackboard. 
le  th6me,  exercise. 
compris,  understood. 
^crit,  written,  wrote. 
ferm^,  shut. 
ouvert,  opened, 
but. 


55.  1.  As  tu  mis  le  tapis  sur  le  plancher,  Albert  ?  2.  Oui, 
monsieur,  je  ne  suis  pas  negligent  {pi.).  3.  J'ai  ferm6  les 
fenetres  de  I'ecole,  et  ouvert  la  porte  de  la  chambre  {pi.). 
4.   Avez  vous  ecrit  au  medecin  ?  (2d  pers.  sing.).     Ou  est  il  ? 


1  When  speaking  of  themselves  or  to  one  another,  girls  should  put  all  the 
above  adjectives  in  the  feminine :  je  suis  am^ricaine,  tu  es  anglaise,  etc. 


OF  THE 

UNIVERSITY    ! 

^^    o\K  -y     EXERCISES  35 

(pi).  5.  II  est  a  la  maison  (home)  avec  le  capitaine.  6.  Le 
maitre  de  franqais  a  ecrit  avec  la  craie  deux  petits  themes  au 
tableau,  et  il  a  demande  si  I'eleve  a  compris  (pi).  7.  Was  tu 
pas  apporte  I'encrier  du  medecin?  (2d  p.  pi).  8.  Non,  mon- 
sieur ;  il  est  sur  la  grande  table  de  la  chambre  (pi).  9.  Etes 
vous  jolie,  mademoiselle  Marie  ?  10.  Non,  monsieur,  je  suis 
tres  laide. 

56.  l.^The  little  boy  is  not  rich,  and  the  man's  friend 
is  very  poor  (pi  /.).  2.  Is  she  not  homely  ?  3.  No,  she  is 
[very]  charming  (Scl  p.  pi  /.).  4.  Are  you  not  a  Frenchman, 
John?  (Jean).  5.  No,  madam,  I  am  an  American  (/  pi). 
6.  Are  you  of  age,  Jane  ?  (Jeanne).  7.  No,  sir,  I  am  under 
age  (m.  pi).  8.  Is  she  not  an  Englishwoman?  9.  No,  ma'am, 
she  is  not  English,  she  is  French  (/.  pi).  10.  Are  you  a 
physician  ?  11.  No,  sir,  I  am  not  a  physician,  I  am  a  captain. 
12.  Have  they  (/.)  put  curtains  on  (to)  the  windows  ? 

EXERCISE  X 

57.  Some  or  any,  often  understood  in  English,  must  always 
be  expressed  in  French.     They  are  rendered  by :  — 

du,  before  a  noun  masc.  sing,  beginning  with  a  consonant. 
de  la,  before  a  noun  fem.  sing,  beginning  with  a  consonant. 
de  1',  before  any  noun  beginning  with  h  mute  or  a  vowel. 
des,  before  any  plural  noun  :  — 

du  lait,  milk;  de  la  viande,  some  meat;  de  I'eau  glac^e,  ice-water; 
des  legumes,  vegetables.        -- 

58.  ie  boulanger,  baker.  le  pain,  bread. 

la  nappe,  tablecloth.  mang^,  eaten,  ate. 

la  cuiller  (pr,  ere),  spoon.  malade,  ill. 

la  fourchette,  fork.  propre,  clean. 

le  couteau,   knife.  aussi,  also,  too. 

le  verre,  glass.  ou,  or. 

hier  soir,  yesterday  evening., 


36  A   BRIEF  FRENCH  COURSE 

59.  As  the  auxiliary  verb  to  do  has  no  French  equivalent, 
we  must  turn  such  sentences  as  Does  she  want  ?  Do  you  want  ? 
into  Wants  she  ?  Want  you  ?  Did  he  want  f  Did  she  ivant  ? 
into  Has  he  wanted  ?  Has  she  wanted  ?  etc. :  — 

Do  you  leant  a  napkin  ?  a  plate  ?      D6sirez  vous,  or  voulez  vous  une 

serviette  ?  une  assiette  ? 
Waiter,  did  you  put  a  potato  on    Gar9on,  avez  vous  mis  une  poinme 
tfie  dish  f  de  terre  sur  le  plat  ? 

60.  donnez-moi,  give  me.  merci,  ou  ^  thanks,  or,  I 
passez-moi,  pass  me.                je  vous  remercie  /  thank  you. 

je  vous  prie,     -»  if  you  de  rien,  ou  il  n'y  a  pas  de  quoi, 

s'lil  vous  plait  } please.  not  at  all,  don't  mention  it. 

61 .  1.  Voulez  vous  du  pain,  mademoiselle  ?  2.  Garqon, 
passez-moi  du  lait,  je  vous  prie.  3.  Desirez  vous  de  la  viande, 
ou  des  legumes  ?  4.  Non,  merci,  donnez-moi  un  couteau,  une 
fourchette  et  un  verre,  s'il  vous  plait.  5.  Passez-moi  des 
pommes  de  terre,  je  vous  prie,  garcon  (si?ig.).  6.  Merci. 
7.  II  n'y  a  pas  de  quoi,  madame.  8.  Alice,  desirez  vous  une 
serviette  propre?  (pi).  9.  Avez  vous  mange  de  la  viande, 
Louise?  (Louisa).  10.  Non,  madame;  je  suis  malade;  je 
desire  seulement  du  pain  avec  du  lait  (ou  du  pain  et  d^i  lait). 
11.  Je  desire  des  legumes;  ou  sontils?  (sing.).  12.  lis  sont 
sur  le  plat,  mademoiselle  (sing.). 

62.  1.   Did  you  eat  (have  you  eaten)  last  evening,  John  ? 

2.  Did  you  put  the  plates  and  dishes  on  the  table,  Louisa? 

3.  I  did,^  ma'am,  or,  yes,  ma'am,  I  did  (oui,  madame).    4.  I 
did  not,*  sir  (wow,  monsieur).      5.   Do  you  want  any  forks? 

1  The  t  of  «i  is  elided  in  the  word  s'il  only. 

2  Oui  and  non  are  the  respective  equivalents  of  /  did  and  I  did  not.  And  in 
such  sentences  as :  Shall  I  give  you  this }  Voulez  vous  que  je  vous  donne 
cela?  No,  don't,  the  verb  of  the  question  vnth  its  object  must  be  repeated 
in  the  answer :   Non,  ne  me  le  donnez  pas. 


EXERCISES  37 

6.  Yes,  please,  and  give  me  some  glasses  and  napkins  also. 
7'.  Waiter,  pass  me  some  meat  and  potatoes  on  a  plate,  please. 
8.  Do  you  wish  any  ice  water  ?  9.  No,  thank  you.  10.  John, 
give  me  a  tablecloth,  please,  with  some  napkins.  11.  They  are 
on  the  table,  madam.  12.  Did  you  put  also  the  forks,  spoons, 
and  glasses  on  the  table  ?  13.  Yes,  ma'am.  14.  Thank  you. 
15.  Not  at  all. 

EXERCISE  XI 

Past  Indefinite  of  avoir 

(Last  year,  I'ann^e  derni^re ;  yesterday,  hier;   this  morning,  ce  matin.) 

63.     /  had  joy,  j'ai  eu  ^  de  la  joie. 

you  had  enjoyment,  tu  as  eu  de  I'amusement. 

he  had  a  fever,  ^^       )  (^^  fi^vre. 

she  had  a  headache,  elle    >■  a  eu  -I  la  migraine. 

one  had  oranges,  on     J  I  des  oranges. 

we  had  (some)  pleasure,  nous  avons  eu  du  plaisir. 

you  had  trouble.  vous  avez  eu  de  la  peine, 
ils      )      ,        ■>  des  billets 


they  had  theater  tickets,  ,,      |  ont  eu  | 


de  theatre. 


NEGATIVELY 

Je  n'ai  pas  eu,  tu  n'as  pas  eu,  il  n'a  pas  eu,  etc. 

INTERROGATIVE  LY 

,  Ai  je  eu,  as  tu  eu,  a-t-il,  a-t-elle,  a-t-on  eu,?  etc. 

NEGATIVELY     AND     INTERROGATIVELY 

N'ai  je  pas  eu,  n'as  tu  pas  eu,  n'a-t-il  pas  eu,?  etc. 

1  Of  course,  the  literal  translation  of  j'ai  eu  (pron.  u),  is  "  I  have  had,"  but 
the  use  of  the  tenses  differs  in  the  two  languages.  Thus  when  the  time  men- 
tioned is  fully  past,  the  pass^  ind^fini  is  rendered  by  the  English  imperfect : 
Hier  j'ai  eu  la  migraine,  yesterday  I  had  a  headache.  When,  however,  the 
time  is  either  not  fully  elapsed  or  not  definitely  mentioned,  the  pass4  ind4fini 
is  translated  by  the  English  perfect:  Aujourd'hui  nous  avons  eu  des  billets 
de  theatre,  to-day  we  have  had  theater  tickets  (given  us) ;  nous  avons  souvent 
eu  la  fi^vre,  we  have  often  had  fever. 


38  A   BRIEF   FRENCH  COURSE 


64.  bu,  drunk.  le  couvert  est  mis,  the  table  is  set. 

mettez,  put.  asseyez-vous  ■>    .    , 

,  .„  .    >  sit  down. 

nous  voulons  )  veuillez  vous  asseoir  J 

,  ^  .         ywe  want. 

nous  d^sirons  J  pourquoi,  why. 

65.  "V\iiether  expressed  or  understood,  some  or  any  is  trans- 
lated by  de  (or  d')  :  — 

1.  After  a  verb  used  negatively :  — 

They  have  not  bought  any  fish.        lis  n'ont  pas  achet4  de  poisson. 
We  have  no  appetite.  Nous  n'avons  pas  d'app^tit. 

Note  that  a  or  an,  with  the  meaning  of  any,  comes  under  the  same  rule 
(1) :  I  have  not  bought  a  carpet,  je  n'ai  pas  achete  de  tapis. 

2.  Before  a  noun  preceded  by  an  adjective  it  is  now  optional 
to  use  either  de  or  du,  de  la,  des :  — 

Some  wine,  bad  wine,  du  vin,  de  or  du  mauvais  vin. 
Some  good  meat,  de  or  de  la  bonne  viande. 
Good  fruit,  de  or  des  bons  fruits. 

66.  domestjque  (m.  &  f.),  servant.        le  sel,  salt. 

la  mouche,  fly.  la  pomme,  apple. 

le  mur,  wall.  dur,  stale,  hard. 

le  plafond, tceiZm^r.  tendre,  new,  tender. 

le  poivre,  pepper.  plein  (de),/MZ?. 

67.  1.  Le  couvert  est  il  mis,  Jeanne  ?  2.  Oui,  mademoiselle, 
asseyez-vous.  3.  Pourquoi  a-t-elle  ferme  les  fenetres  ?  4.  La 
chambre  est  pleine  de  mouches.  5.  Donnez-moi  du  bon  pain 
avec  un  verre  de  bon  lait,  s'il  vous  plait.  6.  N'avez  vous  pas  eu 
du  pain  dur,  hier  soir  ?  7.  Non,  madame,  j'ai  eu  de  bon  pain 
tendre.  8.  Avez  vous  eu  rfw  vin  aussi  ?  9.  Non,  j'ai  eu  seule- 
ment  de  la  bonne  eau.  10.  Ou  gtes  vous  ?  11.  Nous  sommes 
a  table  {1st  pers.  sing.) ;  asseyez-vous  aussi.  12.  Je  n'ai  pas 
demande  de  serviette  au  domestique  (pi.  /.).  13.  Ne  voulez 
vous  pas  de  viande  ?  14.  Non,  merci,  je  desire  du  poisson  avec 
des  pommes  de  terre.  15.  Nous  avons  ^'excellent  vin  or  du 
vin  excellent. 


EXERCISES  39 

68.  1.  We  have  not  eaten  any  meat,  and  you  have  not  drunk 
any  good  water.  2.  Please  sit  down;  have  you  not  had  any 
fish  ?  3.  If  the  servants  have  not  had  wine,  they  have  had 
some  good  milk  with  ice  water.  4.  Yesterday  they  had  good 
fish  and  some  excellent  vegetables,  5.  We  want  new  bread 
{put  adj.  after  noun) ;  the  bread  which  is  {qui  est)  on  the  table 
is  stale.  6.  Why  do  you  not  want  water  ?  7.  A  fly  is  in 
the  glass;  flies  are  on  the  (an)  ceiling  and  on  the  wall. 
8.  Have  you  a  fever?  9,  No,  but  yesterday  evening  I  had 
a  severe  (grand)  headache.  10.  The  servant  (/.)  has  put  a 
full  decanter  of  water  on  the  table.  11.  Do  you  wish  any 
pepper  and  salt?  12.  No,  madam;  we  want  some  good  fish 
with  potatoes.     13.  I  have  not  bought  a  house. 

EXERCISE   XII 
POSSESSIVE   ADJECTIVES 

69.  Before  a  noun 

Singular  Plural 


use: 


Masc. 

Fern. 

Both  Genders 

mon, 

ma, 

mes,  for  my. 

ton, 

ta, 

tes,          your. 

son, 

sa, 

ses,          his,^  her,  Us. 

notre 

nos,         our. 

votre, 

vos,         your. 

leur, 

leurs,      their. 

1  As  is  the  case  with  the  article  and  the  adjective,  the  possessive  adjective 
shows  in  a  visible  way  its  agreement  with  the  thing  possessed,  and  not,  as  in 
English,  with  the  possessor :  — 

son  pere,  his  or  her  father. 

sa  mere,  his  or  her  mother. 

ses  parents,  his  or  her  parents. 

Hence  a  girl  should  say  mon  pere  (and  not  ma  pere) ;  and  a  boy,  ma  mere 
(and  not  mon  mere) . 


40  A   BRIEF  FRENCH   COURSE 

1.  Contrary  to  English  usage,  possessive  adjectives  must  be 
repeated  before  every  noun :  — 

H  a  donn6  les  billets  de  theatre  de  He  has  given  the  theater  tickets  of 
votre  p^re  et  de  voire  mfere  k  son  your  father  and  mother  to  his 
frfere  et  k  ses  soeurs.  brother  and  sisters. 

2.  For  the  sake  of  euphony,  use  men,  ton,  son,  instead  of  ma, 
ta,  sa,  before  feminine  nouns  beginning  with  a  vowel  or  a  mute 
h ;  as,  mon  opinion,  for  ma  opinion  (my  opinion) ;  son  histoire, 
for  sa  histoire  {his  or  her  history). 

3.  An  adjective,  or  a  participle,  following  two  or  more  nouns 
of  different  genders,  must  be  in  the  masculine  plural,  whatever 
the  gender  of  the  nearest  noun  may  be :  Le  cafe  {coffee) ^  la  creme 
{cream),  le  jambon  {ham),  et  la  soupe  {soup),  sont  bons  {are  good). 

70,  le  beurre,  butter.  le  salon,  parlor^  drawing  room. 
le  fruit,  fruit.  la  soucoupe,  saucer. 

le  lard,  bacon.  la  tasse,  cup. 

le  pain  grille,  toast.  le  th^,  tea. 

la  salle  a  manger,  dining  room,     le  sucre,  sugar. 

peut-€tre,  perhaps.  je  desire,  je  veux,  I  want,  I  wish. 

pour,  for.     d6]k,  already.       elle  d^ire,  elle  veut,  she  wants,  wishes. 

71.  1.  Donnez-moi  du  cafe,  s'il  vous  plait,  pour  m>a  soeur. 
2.  Voulez  vous  du  cafe  noir  ?  3.  Non,  mademoiselle,  je  veux 
du   cafe   au  {with)  lait   et   du   pain   grille   pour    mes    freres. 

4.  Lucie,  voulez  vous  des  fruits  pour  votre  pere  et  votre  mere  ? 

5.  Non,  merci,  mon  pere  et  ma  mere  sont  a  table  dans  la  salle 
a  manger.  6.  As  tu  bu  ton  lait,  Jean  ?  7.  J'ai  bu  mo7i  lait 
ce  matin;  je  desire,  maintenant,  une  tasse  de  the  avec  du  sucre 
et  du  lait.  8.  Ou  est  ta  soeur,  Jeanne  ?  {pi).  9.  Elle  est  a 
table ;  elle  desire  une  tasse  de  cafe  au  lait  avec  du  pain  grille 
et  des  fruits.     10.   Oil  sont  vos  freres  et  vos  soeurs  ?  {sing.). 


EXERCISES  41 

11.    lis  sont  dans  la  salle  a  manger;  ils  ont  deja  mange  leur 
soupe^  (sing.). 

72.  1.  Emily  (Emilie)  has  perhaps  already  given  her  brother 
and  sister  a  cup  and  saucer.  2.  Have  you  (tu)  already  eaten 
your  toast,  my  child?  3.  Yes,  mama  (maman).  4.  Will 
you,  please,  pass  me  some  sugar  ?  Thank  you.  5.  Not  at  all, 
madam.  6.  Why  do  you  put  your  glass  on  the  table  ?  (pi.). 
7.  We  want  some  tea  for  our  mother  and  father.  8.  Where 
are  they  ?  (sing.  /.).  9.  They  are  in  their  room  or  in  the  parlor 
(sing.  m.).  10.  Her  sisters  are  with  their  father,  and  her 
brothers  with  their  mother  (sing.).  11.  Clarissa,  the  waiter 
has  brought  some  toast,  butter,  ham,  bacon,  and  fruit  to  (dans) 
your  room.  12.  John  wants  your  opinion  on  his  sister. 
13.   She  is  pretty,  very  pretty  (pi). 

EXERCISE    XIII 

Exceptions  to   the   Regular   Formation   of   the   Plural  of  Nouns 
AND  Adjectives 

73.  Nouns  and  adjectives  ending  in  s,  x,  and  z,  do  not 
change  in  the  plural :  — 

Singular  Plural 

I'avis,  the  counsel.  les  avis,  the  counsels. 

la  voix,  the  voice.  les  voix,  the  voices. 

le  nez,  the  nose.  les  nez,  the  noses. 

gris,  gray.  gris. 

heureux,  happy.  heureux. 

malheureux,  unhappy.  malheureux. 

1  Be  sure  to  distinguish  clearly  between  the  use  of  ses  and  leur.  Ses  is 
merely  the  plural  of  son,  sa,  and  never  stands  for  more  than  one  possessor. 
Leur,  on  the  contrary,  marks  two  or  more  possessors,  although  standing  for  a 
noun  sing.  Thus,  the  sentence  Notre  domestique  a  donn4  ses  gants  a  sa  mere, 
reads  in  the  plural  Nos  domestiques  ont  donn€  leurs  gants  a  leur  mere  (and 
not  ses  mere) . 


42  A  BRIEF  FRENCH  COURSE 

1.  Nouns  and  adjectives  ending  in  -au  or  -eu  take  an  x :  — 

le  chateau,  the  castle.  les  chateaux,  the  castles. 

le  chevreau,  the  kid.  les  chevreaux,  the  kids. 

le  gS,teau,  the  cake.  les  g3,teaux,  the  cakes. 

le  moineau,  the  sparrow.  les  moineaux,  the  sparrows. 

le  morceau,  the  piece.  les  morceaux,  the  pieces. 

I'oiseau  (m.),  the  bird.  les  oiseaux,  the  birds. 

la  peau,  the  skin.  les  peaux,  the  skins. 

le  tableau,  the  picture.  les  tableaux,  the  pictures. 

le  vaisseau,  the  vessel.  les  vaisseaux,  the  vessels. 

le  cheveu,  the  hair.  les  cheveux,  the  hair. 
beau,        beautiful^  fine.        beaux. 

2.  Nouns  and  adjectives  ending  in  -a7,  change  oZ  into  aux. 

Singular  Plural 

ranimal  (m.),  the  animal.  les  animaux,  the  animals. 

le  cheval,  the  horse.  les  chevaux,  the  horses. 

le  g^n^ral,  the  general.  les  g^n^raux,  the  generals. 

le  journal,  the  newspaper.  les  journaux,  «Ae  newspapers. 

^al,  ^guaZ.  ^gaux,  ^^waZ. 

3.  "Nouns  ending  in  -ail  change  ail  into  aux^:  — 

le  travail,  the  work^  labor.  les  travaux,  the  works,  labors. 

4.  Nouns  ending  in  -ou  take  x^:  — 

le  bijou,  the  jewel.  les  bijoux,  the  jeioels. 

74:.  la  campagne,  country.  ni  .  .  .  ni,  neither  .  .  .  nor. 

lacoUine,  hill.  quel  (ra.),  quelle  (f.),  quels,  quelles, 
§kg6,  old.  interr.  adj.,  ichat  (a),  which. 

utile,  useful.  aimez  vous  ?  do  you  like  ? 

lu,  read.  j'aime,  lam  fond  of.  Hike. 

75.    1.  Avez  vous  lu  les  journaux?  (sing.).     2.  Je  n'ai  pas  de 
journaux.     3.  Aimez  vous  les  grands  nez  ?     4.  Je  n'^aime  ni^ 

1  For  complete  list  see  Appendix,  500,  4.  5. 

2  If^i,  like  pas,  requires  the  negative  particle  7i€. 


^  EXERCISES  43 

les  grands  nez,  ni  les  grandes  bouches,  ni  les  grands  pieds. 
5.  Ce  general  est  age;  il  a  les  cheveux  gris  (pi).  6.  Les 
vaisseaux  des  amiraux  (admirals)  sont  sur  I'eau.  7.  Les 
generaux  X.  et  Z.  sont  heureux  dans  leurs  chateaux  a  la 
campagne  (sing.).  8.  Les  chevreaux  sont  des  animaux  tres 
utiles  ;  on  mange  (one  eats)  leur  chair  (flesh),  et  on  fait  (makes) 
des  gants  avec  leur  peau  (sing.).  9.  L'eau  est  utile  a  I'homme 
et  a  I'animal  (pi.). 

76,  1.  Generals  perhaps  have  castles  in  (d)  the  country ; 
but  the  castles  (mansions)  of  admirals  are  the  vessels  on  the 
water  (sing.).  2.  We  do  not  want  gray  hairs,  my  friends. 
3.  Two  sparrows  are  on  our  horse's  head;  are  they  not  comi- 
cal? (comiques)  (sing.).  4.  Kids  are  on  the  hills;  what  pretty 
little  animals,  papa!  (sing.).  5.  Yes,  my  child,  they  are  very 
pretty  and  also  very  good  and  useful.  6.  Give  me  your  ad- 
vice, please,  if  you  have  understood.  7.  My  cousin  Alice  has 
very  pretty  hair.  8.  Yes,  and  a  pretty  voice,  also.  9.  What 
a  pretty  work!  (pi.).  10.  Do  you  (2d  pers.  sing.)  like  my 
jewels  ? 

EXERCISE    XIV 
RELATIVE   PRONOUNS  1 

77.  Nom.  (subject),  qui,  who,  which,  that. 
Ace.  (direct  object) ,       que,  whom,  which,  that. 

Gen.  (possessive) ,        -j  ^ .   [of  whom,  of  which,  whose. 

Dat.  (indirect  object),    a  qui,  to  whom.  ■ 

Note.  —  Qui,  que,  dont,  refer  to  persons  or  things ;  de  qui,  a  qui,  to  persons 
only. 

1  A  pronoun  is  a  word  standing  for  a  noun  already  mentioned,  to  avoid  its 
repetition. 


44  A  BRIEF  FRENCH  COURSE 

78.  When  who  or  which  stands  directly  before  the  verb, 
translate  it  by  qui ;  when  it  is  separated  from  the  verb,  use 
que:  — 

Is  it  my  uncle  and  aunt  who  are  Est  ce  mon  oncle  et  ma  tante  qui 

coming?  viennent  ? 

Where  is  the  country  house  ^  which  Oh  est  la  maison  de  campagne 

you  have  f  que  vous  avez  ? 

79.  Relative  pronouns,  often  understood  in  English,  must 
always  he  expressed  in  French,  and  stand  as  near  as  possible 
to  the  nouns  to  which  they  relate :  — 

Where  are  the  nephews  and  nieces  Oil  sont  les  neyeux  et  les  ni6ces 

you  are  speaking  off  dont  or  de  qui  vous  parlez  ? 

80.  le  cousin,    1  le  souper,  supper. 
.           .       }  cousin.     ,  , 

la  cousine,  j  le  repas,  meal,  repast. 

le  petit  dejeuner,  envoys,  sent. 

early  breakfast.  i  d^jeun^,^  /  have  breakfasted. 

la  collation,  lunch.        j'ai  \  6m6,      I  have  had  my  dinner. 
le  diner,  dinner.  [  soup^,^  I  have  had  my  supper. 

le  rdti,  roast. 

parl^,  spoken,  spoke ;  ne  .  .  .  personne,  no  one., 

vu,  seen  ;  nobody  ; 

ici,  here  ;  ne  .  .  .  rien,  nothing. 

81 .  1.  Le  domestique  qui  a  apporte  le  repas  que  vous  avez 
mange  est  ici.  2.  L'amiral  que  vous  avez  vu,  a  donne  une 
collation  et  un  diner  a  nos  cousines.  3.  Les  personnes  dont 
(or  de  qui)  nous  avons  parle,  out  achete  une  jolie  maison  de 
campagne  (sing.).     4.   Ma  niece  et  mon  neveu,  qui  ont  envoye 

1  Some  compound  nouns  are  formed  by  inserting  de  between  the  names  of 
the  thing  and  the  substance  of  which  it  is  composed,  or  to  which  it  refers:  — 
nne  robe  de  soie,  un  chef  d'oeuvre,  a  silk  dress,  a  masterpiece.  Compound 
nouns  no  longer  require  the  hyphen  to  connect  them. 

2  Observe  the  idiomatic  difference  there.  The  French  never  say  7  Aave  taken 
my  brecJcfast,  dinner,  or  supper ;  but  I  haye  dined,  breakfasted,  or  supped. 


EXERCISES  45 

des  fruits  a  leur  tante,  sont  malades  (pi).  5.  Je  n'ai  rien^ 
mange;  je  desire  un  morceau  du  roti  qui  est  sur  la  table,  et  non 
(not)  le  lard  que  vous  avez  mis  dans  mon  assiettQ.  6.  A  diner, 
j'ai  mange  du  mouton  (mutton)  saignant  (rare),  et  du  boeuf 
(beef)  bien  cuit  (well  done).  7.  Le  cousin  a  qui  j'ai  ecrit,  est 
mauvais  (/.  pi);  il  n'a  envoye  personnel  a  notre  maison  (pi). 
8.  Avez  vous  deja  dejeune,  Clarisse  ?  9.  Oui,  mademoiselle, 
j'ai  eu  le  petit  dejeuner  que  vous  avez  envoye. 

82,  1.  My  nephew  to  whom  you  have  written  is  here. 
2.  The  child  whom  yoft-  have  seen  has  shut  the  door.  3.  The 
gentleman  whoee  biyd  I  have  bought  is  happy;  he  had  his 
breakfast  with  my  uncle.  4.  Do  you  like  mutton  well  done  ? 
5.  No,  sir,  I  like  beef  well  done,  and  mutton  rare.  6.  Sit  down, 
my  friend;  you  have  eaten  nothing.  7.  Thank  you,  I  have 
already  had  my  dinner.  8.  My  aunt  to  whom  you  have  spoken 
is  in  the  dining-room  for  her  early  breakfast.  9.  The  lady  who 
bought  the  bird  thUt  I  (have)  sent  to  my  niece  is  old.  10.  To 
whom  have  they  (/.)  spoken?  11.  To  the  baker  ivho  brought 
the  rolls  (petit  pains)  for  the  early  breakfast. 

EXERCISE  XV 
INTERROGATIVE  TRONOUNS 

83.  Persons  Things 

(Subject),       qui?  who  f  

(Dir.  obj.),     qiii?  whom?  que,  quoi  ?  what  9 

(Possessive),  de  qui  ?  i  ^J^^^^      de  quoi  ?  of  what,  from  what  ? 

(Indir.  obj.),  ^  qui  ?  to  whom  ?       a  quoi  ?  to  what,  of  what  f 


1  Take  notice  that  ne  is  used  without  pas  with  the  words  personne,  Hen, 
and  jamais  expressive  of  negation,  and  that  the  same  words  omit  ne  and  pas 
when  not  governed  by  a  verb. 


46  A  BRIEF  FRENCH  COURSE 

1.  The  interrogative  pronouns  whose,  having  no  French  corre- 
sponding word,  must  be  turned  into  to  whom ;  change  Whose 
letter  is  this?  Whose  baskets  are  these?  into  To  whom  is  this  letter? 
To  whom  are  these  baskets  ?  A  qui  est  cette  lettre  ?  A  qui  sont 
ces  paniers  ? 

Whose  ruler  is  that  ?  A  qui  est  (appartient)  cette  r6gle  ? 

Whose  maps  are  they  ?  A  qui  sont  ces  cartes  g^ographiques  ? 

2.  Use  que  before  a  verb :  Que  pensez  vous  ?  What  do  you  think  ?  Quoi 
by  itself  or  after  a  preposition  :  Quoi !   ]Miat  !  A  quoi  done  pensez  vous  ? 

Note.  —  Interrogative  pronouns,  having  no  antecedent,  can  be  replaced 
by  which  person  ?  what  thing  ?  Qui  (or  quelle  personne)  a  trouv6  cela  ? 
Who  (or  lohich  person)  has  found  this  ?  Que  (or  quelle  chose)  dites  vous  ? 
What  {or  what  thing)  do  you  say  f 

84.  la  classe,  class.  m^content  (de),  dissatisfied. 
le  devoir,  task,  work.              satisfait  (de),  satisfied  {with). 
la  le§on,  lesson.                      ^t^,  been. 

le  papier,  paper.  perdu,  lost. 

la  punition,  punishment.        puni,  punished. 

la  recompense,  reward.  re9u,  received. 

t 

85.  1.   A  qui  est  le  journal  que  vous   avez  lu?    2.    A  la 

personne  dont  je  vous  ai  parle.  3.  A  quoi  pensez  vous  ?  4.  Je 
pense  a  {of)  I'ami  de  mon  pere,  d,  qui  j'ai  envoye  un  livre  qui  a 
ete  perdu.  5.  De  quoi  §tes  vous  mecontent  ?  6.  Je  suis  me- 
content  du  devoir  que  j'ai  ecrit,  et  que  j'ai  perdu  dans  la 
salle  d'etude  (schoolroom).  7.  De  qui  ont  ils  leqn  leur  puni- 
tion ?  8.  Du  prof esseur  D.  9.  Que  pense  votre  maitre ;  est  il 
satisfait  du  devoir  qu^il  vous  a  donne?  10.  Oui,  monsieur. 
11.  Qit'avez  vous  regu  ?  12.  Une  recompense  dont  je  suis  satis- 
fait.    13.  A  qui  est  la  r^gle  qui  est  sur  la  carte  geographique  ? 

86.  1.  Have  you  understood  the  book  which  I  have  written  ? 

2.  Has  she  received  the  basket   of  fruit  (pi.)  ichich  I  sent? 

3.  Yes ;  but  it  is  not  ripe  (miir).  4.  Whose  pen  is  this  ?  5.  It 
belongs  (est)  to  the  little  boy  to  whom  I   gave  some  paper. 


EXERCISES 


4T 


6.  Alice  and  Lucy  are  the  pupils  with  wlwm  we  are  satisfied. 

7.  Of  what  is  he  thinking  ?  8.  Perhaps  of  his  cousin  (/.),  who 
is  in  the  schoolroom.  9.  What !  the  f  rienji  to  whom  'I  wrote 
yesterday  is  here  ?  10.  Who  ?  Miss  Alice  ?  11.  Whom  do  you 
like?  What  do  you  like?  12.  A  good  meal.  13.  Who  has 
been  punished  ?     14.    The  boy  who  lost  your  gloves  yesterday. 


EXERCISE  XVI 
87.  Past  Indefinite  of  etre 

{A  week  ago,  il  y  a  une  semaine  ;  the  day  before  yesterday,  avant-hier. ) 


I  was  in  London, 
you  were  careful, 
he  was  a  gardener, 
she  was  economical, 
one  was  extravagant, 
we  were  talkative, 
you  were  inquisitive, 
they  were  good, 
they  were  naughty. 


j'ai  616 1  k  Londres. 
tu  as  616  soigneux. 
il       1  ( jardinier. 

elle    I  a  616  I  6conome. 
on     J  [  prodigue. 

nous  avons  616  bavards. 
vous  avez  616  curieux. 


ils     1 
elles  J 


onl  616 


bons. 
ra^chantes. 


NEGATIVELY 

/  was  not  in  the  country,      je  n'ai  pas  616  k  la  campagne. 

tu  n'as  pas  616  en  ville. 

il       1  r  arrogant. 

elle    I  n'a  pas  616  |  humble. 

on     J  [  vain. 

nous  n' avons  pas  616  injustes. 

vous  n'avez  pas  616  studieux. 

ils     1  „,'„M.  ^„„  <j.x  f  acteurs. 

I  n'ont  pas  616  J 
elles  j  (^  actrices. 


you  were  not  in  town, 
he  was  not  arrogant, 
she  was  not  humhle, 
one  was  not  conceited, 
we  were  not  unjust, 
you  were  not  industrious, 
they  were  not  actors, 
they  were  not  actresses. 


INTERROGATIVELY 

Ai  je  616,  as  tu  616,  a-t-il,  a-t-elle,  a-t-on  616,?  etc. 

NEGATIVELY     AND    INTERROGATIVELY 

N'ai  je  pas  616,  n'as  tu  pas  616,  n'a-t-il  pas  616,?  etc. 


1  See  footnote,  p.  37. 


48 


A  BRIEF   FRENCH  COURSE 


^8-    Bonjour,  f°^^«'^^^' 
Bonsoir,     "^^«dames, 

[  inesdemoiselles, 

fvous  portez  vous  ? 
Comment i  „,,  „  „^.,„  „ 
( allez  vous  ? 

Trfes  bien,  merci, 

Au  revoir, 

Bonne  nuit, 


Good  day,  ( gentlemen. 

Good  morning,  \  ladies. 
Good  evening,   [young  ladies. 

How  do  you  do?  How  are  youf 

Very  (or  quite)  well,  thank  you. 
Good  by  ! 
Good  night ! 


Dormez  (dors)  bien,     Sleep  well  I 

89.    Which,  followed  by  of  (expressed  or  understood),  is  a 
pronoun,  translated  by — 


Subject, 
Direct  object, 


Sing. 
Masc.        Fem. 

lequel,  laquelle. 


Possessive,        duquel,  de  laquelle. 
Indirect  object,  auquel,  a  laquelle. 


Plur. 
Masc.        Fem. 

lesquels,  lesquelles,  which^  (of). 

desquels,  desquelles,  of  which{of). 
auxquels,  auxquelles,  to  which  (of). 


1.  These  interrogative  pronouns  are  used  apart  from  the  verb.  They 
refer  to  both  persons  and  things,  and  agree  in  gender  and  number  with 
the  nouns  which  they  represent. 


90,  le  jour,  day. 

la  nuit,  night. 
^  le  matin,  morning. 

le  soir,  evening. 
pret6,  lent. 


Tapres  midi  (m.  orf.),  afternoon. 
aujourd'hui,  to-day. 
bleu,  blue. 
appris,  learned. 
cass^,  broken. 


91.  1.  Lequel  des  chevaux  de  Mr.  X.  avez  vous  pris  ?  (pi.). 
2.  Nous  avons  achete  le  gris.  3.  Donnez-moi  mes  gants,  Marie. 
4.  Lesquels,  madame  ?  5.  Les  noirs  qui  sont  sur  la  commode 
(bureau)  de  ma  chambre.  6.  Laquelle  de  ces  (these)  robes 
pref erez  vous ?  (prefer).      7.  La  bleue.      8.  Auxquelles  de  ces 


1  Students  will  do  well  to  contrast  the  different  gender  and  number  with 
the  solitary  English  form  which. 


EXERCISES  49 

demoiselles  avez  vous  ecrit  ?  (2d  pers.  sing.).  9.  Lequel  des 
enfants  a  casse  ma  jolie  tasse,  ce  (this)  matin  ?  10.  La  petite 
fille,  madame.  11.  Laquellef  12.  Jeanne.  13.  Lequel  des 
enfants  n'a  pas  appris  sa  leQon  ?  14.  Ni  Jean,  ni  Albert,  mon- 
sieur. 15.  Ont  ils  requ  une  punition  ?  16.  Oui,  monsieur,  ils 
ont  reQu  leur  punition  cette  (this)  apr^s  midi. 

92.  1.  Good  morning.  Miss  Lucy,  how  do  you  do  this  morn- 
ing ?  2.  Very  well,  thank  you ;  and  you  ?  3.  Not  ^  (pas)  very 
well.  4.  Which  of  these  dresses  is  yours  ?  (d  vous)  (pi). 
5.  To  which  of  these  gentlemen  have  you  written  ?  6.  I  have 
written  to  the  physician.  7.  Which  (one)  ?  8.  Have  you  shut 
the  windows  ?  9.  Which  (ones)  ?  10.  In  (de)  my  room.  11.  I 
have  (yes),  sir.  12.  Good  evening,  madam,  how  are  you  this 
(ce)  evening?  13.  Not  very  well;  I  have  a  great  headache. 
14.  To  which  of  the  little  boys  have  you  given  my  basket  of 
fruit  ?  15.  To  Lewis,  who  was  well  (tr^s)  satisfied.  16.  Good 
night,  mama,  sleep  well !  (2d  pers.  sing.).  17.  Thank  you,  my 
child.  18.  George  (George)  Brandow,  and  his  sister  Gertrude, 
were  naughty  this  morning  and  good  this  evening. 

EXERCISE   XVII 

93.  When  used  with  etre,  the  past  participle  agrees  in 
gender  and  number  with  its  subject. 

Ta  soeur  est  partie.  Your  sister  has  set  out. 

Tes  soeurs  sont  parties.  Your  sisters  have  set  out. 

Une  maison  a  6t6  achet^e.^  A  house  has  been  bought. 

Des  maisons  ont  6t6  achet^es.  Houses  have  been  bought. 


1  Not  used  without  a  verb  is  translated  simply  by  pas. 

2  Be  careful  to  note  that  a  final  accented  e  having  a  distinct  separate  sound 
takes  an  additional  mute  e  to  form  its  feminine.  Do  not  confound  it  with  the 
final  mute  e  of  adjectives,  which  does  not  change  in  the  feminine  (48). 

BRIEF  FR.  COURSE 4 


50  A  BRIEF  FRENCH  COURSE 

94.  The  following  ten  past  participles,  generally  used  in 
English  with  have,  are  almost  always  conjugated  with  etre  in 
French :  — 

entr^,!  entered.  rest^,  remained,  stayed. 

sorti,  gone  out.  venu,  come. 

all^,  gone.  devenu,  become. 

parti,  gone  away,  set  out,  left.  revenu,  returned,  come  back. 

arrive,  arrived,  happened.  tomb6,i  fallen. 

96.       I'arbre  (m.),  tree.  sous,  under. 

I'heure  (f.),  hour.  pendant,  during,  for. 

la  mine,  mine.  parce  que,  because. 

96.  1.  Nous  sommes  devenus  riches  a  la  campagne,  ou  nous 
avons  des  mines  (sing.).  2.  Ma  mere  est  sortie  (pi).  3.  Ou 
est-elle  allee  ?  ^  (pi).  4.  Elle  est  allee  dans  le  jardinavec  mon 
frere  (pi).  5.  Mon  pere  et  ma  mere  sont  restes  sous  les  arbres 
pendant  une  heure.  6.  Kos  amis  qui  sont  tombes  de  cheval 
hier,^  sont  venus  d'Amerique  (America),  il  y  a  une  semaine  (a 
week  ago)  (f.  sing.).  7.  Les  dames  que  vous  avez  vues  au 
salon  sont  arrivees  il  y  a  deux  semaines  (ma^c.  sing.). 

97.  1.  Our  friends  stayed  wdth  their  neighbors  yesterday 
(sing.).  2.  Your  aunt  has  gone  (pi)  to  the  country.  3.  They 
arrived  this  afternoon  (/.).  4.  A  girl  has  fallen  from  the 
window  (pi).  5.  The  kids  returned  from  the  hills  a  week  ago. 
6.  Those  (ces)  men  arrived  this  morning  (/.  pi).  7.  My  sisters 
and  brothers  have  fallen.  8.  The  day  before  yesterday  two 
kids  were  lost  (past  ind.).      9.  The  ladies  have  come  (sing.). 

1  Observe  the  following:  the  above  past  participles,  used  without  any  date, 
mentioned  or  understood,  express  a  present  state :  Je  suis  sorti,  /  am  out:  Elle 
est  arrivee,  She  has  an^ived;  Elles  sont  parties,  They  are  away.  When, on  the 
contrary,  the  date  is  mentioned  or  understood,  they  express  a  past  action: 
Elle  est  arrivee  hier,  She  arrived  yesterday ;  11  est  parti  pour  Londres  ce 
matin,  He  left  for  London  this  morning. 


EXERCISES  51 

10.  Some  ladies  and  gentlemen  have  set  out  for  London  on  a 
big  vessel  (steamer)  with  Captain  ^  X. 

EXERCISE  XVIII 

98.  When  conjugated  with  avoir,  the  past  participle  agrees 
with  its  direct  object j  provided  the  latter  precedes  it  (see 
Appendix,  522). 

La  lettre  que  j'ai  ^crite,  the  letter  that  I  have  written. 
Les  tableaux  que  j'ai  vus,  the  pictures  I  have  seen. 

1.  If  the  direct  object  follows  the  past  participle  there  is 
no  agreement :  j'ai  ecrit  une  lettre ;  j'ai  vu  les  tableaux. 

99.  le  bateau,  boat.  jeune,  young. 

le  portrait,  portrait,  likeness.  par,  by,  through. 

100.  1.  Les  oiseaux  que  ton  camarade  a  achetes  sont  beaux. 
2.  Les  cages  (cages)  que  nous  avons  apportees  sont  belles  (beau- 
tiful) (sing.).  3.  La  carte  geographique  que  la  petite  fille  a 
perdue  a  ete  trouvee  par  un  des  maitres  (pL).  4.  Les  tableaux 
que  vous  avez  apportes  sont  dans  le  salon  de  ma  mere  (sing.). 

5.  Les  jeunes  filles  que  vous  avez  vues  sont  mes  voisines  (sing.). 

6.  La  lettre   que  j'ai  reque  a  ete  perdue  par  ma  niece  (pi). 

7.  J'ai  achete  de  beaux  tableaux. 

101.  1.  We  have  not  spoken  to  the  woman  who  returned 
to-day,  and  whom  you  saw  the  day  before  yesterday  (pi.). 
2.  To  whom  did  you  speak  ?  3.  To  the  'gentleman  you  saw 
this  evening,  and  to  whom  you  have  given  your  little  boat 
(pi).  4.  The  lady  whose  likeness  I  have  is  dead  (morte). 
5.  The  fruit  (pi)  you  have  eaten  this  morning  were  sent  by 
General  X.  (pi).  6.  The  maps  the  pupil  lost  were  found  by 
one  (un)  of  my  sons.  7.  Which  one  ?  8.  By  Albert,  who 
brought  you  some  apples  yesterday. 

1  Titles  of  rank  or  profession  take  the  article  in  French,  even  when  a 
proper  name  follows,  or  when  preceded  by  M.,  Mme.,  etc. :  le  doeteur  M. 


52  A  BRIEF  FRENCH  COURSE 

EXERCISE    XIX 

102.  In   questions   the    subject,   if    a    noun,    begins    the 
sentence,  and  is  repeated  as  a  pronoun  after  the  verb:  — 
Le  facteur  a-t-il  apport6  des  lettres  ?  Has  the  postman  brought  any  letters  f 

Note.  —  Instead  of  this  method,  the  affirmative  order  may  be  used,  in  which 
ease  the  formula  est  ce  que  is  used  to  begin  the  question,  similarly  to  the 
English  do,  did,  etc. :  Est  ce  que  le  gene'ral  a  remporte'  la  victoire  ?  Did 
the  general  gain  (or,  has  the  general  gained)  the  victory  f 

103.  le  marchand,  merchant.        enseign^,  taught. 
le  mot,  word.  difficile,  difficult. 

fatigue,  tired.  trop,  too,  too  much,  too  many. 

104.  1.  Estce  que  le  marchand  est  ici?  ou,  le  marchand 
est  il  ici  (pi.)  ?  2.  Non,  madame,  il  est  sorti  (pi).  3.  Je  ne 
peux  pas  (cannot)  apprendre  (learn)  les  mots  franqais  que  vous 
avez  ecrits,  monsieur  le  professeur.  4.  Pourquoi,  mon  enfant  ? 
Est  ce  parce  qu'ils  sont  trop  diffieiles  ?  5.  Oui,  monsieur, 
et,  aussi,  parce  que  je  suis  fatigue  (pi.  /.).  6.  Le  professeur 
a-t-il  enseigne  aux  eleves  I'addition  et  la  division  ?  ^  (pi.).  7.  Oui, 
mademoiselle,  il  a  aussi  enseigne  la  soustraction  et  la  multi- 
plication (pi.). 

105.  1.  Has  not  Emily  found  the  gloves  I  bought  yesterday 
from  the  merchant  ?  2.  No,  madam.  3.  What !  They  were 
(etaient)  in  my  room  on  the  washstand  (lavabo).  4.  Are  you 
tired  ?  5.  Yes,  sir,  because  my  pupils  (m.)  are  neither  indus- 
trious nor  careful.  6.  Has  the  merchant  brought  the  pictures 
which  I  bought  to-day  ?  (sing.).  7.  Ko,  sir,  but  I  think  (pense 
qu^)  he  has  received  the  letter  I  wrote  (pi).  8.  Has  the 
servant  (/)  set  the  table  ?  9.  Which  one  ?  10.  The  table  in 
(de)  the  dining  room.     11.  I  do  not  know  (sais).     12.  Has  the 

1  As  nearly  all  words  ending  in  -ion  and  -ation  are  identical  in  the  two 
languages,  both  in  meaning  and  spelling,  their  English  equivalents  are  not 
given  in  the  special  vocabularies. 


EXERCISES  53 

postman  come,  Mary  ?    13.  Yes,  sir ;  he  brought  the  newspaper 
which  I  put  on  the  table  in  your  room  (pi). 

EXERCISE    XX 

106.  The  comparative  is  formed  by  putting  plus,  more,  or 
moins,  less,  before  the  adjective ;  the  superlative,  by  putting 
le  plus,  the  more,  the  most,  or  le  moins,  the  less,  the  least,  before 
the  adjective. 

Positive  Comparative  Superlative 

Singular 

plus  fort,  stronger.  le  plus  fort,  the  strongest. 

fort,  strong.  *^    .      .  '     ,        ,  ,  .      *    ^     ,r    7        , 

moms  fort,  less  strong,      la  moms  forte,  the  less  strong. 

• 
Plural 

forts  ou  fortes.      ^    .      \  forts  ou  fortes,      les  ■!  *"T     )^  forts  ou  fortes. 


[plus     1 
\  moins  J 


moms  J 

1.  By  exception,  meilleur,  better,  and  le  meilleur^  the  best, 
are  used  instead  of  plus  bon  and  le  plus  bon,  which  are  not 
French. 

2.  After  a  comparative  than  is  rendered  by  que :  — 

Tou  are  weaker  than  I,     vous  etes  plus  faible  que  moi. 

3.  Translate  so  ov  as  .  .  .  as,  comparative  of  equality,  by 
aussi  .  .  .  que,  the  adjective  coming  between  (si  taking  the 
place  of  aussi  in  negative  sentences). 

The  left  arm  is  as  long  as  the  right  Le  bras  droit  est  aussi  long  que  le 

arm.  bras  gauche. 

The  little  finger  is  not  so  long  as  Le  petit  doigt  n'est  pas  si  long  que 

the  ring  finger.  I'annulaire. 

Note.  —  After  a  superlative  translate  iyi  by  de :  You  are  the  best  boy  in 
New  York,  Vous  etes  le  meilleur  gar9on  de  New  York. 

107.     Vindex  (m.),  forefinger.  \e  ^ouce,  thumb. 

le  m^dius,  middle  finger.         court,  short. 
I'orteil  (m.),  toe.  gros  (m.),  grosse  (f.),  thick. 


54  A   BRIEF  FRENCH  COURSE 

108.  1.  La  main  droite  est  plus  forte  qite  la  main  gauche  (pi.). 
2.  Le  pouce  est  moins  long  que  le  petit  doigt.  3.  Le  medius 
est  le  doigt  le  plus  long.  4.  Emilie  est  bonne,  elle  est  meilleure 
qu'Emile  {Emilius)^  qui  est  mauvais ;  mais  Jean  est  le  plus 
mauvais  de  la  famille  {family).  5.  Done  {then),  Emilie  est  la 
moins  mauvaise.  6.  Etes  vous  aussi  gourmand  (gluttonous)  que 
votre  frere  ?  7.  Xon,  monsieur,  mon  f rere  est  le  garQon  le  plus 
gourmand  de  la  ville.  8.  II  pent  §tre  (may  be)  le  plus  gour- 
mand, mais  il  n'est  ni  si  vain,  ni  si  extravagant  que  vous. 

109.  1.  The  right  arm  is  stronger  than  the  left.  2.  The 
ears  are  as  long  as  the  nose.  3.  The  left  thumb  is  as  thick 
as  the  right.  4.  The  toe  nails  are  not  so  large  as  the  finger 
nails.  5.  The  little  finger  is  not  so  thick  as  the  ring  finger. 
6.  The  forefinger  and  thumb  are  stronger  than  the  middle 
finger.  7.  Jane  is  better  than  my  cousin  (m.),  who  is  not  so 
bad  as  his  brother  Baptist  (Baptiste).  8.  Is  the  bread  good  ? 
9.  Yes,  the  bread  is  good,  but  the  cake  is  better,  and  the  oranges 
are  the  best;  the  roast  beef  (le  rosbif)  is  bad,  and  the  dessert 
(dessert)  not  good.  10.  My  sister  Emily  is  the  best  in  the  fam- 
ily. 11.  Father  is  small,  mother  is  smaller,  and  my  sister  Mary 
is  the  smallest. 

EXERCISE   XXI 

110.  ThiSy  that,  and  these  and  those,  used  to  point  out  a 
noun,  are  adjectives,  and  must  be  translated  as  follows :  — 

ce,  before  a  masculine  noun  beginning  with  a  consonant, 
cet,  before  a  masculine  noun  beginning  with  a  vowel  or  h  mute. 
cette,  before  any  feminine  noun  or  adjective, 
ces,  before  any  plural  noun  or  adjective. 

Ce  baton  est  de  bois  dur.  This  stick  is  of  hard  wood. 

Cet  indolent  enfant  est  malade.  That  indolent  child  is  sick. 

Cet  homme  est  sorti  de  prison.  This  man  has  come  out  of  prison. 

Cette  femme  est  trhs  triste.  That  woman  is  very  sad. 

Ces  for§ts  sont  silencieuses.  These  forests  are  silent. 


EXERCISES  65 

1.  ThiSf  that,  and  these  and  those,  used  alone  in  place  of  a 

noun,  are  pronouns/  and  are  translated  by :  — 

celui,  for  the  masculine  singular.       ceux,  for  the  masculine  plural. 
celle,  for  the  feminine  singular.         celles,  for  the  feminine  plural. 

Le  froid  est  moins  intense  que  celui  The  cold  is  less  intense  than  (that 

du  mois  dernier.  of)  last  month. 

La  chaleur  est  plus  grande  que  celle  The  heat  is  greater  than  (that  of) 

d'hier.  yesterday. 

Les  meilleurs  arbres  sont  ceux  qui  The  best  trees  are  those  that  hear 

portent  des  fruits.  fruit. 

Je  pr6f  6re  vos  fleurs  k  celles  du  jardin  I  prefer  your  flowers  to  those  of  the 

de  vos  parents.  garden  of  your  parents. 

Notes.  —  1.  To  render  the  idea  of  the  nearness  or  distance  of  the 
object  spoken  of,  so  well  contrasted  by  the  English  this  and  that^  ci  {here) 
and  la  (there)  are  added  to  the  noun  or  pronoun :  Ces  fruits-ci  sont  murs, 
pendant  que  ceux-la  ^  sont  verts,  Tliese  fruits  are  ripe,  while  those  are 
green;  Je  veux  cette  poire-la,2  la  grosse,  I  want  that  pear,  the  big  one. 

2.  This  and  that,  used  to  point  out  something  not  mentioned,  or  about 
to  follow,  are  translated  by  ceci  and  cela  :  Donnez  ceci  h  votre  tante, 
Give  this  to  your  aunt ;  Apportez-moi  cela,  Bring  me  that;  J'ai  appris  ceci : 
etre  toujours  studieux  et  poll,  /  have  learned  this,  always  to  be  industrious 
and  polite. 

111.  le  printemps,  spring.  la  glace,  ice,  mirror. 
rautomne(m.  and i.), autumn,  la  neige,  snow. 
V€t€  (m.),  summer.  la  pluie,  rain. 
I'hiver  (m.),^  winter.  la  saison,  season. 

la  lumiere,  light.  chaud,  hot,  warm. 

pendant  que,  lohile. 

112.  1.  Le  printemps  est  la  plus  belle  des  saisons;  cette 
saison  est  celle  des  fleurs.  2.  Cet  hiver  a  ete  plein  d'humidite 
{moisture),  de  neige  et  de  glace,  pendant  que  celui  de  Pannee 

1  Be  very  careful  in  making  the  proper  distinction  between  this,  that,  these, 
those,  when  adjectives  and  when  pronouns ;  it  will  save  you  much  trouble  in 
the  future.     (See  footnote,  p.  43.) 

2  Notice  the  hyphen  connecting  ci  and  la  to  a  noun  or  pronoun,  as  a  means 
of  emphasizing  what  is  said. 

8  Pronounce  hi-ver,  and  drop  the  m  of  automne  (au-tonn'). 


56  A  BRIEF  FRENCH  COURSE 

derniere  a  ete  moins  froid  et  moins  pluvieux  (rainy).  3.  Ces 
petites  filles-cj:  sont  ceUes  de  ma  soeur,  et  ces  grands  garqons-/d 
sont  ceux  du  neveu  du  general  Lafayette.  4.  Avez  vous  achete 
ces  legumes  ?  5.  Ceux-ci  sont  bons  a  manger  (to  eat),  ceux-ld  sont 
trop  durs.  6.  Cet  homme-/d  est  tres  silencieux,  mais  cette 
femme-ci  est  tres  bavarde.     7.  Je  n'aime  pas  la  pluie. 

113.  1.  There  are  (il  y  a)  four  (quatre)  seasons:  spring, 
summer,  autumn,  and  winter.  2.  In  (en)  autumn  the  heat  is 
not  so  great  as  in  summer.  3.  Winter  is  the  coldest  of  the 
seasons.  4.  The  air  (air,  m.)  is  full  of  moisture.  This  autumn 
has  been  rainy,  but  warmer  than  that  of  last  year.  5.  The 
temperature  (la  temperature)  is  warmer  than  (that  of)  yesterday. 

6.  Please  pass  me  those  potatoes,  which  are  better  than  these. 

7.  This  flower  is  finer  than  that  you  gave  my  sister  this  morn- 
ing. 8.  In  (en)  France  spring  is  the  most  beautiful  of  the 
seasons.  9.  Jane,  give  this  to  your  brother  and  that  to  your 
mother.  10.  Heat  is  produced  (produite)  by  the  sun  (le  soleil), 
and  cold  by  its  absence  (absence,  f.).  11.  Is  not  light  also  pro- 
duced by  the  sun  ? 

EXERCISE  XXII 

114.  He  is,  she  is,  it  is,  they  are,  are  translated  by  c*est*  and 
ce  sont,  and  by  their  corresponding  other  tenses :  — 

1.    Before  a  noun  or  a  pronoun  :  — 

It  is  a  loss,  it  teas  a  shame.  C'est  une  perte,  c'^tait  une  honte. 

They  are  our  bedrooms.  C'est  or  ce  sont  nos  chambres  k  coucher. 

It  is  I,  it  is  you,  he  is  the  man.  C'est  moi,  c'est  toi,  c'est  I'homme. 

It  is  that,  it  is  mine,  it  is  ours.  C'est  celui,  c'est  le  mien,  c'est  la  n6tre. 

It  is  they  (masc.  and  fern.).  C'est  or  ce  sont  eux  (m.),  ou  elles  (f.). 

They  are,  or  were  theirs.  C'est  or  ce  sont,  or  c'^taient  les  leurs. 

1  According  to  the  new  syntax,  r'est,  instead  of  ce  i^ont,  may  always  be  used 
in  introducing  a  noun  in  the  plural,  or  a  pronoun  of  the  3d  person  plural :  C'est 
des  montagnes  et  des  precipices.  They  are  mouiitains  and  precipices.  Est  ce 
(never  sont  ce)  eux  or  elles  ?    Is  it  they  ? 


EXERCISES  57 

2.  Before  a  superlative :  — 

It  will  he  the  most  beautiful  bed.      Ce  sera  le  lit  le  plus  beau. 
They  are,  will,  or  would  be  the      C'est  or  ce  sont,  ceserait  or  ceseraient 
most  magnificent  of  roses.  les  plus  magnifiques  des  roses. 

3.  It  is  preceding  an  adjective  used  adverbially  and  standing 
alone  —  that  is  not  followed  by  the  idea  to  be  expressed  —  is 
rendered  by  c'est :  — 

It  is  good,  it  is  better,  it's  easy.      C'est  bon,  c'est  mieux,  c'est  facile. 
But  when  the  idea  is  fully  expressed  or  when  it  is  is  used  im- 
personally, c'est  cannot  be  employed  :  — 

It  is  impossible  to  go  out.  II  est  impossible  de  sortir. 

It  is  twelve  (noon),  it  is  cold.         II  est  midi ;  il  fait  froid. 

115.  \g  gTSiud -pbre,  grandfather.  \a>  cigaxette,  cigarette. 
la  grand  m6re,  grandmother.         les  meubles,  furniture. 

le  meuble,  a  piece  of  furniture,     on  frappe,     ^  somebody  is 
le  cigare,  cigar.  on  a  frapp^,  j     knocking. 

ce  doit  etre,  it  must  be.  quand,  when. 

1 16.  1.  Les  meubles  de  cette  chambre  a  coucher  sont  reelle- 
ment  (indeed)  magnifiques.  2.  C^est,  en  effet  (in  fact) ^  les  plus 
beaux  de  notre  maison.  3.  A  qui  est  cette  berceuse  ?  {rocking- 
chair).  4.  Oest  celle  de  ma  grand  mere.  5.  Et  ce  tabouret  ? 
(stool).  C^etait  celui  de  mon  grand  pere.  6.  Albert,  as  tu 
ferme  la  porte  ?  7.  Oui,  papa.  8.  C^est  bon !  fitudie  (study) 
tes  leQons,  maintenant.  9.  II  est  facile  de  dire  (to  say)  cela,  ou 
c'est  facile  a  dire ;  mais,  a  present,  je  suis  trop  fatigue,  papa. 
10.  C'est  ou  ce  sont  mes  soeurs  qui  ont  apporte  les  magnifiques 
roses  que  vous  avez  vues.  11.  Est  ce  elles  aussi  qui  ont  donne 
du  pain  aux  pauvres  ?  12.  Oui,  ce  sont  elles  aussi.  13.  On 
frappe.     Qui  est  ce  ?    14.    Je  ne  sais  pas. 

117.  1.  I  do  not  like  the  furniture  of  these  bedrooms. 
2.  This  bed  is  my  father's;  it  is  the  one  (that)  in  which  he  has 


58  A  BRIEF   FRENCH   COURSE 

slept  (couchi)  for  four  years.  3.  There  are  two  rocking  chairs 
in  the  drawing  room ;  they  tcere  my  grandmother's  and  my 
uncle's  (that  of  my).  4.  Who  is  in  the  dining  room  ?  5.  It  is 
Mary  and  her  cousin  (m.).  6.  Did  you  see  the  trees  of  which 
I  spoke  ?  Tfiey  are  the  biggest  in  the  forest.  7.  Who  is  it 
that  has  come  back  from  the  country  ?  8.  It  must  be  those 
pretty  girls  whom  we  saw  at  {chez)  Madame  X.'s  last  week. 
9.  They  are  the  prettiest  girls  in  the  country.  10.  It  is  im- 
possible to  go  out  in  (par)  that  rain.  11.  Do  you  like  that  ? 
12.  No,  it  is  bad.  13.  Good  night.  It  is  getting  late  (il  se 
fait  tard). 

EXERCISE    XXIII 

FcTCRE  OF  etre 

(Next  week,  la  semaine  prochaine  ;  next  year,  Vannee  prochaine.) 

118.     I  shall  be  a  soldier,  je  serai  soldat. 

you  will  be  persevering,  tu  seras'pers^v^rant. 

he  will  be  a  traveler^  il     j  ^  voyageur. 

she  will  be  gentle,  elle  }■  sera  \  gentille. 

one  will  be  clever,  on    '  [  habile. 

toe  shall  be  unhappy,  nous  serons  malheureux. 

you  will  be  frank,  vous  serez  francs. 

they  will  be  timid,  ils     1  |  craintifs. 

tliey  will  be  simple  minded,    elles  J  [  naives. 

NEGATIVELY 

I  shall  not  be  idle,  je  ne  serai  pas  oisif,  etc. 

INTERROGATIVELY 

Shall  I  be  attentive  f  serai  je  attentif  ?  etc. 

NEGATIVELY   AND    INTERROGATIVELY 

Shall  I  not  be  industrious  f  ne  serai  je  pas  laborieux  ?  etc. 


EXERCISES 


59 


POSSESSIVE   PRONOUNS 

119. 

Sing. 

Plur. 

Masc. 

Fern. 

Masc.              Fern. 

le  mien, 

la  mienne, 

les  miens,    les  miennes 

,  mine.^ 

le  tien, 

la  tienne, 

les  tiens,      les  tiennes, 

yours. 

le  sien, 

la  sienne, 
2    lan6tre, 

les  siens,      les  siennes, 

his,  hers,  Us. 

le  n6tre, 

les  notres, 

ours. 

le  votre, 

2    la  v6tre, 

les  vStres, 

yours. 

le  leur, 

la  leur, 

les  leurs, 

theirs. 

These  words,   which 

are  derived  from  tJie 

possessive   ad- 

jeetives  moriy  ton,  son,  etc.,  not  only  denote  possession,  but 

also  standing  in  place  of  a  noun  are  therefore  pronouns. 

1.    In  French,  pronouns  agree  in  gender  and  number  with 

the  nouns  for  which  they  stand  :  Ma  soBur  est  plus  grande  que  la 

tienne. 

Note.  —  When  speaking  about  other  people's  relatives  (unless  a  certain 
degree  of  familiarity  exists),  madame,  monsieur,  mademoiselle,  and  their 
plurals  are  used:  Comment  va  madame  votre  mere?  Comment  se  porta 
monsieur  le  professeur  X.  ?  When  speaking  of  a  friend,  or  about  our  own 
relatives,  the  courtesy  title  is  left  out. 


120.       le  batiment,  building. 
la  cloche,  hell. 
le  clocher,  steeple. 
r^glise  (f.),  church. 
le  fauteuil,  armchair. 


le  pays,  country,  land. 
le  toit,  roof. 
la  voiture,  carriage. 
regardez,  look  (at). 
remarqu6,  noticed. 


121.  1.  Estce  que  ces  cravates  sont  a  mademoiselle  votre 
soeur?  2.  Oui,  monsieur,  ce  sont  les  siennes  {si7ig.).  3.  Re- 
gardez cet  homme  sur  mon  perron  (pi.).  4.  II  n'est  pas  sur 
le  vdtre,  il  est  sur  le  mien  (pi.).  5.  Mais,  regardez,  il  est  entrd 
dans  la  maison !     6.  Oui,  dans  la  mienne !     7.  J'ai  trouve  les 

1  Note  once  more  the  contrast  between  the  one  English  form  mine,  etc.,  and 
the  various  French  forms  used  to  distinguish  gender  and  number:  le  mien, 
la.  mienne,  les  miens,  les  miennes,  etc. 

2  Notice  that  this  pronoun  differs  from  the  adjective,  in  that  it  takes  not 
only  the  article,  but  also  a  circumflex  accent,  which  lengthens  its  vowel  sound. 


60 


A   BRIEF   FRENCH   COURSE 


gants  que  j 'avals  (had)  perdus.  8.  Ou  etaientils?  (ivere) 
9  Dans  le  salon.  10.  Non,  ce  ne  sont  pas  les  tiens;  ma  mere 
a  mis  ces  gants  sur  un  fauteuil  du  salon,  et  ce  sont  les  siens. 
11.  Ce  qui  est  a  la  mere  est  a  la  fille ;  ces  gants  sont  les  ndtres. 

122.  1.  We  saw  a  fine  carriage  drawn  by  (atteUe  de)  two 
magnificent  horses;  whose  is  it?  2.  I  do  not  know.  3.  Gen- 
eral Daguerre  is  in  town ;  perhaps  it  Is  Ids.  4.  What  a  fine 
mansion  (chdteaii)  theirs  is !  5.  It  is  one  of  the  most  magnifi- 
cent in  the  (des)  United  States  (Etats-Unis).  6.  Have  you 
noticed  the  church  at  (of)  N.  ?  7.  No ;  but  I  know  (je  sais 
qu^)  it  has  a  very  tall  (Jiaut)  steeple,  the  bells  of  which  are 
larger  than  those  in  your  church.  8.  Yes;  they  are  the 
largest  in  the  country.  9.  The  roofs  of  these  buildings  are 
too  low  (has)  —  are  they  yours?  (sing.).  10.  No,  my  friend, 
they  are  not  mine  (sing.).  11.  Whose  handkerchief  is  this? 
(pi.).  Is  it  yours  9  (pi.).  12.  No,  madam,  it  is  not  mine;  it 
is  your  father's  (pi.).  13.  Oh,  thank  you !  14.  Not  at  all. 
15.  Whose  are  those  carriages  which  your  cousin  has  sent  to 
General  X.  ?  (sing.).  16.  They  are  her  oivn  ^  (sing.).  17.  Who 
is  that  tall  lady,  Jane  ?     18.  Oh,  she  is  a  friend  of  mine.^ 


EXERCISE    XXIV 
PERSONAL   PRONOUNS 


123. 


Sing. 


Sub. 


Obj. 


Direct 
je,  I;        me,  me ; 
tu,  you  ;    te,  you  ; 
il,  /te,  it ;  le,  him,  it 
elle,  she ;  la,  her,  it 


Indirect 

me,  to  me. 

te,  to  you. 

him,  it 
her,  it 


lui,  to  \ 


Plur. 


Sub. 


Obj. 


Direct       Indirect 

nous,  we  ;     nous,  us  ;    nous,  to  us. 

vous,  you  ;    vous,  you  ;  vous,  to  you. 

lis     ^ 

1-  they ;  les,  them;   leur,  to  them. 
elles  i 


1  My  own,  your  own,  etc.,  when  they  stand  alone,  must  be  translated  simply 
as  if  they  were  mine,  yours,  etc. 

2  All  such  sentences  as  this  must  be  turned  into  one  of  my  friends. 


EXERCISES  61 

124.  Personal  pronouns  governed   by  a  verb  or  preceded 

by  to,  instead  of  following  the  verb  as  in  English,  are  placed 

immediately  before   it,  and  the  adverb  is  put  between  the 

auxiliary  and  the  past  participle :  — 

Je  le  brosse.  /  brush  him. 

Je  I'ai  souvent  bross^.  /  have  often  brushed  him. 

1.  In  the  interrogative  form  the  pronoun  object  begins  the 

sentence  and  the  verb  follows  with  its  subject:  — 

Lui  parlez  vous  ?  Do  you  speak  to  him? 

Les  avez  vous  vus  ?  Have  you  seen  them  f 

2.  In  verbs  used  negatively,  ne  is  placed  between  the  sub- 
ject and  the  object :  — 

Tu  ne  I'as  pas  vu.  Tou  have  not  seen  him. 

Vous  ne  les  avez  pas  rencontres.       You  have  not  met  them. 

3.  In  the  negative-interrogative  form,  ne  begins  the  sen- 
tence :  — 

Ne  me  voyez  vous  pas  ?  Do  you  not  see  me  ? 

Ne  vous  a-t-il  pas  parl^  ?  Has  he  not  spoken  to  you? 

125.  When  both  direct  and  indirect  pronouns  are  required 

before  the  verb,  the  indirect  comes  first  in  the  first  and  second 

persons  singular  and  plural :  — 

Je  te  I'ai  pr^t^.  I  have  lent  it  to  you. 

Vous  me  les  avez  montr^s.  You  have  shown  them  to  me. 

1.    In  the  third  persons  (sing,  and  plur.)  —  or  when  the  verb 

is  in  the  imperative  affirmative — it  is  the  direct  object  that 

comes  first:  — 

A-t-elle  vu  ma  robe  ?  —  Oui,  ta  soeur     Has  she  seen  my  dress? — Fes,  your 

la  lui  a  montr^e.  sister  has  shown  it  to  her. 

Vendez  i-le-leur.2   Donnez-les-leur.2     Sell  it  to  them.    Give  them  to  them. 

1  After  the  imperative,  hyphens  must  separate  the  pronoun  objects. 

2  Notice  that  leur,  personal  pronoun,  never  takes  an  s  and  always  accom- 
panies a  verb.  It  must  not  be  confused  with  leur,  possessive  adjective,  or 
with  le  leur,  possessive  pronoun,  which  are  variable. 


62  A   BRIEF   FRENCH   COURSE 

Note.  —Before  going  any  further,  students  should  learn  by  heart  the 
order  of  precedence  of  pronouns  given  p.  252.  (For  the  distinction  of  le, 
la,  las,  articles,  and  le,  la,  las,  pronouns,  see  508.) 

126.  la  brosse,  brush.  vendu,  sold. 
rSponge  (f.),  sponge.  salu§,  bowed  to. 

le  peigne,  comb.  beaucoup,  very  much,  many. 

le  savon,  soap.  un  peu,  little. 

le  roman,  novel.  chaque  (invariable),  each. 

certainement,  certainly,  of  course. 

127.  1.  Ou  sont  mes  tableaux?  2.  Le  marchand  les  a;  je 
les  lui  ai  envoyes  hier.  3.  Votre  cousine  Charlotte  vous  art-elle 
ecrit  ?  4.  Oh  oui,  elle  m'ecrit  (writes)  souvent.  5.  Connaissez 
vous  (do  you  know)  ces  jeunes  fiUes  ?  G.  Non,  monsieur,  je 
ne  les  connais  pas.  7.  Avez  vous  lu  "  Les  Miserables "  de 
Victor  Hugo  ?  8.  Oui,  mademoiselle,  je  les  ai  lus,  11  y  a  long- 
temps  (long  ago).  Est  ce  que  madame  votre  mere  les  a  lus  aussi  ? 
9.  C'est  elle  qui  me  les  a  pretes.  10.  Avez  vous  salue  les 
dames  que  hous  avons  rencontrees  a  I'eglise,  ce  matin  ? 
11.  Certainement,  je  les  ai  saluees.  12.  Leur  avez  vous  parle  ? 
13.  Non,  je  ne  leur  ai  pas  parle.  14.  Marie,  as  tu  requ  le 
peigne,  la  petite  brosse,  I'eponge  et  le  savon  de  toilette  que  je 
^'ai  envoyes  pour  le  bebe  (baby)  ?  15.  Oui,  mon  ami  (dear),  et 
chaque  jour,  je^  le  lave  (wash),  le  peigne  (comb),  et  le  brosse 
avec  (ces  objets  understood). 

128.  1.  Did  they  (/.)  come  to  see  (voir)  us?  2.  No,  they 
did  not  come  to  see  you.  3.  Look  at  this  pretty  little  stool ;  I 
have  bought  it,  and  I  gave  it  to  you.  4.  AVhere  is  your  horse  ? 
5.  Charles  (Charles)  has  it;  I  have  sold  it  to  him.  6.  I  asked 
3'ou  to  send  (d^envoyer)  those  pictures  to  my  cousins  (/.) ;  have 

1  Personal  pronouns  used  as  subjects  are  repeated  before  every  verb :  — 
(a)  When  the  verbs  are  of  different  tenses  (je  suis  etje  serai  soldat). 
(6)  When  we  pass  from  a  negative  to  an  affirmative  proposition,  and  vice 
versa  {vous  n'avez  pas  de  chapeau  et  oous  voulez  sortir!).    In  all  other  cases 
the  pronoun  may  be  omitted  or  repeated,  just  as  taste  directs. 


EXERCISES  63 

you  sent  them  to  them  ?  7.  Yes,  I  have  sent  them  to  them,  and 
they  returned  (renvoy^)  them  to  me  the  day  before  yesterday. 
8.  Why  have  you  this  child's  map  ?  9.  He  lent  it  to  me. 
10.   And   his   copy  books?      11.    He   lent   them  to  me  also. 

12.  My  daughters  have  your  book;  did  you  give  it  to  themf 

13.  No,  I  did  not  give  it  to  them.  14.  Do  you  know  Admiral 
Dufour  ?  15.  Oh,  yes !  very  well.  16.  He  likes  these  novels 
[very]  much ;  do  you  read  (lisez)  them  to  him  ?  17.  Yes,  I 
read  (lis)  them  to  him  [in]  the  evening,  at  the  fireside  (au  coin 
du  feu).  18.  Did  we  not  meet  you  at  Liverpool  ?  19.  No,  I 
have  not  met  you.  20.  My  aunt  wishes  to  buy  your  school. 
21.  I  have  already  sold  it  to  her.  22.  Your  daughters  want 
these  books;  give  them  to  them,  please.  23.  Did  you  meet 
the  Misses  ^  Perry  this  afternoon  ?  24.  I  did.  25.  Did  you 
bow  to  themf    26.  Yes,  but  I  didn't  speak  to  them. 

EXERCISE  XXV 
Sing.  Plur. 

129.  moi,  7,  me.  nous,  we,  us. 

toi,  you.  vous,  you. 

lui,  he,  him.  eux   \*j,^y  them 

elle,  she,  her.  elles  J 

These  pronouns  are  disjunctive ;  that  is,  they  are  used  alone, 
or  when  separated  from  the  verb :  — 

1.   As   the   subject  after  c'est  and  ce  sont,   expressed   or 

understood. 

C'est  moi.  It  is  I. 

Ce  sont  eux.  It  is  they  (m.). 

Qui  chante  ?  —  Moi.  Who  is  singing  ?  —  I. 

Qui  mange  ?  —  Elles.  Who  is  eating?—  They  (f.). 

1  The  literal  rendering  of  madame,  mademoiselle,  mesdam.es,  mesdemoiselles, 
being  (my  lady,  my  young  lady,  etc.) ,  whenever  that  courtesy  title  is  preceded 
by  the  article,  it  goes  without  saying  that  the  possessive  ma  or  mes  must  be 
dropped  :  la  dame,  la  demoiselle,  les  dames,  etc.  (the  lady,  etc.). 


64  A  BRIEF   FRENCH   COURSE 

2.  As  the  indirect  object  after  a  preposition. 

Elle  est  sortie  avee  lui.  She  went  out  with  him. 

II  travaille  pour  moi.  He  works  for  me. 

3.  After  the  idiomatic  expression  chez  {at  or  to  the  house  of). 

J'ai  €\A  chez  eux.  /  have  been  at  their  house. 

Elles  sont  allies  chez  elles.     They  have  gone  to  their  house. 

4.  When  there  is  more  than  one  subject  of  the  verb,  in 

which  case  they  take  the  place  of  the  personal  pronouns. 

Louis  et  moi  sommes  revenus  hier.       Louis  and  I  came  hack  yesterday. 
Toi  et  lui  avez  fait  trop  de  bruit.  You  and  he  made  too  much  noise. 

Note.  —  Moi  is  used  with  the  imperative  affirmative  ;  as,  — 
Laissez-moi  tranquille.  Let  me  alone. 

130.  The  following  pronouns  are  used  as  in  English  :  — 

moi  meme,  myself.  lui  meme,  himself.  nous  memes,i  ourselves. 

toi  meme,  yourself.  elle  meme,  herself.  vous  memes,  yourselves. 

eux  m§mes,  elles  memes,  themselves. 

131.  la.  TUB,  street.  tard  (adv.),  Za«e. 
seul,  alone.                                      tot  (adv.),  soon. 

Ik,  there.        combien,  how  much.        combien  (de),  how  many. 

132.  1.  Qui  a  frappe?  2.  Ce  n'est  pas  nous;  c'est  eux. 
3.  Qui  a  chante?  (sung).  4.  C'est  eux  memes.  5.  Qui  est  la? 
6.  Moi.  7.  Qui,  toi  ?  8.  Tu  as  pris  ma  canne !  9.  Non,  ce  n'est 
pas  moi.  10.  Mais  je  I'ai  laissee  (Je^ft)  la  sur  le  lit,  et  toi  seul 
es  entre  dans  la  chambre.  11.  Je  te  dis  (tell)  que  ce  n'est  pas 
moi.  12.  Vous  etes  grande  et  jolie ;  suis  je  laide,  ')noi  ?  13.  Lui, 
a  dejeune  trop  tot,  et  elle,  trop  tard.  14.  Qui  vous  Fa  dit? 
15.  Elle  m&nie.  16.  Je  les  ai  vus,  elle  est  sortie  avec  lui. 
17.  Ou  sont  ils  alles  ?    18.  lis  sont  venus  chez  nous.    19.  Je  les 

1  Under  the  new  rules  of  syntax,  the  agreement  of  meme  is  allowable  after 
a  substantive  or  a  pronoun  in  the  plural ;  and  the  hyphen  connecting  meme 
with  the  pronoun  is  no  longer  required :  —  Ces  personnes  memes  ont  ete  chez 
vous.  These  ven/  persons  have  been  at  your  home.  Nous  memes  leur  avons 
domi^  de  I'eau.     We  ourselves  have  given  them  water. 


EXERCISES  65 

ai  requs  moi  mime,  parce  que  ma  mere  etait  {was)  absente. 
20.  Toi  et  lui  (vous)  faites  (make)  trop  de  bruit.  21.  Sont  ils 
chez  eux,  ou  chez  elks  ? 

133.  1.  You  and  he  are  always  good  friends.  2.  For  whom 
is  this  pretty  inkstand  ?  3.  It  is  for  us.  4.  And  these  large 
tables  ?  5.  They  are  for  them  (m.).  6.  We  met  them  yester- 
day at  their  house.  7.  Whom  ?  8.  Your  aunts.  9.  They  ! 
but  they  left  for  the  country  four  days  ago  {il  y  a).  10.  Well, 
{eh  Men  !)  they  have  come  back  now.  11.  How  many  boys  has 
this  gentleman  ?  12.  He  f  I  do  not  know.  13.  My  child's 
plate  was  on  the  table  a  minute  {une  m^inute)  ago ;  is  it  you 
who  took  it  ?  14.  No,  madam,  it  is  not  /.  15.  Who,  then  ? 
16.  He.  17.  Come  {venez)  with  me  !  18.  Where  ?  19.  To  my 
house.  20.  Why?  21.  To  {pour)  dine  with  us.  22.  Thank 
you,  I  am  too  tired.  23.  Is  your  mother  at  home  9  24.  Cer- 
tainly, Miss  Marie,  father  and  mother  are  at  home  {chez  nous). 
25.  You  let  me  alone !  26.  Let  me  alone,  yourself !  do  you 
understand?  {comprenez).  27.  They  {fem.)  themselves  have 
seen  you. 

EXERCISE  XXVI 

134.  The  French  indefinite  pronoun  on  corresponds  to  the 
English  indefinite  pronoun  one,  and  the  word  people  used  in- 
definitely :  —  On  peut  lire,  one  may  read. 

1.  The  pronouns  we,  you,  and  they,  when  they  mean  nobody 
in  particular,  are  all  translated  by  on :  — 

We  ought  to  forgive  our  enemies.    On  doit  pardonner  ^  ses  ennemis. 

You  cannot  get  fruit  from  a  thorn.  On  ne  peut  obteiiir  des  fruits  d'une  ^pine. 

lliey  say  you  are  already  married.  On  dit  que  vous  etes  d6j^  mari6. 

2.  Ideas  somewhat  indefinite  expressed  through  the  passive 
form  characteristic  of  the  English,  are  usually  turned  into  the 
French  active  voice  (see  p.  270),  with  on  for  subject :  — 

You  have  been  forbidden  to  smoke,  on  vous  a  d^fendu  de  fumer. 

BRI£F    FK.    COURSE — 6 


66  A  BRIEF  FRENCH  COURSE 

135.  In  the  following  idioms  avoir  is  used  instead  of  the 

English  to  be :  — 

avoir  faim,  to  be  hungry.  avoir  chaud,  to  be  warm. 

avoir  soif,  to  be  thirsty.  avoir  froid,  to  be  cold. 

avoir  raison,  to  be  right.  avoir  honte,  to  be  ashamed. 

avoir  tort,  to  be  wrong.  avoir  peur,  to  be  afraid. 

avoir  besoin,  to  be  in  need.  avoir  sommeil,  to  be  sleepy. 

1.  Bien  with  the  meaning  of  ver^  or  quite,  is  much  used  with 
all  the  foregoing  expressions  (J'ai  eu  bien  peur.  Vous  avez 
bien  raison.     II  fait  bien  froid.     Etc.). 

136.  le  cocher,  coachman,  driver.        le  feu,  fire. 

la  cuisine,  kitchen.  plait  il?  /  beg  your  pardon. 

le  cuisinier,  la  cuisini^re,  cook,    toujours,  always. 

137.  1.  Le  cocher  a  froid,  il  est  fatigue,  et  il  a  bien  faim  et 
soif.  2.  A-t-il  aussi  sommeil  ?  3.  On  a  tort  de  fumer.  4.  Mon- 
sieur, mon  frere  Charles  fume  (smokes)  beaucoup.  5.  Quoi? 
(que  fume-t-il  ?).  6.  Des  cigares  et  des  cigarettes.  7.  Ou 
fume-t-il  ?  8.  II  fume  a  Tecole  et  chez  nous  quand  mes  parents 
sont  absents.  9.  Quelle  honte !  10.  II  n'a  pas  peur  de  ma  mere, 
mais  il  a  peur  de  mon  pere.  11.  Maman,  n'as  tu  pas  vu  mes 
gants  ?  12.  Ou  les  as  tu  laisses  ?  13.  Je  ne  sais  pas.  14.  Mon 
enfant,  on  ne  perd  (lose)  pas  ses  gants  quand  on  est  soigneux. 
15.  Ici  r  *  on  parle  (speak)  f  ranqais. 

138.  1.  Is  not  the  cook  too  warm  by  this  great  fire? 
2.  No,  I  do  not  think  (pense)  [so] ;  she  is  always  cold  when  she 
is  not  in  the  kitchen.  3.  English  is  spoken  here.  4.  We  are 
satisfied  when  we  are  right.  5.  You  have  already  been  forbid- 
den once  (unefois)  to  read  these  novels  ;  you  are  wrong,  they 
will  be  taken  from  you  (on  vous  les  prendra).  Have  you  under- 
stood me  ?    6.  Yes,  sir.  7.  Very  well ;  give  them  to  me  now,  and 

1  On  is  changed  into  Von  for  euphony,  but  is  never  used  at  the  beginning  of 
a  sentence. 


EXERCISES  67 

sit  down  to  ( mettez-vous  d)  table.  8.  People  say  that  you  are 
never  right.  9.  I  beg  your  pardon  ?  10.  One  may  be  too  tired 
to  (pour)  read  a  book.  11.  The  pictures  I  sent  to  the  town 
(la  ville)  have  not  been  received  (use  on).  12.  We  ought  not 
to  be  ashamed  of  being  (d'etre)  poor. 

EXERCISE  XXVII 
139,  Future  i  of  avoir 

( The  day  after  to-morrow^  apr^s-demain ;   next  months  le  mois  pro- 
chain  ;  in  future,  k  I'avenir.) 

/  shall  have  rheumatism,  j'aurai  des  rheumatisines. 

you  will  have  pneumonia,  tu  auras  une  pneumonie. 


elle  \ 


he,  she,  one,  will  have  measles,      elle  >  aura  la  rougeole. 

on   J 

we  shall  have  (our)  neuralgia,       nous  aurons  notre  n^vralgie. 

you  will  have  scarlet  fever,  vous  aurez  la  fi^vre  scarlatina. 

ils     1 
they  will  have  the  smallpox,  ,,      y  auront  la  variole. 

NEGATIVELY 

jf  shall  not  have  catarrh,  je  n'aurai  pas  de  catarrhe,  etc. 

INTERROGATIVELY 

Shall  I  have  a  toothache  f  aural  je  mal  aux  dents  ? 


NEGATIVELY   AND    INTERROGATIVELY 

Shall  I  not  have  bronchitis  ?  n'aurai  je  pas  une  bronchite  ?  etc. 

140. 

1,  un,  une. 

5,  cinq.2 

9,  neuf.2        13,  treize. 

17,  dix  sept. 

2,  deux. 

6,  six.2 

10,  dix.2          14,  quatorze. 

18,  dix  huit. 

3,  trois. 

7,  sept.2 

11,  onze.          15,  quinze. 

19,  dix  neuf. 

•    4,  quatre. 

8,  huit.2 

12,  douze.        16,  seize. 

20,  vingt. 

100,  cent.      1000,  mille. 

1  Tenses  are  given  according  to  their  importance  in  practice,  —  the  present, 
past,  and  future,  first,  as  being  more  necessary  at  this  point  in  our  study. 

2  The  final  consonant  of  cinq,  six,  sept,  huit,  neuf,  dix,  and  their  com- 
pounds is  sounded  at  the  end  of  a  sentence,  or  when  it  blends  with  the  word 
following.  It  is  silent  when  the  following  word  begins  with  a  consonant  or  h 
aspirate,  except  in  dix  neuf. 


b8  A  BRIEF  FRENCH  COURSE 

141.  The  conjunction  and,  used  in  so  many  English  num- 
bers, finds  its  French  equivalent  only  in  the  six  following 
numeral  adjectives :  21  (vingt  et  un),  31,  41,  51,  61,  and  71. 
(See  503.) 

1.  Hyphens  are  no  longer  required  to  connect  the  units 
with  the  tens. 

2.  Mille  (formerly  written  mil  in  dates  a.d.)  is  now 
spelled  mille  as  in  numbers:  1890,  mille  huit  cents  quatre 
vingts  dix. 

3.  Unlike  English,  use  cardinal  numbers  for  the  days  of  the 
month,  with  the  single  exception  of  the  1st,  le  premier  (le  quatre 
mxirs,  le  vingt  six  aoilt). 

4.  A  and  one  are  dropped  before  cent  or  mille:  cent  hommes, 
miUe  francs. 

5.  To  ask  a  person's  age,  the  French  say,  Quel  age  avez  vous  ? 
Hoiv  old  are  you?  and  reply  by  saying,  J'ai  dix  huit  ans,  / 
ain  eighteen.  The  adjective  age  with  de  is  also  used,  but  less 
frequently :  Ma  niece  est  ag6e  de  seize  ans,  My  niece  is  sixteen 
years  old. 

6.  On,  used  before  days  and  dates,  is  never  rendered  in 
French. 

14:2.   Janvier,  January.  juillet,  July. 

f^vrier,  February.  aout,  August. 

mars,  March.  septembre,  September. 

avril,  April.  octobre,  October. 

mai,  May.  novembre,  Xovember. 

juin,  June.  d^cembre,  December. 
(all  masculine.) 

I'au  (ra.),      I  year.  le  sou,  cent. 

Tann^e  (f.),  i  il  y  a-i  there  is,  there  are,  ago. 

I'arm^e  (f.),  army.  autant,  as  much,  as  many. 

Tennemi  (m.),1  ^„^^,.     environ,  about. 

1,  •  \r  i   }  enemy. 

rennemie  (f.),  J  quand,  icAen. 

r^cemment,  recently. 


EXERCISES  69 

143.  1.  II  y  a  deux  sortes  (kinds)  d'annees,  les  annees  com- 
munes (common)  et  les  annees  bissextiles  (leap).  2.  II  y  a  trois 
cents  ^  pages  dans  ce  livre.  3.  II  y  a  cinquante  deux  semaines 
(/.)  dans  une  annee.  4.  L'annee  a  douze  mois.  5.  II  y  a 
vingt  trois  maisons  dans  cette  rue.  6.  Combien  de  soldats 
y  a-t-il  dans  cette  armee?  7.  II  y  a  environ  cinquante  cinq 
mille  soldats.  8.  Quel  age  a  le  general  qui  la  commande 
(commands)  ?  9.  II  a  plus  de  ^  soixante  ans.  10.  Nous  avons 
perdu  recemment  quatre  cents  quatre  vingts^  cinq  dollars. 

Write  down  in  French  the  numbers  following  (see  503). 

9,  18,  27,  36,  45,  54,  63,  72,  81,  90,  99 ;  135,  277,  996 ;  1012, 
4779,  8341 ;  10,271,  1,692,551.     75  and  91  make  (foyit)  166. 

144.  1.  AVe  have  received  $891  and  61  cents.  2.  How 
many  kilometers  have  the  soldiers  marched  (fait)  recently  ? 
3.  They  have  marched  277  kilometers  '(kilometres)  in  (en)  a 
week,  and  they  are  too  tired  now  to  attack  (pour  attaquer)  the 
enemy.  4.  How  many  men  has  the  French  army  ?  5.  About 
three  millions.  6.  As  many  as  that  ?  7.  Yes,  they  have 
(France  has)  now  a  splendid  (splendide)  army.  8.  There  are 
365  days  in  a  year,  366  days  in  a  leap  year,  and  7  days  in  a 
week.  9.  When  were  (Mes  ^)  you  born  (ne)  ?  10.  I  was  born 
[on]  the  20th  [of]  September,  1847,  and  you,  my  friend,  when 
and  where  were  you  born  ?  11.  Who,  I  ?  Oh,  what  a  tooth- 
ache I  have !  12.  There  are  59  trees  in  this  garden,  and  only 
33  in  that.      13.    How  many  men  are  there  in  the  enemy's 

,  army  ?      14.    There  are  about  195,000  men. 

1  When  multiplied  by  another  number,  cent  and  vingt  now  take  the  mark 
of  the  plural  even  if  another  numeral  follows  :  —  quatre  vingts  d'lx  hommes, 
ninety  men  ;  quatre  cents  trente  francs,  four  hundred  and  thirty  francs. 

2  Except  with  the  word  rather,  de  (instead  of  que)  is  used  to  translate  than 
before  a  number. 

8  Notice  that,  contrary  to  English  rule,  the  French  use  the  present  tense. 


70  A   BRIEF   FRENCH  COURSE 

EXERCISE  XXVIII 

145.  With  the  exception  of  premier  and  second/  ordinal 
numbers  are  formed  by  adding  -ieme  to  the  cardinal:  trois, 
troisihne,  qtiatre,  quatri^me. 

1.  If  the  cardinal  ends  in  e,  that  e  is  suppressed:  Oiize, 
onzihme. 

2.  Q  not  final  is  always  followed  by  u :  cinq,  cinqui^me. 

3.  F  final  is  changed  into  v  for  euphony :  new/,  neuvi^me, 
dix  neufj  dix  neuvi^me,  etc. 

146.  To  tell  the  time,  the  nearest  hour,  whether  it  is  past 
or  to  come,  is  named  first,  and  the  parts  afterwards  added  or 
deducted  (the  half  hour  going  with  the  preceding  hour). 

4.16,  quatre  heure^  et  quart  (or  quatre  heures  quinze) ;  8.45,  neuf  heures 
moins  un  quart  (or  moins  quinze) ;  11.30,  onze  heures  et  demie. 

Though  o^clock  is  often  omitted  in  English,  heure  can  never  be  left  out 
in  French,  It  is  the  reverse  for  minute^  which,  after  a  number,  is  not  ex- 
pressed in  French.  Thus,  II  est  quatre  heures  vingt  cinq.  It  is  25  {minutes) 
past  4.  Notice  also  that  12  o^  clock  is  rendered  by  midi  {noon)  and  mlnuit 
{midnight);  never  by  douze  heures. 

147. 

premier  (m.),  first,  premiere  (f.).    vingtifeme,  twentieth. 

second  or  deuxi^me,  second.  vingt  et  unifeme,  twenty-first. 

troisifeme,  third.  vingt  deuxifeme,  etc.,  twenty-second^  etc. 

quatri6me, /owri^.  centi6me,  hundredth. 

cinqui^me,  fifth.  milli^me,  thousandth. 

sixifeme,  etc.,  sixth,  etc.  dernier,  last. 

148.        dimanche,  Sunday,    mercredi,  Wednesday. 
lundi,  Monday.  jeudi,  TTiui'sday. 

mardi,  Tuesday.        vendredi,  Friday. 
samedi,  Saturday. 
(all  masculine.) 

1  The  word  second  (pronounced  se-gond)  has  its  double  in  deuzi^me,  which 
IS  the  second  of  more  than  two,  whilst  le  second  is  the  second  of  only  two  (and 
for  this  reason  is  never  used  in  compounds).  For  instance,  in  a  house  two 
stories  high,  the  top  floor  is  called  le  second,  and  in  a  house  of  three  or  more 
stories,  the  second  floor  is  called  le  deuxieme. 


EXERCISES  71 

rage  (m.),  age.  la  montre,  watch. 

la  boite,  box.  avance  (de) ,  is  fast. 

la  date,  date.  retarde  (de) ,  is  slow. 

I'heure  (f.),  hour,  time,  o"* clock,  va  bien,  keeps  good  time. 

la  minute,  minute.  demi,i  half. 

le  progr^s,  progress.  presque,  nearly,  almost. 

149.  1.  Quel  jour  est  ce ?  2.  C'est  jeudi.  3.  Quelle  date? 
4.  Le  22  avril,  1900.  5.  Papa,  je  suis  le  second  de  ma  classe 
en  grec  {in  Greek) ;  es  tu  satisfait  de  mes  progres  ?  6.  Pas 
trop,  men  ami,  pas  trop !  Le  second  ou  le  dernier,  c'est  tout  un 
(it^s  all  the  same).  7.  Tu  sais  (know)  le  franqais,  toi ;  ce  n'est 
pas  comme  (like)  maman :  elle  croit  (believe)  que  c'est  une  bonne 
place  (place),  et  elle  m'a  donne  une  boite  de  bonbons.  8.  Quand 
tu  seras  le  premier,  je  t'en  (of  them)  donnerai  (shall  give)  deux, 
moi.  9.  Quelle  heure  est  il  ?  10.  Six  heures  moins  vingt. 
11.  J'ai  dejeune  ce  matin  a  six  heures  et,  maintenant,  j'ai  faim. 

160.  1.  What  time  is  it  ?  2.  It  is  28  minutes  past  5,  or 
almost  half-past  five.  3.  James  (Jacques)  says  (dit  qu')  it  is  18 
minutes  to  6,  but  I  know  (sais  que)  his  watch  is  fast.  4.  Does 
yours  keep  good  time  ?  5.  It's  just  a  little  slow,  —  one  minute, 
perhaps.  6.  What's  the  date,  Arthur  (Arthur)?  7.  It's  the 
llth.2  8.  Are  you  the  first  in  French,  Gertrude  ?  9.  The 
first!  I  am  the  19th  out  of  (sur)  21,  and  next  week,  I  am 
afraid  I'll  be  the  last.  10.  How  old  are  you?  11.  I  am 
seven.  12.  Is  your  brother  George  older  than  you  ?  13.  No, 
madam,  he  is  two  years  younger.  14.  You  are  [quite  a  big 
girl]  (grande)  for  your  age.  15.  How  is  your  grandmother  ? 
16.  She  is  always  very  well,  thank  you.  17.  It  is  nearly 
twelve  (noon) ;  good-by ! 

1  Under  the  reformed  syntax  the  agreement  of  the  adjectives  demi,  nu,  feu 
with  the  noun  following  them  is  now  allowable :  —  nus  pieds,  barefooted ;  une 
demie  heure  (without  a  hyphen),  half  an  hour ;  feue  la  reine,  the  late  queen. 

2  By  way  of  exception  say  "  le  onze  "  without  eliding  the  mute  e. 


^     OF  THE 

UNIVERSITY 


72  A   BRIEF   FRENCH  COURSE 

EXERCISE  XXIX 

151.  Although  it  is  a  question  of  taste  rather  than  one  of 
syntax,  the  adjectives  following  are  usually  placed  after  their 
nouns :  1.  Adjectives  of  form  and  color  {large,  red,  etc.). 
2.  Those  of  nationality  {French,  Gliinese,  etc.).  3.  Two  or 
more  adjectives  qualifying  the  same  noun  {un  il^ve  stxidieux  et 
hon).  4.  In  general  adjectives  having  more  syllables  than 
their  noun  {une  robe  magnifique,  splendide,  de  Veau  limpide,  etc.). 

Imperfect  of  etre 

152.  (  While  or  when  we  were  young ^  quand  nous  6tioiis  jeunes.) 

I  was  {used  to  be)  agile,  j'6tais  agile. 

you  were  heavy,  tu  6tais  lourd. 

he  was  robust,  il      ■]  f  robuste. 

she  was  weakly,  elle    >  6tait  \  f aible. 


one  was  vigorous,  on     J  L  vigoureux. 

ice  were  gay,  merry,  nous  6tions  gais. 

you  loere  melancholy,  vous  6tiez  m^lancoliques. 

they  were  strict,  ils     1  xf  •     x  |  s6v6res. 

they  were  lenient^  elles  j  [  indulgentes. 


NEGATIVELY 

I  was  not  thin,  je  n'6tais  pas  maigre,  etc. 

INTERROGATIVELY 

Was  I  fat  ?   Itais  je  gras  ?      Was  he  stupid  ?   6tait  il  bete  ?  etc. 

NEGATIVE- INTERROGATIV^E 

Was  T  not  respectful  9    n'^tais  je  pas  respectueux  ? 

153.  The  reply  to  a  negative  question  in  French  is  si, 
instead  of  out  (N'etes  vous  pas  heureux,  Louis  ?  Si,  monsieur) ; 
but  if  n'est  ce  pas  ?  occurs  in  the  sentence,  oui  must  be  used, 
because  the  phrase   then  becomes  affirmative  (II  fait  chaud. 


EXERCISES  T3 

n'est  ce  pas  ?  or,  N'est  ce  pas  qu'il  fait  chaud  ?  It  is  warm,  is  it 
not  ?    Oui,  il  fait  une  chaleur  tropicale,  Yes,  the  heat  is  tropical). 

154.  la  bottine,  lady''s  hoot.  juste,  just. 
le  ruban,  ribbon.  noir,  black. 

la  sant^,  health.  quelque,  some,  any. 

la  sole,  silk.  rose,  pink. 

blanc  (m.),  blanche  (f.),  white,  rouge,  red. 

int^ressant,  interesting.  tous,  all. 

155.  1.  II  y  a  quelques  annees,  j'etais  faible  et  maladif 
(sickly),  mais,  maintenant,  je  suis  robuste  et  vigoureux.  2.  Void 
un  bebe  rose  bien  (very)  joli;  il  est  gras,  lourd,  et  plein  de 
sante.  3.  Quand  vous  etiez  jeune,  votre  mere  n'etait  elle  pas 
un  peu  trop  indulgente  pour  vous  ?  4.  Si,  madame,  mais  mon 
pere  etait  peut-etre  trop  severe,  lui.  5.  Paris  est  une  ville 
magnifique.  6.  Les  soies  franqaises  sont  les  plus  belles  du 
monde.  7.  N'est  ce  pas  que  cette  demoiselle  a  une  jolie  robe 
blanche  ?  8.  Oui,  mais  je  n'aime  pas  ces  rubans  rouges  et  verts 
sur  son  chapeau.  9.  Ou  avez  vous  pris  tous  ces  livres  fran- 
qais  ?  10.  Ma  mere  me  les  a  apportes  de  Paris  avec  des  bot- 
tines  d'ete  splendides. 

156.  1.  Our  French  teacher  gives  us  difficult  lessons.  2.  He 
is  more  strict  than  indulgent,  but  good  and  just,  is  he  not? 
3.  Yes,  and  I  am  very  fond  of  (aime)  him.  4.  We  have  read 
some  very  interesting  novels  which  our  French  friends  brought 
with  them  from  Paris  a  month  ago  (/.  sing.).  6.  Some  very  bad 
water  was  drunk  in  New  York  last  year.  6.  When  I  was  in  the 
country  I  used  to  be  agile,  merry,  and  vigorous.  7.  Now  I  am 
heavy,  melancholy,  and  weakly.  8.  Paris  is  one  of  the  greatest, 
richest,  and  most  beautiful  cities  in  the  world,  is  it  not? 
9.  Yes,  you  are  right.  10.  Please  bring  me  some  ice  water, 
with  a  cup  of  cold  tea  or  black  coffee,  James.  11.  Directly 
(tout  de  suite),  sir. 


T4 


A  BRIEF  FRENCH  COURSE 


EXERCISE  XXX 
Exceptions  to  the  Regular  Formation  of  Feminine  of  Adjectives 

157.  To  form  their  plural  adjectives  follow  the  same  rules 
as  nouns  (48  and  73). 

Riche,  riches,  rich  ;  royal,  royaux,  royal ;  beau,  beaux,  beautiful. 
Bleu  {blue),  an  exception,  has  6Zeus  in  the  plural. 

1.  Adjectives,  as  we   have   seen,  form   their  feminine   by 

adding  e  (48);   but  those  endiag  in  -er,  -f,  -eux,  change  as 

follows :  — 

-er  into  -dre,  as,  l^ger,  l^gdre,  light. 

-f    into  -ve,    as,  vif,  vive,  lively,  quick. 

-X   into  -se,    as,  paresseux,   paresseuse,    lazy. 

2.  There  are  other  forms,  but  the  student  will  acquire  these  as  they 
occur.  The  following  nouns  with  irregular  plurals,  and  adjectives  with 
irregular  feminines,  however,  being  very  frequently  used,  should  be  com- 
mitted to  memory. 


NODNS. 

Adjectives. 

bal, 

ball, 

bals. 

beau. 

Ji7ie,  beautiful. 

belle. 

travail, 

work, 

travaux. 

fou. 

foolish,  silly, 

folic. 

ciel. 

heaven. 

cieux. 

gros, 

big,  stout. 

grosse. 

ceil, 

eye. 

yeux. 

pareil, 

such, 

pareille. 

bijou, 

jewel. 

bijoux. 

nouveau. 

new. 

nouvelle. 

genou, 

knee, 

genoux. 

vieux. 

old, 

vieille. 

3.  The  words  beau,  fou,  nouveau,  and  vieux  have  a  second  masculine 
form  which  is  used  before  a  vowel  or  h  mute  :  bel,  fol,  nouvel,  vieil:  — 
un  bel  arbre,  a  fine  tree ;  le  nouvel  an,  the  new  year ;  le  vieil  homme, 
the  old  man;  le  fol  enfant,  the  foolish  child. 


158. 


la  f§te,  birthday. 
la  charity,  charity,  alms. 
le  manage,  housekeeping. 
la  vertu,  virtue. 
commence,  began,  begun. 
charitable,  charitable. 


content,  satisfied. 
g^n^reux,  generous. 
jaloux,  jealous. 
s^rieux,  serious. 
alors,  then. 
vraiment,  truly,  indeed. 


EXERCISES  75 

159.  1.  Aujourd'hui  {nowadays)  les  filles  sont  presque 
aussi  actives  que  les  garQons  (masc.  pi.).  2.  Mes  soeurs  sont 
revenues  du  bal  a  cinq  heures  du  matin,  et  ont  commence  les 
travaux  du  menage  apres  avoir  ^  pris  leur  cafe  au  lait.  3.  Elles 
sont  plus  vives  et  moins  paresseuses  que  toi,  alors  ;  mais,  ce  soir, 
elles  auront  les  yeux  fatigues  (masc.  pi. ) .  4.  Ont  elles  mis 
(put  on)  les  bijoux  que  ton  pere  leur  a  donnes  pour  leur  fete  ? 
5.  Ne  sais  tu  pas  qu'elles  les  ont  vendus  au  profit  (for  the  bene- 
fit) des  pauvres  ?  6.  Vraiment !  Elles  sont,  alors,  genereuses 
et  charitables,  et,  pour  une  femme,  la  charite  est  le  plus  beau 
des  bijoux,  parce  qu'  elle  est  la  plus  belle  des  vertus.  7.  Tu 
es  heureux  d'avoir  des  sceurs  pareilles ;  elles  sont  meilleures  et 
plus  serieuses  que  la  mienne  qui  est  legere  (thoughtless),  folle 
(crazy)  des  bals  et  des  theatres,  et  peu  charitable  (masc.  pi.). 

160.  1.  Have  you  been  at  church  this  morning,   Louisa? 

2.  Yes,  madam ;  and  I  was  back  for  breakfast  at  eight  o'clock. 

3.  Have  you  already  done  (fait)  your  housekeeping  ?  4.  Yes, 
and  now  I  am  going  shopping  (vaisfaire  des  emplettes).  5.  In- 
deed, you  are  not  lazy;  how  (que)  quick  you  are!  6.  Oh, 
housekeeping  is  light  work ;  I  am  generally  through  (fai 
g4n4ralement  fini)  at  ten  o'clock.  7.  Have  you  not  any  help 
(domestique)  ?  8.  Oh  no,  we  are  too  poor  for  that.  9.  I  have 
bought  a  new ^  dress  for  my  daughter  (pi.).  10.  Where  did 
you  buy  those  beautiful  new  shoes,  Gertrude  ?  11.  Are  they 
not  pretty?  The  others  (autres)  were  too  old.  12.  But  you 
are  not  jealous ;  you  are  glad  [of  it],  are  you  not^?     13.  What 

1  The  verb  directly  following  a  preposition  must  stand  in  the  infinitive.  The 
sole  exception  is  in  the  case  of  en,  which  requires  the  present  participle. 

2  Neuf  is  always  placed  after  its  noun. 

«  All  such  assertions  repeated  in  form  of  questions  at  the  end  of  sentences 
are  rendered  by  the  French  idiomatic  expression  n'est  ce  pas  ?  {It  is  raining^ 
is  it  not?    II  pleut,  n'est  ce  pas  ? ) 


76  A  BRIEF  FRENCH  COURSE 

beautiful  jewels  she  has.      14.  Not  so  pretty  as  your  own, 
Louisa.     15.  Oh,  are  you  not  ashamed,  Anthony  ?  (Antoine). 

EXERCISE    XXXI 

161.  Adverbs  of  quantity  take  the  preposition  de,  without 
the  article,  before  the  noun  they  modify.^ 

Assez,  enough.  assez  de  fruits,  enough  fruit. 

beaucoup  I  "pUnt'y,      {  ^"™°"P  'I?  ^"'''  ^""yP'^P'^- 
I  [  beaucoup  d' argent,  much  money. 

combien,  how  many,      combien  de  douzaines,  how  many  dozen. 

j  little  J  peu  de  pain,  little  bread. 

\  few.  peu  de  dollars,  few  dollars. 

j  plus  de  viande,  more  meat. 

\  plus  d'enfants,  more  children. 

moins,  less.  moins  de  sauce,  less  gravy. 

f  too  much,  trop  de  soupe,  too  much  soup. 

trop  \  J  1  , 

[  too  many.  trop  de  monde,  too  many  people. 

162.  For,  preposition,  is  translated  — 

1.  By  depuis  with  the  present  tense,  when  the  action  or  state 
is  still  going  on :  — 

H  est  malade  depuis  huit  jours,  He  has  been  ill  for  a  iceek. 

2.  By  pendant  when  it  marks  the  whole  duration  of.  the 
action  or  state :  — 

J'ai  parl^  pendant  une  heure,  I  spoke  for  an  hour. 

3.  By  pour  when  it  indicates  motive  or  end :  — 

Ds  ont  du  pain  pour  une  semaine,  They  have  bread  for  one  week. 

1  The  only  exception  is  bien  with  the  meaning  of  a  great  deal,  or  much, 
which  requires  the  article  as  well  as  de  (bien  du  malheur,  much  misfortune ; 
bien  des  prieres,  many  prayers). 


EXERCISES  77 

163.  How  long  is  translated  — 

1.  By  depuis  quand  with  the  present  tense,  if  the  action  or 

state  is  still  continuing:  — 

Depuis  quand  sont  elles  ici  ?         How  long  have  they  been  here  f 
Elles  sont  ici  depuis  trois  mois.     They  have  been  here  for  three  months. 

2.  By  combien  de  temps  with  the  past  indefinite  (see  63  and 
87),  if  the  action  or  state  is  passed. 

Combien  de  temps  a-t-il  6t^  marin  ?    How  long  was  he  a  sailor  f 

164.  la  di^te,  diet.  le  temps,  time. 
le  citoyen,  citizen.  demeur^,  lived. 
I'invit^  (m.)  1  encore,  yet,  still. 

Pinvit^e  (/.)  j  ^       "    tant  mieux,  so  much  the  better. 
la  maladie,  illness.      tant  pis,  so  much  the  worse. 

165.  1.  Depuis  quand  est  il  malade  ?  (/.  pi).  2.  Depuis 
plus  de  quinze  jours.  Tant  pis.  3.  II  a  trop  mange  de  fruits 
verts  (/.  pi).  4.  Donnez-lui  beaucoup  d'eau,  et  pen  de  pain  et 
de  viande.  5.  Cette  di^te  le  guerira  (will  cure)  en  moins  de 
temps  que  beaucoup  de  medecins  (/.  sing.).  6.  C'est  une 
maladie  qui  n'est  pas  dangereuse  (/.  pi).  7.  Combien  de 
temps  madame  votre  tante  a-t-elle  demeure  a  Paris  ?  (/.  pi). 
8.  Pendant  plus  de  seize  ans,  monsieur.  9.  Depuis  quand 
§tes  vous  a  la  campagne,  mesdemoiselles  ?  10.  Depuis  pen  de 
temps,  madame.  11.  Avez  vous  beaucoup  d'invites  ?  12.  Nous 
avons  pen  d'invites  et  beaucoup  de  voisins  (/.  pi).  13.  Tant 
mieux ! 

166.  1.  How  long  have  you  been  in  this  country,  professor? 
2.  I  have  been  here  for  more  than  ten  years  (pi).  3,  Are  you 
a  citizen  ?  (pi).  4.  Not  yet.  5.  So  much  the  worse !  6.  But 
I  have  already  asked  for  my  first  papers  (trans,  fai  d4jd,  fait 
ma  demande  de  naturalisation).      7.    So    much    the   better ! 


78  A  BRIEF  FRENCH  COURSE 

8.  Those  pupils  have  had  enough  time  to  learn  {pour  ap- 
prendre)  their  lessons.  9.  How  long  were  your  friends,  the 
Misses  L.,  in  Paris  ?  10.  They  were  in  Paris  for  more  than 
two  years.  11.  There  is  a  little  moisture  in  the  air  to-day, 
but  it's  fine,  isn't  it  ?  12.  Yes,  but  too  much  of  it  (moisture) 
is  bad  for  the  health.  13.  You  are  right.  14.  I  read  (lu)  for 
an  hour  this  morning. 

EXERCISE    XXXII 
En  AND  y 

167.  En  (of  it,  of  them,  for  it,  some,  any).  When  some  or 
any  (expressed  or  understood) ;  an  adverb  of  quantity  {much, 
many,  etc.),  or  noun  of  quantity  or  measure  {pair,  dozen,  quart, 
etc.),  a  number  {five,  six,  etc.),  is  not  followed  by  its  noun,  en 
takes  the  place  of  that  noun,  and  follows  the  order  of  pre- 
cedence for  personal  pronouns  (p.  252)  :  — 

Combien  de  cerises  as  tu  mangles  ?  How  many  cherries  have  you  eaten? 

— J'en  ai  mangel  beaucoup;  maistu  I  have  eaten  many  (of  them),  and 

en  as  mang6  encore  davantage.^  you  have  eaten  still  more. 

Avez  vous  du  lait  ?  —  Oui,  j'en  ai  Have  you  any  milk  ?    Yes,  I  have 

encore  un  litre.  still  a  quart  (of  it). 

George,  a-t-il  des  soeurs  ?  —  II  en  a  Has  George  any  sisters?  He  has  six 

six.  (of  them). 

168.  Y  (to  it,  to  them,  there).  There  (expressed  or  under- 
stood) is  translated  by  la,  when  pointing  to  a  place  or  thing, 
and  by  y  when  referring  to  some  place  already  mentioned.  Y 
follows  the  order  of  precedence  for  personal  pronouns  (see 
p.  252). 

1  Observe  that  when  en  is  the  object  of  a  past  participle,  that  participle 
remains  invariable. 

2  When  more  is  not  followed  by  than,  —  that  is,  when  the  second  term  of 
comparison  is  understood,  —  it  is  translated  by  davantage. 


EXEHCISES  79 

Voyez  vous  cet  homine-la  ?  Do  you  see  that  man  f 

Avez  vous  6t6  k  Paris? — Qui,  j'y  ai  Have  you  Ueen  in  Paris  ?    I  have 

6t6.  (6eew  there). 

As  tu  6t6  h  I'^glise  ? — Non,  je  n'y  ai  Did  you  go  to  church  ?    No,  I  did 

pas  6t6.  not. 

1.  The  use  of  en  and  y  in  speaking  of  persons  always  im- 
plies a  sort  of  vagueness.  In  mentioning  persons  in  a  definite 
manner,  the  forms  de  lui,  d'eux,  a  elle,  a  elles,  etc.,  must  be 
used.  Thus:  Combien  de  personnes  avez  vous  vues? — J'en 
ai  vu  deux.  How  many  people  did  you  see  ?  I  saw  two.  Con- 
naissez  vous  mon  frere? — Oui,  mon  pere  a  souvent  parle  de  lui. 
Do  you  know  my  brother  ?  Yes,  my  father  has  often  spoken  of 
him. 

169.  Imperfect  of  avoir 

{WJien  or  tohile  we  were  in  the  country,  quand  nous  ^tions  k  la  campagne.) 

I  had  {used  to  have)  toys,  j'avais  des  joujoux. 

you  had  dolls,  tu  avals  des  poupSes. 

fii  1 

he,  she,  one  had  a  mind  (to),  ^  elle  ^  avait  envie  (de). 

[on 
we  had  a  fruit  store,  nous  avions  une  fruiterie. 

you  had  eggs,  vous  aviez  des  oeufs. 

they  had  a  dog,  \    ,,     !►  avaient  un  chien. 

NEGATIVELY 

/  had  no  relatives,  je  n'avais  pas  de  parents,  etc. 

INTERROGATIVELY 

Had  I  a  bad  temper  f  avals  je  de  I'humeur  ?  etc. 

NEGATIVE-INTERROGATIVE 

Had  I  not  any  good  qualities  f     n'avais  je  pas  de  qualit^s  ?  etc. 


80  A  BRIEF  FRENCH  COURSE 

170.     la  f raise, strawberry.  certain,!  ^  . 

^  ^        '  [  sure,  certain. 

le  monde,  people,  world.  sur,       J 

le  monument,  building.  parfaitement,  exactly. 


la  quantity,  quantity.  souvent,  often. 

le  verger,  orchard.  tant,      1  so  much,  as  much, 

public  (m.),-ique(/,),|)M6Zic.    autant,  J  so  many,  as  many. 


171.  1.  Y  a-t-il  beaucoup  de  f raises  en  France  ?  2.  Oui, 
monsieur,  il  y  ew  a  des  quantites  (lots),  et  elles  y  sont  aussi 
tres  bonnes.  3.  En  §tes  vous  sur  ?  4.  J'en  suis  parfaitement 
certain,  parce  que  j'en  ai  souvent  mange.  5.  Nous  sommes 
allees  au  theatre,  hier  soir ;  on  y  jouait  {were  playing)  "  Les 
Precieuses  ridicules"  de  Moliere.  C'etait  splendide.  6.  T 
avait  il  beaucoup  de  monde  ?^  7.  C'etait  plein,  com  me  d'habi- 
tude  (as  usual).  8.  Jean,  es  tu  alle  dans  le  verger  de  mon 
oncle  ?  9.  J'ew  viens  justement  {jiist  come  from  there),  et  ^y 
ai  mange  tant  de  fruits  que  j'eji  suis  malade.  10.  Connaissez 
vous  ma  tante  ?  11.  Oui,  ma  mere  en  parle  souvent,  (or  better 
still)  ma  mere  parle  souvent  d'elle.  12.  Quand  vous  etiez  en 
Europe,  aviez  vous  des  chiens  ?     13.  J'en  avals  un  seulement. 

172,  1.  How  many  bouses  did  you  see  in  that  street  ?  2.1 
counted  (of  them)  {compti)  ninety-eight  (there).  3.  Are  there 
many  public  monuments  in  Paris  ?  4.  There  are  many  mag- 
nificent [ones].  The  Louvre  is  the  most  beautiful  of  all 
(toils).     5.  Did  you  go  (alliez)  to  church  when  you  were  there  9 

6.  Of  course,  I  used  to  go  (allais)  every  Sunday;  Kotre- 
Dame   is    one    of    the    greatest    monuments    in    the    world. 

7.  Have  you  been  in  the  drawing  room  ?  There  is  a  lady  who 
wishes  (veut)  to  see  (voir)  you.  8.  I  do  not  want  to  see  her ;  I 
sent  my  mother  there  a  few  minutes  ago.  9.  Have  you  eaten 
strawberries?     10.  I  have. 

1  People  used  in  the  sense  of  company  is  expressed  by  monde  (uot  by  on). 


EXEHCISES  81 

EXERCISE  XXXIII 

173.  Aucun,  any,  no,  none,  or  tout,  all,  eve^y,  indefinite  ad- 
jectives, may  become  pronouns  by  being  used  in  place  of  a  noun. 

1.  With  a  negative  the  pluralization  of  aucun  with  its  sub- 
stantive is  now  optional :  — 

Ne  faire  aucun  projet,  ou  aucuns  projets,  not  to  form  any  plans.  Ne 
faire  aucun  reproche,  ou  aucuns  reproches,  not  to  make  any  reproaches. 

2.  Chaque,  always  singular,  is  often  replaced  by  the  word 

tout,  all,  which  becomes  tous  ^  in  the  masculine  plural :  — 

Chaque  (ou  tout)  citoyeu  doit  aimer  son  pays,  every  citizen  must  love 
his  country. 

3.  When  tout  is  used  with  the  indefinite  meaning  of  chaque 
(each,  all,  every),  the  pluralization  of  tout  with  the  accompany- 
ing substantive  becomes  also  optional :  — 

Des  marchandises  de  toute  sorte,  ou  de  toutes  sortes,  merchandise  of 
every  kind.  La  sottise  est  de  tout  (ou  tous)  temps  et  de  tout  (ou  tous) 
pays,  folly  belongs  to  all  times  and  countries. 

1 74.  Turn  the  or  a  whole  into  all  the,  and  translate  by  tout :  — 

The  whole  town.,  a  whole  house,  all  the  town,  all  the  house,  toute  la 
ville,  toute  la  maison. 

1.  By  way  of  exception,  the  adverb  tout,  quite,  entirely,  pre- 
ceding an  adjective  or  feminine  participle  beginning  with  a  con- 
sonant or  h  aspirate  agrees  with  it  for  the  sake  of  euphony :  — 

Je  suis  toute  honteuse.  /  am  quite  ashamed. 

Vous  §tes  toutes  tremblantes.  You  are  all  trembling. 

175.  Conditional  of  etre 

(With  or  without  education,  avec  ou  sans  Mucation.) 

I  should  be  learned,  je  serais  savant. 

you  would  be  ignorant,  tu  serais  ignorant. 

he  would  be  punctual,  il  serait  ponctuel. 

1  To  distinguish  it  in  sound  from  the  adjective  tous,  tous  as  a  pronoun  has 
the  final  s  sounded  (je  les  connais  tous  (touss'),  I  know  them  all). 

BRIEF    FR.    COURSE 6 


82  A   BRIEF  FRENCH   COURSE 

we  should  be  giddy,  nous  serions  6tx)urdis. 

you  would  be  obstinate,  vous  seriez  entetfe. 

they  would  be  modest,  ils     1         .        i  modestes. 

they 'would  be  proud,  ellesj  \orgueilleuses. 

NEGATIVE  INTERROGATIVE  NEGATIVE-INTERROGATIVE 

Je  ne  serais  pas.        Serais  je  ?  etc.  Ne  serais  je  pas  ?  etc. 

1 76.  le  balai,  broom.  la  jeunesse,  youth. 
bonne,  maid.  convaincu,  convinced. 
la  comparaison,  comparison.      d6cliir6,  toryi  out. 

la  fortune,  fortune,  wealth.        cependant,  however. 
'probableinent,  very  likely. 

177.  1.  Si  tu  etais  plus  studieux,  ta  mere  serait  plus  heu- 
reuse  (2d  pers.  pi.).  2.  Seriez  vous  aussi  etourdie  que  votre 
cousine  Adrienne,  si  vous  etiez  aussi  riche  qu'elle,  Juliette? 
3.  Je  serais,  probablement,  plus  modeste  et  moins  orgueilleuse 
qu'elle,  si  j'avais  sa  fortune ;  mais  je  ne  serais,  peut-etre,  ni  si 
gaie,  ni  si  bien  portante  (healthy)  (m.  pi).  4.  Les  dents  de  ce 
jeune  homme  ne  seraient  elles  pas  plus  blanches  et  plus  propres 
(clean), s^il  n'avait  pas  taut  fume?  5.  Si,  monsieur,  et  je  suis 
convaincu  que  sa  saute  serait  meilleure.  6.  Les  yeux  de  ma 
vieille  tante  ne  seraient  pas  si  faibles,  maintenant,  si  elle 
n'avait  pas  lu  autant  de  romans  pendant  sa  jeunesse  (m.  pi.). 

178.  1.  Would  you  be  more  punctual  if  you  had  been  a 
soldier,  Adrian  ?  (Adrien).  2.  Very  likely,  (my)  aunt ;  every 
morning  I  should  be  up  (leve)  at  the  same  hour,  and  just  as 
punctual  for  my  meals  as  a  new  maid.  3.  Then,  the  family 
would  be  satisfied,  and  the  whole  town  would  sing  (chanterait) 
my  praises  (louanges).  4.  That's  all  right,  child  (tr^s  bien,  mon 
enfant),  only  I  do  not  very  much  fancy  (aime)  your  comparison 
with  the  new  maid.  After  one  week  they  are  not  better  than 
after  one  year.  5.  They  say  (dit),  however,  that  "a  new 
broom  sweeps  clean  (balaie  bien),'^  as  the  proverb  has  it  (comme 


EXEKCISES 


83 


dit  le  proverbe).  6.  My  coat  is  all  torn,  and  (my)  mother  is 
quite  ashamed  of  it.  7.  Do  you  know  (connaistu)  all  these 
girls  ?     8.  Of  course  [I  do]  ;  don't  I  know  the  whole  family  ? 


EXERCISE    XXXIV 


1 79,  ne  .  .  gu§re,  hardly,  scarcely.  ne 

ne  .  .  jamais,  never.  ne 

ne  .  .  personne,  nobody^  no  one.  ne 

ne  .  .  presque,  scarcely.  ne 


.  plus,  no  more,  no  longer. 
.  point,  not  at  all. 
.  rien,  nothing. 
.  que,  only,  but. 


180.   Adverbs  of  negation  are  used  like   ne  .  .  .  pas,  the 
verb  being  usually  placed  between  the  two  particles:  — 


Je  ne  vols  personne, 
tu  n'as  rien  vu, 
elle  ne  chants  plus, 
je  ne  suis  point  d6courag6, 
il  n'y  a  presque  personne, 
vous  ne  voulez  gudre  parler, 
lis  n'ont  lou§  que  moi, 
elle  n'a  que  dix  ans, 


/  do  not  see  anybody,  I  see  nobody. 

you  have  not  seen  anything. 

she  sings  no  longer. 

lam  not  at  all  discouraged  (dejected). 

there  is  scarcely  anybody. 

you  hardly  want  to  speak. 

they  have  praised  only  me. 

she  is  but  ten  years  old. 


Note.  —  When  jamais,  personne,  rien,  are  used  without  a  verb,  the  ne 
is  dropped:  Qu'avez  vous  dit?  —  Rien.  What  did  you  say?  Nothing. 
Qui  est  venu  ? — Personne.  Who  has  come?  Nobody.  Avez  vous  ^t6  en 
Europe  ? — Jamais.    Have  you  been  in  Europe?  Never. 


181. 


Conditional  of  avoir 
(If  it  were  cold,    s'il  faisait  froid.) 


I  should  have  consumption, 

you  would  have  pleurisy, 

he 

she     would  have  peritonitis, 

one 

we  should  have  chilblains, 

you  would  have  chapped  hands, 

they  would  have  influenza, 

they  would  have  a  cold, 


j'aurais  la  phtisie. 

tu  aurais  une  pleur^sie. 

"  1 

elle  \  aurait  une  p^ritonite. 

on   J 

nous  aurions  des  engelures. 

vous  auriez  des  ger^ures. 

ils     1  .     ^  f  la  grippe. 

„     vauraient^      ^  J^ 

elles  j  I  un  rhume. 


NEGATIVE 

Je  n' aurais  pas,  etc. 


INTERROGATIVE 

Aurais  je  ?  etc. 


NEGATIVE-INTERROGATIVE 

W'aurais  je  pas  ?  etc. 


» . 


84  A  BRIEF  FRENCH  COURSE 

182.  affaires  (f.  pi.),  fcwsiness.      autrefois, /onnerZy. 

TEurope  (f.),  Europe.  cher,  -6re  (pr.  alike),  dear^  precious. 

le  malheur,  misfortune.         bon  march^,  cheap. 
avoir  bonne  mine,  to  look  xoell. 

183.  1.  Quoi !  vous  n'etes  point  sorti  ?  2.  Mais  je  n'ai 
grM^re  eu  le  temps ;  il  n'y  a  que  cinq  minutes  que  ma  cousine  est 
partie  (/.  pi.).  3.  Jean,  tu  ?i'es  plus  si  gai  gw'autrefois ;  tu 
sembles  {look)  triste  et  decourage.  4.  Si  je  n'avais  ims  perdu 
mon  pere  et  mon  enfant,  je  serais  peut-etre  plus  gai.  5.  Quel 
age  avait  ton  pere?  6.  Quarantecinq  ans  seulement;  mon 
bebe  7i'avait  que  six  mois,  et  rien  au  monde  ne  m'etait  plus 
cher.'  7.  Si  tu  etais  dans  une  pareille  position,  w'aurais  tu  pas 
bien  des  raisons  pour  8tre  malheureux  ?  8.  Si,  mon  ami,  c'est 
toujours  un  grand  malheur  de  perdre  {to  lose)  ceux  qui  nous 
sont  chers.*  9.  Depuis  quand  sont  ils  morts  (m.  sing.)  ? 
10.  II  ?i'y  a  que  deux  mois.  11.  Vous  ne  parlez  gu^re  de  vos 
affaires.  12.  C'est  parce  qu'elles  sont  mauvaises.  13.  Avez 
vous  ete  en  France  ?     14.  Jamais. 

184.  1.  Have  you  never  seen  father?  2.  Never.  3.  I 
shall  not  go  back  {reviendrai)  to  Europe  any  more.  4.  Why 
have  you  {2d  pers.  sing.)  done  {fait)  nothing,  Charles? 
5.  But  I  have  done  much,  mama;  nobody  has  worked  {travaille) 
more  than  I.  6.  Are  you  {2d  pers.  sing.)  not  afraid  of  catching 
{d^aitraper)  pleurisy  ?  7.  Hardly  (there  is  no  danger),  mama 
dear  {petite  m^re).  8.  How  old  are  you?  9.  I  am  but  twelve 
years  old.  10.  Who  is  knocking?  11.  No  one.  12.  I  have 
not  seen  anybody.  13.  Who  came  during  my  absence,  Mary  ? 
14.  Nobody,  madam.  15.  My  French  teacher  {professeur^ 
does  not  look  well.     She   has  influenza;   we  have  sent  her 

1  After  etre,  cher  is  always  adj. ;  it  is  used  adverbially  with  other  verbs. 
3  Professeor  is  only  used  in  the  masculine  form,  whether  man  or  woman. 


EXERCISES  85 

flowers.  16.  How  long  has  she  been  ill,  John  ?  17.  She  has 
been  ill  for  more  than  twelve  days,  and  she  has  been  a  teacher 
for  six  years.     18.  Our  birds  are  no  longer  pretty. 

EXERCISE  XXXV 
VERBS 

185.  French  verbs  are  divided  into  three  conjugations,^ 
according  to  the  termination  of  the  infinitive.  The  first  ends 
in  -er,  the  second  in  -ir,  and  the  third  in  -re. 

186.  Neither  the  verb  to  do  as  an  auxiliary,  nor  the  present 
participle  with  the  verb  to  6e,  so  much  used  in  English,  is  ever 
used  in  conjugating  a  French  verb.     Thus,  — 


Instead  of: 

Say: 

Translate : 

I  do  sing               ^ 
I  am  singing        j" 
do  you  sing  f         ^ 
are  you  singing  ?  J 
they  will  be  singing 

I  sing 

sing  you  ? 
they  will  sing 

je  chante 

chantez  vous? 
ils  chanteront 

FIRST    CONJUGATION 

In  verbs  of  the  first  conjugation,  which  number  about  3600 
(out  of  a  total  of  4020  simple  verbs),  the  infinitive  ends  in  -er, 
and  the  past  participle  in  -^ :  — 

chanter,  to  sing.  chant6,  sung. 

Present  Indicative 

187.  This  tense  expresses  the  state  or  action  as  existing  or 
taking  place  either  habitually  or  at  the  moment  of  speaking. 

Endings :  -e,  -es,  -e ;  -ons,  -ez,  -ent. 

1  Most  grammarians  classify  French  verbs  under  four  conjugations,  but 
one  of  them  having  but  seven  regular  verbs,  it  is  much  simpler  to  put  those 
with  the  irregular  ones. 


86 


A  BRIEF  FRENCH   COURSE 


AFFIRMATIVE 

(At present,  k  present.) 

Je  chante  un  or  une  hymne,  I  sing  a  hymn. 
tu  chantes  bien, 

"  1 

elle  j^chantemal, 

on    j 


you  sing  well. 

he,  she,  one,  sings  badly. 


nous  chantons  juste, 

vous  chantez  faux, 

ils     1   , 
.      j^  chantent  en  mesure,  th^y  sing  in  time. 


we  sing  in  tune, 
you  sing  out  of  tune. 


INTERROGATIVE 


Chants  je  i  admirablement  ? 
chantes  tu  avec  Sme  ? 

f"  1 

chante-t^'{  elle  |^une  chanson? 

[on  j 
chantons  nous  une  romance  ? 
chantez  vous  en  choeur  ? 

chantent  i   „     ydes  vers? 
I^ellesj 

NEGATIVE 

Je  ne  chante  pas  de  solo, 
tu  ne  chantes  pas  de  duo, 

elle  1-  ne  chante  pas  de  trio, 

on   J 

nous  ne  chantons  pas  de  quatuor, 

VOUS  ne  chantez  pas  de  sonnet, 

ils    1 
.      I^ne  chantent  pas  de  po6me, 


do  I  sing  admirably? 

dost  thou  sing  with  expression? 

does  he,  she,  one,  sing  a  song  ? 

do  we  sing  a-  love  song  ? 
do  you  sing  in  chorus  ? 

do  they  sing  verses  ? 

INTERROGATIVE-NEGATrVE 

Est  ce  que  je  ne  chante  pas  un  air  ? 
ne  chantes  tu  pas  un  quatrain  ? 

rii    ] 
ne  chante-t-  -j  elle  I  pas  en  public  ? 

Ion   J 
ne  chantons  nous  pas  en  soci^t^  ? 
ne  chantez  vous  pas  un  thfeme  ? 


ne  chantent 


fils     1 


jellesjP^®''"''^'^''®^ 


1  In  questions  when  the  first  person  ends  in  e  mute  an  acute  accent  is  put  upon 
it, but  this  form  is  scarcely  ever  employed,  as  it  is  liable  to  be  mistaken  for  the 
imperfect  in  speaking.  In  that  case,  for  the  sake  of  euphony,  the  French  use 
in  preference  the  idiom  "  Est  ce  qv£,"  (Estce  que  je  chante?  estce  que  je 
mange  ?) 


EXERCISES  87 

Imperative  i 

{Expressing  wish,  command,  or  entreaty.) 

1.   chante,  sing  (you).        chantons,  let  us  sing.         chantez,  sing  (you). 

Note.  —  We  would  suggest  conjugating  a  verb  here  and  there  in  the 
various  vocabularies  in  the  same  tense  as  the  model  verb,  with  a  suitable 
object.  The  different  tenses  at  the  head  of  the  lessons,  as  heretofore, 
should  be  committed  to  memory. 

188.  aimer,  to  like,  to  love.  porter,  to  carry,  take,  wear. 
demander  (a),  to  ask  for.       preter,  to  lend. 

donner,  to  give.  prier,  to  pray,  to  beg. 

emprunter,  to  borrow.  quitter,  to  quit,  to  leave. 

^tudier,  to  study.  refuser,  to  refuse,  to  decline. 

opposer,  to  oppose.  rester,  to  stay,  to  remain. 

penser  (k),   to  think  (of),  travailler,  to  work. 

laisser,  to  let,  leave. 

mari,  husband.  absolument,  absolutely. 

le  prix,  price.  depuis,  since. 

la  raison,  reason.  habituellement,  ]  usually, 

autre,  other.  de  coutume,        j  as  usual. 

189.  1.  Ta  cousine  aime-t-elle  a^  chanter  (/.  pi)?  2.  Oui, 
elle  chante  tous  les  dimanches  a  I'eglise.  3.  Pourquoi  ne 
donnes  tu  pas  ces  morceaux  de  musique  a  tes  soeurs  {2d  pers. 
pi.).  4.  Je  ne  les  leur  donne  pas  parce  qu'elles  ne  chantent 
pas  (/.  sing.).  5.  Qui  est  ce  qui  chante,  maintenant? 
6.  C'est  madame  X.  et  son  mari  qui  etudient.  7.  Mademoi- 
selle Gertrude,  voulez  vous  nous  chanter  quelque  chose,  je  vous 
prie  {2d  pers.  sing.)?  8.  Oh,  monsieur,  je  chante  trop  faux, 
et,  pour  cette  raison,  je  refuse  {decline)  absolument.  9.  Ne 
chantez  vous  pas  a  I'eglise  (2d pers.  sing.)?  10.  Non,  monsieur, 
je  n'y  chante  pas;  j'y  prie.  11.  Votre  petite  soeur  etudie-t-elle 
la  musique ?  (pL).     12.  Oui,  mademoiselle,  elle  reste  a  la  maison 

1  For  the  formation  of  this  mood  see  519,  3. 

2  Many  verbs,  when  followed  by  an  infinitive,  take  a  preposition  (see  524- 
527). 


88  A  BRIEF  FRENCH  COURSE 

pour  etudier  et  travailler.  13.  Aime-t-elle  a  donner  aux 
malheureux  (needy)  ?  14.  Certainement;  elle  ne  refuse  jamais 
a  celui  qui  demande  (/.  pi). 

190.  1.  Does  he  work?  lie  is  not  working.  2.  Does  she 
not  study?  is  she  studying?  3.  He  does  not  study;  is  he 
not  studying  ?  4.  He  does  study.  5.  Have  you  thought  of 
your  mother  often  since  you  have  been  here  ?  6.  Yes,  indeed, 
I  am  thinking  of  her  every  day.  7.  Why  does  not  Louisa  sing 
as  well  as  usual  this  evening  ?  8.  My  sister  and  I  think  that 
you  are  too  indulgent  to  your  children ;  why  do  you  not  let 
them  stay  in  the  playroom  (chamhre  d  jouer)  ?  9.  At  what 
time  (moment)  do  you  think  people  study  and  work  best? 
10.  I  think  we  work  best  in  the  morning  and  at  night.  11.  Do 
you  never  pray  ?  12.  Yes,  we  pray  every  night.  13.  How 
much  do  you  ask  for  your  horse,  sir  (7)i.  pi.)?  14.  Five 
hundred   dollars,  my   friend.       15.    How  old  is  it  (m.  pi.)? 

16.  About  five  years  old;   it  is  still  a  young  horse  (m.  pL). 

17.  Don't  you  think  it  has  a  beautiful  coat  (robe)?  18.  I  do; 
but  it  is  the  price  I  do  not  fancy  (like). 

EXERCISE  XXXVI 
The  Past  Tenses 

191.  The  English  imperfect  tense  (I  sang,  I  did  sing,  etc.) 
may  represent  either  (1)  continued,  repeated,  or  customary 
action,  or  (2)  a  single  act  in  past  time. 

In  translating  an  English  imperfect  into  French,  try  if  it 
can  be  turned  into  used  to  (I  used  to  sing),  of  into  the  present 
participle  preceded  by  I  was,  you  were,  he  or  she  was,  etc.  (J 
was  singing,  etc.). 

If  either  of  these  two  forms  can  be  employed,  use  the  im- 
perfect (je  chantais) ;  otherwise  take  the  past  indefinite  (fai 
chanti). 


EXERCISES  89 

The  French  make  no  diJfference  between  /  sang  and  I  have  sung,  I 
spoke  and  /  have  spoken,  1  wrote  and  /  have  written,  and,  generally 
speaking,  they  use  only  the  latter  form.     (See  footnote,  p.  37.) 

Imperfect 

192.  This  tense  denotes  (1)  a  past  state  or  axition  going  on 
when  another  action  took  place  (I  was  doing) ;  (2)  a  state  or 
action  as  having  been  habitual  (I  used  to). 

Endings :  -ais,  -ais,  -ait;  -ions,  -iez,  -aient 

[7  used  to  sing,  or  I  was  singing  (or  /  sang,  with  the  meaning  of  /  used 
to  sing,  or  /  was  singing).'] 

Je  chantais  une  chanson  k  reprises,  I  sang  (used  to  sing)  a  glee. 
tu  chantais  avec  enthousiasme,  you  sang  with  enthusiasm. 

"  I 

elle  [  chantait  un  chant  fun^bre,  he,  she,  one,  sang  a  dirge. 

on  J 

nous  chantions  un  triolet,  we  sang  a  triplet. 

vous  chantiez  des  chansonnettes,  you  sang  ditties. 

ils     1 

,,      [  chantaient  lugubrement,  they  sang  dismally. 

elles  J 

Je  ne  chantais  pas,  etc.     Chantais  je  ?  etc.     Ne  chantais  je  pas  ?  etc. 

193.  admirer,  to  admire.       tuer,  to  kill 

aller,  to  go.  visiter,  to  visit. 

SLSSurer,^  to  assure.        aller  ^      1    ,        i  .      .-,  ^ 

^     .  \  cheval,  to  ride,  mount. 
passer,  to  pass.  monter  a  J 

regarder,  to  look  at.       aller  en  voiture,  to  go  driving. 

1  Notice  that  many  English  verbs  may  be  converted  into  French  simply  by 
a  change  of  their  terminations,  thus :  — 

-ate  becomes  -er,  as  to  agitate,  incriminate,  agiter,  incriminer. 

-ish  "        -ir,  as  to  finish,  finir. 

-ise,  -ize  "       -iser,  as  to  civilize,  civiliser. 

-use         "       -user,  as  to  abuse,  abuser. 

!-uer   ) 
I  as  ^0  constitute,  execute,  constituer,  executer. 

-ore  "       -orer,  as  to  explore,  explorer. 

-fy  "       -fier,  as  to  solidify,  solidifier; 


90  A   BRIEF   FRENCH   COURSE 

la  beauts,  beauty.  la  serre,  conservatory. 

le  cadeau,  present.  agr^ablement,  pleasantly. 

la  fois,  time.  d6s,  from,  since. 

le  mus^e,  museum.  norabreux,  numerous. 

la  profondeur,  depth.  partout,  everywhere. 

quelquefois,  adv.,  sometimes. 

194.  1.  Quand  vous  etiez  a  Paris,  ne  visitiez  vous  pas  les 
theatres  {2d  pers.  sing.).  2.  Si,  j'y  allais  souvent  avec  mon 
oncle,  le  capitaine  X.  (M  pers.  pi).  3.  Vous  ne  travailliez  pas 
trop,  alors,  n'est  ce  pas?  (2d  pers.  sing.).  4.  Je  ii'en  avais  guere 
le  temps  {1st  pers.  pi.) ;  nous  alliens  chaque  jour  en  voiture, 
montions  a  cheval,  et  passions  le  temps  ^  agreablement  {1st  pers. 
sing.).  5.  Un  jour,  j'ai  rencontre  un  de  mes  vieux  camarades 
d'ecole  que  je  n'avais  pas  vu  depuis  quel  que  temps,  et,  des  cet 
instant  {moment)^  nous  avons  ete  inseparables  {Sd  pers.  sing.). 
6.  Nous  visitions  les  jardins  publics  et  les  musses,  et,  partout, 
nous  admirions  la  beaute  des  rues  ainsi  que  {as  well  as) 
I'architecture  des  monuments  {3d  pers.  pi.).  7.  Ou  etais  tu 
quand  je  suis  entree,  Charlotte  ?  Est  ce  que  tu  etudiais  ?  {2d 
pers.  pi.).  8.  Non,  maman,  je  portals  les  fleurs  du  jardin  dans 
la  serre  {2d  pers.  pi.). 

195.  1.  She  is  not  admired;  she  is  not  admiring.  2.  She 
is  not  studying;  she  studied  yesterday;  she  was  studying. 
3.  She  has  not  been  seen  to-day.  4.  She  was  looking  at  her 
jewels  and  was  admiring  them.  5.  Formerly,  my  cousin  used 
to  lend  her  books  to  every  one  {tons  ceux)  who  asked  her  for 
them  (them  to  her)  ;  now  she  lends  them  only  to  me  (??i.  sing.). 

6.  What  were  these  children  asking  for  when  I  (?>i.)  came  in  ? 

7.  They  were  asking  your  brother  if  he  had  brought  them  any 

1  Time  is  rendered  by  fois  when  it  can  be  numbered,  one  time,  three  times, 
sometimes ;  by  temps  when  it  is  the  general  idea  of  time,  long  time  ago,  at  all 
times,  and  by  heure  when  referring  to  hour,  what  time  is  it? 


EXERCISES 


91 


presents  (1st  pers.  pi).  8.  When  I  was  in  New  Orleans  (d  la 
Nouvelle-OrUans),  I  used  to  meet  Admiral  N.  two  or  three 
times  every  {par)  week.  9.  As  I  was  at  breakfast,  he  used 
to  pass  on  horseback,  or  sometimes  I  met  him  while  he  was 
out  driving  {Sd  pers.  f.  sing.).  10.  My  friends  used  to  hunt 
and  fish  (packer)  and  drive ;  they  rode  {monter  d  cheval)  and 
visited  their  numerous  friends  (/.  sing.).  11.  What  is  the 
depth  of  the  Mississippi  ?  12.  I  do  not  know,  but  it  is  quite 
deep  (bien  profond).  I  killed  a  big  alligator  {un  crocodile) 
there  with  my  gun  (d  coups  de  fusil).     13.  Oh,  what  a  story  ! 

EXERCISE    XXXVII 

196.   Contrasting  the  Formation  of  Irregular  Comparisons  of 
Adjectives  and  Adverbs 


ADVERBS 

ADJECTIVES 

Positive    Comparative 

Superlative 

Positive 

Comparative 

Superlative 

bien,             mieux, 

le  mieux. 

bon, 

meilleur. 

le  meilleur, 

well;             better; 

best. 

good; 

better; 

best. 

mal,              pis, 

le  pis, 

mauvais. 

pire, 

le  pire, 

ill,  badly;    worse; 

worst. 

bad; 

worse  ; 

worst. 

peu,              moins, 

le  moins, 

petit, 

moindre. 

le  moindre, 

little;           less; 

least. 

little; 

smaller  ; 

smallest. 

Notes.  —  1.  These  adjectives  and  adverbs  must  be  carefully  distinguished 
in  use.  Remember  that  bon,  mauvais,  and  petit  are  variable,  whereas  bien, 
mal,  and  peu  are  invariable.  The  former  qualify  substantives;  the  latter, 
verbs :  My  little  girl  is  very  good.  Ma  petite  fille  est  tres  bonne ;  Your  little 
boy  is  well  brought  up,  Votre  petit  gar9on  est  bien  eleve. 

2.  In  speaking  of  the  health,  the  words  better  and  worse  must  be  so  trans- 
lated: How  is  your  mother,  Louis?  Comment  se  porte  votre  mere,  Louis? 
Thank  you,  she  is  better,  or,  she  is  worse,  Merci,  elle  se  porte  mieux,  ou,  elle 
est  piSw 

Past  Indefinite 

197.  TJiis  tense  marks  a  past  state  or  action  in  which  the 
period  of  time  may  or  may  not  66  expressed. 


92  A  BRIEF  FRENCH  COURSE 

(7  have  sung,  or,  /  did  sing,  —  or,  I  sang,  when  it  does  not  mean  / 
used  to  sing,  or  I  was  singing — ) 

J'ai  chants  un  cantique,  I  have  sung  a  hymn. 

tu  as  chants  une  symphonic,         you  have  sung  a  symphony. 

"  1 

elle  V  a  chants  en  cadence,  he,  she,  one,  has  sung  in  cadence. 

on    I 

nous  avons  chants  une  po^sie,  we  have  sung  verses. 

vous  avez  chants  un  psaume,  you  have  sung  a  psalm. 

lis     "1 

V  ont  chants  une  stance,        they  have  sung  a  stanza. 

198.  arreter,  to  arrest,  stop.        supposer,  to  stippose. 
pr^f^rer,  to  prefer.  trouver,  to  find. 

le  d^faut,  had  quality.  la  voix,  voice. 

le  pare,  park.  positivement,  positively. 

la  sorte,  kind.  pas  i)ossible,  you  donH  say. 

199.  1.  Eh  bien  (iweZZ),  comment  qa^  va-t-il,  aujourd'hui  ? 
2.  Ca  va  assez  bien ;  cela  va  mieux,  merci.  3.  Avez  vous 
demande  le  prix  de  cette  musique  ?  {2d  pers.  sing.).  4.  Oui, 
elle  est  trop  cbere.  5.  Adrien  a-t-il  refuse  de  travailler? 
6.  Oui,  monsieur,  il  a  demande  a  visiter  le  pare ;  mais  je  m'y 
suis  oppose.  Alors  il  a  chante  "Yankee  Doodle."  7.  C'est 
un  mauvais  sujet  (icoi^hless  scamp),  il  est  pire  que  son  frere 
Charles  (m.  pi.).  8.  Gertrude  est  encore  la  Tneilleure  de  la 
famille;  elle  est  moins  dissipee  (icild)  que  ses  deux  freres. 
9.  Quel  est  le  moindre  de  ses  defauts  ?  {pi.).  10.  Oh,  il  en  a 
tant,  que  c'est  difficile  a  trouver.  11.  C'est  un  enfant  bien 
mal    eleve    {badly  brought  up)    {m.  pi.).     12.  Estce   qu'il^  a 

1  Ca,  familiar  contraction  of  cela,  frequently  used  colloquially  with  aller, 
in  reference  to  health :  Comment  ca  va?  or  more  familiar  still,  comment  va? 
How  goes  it  with  you  ? 

2  When  employed  in  questions,  and  not  for  euphony,  est  ce  que  is  expressive 
of  some  surprise,  however  little  {is  it  possible,  is  it  true  that?). 


EXERCISES  93 

positivement  refuse   d'etudier  ?     13.  Oh,   absolument !    {most 
decidedly). 

200.  1.  Does  she  sing  ?  2.  Did  he  work ;  is  he  working  ? 
3.  Are  they  (m.)  studying;  have  they  (/.)  studied?  4.  I 
have  studied ;  I  did  study  ;  formerly  she  worked.  5.  Who 
sang  yesterday  evening  after  dinner  ?  6.  It  was  my  old  friend 
Gillespie.  7.  What  did  he  sing  ?  8.  He  sang  the  "  Marseil- 
laise." 9.  What  a  beautiful  voice  he  has!  10.  Yes,  and  he 
never  refuses  to  be  merry.  11.  What  is  the  worst  of  his 
bad  qualities  ?  12.  His  pronunciation  (pro7^07^ciai^on).  13.  When 
he  was  in  Paris  they  had  him  arrested  for  murder  {meutre). 
14.  You  don't  say !  15.  Yes,  for  murdering  French !  {pour 
mutilation  de  langue).  16.  Ah,  good !  17.  Why,  he  is  simply 
killing  {il  est  impayable).  18.  How  is  your  aunt,  worse  or 
better?  (m.  pi).  19.  She  is  worse,  20.  Oh,  that's  too  bad! 
{c^est  malheureux).  21.  Has  Adrian  borrowed  a  pencil  from 
you?  22.  He  asked  me  for  one,  but  I  refused  to  lend  him 
mine,  because  he  is  ill  bred.  23.  He  left  his  work  and 
went  for  {est  alU)  a  ride  in- the  country ;  he  likes  to  ride. 
I  {moi,  je)  prefer  driving.  24.  Is  this  too  much  meat  for  you, 
Emile  ?     25.  Yes,  mama,  give  me  a  little  less,  please. 

EXERCISE    XXXVIII 

201,  Contrary  to  English  usage,  an  adverb  in  French  can 
never  be  placed  between  the  subject  and  the  verb.  It  is  usually 
placed  after  the  verb  in  a  simple  tense,  and  between  the 
auxiliary  and  participle  in  a  compound  tense :  — 

II  partit  bieiit6t.  He  soon  went  away. 

Elles  jouent  bien  du  violon.  They  play  the  violin  well. 

J'ai  6norm§ment  grandi.  I  have  grown  enormously. 


94  A  BRIEF  FRENCH   COURSE 

1    Exceptions:   hier,  aujourcVhui,  demain,   ici,   Idt,   and   all 

adverbial  locutions/  are  placed  after  the  participle :  — 

Nous  sommes  all^s  hier  au  theatre.  We  went  to  the  theater  yesterday. 

Vous  vous  etes  arrets  Ik.  You  stopped  there. 

II  est  arrive  aujourd'hui.  He  arrived  to-day. 

Mon  fr6re  est  parti  tout  a  Theure.  My  brother  has  just  left. 

Future 

202.   Conveying  the  idea  of  a  state  or  action  still  to  come. 

Endings :    -rai,  -ras,  -ra ;  -rons,  -rez,  -ront. 

{Next  loeeky  lasemaine  prochaine.     In  future,  k  I'avenir.) 

Je  cbanterai  k  la  liarpe,  /  shall  sing  to  the  harp. 

tu  chanteras  joyeusement,        you  will  sing  joyously. 

il       1 

elle    1^  chantera  tristement,       he,  she,  one,  will  sing  sorroxcfully. 

on     J 

nous  chantcrons  k  Top^ra,        we  shall  sing  at  the  opera. 

vous  chanterez  au  th^§,tre,        you  will  sing  at  the  theater. 

ils     1 

[  chanteront  au  piano,       they  will  sing  to  the  piano. 

Conditional  1 

Expressing  the  action  as  dependent  upon  some  condition. 

Endings :    -rais,  -rais,  -rait ;   -rions,  -riez,  -raient. 

{Later  or  now,  plus  tard,  ou,  en  ce  moment.     If  it  were  possible,  s'il 
6tait  possible.) 

Je  chanterais  k  votre  soiree,  I  would  sing  at  your  soiree. 

tu  chanterais  un  chant  d'^glise,      you  would  sitig  a  chant. 

"    1 

elle    y  chanterait  un  chant  sacr^,  he,  she,  one,  would  sing  a  sacred  chant. 

on     J 

nous  chanterions  au  concert,  we  would  sing  at  the  concert. 

vous  chanteriez  une  melodic,  you  would  sing  a  melody. 

ils     1 

[  chanteraient  en  amateur,     they  would  sing  like  amateurs. 

1  An  adverbial  locution  is  composed  of  two  or  more  words  :  tout  de  suite, 
directly,  tout  a  Vheuiejust  now  (past) ;  or,  in  a  few  minutes  (future). 


EXERCISES  95 

203.  After  si  (i/),  denoting  condition  or  supposition,  neither 
the  future  nor  the  conditional  can  be  used.  The  present  is 
used  instead  of  the  future,  and  the  imperfect  instead  of  the 
conditional :  — 

Si  j'ai  soif,  demain,  je  boirai.    If  I  am  thirsty  to-morrow,  I  shall  drink. 
Si  j'avais  soif,  je  boirais.         If  I  were  {should  be)  thirsty,  I  would  drink. 

204.  apporter  (of  things  and  babies),  io6rmgr.  louer,  to  praise. 
amener  (animals  and  persons),  to  bring,  montrer,  to  show. 
h\§imer,  to  blame.  pardonner ,  to  pardon. 
clierclier,  to  look  for,  to  seek.  parler,  to  speak. 
exphquer,    to  explain.  pleurer,  to  weep,  to  cry. 
jouer  (de  or  du),  to  play  (on).  trouver,  to  find,  like. 

la  journ^e,  day.  indolent,  sluggish. 

I'image  (f.),  pictures.  g^n^ralement,  usually,  generally. 

la  mansarde,  attic,  garret.        au  lieu  de,  instead  of 

205.  1.  Nous  avons  etudie  ce  matin,  et  nous  etudierons 
encore  ce  soir  et  demain  {1st  pers.  sing.).  2.  11  a  amene  sa 
sceur,  et  a  apporte  sa  musique  et  ses  livres.  3.  Joueriez  vous 
du  piano,  ma  cousine,  si  je  chantais  (^d  pers.  sing.)?  4.  Avec 
plaisir,  si  ma  mere  ne  s'y  oppose  pas  (or,  without  inversion),  si 
ma  mere  ne  s'y  oppose  pas,  je  chanterai  avec  plaisir  (pi). 
5.  Arthur,  m'expliquerez  vous,  s'il  vous  plait,  pourquoi  vous 
jouez  tout  le  temps,  au  lieu  de  travailler  ?  6.  Mais,  monsieur 
le  professeur,  il  est  trop  tard,  maintenant;  demain,  je  ne  jouerai 
pas,  j'^tudierai  mes  leqons  comme  il  faut  (well),  et  ma  soeur  et 
moi  parlerons  (or,  nous  parlerons)  franqais  toute  la  journee. 
7.  Ne  parleriez  vous  plus  anglais,  pendant  la  leqon  de  f  ranqais, 
si  je  vous  pardonnais?  {2d  pers.  sing.).  8.  Si  vous  me  pardon- 
niez,  je  vous  assure  que  je  serais  plus  studieux  a  I'avenir 
(m.  pi).  9.  Tres  bien;  vous  §tes  pardonne,  alors.  10.  Oh, 
que  (how)  j'aimerais  a  monter  a  cheval !  (pL).  11.  Vous  y 
monterez  demain. 


96  A    BRIEF   FRENCH  COURSE 

206.  1.  The  J  will  refuse,  they  would  refuse.  2.  She  used 
to  refuse,  she  was  refusing.  3.  He  will  work,  he  would  work. 
4.  She  used  to  weep,  she  was  crying;  she  did  weep.  5.  We 
were  playing,  we  used  to  play,  we  played  formerly.  6.  Do  you 
think  that  you  will  find  what  you  are  looking  for  ?  (M  pers. 
sing.).  7.  Yes,  sir;  I  generally  find  a  thing  when  I  look  for 
it  (pi).  8.  Would  you  let  me  carry  these  curtains  into  your 
bedroom.  Miss  Frances  (Frangoise)  ?  I  should  not  like  to  leave 
them  in  the  attic.  9.  Certainly,  Mary ;  carry  them  there.  You 
will  also  find  an  old  carpet  there,  which  you  will  bring  here, 
please.  10.  Do  you  think  my  children  will  cry,  Louise,  if  I 
leave  them  at  home  when  I  go  riding  ?  (sing.).  11.  No,  madam  ; 
I  will  play  with  them,  and  show  them  my  books  and  pretty 
pictures.  12.  Bring  the  children  here,  then.  13.  Our  masters 
used  to  praise  our  good  work  at  school,  but  they  would  blame 
us  now,  if  they  found  us  idle  and  sluggish  (1st  pers.  sing.). 
14.  Charles,  would  you  sing  a  song  [for  me]  if  I  asked  you  f 
(2d  pers.  sing.).  15.  I  do  not  sing  at  all  (du  tout),  but  Francis 
(Fran<pis)  would  sing  with  pleasure  if  you  played. 

EXERCISE   XXXIX 
oQ-T^  Avoir  USED  Idiomatically 

there  is 


Jhres.  Indie. ;  11  y  a 
Impf. :  11  y  avalt 

Past  Indef. :   U  y  a  eu 


there  was  (used  to  be) 
[  un  Dieu,  there  icas  (has  been) 


Fut. :  U  y  aura  there  will  be 

Cond. :  11  y  aurait  j  there  would  be 


a  God. 


INTEKROGATIVE  NEGATIVE  INTERROGATIVE-NEGATIVE 

ya-t-il?    '*  \iheret  U  n'v  a  pas.  ^Aere-j  **  \noi.  n'v  a-t-llpas?    **   \therenoif 

■'  are  S  ^      *^  \  are  S  ^  '^         are  ) 

y  avail  U  ?  U  n'y  avait  pas,  n*y  avait  11  pas  ? 

y  a-t-il  eu  ?  U  n'y  a  pas  eu,  n'y  a-t-il  pas  eu  ? 

y  aura-t-il  ?  U  n'y  aura  pas,  n'y  aura-t-il  pas  ? 

y  aurait  11  ?  11  n'y  aurait  pas,  n'y  aurait  11  pas  ? 


EXERCISES  97 

1.  The  distinction  between  11  y  a  and  volU  must  be  strictly  observed. 
Voila  {there  is,  there  are)  is  used  only  in  the  sense  of  pointing  out  an 
object,  and  is  mostly  used  in  contrast  with  void  (here  is,  here  are). 

2.  Notice  also  that  the  word  depuis  cannot  be  expressed  after  the  fore- 
going 11  y  a  and  y  a-t-il ;  the  conjunction  que  taking  its  place  (11  y  a  une 
heure  que  je  chante). 

SECOND  CONJUGATION 

208.  In  verbs  of  the  2d  conjugation  (about  355  in  number), 
the  infinitive  ends  in  -ir,  and  the  past  participle  in  -i :  — 

Choisir,  to  choose,  select.     Cholsi,  chosen. 

Present  Indicative 

Endings  :  -is,  -is,  -it ;  -ons,  -ez,  -ent.    . 

(Now,  maintenant.) 

Je  choisis  des  scullers  d^couverts,  /  choose  (am  choosing)  low  shoes. 
tu  choisis  des  manchettes,  yo)i  choose  cuffs. 

"1 

elle  y  choisit  des  bas  de  sole,  he,  she,  one,  chooses  silk  stockings. 

on   J 

nous  choisissons  de  jolis  rubis,  we  choose  pretty  rubies. 

vous  choisissez  des  cols,  you  choose  collars. 

ils     1 

I  choisissent  des  ^ventails,      they  choose  fans. 

Imperative 
Choisis,  choose  (you).  Choisissons,  let  us  choose.   Choisissez,  choose  (you). 

209.  agir,  to  act.  fournir,  to  furnish  (with). 
batir,  to  build.  ob^ir  (k),  to  obey. 
d^sob^ir  (k),  to  disobey,     punir,  to  punish. 

finir,  to  finish.  rougir,  to  blush. 

la  brique,  brick.  jusque,  jusqu'k  ce  que,  till,  until. 

le  laitier,  milkman.  s6v6rement,  severely. 

la  pierre,  stone.  ,.    .,  f  one  would  think. 

*^  on  dirait  ' 


remplacer,  to  replace.  y  it  looks  like 

BRIEF   FR.    COURSE  —  7 


98  A  BRIEF   FRENCH   COURSE 

210.  1.  Pourquoi  rougissez  vous  ainsi,  Madeleine  (Maud)  ? 
On  dirait  que  vous  avez  mal  agi  {2d  pers.  sing.).  2.  Vous  savez, 
Louise,  que  je  rougis  souvent  sans  cause.  3.  Paul  a  ete  tres 
mauvais  cette  semaine;  il  a  desobei  a  ses  parents  et  a  ses 
maitres.     4.  S'il  ne  vous  obeit  pas,  mademoiselle,  punissez-le. 

5.  Nous  punissons  tou jours  severement  ceux  qui  refusent  de 
nous  obeir  {1st  pers.  sing.).  6.  T  Ort-il  encore  du  monde  au 
salon  ?  7.  II  y  en  avail  encore,  U  y  a  quelques  minutes ;  je  ne 
sais  pas  s'i7  y  en  a  maintenant.  8.  Void  de  tres  jolies  cannes ; 
laquelle  choisissez  vous  ?  9.  En  voild  encore  d'autres ;  laquelle 
monsieur  de  Villiers  a-t-il  choisie  ?  {pi.).  10.  II  en  a  choisi  une 
pareille  a  celle-ci.  11.  //  y  aurait  plus  de  monde  dans  les 
rues,  s'il  faisait  {were)  plus  beau. 

211.  1.  She  is  blushing  ;  she  does  not  blush.  2.  He  is  not 
acting;  does  he  not  act?  he  does  act.  3.  He  used  to  obey; 
she  does  not  finish  her  lessons.  4.  They  (/.)  do  not  obey 
their  teacher.  5.  We  never  punish  children  who  obey  us,  but 
those  who  disobey  us  are  severely  punished  {1st  pers.  sing.). 

6.  Was  there  no  new  bread  nor  any  fresh  water  in  the  kitchen, 
this  morning?  7.  No,  madam,  but  there  is  plenty  now. 
8.  Who  has  furnished  the  carpets  for  the  new  house  which 
you  bought  a  month  ago  ?  9.  We  brought  them  with  us  from 
Paris.  10.  Who  is  furnishing  you  with  {le)  bread  and  milk  ? 
11.  The  baker  and  the  milkman  at  the  {du)  corner.  12.  Are 
you  not  building  a  country  house  ?  {M  pers.  sing.).  13.  Yes  ;  I 
am  building  one  of  stone  and  brick  to  {pour)  replace  the  wooden 
one  (transl.  the  one  in  wood)  I  have  had  until  now  {2d  pers. 
pi).  14.  Are  there  any  public  schools  in  ('hina  {en  Chine), 
papa?  15.  Certainly,  my  child,  they  have  more  than  we. 
16.  Was  there  no  fruit  for  breakfast  this  morning  ?  17.  Yes, 
sir,  and  here  is  some  now  on  the  table. 


EXERCISES  9^ 

EXERCISE    XL 

212.  Avoir  with  que  forms  the  following  idioms :  — 

X    «  ,  [  to^af   is  the  matter  ,  .  f  what  is  the  matter 

qu'as  tu  ?  M         .,,  _  qu'avez  vous  ?  -i 

^  [     with  you  ?  ^  [     with  you  f 

f ,  J  what  is  the  matter           ,         f  lis  ?     j  what  is  the  matter 

I  I     with  him  9  ^            [  elles  ?  |     with  them  ? 

~  "  I    n  9  I  '^hat  is  the  matter           ,       *  -i  o  /  WJ^^*  *^  ^^^  matter  f 

y  '\     with  her?  ^    ^           '  [what's  the  matter  now? 

THIRD    CONJUGATION 

213.  In  verbs  of  the  3d  conjugation  (of  which  there  are 
about  50),  the  infinitive  ends  in  -re,  and  the  past  participle 
in  -u:  — 

Vendre,  to  sell.    Vendu,  sold. 

Present  Indicative 

Endings  :  -s,  -s,  — ;  -ons,  -ez,  -ent. 

{Now,  k  present,  en  ce  moment.) 

Je  vends  ^  des  boutons,  /  sell  (am  selling)  buttons. 

tu  vends  des  boutons  de  manchettes,       you  sell  cuff  studs. 

"  1 

elle  V  vend  des  chemises,  he,  she,  one,  sells  shirts. 
on  J 

nous  vendons  des  chemises  de  nuit,  we  sell  nightgowns. 

vous  vendez  des  cols  droits,  you  sell  straight  collars. 

ils  vendent  des  cols  rabattus,  they  sell  turn  down  collars. 

Imperative 

Vends,  sell  (you).     Vendons,  let  us  sell.    Vendez,  sell  (you). 

1  The  form  qu'est  ce  que  tu  as?  etc.,  can  also  be  used. 

2  For  the  sake  of  euphony  monosyllabic  verbs  in  the  first  person  take  the 
interrogative  formula  "  est  ce  que."  Thus,  dorsje?  mange  je?  batsje? 
must  be  turned  into  est  ce  queje  dors  ?  est  ce  queje  mange  ?  est  ce  que  je  bats  f 
When,  however,  no  harsh  sound  results,  custom  authorizes  the  usual  form  ; 
as,  vaisje  ?  puisje  ?  voisje  ? 


100  A  BRIEF  FRENCH  COURSE 

214.  attendre,  to  wait  for,  to  expect,     perdre,  to  lose. 

entendre,  to  hear.  rendre,  to  give  hack,  to  return. 

r^pondre,  to  reply,  to  answer. 

le  chat,  cat.  emballer,  to  pack  up. 

le  chemiu  de  fer,  railroad.  d^ranger,  to  trouble. 

Toccasion  (/.),  opportunity.  esp^rer,  to  hope. 

la  patience,  patience.  f^ch^,  sorry. 

le  son,  sound.  myst^rieux,  mysterious. 

appeler,  to  call.  quelqu'un,  somebody,  anybody. 
Cela  m'est  6gal,  it  is  all  the  same  to  me. 

215.  1.  Si  tu  me  rends  mes  livres,  je  te  rendrai  les  tiens 
(M  pers.  pi.).  2.  Entends  tu  ce  qu'il  me  repond,  Paul  ? 
3.  II  me  donnera  mes  livres  si  je  lui  rends  les  siens ;  c'est  toi 
qui  les  as,  et  qui  dois  (must)  les  lui  rendre.     4.  Qu'y  a-t-il  ? 

5.  K 'entends  tu  pas  ces   sons    mysterieux?   {2d  pers.  sing.). 

6.  Si,  je  les  entends  parfaitement ;  qu'est  ce  que  c'est  ?  7.  Je 
ne  sais  pas.  8.  Si  nous  appelions  {2d  pers.  sing.),  peut- 
Stre  repondrait  on  ?    9.  Non,  personne  ne  repond.     Qu'as  tu  ? 

10.  Pourquoi  frottes-tu  tes  yeux  comme  cela?  {2d  pers.  pi.). 

11.  Parce  que  j'ai  sommeil;  les  chats  ont  fait  tant  de  bruit 
la  nuit  derniere,  que  je  n'ai   pu  {could  not)  dormir  {sleep). 

12.  Qui  attendez  vous  ?  {1st  pers.  pi.).  13.  J'attends  un  ami  de 
Boston  qui  est  arrive,  tout  a  I'heure  {just  now),  par  le  chemin 
de  fer  {all  in  the  3d  pers.  f.  pi).  14.  Tu  as  perdu  un  bouton ; 
cherche-le  done !  15.  Cela  m'est  egal ;  est  ce  que  je  n'en 
vends  pas  ?  16.  C'est  juste  {true),  tu  ne  te  deranges  pas  pour 
si  pen,  toi. 

216.  1.  What's  the  matter  with  you?  2.  I  am  angry  (en 
colore) ;  every  time  I  pack  my  books,  I  lose  some.  Yesterday 
I  lost  two  of  them.  3.  Somebody  must  have  found  them,  but 
they  have  not  been  given  back  to  me  yet.  4.  Do  you  think 
that  they  will  be  returned  to  you  ?  5.  I  hope  so.  6.  I  am  sorry 
to  trouble  you,  sir.     7.  Well,  what  is  the  matter  now  {encore)  ? 


EXERCISES  101 

8.  Do  not  trouble  me  now  with  your  woe  (plaintes)  ;  why  do  you 
not  wait  ?  9.  I  shall  soon  have  finished  my  business.  10.  I  am 
losing  patience  with  you.  11.  If  you  reply  now,  I  will  not  listen 
(ecouter)  to  you.  12.  My  cousin  usually  {prdinairement)  waits 
too  long  (longtemps),  and  so  loses  every  opportunity  (plur.). 
13.  What  is  the  matter  with  your  father,  John  ?  Bring  him 
to  me.  14.  He  is  ill,  sir.  15.  I  am  sorry  to  hear  (d^apprendre) 
that;  take  him  that  medicine  (mMecine)  then.  16.  Are  you 
lost  ?  did  you  lose  ?  have  you  lost  your  pencil  ?  17.  You  are 
selling ;  do  you  sell  ?  he  does  not  sell ;  he  is  not  selling ;  he 
was  selling  papers.  18.  He  sold  fruit  [one  day] ;  he  does  not 
sell  any  now.  19.  Who  answered  (d)  that  letter?  who  is 
replying  to  me  ? 

EXERCISE   XLI 
Impekfect 

217.   French  verbs  of  all  conjugations  have  the  same  termi- 
nations in  the  imperfect:^  — 

Sing.  :  -ais,  -ais,  -ait ;  Plur.  :  -ions,  -iez,  -aient. 
a 

[I  used  to  choose^  or  /  was  choosing  (or  /  chose,  with  the  meaning  of 

/  used  to  choose,  or  /  was  choosing).'] 

SECOND   CONJUGATION  THIRD   CONJUGATION 

Je  choisissais  ^  un  chat.  Je  vendais  des  fruits. 

tu  choisissais  un  chien.  tu  vendais  de  la  viande. 

U     1  il     I 

elle  !^  choisissait  un  cheval.  elle  V  vendait  du  coton. 

on   J  on    I 

nous  choisissions  une  robe.  nous  vendions  des  bijoux. 

vous  choisissiez  un  rubis.  vous  vendiez  du  lait. 

ils     1  ils     1 

■choisissaientunecravate.      „     I  vendaient  du  vin. 


ellesj  ellesj 


1  Every  French  verb,  regular  or  irregular,  has  the  same  terminations  in  the 
imperfect.  Yet,  for  verbs  of  the  second  conjugation,  grammarians  of  the  old 
school  are  still  giving  -issais,  -issions,  -issiez,  etc.,  as  endings  for  that  tense. 
(See  Formation  of  Tenses,  pp.  275-277.) 


102  A  BRIEF  FRENCH  COURSE 

218.  Past  Indefinite 

[/  have  sold,  or  /  did  sell  (or  /  sold  when  it  does  not  mean  /  used  to 
sellj  or  I  was  selling).] 

J'ai  choisi  un  cadeau.  J'ai  vendu  des  oranges, 

tu  as  choisi  des  mouchoirs.  tu  as  vendu  des  pommes. 

la  choisi  un  chapeau.  }  a  vendu  des  citrons. 

nous  avons  choisi  des  bonbons.        nous  avons  vendu  des  bananes. 

vous  avez  choisi  des  gants.  vous  avez  vendu  des  figues. 

ils     1  L   •  •  J  1-  ils 

,,      }  ont  choisi  des  souliers.  „ 

elles  J  elles  j 


ont  choisi  des  souliers.  „      '^  ont  vendu  des  olives. 


219.  le  bijoutier,  jeweler.  g^ter,  to  spoil. 
le  bureau,  office.  manger,  to  eat. 

le  march6,  market.  r6p6ter,  to  repeat. 

acheter,  to  buy.  ,      f  elder  {of  two). 
douter,  to  doubt.  \  eldest  {of  several). 

220.  1.  Quand  vous  m'avez  vn  hier,  avec  ma  mere  chez  le 
bijoutier,  nous  choisissions  quelques  bijoux  pour  ma  soeur  ainee 
{3d  pers.  f.  pL).  2.  Qu'avez  vous  choisi  ?  3.  Nous  avons  choisi 
une  broche  en  diamants  {diamond  brooch),  et  une  jolie  emeraude 
(montee,  understood)  en  bague  {emerald  ring).  4.  Vend  on  les 
bijoux  plus  cher  ^  ici  qu'en  Europe  ?  5.  Oui,  quand  j'etais  a 
Paris,  on  les  vendait  meilleur  marche.  6.  Etes  vous  allee  au 
marche,  ce  matin,  Marie  ?  7.  Oui,  monsieur,  j*y  suis  allee  avec 
ma  soeur.  8.  Nous  y  avons  achete  des  fruits  de  Calif ornie  {Cali- 
fomid),  des  oranges,  des  figues  et  des  olives.  9.  Qui  attendez 
vous?  10.  Personne  —  J'attends  le  tramway  {car),  pour  aller 
a  mon  bureau,  dans  le  bas  de  la  ville  {down  town). 

221.  1.  Were  you  choosing  anything?  2.  You  used  to 
choose ;  were  you  not  selling  ?  3.  I  have  chosen  many  things 
and  sold  nothing.     4.    You  were  not  selling ;  do  you  not  sell  ? 

i  Cher  (pr.  chere),  being  used  here  adverbially,  is  invariable. 


EXERCISES  103 

You  used  to  sell ;  did  you  not  choose  or  sell  jewels  ?  5.  Did 
you  not  eat  some  candy  (bonhons)  while  (quand  vous  4tiez)  in 
Europe  ?  6.  I  ate  and  bought  and  sold  fruit  once  (une  "fois), 
but  I  never  ate  candy ;  it  spoils  the  teeth.  7.  You  used  not 
to  be  praised  at  school;  you  were  too  lazy.  8.  I  beg  your 
pardon  ?  9.  I  never  repeat  a  bad  thing.  10.  Why  did  you 
not  wait  for  me  this  afternoon  (/.)  ?  11.  When  we  were  young, 
my  sister  and  I  used  to  sell  bananas  (banane,  /.)  and  news- 
papers up  town  (dans  le  haut  de  la  ville).  12.  Indeed ! 
13.  Yes,  and  we  were  our  best  customers  (clients).  14.  I  do 
not  doubt  it.  15.  Has  not  your  cousin  (/.)  left  Lyons  (Lyon) 
for  Paris?  16.  Not  yet,  she  has  been  (transl.  lit.)  ill  for 
some  time.  17.  How  do  you  go  to  your  office  every  day  ? 
18.  Nothing  easier  (Hen  de  plus  facile)  :  I  take  (prends)  the  car. 

EXERCISE    XLII 

Future 

222.   All   French   verbs   have   the   same    endings .  in    the 

Future :  — 

-rai,  -ras,  -ra ;  -rons,  -rez,  -ront. 

SECOND  CONJUGATION  THIRD  CONJUGATION 

(When  lam  ready,  quand  i  je  serai  prgt.    Henceforth,  k  I'avenir.) 
(Fll  choose  a  courier,  etc.)  (/  shall  sell  spices,  etc.) 

Je  choisirai  un  courrier.  Je  vendrai  des  Apices, 

tu  choisiras  un  valet.  tu  vendras  du  sel. 

ii  I  ii  1 

elle  \  choisira  une  bonne.  elle  \  vendra  du  poivre. 


on   J  on   j 

nous  choisirons  des  bijoux.  nous  vendrons  du  sucre. 

vous  choisirez  des  gants.  vous  vendrez  du  vinaigre. 

„     I  choisiront  des  cravates.  ,, 

elles  J  elles 

1  Des  que,  aussitotque,  and  quand  always  require  the  following  verb  in  the 
future,  if  the  action  is  still  to  take  place,  and  not  the  present  tense,  as  in  English, 
as :  Appelez-moi  aussitot  qu'il  arrivera,  Call  me  as  soon  as  (when)  he  arrives. 


104:  A    BRIEF  FRENCH  COURSE 

Conditional 

223.   All  French  verbs  have  the  same  terminations  in  the 
Conditional :  — 

-rais,  -rais,  -rait ;  -rions,  -riez,  -raient. 

{If  it  were  desired^  si  Ton  voulait.) 

{I  should  choose  a  veil,  etc.)  (/  would  sell  butter,  etc.) 

Je  choisirais  uiie  voilette.  Je  vendrais  du  beurre. 

tu  choisirais  line  robe.  tu  vendrais  du  caf^.     . 

11     .1  il     1 


elle  y  choisirait  une  jaquette.  elle  V  vendrait  du  th6. 

on  J  on    J 

nous  choisirions  des  bas.  nous  vendrions  du  vin. 

vous  choisiriez  des  bottines.  vous  vendriez  du  chocolat. 

,,      }  choisiraient  un  chapeau.  ,,      I  vendraient  des  fruits, 

ellesj  ellesj 

rt„-  *  ,     N  {money.  prendre,  to  take. 

224,  argent  (m.)  <    .,  a^     a       .         ,     ^ 

^        \  silver.  pr^tendre,  «o /)re<e7id 

le  pr^cepteur,  tutor.  r^fl^chir,  to  reflect,  think. 

la  toilette,  toilet.  arriver,  to  arrive. 

applaudir,  to  applaud.  revendre,  to  sell  back,  again. 

\  to  go,  come  down,    salir,  to  soil. 
descendre  ■{ 

\  to  put  up  (hotel),    suspendre,  to  hang  up. 

desirer,  to  desire,  wish.  au-dessus,  above. 

225.  1.  Quand  vous  aurez  un  precepteur,  Charles,  j'espere 
que  vous  agirez  un  pen  mieux  qu'a  present :  votre  conduite 
laisse  beaucoup  a  desirer  (you  act  very  baxUy).  Si  vous  y  re- 
flechissiez  un  pen,  mon  ami,  vous  en  rougiriez.  2.  Demain 
soir,  j'applaudirai  de  bons  acteurs.  3.  Salirez  vous  votre  robe 
aujourd'hui,  Mile.  Jeanne?  4.  Non,  Marie,  je  ne  la  salirai 
pas ;  je  reflechirai,  en  jouant,  que  maman  ne  serait  pas  con  ten  te. 
5.  J'ai  achete  un  petit  chien  qui  est  trop  sale  {unclean),  je  le 
revendrai  a  un  de  mes  amis.     6.  Ma  soeur  ne  descendra  done 


EXERCISES  105 

pas !  Elle  pretendra  qu'elle  n'a  mis  que  cinq  minutes  a  sa 
toilette,  mais  elle  perdra  son  temps.  7.  Petite  mere,  si  j'avais 
achete  un  joli  tableau  de  Rosa  Bonheur,  ou  le  suspendrais  tu  ? 
8.  On  le  suspendrait  dans  le  salon,  mon  enfant,  au-dessus  de 
la  cheminee  (inantelpiece).  9.  Madame^  prendra-t-elle  du  the? 
et  Monsieur,  que  prendrart-il  ? 

226.  1.  Will  you  not  sell  that  ?  why  would  you  not  sell 
this  ?  2,  Are  you  not  going  down  ?  Will  you  go  down  ? 
Would  you  not  applaud  me?  3,  Will  you  sell  back  your 
horse  ?  You  will  lose  all  your  money.  4.  Would  you  not  soil 
your  dress  if  you  were  playing,  George  ?  5.  I  shall  play  with 
you  to-morrow ;  I  should  play  with  Gertrude,  if  she  were  good 
to  (pour)  her  mama.  6.  Will  you  not  come  down  ?  breakfast 
is  ready.  7.  Wait  one  second  (wwe  seconde),  I  am  ready.  8.  Do 
you  want  tea  or  coffee,  sir  ?  9.  I  want  milk.  10.  Call  Madam, 
please.  11.  If  she  should  hear  the  bell,  she  would  come  down 
at  once  (de  suite).  12.  Helen  (HMhie),  will  you  give  my 
books  back  to  my  sister  ?  13.  If  she  would  give  me  new 
ones,  yes,  I  would  give  them  back  to  her.  14.  Where  shall 
you  put  up  in  Paris  ?  15.  At  the  Continental  Hotel  {VHdtel 
Continental),  I  think.  16.  If  we  had  plenty  of  money  we 
would  select  fine  jewels;  and  you,  what  would  you  buy? 
17.  What  will  Madam  take  for  her  early  breakfast?  18.  Some 
tea,  fruit,  and  toast. 

1  Servants  always  address  their  masters  in  the  third  person  {Madame 
veut  elle  ceci?  Monsieur  veut  il  cela?  etc.),  and,  when  speaking  of  them,  call 
them  Monsieur,  Madame,  and  Mademoiselle,  without  the  names,  while  em- 
ployers speaking  of  their  consorts,  to  their  servants,  or  to  inferiors  in  social 
rank,  use  the  same  style  (Louise,  Madame  vous  demande).  But  when  speak- 
ing of  each  other  to  their  equals,  a  gentleman  will  say  ma  femme,  and  a  lady 
mon  mart :  Comment  se  porte  Madame  ?  or  Monsieur  N?  will  politely  inquire 
a  friend  of  another,  and  the  answer  will  be :  Ma  femme,  or  mon  mari,  va 
bien,  merci. 


106  A   BRIEF   FRENCH   COURSE 

EXERCISE    XLIII 

Peculiarities  in  Verbs  of  the  First  Conjugation 

227,   All  the  verbs  of  the  first  conjugation  but  two  {aUer 

and  envoyer),  are  regular,  and  conjugated  like  chanter.     Some, 

however,  undergoing  a  few  slight  changes  of  spelling  caused 

by  pronunciation,  it  may  be  said,  in  general,  that :  — 

1.  Verbs  having  an  e  mute  befote  the  last  syllable  of  the 
infinitive,  as  mener  (to  lead),  lever  (to  raise,  lift),  take  a  grave 
accent  on  that  e  when  the  following  syllable  is  mute :  je  money 
tu  menes,  il  se  leve^  etc.  (otherwise  with  two  mute  syllables  no 
sound  would  be  obtainable). 

2.  Verbs  having  an  6  before  the  last  syllable  of  the  infini- 
tive, as  preferer^  esp^rer,  change  the  ^  into  h  when  the  following 
syllable  is  mute;  as  tu  preferes,  elle  espere  (future  and  con- 
ditional excepted);  tu  prefereras,  elle  espererait  (because,  in 
sound,  it  is  easier  to  pass  from  a  middle  key  to  a  low  one 
than  it  is  to  pass  from  a  high  pitch  to  a  low  one). 

Exceptions.  —  In  verbs  ending  in  -eler  and  -eter,  as  appeler  and  jeter 
(to  throw),  in  order  to  obtain  the  same  effect  in  pronunciation,  the  1  and 
t  are  doubled  before  a  mute  e  :  fappef/e,  fappe/lerai,  je  jette,  jejetterai. 

But  the  four  verbs  acheter  (to  buy),  6tiqueter  (to  label),  geler  (to 
freeze),  and  peler  (to  peel),  follow  the  general  rule,  and  their  t  or  I  is 
never  doubled:  —  J''achete,  il  achete,  nous  achetons ;  tu  geles,  nous 
gelons^  etc. 

3.  In  verbs  ending  in  -car  or  -ger,  as  percer  (to  pierce),  com- 
mencer  (to  begin),  proteger  (to  protect),  nager  (to  swim),  the  c 
takes  a  cedilla,  and  the  gr  a  silent  e  before  the  vowels  a  and  o  to 
retain  through  the  whole  verb  the  soft  sound  of  the  infinitive  : 
nous  pergons,  elle  commengait ;  il  protegeait,  nous  nageons,  etc. 

4.  Verbs  ending  in  -yer,  as  appuyer  (to  lean),  hdlayer  (to 
sweep),  essuyer  (to  dry,  wipe),  change  y  into  i  before  e  mute ; 
as,  on  appuie,  nous  appuyons;  elle  bala/e,  nous  bcUayons,  on 
essuiey  etc. 


EXERCISES  107 

228.  emmener,!  to  take,  bring  away.  ramener,i  to  bring  back. 
employer,  to  employ.  fier  (pr.  Jiere),  proud. 
entrer,  to  enter.  sauvage,  wild. 
garder,  to  keep.  avant,  before. 
patiner,  to  skate.  en  bas,  downstairs. 
prononcer,  to  pronounce.  en  haut,  upstairs. 

229.  1.  J^acMte  mon  papier  a  lettre  (note  paper)  et  mes 
enveloppes  {envelopes)  chez  le  marchand  du  coin.  2.  Ou 
menez  vous  ces  enfants?  3.  Je  les  mhie  a  Fecole,  madame. 
4.  Am^nerez  vous  votre  soeur  Juliette  chez  nous,  cette  apres 
midi?  5.  Je  I'y  amenerai,  s'il  ne  gUe  pas  trop  fort  {hard). 
6.  Maman !  Paul  pele  des  porames  de  terre  sur  les  meubles  du 
salon.  7.  Oh,  I'enfant  terrible  {the  torment) !  Emm^ne-le  tout 
de  suite  dans  sa  chambre,  ou  {or  dans  laquelle)  il  restera  en 
penitence  {to  do  penance),  jusqu'a  I'heure  du  diner.  8.  Nous 
mangeons  trois  fois  par  jour;  nous  commengons  le  matin,  et 
finissons  le  soir.  9.  Pauline,  on  se  met  a  table;  appelle  ton 
f rere ;  mais,  avant,  jette  ce  papier  au  feu.  10.  Ne  prej^res  tu 
pas  que  je  les  jette  dans  la  rue  ?  11.  C'est  inutile  {it's  not 
worth  the  trouble).  12.  Est  ce  que  nous  prononQons  bien  le 
franqais,  maman  ?  13.  Vous  prononcez  horriblement  {dread- 
fully), mes  enfants:  Toi,^  Paul,  tu  n'appuies  pas  assez  sur 
Paccent  tonique,  et  Pauline,  elle,^  appuie  trop  sur  les  dernieres 
syllabes. 

230.  1.  It  is  freezing  hard ;  we  shall  have  skating  {transl. 
we  shall  skate)  to-morrow.  2.  Perhaps  it  will  freeze  for  a 
month.      3.  What    a    fine    little   girl.     Why    don't   you   call 

1  ramener  and  emmener  are  used  in  regard  to  persons  and  animals  only ; 
never  with  regard  to  things. 

'^  Like  the  Latins,  the  French  have  a  few  words,  called  expUtifs,  that  are 
repeated  in  a  sentence  simply  to  give  a  certain  energy  of  form  to  what  is  said. 
The  principal  expUtifs  are :  moi,  beau,  bien,  vous,  lui,  elle,  te,  me.  Si  vous  ne 
voulez  pas  parler,  je  parlerai,  moi.  Je  te  le  tancerai  d'importauce!  Fll  give 
him  a  fine  scolding,  wait ! 


108  A  BRIEF  FRENCH  COURSE 

her?  4.  How  do  you  peel  these  fruits,  Paul?  5.  What  a 
question !     I  peel  them  with  a  knife.     Don't  you  (et  vous)  ? 

6.  No,   sir   (pas  moi),   I    peel    them   with  my  teeth   (moi) ! 

7.  Janet  (Jeannette) !  8.  Are  you  calling  me  ?  I  am  drying 
the  baby's  hands,  mama.  9,  Where  are  you  taking  my  dog, 
Paul  ?  10.  I  am  taking  it  to  your  cousin  Maud,  who  prefers 
it  to  her  own.  11.  When  will  you  bring  it  back  ?  12.  I 
don't  know ;  she  would  prefer  to  keep  him,  I  suppose.  13.  Do 
you  employ  that  woman,  Angele  ?  14.  Yes,  she  is  our  house- 
keeper {m^nagh-e).  15.  George,  let  us  begin  studying.  16.  Let 
us  eat  first  (d'abord),  we  have  plenty  of  time  (bien  le)  to  study. 
17.  Are  you  calling  the  girl,  mama?  She  is  sweeping  the 
parlor,  downstairs.  18.  We  were  upstairs  sweeping  (bala- 
yions)  ^  the  room  when  you  entered.  19.  In  our  childhood 
(enfaiice)^  we  used  to  pray  (priions)  ^  every  evening  with  our 
mother.  20.  Children,  why  don't  you  always  speak  French  ? 
21.  Because  papa  says  (dit)  that  our  French  is  like  (a  Vair  d') 
a  concert  of  wild  cats.  22.  What  does  your  French  teacher 
think  about  it  (qu'en  pense)  ?  23.  Oh,  she  is  very  proud  of 
us;  she  says  it  is  like  a  dream  {un  rive).  24.  Yes,  a  horrid 
one  (horrible  rive),  I'm  afraid. 

THE   SUBJUNCTIVE   MOOD 

Observations 

231.   The  subjunctive  is  the  mood  of  doubt  or  uncertainty ; 

it  then  follows  that  a  verb  in  the  subjunctive  never  makes  a 

positive  assertion.     Being  always  dependent  upon  a  principal 

1  Observe  that  in  verbs  ending  in  -ier  (as  prier,  crier,  etc.),  two  i's  occur  to- 
gether in  the  first  and  second  persons  of  the  imperfect  indicative  and  present 
subjunctive:  il  faut  que  vous  criiez  bien  fort,  you  tnust  cry  very  haj'd.  And 
that,  in  the  same  tenses  and  persons,  verbs  ending  in  -yer,  (as  essayer,  payer, 
etc.),  take  an  i  after  the  y :  nous  essajrions  nos  robes,  we  were  trying  on  our 
dresses. 


EXERCISES 


109 


clause/  the  subjunctive  can  be  used  only  in  a  dependent  clause  ^ 
beginning  with  a  conjunction  or  a  relative  pronoun,  and  when 
the  principal  clause  on  which  it  is  dependent  implies  necessity, 
doubt,  or  emotion. 

1.  When  the  thought  expressed  in  the  principal  clause 
implies  certainty  or  reality,  the  verb  in  the  dependent  clause 
must   be  in  the  indicative :  — 


II  est  \ 


{ clair       1 
vrai 
sur 
certain 
Evident 


que  je  suis  malade. 


r  obvious  1 
true 
It  is  ■!  sure        ( that  I  am  ill. 
certain 
evident 


2.  But  when  the  thought  of  the  principal  clause  implies 
necessity,  uncertainty,  emotion,  or  mere  possibility,  the  verb  of 
the  relative  or  dependent  clause  must  be  put  in  the  sub- 
junctive :  — 

II  faut  qu'il  mange.     It  is  necessary  that  he  should  eat. 
Je  ne  crois  pas  qu'il  vienne.     /  do  not  think  he  will  come. 
Craignez  vous  qu'il  soit  malade  ?    Bo  you  fear  he  is  ill  9 

3.  Thus  we  see  that  although  the  subjunctive  is  always 
preceded  by  que,  it  does  not  necessarily  follow  that  that  con- 
junction governs  the  subjunctive;  for  que  can  equally  well  be 
followed  by  the  indicative.  It  is  the  uncertainty  in  the  mind 
of  the  speaker  or  writer  that  governs  the  subjunctive. 


1  There  are  as  many  clauses  in  a  sentence  as  verbs  in  any  other  mood  than 
the  infinitive.  Thus  the  sentence  "  I  was  ready  when  you  called  me  "  furnishes 
us  with  two  clauses.  Clauses  are  either  principal  or  dependent.  A.  principal 
clause  generally  expresses  complete  sense  of  itself,  whilst  a  dependent,  or  sub- 
ordinate clause,  depends  on  the  principal  one  for  complete  sense.  In  the  sen- 
tence "We  would  go  at  once  if  we  were  called,"  "  We  would  go  at  once" 
stands  as  the  principal,  and  "we  were  called"  as  the  dependent  clause;  the 
two  being  connected  by  the  conjunction  if. 


110  A  BRIEF  FRENCH  COURSE 

232.  All  impersonal  verbs  implying  necessity  or  uncer- 
tainty require  the  dependent  verb  to  be  put  in  the  subjunctive 
mood,  as :  — 

H  faat,^  one  mustj  it  is  necessary,      il  est  utile,  it  is  useful. 

il  est!  juste,  it  is  right.  il  est  indispensable,  it^s  indispensable. 

11  est  pr^f  Arable  ^  .    .   ^  .  il  est  temps,  it  is  time. 

;     .  j- 1«  w  better.  ..     ^  I    ..  ■ 

il  vaut  mieux      J  il  est  urgent,  it  is  pressing. 

^  ^  it  may  be.  il  est  bon,  it  is  good. 

il  86  peut  )-.,,.,,  .,     ^  ■     ...   I  J 

I  it^s  possible.  il  est  mauvais,  it  is  bad. 

il  est  heureux,  it  is  fortunate.  il  importe,  it^s  important. 


233.  To  express  a  present  or  future  action,  the  correspond- 
ing tenses  of  the  indicative  and  subjunctive  can  be  best 
remembered  by  the  following  table :  — 

VERB    ly    PRINCIPAL   CLAUSE  SUBJUNCTIVE 

Present 

Future 

A  Past  tense 


^  V         Present 

Future  i 


A  Past  tense  i         ,         , 

Perfect  Conditional  J 

EXERCISE    XLIV 

Present  Subjunctive 

234.  (On  veut,  on  desire,  il  faut,  one  wishes^  it  is  desired,  it  is 
necessary.  Veut  on,  d^ire-t-on,  faut  il  ?  does  one  wish  f  On  ne  veut 
pas,  on  ne  desire  pas,  il  ne  faut  pas,  one  does  not  wish,  etc.  Ne  veut  on 
pas  ?  ne  d6sire-t-on  pas  ?  ne  faut  il  pas  ?  does  not  one  wish  ?) 


1  It  goes  without  saying  that  these  verbs  require  the  subjunctive  in  their 
other  tenses  as  well,  as,  il  fallait,  il  a  fallu,  il  faudra,  il  faudrait,  il  €tait,  il 
a  4te,  il  sera,  il  serait,  etc.,  and  in  their  interrogative,  negative,  and  negative- 
interrogative  forms  also:  faut  il,  il  ne  faut  pas,  ne  faut  il  pas?  etait  il^ 
faudrait  il,  ne  fallait  il  pas?  etc. 


EXERCISES 


111 


Avoir 

(JTiat  I  may  or  should  have; 
that  I  have  instruction^  etc.) 

Que  j'aie  de  1' instruction, 
que  tu  aies  de  la  vertu. 

["  1 

qu'  )  elle  j-  ait  de  la  sant6. 

[on   j 
que  nous  ayons  de  la  politesse. 
que  vous  ayez  de  la  grace. 


,  r  ils     T 
^^lellesj 


aient  du  courage. 


Etre 

(  That  I  may  or  should  be  ; 
that  I  he  learned^  etc.) 

Que  je  sois  instruit. 
que  tu  sois  vertueux. 

f  il     1 
qu'  \  elle  \  soit,  sain,  -e. 

Ion  J      . 
que  nous  soyons  polls, 
que  vous  soyez  gracieux. 


qu' 


J"'  \ 


\  courageux. 


1    ,,     f  soient  \ 

\^  elles  J  [  courageuses. 


Idiomatic  Form.  —  Qu'il  y  ait  des  6coles,  that  there  may  he  schools. 


235.    la  bont^,  kindness. 

la  peinture,  painting. 
la  politesse,  politeness. 
la  richesse,  wealth,  riches. 
le  voeu,  wish,  desire. 
'    accompli,  accomplished. 


fiddle,  faithful. 
gracieux,  graceful. 
en  meme  temps  que  1 


as  well  as. 


aussi  bien  que 

en  vers,  toward. 

du  moins  or  au  moins,  at  least. 


236.  1.  Mes  chers  eleves,  je  desire  que  vous  soyez  toujours 
heureux.  2.  Pour  etre  heureux,  il  faut  que  I'on  ait  de  la  sante 
et  que  Pon  soit  vertueux.  3.  N'est  il  pas  necessaire  d'etre 
riche  aussi  ?  4.  Je  ne  crois  pas  que  la  richesse  soit  indis- 
pensable. 5.  Si  ta  cousine  veut  que  je  sois  son  ami,  il  est 
juste  qu'elle  soit  polie  envers  moi  en  meme  temps  qu'envers  les 
miens  (my  people).  6.  Pour  gtre  poli,  ne  faut  il  pas  que  I'on  soit 
instruit?  (learned).  7.  II  est  au  moins  indispensable  que  nous 
ayons  une  certaine.  education.  8.  Maman,  ne  desires  tu  pas 
que  je  sois  le  premier  de  Pecole  ?  9.  Certainement,  mon 
enfant,  c'est  mon  vceu  le  plus  cher,  mais  pour  cela,  il  faut  que 
tu  sois  ambitieux  et  que  tu  aies  du  courage  a  I'etude  (in  your 
sttidies). 


112 


A  BRIEF  FRENCH   COURSE 


237.  1.  Why  do  you  wish  me  to  be  polite  (that  I  should  be 
polite)  to  this  old  negro?  (n^gre).  2.  Because,  my  son,  he  is 
(c'est)  an  old  and  faithful  servant  (serviteur)  of  your  father, 
who  wishes  us  to  be  kind  (good)  to  (for)  him.  3.  It  is 
always  necessary  [for]  us  to  show  much  gentleness  and  polite- 
ness toward  others  when  they  are  in  sorrow  (la  peine),  4.  Do 
you  desire  that  we  (/.)  should  be  graceful,  mother  ?  5.  Is  it 
for  that  reason  that  you  wish  us  to  have  lessons  in  dancing, 
(de  danse)f  painting,  and  French  ?  6.  My  children,  all  mothers 
wish  their  daughters  to  be  as  clever  (instruites)  and  accom- 
plished as  possible. 

EXErwCISZJ    XLV 


Present  Subjunctive 

238.   All  French  verbs  have  the  same  terminations  in  the 
present  subjunctive. 


FIRST  CONJUGATION 


SECOND  CONJUGATION 


Endings  :  -e,  -es,  -e  ;  -ions,  -iez, 


Que  je  chante  juste, 
que  tu  chantes 

I"  1 

qu'  j  elle  \  chante 

[on  J 
que  nous  chantions 
que  vous  chantiez 

Chan  tent 


^^iellesj 


Que  je  choisisse  bien. 
que  tu  choisisses 

f"  I 

qu'  J  elle  V  choisisse 

[on   J 
que  nous  choisissions 
que  vous  choisissiez 

qu'  -1    „      !►  choisissent 


[  elles 


THIRD  CONJUGATION 

-ent. 

Que  je  vende  cher. 
que  tu  vendes 

[U     ^ 
qu'  ■{  elle  v  vende 

[on 
que  nous  vendions 
que  vous  vendiez 

1-  vendent 


qu' 


1^  elles  J 


239.      la  poule,  hen. 

le  timbre  poste,  stamp. 
arroser,  to  water. 
ch^rir.  to  cherish. 
d^couvrir,  to  discover. 
embellir,  to  embellish. 


enlaidir,  to  grow  ugly. 
fendre,  to  split,  chop. 
fl^trir,  to  wither^  fade. 
fleurir,  to  flourish. 
pondre,  to  lay  eggs. 
autreiiient,  otherwise. 


n^anmoins,  nevertheless. 


EXERCISES  113 

240.  1.  Faut  il  que  j'arrose  ces  fleurs  tons  les  matins, 
maman  ?  2.  Non,  ma  fille,  il  vaut  mieux  que  tu  les  arroses 
chaque  soir.  3.  Notre  maitre  desire  que  nous  soyons  ponctuels 
et  que  nous  arrivions  a  Pecole  a  I'heure.  4.  Les  roses  qui 
fleurissent  le  matin  sont  souvent  fletries  le  soir.  5.  Neanmoins, 
il  est  necessaire  qu'elles  fleurissent  pour  que  la  nature  soit 
embellie.  6.  II  faut  que  tu  affranchisses  ces  lettres  avant  de  les 
porter  a  la  poste  {post  office).  7.  Oui,  mais  pour  cela  il  faut  que 
j'aie  des  timbres  postes.  8.  II  est  a  regretter  (to  regret)  qu'on 
enlaidisse  avant  Page  (en  vieillissant).  9.  Je  vous  ai  choisie 
pour  gouvernante  (governess)  de  mon  enfant,  mademoiselle, 
afin  que  vous  corrigiez  (correct)  ses  defauts.  10.  Pour  cela,  il 
faut  que  vous  decouvriez  ^  d'un  coup  d'oeil  (at  a  glance)  ce  qu'il 
y  a  de  bon  et  de  mauvais  dans  son  caractere  (disposition). 
11.  Votre  pere  desire  que  vous  fendiez  ce  bois  pour  le  bruler 
(to  bum)  cet  hiver.  12.  Si  vous  desirez  que  vos  poules  pondent, 
il  faut  que  vous  les  nourrissiez  (to  feed)  bien.  13.  Autrement, 
il  vaut  mieux  que  vous  les  vendiez. 

241.  1.  Why  do  your  friends  wish  you  to  stay  so  long  at 
their  house  ?  2.  Because  they  invite  (inviter)  us  but  once  a 
(par)  year,  and  then,  they  naturally  (naturellement)  want  us 
(ils  veulent)  to  stay  as  long  as  possible.  3.  I  wish  you  to  stay 
at  my  house  for  one  or  two  weeks.  4.  Is  it  necessary  that  I 
should  water  the  plants  (plante)  in  the  conservatory,  madame  ? 
5.  James,  a  good  gardener  should  always  water  flowers  and 
plants  with  the  greatest  care  (soin,  m.).  6.  Must  I  cherish  my 
mother,  Henrietta  (He^iriette)  ?  7.  We  must  cherish  our 
mothers  more  than  any  other  person  in  (aiC)  the  world. 
8.  Beautiful  as  you  may  be,  vice  (Je  vice)  will  make  you  grow 
ugly  before  age.  9.  I  wish  you  to  entertain  (receviez)  my 
guests  this  evening,  Emily,  if  I  am  not  at  home  when  they 

1  d^couvrir,  conjugated  like  ouvrir,  p.  288. 

BRIEF    FR.    COURSE 8 


114  A   BRIEF  FRENCH  COURSE 

arrive.  10.  I  hope  my  French  teacher  will  not  perceive  {aper- 
cevra)  all  the  mistakes  {fautes,f.)  I  have  made  (faites)  in  my 
exercises  (exercice).  11.  If  we  want  our  hens  to  lay  as  many 
eggs  as  possible,  we  must  feed  them  well.  12.  Do  you  want 
me  to  sell  the  new  houses  which  you  have  built  in  the  village 
(le  village)  ?  13.  No,  thank  you,  we  desire  our  nephew  to  sell 
them. 

EXERCISE    XLVI 

242.  A  superlative,  and  the  expression  le  seul,  when  ex- 
pressive of  possibility,,  must  be  followed  by  the  subjunctive:  — 

Mon  ami  Frentz  est  rhommele  plus  My  friend  Frentz  is  the  most  am- 

ambitieux  qu'il  y  ait.  bitinus  man  there  is. 

Je  suis  done  la  seule  fiUe  qui  n'ait  TTien,  I  am  the  only  girl  who  has 

pas  le  droit  de  jouer  ?  not  the  right  to  play  ? 

1.  But  should  the  superlative  be  positive, — that  is  if  it  con- 
tains no  element  of  uncertainty  —  then  the  dependent  verb 
should  be  put  in  the  indicative :  — 

De  ces  messieurs,  c'est  le  plus  grand        It  is  the  tallest  of  these  gentlemen 
que  je  connais.  that  I  know. 

243.  All  verbs  expressive  of  joy,  sorrow,  wish,  expectation, 
complaint,  permission,  or  any  other  emotion,  are  followed  by 
the  subjunctive :  — 

Nous  regrettons  que  vous  nous  ayez        We  regret  that  you  should  have 
attendus.  waited  for  us. 

1.  When  used  affirmatively,  the  verb  esp4rer,  although  express- 
ing an  emotion,  governs  the  indicative  mood,  as  do  peiiser  and 
croire  (to  believe),  unless  used  interrogatively  or  negatively :  — 

J'esp6re  que  vous  ne  me  quitterez  pas,  /  hope  you  will  not  leave  me. 

Note.  —  Before  translating  the  exercises  following,  students  should  acquire 
the  principal  tenses  of  connaitre  and  pouvoir ;  pp.  167  and  170. 


EXERCISES  115 

24:4.    le  causeur,  conversationalist,  belle  mfere,  mother-in-law. 

VentreipTise(f.)^  undertaking,  accepter,  to  accept. 

beau  f  rfere,  brother-in-law.  r^ussir,  to  succeed. 

belle  soeur,  sister-in-law.  presenter,  to  introduce. 

beau  p6re,  father-in-law.  aiusi,  thus,  so. 

245.  1.  La  charite  n'est  pas  une  des  vertus  auxquelles  cet 
homme  puisse  pretendre.  2.  Votre  ami  est  assurement  (as- 
suredly) un  des  plus  habiles  causeurs  que  j'aie  entendus. 
3.  Je  regrette  vivement  (deeply)  que  mon  beau  frere  n'ait  pas 
r^ussi  dans  son  entreprise ;  j'espere  qu'il  sera  plus  heureux  la 
prochaine  fois.  4.  Ma  belle  soeur  sera  tres  fachee  que  vous 
negligiez  (to  neglect)  ainsi  ses  affaires.  5.  Mes  amis  seront  tres 
surpris  (surprised)  que  vous  pardonniez  ainsi  a  votre  ennemi 
le  tort  qu'il  vous  a  fait  (done).  6.  Que^  je  suis  content  que 
vous  ayez  fini  vos  travaux!  7.  Le  professeur  m'a  dit  que 
votre  fils  Albert  est  I'enfant  le  plus  intelligent  qu'il  ait  jamais 
enseigne.  8.  C'est  du  moins  le  plus  travailleur  (best  worker) 
de  tons  ceux  qu'il  a  connus. 

246.  1.  I  think  that  there  is  nobody  so  happy  as  you,  for 
you  are  really  (vraiment)  the  merriest  person  I  ever  saw.  2.  One 
would  think  that  this  was  the  only  serious  book  you  had  ever 
read.  3.  To  which  of  the  guests  (/.)  do  you  wish  me  to  introduce 
you  ?  4.  To  that  young  lady  there  in  the  corner  to  the  left 
(d  gauche).  5.  How  do  you  like  her  ?  6.  She  is  the  prettiest 
girl  I  have  ever  seen.  7.  I  think  you  are  right.  I  am  glad 
that  you  admire  her  (la  trouviez  charmante).  8.  I  hope  you 
will  stay  here  as  long  as  possible.  9.  I  do  not  think  that 
Mary  will  choose  this  dress.  10.  Of  all  these  pictures  it's 
certainly  the  most  beautiful   that  I   would   select.     11.   My 

1  In  exclamatory  sentences  expressing  wish,  imprecation,  or  demand,  que 
may  be  used  for  combien. 


116  A    BRIEF   FRENCH   COURSE 

father-in-law  desires  that  you  should  stay  to  dinner  with  us, 
Mrs.  Brandow.  12.  I  thank  you  very  much,  but  my  mother- 
in-law  is  waiting  for  me  at  home;  otherwise  I  would  accept 
your  kind  (aimable)  invitation  with  pleasure. 

EXERCISE   XL VII 

247.  Verbs  expressive  of  fear,  as  craindre,  avoir  peur, 
trembler  {to  tremble),  prendre  garde  {to  take  care),  and  empecher 
{to  prevent),  douter  {to  doubt),  nier  que  {to  deny),  contester  {to 
contest),  etc.,  govern  the  subjunctive,  and  no  longer  require  the 
particle  ne  before  them :  — 

Je  crains  que  le  traitre  soit  parti.  I  fear  the  traitor  is  gone. 

J'empecherai  qu'elle  r^ussisse.  /  will  prevent  her  from  succeeding. 

Je  ne  crains  pas  que  vous  mangiez  trop.  I  do  not  fear  that  yon'll  eat  too  much. 
Craiguez  vous  qu'il  tombe  ?  Do  you  fear  he  will  fall? 

248.  The  conjunctive  locutions  de  crainte  que,^  de  peur  que 
(for  fear,  lest),  and  a  moins  que  {imless),  likewise  require  the 
subjunctive  and  no  longer  require  the  negative  ne. 

De  peur  que  votre  frfere  soit  pris,  For  fear  your  brother  be  captured, 

avertissez-le.  warn  him. 

Je  compte  agir  d6s  ce  soir,  ^  moins  /  expect  to  act  this  very  evening, 

que  je  sois  malade.  unless  I  am  ill. 

Note.  — Before  translating  the  following  exercises,  students  should  acquire 
the  chief  tenses  of  craindre  and  prendre  from  the  table  of  irregular  verbs. 

1  To  give  rapidity  to  speech,  que  is  sometimes  used  for  de  crainte  que,  de 
peur  que,  a  moins  que,  sans  que,  and  avant  que.  When  so  used  que  takes  ne 
before  the  subjunctive  following:  Je  ne  puis  me  promener  une  heure  que  (for 
sans  que)  je  ne  sois  fatigue,  /  cannot  take  one  hour's  walk  without  getting 
tired. 

The  only  other  instance  of  the  conjunction  que  governing  the  subjunctive  is 
when  it  takes  the  place  of  si  {if)  to  avoid  a  repetition  :  Si  vous  me  promettiez 
d'etre  gentille,  et  que  vous  teniez  parole,  je  vous  recompenserais.  If  you 
should  promise  me  to  be  gentle  and  keep  your  word,  I  would  reward  you. 


EXERCISES  117 

249.  la  conjuration,  conspiracy.  fuyez,  flee^  keep  away. 
le  projet,  plan.  garantir,  to  guarantee. 
affliger,  to  afflict^  trouble.  raconter,  to  tell,  relate. 
cacher,  to  hide^  voler,  to  steal,  rob. 
deviner,  to  guess.  honnSte,  honest. 

malhonngte,  dishonest. 

250.  1.  Cachez-lui  vos  desseins  (designs)  de  peur  qu'elle 
w'einpeche  leur  execution.  2.  Je  ne  lui  en  parlerai  pas  de 
crainte  qu'elle  devine  mes  projets.  3.  Pourquoi  craignez  vous 
qu'elle  les  devine  ?  4.  Parce  que  e'est  une  rusee  (she  is  a  sly 
puss).  5.  Pendant  que  le  general  lui  parle,  le  traitre  tremble 
que  (de  peur  que)  sa  conjuration  ne  soit  decouverte.  6.  J'ai 
toujours  peur  qu'on  me  vole  mes  bijoux.  7.  Craignez  vous  que 
je  vous  afflige  en  vous  racontant  mes  peines  ?  8.  Ne  craignez 
pas  que  je  sois  si  fou.  9.  De  crainte  que  vous  pleuriez,  je 
vous  avertis  que  je  ne  dirai  (shall  say)  rien,  a  moins  que  vous 
m'y  obligiez  (to  oblige).  10.  Ernest  ne  pent  (can)  monter  a 
cheval  sans  que  son  pere  le  gronde  (scold). 

251.  1.  There  are  dishonest  people  who  wish  you  to  act 
like  them.  2.  For  fear  they  should  succeed  in  their  projects, 
keep  away  from  them,  otherwise  you  will  lose  your  time  and 
your  money.  3.  Do  you  think,  gentlemen,  that  my  brother  may 
succeed  in  his  business  ?  4.  No,  sir ;  we  shall  prevent  him 
from  succeeding,  unless  he  guarantees  that  he  will  be  honest. 
5.  These  young  ladies  fear  that  the  bad  weather  will  prevent 
their  going  to  the  ball.  6.  That  boy  hides  his  novels  for  fear 
his  father  should  find  them  and  punish  him.  7.  Why  should 
the  boy  fear  that  he  would  be  punished  ?  8.  Because  his 
father  has  warned  him  that  he  does  not  wish  (veut  que)  him  to 
buy  novels.  9.  Blanche,  I  think  (crois  que)  you  are  always 
afraid   that   some   one   may  steal   your  emeralds  and   rubies. 


118  A   BRIEF  FRENCH  COURSE 

10.  I  ?  Not  at  all.  I  will  prevent  their  being  stolen.  11.  I 
am  always  dreading  lest  my  sister  should  lose  hers,  she  is 
so  careless! 

EXERCISE    XL VIII 

252.  Verbs  expressive  of  unceHainty,  used  interrogatively 
and  negatively,  must  be  followed   by  the  subjunctive,  as:  — 

Croyez  vous  que  vous  rendiez  service  Do  you  think  that  you  serve  well 

h.  la  liberty  en  parlant  aiusi  ?  liberty  in  speaking  thus  9 

Je  ne  pense  pas  que  le  dommage  soit  I  do  not  think  the  damage  should 

bien  considerable.  be  very  considerable. 

1.  But  if  anything  positive  is  implied,  the  indicative  must 
be  used:  — 

Savez  vous  que  les  Anglais  ont  ^t^        Did  you  know  that  the  British  had 
6cras6s  par  les  Boers  a  Majuba  been  crushed  by  the  Boers  at 

Hill  ?  Majuba  Hill  f 

(  That  is :  they  have  been  crushed,  do  you  know  it  f) 

253.  The  following  conjunctive  locutions  also  govern  the 
subjunctive :  — 

afin  que  ^  .        ,       ^  iusqu'^  ce  que,  until. 

^        \  in  order  that.  -^  ^  .j.  ^ 

pour  que  j  pourvu  que,  provided  that. 

quoique  1  ^^^j^       f^^  avant  que,  before. 

bien  que  j  sans  que,  vAthout  (that) . 

qui  que,  whoever.  pour  peu  que,  if  in  the  least. 

^    ,        ,    ,.  ^  y  whatever. 

quelque  (adj.),  que  j 

quelque  (adv.),  que,  however. 

254:.     la  cloture,  fence.  d^raciner,  to  bloic  down. 

le  nombre,  number.  exprimer,  to  express. 

aboyer,  to  bark.  mordre,  to  bite. 

briser,  to  break.  r^sister  (k) ,  to  resist. 

commis,  committed.  traverser,  to  cross,  pass  through. 

convaincre,  to  convince,  quant  h,  as  for. 


EXERCISES  119 

255.  1.  Quelles  que  soient  les  fautes  que  tu  as  commises,  et 
pour  peu  que  tu  regrettes  d' avoir  agi  ainsi,  je  te  pardonne. 

2.  Pourvu  qu'il  ne  soit  pas  trop  tard,  j'attendrai  jusqu'a  ce  que 
vous  arriviez.  3.  Bien  qu'il  aboie  constamment  {constantly),  je 
ne  crois  (believe)  pas  que  votre  chien  soit  mechant.  4.  Cepen- 
dant,  je  prefererais  I'attacher  (to  attach)  de  peur  qu'il  morde. 
5.  Bien  que  nous  I'attachions,  il  pourrait  (could)  mordre  quand 
m§me  (even  then).  6.  Qui  que  vous  soyez,  vous  n'avez  pas  le 
droit  d'etre  insolent.  7.  Quelque  vaillants  (^valiant)  que  soient 
les  Boers  et  quelques  efforts  qu'ils  fassent  (make),  ils  seront 
toasts  par  le  nombre.  8.  Pensez  vous  done  qu'ils  aient  raison  ? 
9.  Quelle  question !  Est  ce  que  tout  le  monde  ne  sait  (know) 
pas  que  leur  cause  est  juste,  et  qu'ils  sont  dignes  (worthy)  de 
la  liberte?  10.  Quoi  que  vous  en  disiez  (say),  vous  ne  me 
convaincrez  pas. 

256.  1.  Do  you  not  fear  that  these  young  trees  will  be 
blown  down  ?     2.  No :  I  think  they  are  strong  enough  to  resist. 

3.  Whatever  may  be  your  opinion  of  (sur)  that  gentleman,  it  is 
not  desirable  that  you  should  express  it  to  everybody.  4.  Does 
your  father-in-law  know  that  we  passed  through  his  orchard 
last  night  ?  5.  I  fear  we  broke  his  fence.  6.  Do  not  be  afraid ; 
however  great  the  damage  may  be,  he  will  not  ask  you  to 
pay  (payer)  for  it.  7.  Take  care  that  Leo  (Leon)  and  Helen 
(HM^ne)  do  not  arrive  too  late  at  school,  for  fear  they  will  be 
punished.  8.  Do  you  not  think  our  master  is  a  little  too 
strict?  9.  No;  I  think  he  is  not  so  strict  as  the  German 
(allemand)  professor.  10.  As  for  me,  I  think  the  (ce)  latter 
is  rather  (assez)  lenient,  unless  we  .make  (fassions)  some  (du) 
noise  in  class.  11.  You  are  too  kind  (bonne)  to  your  children, 
my  dear ;  do  you  think  that  you  are  right  in  petting  them  so 
much  (en  les  gdtant  ainsi)  ? 


120 


A  BRIBE    FRENCH   COURSE 


EXERCISE    XLIX 
Uses  of  thb  Tenses  of  the  Sdbjcnctive 
dependent  clause 


PRINCIPAL   CLAUSE 

257.  Impersonal  verbs 

Negative  verbs 
Interrogative  verbs 
Verbs  of  emotion 
Superlatives 
Conjunctive  locutions 


Subjunctive  mood. 


258.  When  the  verb  in  the  principal  clause  is  in  the  present 
indicative^  in  the  future,  or  present  conditional,  the  subjunctive 
must  be  in  the  present,  and  when  the  verb  of  the  principal  clause 
is  in  one  of  the  past  tenses,  in  the  imjyerfect,  or  in  the  perfect 
conditional,  the  subjunctive  must  follow  in  the  imperfect^  as:  — 

II  fallait  ^ 

II  a  fallu 
U  avait  fallu 
II  aurait  fallu 


II  faut         1 

II  faudra     \  que  je  parte. 

D  f  audrait  J 


que  je  partisse. 


Subjunctive  Imperfect 

(H  a  fallu,  aurait  fallu,  il  fallait;  a-t-il  fallu,  aurait  il  fallu?  etc.,  it 
was  necessary,  it  would  have  been  necessary,  etc.) 
259.           Avoir                                                    Eire 
(  That  I  might  or  should  have )     (  That  I  might  or  should  be ) 


Que  j'eusse  de  la  modestie. 
que  tu  eusses  de  la  sinc6rit^. 

I"  1 

qu'  J.  elle  \  eflt  de  la  candeur. 

[on    J 
que  nous  eussions  de  la  sobri6t6. 
que  vous  eussiez  de  la  g6n^rosit§. 

qu'  -i    „      [  eussent  de  la  charity. 


Que  je  fusse  modeste. 
que  tu  fusses  sincere. 


Vl  el 


qu'  \  elle  )■  fiit  candide. 

[on    J 

que  nous  fussions  sobres. 
que  vous  fussiez  g6n6reux. 

qu'  J  ^ ..      [  fussent  charitables. 


[  elles  j 
Idiomatic  Form.—  Qu'il  y  efit  plus  d'  {that  is,  davantage)  d'^oles 


See  Appendix  for  exception,  529-530. 


EXERCISES  121 

260.  le  gout,  taste.  complet,  -hie,  complete. 
la  sobri^t^,  moderation.  sobre,  moderate. 
extravagant,  extravagant.        surtout,  above  all. 

de  bonne  heure,  early. 

261.  1.   Je  desire,  ma  fille,  que  tu  sois  sincere  et  modeste. 

2.  Je  desirerais  aussi  que  tu  sois^  genereuse  et  charitable. 

3.  Pourquoi  desires  tu  que  j'aie  de  la  modestie  et  de  la  sin- 
cerite,  mamau?  4.  Pourquoi  desirais  tu  que  j'eusse  de  la 
modestie  et  de  la  sincerite  ?  5.  Je  le  desirais,  mon  enfant,  afin 
que  ton  education  fut  aussi  complete  que  possible.  6.  Je  le 
desirerais  afin  que  ton  education  soit  aussi  complete  que  pos- 
sible.    7.   Ne  faut  il  pas  aussi  que  j'aie  pitie  des  malheureux  ? 

8.  Ne  fallait  il  pas  aussi  que  j'eusse  pitie  des  malheureux? 

9.  Je  ne  crois  pas  que  notre  voisine  soit  bonne  et  genereuse 
envers  les  pauvres.  10.  Je  ne  croyais  pas  qu'ils  fussent  bons 
et  genereux  envers  les  pauvres.  11.  II  faut  alors  qu'ils  soient 
insensibles  (unfeeling),  et  qu'ils  aient  le  coeur  bien  dur  (be 
hard-hearted). 

262.  1.  It  is  desirable  that  the  tastes  of  young  girls  should 
be  less  extravagant.  2.  It  was  desirable  that  the  tastes  of 
young  girls  should  be  less  extravagant.  3.  Do  you  think  I 
am  moderate  ?  4.  Were  you  thinking  I  was  moderate  ?  5.  I 
do  not  believe  you  are  right.  6.  I  did  not  believe  you 
were  right.  7.  Mother  desires  that  I  should  be  home  early. 
8.  Formerly  father  used  to  desire  that  my  brother  should  be 
home  at  ten  o'clock.  9.  Was  it  possible  that  you  had  so 
much  courage?  10.  I  wish  (veux)  you  to  be  more  attentive 
and  above  all  more  polite,  Matilda  (Mathilde).     11.    We  wish 

1  In  accordance  with  the  newly  reformed  syntax,  when  the  verb  of  the 
principal  clause  is  in  the  present  conditional,  the  verb  of  the  subordinate 
clause  may  be  put  in  the  present  subjunctive  instead  of  the  imperfect  :  II 
faudrait  qu'il  vienne.    It  would  he  necessary  for  him  to  come. 


122 


A  BRIEF  FRENCH   COURSE 


you  were  more  attentive  and  above  all  more  polite,  Matilda. 
12.   How  can  you  think  that  I  am  impolite,  mama? 


EXERCISE  L 

263.  Subjunctive   Imperfect 

FIRST  CONJUGATION  SECOND  CONJUGATION  THIRD  CONJUGATION 

Endings  :  Hse,  -ses,  -t ;  -sions,  -siez,  -sent. 

(On  voulait,  il  fallait,  on  demandait,  il  a  fallu,  voulait  on,  a-t-on  voulu, 
a-t-il  fallu,  il  aurait  mieux  valu,  they  wished^  etc.) 

Que  je  vendisse  peu. 
que  tu  vendisses 

i"  ] 

qu'  \  elle  \  vendit 

[on   J 
que  nous  vendissions 
que  vous  vendissiez 
,  Tils    1 


Que  je  chantasse  faux, 
que  tu  chantasses 

1"  1 

qu'  -j  elle  V  chant&t 

[on   J 
que  nous  chantassions 
que  vous  chantassiez 

quM  tchantassent 


Que  je  choisisse  mal. 
que  tu  choisisses 

f"  1 

qu'  \  elle  }^  choisit 

[on   J 
que  nous  choisissions 
que  vous  choisissiez 
lis 


qu' 


elles 


choisissent      qu'  \ 


[elles  I 


vendissent 


264.  la  blancbisseuse,  roashwoman. 
le  linge  (sale),  (soiled)  linen. 
la  loi,  law. 

I'os  (pr.  o)  (m.),  bone. 
la  querelle,  quarrel. 
le  sort,  fate,  lot. 


abolir,  to  abolish. 
sortir,  to  go  out. 
voyager,  to  travel. 
mouill§,  wet. 
maint,  many. 
entre,  between. 


265.  1.  Notre  mere  veut  que  nous  ne  mangions  jamais 
entre  nos  repas.  2.  Autrefois  elle  voulait  que  nous  mangeas- 
sions  quand  nous  avions  faim.  3.  Chere  cousine,  il  est 
temps  que  j 'arrive.  4.  II  etait  temps  que  j'arrivasse.  5.  Je 
suis  mouille  jusqu'aux  os.  6.  Pour  que  le  sort  des  pauvres 
soit  adouci  (ameliorated)  il  faut  qu'on  abolisse  maintes  lois 
injustes.  7.  Pour  que  le  sort  des  malheureux  fut  adouci,  il 
a  fallu  qu'on  abolit  maintes  lois  injustes.  8.  Je  prefere 
qu'elle  choisisse  elle  m§me  sa  blanchisseuse.  9.  J'ai  prefere 
qu'elle  choisit  elle  mSme  sa  blanchisseuse.     10.  II  est  preferable 


EXERCISES  123 

que  nous  vendions  ces  vieux  habits  (clothes).  11.  II  etait 
preferable    que   nous   vendissions    ces   vieux    effets   (clothes). 

12.  Ne  vaudrait  il  pas  mieux  que  vous  les  donniez  aux 
pauvres  ?  13.  Ne  valait  il  pas  mieux  que  vous  les  donnassiez 
aux  malheureux  ? 

266.  1.  Madam,  do  you  wish  me  to  give  the  soiled  linen  to 
the  washwoman  ?  2.  Would  you  wish  me  to  give  the  soiled 
linen  to  the  washwoman  ?  3.  Mama  wishes  me  to  go  out  this 
afternoon.  4.  Last  week  she  did  (past  indef.)  not  wish  me 
to  go  out.  5.  Is  it  indispensable  to  inform  (dHnformer)  your 
father  about  (de)  the  quarrel  you  had  with  me  ?  6.  Was  it 
indispensable  that  yon  should  inform  your  father  about  our 
quarrel  ?  7.  Certainly  a  well  bred  girl  should  hide  nothing  from 
her  parents.  8.  It  is  time  for  him  to  visit  his  niece.  9.  It 
was  time  for  us  to  visit  our  nephew.  10.  I  do  not  think  they 
will  travel  this  year.  11.  I  did  not  (iimpei'fect)  think  they 
would   travel   this  year.     12.  I   fear  you   do   not  sing   well. 

13.  I  feared  you  would  not  sing  well.  14.  It  is  certain  that 
you  are  wrong.     15.  I  was  sure  you  were  wrong. 

EXERCISE    I.I 
REFLEXIVE   VERBS 

267.  Reflexive  verbs  are  those  that  are  conjugated  with 
two  pronouns  of  the  same  person ;  one  as  subject,  the  other  as 
object,  expressing  thus  an  action  performed  and  received  by 
the  same  individual.  The  place  of  the  reflexive  pronoun  me 
(myself),  te  (yourself),  se  (himself  or  herself),  nous  (ourselves), 
vous  (yourselves),  and  se  (themselves),  is  the  usual  position  of 
the  pronoun-object  immediately  before  the  verb,  and  following 
it  in  the  imperative.  Reflexive  verbs  follow  the  conjugations 
to  which  they  respectively  belong. 


124 


A   BRIEF   FRENCH   COURSE 


P*KES.   InDIC. 


FIRST   CONJUGATION 
AFFIRMATIVE 

/  wash  myself^  etc, 

Je  me  lave. 

tu  te  laves. 

il,  elle,  on  se  lave. 

nous  nous  lavoiis. 

vous  vous  lavez. 

ils,  elles  se  lavent. 


NEGATIVE 

/  do  not  wash  myself^  etc. 

Je  ne  me  lave  pas, 

tu  ne  te  laves  pas. 

il,  elle,  on  ne  se  lave  pas. 

nous  ne  nous  lavons  pas. 

vous  ne  vous  lavez  pas. 

ils,  elles  ne  se  lavent  pas. 


Imperfect 
Future 
Conditional 
Imperative 
Pres.  Sfbj. 
Imp.  Scbj. 


Pres.  Indic. 

Imperfect 

Future 

Conditional 

Imperative 

Pres.  Subj. 

Imp.  Subj. 

Interrogative 

Negative 

Neg.-Inter. 


interrogative-negative 
I  used  to  wash  myself ^  etc.  Was  I  not  washing  myself?  etc. 
je  me  lavais,  etc.  ne  me  lavais  je  pas  ?  etc. 

je  me  laverai,  etc.  ne  me  laverai  je  pas  ?  etc. 

je  me  laverais,  etc.  ne  me  laverais  je  pas  ?  etc. 

lave-toi,  lavons-nous,  etc. 

que  je  me  lave,  etc.  faut  il  que  je  me  lave  ?  etc. 

que  je  me  lavasse,  etc.      fallait  il  que  je  me  lavasse?  etc. 


SECOND  CONJUGATION 
I  cure  myself  etc. 
Je  me  gu^ris,  etc. 
je  me  gu^rissais,  etc. 
je  me  gu^rirai,  etc. 
je  me  gu^rirais,  etc. 
gu6ris-toi,  etc. 
que  je  me  gu^risse,  etc. 
que  je  me  gu^risse,  etc. 


TffiRD  CONJUGATION 
/  lose  myself  etc. 
Je  me  perds,  etc. 
je  me  perdais,  etc. 
je  me  perdrai,  etc. 
je  me  perdrais,  etc. 
perds-toi,  etc. 
que  je  me  perde,  etc. 
que  je  me  perdisse,  etc. 

te  gudrissais  tu  ?  were  you  curing  yourself? 

nous  ne  nous  gu^rirons  pas,  ice  shall  not  cure  ourselves. 

ne  Yous  perdez  vous  pas  ?  do  you  not  lose  yourselves  ? 


268. 

s'amuser,  to  enjoy^  amuse  one*s  self. 

se  cacher,  to  hide  one^s  self 

se  dfehabiller,  to  undress  one^s  self 

se  porter  bien.  to  be  well. 

se  flatter,  to  flatter  one^s  self. 

s'habiller,  to  dress  one^s  self. 


se  rendre,  to  betake  one'^s  self 
go  ;  to  give  one''s  self 
up,  surrender. 

se  trahir,  to  betray  one''s  self. 

se  tromper,  to  deceive  one''s  self 
be  mistaken. 


avoir  I'air,  to  look  (like),  appear,     estimer,  to  esteem,     plusieurs,  several. 


EXERCISES  125 

269.  1.  Mon  f  rere  ne  s'amuse  plus ;  il  ne  pense  qu'a  etudier. 
2.  Nos  enfants  se  sont  perdiis  dans  les  bois.  3.  Notre  pro- 
fesseur  se  trompe,  s'il  se  flatte  de  nous  embarrasser  (to  em- 
barrass) par  ses  questions  difficiles.  4.  Mon  fils^  se  rendra 
(to  go)  a  Marseille,  d'ou  il  partira  pour  PEgypte  par  le  pro- 
chain  paquebot.  5.  Cette  paysanne  a  Pair  d'une  grande  dame ; 
mais  si  elle  parlait,  elle  se  trahirait  de  suite.  6.  On  s'habille 
le  matin,  et  I'on  se  deshabille  le  soir.  7.  Les  personnes 
propres  se  lavent  les  mains  avec  une  brosse,  une  eponge  et  du 
savon,  plusieurs  fois  par  jour.  8.  Le  voleur  se  cache,  mais  il 
se  trompe  grandement  (greatly)  s'il  se  flatte  d'echapper  (to 
escape)  a  la  police.  9.  II  faudra  bien  (will  he  necessary)  qu'il 
se  montre  tot  ou  tard  et  qu'il  finisse  par  se  rendre. 

270.  1.  Do  you  like  to  wash  yourself,  my  little  friend  ? 
2.  Yes,  madam;  morning  and  evening  I  wash  myself  with 
sponge,  soap,  brush,  and  cold  water.  3.  Then  I  dry  myself 
well,  after  which  I  dress  myself  and  go  downstairs  to  (pour  le) 
breakfast.  4.  If  we  wish  to  be  esteemed,  we  must  show 
ourselves  worthy  of  respect  (respect^).  5.  This  woman  looks 
like  a  lady,  but  as  soon  as  she  speaks  she  betrays  herself. 
6.  Do  you  flatter  yourself  that  you  are  a  great  man?  (See 
602.)  7.  Not  at  all;  on  the  contrary,  I  should  deceive 
myself  greatly  if  I   thought  so.     8.  How  are^  you   to-day? 

9.  How  have  you  been  since  I  had  the  pleasure  of  seeing  you  ? 

10.  What  are  you  (2d  pers.  sing.)  doing  (fais),  John  ?    11.  I  am 
undressing  to  go  to  bed  (se  coucher).    12.  Well,  then,  good  night ! 


1  Although  the  great  majority  say  fiss,  pronounce  fl  and  resp^. 

2  To  be,  used  with  reference  to  health,  is  rendered  by  se  porter,  and  by  aller 
in  the  present  tense  {comment  allez  vous?  or  comment  vous  portez  vous  ?) ;  but 
when  speaking  about  health  in  a  past  tense,  we  must  always  use  the  reflexive 
verb  se  porter  and  never  aller  (comment  vous  etes  vous  port^  depuis  que  je 
n'ai  eu  le  plaisir  de  vous  voir?    Je  me  suis  bien port4,  etc.) . 


126  A  BRIEF  FRENCH   COURSE 

EXERCISE    lill 
Reflexive  Verbs  Used  Reciprocally 

271.  A  verb  which  describes  an  action  reciprocated 
between  two  or  more  subjects  is  said  to  be  conjugated 
reciprocally. 

It  follows  that  these  verbs  are  used  only  in  the  plural.^ 

1.  To  avoid  the  confusion  which  may  arise  as  to  the  speaker's 
meaning,  owing  to  the  identical  form  of  the  reflexive  and  the 
reciprocal  verbs,  the  French  add  to  the  latter  the  formula  Vun 
V autre  (if  only  two  persons  are  spoken  of),  and  les  uns  les 
autres,  if  more  than  two  are  indicated. 

Thus  vous  vous  defendez  may  mean  either  "  you  defend  yourselves" 
or  "you  defend  one  another'''' ;  but  vous  vous  defendez  Vun  V autre  (les 
uns  les  autres)  can  mean  only  "you  defend  each  other,  one  another.'''' 

2.  However,  should  the  reciprocal  meaning  be  perfectly 
clear,  this  addition  is  unnecessary:  — 

Francois  et  Madeleine  se  cherchent        Francis  and  Maud  have  been  look- 
depuis  trois  quarts  d'heure.  ing  for  each    other  for    three 

quarters  of  an  hour. 

3.  Instead  of  Vun  Vautre,  les  uns  les  autres,  the  adverbs 
mutuellement  and  r^ciproquement  {mutuaUy  and  reciprocaJly) 
are  often  used. 

272.  s' admirer,  to  admire  one^s  self  or  each  other. 

se  battre,^  to  strike  one''s  self  or  each  other  {to  fight). 
88  d^fendre,  to  defend  one''s  self 
se  blesser,  to  wound,  hurt,  one''s  self  or  each  other. 
se  d^tester,  to  detest,  dislike,  one''s  self  or  each  other. 
s'embrasser,  to  kiss  each  other. 

1  The  only  exception  being  in  the  case  of  the  indefinite  pronoun  on  used  to 
represent  several  people,  as :  On  s'embrassait,  people  were  kissing  one  another. 

2  Battre  drops  the  second  t  in  the  three  persons  singular  of  the  present 
indicative,  thus :  je  bats  (/  strike,  hit,  heat) ,  tu  bats,  il  bat. 


EXERCISES  127 

s'^pargner,  to  spare  one''s  self,  or  each  other. 

se  louer,  to  extol,  to  praise  one''s  self  or  each  other. 

se  moquer  (de),  to  laugh  (at),  ridicule,  mimic. 

se  quereller,  to  quarrel. 

se  s6parer,  to  part  (from  each  other). 

la  mani^re,  mariner,  way.  amusant,  amusing. 

^couter,  to  listen.  m§me,  even,  same. 

habiter,  to  live,  to  dwell.  ^  propos  de,  about,  over. 

boiteux,  lame.  visiblement,  visibly. 

273.  1.  Quand  nous  nous  flattons  mutuellement,  nous  nous 
trompons  les  uns  les  autres.  2.  Je  voudrais  que  ces  messieurs, 
qui  se  moquent  Pun  de  Pautre,  s'^pargnent  un  peu  mutuelle- 
ment.  3.  II  est  bien  amusant  d'ecouter  ces  petits  enfants :  ils 
se  louent  les  uns  les  autres  comrae  s'ils  etaient  les  plus  grands 
heros  (hero)  du  monde.  4.  Ne  vaudrait  il  (would  it)  pas  mieux 
qu'ils  se  louent  moins  reciproquement  ?  5.  Au  contraire,  ils 
se  moquent  ainsi  plus  visiblement  les  uns  des  autres.  6.  Quand 
nous  habitions  Londres,  nos  voisins  se  querellaient  a  propos 
de  la  moindre  chose.  7.  Pourquoi  ne  se  separaient  ils  pas  ? 
8.  lis  ne  se  detestaient  pas  assez  pour  cela. 

274.  1.  Do  not  flatter  one  another  so  much ;  it  is  possible 
that  you  may  quarrel  some  day.  2.  If  any  one  were  to  attack 
us,  we  should  defend  ourselves,  we  should  even  defend  one 
another.  3.  Children,  you  must  not  get  angry  (se  fdcher)  so 
easily.  4.  What  are  you  quarreling  about  ^?  5.  I  do  not 
wish  you  to  fight.  6.  Henry  (Henri)  thinks  he  is  very  smart 
(malin) :  he  is  always  laughing  at  me  because  I  am  lame ;  but 
as  I  am  the  stronger,  I  hit  (strike)  him  until  he  cries  for  mercy 
(begs  pardon).  7.  Henry,  it  is  not  nice,  my  boy,  to  mock  your 
brother.     8.  But,  mama,  why  does  he  call  me  an  idiot  (dit  il 

1  A  preposition  can  never  stand  at  the  end  of  a  sentence  as  in  English. 
Translate  (a  propos  de  quoi,  etc.,  or  a  quel  propos,  etc.)- 


128  A  BRIEF  FRENCH   COURSE 

que  je  suis  un  idiot)  ?  9.  That  is  no  {une)  reason,  my  little 
boy  (ami),  for  you  to  try  (chercher  d,)  to  hurt  him  in  (de)  that 
manner.  10.  Kiss  each  other,  and  be  good  (little)  boys. 
11.  We  shall  not  kiss  one  another,  but  we  will  not  quarrel 
any  longer  (plus). 

EXERCISE    LIII 

275.  All  reflexive  verbs  form  their  compound  tenses  with 
the  auxiliary  etre;  whereas  in  English  they  take  to  have. 

Note.  —  As  etre,  however,  is  employed  with  the  sole  meaning  of  avoir,  the 
past  participle  must  agree  in  gender  and  number  with  its  preceding  direct 
object  (see  98),  that  is,  with  the  reflexive  pronoun,  as:  La  pauvre  femme 
s'est  laissee  {for  a  laisse  elle)  mourir  de  faim,  the  poor  woman  let  herself 
die  of  hunger. 

c>rjct  Past  Indefinite 

Je  me  suis  lav6,  /  washed  myself,  nous  nous  sommes  lav6s,  we  washed 

ourselves, 
tu  t'es  gu^ri,  you  cured  yourself^  vous  vous  §tes  gu^ris,  you  cured 

yourselves, 
11  s'est  rendu,  he  surrendered  him-        ils  se  sont  rendus,  they  surrendered 
self,  themselves. 

Pluperfect,  je  m'^tais  lav^,  I  had  washed  myself. 

Future  Perfect,  je  me  serai  gu^ri,  I  shall  have  cured  myself. 
CoNDiT.  Perfect,  je  me  serais  rendu,  I  shoxdd  have  surrendered  myself. 

277.  Observe  that  the  following  verbs  are  not  reflexive  in 
English :  — 

s'appeler     i       ^       „  ,  ,         s'6vanouir,  to  faint. 

\  to  he  called,  named.         ,x     n      *        ? 
se  nommer  j  s'^veiller,  to  wake  up. 

se  baigner,  to  bathe,  take  a  hath.  se  facher,  to  get  angry. 

se  coucher,  to  go  to  hed.  se  lever,  to  get  up. 

s'^chapper,  to  escape.  se  marier,  to  he  married. 

s'embarquer,  to  emhark.  se  peigner,  to  comh  one''s  hair. 

s'endormir,!  to  go  to  sleep.  se  promener,  to  take  a  icalk. 

s'enrhumer,  to  catch,  take  cold.  se  rappeler,  to  recollect. 

1  Conjugated  like  dormir,  p.  284. 


EXERCISES  129 

278.  le  bain,  hath.  plaisanter,  to  joke. 
le  nom,  name.  puis,  then. 

le  regime,  diet.  suivant,  following. 

aller  or  monter  en  bicyclette,  to  ride  a  or  the  bicycle. 

279.  1.  Hier  soir,    avant   de  me  coucher,  je  me  suis  de- 
shabille et   baigne,   puis   je  me  suis   endormi   (1st  pers.  pL). 

2.  Des  que  je  me  suis  eveille,  je  me  suis  leve,  me  suis  lave  a 
I'eau  froide,  je  me  suis  fortement  (vigorously)  essuye  avec  des 
serviettes  de  toilette,  puis,  je  me  suis  peigne  et  habille  (2d 
pers.  pi,).  3.  Je  suis  sorti,  et  me  suis  promene  une  heure  (or 
pendant  une  heure)  avant  de  dejeuner  (3d  pers.  f.  pZ.).  4.  En 
suivant  ce  regime,  vous  vous  porter ez  tou jours  bien,  et  ne 
serez  presque   jamais    (hardly   ever)    enrhume    (2d  pers.  pi). 

5.  Comment  se  nomme  [done]  votre  ami,  celui  avec  qui  vous 
vous  Stes  fache  hier  ?  6.  II  ne  nomme  Francois  Frentz ;  nous 
ne  nous  sommes  pas  faches ;  nous  plaisantions  simplement  (2d 
pers.  sing.).     7.  II  ne  veut  pas  se  marier. 

280.  1.  At  what  time  did  you  rise  this  morning  ?     2.  Al- 
though I  went  to  bed  late  last  night,  I  woke  up  at  five  o'clock. 

3.  I  arose  immediately,  took  a  cold  bath,  as  usual,  dressed  and 
went  for  a  drive  before  breakfast.  4.  Don't  you  ride  the 
bicycle  ?     5.  Certainly  ;  I  am  very  fond  of  pedaling  (pedaller). 

6.  Did  you  enjoy  yourself  at  the  theater  last  evening  ?  7.  Yes, 
we  enjoyed  ourselves  very  much ;  but  it  was  (faisait)  so  warm 
that  a  few  ladies  almost  fainted.     8.  How  is  your  mother? 

9.  She  took  cold  last  week,  and  she  has  not  been  well  since. 

10.  She  got  angry  when  I  told  (ai  dit)  her  that  you  went  to 
sleep  late  last  night.  11.  Do  you  know  what  that  lady's  name 
is  ?  12.  I  did  not  recollect  her  name  the  other  day.  13.  Did 
you  dry  yourself  well  after  your  cold  bath?  14.  Certainly, 
otherwise  I  should  have  taken  cold. 

BRIEF    FR.    COURSE  —  9 


130  A  BRIEF  FRENCH   COURSE 

EXERCISE    LIV 
THE    INFINITIVE 

281.  The  infinitive  corresponds  in  large  measure  to  the 
English  verbal  noun  and  present  participle,  but  is  far  more 
used  in  French  than  in  English:  — 

Juger  et  sentir  ne  sont  pas  la  meme  Judging  and  feeling  are  not  the 

chose.  same  thing. 

II  et  elle  croyaient  chanter  adrai-  He  and  she  thought  they  were  sing- 

rablement.  ing  to  perfection. 

282.  When  two  verbs  come  together  in  the  same  clause, 

the  second  verb  must  be  in  the  infinitive  with  or  without  a 

preposition,   unless   the   first   verb   is    the   auxiliary   Ure  or 

avoir : — 

J'entends  sonner  la  pendule.        I  hear  the  clock  strike. 

II  vous  empechera  de  r6ussir.       He  icill  prevent  you  from  succeeding. 

1.  Among  verbs  followed  by  the  infinitive  without  a  prepo- 
sition (see  list,  525),  those  most  frequently  used  are :  — 

aimer  mieux,  to  prefer.  *envoyer,  to  send. 
*aller,  to  go.  esp6rer,  to  hope. 

compter,  to  expect,  intend.  *pouvoir,  to  be  able,  can. 

♦croire,  to  believe.  *venir,  to  come. 

dfesirer,  to  desire.  *voir,  to  see. 

^couter,  to  listen  to.  *voiik)ir,  to  wish. 

2.  Certain  infinitives  may  be  used  as  nouns  with  the  definite  article,  in 
which  case  they  always  remain  in  the  singular :  Le  savoii,  c'est  la  puissance, 
Knowledge  is  power. 

283.  When  to  can  be  changed  into  in  order  to,  translate  it 
by  pour :  — 

The  singer  (f.)  came  to  see  me.  La  cantatrice  est  venue  pour  me  voir. 
(For  the  exercises  following,  students  are  referred  to  the 
table  of  irregular  verbs.) 

*  Verbs  bearing  this  mark  are  irregular. 


EXERCISES  131 

284.  le  boire,  drinking.  embarquer,  to  embark. 
le  but,  aim^  object.  enregistrer,  to  check. 
le  ddlai,  delay.  oser,  to  dare. 

le  manger,  eating.  oublier,  to  forget. 

le  supplement,  overweight.        il  me  tarde  de,  /  long  to. 

285.  1.  On  ne  peut  guere^  discuter  {Ifs  hardly  possible 
to  reason)  avec  vous,  nion  cher,  parce  que  vous  croyez  (think) 
toujours  avoir  raison.  2.  Moi  ?  mais  pas  du  tout !  Vous  vous 
trompez,  mon  ami,  je  ne  pretends  pas  etre  infaillible  (infallible). 

3.  Si  vos  amis  desirent  vraiment  visiter  I'Egypte,  ils  devraient 
(ought)  partir  sans  plus  de  delais.  4.  Quant  a  moi,  je  compte 
m'embarquer  jeudi  prochain  sur  le  paquebot  "  L'Hirondelle." 
5.  Avez  vous  deja  fait  enregistrer  vos  bagages  ?  6.  Pas  encore; 
je  vais  les  envoyer  aux  docks  demain  matin,  et  apres-demain, 
je  les  ferai  enregistrer  a  destination  du  Caire  (IHl  have  them 
checked  through  to  Cairo).  7.  Est  ce  qu'on  fait  payer  du  (do  they 
make  you  pay  for)  supplement  ?  8.  Je  n'en  suis  pas  sur,  mais 
je  le  crois.     9.  N'oubliez  pas  de  le  demander. 

286.  1.  I  thought  [of]  speaking  to  your  brother  about  (de) 
our  plan,  but  he  seemed  (paraissait)  to  be  so  angry  (si  fdcM) 
that  I  didn't  dare  (oser)  speak  to  him  about  it.  2.  Do  you  not 
wish  to  hear  the  new  singer  again  ?  3.  Oh,  yes !  I  believe 
(Je  crois  que)  T  could  listen  [to  her  singing]  forever  (toujours). 

4.  I  expect  to  go  and  ^  hear  her  again  the  day  after  to-morrow. 

5.  Where  are  your  children.  Madam  ?  6.  I  have  let  them  go 
into  the  country  with  their  nurse  (bonne)  to-day.  7.  They  have 
(il  y  a)  long  wanted  to  enjoy  (jouir  de)  the  fresh  air  of  the 
country.     8.  When  they  come  back  (future),  kindly  (a,yez  la 

1  Adverbs  of  negation  and  the  adverbs  Men,  mal,  mieux,  toujours,  and  trop, 
generally  precede  the  Infinitive. 

2  The  conjunction  and  is  not  translated  in  such  sentences  (Je  compte  aller 
I'entendre,  etc.). 


132  A  BRIEF  FRENCH  COURSE 

bont4  de)  let  me  know  it  (le  faire  savoir).  9.  I  long  to  see 
them.  10.  Not  to  help^  the  unfortunate  when  one  can,  is  to 
act  badly.  11.  Eating  and  drinking  ought  (devoir)  not  to  be 
the  object  of  life. 

EXERCISE    LV 
The  Infinitive  with  de 

287.  Certain  verbs  require  de  before  a  following  infinitive. 
The  most  usual  are  (see  list,  627) :  — 

cesser  de,  to  cease.  essayer  de,  to  ti-y. 

commander  de,  to  order.  n^gliger  de,  to  neglect. 

conseiller  de,  to  advise^  recommend.  obliger  de,  to  oblige. 

*craindre  de,  to  fear.  prierde,  to  request,  beg. 

d^fendre  de,  to  forbid.  proposer  de,  to  propose. 

demander  de,  to  ask,  demand.  refuser  de,  to  refuse,  decline. 

288.  De  is  generally  used  before  the  infinitive  after:  — 

1.  Impersonal  verbs  whether  alone  or  accompanied  by  an 
adjective :  — 

II  convient  d'^outer  les  conseils.       It  is  a  good  thing  to  listen  to  advice. 
II  est  toujours  bon  d'obtenir  des       It  is  always  good  to  obtain  political 
faveurs  politiques.  favors. 

2.  Avoir  followed  by  a  noun :  — 

Avoir   I'audace    de,    to  have  the         Avoir  le  plaisir  de,  to  have  the 

audacity.  pleasure. 

Avoir  la  bont^  de,  to  have  the  kind-         Avoir  peur  de,  to  be  afraid. 

ness. 
Avoir  coutume  de,  to  get  accus-         Avoir  raison  de,  to  be  right. 

tomed. 
Avoir  envie  de,  to  have  a  mind,  a         Avoir  tort  de,  to  be  wrong. 

wish. 


1  When  used  with  the  infinitive,  the  two  parts  of  the  negation  are  not 
separated:  Ne  pas  aider  les  malheureux  quand  on  le  pent,  est  mal  agir. 


EXERCISES  133 

289.  I'^tranger  (in.), /oreiV^er.        ^courir,  to  run. 
le  risque,  risk.  *^crire,  to  write. 

la  s^y^rit^,  severity.  ^tonner,  to  astonish. 

accompagner,  to  accompany.     *suivre,  to  follow. 
accomplir,  to  accomplish.  toinber,  to  fall. 

290.  1.  Pourquoi  me  demandez  vous  de  voiis  accompagner  ? 
2.  Parce  que  j'ai  toujours  peur  d'etre  attaque.  3.  Ces  gens 
ont  essay e  de  me  tromper  (to  cheat)  parce  que  je  suis  etranger, 
mais  je  me  flatte  de  les  avoir  fortement  (greatly)  etonnes.  4.  Si 
vous  voulez  bien  travailler,  je  vous  conseillerai  de  ne  plus  fumer ; 
car  il  est  essentiel  (essential)  de  soigner  votre  sante.  5.  Je 
vous  prie  de  m'ecouter  avant  qu'il  soit  trop  tard.  6.  Ne  me 
refusez  pas  de  faire  ce  que  je  vous  demande.  7.  Si  jene^  cesse 
de  vous  demander  cette  faveur,  c'est  parce  que  je  crains  de  vous 
voir  tomber  malade.  8.  Si  vous  refusez  de  suivre  mes  conseils, 
vous  m'obligerez  d'agir  avec  severite. 

291.  1.  My  niece  refuses  to  go  to  the  concert;  she  is  afraid 
of  catching  cold.  2.  The  bad  weather  obliges  her  to  stay 
indoors  (d  la  maison),  for  her  physician  has  forbidden  her  to 
run  any  (le  moindre)  risk.  3.  I  ask  you  to  write  to  your  uncle 
Adrian ;  do  not  try  to  postpone  (remettre  d,  plus  tard)  that  duty. 

4.  Mama,  I  am  obliged  to  decline,  for  he  never  answers  me. 

5.  No  matter  (peu  importe),  my  child,  do  not  neglect  to  write 
to  him  once  a  month,  regularly  (regulidrement).  6.  It  is  always 
desirable  (desirable)  to  accomplish  one's  duty.  7.  Shall  we 
soon  have  the  pleasure  of  going  to  his  house  ?  8.  I  do  not 
think  [so],  for  we  can  hardly  (ne  pouvons  gu^re)  leave  our 
business.  9.  Why  then  should  we  not  ask  him  to  come  over 
here? 


1  When  followed  by  a  verb  in  the  infinitive,  the  verbs  cesser,  oser,  pou- 
voir,  and  savoir  must  be  preceded  by  the  simple  negative  ne  (see  444, 1). 


134  A  BRIEF  FRENCH  COURSE 

EXERCISE    LVI 

292.  Certain  verbs,  —  usually  expressive  of  ■  tendency  or 
purpose,  —  require  the  preposition  a  before  a  following  infini- 
tive (see  list,  526).     The  most  usual  are :  — 

aider  k,  to  help.  pers^v^rer  k,  to  persevere. 

♦apprendre  k,  to  learn.  s'amuser  k,  to  amuse  oiie''s  self,  to  play. 

chercheT  k,  to  look  for,  seek.  se  decider  k,  to  decide,  make  up  one's 

commencer  k,  to  begin.  exhorter  k,  to  urge.                      [mind. 

♦consentir  k,  to  consent.  *se  mettre  k,  to  set  about,  begin. 

engager  k,  to  induce,  urge.  s'obstiner  k,  to  persist,  be  obstinate. 

exciter  k,  to  urge,  excite.  s'occuper  k,  to  be  engaged,  busy  (in). 

penser  k,  to  think.  *se  plaire  k,  to  delight  (in). 

se  preparer  k,  to  prepare  one''s  self,  get  ready. 

293.  The  idiomatic  expressions,  c'es^,  (detail  ...  or  cela  est, 
cela  etait .  .  .  followed  by  an  adjective,  require  a  before  the 
infinitive,  as :  — 

C'est  bien  facile  k  garnir,  it  is  very  easy  to  trim. 

294.  Pexamen  (in.),  examination.  discret,  discreet. 
contrarier,  to  annoy.  enfin,  at  last. 
d6termin6,  determined^  resolute.       puisque,  since. 

295.  1.  Est  ce  que  tes  sceurs  se  sont  preparees  a  sortir? 
2.  Non,  elles  cherchent  toujours  a  rester  a  la  maison,  ou  elles 
s'occupent  a  lire  {to  read)  des  romans.  3.  Je  commence  a 
croire  qu'elles  s'amusent  a  me  contrarier.  4.  Je  cherchais 
justement  {just)  a  vous  parler.  5.  Laissez-moi  tranquille ;  an 
lieu  de  consentir  a  vous  accompagner,  je  veux  me  mettre  a 
travailler.  6.  II  faut  enfin  que  je  me  decide  a  apprendre 
mes  lemons,  a  moins  que  vous  vouliez  m'aider  a  preparer  mes 
exam  ens.  7.  II  faut  que  je  m'excite  a  travailler,  et,  dans  ces 
conditions,  je  ne  puis  penser  a  m'amuser.  8.  Fuisqu'il  [en] 
est  ainsi,  je  vous  engage  a  etudier. 


EXERCISES  135 

296.  1.  Why  did  you  not  urge  her  to  be  more  discreet? 
2.  I  know  she  would  decide  to  follow  your  advice.  3,  It's 
very  easy  to  say  (dire)',  but  I  doubt  [whether]  she  would 
consent  to  do  it.  4.  That  man  is  very  determined,  and  when 
he  sets  about  doing  a  thing,  he  always  succeeds  in  accom- 
plishing his  designs.  5.  Don't  you  wish  to  help  the  gardener 
carry  these  flowers  into  the  conservatory  ?  6.  You  must  try 
to  make  yourself  (rendre)  useful.  7.  I  urge  you  to  set  about 
your  work  immediately.  8.  Are  you  trying  to  learn  your 
lessons,  Albert  ?  9.  Yes,  mama  dear,  and  that's  why  I  can- 
not play  blindman's  buff  (d  colin  maillard)  with  the  boys 
(enfants).  10.  Lucy  and  I  were  busy  this  morning  trimming 
our  hats. 

EXERCISE    LVII 
The   Infinitive   and   the    Subjunctive   Compared 

297.  As  the  subjunctive  makes  the  style  somewhat  heavy, 
whenever  it  can  be  avoided  without  damage  to  clearness,  it 
is  replaced  by  the  infinitive. 

1.  When  two  verbs  have  the  same  person  for  subject,  the 
second  is  put  in  the  infinitive :  — 

Je  veux  te  parler.  /  want  to  speak  to  you. 

II  voudrait  vous  parler.        He  wishes  to  speak  to  you. 
Voulez  vous  le  voir  ?  Do  you  wish  to  see  him  f 

2.  However,  with  some  verbs  like  croire,  dire,  declarer,  repondre, 
pretendre,  etc.,  the  infinitive  is  not  necessarily  required,  and  it  is  often 
better  to  use  a  personal  tense  (Je  crois  que  je  suis  malade ;  ils  disent 
qu'ils  ont  gu^ri  leur  enfant).  Ambiguity  is  the  thing  to  be  avoided.  It 
must  not  be  possible  to  mistake  the  subject ;  thus,  to  say  Dieu  nous  a 
mis  sur  la  terre  pour  pratiquer  la  vertu  is  faulty,  as  either  Bieu  or  nous 
(understood)  may  be  the  subject  of  pratiquer.  It  ought  to  read  :  Dieu 
nous  a  mis  sur  la  terre  pour  que  nous  pratiquions  la  vertu. 


136  A   BRIEF   FRENCH  COURSE 

3.  If  both  clauses  have  the  same  subject,  the  infinitive  may 
generally  be  used  by  simply  changing  the  conjunction  que, 
governing  the  subject,  into  the  preposition  de,  as:  — 

H  ira  vous  voir  avant  de  partir,  He  will  go  to  see  you  before  he  sets  out, 
instead  of :  (II  ira  vous  voir  avant  qu'il  parte). 

CHANGE    CONJCNCTION  INTO    PREPOSITION 

k  moins  que,  unless,  k  moins  de. 

avant  que,  before  that,  avant  de. 

afin  que  1  •        -,     .r  .  [  afin  de. 

\-  m  order  that,  { 

pour  que  j  [  pour. 

de  crainte  que  1  _        .     ^        ^       f  de  crainte  de. 
,  \  lest,  for  fear  that,  ^  ,  , 

de  peur  que      J        '  •'     ^  '  (^  de  peur  de. 

4.  But  both  clauses  may  have  different  subjects,  and  yet 
the  second  verb  be  put  in  the  infinitive,  provided  its  meaning 
be  clear  and  without  ambiguity;  thus  if  we  say:  — 

Le  g^n^ral  a  ordonn^  au  colonel  de  partir  {the  general  gave  the  colonel 
the  order  to  leave),  it  is  clear  that  the  colonel  received  the  order  to  leave 
from  the  lips  of  his  general.  But  if,  taking  the  subjunctive,  we  say :  Le 
g^n^ral  a  command^  que  le  colonel  partit,  we  do  not  know  to  whom  the 
order  was  given,  and  there  is  some  doubt  as  to  whether  or  not  the  colonel 
is  cognizant  of  the  order. 

298.  I'excuse  (f.),  apology.  le  train,  train. 

le  renseignement,  information.       manquer,  to  miss. 
ordonner,  to  order,  command. 

299.  1.  Avant  de  vous  blamer,  et  de  peur  de  vous  facher, 
je  viens  vous  demander  des  renseignements.  2.  Ma  tante  a 
commande  qu'on  lui  achetat  des  gateaux.  3.  Elle  m'a  com- 
mande  de  lui  acheter  des  gateaux.  4.  Ma  mere  a  ordonne 
que  mes  soeurs  se  rendissent  a  I'ecole  d 'equitation  (riding 
school).  5.  Elle  a  ordonne  a  mes  soeurs  de  se  rendre  a  I'ecole 
d'equitation.  6.  EUes  lui  ont  desobei,  et  craignent  qu'elle  soit 
fachee.  7.  Elles  craignent  de  Favoir  fachee.  8.  Mon  cousin 
germain  (Jirst  cousin)  ira  vous  voir  avant  qu'il  parte.     9.  II 


EXERCISES  137 

ira  vous  voir  avant  de  partir.     10.  Elles  pretendent  qu'elles 
ont  raison.     11.  Elles  pretendent  avoir  raison. 

300.  1.  She  ordered  that  the  servant  (m.)  should  leave. 
2.  She  ordered  the  servant  to  leave.  3.  Accept  our  apologies, 
we  fear  we  are  wrong.  4.  We  feared  we  were  wrong.  5.  The 
order  of  the  general  is  that  we  should  fight.  6.  He  has 
ordered  us  to  fight.  7.  She  thinks  she  met  us  this  morning 
(transl.  both  ways).  8.  And  she  pretends  that  she  did  not  bow 
to  us.  9.  And  she  pretends  not  to  have  bowed  to  us.  10.  They 
say  they  (/.)  wrote  to  you  before  they  came.  11.  They 
say  they  will  write  you  before  coming.  12.  I  am  sorry  to  be 
late.  13.  She  was  sorry  you  were  late,  lest  you  should  miss 
the  train.  14.  For  fear  that  I  should  miss  the  boat,  I  arose 
this  morning  at  five  o'clock  (transl.  both  ways). 

EXERCISE    LVIII 
THE    PRESENT  PARTICIPLE 

301.  The  present  participle,  less  used  in  French  than  in 
English,  always  expresses  an  action  and  is  invariable.  It  is 
preceded  by  the  preposition  en  alone,  expressed  or  understood, 
with  the  signification  of  in  or  while,  and  must  not  be  con- 
founded with  the  verbal  adjective:  — 

En  vous  attendant,  je  lirai  les         '  While  waiting  for  you,  I  will  read 
journaux.  the  papers. 

1.  The  verbal  adjective,  on  the  contrary,  always  denotes  a 
state  or  quality,  a  manner  of  being,  and  like  all  French  adjec- 
tives agrees  in  gender  and  number  with  its  noun:  — 

Les  Am^ricains    surprenant    la  The   Americans,   having  surprised 

flotte  espagnole,  I'ont  attaqude  the   Spanish   fleet,   attacked    and 

et  d^truite.  destroyed  it. 

Ce  fut  une  action  aussi  surprenante  It  was  an  action  as  surprising  as  it 

qu'6clatante.  was  brilliant. 


Le  /^    Uc-^-'-   a-^cz^' 


138 


A   BRIEF  FRENCH   COURSE 


302.  The  present  participle,  so  much  used  in  English  with  to  he  (/ 
am^  or  was  eating^  are  you  singing,  etc.),  or  after  the  prepositions  6?/,  o/, 
withouty  {before  parting,  icithout  thinking^  etc.),  is  never  used  in  these 
forms  in  French.  The  way  to  discriminate  between  a  participle  and  an 
adjective  is  by  noting  that  a  word  ending  in  -ant  is  generally  :  — 

1.  A  present  participle  when  it  can  take  a  direct  object,  or  be  turned 
into  another  part  of  the  verb  with  qui :  — 

Elles  §taient  \k  chantant  (une  romance),     Elles  ^taient  1^  qui  chantaient, 

they  were  there  singing  (a  song).  they  icere  there  singing. 

Je  la  vois  se  promenant,  /  see  her  walking.    Je  la  vois  qui  se  promfene. 

2.  A  verbal  adjective  when  accompanied  with  §tre,  or  when  preceded 
by  an  adverb.     It  can  never  have  a  direct  object :  — 


C'est  une  action  int^ressante. 
Vous  avez  des  enfants  fort  aimants. 

303. 


It  is  an  interesting  action. 
You  have  very  loving  children. 


*  avoir,                ayant, 

having. 

*  §tre,                 6tant, 

being. 

chanter,           chantant, 

singing. 

•choisir,             choisissant, 

choosing. 

vendre,             vendant, 

selling. 

I'alouette  (f.),  lark. 

enseigner,  to  teach. 

le  corps,  body. 

fatiguer,  to  tire. 

le  fabricant,  manufacturer. 

former,  to  form. 

la  grandeur,  greatness. 

grisoUer,  to  carol. 

le  pillage,  pillage. 

marcher,  to  walk. 

le  pas,  step,  stride. 

ressemblant,  alike. 

le  rossignol,  nightingale.  ■ 

k  travers,  across. 

304.  1.  Les  ouvriers  qui  batissent  cette  eglise  travaillent 
souvent  en  chantant.  2.  Le  rossignol  chante  et  I'alouette 
grisoUe.  C'est  or  ce  sont  les  plus  melodieux  {melodious)  des 
oiseaux  chanteurs  (singing).  3.  Votre  petit  fils  (grandson)  et 
mon  petit  neveu  George  sont  fort  ressemblants.  4.  N'apercevez 
vous  (see)  pas  deux  horames  marchant  a  grands  pas  a  travers 
le  pare  ?  5.  J'aime  a  voir  une  femme  enseignant  ses  enfants 
a  etre  polis  et  obeissants  (obedient).     6.  II  n'est  pas  bon  de 


EXERCISES  139 

travailler  jour  et  nuit  en  fatiguant^  son  corps  et  son  esprit. 
7.  Vous  avez  voulu  (wanted)  faire  des  travaux  trop  fatigants^ 
(exhausting),  mon  ami,  et  maintenant  vous  etes  malade. 

305.  1.  Alexander's  (Alexandre)  soldiers,  forgetting  their 
country,  thought  only  of  pillage.  2.  The  manufacturers,  in 
deciding  to  raise  (hausser)  their  prices,  risk  (risquer)  losing 
their  customers  (clientele).  3.  I  think  that  women  are  usually 
more  obliging  (obligeant)  than  men.  4.  The  plural  (pluriel) 
of  nouns  is  formed  by  adding  (ajouter)  s  to  the  singular 
(singulier).  5.  In  caring  for  the  education  of  children,  we 
add  to  the  greatness  and  welfare  (bien  Mre)  of  the  common- 
wealth (socUt4).  6.  These  gentlemen  are  good  masters,  never 
showing  themselves  hard  toward  their  servants.  7.  I  am 
listening  while  reading.     8.  I  hear  your  sister  speaking. 

EXERCISE    LIX 

THE   PAST  PARTICIPLE 

With  Reflexive  Verbs 

306.  The  past  participle  of  reflexive  verbs  always  agrees 
with  its  preceding  direct  object,  that  is  the  reflexive  pronoun:  — 

Des  hommes  se  sont  pr^sent^s.         Men  have  presented  themselves. 
Mes  sceurs  se  sont  reposdes.  My  sisters  have  taken  a  rest. 

Ma  tante  s'est  marine  jeune.  My  aunt  was  married  young. 

1.  But  the  reflexive  pronoun  may  be  an  indirect  object,  as:  — 

Ma  soeur  s'est  brtil^  le  doigt.  My  sister  burned  her  finger. 

Elles  se  sont  6crit  des  lettres  un  pen  They  have  written  lively  letters  to 

vives.  each  other. 

Nous  nous  sommes  donn6  une  peine  We  have  given    ourselves    useless 

inutile.                                       '  trouble. 


1  Notice  that  fatiguant,  intrignant,  with  a  few  other  present  participles, 
drop  the  u  in  becoming  adjectives. 


140  A  BRIEF  FRENCH  COURSE 

2.  The  whole  difficulty  seems  to  be  in  the  discrimination  of  the  direct 
object,  which  answers  to  the  question  whom?  what?  Taking  the  three 
last  sentences,  for  instance,  and  asking  :  We  have  given  what?  une  peine. 
To  whom?  to  ourselves  —  What  have  they  written?  des  lettres.  To 
whom?  to  themselves  —  What  has  my  sister  burned?  le  doigt.  Of 
whom?  of  herself.  Then  it  is  obvious  that  peine,  lettres,  and  doigt  are 
direct  objects,  but  as  they  come  after  the  past  participle  there  is  no  agree- 
ment, and  therefore  the  reflexive  pronouns  s',  se,  nous,  stand  respectively 
as  the  indirect  objects  of  bral6,  6crit,  and  donnS. 

Past  Participle  with  Avoir  followed  by  an  Infinitive  ok  a 
Present  Participle 

307.  Under  the  new  syntax,  a  past  participle  construed 
with  the  auxiliary  avoir,  followed  either  by  an  infinitive  or  a 
present  participle,  may  remain  invariable,  whatever  the  gender 
and  the  number  of  the  preceding  or  following  complements 
may  be,  where,  according  to  the  old  rule,  the  participle  was 
made  to  agree  with  its  preceding  direct  object :  — 

Les  figues  que  j'ai  vu  cueillir  ^talent  The  figs  which  I  saw  gathered  were 

mures.  ripe. 

Les   enfants   que   j'ai  vu    marcher  The  children  lohom  I  saw  loalking 

^taient  gentils.  were  pretty. 

Les  sauvages  que  I'on  a  trouv6  errant  The  savages  who  icere  found  wan- 

dans  les  bois.  dering  in  the  icoods. 

Quels    beaux    (or    quelles    belles)  IMiat  beautiful    hymns  we  heard 

hymnes     nous     avons     entendu  sung. 

chanter. 

1.  When  the  past  participle  is  preceded  by  a  collective  expression,  it  is 
now  optional  to  make  it  agree  with  the  collective  or  with  the  complement 
of  that  collective :  —  La  foule  d'hommes  que  j'ai  vue  ou  vus.  The  crowd 
of  men  I  have  seen. 

308.  le  champ,  field.  changer,  to  change. 
lemais(pr. ma iss'),mai0e,        imaginer,  to  imagine. 

corn.  murir,  to  ripen. 

le  rival,  rival.  semer,  to  sow. 

la  route,  way^  route,  road.        *sourire,  to  smile. 


EXERCISES  141 

309.  1.  Les  deux  rivales  ne  se  sont  point  fachees;  au 
contraire,  elles  se  sont  souri  et  se  sont  dit  adieu  en  se  serrant 
la  main  {and,  on  saying  good-by,  they  shook  hands).  2.  L'armee 
a  quitte  la  route  qu'elle  .avait  resolu  {resolved,  decided)  de 
suivre.  3.  Le  grand  nombre  d'ennemis  qu'elle  a  vu  {ou  vus), 
I'a  obligee  d'en  changer.  4.  Avant  qu'elle  revienne,  nous  nous 
etions  imagine  que  toutes  sortes  de  malheurs  {mishaps)  lui 
etaient  arrives  {befell).  5.  Nous  nous  sommes  souvent  de- 
mande  si  elle  ne  s'etait  pas  perdue  dans  ce  pays  inconnu 
{unknown).  6.  Ces  demoiselles  se  sont  ecrit  des  lettres  pleines 
d'interet  {interest).  7.  Ces  dames  ont  de  belles  voix;  les  as 
tu  entendu  chanter  ?  8.  Les  belles  hymnes  que  j'ai  entendu 
chanter  m'ont  mis  de  la  gaiete  au  coeur  {cheered  me  up). 

310.  1.  Look  at  those  fields  of  maize;  I  have  seen  them 
sown  and  I  have  seen  them  ripen.  2.  I  have  seen  the  letters 
they  have  written  to  each  other.  3.  The  letters  they  wrote 
each  other  are  not  at  all  interesting.  4.  Sister  tells  me  that 
she  heard  a  very  beautiful  hymn  sung  last  night  at  church. 
5.  The  comedies  {comedie,  f.)  we  saw  played  last  week  did  not 
please  me  at  all.  6.  Nature  has  delighted  in  making  marvels 
(d  faire  des  merveilles).  7.  Those  young  ladies  smiled  on  one 
another;  and  with  what  warmth  they  greeted  and  spoke  to 
one  another !  8.  Men  have  made  themselves  (se  sont  rendus) 
masters  of  creation  {creation,  /.). 

EXERCISE  LX 
The  Preterite  or  Past  Definite 

311.  We  already  know  the  two  principal  ways  of  expressing 
in  French  a  past  event,  by  means  of  the  imperfect  (191) 
and  of  the  past  indefinite  (197).  But  there  is  a  third  tense, 
the  past  definite  or  preterite,  used  chiefly  in  narrative  and 


142 


A  BRIEF  FRENCH   COURSE 


history,  and  very  seldom  in  conversation,  that  is  employed 
only  to  express  an  action  performed  once  at  some  definite 
time,  expressed  or  understood,  but  completely  gone :  — 

Avoir  Etre 

(Hier,  la  semaine  pass6e,  le  mois  ou  I'an  dernier,  11  y  a  deux  semaines,  etc.) 


J'eus  la  fifevre,  /  had  a  fever. 
tu  eus  la  fifevre, 
11,  elle  cut  la  fi6vre. 
nous  eflmes  la  fi6vre. 
vous  eutes  la  fi6vre. 
ils,  elles  eurent  la  fi^vre. 


Je  fus  malade,  I  was  ill. 
tu  fus  malade. 
il,  elle  fut  malade. 
nous  ffimes  malades. 
vous  ffites  malades. 
ils,  elles  furent  malades. 


312. 

FIRST  CONJUGATION 
Endings  :  -ai,  -as,  -a ; 
-ames,  -ites,  -drent. 

Je  chantai  une  ode. 
tu  chantas, 
il,  elle,  on  chanta. 
nous  chant4mes. 
vous  chantttes. 
ils,  elles  cliantdrent. 


SECOND  CONJUGATION 


THIRD  CONJUGATION 


-is,  -is,  -it;  -imes,  -ites,  -irent. 
Je  choisis  une  brosse.        Je  vendis  des  peinturcs. 


tu  choisis. 
il,  elle,  on  choisit. 
nous  choisimes. 
vous  choisites. 
ils,  elles  choisirent. 


tu  vendis. 
il,  elle,  on  vendit. 
nous  vendimes. 
vous  vendites. 
ils,  elles  vendirent. 


313.  The  English  imperfect  is  expressed  in  no  less  than 
four  different  ways :  /  sang,  I  did  sing,  I  was  singing,  I  used  to 
sing.  When  it  is  or  can  be  expressed  by  I  ivas  singing  or  I 
used  to  sing,  it  is  translated  by  the  French  imperfect  (je 
chantais) ;  when  neither  can  be  employed,  the  past  indefinite, 
or  perfect  {fai  chant^,  is  used  in  conversation,  and  the  preterite 
in  narrative. 


When  in  Paris,  I  was  studying 
(used  to  study)  all  the  time. 

While  mother  cried  {loas  crying) 
I  teas  very  sad. 

This  morning  my  sister  sang  ;  she 
sang  yesterday,  too. 


Quand  j'^tais  k  Paris,  j'^tudiais 

tout  le  temps. 
Pendant    que  ma  m6re  pleurait, 

j'^tais  toute  triste. 
Ce  matin,  ma  sceur  a  chants  ;  elle 

a  chants  hier,  aussi. 


EXERCISES  143 

Napoleon  won  forty-nine  battles ;  Napoleon  gagna  quarante  neuf  ba- 

he  died  on  the  5th  of  May,  1821.  tallies ;  11  mourut  le  5  mai,  1821. 

Last  month  I  received  several  letters  Le  mois  dernier,  j'al  re^u  (ou  je 

from  France.  re^us)  plusieurs  lettres  de  France. 

And  because  the  present  month  Is  not  yet  passed,  we  must  say :  — 

This  month  I  received  a  package  Ce  mols-cl,   j'al  regu  un  paquet 

from  Italy.  d'ltalie. 

314.     le  depart,  departure.  s'empoisonner,  to  take  poison. 

le  flot,  wave.  ^pouvantable,  dreadful. 

la  mer,  sea.  appr^ci^,  appreciated,  valued. 

*disparaitre,  to  disappear.  ensemble,  together. 

retrouver,  to  find  again.  deux  f  ois,  twice. 


315.  1.  Avant-hier,  j'eus  le  plaisir  d'avoir  madame  votre 
m^re  a  diner.  2.  Nous  passames  ensemble  une  charmante 
soiree;  et  son  esprit  fut  grandement  apprecie.  3.  L'an 
dernier,  en  allant  en  France,  nous  eumes  un  temps  epouvan- 
table.  4.  Un  homme  tomba  a  la  mer.  5.  Je  poussai  un  cri 
formidable  (gave  a  tremendous  shout).  6.  On  se  mit  a  sa 
recherche,  mais  le  malheureux  avait  disparu  dans  les  flots,  et 
on  ne  put  le  retrouver.  7.  Napoleon  naquit  (was  born)  a 
Ajaccio  le  15  aout  1769;  il  fut  nomme  consul  en  1799,  et 
empereur  en  1804.  8.  Vaincu  (defeated)  a  Waterloo,  il  abdi- 
qua  (to  abdicate),  et  s'etant  livre  (having  given  himself  up) 
aux  Anglais,  il  fut  envoye  a  Sainte-Hel^ne,  ou  il  mourut  en 
1821. 

316.  1.  We  had  much  fun  (plaisir)  last  night  at  the 
concert.  2.  The  artists  (artiste)  were  in  [capital]  voice,  and 
we  greatly  applauded  them.  3.  When  you  were  in  Europe, 
did  you  often  go  (were  you  going)  to  the  theater  ?  4.  I  went 
(there)  twice  a  (deux  fois  par)  week,  and  one  evening  it  was 


144  A  BRIEF  FRENCH  COURSE 

SO  v.arm  that  I  nearly  fainted  (failli  m^^vanouir).  5.  Two 
days  before  our  departure  for  America,  we  dined  at  Mme. 
Adams',  and  the  evening's  entertainment  closed  with  (par)  a 
merry  cotillon  (cotillony  m.).  6.  Beaten  by  Scipio  (Scipion), 
Hannibal  (Annibal)  took  poison  to  escape  (d)  the  vengeance 
{vengeance J  f.)  of  the  Komans  (Romains)^  whom  he  had  beaten 
twice. 

EXERCISE  LXI 
USE   OF   THE   COMPOUND  TENSES 

317.  Every  verb  has  its  simple  and  compound  tenses. 
The  simple  tenses  are  those  formed  by  adding  a  termination 
to  the  stem  of  the  verb,  as  je  chantai,  tu  choisis,  il  vendit. 

1.  The  compound  tenses  are  those  formed  with  the  auxiliary 
itre  or  avoir  followed  by  a  past  participle,  as  je  suis  assis. 

2.  Each  simple  tense,  expressing  an  action  still  unfinished 
at  a  certain  time,  has  for  its  correlative  a  compound  tense 
which  represents  the  action  as  entirely  finished  at  the  time 
alluded  to ;  thus  :  — 

To  the  present  indicative  corresponds  the  past  indefinite  or  perfect, 

imperfect  "  pluperfect, 

past  definite  "  past  anterior, 

future  **  future  perfect, 

conditional  "  conditional  perfect, 

present  subjunctive  "  perfect  subjunctive, 

imperfect  subjunctive  "  pluperfect  subjunctive. 

318.  The  past  indefinite  or  perfect  (as  already  seen^.  63) 
describes  an  action  which  took  place  at  some  period  of  time 
completely  elapsed  or  not : 

{To-day y  yesterday,  this  month.     Aujourd'hui,  hier,  ce  mois-ci.) 

/  had  or  have  had  a  headache.        J'ai  eu  la  migraine. 
I  was  or  have  been  ailing.  J'ai  6t§  souffrant. 


EXERCISES  145 

1.  The  pluperfect  marks  an  action  already  past  when  another 
took  place: 

{When  mymotUer  came  in.    Quand  ma  m6re  entra.) 

I  had  had  a  quarrel  with  John.         J'avais  eu  une  querelle  avec  Jean. 
I  had  been  to  look  after  the  horse.    J'avais  kik  soigner  le  cheval. 

2.  The  past  anterior  ^  expresses  an  action  which  took  place 
immediately  before  another: 

(/ moved  as  soon  as.  Je  d6m6nageai  d6o  que.) 

I  had  had  typhoid  fever.         J'eus  eu  la  fifevre  typhoide. 
/  had  been  at  my  father^ s.      J'eus  6t6  chez  mon  p6re. 

3.  T\iQ  future  perfect  states  that  an  action  will  have  taken 
place  by  the  time  another  is  accomplished: 

(  When  our  friends  return.    Quand  nos  amis  retourneront.) 

/  shall  have  had  time  to  finish  this.  J'aurai  eu  le  temps  de  finir  ceci. 
I  shall  have  been  to  take  a  bath.       J'aurai  §t6  prendre  un  bain. 

4.  The  conditional  perfect  represents  an  action  that  would 
have  taken  place  if  a  certain  condition  had  been  fulfilled: 

(If  I  had  studied  hard.    Si  j'avais  bien  6tudi^. ) 

I  should  have  had  some  prizes.   J'aurais  eu^  des  prix. 
I  should  have  been  rewarded.      J'aurais  ^te^  r^comptns^. 

5.  The  perfect  mbjunctive,  which  generally  expresses  a  past 
action,  must  be  used  according  to  the  idea  to  be  expressed 

1  The  past  anterior  is  almost  exclusively  used  with  such  adverbs  of  time  as 
aussitot  qtie,  des  que,  a  peine,  en  un  moment,  quand,  lorsque. 

2  In  elevated  style,  the  pluperfect  subjunctive  of  the  two  auxiliaries, 
yeusse  eu,  oxj'eusse  ete,  etc.,  and  the  imperfect  subjunctive  of  etre,  followed 
by  a  past  participle, ^*e  fu^se  alU,  tu  fusses  sorti,  il  fut  arrete,  etc.,  are  some- 
times used  without  que  as  a  second  form  of  the  conditional  perfect.  But  the 
first  form  only  is  used  in  conversation. 

BRIEF   FR.    COURSE 10 


146  A  BRIEF  FRENCH  COURSE 

(usually  the  verb  of  the  principal  clause  in  the  present  or 
future  governs  the  perfect  subjunctive ;  see  529-530)  : 

{My  mother  doubts,  doubted,  will  doubt,  will  have  doubted.     Ma  mfere 
doute,  a  dout6,  doutera,  aura  dout^. ) 

That  I  have  had  to  overcome  so  Que  j'aie   eu  k  surmonter  taut 

many  obstacles.  d'obstacles. 

That  I  have  been  the  butt  of  your  Que   j'aie   6t6    en  butte   h  vos 

witticisms.  railleries. 

6.  The  pluperfect  subjunctive  also  usually  expresses  a  past 
action.  Its  use  depends  solely  upon  the  idea  one  wishes  to 
express  (generally  the  verb  of  the  principal  clause  in  a  past 
tense  or  conditional  governs  the  pluperfect ;  see  629-530)  : 

(My  mother  doubted,  had  doubted,  would  doubt,  would  have  doubted.    Ma 
mhre  a  dout6,  doutait,  douta,  avait  dout6,  douterait,  aurait  dout^.) 

'/'hat  I  had  had  a  veritable  triumph.      Que  j'eusse  eu  un  veritable  triomphe. 
That  I  had  been  wisely  advised.  Que  j'eusse  616  sagement  conseill^. 

319.  The  compound  tenses  of  all  conjugations  are  formed 
from  the  different  tenses  of  avoir  and  itre  followed  by  the  past 
participle  of  the  verb  conjugated :  — 

J'ai  chante  (fai,  present  indicative  of  avoir). 
Tu  fits  choisi  {tu  fus,  past  definite  of  etre). 
II  sera  vendu  (il  sera,  future  of  etre). 

320.  I'appartement  (m.),  apartment.        cesser,  to  cease. 
la  guerre,  tear.  plut6t,  earlier. 

le  prisonnier,  prisoner.  sans  doute,  doubtless. 

s'abattre,  to  swoop  down,  over.         tellement,  so  much. 
dangereusement,  dangerously. 

321.  1.  Quand  vos  soeurs  entrerent,  nous  avions  deja  fini 
notre  correspon dance  {correspondence).  2.  A  peine  (scarcely) 
la  guerre  eut  elle  cesse  que  la  peste  (plague)  s'abattit  sur  le 
pays  tout  entier.     3.  Si  je  n'avais  pas  ete  trop  jeune,  j'aurais 


EXERCISES  147 

requ  la  haute  position  dont  vous  parlez.  4.  Des  que  je  fus 
arrive,  je  me  couchai,  tellement  j'etais  fatigue.  5.  Je  ne 
parlerai  a  votre  cousin  que  lorsqu'il  aura  fini  ses  affaires. 
6.  N'est  il  pas  possible  que  ces  lettres  aient  ete  ouvertes  et 
lues  par  quelqu'un  ?  7.  II  se  pourrait  {you  might)  que  vous 
ayez  raison.  8.  Nous  doutons  fort  {very  much)  que  votre 
ami  ait  achete  ces  beaux  livres.  9.  II  aurait  {or  eut)  fallu 
{ought  to)  que  vous  eussiez  choisi  un  plus  grand  appartement. 

322.  1.  As  soon  as  the  prisoners  had  given  each  other 
{sefurent  communique)  the  signal  agreed  upon  {le  signal  convenu)^ 
they  rushed  upon  the  jailer  {gedlier).  2.  Since  you  had  learned 
that  the  Prussians  {Frussien)  were  advancing  {marchaient)  on 
Paris,  why  did  you  not  leave  for  America?  3.  I  should 
certainly  have  left  the  city  immediately  if  my  daughter  had 
not  been  dangerously  ill.  4.  The  schoolmaster  strongly  doubts 
whether  {que)  Francis  has  studied  his  lessons.  5.  I  fear  his 
comrades  have  urged  him  to  neglect  his  work.  6.  Your 
friends  will  doubt  that  I  have  arrived  so  late.  7.  It  would, 
doubtless,  have  been  preferable  {preferable)  that  I  should 
have  set  out  earlier,  in  order  to  arrive  in  (<^)  time. 

EXERCISE  LXII 
IRREGULAR   VERBS 

323.  Verbs  deviating  from  the  three  models  of  the  regular 
conjugations  are  irregular  chiefly  in  the  changes  undergone  by 
their  stem.  To  understand  more  thoroughly  these  deviations 
of  the  irregular  verbs,  pupils  should  study  the  formation  of 
tenses  in  the  Appendix  (p.  275),  where  all  irregular  verbs 
will  be  found  conjugated  in  full.  We  give  exercises  only 
on  those  of  primary  importance  in  daily  life,  together  with 
the  principal  idioms  they  form. 


148 


A   BRIEF   FRENCH   COURSE 


324. 


Faire,  to  do,  make,  cause. 


Pres.  Part,  faisant.i         Past  Part.  fait. 

Pres.  Ind.  je  fais,  tu  fais,  il  fait ;  nous  faisons,  vous  faites,  ils  font. 

Past  Ind.  j'ai  fait. 


Impf. 

je  faisais.i 

Plpf. 

j'avais  fait. 

Past  Def. 

je  fis. 

Past  Ant. 

j'eus  fait. 

Put. 

je  ferai. 

Put.  Perf. 

j'aurai  fait. 

Cond 

je  ferais. 

Cond.  Perf 

j'aurais  fait. 

Pres.  Subj. 

que  je  fasse. 

Perf  Subj. 

que  j'aie  fait. 

Impf.  Subj 

que  je  fisse. 

Plpf  Subj. 

que  j'eusse  fait. 

Imper.  fais,  faisons, ^  faites. 


Idioms  with  faire 


325. 

f  bon  accueil  1 
,  .      \  to  welcome. 

bonne  mine  | 

u:i  beau  mariage,  to  marry  well. 

faillite,  to  fail  in  business. 

la  joie,  to  be  the  joy.  a, 

-  le  d^sespoir,  to  be  the  despair.  -^ 

I'enfant,  to  be  childish.  ^ 

le  fou,  to  piny  the  fool. 

le  grand  seigneur,  to  put  on  airs 

le  malade,  to  feign  illness. 

mauvais  visage,  to  frown  upon. 

faire  I'^cole  buissonnifere. 


naufrage,  to  be  shipwrecked. 
peur,  to  frighten. 
piti^,  to  excite  pity. 
place,  to  make  way,  room. 
plaisir,  to  please. 
de  la  peine,  to  give  trouble. 
une  course,  to  go  on  an  errand. 
une  promenade,  to  take  a  walk. 
un  tour,  to  take  a  turn,  stroll. 
une  visite,  to  pay  a  visit. 
un  voyage,  to  take  a  journey, 
to  play  truant. 


326.  Frequently  faire  is  followed  by  an  infinitive  which 
gives  it  the  signification  of  to  causCj  to  get,  to  have  something 
done.     In  many  such  cases  faire  becomes  a  sort  of  auxiliary. 


My  sister  has  had  a  beautiful  dress 

made. 
They  had  the  thieves  hanged. 
I  had  my  house  painted. 


Ma  sceur  a  fait  faire  une  magnifique 

robe. 
On  fit  pendre  les  voleurs. 
J'ai  fait  peindre  ma  maison. 


1  The  at  of  these  words  is  pronounced  as  if  it  were  e  mate :  je  fesais,  tu 
fesais,  nousfesons,  etc.  (see  Phonetics,  p.  16). 


EXERCISES  149 

1.  Observe  that  in  French  faire,  followed  by  an  infinitive,  has  no 
passive :  My  son  has  been  made  to  travel  must  not  be  translated  :  Men 
fils  a  4ii6  fait  voyager,  but :  On  a  fait  voyager  nion  fils. 

327.  Reflexive  verbs   used  with  faire  lose  their  pronoun 

object:  — 

We  shall  make  you  repent.        Nous  vous  en  ferons  repentir. 
I  shall  make  them  quarrel.        Je  les  ferai  quereller. 

328.  le  paon  (pr.pan),  peacock.      causer,  to  chat. 

le  paresseux,  lazy  fellow.  soupgonner,  to  suspect. 

le  tapage,  noise.  absent,  absent. 

le  retour,  return.  naturel,  natural. 

d'ici  peu,  in  a  little  tchile. 

329.  1.  Eh  bien,  quoi  (Hello,  there!),  paresseux,  tu  es 
encore  au  lit !  2.  Leve-toi  vite  pour  aller  a  I'ecole.  3.  C'est 
que  (but)  j'ai  grand  raal  de  tete.  4.  Allons  (oh),  ne  fais  pas 
Fenfant.  5.  Mais  je  te  dis  que  je  suis  malade.  6.  Moi  aussi, 
j'ai  souvent  fait  le  malade,  quand  je  ne  savais  (savoir)  pas  mes 
IcQons,  et  que  je  voulais  (vouloir)  faire  I'ecole  buissonniere. 
7.  Leve-toi  vite,  si  tu  veux  me  faire  plaisir,  et  viens  (veiiir) 
avec  moi  faire  un  tour  de  jardin.  8.  On  soupQonne  les  freres 
Verplumot  de  vouloir  faire  faillite  (to  fail)  d'ici  peu.  9.  Pau- 
line, tu  as  Fair^  (m.)  fache  (ou  fachee).  10.  Si  je  suis  absehte 
quand  nos  invites  arriveront,  faites-leur  bon  accueil,  et  priez^les 
de  se  mettre  a  leur  aise  (at  home)  en  attendant  mon  retour. 

330.  1.  I  beg  your  pardon,  sir :  will  you  have  the  kind- 
ness to  make  room  for  me  a  little,  if  you  please  ?  2.  What 
beautiful  children!     They  must  be  the  joy  of  their  parents. 

1  In  accordance  with  the  new  syntax,  it  is  henceforth  optional  to  make  the 
adjective  agree  with  the  word  ai7%  or  with  the  word  pointing  out  the  person 
whose  appearance  (air)  is  spoken  of  :  —  Elle  a  rairmalheureux,  or  raalheureuse. 
She  looks  unhappy.    Elle  a  I'air  doux,  or  douce.    She  looks  sweet,  or  kind. 


150 


A   BRIEF  FRENCH   COURSE 


3.  Ours,  on  the  contrary,  are  our  despair.  Yesterday  I  paid 
a  visit  to  Madam  Lacroix,  and  while  we  were  chatting,  our 
pretty  little  tyrants   (tyran)   were  making  a  dreadful  noise. 

4.  William  (Guillaume)  must  have  (il  a  fallu)  given  much 
trouble  to  his  mother,  for  she  has  looked  very  unhappy  for 
some  time.  5.  If  Prince  (le  prince)  de  la  Bourseplate  {flat 
purse),  of  whom  my  brother  was  talking  to  you  just  now, 
were  not  always  {pas  tant)  putting  on  airs,  he  would  be 
better  welcomed  {re^)  everywhere;  but,  being  [as]  proud 
as  a  peacock,  it  is  [quite]  natural  that  he  should  have  only 
enemies.  6.  I  do  not  like  him.  7.  Neither  do  I  {moi  non 
plus).     8.   How  sweet  that  little  girl  looks! 

EXERCISE  LXIII 

331.   Used  impersonally,  faire  expresses  the  state  of  the 
weather. 


beau  (temps),  iVsfine. 

du  brouillard,  it  is  foggy. 

clair,  bright,  clear. 

clair  de  lune,  it  is  moonlight. 

doux,  it  is  mild.  % 

glissant,  it  is  slippery.  ^ 

humide,  it  is  damp. 

de  I'orage,  1  .^  .     , 

^  [it  IS  stormy. 

un  temps  orageux  j 

de  la  poussi6re,  it  is  dusty. 

il  fait  un  temps  pluvieux,  if 


des  Eclairs,  it  is  lightning. 

du  tonnerre,  Ws  thundering. 

du  vent,  it's  windy. 

jour,  ifs  daylight. 

nuit,  it's  dark. 

mauvais,  it's  bad  weather. 

sale,  it's  dirty. 

sec,  it's  dry. 

sombre,  it's  gloomy. 

soleil,  it's  sunny. 

s  rainy,  wet. 


332. 


Idioms  with  faire 


faire  la  barbe,  to  shave. 
faire  le  difficile,  to  be  dainty,  fastidious. 
faire  una  chambre,  to  clean  a  room. 
faire  une  travers6e,  to  make  a  trip  across. 
faire  vite,  to  be  quick,  make  haste. 


ne  faire  que,  to  do  nothing  but. 

ne  faire  que  de,  to  have  only  just. 

.  .      (to  make  one's  self:  to  be, 
se  faire  \      ^   ,  ,    ^  \, 

[     to  happen,  to  be  done. 

sefaire  (k),  to  grow  accustomed  to 


faire  faire,  to  get  made  or  done. 


EXERCISES  151 

1.  When  the  word  temps  or  air,  preceded  by  le,  is  made  the 
subject  of  the  verb,  etre  must  take  the  place  of  /aire :  — 

7%e  weather  is  fine.  Le  temps  est  beau. 

The  air  is  cold  and  damp.       L'air  est  froid  et  humide. 

2.  But  without  the  definite  article  we  should  say :  — 

Quel  temps  splendide  11  fait !     What  lovely  loeather  ! 


333.     le  costume,  suit.  souhaiter,  to  wish. 

la  faute,  fault.  toucher,  to  touch. 

rid6e  (f.),  idea.  gras, /a«. 

la  journ^e,  day.  §tre  de  mise,  fit  to  wear. 

le  singe,  monkey.  de  mauvaise  humeur,  cross. 

le  tailleur,  tailor.  il  se  fait  tard,  it  is  getting  late. 


334.  1.  II  fait  jour  de  bonne  heure  en  cette  saison. 
2.  Quel  temps  magnifique  il  fait  ce  matin  !  3.  Si  nous  allions 
faire  un  tour  au  pare  avant  de  dejeuner;  cela  nous  donnerait 
de  Fappetit.  4.  Je  ne  veux  pas  sortir,  parce  qu'il  fait  un 
petit  vent  humide  qui  est  tres  desagreable.  5.  Et  puis,  je  ne 
me  suis  pas  encore  fait  la  barbe.  6.  Madame,  il  se  fait  tard; 
nous  allons  vous  souhaiter  le  bonsoir;  il  faut  que  nous  ren- 
trions  de  bonne  heure.  7.  Cette  enfant^  ne  fait  que  manger  et 
dormir,  elle  sera  bientot  trop  grasse.  8.  Edmond  (Edmund) 
est  douillet  (tender)  comme  une  fille;  je  n'ai  fait  que  le 
toucher  du  doigt  et  il  crie  (whines)  comme  un  chat  echaude 
(scalded),  ce  petit  singe.  9.  Madame  Henriette  Brandow  n'est 
pas  chez  elle,  monsieur;  elle  ne  fait  que  d'aller  chez  son  fils 
monsieur  Edouard.  10.  En  automne,  il  ne  fait  ni  chaud  ni 
froid ;  le  temps  est  delicieux  (lovely). 

1  Enfant,  irrespective  of  sex,  is  masculine,  but  it  is  feminine  when  refer- 
ring to  a  girl. 


152  A   BRIEF   FRENCH   COURSE 

336.  1.  Isn't  this  splendid  weather  ?  2.  Let's  go  and  take 
a  turn  in  the  country  this  afternoon.  3.  Yes,  if  it  is  not  as 
windy  and  dusty  as  this  morning;  but  I  shall  shave  first  (avant). 
4.  It  is  just  as  if  it  were  done  on  purpose  (c^est  comme  un 
fait  expr^s) :  each  time  I  come  to  see  you,  I  am  told  "  Madam 
has  only  just  gone  out."  5.  When  shall  you  {M  pers.  sing.) 
have  a  new  suit  made,  Edmund?  6.  This  one  is  no  longer 
fit  to  wear.  7.  The  weather  has  been  so  bad  that  I  could 
not  go  to  my  tailor  yet.  8.  Has  Mary  cleaned  the  rooms? 
9.  Yes,  madam,  she  does  nothing  else  (rien  autre  chose  de)  the 
whole  day  (la  journee^).  10.  How  does  it  happen  that  you 
(2d  pers.  sing.)  are  so  cross  to-day,  Mary  ?  11.  Because  I 
cannot  grow  accustomed  to  the  idea  of  being  left  alone  nearly 
every  evening.  12.  That's  the  fault  of  the  weather,  my  dear 
(Mrie) ;  when  it  is  bad  weather  you  (2d  pers.  sing.)  know  I 
always  stay  home.  13.  Well  and  good  (tr^s  hien),  I'll  see  to 
it  that  (je  m^arrangerai  de  fagon  d,  ce)  it  shall  be  stormy, 
then  (subjunctive). 

EXERCISE    LXIV 

336.  The  commonest  derivatives  of  faire,  conjugated  alike, 
are:  — 

contrefaire,  to  counterfeit,  mimic.  refaire,  to  do  again. 

d^faire,  to  undo,  unmake.  satisfaire,  to  satisfy. 

forfaire  (^),  to  forfeit,  transgress.  se  d^faire  (de),  to  get  rid  of. 

malfaire,  to  do  mischief,  wrong.  surfaire,  to  overcharge. 


1  Ann^e,  jourae'e,  matinee,  and  soire'e  are  employed  in  speaking  of  the 
weather,  and  also  to  denote  the  whole  duration  of  a  year,  day,  morning, 
and  evening :  Quelle  belle  journee !  What  a  lovely  day  !  Nous  avons 
danse  pendant  toute  la  soiree.  J'ai  passe  deux  annees  a  Paris.  J'ai  passe 
toute  la  matinee  en  compagnie  de  ma  soeur,  /  passed  the  whole  morning  in  my 
sister* s  company.  In  all  other  cases  use  an,  jour,  matin,  and  soir:  On  se  leva 
le  matin  ;  on  se  couclie  le  soir.  La  guerre  francoallemande  (see  502,  2)  a  eu 
lieu  en  (I'an)  1870-71.    Tons  les  ans  nous  aliens  en  Europe. 


EXERCISES  153 

337.  The  imperative  mood  of  faire  with  an  infinitive  is  as 
follows :  — 

AFFIRMATIVE  NEGATIVE 

Fais  laver  le  chien,  get  the  dog  Ne  fais  pas  laver  le  chien,  don't 

washed.  have  the  dog  washed. 

faites-le  baigner,  je  vous  prie,  have  ne  le  f aites  pas  baigner,  dorVt  have 

him  bathed^  please.  him  bathed. 

f aites-les  sortir,  s'il  vous  plait,  make  ne  les  f aites  pas  sortir,  don't  make 

them  go  out,  please.  them  go  out. 

338.  I'alg^bre  (f.),  algebra.        le  visiteur,  visitor. 

la  figure,  face.  se  d6p§cher,  to  hurry  up. 

r habitude  (f.),  habit.         rappeler,  to  call  back. 
le  lac,  lake.  sembler,  to  seem. 

la  inarchandise,  goods.        taillader,  to  slash. 
s'accoutumer,  to  get  accustomed. 

339.  1.  Mon  cher  Joseph,  il  faut  que  tu  te  defasses  de  la 
mauvaise  habitude  de  te  moquer  de  tes  camarades,  et  de  les 
con tref aire  a  tout  propos  (on  every  occasion).  2.  Ce  n'est  pas 
un  mal  (harm)  de  s'amuser  de  ses  amis.  3.  Si,  monsieur,^ 
c'est  tres  malfaire  et  vous^  §tes  un  mauvais  garqon.  4.  Alors, 
petite  maman,  je  te  promets  que  je  ne  le  referai  plus,  parce 
que  je  n'aime  pas  que  tu  in'appelles  "  monsieur "  comme  qsL. 
5.  ComWen  ce  chapeau?  6.  Sept  dollars.  7.  II  me  semble 
que  vous  surfaites  un  peu  vos  marchandises.  8.  Que  fais  tu, 
Jean?  9.  Je  me  fais  la  barbe.  10.  Depeche-toi;  on  t' attend 
pour  se  mettre  a  table.  11.  Je  ne  peux  (pouvoir)  cependant 
pas  me  taillader  la  figure  pour  vous  faire  plaisir. 

340.  1.  I  get  up  every  morning  before  it  is  (qu')  day- 
light in  order  to  work  [at]  my  algebra.  2.  It  is  very  hard 
to  get  out  of  bed  at  such  [an]  hour,  but  I  think  that  if  I  did 
it  for  a  month  or  two  I  should  soon  get   accustomed  to  it. 

1  Monsieur  or  mademoiselle  or  vous  (for  tu  and  toi)  is  applied  to  a  child  hy 
its  parents  as  a  sign  of  severity,  displeasure,  or  reproach. 


154  A  BRIEF  FRENCH  COURSE 

3.  How  mild  it  is  this  morning!  4.  Shall  we  go  for  a  row 
(irons  nous  en  bateau)  on  the  lake  by  (au)  moonlight  ?  5.  Have 
you  heard  (entendre  dire)  how  our  neighbors  got  rid  of  their  disa- 
greeable visitor?  6.  No.  How?  7.  They  wrote  to  some  friends 
in  (de)  Boston,  where  he  lives  (habiter),  and  had  him  called  back 
by  telegram  (tilegramme)  on  "important  business."  8.  Don't 
make  the  children  go  out.     9.   I  must  get  rid  of  that  dog. 

EXERCISE    LXV 


41. 

Aller, 

,  to  go. 

Pres.  Part.,  allant. 

Past  Part.,  all^. 

Fres.  Ind.,  je 

vais,  tu  vas,  il  va ; 

;  nous  allons, 

vous  allez,  ils  vont. 

Past  Indef. 

,  je  suis  all6. 

Impf. 

j'allais. 

Plpf. 

j'^tais  all6. 

Past  Def. 

j'allai. 

Past  Ant. 

je  fus  all^. 

Put. 

j'irai.i 

Put.  Perf. 

je  serai  all6. 

Cond. 

j'irais.i 

Cond.  Perf. 

je  serais  all6. 

Pres.  Subj. 

que  j'aille. 

Perf  Subj. 

que  je  sois  all^. 

Impf.  Subj, 

que  j'allasse. 

Plpf  Subj. 

que  je  fusse  all6. 

Imper.  va,'-^  allons,  allez. 

Idioms  with  aller 

342.     aller  k  la  rencontre  (de),  au-devant  (de),  to  go  to  meet. 
aller  ^  pied,  to  go  on  foot.,  to  loalk. 
aller  bien,  to  go,  to  feel  well ;  to  be  becoming. 
aller  en  voiture,  to  drive,  go  out  driving. 
aller  k  cheval,  to  ride,  go  on  horseback. 
aller  en  bateau,  to  go  for  a  row,  to  go  on  the  water. 
s'en  aller  au  n^ant,  to  come  to  nothing. 
s'en  aller  en  fum^e,  to  end  in  smoke. 
se  laisser  aller  k,  to  abandon,  to  give  one^s  self  up  to. 

1  For  the  sake  of  euphony,  the  adverb  y  is  omitted  before  the  future  and 
conditional  of  aller:  Irez  vous  au  concert?  — Non,  je  n'irai  pas  (instead  of 
je  n'y  irai  pas) .     Shall  you  go  to  the  concert  ?    No,  I  shall  not. 

2  Va  followed  by  y  or  by  en  takes  a  euphonic  s;  vas-y,  vas-en  chercher. 
But  when  the  y  is  followed  by  an  infinitive  it  takes  no  s;  Va  y  mettre  bon 
ordre,  Go  and  set  things  right. 


EXERCISES  155 

343.  Aller  is  familiarly  used  in  lieu  of  se  porter  (comment 
allez  vous,  comment  ga  va-t-il  ?  etc.),  and  the  imperative  forms 
are  of  frequent  use  as  simple  interjections. 

1.  Aller  also  means  to  Jit,  to  suit,  and  to  lead  (to)  :  — 

This  coat  Jits,   or  becomes,  you  Get  habit  vous  va  excessivement 

wonderfully.  bien. 

These  paths  lead  to  the  stream.  Ces  sentiers  vent  au  niisseau. 

344.  Like  its  English  equivalent,  alter  is  used  to  express  a 
near  future :  — 

I  am  going  to  look  for  my  wife.  Je  vais  chercher  ma  femme. 

We  are   leaving  for  Washington         Nous  aliens  k  Washington  demain 
to-morrow  morning.  matin. 

Aller  BEFORE  Names  of  Places  or  Countries 

345.  To,  at,  in,  are  generally  translated 

1.  By  d>  before  names  of  cities :  — 

Tliey  are  going  to  Bordeaux.,  to  lis  vont  k  Bordeaux,  k  Nantes,  h. 

Nantes,  to  Brussels,  to  Lyons.  Bnixelles,  a  Lyon. 

Is  your  brother  in  Nice  or  in  Borne  9  Votre  f r^re  est  il  i-Nice  ou  a  Rome  ? 

He  is,  or  has  been,  in  Bome.  II  est  all^,i  or  a  6t6,^  a  Rome. 

2.  By  en  before  feminine  names  of  countries,  provinces,  or 
continents  when  used  with  aller,  ^tre,  or  venir,  etc. : 

lam  going  to  California,  to  France,        Je  vais  en  Californie,  en  France, 
to  China,  to  Australia.  en  Chine,  en  Australie. 

1  Observe  that  aller  is  conjugated  with  etre  and  that  etre  is  sometimes  used 
for  aller,  but  only  in  the  compound  tenses,  and  then  when  used  in  the  third 
person  singular  and  plural  of  the  indicative,  it  has  a  difference  of  meaning: 
il  a  414,  Us  ont  €U  a  Paris,  are  not  synonyms  with  il  est  alU  or  ils  sont  alUs 
a  Paris.  The  former  being  used  only  when  the  return  from  the  place  men- 
tioned has  taken  place,  and  the  latter  when  the  return  has  not  been  made: 
elle  a  ete  en  Europe  implies  the  return ;  but  elle  est  allee  en  Europe  intimates 
that  she  is  not  back  yet. 


156  A   BRIEF   FRENCH   COURSE 

3.  By  au  or  aicXj  if  the  names  of  countries,  etc.,  are  mascu- 
line or  plural :  — 

He  is  in  Texas,  or  in  Colorado.  H  est  au  Texas,  ou  au  Colorado. 

They  are  coming  to  the  United  States.     lis  viennent  aux  Etats-Unis. 

4.  By  dans  with  the  article  le,  la,  les,  before  a  name  of 
country  coupled  with  an  adjective  or  any  attribute :  — 

My  nieces    are    going    to    South  Mas  nieces  vont  dans  rAmSrique 

America,  to  the  East  Indies.  du  Sud,  dans  les  IndesOrientales. 

As  for  me,  I  am  going  to  New  Moi,   je  vais    dans    la    Nouvelle- 

Zealand.  Z61ande. 

346.  From  is  translated:  — 

1.  By  de  before  names   of   cities  and  feminine  names  of 
continents,  countries,  and  provinces :  — 

We  set  out  from  France  (from  Lyons,  Nous  sommes  partis  de  France  (de 
from  Toulon,  from  Lorraine,  or  Lyon,  de  Toulon,  de  Lorraine,  ou 

from  Europe),  for  Canada.  d'Europe),  pour  le  Canada. 

2.  By  du,  de  la,  de  V,  or   des,  before  masculine  names  of 

countries,  or  part  of  countries :  — 

Our  uncle  ha^  arrived  from  Maine  Notre  oncle  est  arrive  du  Maine 
(from  Texas,  from  Mexico,  from  (duTexas,duMexique,derAlas- 
Alaska,  from  North  America,  etc. ) .         ka,  de  I'Am^rique  du  Nord,  etc. ) 

347.  S'en  aller,  to  go  away,  is  conjugated  like  aller. 

Pres.  Part.,  s'en  allant.  Perf.  Part.,  s'en  ^tant  all^. 

Pres.  Ind.,  je  m'en  vais,  tu  t'en  vas,  il  s'en  va ;  nous  nous  en  allons,  vous 

vous  en  allez,  ils  s'en  vont.     Past  Indef,  je  m'en  suis  all^. 
Impf.  je  m'en  allais.  Plpf.  je  m'en  6tais  all6. 

Past  Def      je  m'en  allai.  Past.  Ant.    je  m'en  fus  all6. 

Put.  je  m'en  irai.  Put.  Perf.     je  m'en  serai  all6. 

Cond.  je  m'en  irais.  Cond.  Perf  je  m'en  serais  all6. 

Pres.  Subj.    que  je  m'en  aille.  Perf  Suhj.  que  je  m'en  sois  all6. 

Impf.  Subj.  que  je  m'en  allasse.         Plpf  Subj.   que  je  m'en  fusse  &i\6. 

Imper.,  va-t'en,  allons-nous-en,  allez-vous-en. 
Imper.  Neg.,  ne  t'en  va  pas,  ne  nous  en  allons  pas,  ne  vous  en  allez  pas. 


EXERCISES  157 

348.  VAlaskB,(m.),  Alaska.  la  Russie,  iJwssia. 
VAfrique  (f.),  Africa.  \a>  Suisse,  Switzerland. 
I'Ecosse  (f.),  Scotland.  le  commencement,  beginning. 
la  Hollande,  Holland.  ^garer,  to  mislay. 

I'Inde  (f.),  India.  malheureusement,  unfortunately. 

I'Irlande  (f.),  Ireland.         h  pied,  on  foot. 

349.  1.  Ouest-cequetu  vas,  mamignonne(/)e^)  ?  2.  Petite 
m^re,  je  vais  chercher  les  aiguilles  a  tricoter  (knitting  needle) 
de  grand  mam  an/  qui  les  a  egarees.  3.  Ou  madame  votre 
mere  ira-t-elle  cet  automne  ?  4.  Elle  compte  aller  visiter  la 
Hollande  et  I'Ecosse;  ensuite  elle  ira  en  Irlande,  en  Italie  et 
reviendra  aux  Etats-Unis.  5.  Je  voulais  aller  a  Marseille  a 
la  rencontre  (to  meet)  de  mon  fils  qui  arrive  des  Indes,  mais 
comme  ma  cuisiniere  s'en  est  allee  hier  matin  sans  mot  dire, 
il  faut  maintenant  que  j'en  cherche  une  autre.  6.  Vendredi 
dernier  nous  avons  ete  en  bateau  a  voiles  (went  sailing)  sur 
le  lac  de  Geneve :  c'etait  splendide !  7.  J'ai  toujours  eu 
grand  envie  ^  de  visiter  la  Suisse.  8.  Malheureusement  mes 
le  lac  de  Geneve :  c'etait  splendide ! 

350.  1.  We  shall  go  to  Russia  in  three  or  four  months,  at 
the  beginning  of  spring.  2.  My  governess  went  away  at  four 
o'clock.  3.  I  must  go  and  finish  my  letter.  4.  Go  away  (2d 
pers.  sing.),  [you]  dirty  little  dog.  5.  I  shall  not  go  to  bed 
before  midnight.     6.    How  are  you  this  morning,  Josephine  ? 

7.  Thank  you,  I  am  quite  well,  and  how  is  your  little  boy  ? 

8.  He  does  not  feel  very  well  this  morning.  9.  Gertrude,  how 
shall  you  go  to  Saint  Joseph?  10.  Let  us  go  there  on  foot. 
11.  As  for  me,  I  shall  go  on  horseback.  12.  My  brother-in- 
law  expects  soon  to  go  to  Kansas;  he  has  already  been  in 

1  In  the  old  French  the  adjective  grand  was  feminine,  a  fact  which  accounts 
for  its  having  retained  that  gender  in  a  few  modern  expressions  like  grand 
mere,  grand  maman,  grand  envie,  grand  peur,  etc.  It  is  therefore  incorrect 
to  write  these  compound  nouns  with  an  apostrophe,  for  there  is  no  mute  e  to 
be  replaced,  as  most  grammarians  wrongfully  contend. 


158  A   BRIEF   FRENCH   COURSE 

Africa  and  in  Australia,  and  is  now  at  Brussels.  13.  This  dress 
suits  you  beautifully  (d  ravir),  Miss  Marguerite.  14.  Good-by, 
I  must  go  away.  15.  We  leave  to-morrow  for  France.  16.  Is 
your  father  still  at  Washington  ?  17.  He  set  out  from  Wash- 
ington one  month  ago.  18.  My  son  has  come  back  from 
Alaska. 

EXERCISE    LXVI 

351.  Falloir,  to  be  necessary,  musty  want,  need. 

This   verb  is   both  impersonal   and  defective,   having    no 

present  participle  and  no  imperative. 

Pres.  Part. .  Past.  Part,  fallu. 

Pres.  Ind.     il  f aut.  Past.  Indef.  il  a  fallu. 

Impf.  il  fallait.  Plpf.  il  avait  fallu. 

Past  Def.      il  fallut.  Past  Ant.     il  eut  fallu. 

FvZ.  il  faudra.  Fut.  Perf.    il  aura  fallu. 

Cond.  il  faudrait.  Cond.  Perf.  il  aurait  fallu. 

Pres.  Subj.    qu'il  faille.  Perf.  Subj.  qu'il  ait  fallu. 

Impf.  Subj.  qu'il  fallut.  Plpf.  Subj.  qu'il  eut  fallu. 

Imper.  . 

Idioms  with  falloir 

352.  peu  s'en  fallait,  little  icas  wanting,  there  was  (very)  nearly. 
un  homme  comme  il  f  aut,  a  perfect  gentleman. 

353.  When  the  subject  of  inust  is  to  be  expressed,  must 

is  translated  by  il  faut  que,  with  the  verb  following  in  the 

subjunctive :  — 

You  must  stay  here.  H  faut  que  vous  restiez  ici. 

No,  I  must  go  aioay.         Non,  il  faut  que  je  m'en  aille. 

1.  When  the  subject  of  must  is  vague,  indefinite,  or  general, 

or  when  the  subject  of  both  clauses  is  the  same,  the  next  verb 

is  put  in  the  infinitive :  — 

One  must  always  work.  II  faut  toujours  travailler. 

People  cannot  alxnays  do  as  they        H  ne  faut  pas  toujours  en  faire  h  sa 
like,  or  as  they  please.  tete  {that  is,  faire  sa  volont6). 


EXERCISES  159 

354.  When  the  subject  of  must  is  a  pronoun  and  is  to  be 
expressed,  it  may  be  translated  by  falloir  with  an  infinitive, 
placing  the  objective  pronoun  (me,  te,  lui,  nous,  vous,  leur) 
before  faut:  — 

I  must  take  the  child  out  for  a  walk.        II  me  faut  promener  I'enfant. 
You  will  have  to  do  that.  II  vous  faudra  faire  cela. 

He  or  she  must  clean  the  room.  II  lui  faut  faire  la  chambre. 

1.  The  same  construction  is  used,  but  without  an  infinitive, 
to  express  a  want:  — 

What  is  it  you  want  ?  Que  vous  faut  il  ? 

We  want  an  inkstand.  II  nous  faut  un  encrier. 

They  wanted  some  money.        II  leur  fallait  de  I'argent. 

355.  When,  however,  the  subject  is  a  noun,  instead  of  a 
pronoun,  then  the  preposition  a  must  govern  the  noun :  — 

The  workman  needs  his  wages.        II  faut  k  I'ouvrier  son  salaire. 

Note,  — To  distinguish  correctly  between  the  use  of  falloir  and  devoir 
(ought,  must),  bear  in  mind  that  devoir  usually  implies  an  idea  of  duty,  and 
falloir  an  idea  of  necessity  or  compulsion.  ' 

356.  la  dentelle,  lace.  coudre,  to  sew. . 

la  lecture,  reading.  d^m^uager,  to  move  out. 

le  pardessus,  overcoat  noyer,  to  drown. 

le  passeport,  passport.  pr6cis6ment,  exactly. 

le  principe,  principle.  sit6t,  so  soon. 

r^trenne  (f.),  JVeio  Yearns  gift. 

357.  1.  Faut  il  vraiment  que  tu  t'en  ailles  sitot  ?  2.  Oui, 
j'ai  pour  principe  qu'il  ne  faut  jamais  etre  en  retard.  3.  Leon- 
tine,  il  vous  faut  sortir  le  bebe  avant  de  vous  mettre  a  laver. 
4.  Que  voulez  vous  que  je  fasse  de  ces  petits  chats,  madame ; 
il  y  en  a  six?  5.  II  vous  faut  les  noyer,  ma  fille  (my  dear). 
6.  Pourquoi  Pauline  ne  s'en  va-t-elle  pas  a  I'ecole  ?  Que  lui 
faut  il  encore  ?  7.  Madame,  il  me  faut  lui  coudre  un  bouton, 
lui  donner  sa  collation,  et  lui  chercher  ses  gants,  qu'elle  a  egares. 


160  A   BRIEF  FRENCH   COURSE 

8.  Oh,  les  belles  dentelles!  Voila,  precisement  (exactly)  ce 
qu'il  me  faudrait  pour  mes  etrennes.  9.  Oh,  il  faut  que  mon 
pere  me  les  achete.  10.  II  va  vous  falloir^  demenager  au 
premier  mai. 

358.  1.  You  must  not  believe  (croire)  all  that  is  said. 
2.  You  will  have  to  go  to  Brussels  yourself,  if  your  agent 
(agent)  cannot  settle  (arranger)  your  business.  3.  Charles 
is  just  the  man  I  wanted  for  the  position.  4.  Yes,  he  is  a 
perfect  gentleman.  5.  Mama,  I  must  have  new  copy-books, 
and  Henry  must  have  new  shoes ;  give  me  some  money,  please.- 

6.  Before   going,   I   must    sew  a  button   on   (d)   my  jacket. 

7.  What  is  it  you  want?  8.  I  want  my  overcoat,  if  you 
please.  9.  You  must  not^  go  out  in  such  damp  weather, 
Albert ;  you  would  catch  cold.  10.  Man  needs  to  be  religious 
(une  croyance).  11.  He  required  [must  have  had]  ten  minutes 
more  (de  plus)  to  complete  his  reading.  12.  Did  you  know 
that  those  travelers  had  to  have  [were  in  need  of]  passports  ? 

EXERCISE    liXVII 

359.  Devoir,  ought,  must,  to  owe,  to  have  to. 

Pres.  Part.,  devant.  Past  Part.,  du.' 

Pres.  Ind.^  je  dots,  tu  dois,  il  doit ;  nous  devons,  vous  devez,  lis  doivent. 

Past.  Ind.,  j'ai  du. 


Imp/. 

je  devais. 

Plpf. 

j'avais  dfi. 

Past  Def. 

je  dus. 

Past  Ant. 

j'eus  du. 

Fut. 

je  devrai. 

Fut.  Perf. 

j'aurai  du. 

Cond. 

je  devrais. 

Cond.  Perf. 

j'aurais  du. 

Pres.  Subj. 

que  je  doive. 

Perf.  Subj. 

que  j'aie  du. 

Imp.  Subj. 

que  je  dusse. 

Plpf  Subj. 

que  j'eusse  du. 

Imp.  dois, 

devons,  devez. 

1  Notice  that  when  an  impersonal  verb  in  the  infinitive  is  governed  by 
another  verb,  the  whole  expression  becomes  impersonal. 

2  n  ne  faut  pas  always  means  you  m,ust  not. 

8  The  circumflex  accent  upon  the  u  of  the  paSt  part,  du  is  there  merely  to 
distinguish  it  from  the  art.  du  (of  the). 


yjr     I  nt 


EXERCISl  S 


161 


CONJUGATED    LiKE 


apercevoir,  to  perceive,  to  see 

(with  the  eye). 
s' apercevoir,  to  be  aware  of,  to 

notice  (by  the  mind). 


ic-'Oir 

concevoir,  to  conceive, 
d^cevoir,  to  deceive. 
percevoir,  to  collect  taxes. 
recevoir,  to  receive. 


Different  Meanings  of  devoir 

360,  The  proper  acceptation  of  devoir  is  to  owe,  and  its 
figurative  sense  is  to  he  one^s  duty. 

361.  Whenever  should  can  be  turned  into  ought,  and  should 
have  into  ought  to  have,  translate  the  former  by  je  devrais,  etc., 
and  the  latter  by  j'aurais  dii,  etc.,  with  the  verb  following  in 
the  infinitive :  — 


I  know  I  ought  to  speak  (should 

speak),  but  I  dare  not. 
You  ought  to  have  (should  have) 

visited  us. 


Je  sais  bien  que  je  devrais  parler, 

mais  je  n'ose  pas. 
Vous   auriez  dii  nous    faire   une 

visite. 


362.  To  be  or  to  have,  followed  by  an  infinitive,  must  be  trans- 
lated by  devoir,  which  then  expresses  a  future  of  obligation:  — 

What  am  I  to  do  this  morning  ?  Que  dois  je  faire  ce  matin  ? 

We  are  to  go  to  church.  Nous  devons  aller  k  I'^lise. 

My  sister  and  I  have  to  stay  Ma  soeur  et  moi  devons  rester  cliez 

home  to-day  for  reading.  nous,  aujourd'hui,  pour  lire. 

1.  In  the  case  of  to  have,  however,  it  may  also  be  rendered 
by  avoir  a :  — 

We  have  to  stay  home.  Nous  avons  k  rester  chez  nous. 

363.  Must,  implying  supposition,  is  translated  by  je  dois,  tu 
dois,  etc,  and  m2ist  have  by  j'ai  dvi,  tu  as  dii,  etc.,  with  the 
verb  following  in  the  infinitive  in  both  cases  :  — 


My  father  must  be  in  London. 
Our  father  and  mother  must  have 

been  greatly  provoked  to  hear 

that  bad  news. 


Mon  pfere  doit  §tre  k  Londres. 
Notre  p6re  et  notre  m6re  ont  dfi  etre 

bien  contraries  d'apprendre  cette 

mauvaise  nouvelle. 


brief  fr.  course  — 11 


162  A  BRIEF  FRENCH  COURSE 

364.  To  render  the  full  force  of  shall  in  the  2d  and  3d  per- 
sons, and  also  to  translate  will  have  to,  use  devoir  in  the  future. 

The  cashier  shall  give  his  accounts.       Le  caissier  devra  rendre  ses  comptes. 
He  and  you  will  have  to  produce       Lui  et  vous  devrez  produire  vos 
your  proofs,  preuves. 

365.  To  convey  the  idea  of  something  which  was  to  have 

taken  place,  but  did  not,  devoir  is  used  in  the  imperfect. 

Were  you  not  to  have  taken  the        Ne  deviez  vous  pas  prendre  le  train 
5  o^dock  train  f  de  cinq  heures  ? 

366.  Even  though  is  rendered  by  the  imperfect  subjunctive 
of  devoir,  at  the  head  of  a  clause :  — 

Even  though  I  were  to  catch  her        Duss6  je    attraper  sa  maladie,   je 
complaint^   I  would   nurse  her  vous  dis  que  je  ne  la  soignerais 

none  the  less,  I  tell  you.  pas  moins. 

367«     le  danger,  da ngrer.  T^T^venir,  to  forewarn. 

la  difficult^,  difficulty.  s'obstiner  (k),  to  persist  (in). 

Vhonn^tet^  (i.), honesty,  amferement,  bitterly. 

luncher,  to  lunch.  loin  de  1^,  far  from  it. 

368.  1.  Vous  devriez  §tre  heureuse.  2.  Vous  auriez  du 
etre  riche.  3.  Que  devons  nous  faire  en  pareille  circonstance 
(case)  ?  4.  Nous  devons  attendre.  5.  N'aperQois  tu  pas  toutes 
les  difficultes  de  ma  position  ?  6.  Combien  dois  tu  encore  ? 
7.  Environ  50,000  francs.  8.  Je  conqois  tres  bien  le  danger 
dans  lequel  tu  te  trouves  (are).  9.  Surtout  si  le  caissier 
s'obstine  a  percevoir  les  interets  qu'il  demande.  10.  J^aurais 
dii  le  pr^venir  plus  tot,  car  je  n'ai  pas  Phabitude  de  decevoir 
les  gens.  11.  J'aperqois,  maintenant,  ma  faute  et  la  regrette 
amerement.  12.  Mais  dusseje  y  laisser  (perdre)  toute  ma 
fortune,  il  ne  perdra  pas  un  sou.  13.  Vous  devez  lui  montrer 
les  preuves  de  votre  honnetete.  14.  II  doit  diner  chez  nous 
demain.  15.  A  qui  doit  il  la  place  qu'il  occupe  ?  (actual  position). 
16.  A  son  oncle  qui,  dit  on  (it  is  said),  est  fort  riche. 


EXERCISES  163 

369.  1.  I  am  aware  [of  the  fact]  that  you  still  owe  me  two 
hundred  francs.  2.  You  ought  to  pay  me  at  once.  3.  Be 
patient  (patient)  ;  you  shall  soon  receive  your  money.  4.  I 
know  well  that  you  shall  not  be  deceived  in  your  hopes. 
5.  To-morrow  we  shall  go  to  the  opera.  6.  If  Mr.  Poilopate 
were  better  known,  he  would  not  be  received  in  society. 
7.  I  thought  he  was  a  thorough  gentleman  ?  8.  Far  from 
it;  he  is  a  scamp.  9.  I  cannot  conceive  how  people  can 
speak  to  him.  10.  You  ought  to  have  told  me  this  before. 
11.  I  know  I  should  have  [ought  to  have]  done  it,  but  what's 
the  use  (d,  quoi  bon)  ?  12.  Was  he  not  to  go  to  London  ? 
13.  He  must  be  there  now.  14.  He  must  have  been  there 
for  [the  last]  three  months.  15.  Let  us  go  to  lunch,  you 
must  be  hungry.  16.  We  ought  to  be  hungry.  17.  They  (/.) 
ought  to  have  been  thirsty  after  such  talking  (bavardage). 
18.  I  dare  say  (je  le  crois  bien). 

EXERCISE    LXVIII 

370.  Venir,  to  come. 

Pres.  Part. ,  venant.  Past  Part. ,  venu. 

Pres.  Ind.,  je  viens,  tu  viens,  il  vient ;  nous  venons,  vous  venez,  ils  viennent. 

Past  Indef.,  je  suis  venu. 


Impf. 

je  venais. 

Plpf. 

j'6tais  venu. 

Past  Def. 

je  vins. 

Past  Ant. 

je  fus  venu. 

Put. 

je  viendrai. 

Put.  Perf. 

je  serai  venu. 

Cond. 

je  viendrais. 

Cond.  Perf., 

je  serais  venu. 

Pres.  Subj. 

que  je  vienne. 

Perf  Subj. 

que  je  sois  venu. 

Impf.  Subj. 

que  je  vinsse. 

Plpf  Subj. 

que  je  fusse  venu. 

Imper.,  viens,  venons,  venez. 


CONJUGATED  LIKE  venli  (wiTH  etrc) 

.    r  (with  etre),  to  agree.         devenir,  to  become. 
convenir-^  ;    .^,         .  n   .        ..  .' 

1^  (with  avoir),  to  suit.        parvenir,  to  attain. 


se  souvenir  (de),  to  remember. 


164  A  BRIEF  FRENCH  COURSE 


371,  Idioms  with  venir 

aller  et  venir,  to  run  to  and  fro. 

venir  {speaking  of  children,  animals,  and  plants),  to  grow,  shoot  up. 

venir  ^  bout  (de),  to  succeed  in  doing  or  accomplishing. 

en  venir  (^),  to  proceed  to,  have  recourse  to. 

en  venir  k  ses  fins,  to  attain  one^s  ends. 

en  venir  aux  mains,  to  come  to  blows. 

en  venir  jusqu'k,  to  go  so  far  as  to. 

se  faire  bien  venir,  to  win  affection. 

oil  voulez  vous  en  venir  ?  what  are  you  driving  at  f 

1.   Venir  de  expresses  an  action  that  has  just  taken  place :  — 

Les  Emigrants  viennent  de  dfibar-        The  emigrants  have  just  disem- 

quer  dans  le  bas  de  la  ville.  barked  down  town. 

Nous  venons  de  dejeuner.  We  have  just  taken  our  breakfast. 


THE  ARTICLE  BEFORE  NAMES  OF  COUNTRIES,  RIVERS,  ETC. 

372.  The  article  le,  la,  les,  is  used  before  names  of  con- 
tinents, countries,  provinces,  rivers,  and  mountains :  — 

L'Afrique.  les  Etats-Unis. 

la  Jamaique.  la  Seine. 

i'Angleterre.  les  Alpes. 

les  Pyr6n§es,  etc. 

1.  However,  before  names  of  countries  used  adjectively,  the 
article  is  usually  suppressed :  — 
Le  Tsar  de  Russie,  du  champagne  de  France,  de  I'or  d*  Amerique,  etc. 

373.  I'ascension  (f.),  ascent.  on  dit,  it  is  said. 

la  pens6e,  thought.  c'est  juste,  quite  so,  correct. 

repousser,  to  repel.  ma  foi,  well. 

en  mouvement,  on  the  move. 

374.  1.  D'ou  viennent  ces  voyageurs  ?  2.  lis  viennent  de 
la  Jamaique  ?  3.  Eh  bien,  mon  petit  ami,  viendras  tu  a  bout 
de   parler   franqais?      4.  Ah,   monsieur,   c'est  bien  difTicile. 


EXERCISES  165 

5.  A  quelle  heure  vient  le   facteur  ?     6.  II   vient   de  passer. 

7.  C'est  juste,  je  ine  souviens  qu'il  passe  le  matin  a  7  heures. 

8.  II  est  convenu  que  vous  n'avez  jamais  tort,  et  que  vous 
deviendrez  un  grand  homme.  9.  Ma  foi,  I'idee  me  convient 
assez  {first  rate).  10.  II  faut  prendre  le  temps  comme  il 
vient  et  les  hommes  comme  ils  sont.  11.  Le  petit  Antoine 
vient  bien;  il  n'a  que  treize  mois  et  a  deja  dix  dents. 
12.  Pour  se  faire  bien  venir  de  certaines  personnes,  il  faut 
flatter  (humor  them  in)  leurs  defauts.  13.  Get  enfant  ne  fait 
qu'aller  et  venir;  il  ne  pent  rester  deux  minutes  en  place. 
14.  On  dit  que  Pappetit  vient  en  {through)  mangeant ;  il  serait 
plus  juste  {correct)  de  dire  "en  ne  mangeant  pas." 

375.  1.  These  travelers  will  return  from  Australia  next 
autumn.  2.  In  order  to  win  the  affection  of  our  {ses)  teachers, 
we  must  be  kind  and  obedient.  3.  This  child  is  always  on 
the  move :  he  does  nothing  but  run  to  and  fro.  4.  There  is 
{il  vient)  a  draught  {vent)  from  {par)  this  door.  5.  When  bad 
thoughts  come  to  us,  we  must  repel  them.  6.  In  the  sum- 
mer of  1898,  I  made  the  ascent  of  Pike's  Peak  (14,250  feet) 
on  foot ;  but,  oh,  in  the  morning !  (le  lendemain  matin^  Ate !). 
7.  Were  you  alone  ?  8.  Certainly  not ;  I  was  with  Miss  Mary 
Brandow  and  her  fair  {charmante)  friend  Miss  Florence  Perry, 
from  St.  Joseph,  Mo.  {Missouri).  9.  You  must  have  had  a 
jolly  time  {Men  vous  amuser)  then?  10.  Indeed  [we  had]. 
We  passed  the  night  on  the  summit  {le  sommet)  of  the  big 
mountain,  from  whence  {d'oU)  we  enjoyed  the  most  glorious 
sunset  {joui  du  plus  beau  coucher  de  soleil)  it  is  possible  to 
imagine  —  it  was  grand.  11.  You  are  just  in  time:  we  have 
just  sat  down  to  {se  mettre  d,)  table;  sit  down  and  keep  us 
company:  you  know  you  are  welcome.  12.  Well,  Baroness 
(haronne),  I  accept  with  pleasure ;  for  to  tell  you  the  truth  (d 
dire  vrai)  1  am  as  hmigry  as  a  wolf  {fai  unefaim  de  loup). 


166  A   BRIEF  FRENCH   COURSE 

EXERCISE   LXIX 

376.  Savoir,  to  know  {to  have  knowledge  of). 

Pres.  Part.,  sachant.  Past  Part.t  su. 

Pres.  Ind. ,  je  sais,  tu  sais,  il  sait ;  nous  savons,  vous  savez,  ils  savent. 
Past  Indef.,  j'ai  su. 


Imp/. 

je  savais. 

Plpf. 

j'avais  su. 

Past  Def. 

je  sus. 

Past  Ant. 

j'eus  su. 

Put. 

je  saurai. 

Put.  Per/. 

j'aurai  su. 

Cond. 

je  saurais. 

Cond.  Perf. 

j'aurais  su. 

Pres.  Subj. 

que  je  sache. 

Per/.  Subj. 

que  j'aie  su. 

Impf.  Subj. 

que  je  susse. 

Plpf.  Subj. 

que  j'eusse  su. 

Imper.,  sache,  sachons,  sachez. 

377.  Idioms  with  savoir 
savoir  vivre,  good  breeding. 

faire  savoir,  to  inform. 

ne  pas  savoir  ou  I'on  en  est,  not  to  know  which  way  to  turn. 

ne  savoir  ce  qu'on  veut,  not  to  know  one''s  own  mind. 

ne  savoir  qu'y  faire,  not  to  know  what  to  do. 

ne  savoir  rien  de  rien,  to  know  nothing  at  all. 

je  ne  sais  qu'y  faire,  /  cannot  help  it. 

pas  que  je  sache  (at  the  end  of  sentence),  no,  as  far  as  I  know,  not 

that  I  am  aware  of. 
un  je  ne  sais  quoi,  an  indescribable  something. 

378.  Je  ne  sache  pas  (whicli  is  the  only  exception  of  the 
subjunctive  in  a  principal  clause)  is  sometimes  used  idiomati- 
cally for  je  ne  siais  pasj  but  only  in  the  first  person  singular  of 
the  present  indicative  :  — 

Je  ne  sache  rien  qui  me  donne  tant        /  know  nothing  which  gives  me  so 
de  plaisir  que  la  musique,  much  pleasure  as  music. 

379.  When  can  means  to  know  how,  it  is  rendered  by  savoir 
instead  of  pouvoir :  — 

That  boy  knows  how  to  box.         Ce  gar5on  sait  boxer. 
Can  you  swim,  Albert  ?  Sais  tu  nager,  Albert  ? 

Ce  gar5on  pent  boxer,  ou  peut  nager,  has  the  sense  of  he  is  able  to  box 
or  to  swim  (in  spite  of  something  which  hampers  him). 


EXERCISES  167 

380.  Savoir,^  pouvoir,  oser,  and  cesser,  used  negatively,  do 
not  require  pas  or  point,  but  may  take  it  to  express  an  utter 
impossibility :  — 

Je  n'ose  parler  en  public.  I  dare  not  speak  in  public. 
Je  ne  puis  lever  ce  poids.  /  cannot  raise  that  weight. 
Essay ez  —  Je  ne  peux  pas.       Try  it  —  But  I  cannot. 

381.  The  negative  form  of  the  conditional,  je  ne  saurais, 
etc.,  may  be  used  for  the  present  je  ne  puis,  etc.,  but  then  the 
meaning  is  less  absolute  :  — 

Je  ne  saurais  chanter.        I  am  not  able  to  sing. 

Je  ne  puis  chanter.  /  cannot  (do  not  know  how  to)  sing. 

382.  Connaitre,  to  know  (be  acquainted  with). 

Pres.  Part.,  connaissant.  Past  Part.,  connu. 

Pres.  Ind. ,  je  connais,  tu  connais,  il  connait ;  nous  connaissons,  vous  con- 

naissez,  ils  connaissent.     Past  Ind.,     j'ai  connu. 

Plpf.  j'avais  connu. 

Past  Ant.      j'eus  connu. 
Fut.  Per/,     j'aurai  connu. 
Cond.  Perf.  j'aurais  connu. 
Pres.  Subj.  que  je  connaisse.  Perf  Subj.    que  j'aie  connu. 

Impf.  Subj.  que  je  connusse.  Plpf.  Subj.    que  j'eusse  connu. 

Imper.,  connais,  connaissons,  connaissez. 

Besides  being  conjugated  like  connaitre,  the  i  of  these  verbs 
takes  a  circumflex  accent  before  the  t. 

paraitre,  to  appear,  seem.  disparaitre,  to  disappear. 

reconnaitre,  to  recognize. 

383.  Idioms  with  connaitre 

se  connaitre  h  or  en,  to  be  a  judge  of;  to  be  known  by. 

se  faire  connaitre,  to  make  one''s  self  known,  to  tell  one^s  name. 

k  I'oeuvre  on  connait  I'ouvrier,  the  workman  is  known  by  his  work. 

1  Savoir,  when  employed  in  the  sense  of  to  have  learned,  must  be  used  with 
pas :   Je  ne  sals  pas  la  langue  russe. 


Impf 

je  connaissais. 

Past  Def 

je  connus. 

Fut. 

je  connaitrai. 

Cond. 

je  connaitrais. 

168 


A   BRIEF   FRENCH   COURSE 


384.  Savoir  and  connaitre  contrasted 

Savoir,  meaning  to  know  how  to,  to  realize,  to  have  the  knowl- 
edge of  (by  the  mind),  may  have  a  thing  (never  a  person)  for 
its  object,  and  can  be  followed  by  a  conjunction,  or  a  verb_,  in 
the  same  clause :  — 


Savez  vous  que  ma  nifece  est  airiv^e  ? 

Sait  il  les  matbematiques  ? 

Tout  ce  que  je  sais  est  que  je  ne  sais 

rien. 
Elle  sait  jouer  du  piano. 


Do  you  know  my  niece  has  come  f 

Does  he  kyiow  mathematics  f 

I  realize  that  I  do  not  know  much. 

She  knows  how  to  play  the  piano. 


1.  Connaitre,  meaning  to  he  acquainted  with,  to  know  (by 
sight),  may  have  a  person  or  thing  for  its  object,  but  cannot  be 
followed  by  a  conjunction  or  a  verb  in  the  same  clause :  — 


Je  connais  cette  personne, 
Elle   connait  bien  les  oeuvres  de 
Victor  Hugo  et  de  Lamartine. 


I  know  that  person. 
She  knows  well  the  loorks  of  Victor 
Hugo  and  Lamartine. 


385. 


critiquer,  to  criticise. 
danser,  to  dance. 
repr^senter,  to  represent. 
faire  des  armes,  to  fence. 
comme  cela,  1 

y  so-so. 

comme  ci,  comme  9a,  J 
en  presence,  in  presence,  face  to 
face. 
parfaitement,  perfectly,  thoroughly. 

386.  1.  Ce  que  I'on  sait  n'est  rien  en  comparaison  de 
ce  qu'on  ne  sait  pas.  2.  Sauriez  vous  trouver  votre  chemin 
dans  Paris  ?  3.  Je  crains  que  ^  non ;  car  je  ne  connais  pas 
du  tout  cette  belle  et  grande  ville.  4.  Ne  connaissez  vous 
pas  I'acteur  Menard?     5.  Oh,  oui;  il  ne  savait  pas  son  role. 


Tantithfese  (f.),  antithesis. 

le  chemin,  way. 

la  critique,  criticism. 

le  discours,  speech. 

le  philosophe,  philosopher. 

le  personnage,  personage. 

le  pouvoir,  power. 

le  r61e,  part. 


1  For  verbs  followed  by  gtt€  see  p.  195. 


EXERCISES  169 

hier  au  soir  (or,  hier  soir).  6.  Je  ne  sais  si  vous  avez  raison, 
car  je  ne  connais  ni  le  tableau  ni  le  livre  dont  vous  faites 
la  critique  {or,  que  vous  critiquez).  7.  Get  homme  n'a  aucun 
savoir  vivre ;  il  ne  sait  ni  ce  qu'il  dit,  ni  ce  qu'il  fait.  8.  Ne 
sachant  pas  bien  son  discours,  en  presence  de  tout  ce  monde, 
Pierre  {Peter)  ne  savait  oil  il  en  etait.  9.  Madame  votre  mere 
estelle  chez  elle?  10.  Non,  pas  que  je  sache.  11.  L'arbre 
se  connait  a  ses  fruits.  12.  Vous  connaissez  vous  en  peinture  ? 
13.  Comme  cela  (or  familiar,  comme  ci,  comme  qa). 

387.  1.  An  actor  must  always  know  his  part  well,  and  be 
thoroughly  acquainted  with  the  character  of  the  personage 
he  represents.  2.  Miss  Perry  is  a  well  educated  person : 
she  has  a  knowledge  of  French,  Latin  (latin),  and  Hebrew 
(hehreu),  and  knows  how  to  dance,  sing,  and  fence  better 
than  you  or  I.  3.  Oh,  I  know  her  well :  she  is  quite  an 
accomplished  lady.  4.  She  is  so  good  and  so  charitable  that 
she  won  (a  conquis)  the  admiration  of  the  American  people 
(du  peuple  americain).  5.  Young  people  who  think  they  know 
it  all  (everything),  generally  know  nothing  at  all.  6.  Ah !  there 
I  recognize  (bien  Idi)  the  philosopher  Musard.  7.  Is  it  not  he 
who  has  said  that  people  (les  gens)  who  know  little  speak  a  good 
deal,  while  those  who  know  a  great  deal  speak  little  ?  8.  Yes : 
he  knows  the  power  of  antithesis.  9.  You  are  quite  a  good 
judge  of  music :  I  hope  you  will  make  yourself  known  some 
day  or  other  (un  jour  ou  r autre).  10.  Do  you  know  the 
shortest  way  to  go  from  the  Opera  to  the  Theatre-Franqais  ? 
11.  Certainly :  do  you  not  know  that  you  have  only  to  follow 
the  Avenue  de  I'Opera?  12.  That  girl  does  not  know  her 
own  mind.  13.  Is  it  her  fault  ?  14.  Does  man  know  (sait  il 
bien)  his  own  mind?  15.  Sometimes  (parfois)  he  does  not 
know  what  he  does  or  what  he  says. 


170  A  BRIEF  FRENCH  COURSE 

EXERCISE  LXX 

388.  Pouvoir,  to  he  able,  can,  may 

Pres.  Part.,  pouvant.            Past  Part.,  pu. 
Pres.  Ind.,  je  peux  or  puis,  tu  peux,  ilpeut ;  nous  pouvons,  vous  pouvez, 
ils  peuvent.             Past  Indef.,  j'ai  pu. 
Impf.             je  pouvais.             Plpf.  j'avais  pu. 

Past  Def.      je  pus.                    Past  Ant.     j'eus  pu. 
Fut.               je  pourrai.             Fut.  Perf.    j'aurai  pu. 
Cond.            je  pourrais.             Cond.  Perf.  j'aurais  pu. 
Pres.  Subj.   que  je  puisse.        Perf.  Subj.  que  j'aie  pu. 
Impf.  Subj.  que  je  pusse.         Plpf  Subj.  que  j'eusse  pu. 
Imper., . 

389.  Idioms  with  pouvoir 

se  pouvoir,  to  be  possible. 

n'en  pouvoir  plus,  to  be  utterly  exhausted. 

je  ne  peux  pas  le  scntir,  I  cannot  bear  him. 

je  n'y  puis  rien,  or  je  ne  puis  qu'y  faire,  /  cannot  help  it. 

390.  We  have  seen  that  when  can  has  the  sense  of  to  know 
hoiVf  it  is  translated  by  savoir,  but  when  it  signifies  physical 
ability  or  when  it  is  used  to  express  permission,  it  is  rendered 
by  pouvoir. 

This  child  cannot  write,  because       Cet  enfant  ne  pent  pas  6crire,  pares 

he  is  too  ill.  qu'il  est  trop  malade. 

Can  I  go  out,  sir  f  Puis  je  sortir,  monsieur  ? 

Blay  AND  might 

391.  May  and  might  are  translated  by  pouvoir  with  the 
following  verb  in  the  infinitive  {yrvayj  by  the  present  indicative 
or  present  subjunctive;  mighty  by  the  conditional  or  imperfect 
subjunctive). 

He  may  be  right.  H  pent  avoir  raison. 

We  might  arrive  before  dark.         Nous  pourrions  arriver  avant  la  nuit. 


EXERCISES  171 

1.  As  auxiliary  of  a  verb  in  the  subjunctive,  may  or  might  is 
generally  omitted  in  translation,  although  its  rendering  is  more 
forcible :  — 

T  ,    .     ,,   ^  f  Je  desire  que  vous  veniez. 

I  desire  that  you  may  come.  w    j^  . 

I.  Je  desire  que  vous  puissiez  venir. 

I  wished  she  might  live.  i  \^  ^^^J^^'  ^^'^ll^  ^^^^^- 

IJe  voulais  qu'elle  put  vivre. 


THE  ARTICLE  BEFORE  NOUNS  OF  WEIGHT  AND  MEASURE 

392.  A  or  an  used  before  nouns  of  weight,  measure,  or 
number,  is  translated  by  le,  la,  les,  and  by  par  before  nouns  of 
time. 

Cloth  at  ten  francs  a  yard.  Du  drap  ^  dix  francs  le  m6tre. 

Butter  at  two  francs  a  pound.  Du  beurre  a  deux  francs  la  hvre. 

Formerly  our  rent  was  §300  a  Autrefois  notre  loyer  6tait  de  quinze 
year.  cents  francs  par  an. 

1.  After  que  or  quelj  used  as  an  exclamation,  the  article  is 
omitted :  — 

Quel  beau  paysage  !        What  a  pretty  landscape  t 

Compound  Nouns  with  k  and  de 

393.  When  a  substantive  is  composed  of  two  nouns,  one 
of  which  defines  the  other,  the  preposition  a  is  used  to  denote 
t\iQ  fitness  or  purpose  of  the  thing  mentioned,  as  :  — 

A  steamboat.  Un  bateau  a  vapeur. 

A  paint  box.  Une  boite  i  couleurs. 

Note  paper.  Du  papier  i  lettre. 

394.  An  adjective  descriptive  of  material  is  rendered  by 
its  French  equivalent  preceded  by  de:  — 

A  gold  chain.  Une  chaine  d'or. 

A  velvet  hat.  Un  chapeau  de  velours. 

Burgundy  wine.        Du  vin  de  Bourgogne. 


172  A  BRIEF  FRENCH  COURSE 

395.  r^conomie  (f.),  savings.         d^penser,  to  spend. 
la  livre,  pound.  payer,  to  pay. 

le  loyer,  rent.  unir,  to  unite. 

le  m6tre,  meter ^  yard.  frais,  fraiche,  fresh. 

couter,  to  cost.  vite,  quick,  fast. 

le  champignon,  mushroom. 

396.  1.  Vous  paraissez  connaitre  cette  personne.  2.  II  me 
semblait  [en  effet]  la  reconnaitre;  je  voulais  lui  parler,  mais 
elle    a   disparu   trop    tot.       3.  Puis  je  sortir,  mademoiselle? 

4.  Non,  Adele;  je   suis   trop   fatiguee.     Je   n'en   puis   plus. 

5.  Se  peut  il  que  vous  partiez  si  tot  ?  6.  Je  m'embarque  demain 
sur  le  bateau  a  vapeur.  7.  Je  ne  saurais  remettre  mon  voyage 
[a  plus  tard].  8.  Que  voulez  vous ;  je  n'y  puis  rien.  9.  II 
se  peut  que  cet  homme  soit  honnete,  mais  je  ne  peux  pas 
le  sentir.  10.  Cette  soie  coute  trente  francs  le  metre.  11.  A 
Paris  un  loyer  de  1000  francs  par  an  est  bon  marche.  12.  Nous 
pourrions  faire  des  economies,  si  nous  ne  depensions  pas 
tant.  13.  Elle  desire  grandement  que  je  puisse  aller  la  voir. 
14.  Je  voudrais  bien  qu'il  me  payat  ce  qu'il  me  doit.     15.  Quel 

'magnifique  pays!  16.  Je  viens  d'acheter  de  beaux  cham- 
pignons frais  a  quinze  sous  la  livre.  17.  C'est  vraiment  bon 
marche. 

397.  1.  Can  you  (do  you  know  how  to)  sing,  Albert? 
2.  I  know  how  to  sing,  but  I  cannot ;  I  am  too  sad.  3.  I 
am  utterly  exhausted.  4.  You  may  be  right,  but  I  doubt  it. 
5.  I  cannot  walk  so  fast,  my  foot  aches  (fai  mal  au).  6.  May 
you  always  be  united,  dear  children,  that  is  my  dearest  wish. 
7.  "I  can  make  kings  and  can  unmake  them,"  Warwick 
used  to  say.  8.  That  child  would  like  very  much  to  write, 
but  he  cannot.  9.  Don't  cry,  my  child ;  it  is  not  your  fault ; 
you  seem  to  be  ailing ;  you  can't  help  it.  10.  Can  you  sell  me 
that  butter  at  two  francs  a  pound  ?     11.  I  do  not  know  why, 


I 


EXERCISES  173 

but  I  cannot  bear  that  girl  with  her  silk  dress  and  gold  chain ; 
I  would  like  to  see  her  go  back  (retourner)  to  Europe. 

EXERCISE    LXXI 

398.  Vouloir,  to  wish,  to  want. 

Pres.  Part.,  voulant.  Past  Part,  voulu. 

Pres.  Ind.,  je  veux,  tu  veux,  il  veut ;  nous  voulons,  vous  voulez,  ils  veulent. 
Past  Indef.,  j'ai  voulu. 
Impf.  je  voulais.  Pipf-  j 'avals  voulu. 

Past  Def.     je  voulus.  Past  Ant.      j'eus  voulu. 

Fut.  je  voudrai.  Put.  Perf.     j'aurai  voulu. 

Cond.  je  voudrais.  Cond.  Perf.  j'aurais  voulu. 

Pres.  Subj.  que  je  veuille.  Perf.  Subj.    que  j'aie  voulu. 

Impf.  Subj.  que  je  voulusse.         Plpf.  Subj.   que  j'eusse  voulu. 
Imper.,  veuille,  veuillons,  veuillez. 

399.  Idioms  with  vouloir 

vouloir  dire,  to  mean. 

vouloir  ce  qu'on  veut,  to  have  a  strong  will,  a  will  of  one'' s  own. 

vouloir  et  ne  pas  vouloir,  not  to  know  one''s  own  mind. 

vouloir  du  bien  k  quelqu'un,  to  wish  one  well. 

ne  pas  vouloir  s'y  frotter,  to  have  nothing  to  do  with  it. 

en  vouloir  a  quelqu'un,  to  bear  some  one  a  grudge,  ill  will. 

s'en  vouloir,  to  be  angry  with  one's  self. 

400.  Vouloir  must  be  followed  by  the  infinitive  without  a 
preposition  when  both  verbs  refer  to  the  same  person,  and  by 
the  subjunctive  when  the  verbs  refer  to  different  persons :  — 

Ma  tante  veut  partir,  et  mon  oncle        My  aunt  wishes  to  set  out,  and  my 
veut  qu'elle  reste.  uncle  wants  her  to  stay. 

401.  Will  and  would  with  the  meaning  of  to  wish,  to 
be  willing,  are  rendered  by  vouloir:  — 

Will  you  (do  you  wish  to)  do  that        Voulez  vous  avoir  la  bont6  de  faire 

for  me  ?  cela  ? 

/  am  quite  willing  (i.e.  with  plea- )      -,  ,  . 

*  ^^  \:     .    ^  r     Je  veux  bien. 

sure,  I  have  no  objection).  j 


174:  A  BRIEF   FRENCH   COURSE 

I  am  asking  you  to  play,  but  you  Je  vous  demande  de  jouer,  mais 

will  not.  vous  ue  voulez  pas. 

Last  week  I  asked  you  to  play  {if  La  semaine  derni^re,  je  vous  ai  de- 

you  were  willing) ,  but  you  would  mand6  de  jouer,  mais  vous  n'avez 

710^.  pas  Yoalu. 

The  above  examples  show  that  will,  expressing  the  present,  and  would, 
the  past,  are  respectively  translated  by  the  present  indicative  and  by  a 
past  tense  of  pouvoir. 

1.  Used  as  an  auxiliary,  ivill  and  would,  with  the  verb  fol- 
lowing, are  translated  by  the  future  or  conditional,  as :  — 

Will  he  go  to  church  to-morrow  f  Ira-t-il  h  I'^glise  demain  ? 
Shall  you  come  to  see  us  ?  Viendrez  vous  nous  voir  ? 
She  would  go,  if  you  should  accom-  Elle  irait,  si  vous  vouliez  Ty  accom- 
pany her.  pagner. 

402.  The  present  indicative  of  vovZoir,  je  veux,  etc., 
having  a  sense  of  commanding,  or  at  least  of  exacting,  is 
softened  by  the  adjunct  of  bien,  which  gives  it  the  sense  of 
consent:  — 

Si  vous  le  voulez  bien,  nous  sortirons  If  it  is  agreeable  to  you,  we  shall 

ensemble.  go  out  together. 

Ne  veux  tu  pas  que  j'aille  avec  toi  ?  DonH  you  want  me  to  go  with  you  f 

Si,  je  le  veux  bien.  ^Vhy,  yes;  I  have  no  objection. 

1.  The  conditional  of  vouloir  expresses  a  mere  wish  empha- 
sized by  the  addition  of  bien:  — 

Je  voudrais  bien  aller  au  bal.  /  should  like  to  go  to  the  ball. 

Elle  voudrait  bien  voir  Paris,  mais      She  icould  like  to  see  Paris,  but  her 
sa  m6re  s'y  oppose.  mother  does  not  want  her  to. 

403.  Followed  by  an  infinitive,  vouloir  has  sometimes  the 
sense  of  to  intend:  — 

Je  veux  sortir  ce  soir.  /  intend  to  go  out  this  evening. 

Je  voulais  bien  voyager,   mais    je      /  intended  to  travel,  but  I  had  not 
n'avais  pas  assez  d'argent.  enough  money. 


I 


EXERCISES  175 

404.  la  chasse,  hunt^  hunting.        chasser,  to  hunt. 

le  chasseur,  hunter.  repartir,  to  go  back. 

rarement,  seldom. 

405.  1.  Get  enfant  fait  de  (with)  moi  ce  qu'il  veut.  2.  Je 
voudrais  bien  apprendre  la  musique;  mais  ma  mere  ne  veut 
pas.  3.  Que  voulez  vous  dire  ?  4.  Ne  voudriez  vous  pas 
visiter  le  Musee  du  Louvre  ?  5.  Je  le  voudrais  bien ;  mais 
je  n'en  ai  guere  le  temps.  6.  Je  voulais  aller  vous  voir, 
hier,  mais  je  n'ai  pas  eu  un  moment  a  moi.  7.  J^ai  demande 
a  ma  belle  soeur  de  m'accompagner,  et  elle  n'a  pas  voulu  le 
faire.-  8.  Elle  voulait  repartir  pour  la  campagne,  mais  son 
mari  a  voulu  qu'elle  restat  ici.  9.  Voulez  vous  me  rendre 
un  service  ?  10.  Je  veux  bien,  si  je  puis ;  car  vous  savez 
que  je  vous  veux  du  bien.  11.  II  ne  faut  jamais  en  vouloir 
a  quelqu'un.  12.  Votre  frere  viendra-t-il  diner  chez  nous 
dimanche  ?  13.  Je  suis  sur  qu'il  irait,  s'il  pouvait  (or  qu'il 
ira,  s'il  peut). 

406.  1.  I  really  did  not  know  what  you  meant.  2.  Antoine, 
I  wish  you  {2d  pers.  sing.)  would  come  home  early  this 
evening.  3.  He  who  (celui  qui)  always  does  what  he  wants 
seldom  does  what  he  ought  to.  4.  Will  you  go  to  the  theater 
with  me?  5.  I  am  quite  willing.  6.  Will  they  (m.)  go 
hunting  next  week  ?  7.  Don't  you  know  the  hunters  intend 
to  set  out  this  very  day  {aujourcVhui  mime)  ?  8.  One  can 
always  do  a  thing  if  one  [really]  wishes  to.  9.  Is  it  not 
true  that  Mary  has  a  will  of  her  own?  10.  I  am  angry 
with  myself  for  not  having  sooner  acknowledged  (convenu  de) 
my  faults  (torts).  11.  Daisy  (Marguerite)  would  like  to  enter 
society,  but  she  is  still  so  young  and  so  homely,  and  so  .  .  . 
12.  Hush  (chut) !  spiteful  tongue  (mauvaise  langue) ! 


176  A   BRIEF  FRENCH  COURSE 

EXERCISE   LXXII 

Prendre,  to  take 

407.  Pres.  Part.,  prenant.  Past  Part.,  pris. 

Pres.  Itid.f  je  prends,  tu  prends,  il  prend  ;  nous  prenons,  vousprenez,  ils 
prennent.     Past  Indef.,  j'ai  pris. 


Impf. 

je  prenais. 

Plpf.            j'avais  pris. 

Past  Def. 

jepris. 

Past  Ant.     j'eus  pris. 

Fut. 

je  prendrai. 

Fut.  Perf.     j'aurai  pris. 

Cond. 

je  prendrais. 

Cond.  Perf.  j'aurais  pris. 

Pres.  Suhj. 

que  je  prenne. 

Perf.  Subj.  que  j'aie  pris. 

Impf.  Suhj. 

que  je  prisse. 

Plpf.  Subj.  que  j'eusse  pris. 

Imper.,  prends, 

prenons,  prenez. 

Apprendre  k,  to  learn,  comprendre,  to  understand,  entreprendre  de,  to 
undertake,  s'^prendre,  to  be  smitten,  se  m^prendre,  to  mistake,  reprendre, 
to  take  back,  and  surprendre,  to  catch,  to  surprise,  are  conjugated  like 
prendre ;  and  in  all  these  verbs  the  letter  n  is  doubled  before  a  mute  syllable. 


408.  Idioms  with  prendre 

prendre  froid,  to  catch  cold.  prendre  la  parole  to  speak. 

prendre  garde,  to  take  care.  prendre  racine,  to  take  root. 

prendre  part  (^),  to  take  a  share  (in),      se  prendre  (^),  to  catch  on,  in,  at. 

se  laisser  prendre  (k),  to  be  deceived,  let  one's  self  be  caught  (by). 

prendre  d'assaut,  to  take  by  storm,  assault. 

prendre  le  deuil,  to  put  on  mourning. 

prendre  la  cl6  des  champs,  to  slip  off,  or  away. 

prendre  en  flagrant  d^lit,  to  catch  red-handed. 

prendre  gofit,  or  plaisir  (k),  to  take  to  it,  take  pleasure  in. 

prendre  mesure  k  quelqu'un  (de),  to  take  one's  measure  {for). 

409.  The  preposition  from,  following  to  take,  is  rendered  by 
a  in  speaking  of  persons,  and  by  sur,  with  regard  to  things. 

Did  you  not  take  this  book  from  N'avez  vous  pas  pris  ce   livre    a 

your  sister  f  votre  sceur  ? 

The  dressmaker  took  two  yards  from  La  couturifere  a  pris  deux  metres 

{or  off)  this  cloth.  sur  ce  drap. 


EXERCISES 


177 


COLLECTIVE  NOUNS 

410.  Although  some  nouns  are  used  in  the  singular,  they 
represent  more  than  one  person  or  thing  and,  for  this  reason, 
are  called  collective  nouns. 

They  are  either  general  or  partitive:  general,  when  they 
express  the  whole  of  persons  or  things  mentioned:  le  peuple, 
I'armee,  la  marine,  etc.,  and  partitive,  when  they  express  only  a 
part  of  the  whole :  une  partie,  un  certain  nombre,  une  troupe. 

411.  In  French  a  collective  noun,  preceded  by  le  or  la, 
is  usually  general,  and,  contrary  to  English,  the  verb  is  put  in 
the  singular :  — 


Le  conseil  a  donn^  sa  demission  au 

President. 
La  foule  imbecile  voulait  le  pendre 

8ur-le-champ. 


The  cabinet  have  sent  up  their 
resignation  to  the  President. 

The  stupid  crowd  were  willing  to 
hang  him  on  the  »pot. 


1.  A  collective  noun,  preceded  by  un  or  une,  is  usually  parti- 
tive, and  the  verb  agrees,  not  with  the  collective,  but  with  the 
complement  of  the  collective :  — 

Un  nombre  de  soldats  furent  tu6s       A  number  of  soldiers  were  killed 

sur  le  coup.  outright. 

Un  peu  de  fortune  suffit.  A  little  fortune  is  sufficient. 

Note.  —  Under  the  new  syntax,  wherever  a  collective  (la  moiti6  de, 
la  plupart  de,  peu  de,  beaucoup  de,  trop  de,  combien  de,  etc.)  is  ac- 
companied by  a  complement  in  the  plural,  the  verb  must  agree  with  that 
complement :  —  La  moiti6  de  enf  ants  sont  m^chants,  Half  of  children  are 
wicked.     Peu  de  connaissances  suffisent,  Little  knowledge  is  sufficient. 


412.   le  deuil,  mourning. 
le  gilet,  vest. 
la  m^chancet^,  trick. 
la  mort,  death. 
le  pantalon,  trousers. 


le  pifege,  trap. 
la  simagr^e,  affectation. 
concourir,  to  compete. 
insister,  to  insist. 
siffler,  to  hiss. 


tirer,  to  pull,  draw. 

BRIEF   FR.  COURSE  —  12 


178  A  BRIEF  FRENCH  COURSE 

413.  1.  Pasdechance  revient  de  la  peche  sans  avoir 
jamais  rien  pris.  2.  Son  grand  pere  etant  mort,  il  a  fallu 
qu'elle  prit  le  deuil.  3.  Vous  verrez  qu'elle  y  prendra  gout; 
cela  lui  va  a  merveille  (wonderfully).  4.  Je  la  connais  assez 
pour  ne  pas  me  laisser  prendre  a  ses  simagrees.  5.  Ah,  je  te 
surprends  encore  a  faire  des  meehancetes.  6.  Tu  ferais  bien 
mieux  d'apprendre  tes  lemons.  7.  II  finira  par  se  laisser 
prendre  au  piege.  8.  lis  ont  ete  pris  en  flagrant  delit.  9.  La 
foule  {mass)  des  humains  {mankind)  est  sujette  {subject)  a 
Perreur.  10.  Comptez  vous  prendre  la  parole  dans  cette  dis- 
cussion ?  11.  Depechez-vous  done !  On  dirait  que  vous  prenez 
plaisir  a  me  faire  attendre.  12.  Je  ne  veux  pas  prendre 
racine  ici,  vous  savez !  13.  Ah,  mais,  c'est  que  je  ne  suis  pas 
aussi  vif  que  vous,  qui  prenez  tout  d'assaut.  14.  N'insistez 
pas,  mon  ami,  quand  je  voudrai  la  mort,  je  vous  I'enverrai 
chercher  {send  you  to  fetch  it). 

414.  1.  Most  people  promise,  few  know  how  to  keep  [their 
word].  2.  I  warn  you  that  I  shall  pull  your  ears  in  {d'une) 
a  fine  fashion  {fagon)  the  first  time  I  catch  you  stealing 
my  apples.  3.  You  understand  me,  don't  you  ?  4.  Yes,  sir. 
Another  time  I  shall  take  care  not  to  be  caught  red-handed. 

5.  Will  you  please  take  my  measure  for  a  frock  coat 
{line  7'edingote),  a  pair  {une  paire)  of  trousers,  and  a  vest? 

6.  Shall  you  take  a  share  in  the  {au)  concert?  7.  Many 
students  {4tudiant)  have  competed  for  the  position,  but  few 
will  succeed.  8.  The  crowd  were  hissing  the  candidate  {le 
candidat).  9.  An  infinite  number  (nombre  infini)  of  birds  were 
singing  in  the  woods.  10.  Will  you  take  coffee  with  me 
before  you  leave  ?  11.  You  seem  to  take  pleasure  in  the  com- 
pany of  your  cousin  (/.).  12.  Take  care  not  to  be  smitten 
(with  her). 


EXERCISES  179 

EXERCISE    LXXIII 

Mettre,  to  put,  set. 

415.  Pres.  Part.,  mettant.        Past  Part.,  mis. 

Pres.  Ind.,  je  mets,  tu  mets,  il  met ;  nous  mettons,  vous  mettez,  ils  mettent. 
Past  Indef.,  j'ai  mis. 


Impf. 

je  mettais. 

Plpf. 

j'avais  mis. 

Past  Def. 

je  mis. 

Past  Ant. 

j'eus  mis. 

Put. 

je  mettrai. 

Put.  Perf. 

j'aurai  mis. 

Cond. 

je  mettrais. 

Cond.  Perf. 

j'aurais  mis. 

Pres.  Subj. 

que  je  mette. 

Perf  Subj. 

que  j'aie  mis. 

Impf.  Subj. 

,  que  je  misse. 

Plpf.  Subj. 

que  j'eusse  mis. 

Imper.,  mets,  mettons,  mettez. 

Admettre,  to  admit,  se  d^mettre,  to  dislocate,  omettre,  to  omit, 
permettre,  to  permit,  promettre,  to  promise,  se  soumettre,  to  submit, 
and  commettre,  to  commit,  are  conjugated  like  mettre. 


416.  Idioms  with  mettre 

mettre  ^  m6me  (de)  1  mettre  le  pied,  to  enter,  set  foot  in. 

mettre  en  ^tat  (de)    j  '  se  mettre  k  table,  to  sit  down  to  table. 

mettre  au  net,  to  make  a  clean  copy.      se  mettre  en  colore,  to  grow  angry. 
mettre  le  feu  (k),  to  set  fire  to.  se  mettre  bien,  to  dress  well. 

mettre  la  charrue  devant  les  boeufs,  to  put  the  cart  before  the  horse. 

mettre  la  table  or  le  convert,  to  set  the  table. 

se  mettre  k  I'aise,  to  put  one''s  self  at  home. 

mettre  tout  sens  dessus  dessous,  to  turn  everything  topsy-turvy. 

POSSESSIVE    ADJECTIVE 

417,  A  possessive  adjective  {my,  his,  her,  our,  your,  their), 
preceding  a  noun  denoting  a  part  of  the  body,  governed  by  a 
verb,  is  rendered  by  its  corresponding  French  pronoun  (me,  lui, 
notre,  voire,  leur),  and  the  definite  article  :  — 

/  have  passed  my  sword  Je  lui  ai  pass^  men  ^p6e 

through  his  shoulder.  k  travers  I'^paule. 

He  has  cut  off  my  thumb.  H  m'a  coup6  le  pouce. 

His  or  her  head  is  burning.  La  t§te  lui  brfile. 


180  A  BRIEF  FRENCH  COURSE 

418.  Translate  chaudj  froid,  and  mcU  with  avoir  when  the 
possessor  —  of  the  part  of  the  body  mentioned  —  is  the  subject 
of  the  verb:  — 

Elle  a  froid  aux  mains.  Her  hands  are  cold. 

J'ai  mal  aux  pied.  J  have  a  sore  foot. 

Le  b6b6  a  la  tete  brulante.  The  baby's  head  is  burning. 

And  with  etre  when  the  part  of  the  body  is  the  subject  of 
the  verb  (using  faire  with  mcU) :  — 

Ses  pieds  sont  froids.  His  or  her  feet  are  cold. 

Ma  tete  est  chaude.  My  head  is  warm. 

Les  dents  lui  font  mal.        His  or  her  teeth  are  aching. 

419.  le  brouillon,  rough  draft,    valet  de  pied,  footman. 

la  cheville,  ankle.  avoir  de  I'ordre,  to  be  orderly. 

la  chute,  fall.  souffrir,  to  suffer. 

I'erreur,  error,  mistake.  tacher  (de),  to  try  to. 

la  fin,  end.  c'est-k-dire,  that  is  to  say. 

le  nez,  nose.  tout  le  temps,  all  the  while. 


420.  1.  Mettez-vous  a  votre  aise,  je  vous  en  prie.  2,  Ne 
te  mets  pas  en  colere,  petite  mere,  je  vais  me  mettre  au  travail, 
et  te  promets  d'etre  bien  sage  (good).  3.  As  tu  mis  la  table, 
Adrienne?  4.  Oui,  maman,  et  je  crois  que  je  n'ai  rien  omis. 
5.  Vous  commencez  Phistoire  par  la  fin;  vous  mettez  la 
charrue  devant  les  boeufs.  6.  Parlez  peu,  mais  parlez  bien, 
si  vous  voulez  me  mettre  a  m§me  de  vous  donner  raison. 
7.  Regarde  comme  tu  es  peu  soigneuse,  mon  enfant,  tu  mets 
tout  sens  dessus  dessous  dans  ta  chambre.  8.  Ce  jeune 
homme  a  du  gout;  il  se  met  tres  bien.  9.  Vous  semblez 
souffrir.  10.  Oui,  dans  ma  chute,  je  crois  que  je  me  suis 
demis  la  cheville,  et  je  crains  bien  que  mon  valet  de  pied 
se  soit  casse  le  bras. 


EXERCISES  181 

421.  1.  You  will  make  a  clean  copy  of  this  rough  draft. 
2.  Above  all,  try  to  omit  nothing,  and  not  to  begin  at  (par) 
the  end ;  that  is,  not  to  put  the  cart  before  the  horse.  3.  If 
you  will  permit  me  to  give  you  my  opinion,  I  will  tell  you, 
my  friend,  that  you  are  too  inquisitive.  4.  You  put  your 
nose  [in]  everywhere,  you  get  angry  for  the  least  thing. 
5.  Then  (ensuite)  you  commit  many  mistakes,  promising  all 
the  while  that  you  will  correct  your  faults,  but  you  never  do 
(yous  n^en  faites  rien).  6.  Harriet,  come  downstairs  (descendez) ; 
they  are  sitting  down  to  table.  7.  This  young  man  dresses 
with  much  taste.  8.  Try  to  be  a  little  more  orderly.  I 
found  your  room  this  morning  all  upside  down  (topsy-turvy). 
9.  Mama,  sister  is  ill;  she  has  a  toothache,  her  feet  are 
cold,  and  her  head  is  burning. 

EXERCISE   LXXIV 
Croire,  to  believe. 

422.  Pres.  Part. ,  croyant.  Past  Part.,  cru. 

Pres.  Ind.,  je  crois,  tu  crois,  il  croit ;  nous  croyons,  vous  croyez,  ils  croient. 
Past  Indef.,  j'ai  cru. 


Impf. 

je  croyais. 

Plpf. 

j' avals  cru. 

Past  Def. 

je  crus. 

Past  Ant. 

j'eus  cru. 

Put. 

je  croirai. 

Put.  Per/. 

j'aurai  cru. 

Cond. 

je  croirais. 

Cond.  Per/. 

j'aurais  cru. 

Pres.  Subj. 

que  je  croie. 

Perf.  Subj. 

que  j'aie  cru. 

Impf.  Subj. 

que  je  crusse. 

Plpf.  Subj. 

que  j'eusse  cru. 

Imper.,  crois,  croyons,  croyez. 

The  pupil  is  reminded  that  croire,  Hke  penser,  governs  the  indicative 
when  used  affirmatively ;  used  negatively  or  interrogatively,  it  requires 
the  subjunctive,  in  case  any  doubt  is  in  the  speaker's  mind. 

423.  Idioms  with  croire 

C'est  k  n'y  pas  croire,  it  passes  belief. 

En  faire  accroire  {k),  to  make  one  believe,  to  impose  upon.     . 

S'en  croire,  to  have  a  high  opinion  of  one''s  self. 


182  A   BRIEF   FRENCH   COURSE 

Ce  Qui,  Ce  Que 

424.  AVlien  the  pronoun  tchat  can  be  turned  into  that  whichy 
it  is  translated  by  ce  qui  if  ivhat  is  the  subject,  and  by  ce  que 
when  what  is  the  object  (see  77)  :  — 

Ce  qui  me  rend  heureux,  c'est  ma        What  makes  me  happy  is  my  be- 

famille  bienaimSe.  loved  family. 

Ce  que  je  vous  dis  est  la  v6rit6.  What  I  tell  you  is  the  truth. 

1.   Whichj  referring  to  a  whole  clause,  is  rendered  by  ce  qui. 

Votre  amie  s'habille  mal,  ce  qui  lui         Tour  friend  dresses  badly,  which 
donne  un  air  campagnard.  gives  her  a  countrified  air. 

Invariable  Past  Participles  before  a  Noun 

425.  It  has  been  the  rule  that  such  expressions  as  ci  joint, 
ci  inclus,  herewith,  inclosed;  non  compris,  not  included;  vu,  see- 
ing;  excepte,  excepted,  etc.,  are  invariable  when  preceding  th6 
noun  to  which  they  refer.  Under  the  new  rules  the  agreement 
of  these  expressions  with  the  noun  following  them  is  left  to 
choice,  and  the  hyphen  between  ci  and  the  past  participle 
disappears :  — 

Ci  joint  (or  ci  jointes)  les  pieces  de-  Inclosed  the  pieces  asked  for,  each 

mand^es,  chacune  ^  avec  son  (or  with  its  own  number. 
leur)  num^ro. 

J'ai  envoys  les  livres,  excepts  (or  /  have  sent  the  books,  those  I  kept 

except6s)  ceux  que  j'ai  gard^.  excepted. 

426.  le  coeur,  heart.  le  renard,  fox. 
le  contraire,  contrary.  la  terre,  earth. 

la  croyance,  belief.  f ^conder,  to  fertilize. 

VexB.ctitude  (t),  punctuality.  humain,  human. 

I'humilit^  (f.),  humility.  sup^rieur,  superior. 

I'orgueil  (m.),  pride.  tout  le  monde,  everybody. 

i  When  chacun  is  placed  after  the  verb  and  refers  to  a  word  in  the  plural, 
whether  subject  or  complement,  the  possessive  son,  sa,  ses,  or  leur,  leurs  after 
chacun  is  now  allowable  without  any  distinction  :  —  lis  sont  sortis  chacun  de 
son  cote  (or  de  leur  cote).  They  went  out  each  his  own  way.  Remettre  des 
livres  chacun  a  sa  place  (or  a  leur  place).  To  put  books  back  each  into  its  place. 


EXERCISES  183 

427.  1.  Nous  soinmes  mallieureusement  trop  inclines  (j>ro»ie) 
a  croire  ce  qui  nous  flatte.  2.  Le  coeur  humain  est  invariable 
{everywhere  the  same).  3.  Partout  c'est  or  ce  sont  les  memes 
{very  same)  defauts,  memes  vices  et  memes  vertus.  4.  Ne 
parlez  jamais  aux  autres  de  vous  meme,  ni  [en]  bien,  parce 
qu'ils  ne  vous  croiraient  pas,  ni  [en]  mal,  parce  qu'ils  en  croi- 
raient  beaucoup  plus  qu'il  y  en  aurait.  5.  Ci  incluses  les  fleurs 
que  vous  m'avez  demandees.  6.  Generalement  tous  les  imbe- 
ciles se  croient  de  I'esprit  {witty),  et  ils  s'en  croient.  7.  Croyez- 
moi,  mon  ami,  un  pen  plus  d'humilite  vous  irait  mieux  {to  suit). 
8.  C'est  la  pluie,  la  chaleur,  et  le  travail  qui  fecondent  la 
terre.  9.  Ce  qui  nous  rend  heureux,  c'est  la  croyance  que 
nous  sommes  heureux.  10.  II  faut  mettre  les  choses  chacune 
a  sa  {or  a  leur)  place. 

428.  1.  I  send  you  herewith  the  letters  which  I  received 
yesterday.  2.  Intelligent  though  {aussi)  you  may  be,  never 
have  a  liigh  {grande)  opinion  of  yourself :  that  mark  of  pride 
would  destroy  the  good  opinion  which  people  might  have  of 
you.  3.  Don't  tell  me  {d.  d' autres),  my  boy !  one  cannot  impose 
upon  an  old  fox  like  me.  4.  It  passes  belief :  that  boy's  idle- 
ness is  truly  amazing  {surprenante) :  Edward,  I  wish  you  would 
put  things  back  each  into  its  place.  5.  We  often  think  {croire) 
ourselves  higher  than  {sup^rieur  d)  all  others.  6.  When  I 
speak  of  you,  I  say  all  the  good  of  you  that  {qu^on  en^)  can 
be  said.  7.  What  I  give  you  [there]  is  mine  indeed  {Men  d). 
8.  Your  sister-in-law  is  a  poor  actress,  [a  fact]  which  ought 
to  prevent  her  from  going  on  the  {d^entrer  au)  stage.     9.  It  is 


1  En  and  y  are  employed  in  all  three  persons — not  in  the  third  only — in  order 
to  avoid  the  repetition  of  a  noun  or  pronoun :  —  Quoique  mes  f  reres  ne  parlent 
pas  beaucoup  de  moi,  j'espere  qu'ils  y  pensent  souvent,  Although  my  brothers 
do  not  speak  much  of  me,  1  hope  they  often  think  of  me. 


Impf. 

je  voyais. 

Past  Def. 

]e  VIS. 

Fut. 

je  verrai. 

Cond. 

je  verrais. 

184  A   BRIEF  FRENCH   COURSE 

my  brother  who  told  me  that.  10.  Well,  it  is  my  children 
and  my  wife  who  told  me  the  contrary ;  whom  must  I  believe, 
if  not  them  ? 

EXERCISE  LXXV 
Voir,  to  see. 

429.  Pres.  Part.,  voyant.        Past  Part.,  vu. 

Pres.  Ind.j  je  vols,  tu  vols,  il  voit ;  nous  voyons,  vous  voyez,  ils  voient. 
Past  Indef.,  j'ai  vu. 

Plpf.  j 'avals  vu. 

Past  Ant.     j'eus  vu. 
Fut.  Per/,    j 'aural  vu. 
Cond.  Per/,  j'aurais  vu. 
Pres.  Subj.  que  je  vole.  Per/.  Subj.  que  j'aie  vu, 

Impf.  Subj.  que  je  visse.         Plpf.  Subj.   que  j'eusse  vu. 
Imper.,  vols,  voyons,  voyez. 

Entrevolr,  to  catch  a  glimpse;  pr^volr,i  to  foresee;  revoir,  to  see  again, 
are  conjugated  like  voir. 

Idioms  with  voir 

430.  voir  le  jour,  to  see  the  light,  to  be  born. 
faire  voir,  laisser  voir,  to  show. 

se  laisser  voir,  to  appear  in  society. 

n'y  voir  que  du  feu,  to  be  taken  by  surprise, 

to  be  unable  to  make  out. 
avoir  vu  le  feu,  to  have  smelt  powder. 
voyons  !  let  me,  let  us  see,  come  along  ! 

'HE  WHO,'    'HE   WHOM,'   ETC. 

431.  He  whOf  she  whoj  tJiey  who,  etc.,  are  translated  by  celui 
qui,  celle  qui,  ceux  or  celles  qui,  etc.,  and  ?ie  whom,  she  whom^ 
they  whom,  by  celui  que,  celle  que,  etc. 

They  who  steal  must  be  severely         II  faut  que  ceux  qui  voient  solent 

punished.  s^v^rement  punls. 

He  whom  you  accuse  is  innocent.  Celui  que  vous  accusez  est  innocent. 

1  In  the  future  and  conditional  pr^voir  becomes  regular ;  je  privoirai,  je 
privoirais,  etc. 


EXERCISES  185 


De  AFTER   Partitive   Expressions 

432.  Quelque  chose,  rien,  quelquhtn,  personne,  que  (inter- 
rogative), quoi  (exclamative),  require  the  preposition  de  before 
a  following  adjective  or  participle :  — 

EUe  a  quelque  chose  de  doux  dans  She  has  something  sweet  in  her 

son  expression.  expression. 

Je  n'ai  vu  personne  de  bless^.  I  saw  no  wounded. 

Qu'y  a-t-il  de  nouveau  ?  What  is  there  new  ? 

Ce  n'est  rien  de  bon.  IV s  nothing  good. 

Quoi  de  plus  beau  que  ce  paysage  \  What  finer  than  this  landscape  ! 

433.  la  boue,  mud.  admirable,  admirable. 
le  brouillard,  fog.  distingu^,  distinguished. 
le  cas,  case.                        timide,  bashful. 

le  gamin,  urchin.  compl^tement,  completely. 

d^ vaster,  to  lay  waste.        apr^s  tout,  after  all. 

juger,  to  judge.  ^tre  h  meme  de,  to  be  in  a  condition  to. 

434.  1.  J'ai  vu  les  campagnes  (districts)  par  oil  (which) 
I'armee  a  passe ;  elles  sont  completement  devastees.  2.  Est  il 
vrai  qu'il  y  ait  la  fievre  a  Rome  ?  3.  Ma  foi  (why),  nous  en 
arrivons,  et  nous  n'y  avons  vu  aucun  (a  single)  cas  de  fievre: 
ceux  que  les  journaux  font  mourir  de  cette  maladie  se  portent 
a  merveille  (are  in  splendid  health).  4.  Est  ce  une  jolie  ville  ? 
5.  Oui,  mais  elle  ne  vaut  pas  (it  does  not  come  up  to)  Paris, 
qui  est  la  seule  ville  ou  I'on  n'ait  jamais  tout  vu.  6.  Tout 
homme  qui  veut  voir  et  savoir  doit  beaucoup  voyager.  7.  A 
Londres,  le  brouillard  est  quelquefois  si  epais  qu'on  ne  se  voit 
pas  a  deux  pas  (paces  off)  :  je  n'ai  encore  rien  vu  de  pareil 
dans  aucune  ville.  8.  On  m'y  a  vole  ma  montre  et  je  n'y 
ai  vu  que  du  feu.  9.  Ceux  qui  voient  le  feu  pour  la  premiere 
fois  n'aiment  pas  laisser  voir  qu'ils  ont  peur.  10.  Voyez  done 
ce  gamin;   on  dirait  qu'il  aime  a  faire  voir  qu'il  sait  nager. 


186  A  BRIEF  FRENCH  COURSE 

435.  1.  Where  were  you  born,  Edward?  (transl.  with 
voir  le  jour.)  2.  In  St.  Joseph,  Missouri,  on  the  24th  [of] 
February,  1900.  3.  She  whom  you  want  to  see  is  not  at 
home.  4.  Is  there  anything  new  in  Paris  ?  5.  Not  that  I 
know  of.  6.  Those  Englishmen  are  always  speaking  (use 
dire)  ill  of  America;  they  would  do  much  better  to  return 
to  the  country  where  they  were  born.  7.  There  is  some- 
thing very  distinguished  about  this  young  lady.  8.  She 
seems  a  little  bashful  and  does  not  like  to  appear  in 
society  (transl.  to  let  herself  be  seen).  9.  After  all,  having 
only  caught  a  glimpse  of  her,  I  am  not  in  a  position  to  judge 
her.  10.  I  doubt  whether  you  have  ever  smelt  powder. 
11.  I  ?  why,  I  was  one  of  the  army  at  Manila  (Manille),  and 
when  we  destroyed  the  Spanish  fleet,  those  that  we  beat 
didn't  know  what  to  make  of  it.  12.  He  who  has  not  seen 
that  never  saw  anything.  13.  Everything  in  nature  is  grand 
and  admirable  ;  nothing  is  to  be  seen  in  it  (il  ne  s'y  voit  rien) 
that  does  not  bear  the  stamp  of  the  Maker  (marqu^  au  coin 
de  VOuvrier).  14.  Why  don't  you  come  along?  15.  The  streets 
through  which  I  went  were  very  muddy  (pleines  de  boice). 

EXERCISE   LXXVI 
Tenir,  to  hold,  to  keep. 

436.  JVes.  Part.,  tenant.  Past  Part.,  tenu. 

Pres.  Ind.,  je  tiens,  tu  tiens,  il  tient;  nous  tenons,  vous  tenez,  ils  tiennent, 
Past  Indef.,  j'ai  tenu. 


Imp/. 

je  tenais. 

Plpf. 

j'avais  tenu. 

Past  Def. 

je  tins. 

Past  Ant. 

j'eus  tenu. 

Fut. 

je  tiendrai. 

Fut.  Perf. 

j'aurai  tenu. 

Cond. 

je  tiendrais. 

Cond.  Perf. 

j'aurais  tenu. 

Pres.  Siibj. 

que  je  tienne. 

Perf.  Suhj. 

que  j'aie  tenu. 

Impf.  Suhj. 

que  je  tinsse. 

Plpf.  Suhj. 

que  j'eusse  tenu. 

Imper.,  tiens,  tenons,  tenez. 


EXERCISES  187 

Appartenir,  to  belong,  se  contenir,  to  restrain  one^s  self,  entretenir,  to 
support,  obtenir,  to  obtain,  retenir,  to  engage,  keep,  soutenir,  to  bear,  to 
maintain,  are  conjugated  like  tenir. 


437.  *  Idioms  with  tenir 

tenir  de,  to  take  after,  to  inherit  from,    ne  tenir  k  rien,  to  care  for  nothing. 
tenir  table  ouverte,  to  keep  open  house,    se  tenir  en  repos,  to  keep  still. 
tenir  k,  to  be  attached  to.  tiens  !  tenez  !  here  !  I  say  !  halloo  ! 

savoir  h.  quoi  s'en  tenir,  to  know  what  one  is  about,  where  one  is,  what  to  do. 
II  a  de  qui  tenir,  he  is  a  chip  of  the  old  block. 


The   Pronoun  le  (for  so  or  it) 

438.  In  answer  to  a  question,  the  English  simply  reply,  / 
airif  they  are,  etc. ;  while  in  such  cases  the  French  always 
introduce  the  pronoun  le,  la,  les,  to  represent  whatever  is  spoken 

about. 

« 

1.  When  the  word  to  be  represented  in  the  answer  is  an 
adjective  (or  a  noun  used  adjectively),  le  alone  is  used  (with 
the  meaning  of  I  am  it,  I  am  what  you  say)  :  — 

Are  you  married,  Christine? — les,  Es  tu  marine,  Christine  ?  —  Oui,  je 

I  am.  le  suis. 

Are  not  these  two  women  beautiful?  Ces  deux  femmes  ne  sont  elles  pas 

—  They  are.  belles  ?  —  Si,  elles  le  sont. 

Are  you  lawyers,  gentlemen?  —  No,  Etes  vous    avocats,  messieurs?  — 

we  are  not.  Non,  nous  ne  le  sommes  pas. 

2.  If  the  word  is  a  noun  (or  an  adjective  used  substantively), 
le,  la,  or  les  is  then  used  according  to  the  gender  and  number  of 
the  noun  represented  :  — 

Are  you  the  expected  physician  ? —  Etes  vous  le  m^decin  qu'on  attend  ? 

/  am.  —  Je  le  suis. 

Are  you  really  the  patient  ?  —  /  am  Etes  vous  r^ellement  la  malade  ? — 

not.  Non,  je  ne  la  suis  pas. 

AreyouthedaughtersofX?—Yes,  Etes  vous  les  filles  de  X?  — Oui, 

we  are.  nous  les  sommes. 


188  A   BRIEF  FRENCH   COURSE 

3.  Le  is  likewise  used  to  represent  a  preceding  adjective  or 
participle,  or  a  whole  clause  itself,  even  where  there  is  no 
interrogative  form:  — 

These  sailors  are  not  yet  skillful  Ces  marins  ne  sont  pas  encore  assez 

enough,  but  they  will  become  so.  habiles  ;  mais  ils  le  deviendront. 

This  poor  woman  is  respected  by  Cette  pauvre  femme  est  respect^e 

everybody,  and  she  deserves  to  be.  de  lous,  et  elle  le  m^rite. 

4.  Le  is  also  used  after  a  comparative,  and  is  no  longer 
preceded  by  iie;^  le  not  being  expressed  in  English. 

These  tcorkmen  have  become  more       Ces    ouvriers    sont    devenus    plus 
skillful  than  they  were.  habiles  qu'ils  I'Staient, 

5.  Notice  that  with  a  transitive  verb  so  is  rendered  by  le :  Who  told  you 
so  f  (meaning  who  told  you  it  ?),  Qui  vous  I'a  dit  ?  With  an  intransitive 
verb,  so  is  rendered  by  ainsi :  Why  do  you  talk  so  ?  Pourquoi  parlez 
vous  ainsi? 

439.  la  connaissance,  acquaintance.  avouer,  to  confess. 
le  gredin,  scamp.  se  fier  (^),  to  trust. 
le  mulet,  mule.  ravager,  to  plunder. 
la  pie,  magpie.  enchants,  delighted. 
la  retenue,  reserve.  affreux,  horrid. 

le  secret,  secret.  miserable,  wretch. 

la  veuve,  widow.  t§tu,  obstinate. 

440.  1.  Cette  enfant  tient  toujours  les  yeux  baisses  {cast 
down) ;  elle  est  tres  timide.  2.  Elle  ne  tient  pas  de  sa  mere, 
alors.  3.  Que  vous  etes  mauvaise  (sharp)  langue,  ma  pauvre 
Lucie.  4.  Pourquoi  parlez  vous  ainsi?  5.  II  faut  avoir  un 
pen  de  retenue  dans  ce  qu'on  dit.  6.  Je  ne  peux  pas  me 
contenir,  ma  chere,  c'est  dans  ma  nature;  je  maintiens  toute- 
fois  ce  que  j'ai  dit.  7.  Tiens-toi  bien  a  table,  mon  enfant. 
8.    II   faut   se   tenir   les    pieds   chauds   si   I'on   ne   veut    pas 

1  After  comparatives,  or  words  indicative  of  comparisons,  the  particle  ne 
is  no  longer  required :  Vous  ecrivez  mieux  que  vous  parlez.  You  write  better 
than  you  speak. 


EXERCISES  189 

attraper  froid.  9.  Etes  vous  la  fille  de  Madame  Henriette 
Brandow  ?  10.  Je  la  suis.  11.  Vous  etes  mariee,  alors  ? 
12.  Je  le  suis.  Qui  vous  Fa  dit?  13.  Tiens!  vous  voila;  je 
parlais  de  vous,  justement.  14.  Oet  enfant  tient  toutes  ses 
qualites  de  sa  mere,  et  tons  ses  defauts  de  son  pere  qui  est 
tgtu  comme  un  mulet. 

441.  1.  Are  you  a  widow,  madam?  2.  lam,  sir.  3.  Perhaps 
you  are  the  widow  "  Clicquot."  4.  Exactly  so,  I  am.  5.  De- 
lighted to  make  your  acquaintance,  dear  madam.  6.  I 
have  something  to  tell  you,  but  I  want  to  know  first  if  you 
can  keep  a  secret.  7.  You  can  trust  me;  I  take  after  my 
aunt,  who  is  as  fond  of  chatter  (havarde)  as  a  magpie. 
8.  Ah,  now  I  see !  9.  You  are  the  horrid  [little]  scamps  who 
have  been  plundering  my  orchard  for  more  than  two  months. 
10.  Who  told  you  so  ?  11.  Don't  I  see  it  ?  12.  Then  we 
confess  we  are.  13.  You  don't  care  for  anything,  you  little 
wretches !  14.  Oh,  yes  [we  do],  sir !  We  care  a  great  deal 
for  your  fruit  {pi.).  15.  [I  believe]  you  have  eaten  so  much 
of  it  that  you  ought  to  be  ill.  16.  So  are  we,  sir,  and  that 
is  our  punishment  (chdtiment). 

EXERCISE    LXXVII 
Dire,  to  tell,  to  say. 

442.  Pres.  Part.,  disant.  Past  Part.,  dit. 

Pres.  Ind.,  je  dis,  tii  dis,  il  dit ;  nous  disons,  vous  dites,  lis  disent. 
Past  Indef.,  j'ai  dit. 


Impf. 

je  disais. 

Plpf. 

j'avait  dit. 

Past  Def. 

je  dis. 

Past  Ant. 

j'eus  dit. 

Fut. 

je  dirai. 

Fut.  Perf. 

j'aurai  dit. 

Cond. 

je  dirais. 

Cond.  Perf. 

j'aurais  dit. 

Pres.  Subj. 

que  je  dise. 

Perf  Subj. 

que  j'aie  dit. 

Impf.  Subj. 

,  que  je  disse. 

Plpf  Subj. 

que  j'eusse  dit. 

Imper.,  dis,  disons,  dites. 


190  A  BRIEF  FRENCH  COURSE 

Contredire,  1  to  contradict^  interdire,  to  forbid^  maudire,  to  curse, 
m6dire,  to  slander,  redire,  to  repeat,  pr6dire,  to  foretell,  are  conjugated 
like  dire. 

443*  Idioms  with  dire 

qu'en  dirar-t-on  ?  what  icill  people  say  f     pour  ainsi  dire,  so  to  speak. 
quoiqu'oii  en  dise,  whatever  one  may  say.    avoir  beau  dire,  iVs  useless  to  talk. 

cela  va  sans  dire,  it  stands  to  reason,  it  is  taken  for  granted. 

ce  n'est  qu'un  on  dit,  iVs  nothing  hut  a  rumor. 

il  n'y  a  pas  k  dire,  there's  nothing  to  he  said,  it  cannot  he  helped. 

ne  dire  mot,  not  to  say  a  word,  to  he  silent. 

ne  trouver  rien  ^  redire  (^),  to  have  nothing  to  say  against. 


Omission  of  pas  with   ne 
444.   Ne  is  employed  without  pas-:  — 

1.  With  the  verbs  oser  and  cesser ,  and  pouvoir  and  savoir, 
used  negatively :  — 

Je  n'oserais  dire  tout  ce  que  je  sais.        /  shouldn't  dare  to  tell  all  I  know. 
Les  forts  n'ont  cess6  de  tirer.  The  forts  did  not  cease  firing. 

2.  With  verbs  (used  negatively)  preceded   by  si  with  the 
sense  of  unless,  the  pas  is  optional:  — 

Si  mon  pr^cepteur  ne  vient  {or  ne         I  shall  go  to  play,  unless  my  tutor 
vient  pas)  bientdt,  j'irai  jouer.  comes  soon. 

3.  After  que  (meaning  why),  and  expressive  of  a  wish  or 
regret : — 

Que  ne  me  dites  vous  tout  ce  qui  Why  don't  you  tell  me  all  that 

est  arrive  ?  happened  ? 


1  Contredire  makes  vous  contredisez  in  the  present  indicative. 

2  As  we  have  seen  the  addition  of  pas  or  point,  strengthening  the  negative, 
is  employed  to  express  an  utter  impossibility. 


EXERCISES  191 

4.  After  il  y  a  .  .  .  que,  and  depuis  que  (meaning  since), 
followed  by  the  past  indefinite:  — 

II    y   a    six    mois    que    nous    ne  It  is  six  months  since  we  went  on 

sommes  all^s  en  bateau.  the  water. 

Comment   vous    §tes   vous    port6  How  have  you  been  since  I  last 

depuis  que  je  n'ai  eu  le  plaisir  had  the  pleasure  of  seeing  you  9 

de  vous  voir? 

Quelle  est  la  femme  qui  n'aime  a  What    woman    is    not    fond    of 

danser  ?  dancing  ? 

5.  After  a  relative  pronoun  followed  by  the  subjunctive:  — 

Y  a-t-il  une  seule  personne  qui  ne        Is  there  a  single  person  who  does 
sache  cela  ?  not  know  that  f 

6.  Finally  after  words  expressive  of  a  negative,  as  jamais 
plus,  rien,  aucun,  etc. :  — 

Vous  verrez,  il  ne  dira  rien.  You  will  see,  he  will  say  nothing. 

II  ne  fera  aucun  discours.  He  will  make  no  speech. 

44:5.    le  si^cle,  century.  d^tourner,  to  turn  aside. 

la  vocation,  vocation.  maintenir,  to  maintain. 

continuer,  to  continue.  s'opposer  (^),  to  object. 

d^h^riter,  to  disinherit.        francheraent,  frankly. 
iramMiatement,  immediately. 

446.   1.    II  n^y  a  pas  a  dire,  mon  ami,  vous  avez  eu  tort 
de  parler  ainsi.      2.   Eh  bien,  pourquoi  ne  dites  vous  mot? 

3.  Quoique  vous  en  disiez,  je  maintiens  qu'a  la  condition  de 
ne  pas  medire,  on  pent  dire  franchement  ce  que  Pon  pense. 

4.  Nous  ne  trouvons  rien  a  redire  a  cela..  5.  Si  vous  continuez, 
mon  ami,  a  me  contredire  ainsi,  je  vous  interdirai  de  parler. 
6.  Que  ne  le  disiez  vous  plus  tot  ?  7.  C'est  une  bonne  maniere 
(ivay)  d'avoir  raison.  8.  Vous  pouvez  aller  (go  on),  je  ne 
dirai  mot.  9.  Mais  vous  avez  beau  dire,  vous  ne  me  con- 
vaincrez  pas.      10.   II  y  a  un  siecle  que  je  ne  vous  ai  vue. 


192  A  BRIEF  FRENCH  COURSE 

11.  II  y  a,  en  effet,  plus  d'un  an  que  je  suis  venue  ici.    12.  ^ue 
ne  me  parlez  vous  de  votre  famille  ? 

447.  1.  Say,  Mary,  you  can  go  out  this  evening,  unless 
madam  objects.  2.  Who  would  have  foretold  that  his  dying 
{en  mourant)  father  would  have  cursed  him  and  disinherited 
him !  3.  It's  useless  for  you  to  say  so :  I  will  not  believe  it. 
4.  There's  nothing  to  be  said,  but  we  can  do  nothing  without 
being  immediately  criticised.  5.  Pshaw  (hah) !  laugh  at  {du) 
what  people  may  say.  6.  Why  (use  que)  did  you  not  tell 
me  sooner  ?  7.  They  want  to  forbid  me  the  theater  (to  go  on 
the  stage);  but  whatever  people  may  say,  nothing  shall  turn 
me  from  it,  for  it  is  my  vocation.  8.  I  shall  forbid  you 
{2d  pers.  sing.)  to  play  if  you  do  not  cease  crying  thus.  9.  It 
is  four  months  since  I  saw  you  last.  10.  Why  {que)  don't 
you  tell  me  all  that  happened  to  you  ?  11.  I  shouldn't  dare, 
for  fear  of  what  people  would  say. 

EXERCISE  LXXVIII 
S'asseoir,  to  sit  down 

448.  Pres.  Part.,  s'asseyant.        Past  Part.,  assis. 

Pres.  Ind.,  je  m'assieds,  tu  t'assieds,  11  s'assied  ;  nous  nous  asseyons,  vous 
vous  asseyez,  lis  s'asseyent.    Past  Indef.,  je  me  suis  assis. 
Impf.  je  m'asseyais.  Plpf.  je  m'fitais  assis. 

Past  Def.     je  m'assls.  Past  Ant.     je  me  fus  assis. 

Fut.  W^^     .      ,     ' .  Put.  Pert,    je  me  serai  assis. 

[  or  je  m'assi^rai. 


-,     ,  f  le  m'asseyerais, 

Cond.         i       .       ,      .,    . 
[  or  je  m'assi^rais. 


Cond.  Per/,  je  me  serais  assis. 


Pres.  Subj.  que  je  m'asseye.  Per/.  Suhj.  que  je  me  sols  assis. 

Impf.  Subj.  que  je  m'assisse.  Plpf.  Subj.   que  je  me  fusse  assis. 

Imper.,  assieds-toi,  asseyons-nous,  asseyez- vous. 

We  may  also  say :  —  je  m'assois,  tu  t'assois,  11  s'assolt,  ils  s'assoient,  — 
je  m'assolrai,  — je  m'assoirals,  —  assois-toi,  —  que  je  m'assoie. 


EXERCISES  193 

Translation  op  with  and  by 

449.  The  preposition  with  is  rendered  by  avec,  when  used 
in  its  true  signification  of  together  with :  — 

Why  donH  you  go  with  your  first        Pourquoi  ne  vas  tu  pas  avec  ton 
cousin?  cousin  germain  ? 

1.  By  de  when  with  means  with  some  or  with  any  of:  — 
That  man  is  covered  with  dust.  Get  homme  est  convert  de  poussi^re. 

2.  After  a  comparative  by  is  also  rendered  by  de :  — 

This  bundle  is  heavier  than  that  by        Ce  paquet-ci  est  plus  lourd  que  celui- 
several  pounds.  \k  de  plusieurs  livres. 

3.  When  expressive  of  some  mental  or  physical  effort,  by  is 
translated  by  par :  — 

I  have  traveled  by  sea  and  land.        J'ai  voyagg  par  terre  et  par  mer. 

450.  I'affection  (f.),  affection.  la  perdrix,  partridge. 
la  balle,  bullet.  le  poll,  hair. 

la  b§te,  beast.  inventer,  to  invent. 

le  bord,  edge.  redouter,  to  dread. 

le  Congo,  Kongo.  ^norme,  enormous. 

le  gorille,  gorilla.  limits,  limited. 

la  jambe,  leg.  heureuseraent,  fortunately. 

parf ois,  from  time  to  time. 

451.  1.  Moliere,  qui  a  regne  en^  maitre  sur  la  scene  (stage) 
franqaise,  s'asseyait  parfois  a  la  table  de  Louis  XIV.,  qui 
en  avait  fait  son  ami.  2.  Les  animaux  se  couchent  parce 
quails  ne  peuvent  pas  s'asseoir.  3.  J'espere  que  vous  nous 
ferez  souvent  le  plaisir  de  venir  vous  asseoir  a  notre  table 
[en  famille],  c'est-a-dire  sans  faqon  (ceremony).     4.  Un  jour, 

1  En  is  used  idiomatically  with  the  meaning  of  like  a,  as  a  (il  agit  en  petit 
maitre,  he  acts  like  a  coxcomb). 

BRIEF    FR.    COURSE  —  13 


194  A  BRIEF  FRENCH  COURSE 

(pendant)  que  nous  etions  assis  sur  le  bord  d^un  rocher  (rock) 
et  que  nous  causions,  ma  soeur  tomba  et  se  cassa  la  jambe. 

5.  Pourquoi   ne   vous   promenez  vous   pas   avec   votre    pere  ? 

6.  Un  jour,  en  Algerie  (Algeria),  je  faillis  gtre  tue  par  un  lion. 

7.  Par  qui  la  machine  a  vapeur  (steam  erigine)  a-t-elle  ete 
inventee?  8.  Le  general  Joubert  etait  redoute  des  Anglais. 
9.  Aujourd'hui  j'ai  marche  pendant  trois  heures.  10.  Je 
suis  en  Amerique  depuis  plus  de  vingt  ans. 

452.   1.  You  are  taller  than  I  by  a  whole  head.     2.  Do  sit 
down   a  minute:   you   are   not  in   such  a  hurry  (si  press4). 

3.  With  pleasure,  for  I  am  tired  out  (rompu).  We  set  out 
on  a  hunting  expedition  (la  chasse)  at  six  o'clock  this  morning. 

4.  Those  wretched  partridges  made  us  run  [about]  for  more 
than  four  hours.  5.  When  I  was  in  the  Kongo  with  Paul 
du  Chaillu,  one  day,  while  we  were  seated  at  the  foot  of  a  tree, 
cleaning  our  guns,  we  came  near  being  torn  in  pieces  (mettre 
en  pieces)  by  an  enormous  gorilla,  which  we  fortunately  killed 
with  a  bullet  in  the  head.  6.  Why  did  you  not  stay  longer 
with  him  ?  7.  Because  my  affection  for  those  wild  beasts 
covered  (convert)  with  hair  is  quite  (tr^s)  limited. 

EXERCISE   LXXIX 

Vivre,  to  live 

4:53*  Pres.  Part,  vivant.  Past  Part.,  y6cu. 

Pres.  Ind.,  je  vis,  tu  vis,  il  vit ;  nous  vivons,  vous  vivez,  ils  vivent. 
Past  Indef.,  j'ai  vdcu. 


Imp/. 

je  vivais. 

Plpf. 

j'avais  v6cu. 

Past  Def. 

je  v^cus. 

Past  Ant. 

j'eus  v6cu. 

Fut. 

je  vivrai. 

Fut.  Perf. 

j'aurai  v6cu. 

Cond. 

je  vivrais. 

Cond.  Perf. 

j'aurais  v6cu. 

Pres.  Subj. 

que  je  vive. 

Perf.  Subj. 

que  j'aie  v6cu. 

Imp/.  Subj. 

que  je  v^cusse. 

Plpf  Subj. 

que  j'eusse  v6cu. 

Imper.,  vis,  vivons,  vivez. 


EXERCISES 


195 


1.  This  verb  has  an  imperative  of  the  third  person  also :  vive  !  vivent  I 
long  live  !  The  student  should  be  careful  to  distinguish  this  verb  from 
demeurer^  to  live,  in  the  sense  of  to  dwells  to  have  one's  home. 

454.  Idioms  with  vivre 

apprendre  ^  vivre  ^  quelqu'un,  to  teach  one  good  manners. 

qui  vive  ?  who  goes  there  ? 

on  ne  salt  ni  qui  vit  ni  qui  meurt,  life  is  uncertain. 

savoir  vivre,  to  be  well  bred,  good  breeding. 

vivre  au  jour  le  jour,  to  live  from  hand  to  mouth. 

vivre  k  Rome  comme  ^  Rome,  to  do  in  Bome  as  the  Romans  do. 

The  Conjunction  que 

455.  Que,  conjunction,  is  used  to  avoid  repeating  any- 
other  conjunctions  already  expressed.     (See  footnote,  p.  116.) 

Comme  il  fait  chaud,   et  que  j'ai        As  it  is  warm.,  and  as  I  am  thirsty^ 
soif ,  je  bois  de  la  limonade.  /  drink  lemonade. 

1.  Que  requires  the  subjunctive  only  when  it  stands  in  place 

of  another  conjunction  requiring  that  mood :  — 

Si  I'on  vient,  et  que  je  sois  sortie,        Mary,  if  people  call,  and  I  should 
faites  attendre  au  salon,  Marie.  be  out,  let  them  wait  in  the  parlor. 

2.  Que,  adverb,  meaning  combien,  may  be  used  as  an  exclama- 
tion for  how,  how  much,  how  many.  In  that  case  the  adjective 
following  it  is  rendered  without  translating  very. 

Que  cet  homme  a  mauvaise  mine  !  How  [very]  ill  that  man  looks  ! 

Que  d'automobiles  il  y  a  ici !  How  many  automobiles  there  are  I 

3.  Finally  que  is  used  in  conjunction  with  many  verbs,  of 
which  the  following  are  the  most  usual :  — 


afifirmer  que, 
assurer  que, 
avouer  que, 
compter  que, 
confesser  que, 
croire  que, 
declarer  que, 


d^couvrir  que, 
d6sirer  que, 
dire  que, 
falloir  que, 
nier  que, 
penser  que, 
pr6f6rer  que. 


pr6tendre  que, 
reconnaitre  que, 
savoir  que, 
sembler  que, 
souffrir  que, 
souhaiter  que, 
vouloir  que. 


196  A   BRIEF   FRENCH   COURSE 

456.  le  boulevard,  boulevard.  affirmer,  to  affirm. 

le  courrier,  messenger,  mail.        confesser,  to  confess. 
le  repos,  repose,  rest.  honorer,  to  honor. 

nier,  to  deny. 

457.  1.  Si  vous  pensez  que  j'ai  besoin  de  repos  et  que 
vous  ne  vouliez  pas  m'en  donner,  vous  avez  tort.  2.  Comme 
je  n'ai  pas  assez  d'argent,  et  que  je  ne  suis  pas  bien  portant, 
je  n'irai  pas  cette  annee  en  Europe.  3.  Que  de  bicyclettes 
il  y  avait  sur  le  boulevard,  cette  apres  midi !  4.  Si  je  vous 
confessais  que  j'eusse  tort  et  que  vous  ne  voulussiez  pas  me 
pardonner,  je  pense  que  vous  ne  seriez  pas  genereux.  5.  Je 
vous  affirme  que  vous  vous  trompez.  6.  Je  reconnais  de 
bonne  grace  que  vous  avez  raison.  7.  Je  dis  qu'on  ne  sait 
ni  qui  vit  ni  qui  meurt,  et  vous  niez  qu'il  en  soit  ainsi. 
8.  Je  crois  que  ces  enfants  sont  tres  bons  pour  leur  mere, 
et  je  souhaite  qu'ils  continuent  a  Thonorer  comme  elle  le 
merite.     9.  Ces  gens-la  vivent  au  jour  le  jour. 

458.  1.  I  think  you  are  perfectly  right  in  affirming  that 
those  people  live  from  hand  to  mouth.  2.  As  it  is  late, 
and  as  I  am  tired,  I  will  go  to  take  a  rest.  3.  How  very 
smart  that  child  looks !  4.  If  the  physician  calls  (vient)  and 
I  should  still  be  in  bed,  I  shall  come  down  in  a  few  minutes. 
5.  But  I  prefer  you  should  be  up.  6.  Baptiste,  I  wish  you 
would  go  to  the  post  office  to  fetch  my  mail.  7.  I  believe 
you  are  ill:  you  look  very  bad.  8.  I  must  know  it  better 
than  anybody  else  (que  nHmporte  qui).  9.  Sister,  come  down 
at  once,  that  we  may  sit  down  to  table.  10.  I  shall  not  forgive 
you  till  you  have  confessed  everything  to  me.  11.  That 
young  man  is  very  impolite;  some  one  ought  to  teach  him 
good  manners,  for  he  has  no  good  breeding  at  all.  12.  Who 
goes  there  ? 


EXERCISES  197 

EXERCISE  LXXX 
Pleuvoir,  to  rain 
459.   This  is  an  impersonal  verb,  that  is,  one  used  only  in 
the  third  person  singular  of  all  tenses.     It  has  no  imperative. 


Pres. 

Part,  pleuvant. 

Past  Part.,  plu. 

Pres.  Ind. 

il  pleut. 

Past  Indef.   il  a  plu. 

Impf. 

il  pleuvait. 

Plpf.             il  avait  plu. 

Past  Def. 

il  plut. 

Past  Ant.      il  eut  plu. 

Fut. 

il  pleuvra. 

Fut.  Perf.     il  aura  plu. 

Cond. 

il  pleuvrait. 

Cond.  Perf.  il  aurait  plu. 

Pres.  Subj. 

qu'il  pleuve. 

Perf  Subj.    qu'il  ait  plu. 

Impf.  Subj, 

,  qu'il  plut. 

Plpf.  Subj.    qu'il  eut  plu. 

I 


460.  Idioms  with  pleuvoir 

pleuvoir  k  verse,  k  seaux,  k  torrents,  to  pour  in  sheets,  in  torrents. 
comme  s'il  en  pleuvait,  as  if  it  rained  (of  what  is  spoken). 

As  in  English,  pleuvoir  may  also  be  employed  figuratively  in 

the  3d  person  plural :  — 

Prayers,  demands,  threats,  rained        Lespri6res,lesdemandes,lesmenar 
{poured)  upon  him.  ces  pleuvaient  sur  lui. 

Translation  of  in  {preposition  of  time) 

461.  When  in  expresses  the  time  at  which  an  action  is  to 
take  place,  translate  it  by  dans,  and  when  denoting  the  time 
required  to  perform  the  action,  use  en :  — 

You  shall  do  the  trip  in  two  days  Vous  ferez   le  voyage  dans  deux 

(i.e.  after  two  days  have  passed  jours. 

away), 

you  can  do  the  trip  in  two  days  Vous  pouvez^f  aire  le  voyage  en  deux 

(i.e.  within  two  days).  jours. 

Translation  of  before 

462.  Before,  denoting  time,  is  rendered  by  avant  (in  oppo- 
sition to  apr^s). 

I  always  rise  before  you.  Je  me  16ve  toujours  avant  vous. 


198  A  BRIEF  FRENCH  COURSE 

1.  Before  (beforehand),  adverb  standing  by  itself,  is  translated 

by  auparavant. 

Why  did  you  not  tell  me  that        Pourquoi  ne  m'avez  vous  pas  dit 
before  f  cela  auparavant  ? 

2.  Before,  marking  a  situation,  is  rendered  by  devant  (in 
opposition  to  derriere). 

She  places  herself  before  the  mirror.        Elle  se  place  devant  le  miroir. 
How  dare  you  repeat  that  before  me        Comment  osez  vous    r6p6ter  cela 
(in  my  presence)  t  devant  moi ! 

4:63.  le  num^ro,  number,  No.  poss^der,  to  be  worth. 

se  conformer,  to  conform.         materiel,  material. 
rentrer,  to  come  home.  dehors,  out  of  doors. 

464.  1.  L'homme  ne  vit  pas  seulement  de  choses  materi- 
elles ;  il  vit  aussi  des  choses  de  I'esprit  {spintual).  2.  Nous 
partons  demain  pour  San-Francisco,  et  dans  huit  jours  nous  y 
serons.  3.  Si  vous  preniez  I'express,  vous  pourriez  faire  le 
voyage  en  six  jours.  4.  Avant  de  se  marier  cette  personne 
possedait  au  moins  vingt  millions.  5.  Vous  parlez  millions 
comme  s'il  en  pleuvait !  6.  Alois  elle  n'est  pas  comme  moi, 
qui  vis  au  jour  le  jour.  7.  Ce  jeune  homme,  n'ayant  aucun 
savoir  vivre,  aurait  besoin  que  quelqu'un  lui  apprit  a  vivre. 
8.  Pourquoi  ne  pas  m'avoir  averti  auparavant ;  je  ne  I'aurais 
pas  invite.  9.  Mon  ami,  il  faut  vivre  a  Rome  comme  a  Rome, 
c'est-a-dire,  se  conformer  aux  (in  compliance  with)  usages  du 
pays  ou  Pon  vit. 

465.  1.  Covered  with  (use  ainsi  de)  mud  [as  you  are]  how 
dare  you  appear  before  me  ?  2.  If  you  don't  mend  in  a  little 
while,  I  shall  have  to  teach  you  good  manners.  3.  I  didn't  go 
to  church  last  evening  because  it  was  raining  in  torrents.  4.  It 
was  not  fit  for  (transl.  one  would  not  have  put)  a  dog  out  of 
doors.     5.  As  for  me,  whatever  weather  it  may  be,  I  always 


EXERCISES  199 

go.  6.  In  Europe,  one  would  think  it  rains  foreigners  in 
summer.  7.  This  gentleman  lives  on  his  millions.  8.  You 
talk  as  if  it  rained  millions.  9.  We  are  now  living  in 
Lincoln  Street,  No.  4,  and  I  never  return  home  before  10 
o'clock  in  the  (du)  evening.  10.  Why  didn't  you  tell  me 
that  before  ?  11.  Could  you,  if  you  wished,  write  a  book  in 
two  months? 


POETRY 
COMMENT   ON   DOIT   LIRE   LES  VERS 

466.  La  litterature  comprend  la  prose  et  les  vers.  La  prose 
est  le  langage  qui  se  developpe  librement,  c'est-a-dire  sans  etre 
assujetti  a  ime  certaine  mesure,  a  un  certain  nombre  de  syUabes 
et  de  pieds. 

On  appelle  vers  tout  langage  qui,  au  contraire,  est  assujetti 
a  la  mesure,  au  re  tours  periodique  de  certains  accents,  ou  de 
certaines  consonnances  apres  un  nombre  determine  de  pieds  ou 
de  syllabes. 

C'est  surtout  la  raison  et  la  precision  du  style  qui  dominent 
dans  la  prose;  c'est  I'inspiration,  ce  sont  les  mouvements 
passionnes,  les  peintures  metaphoriques,  vives  et  eclatantes, 
qui  doivent  dominer  dans  les  vers. 

Les  vers  ne  se  lisent  pas  comme  la  prose.  Pour  bien  lire  les 
vers  f  ranqais,  il  importe  de  savoir  quels  sont  les  assemblages  de 
sons  qui  ne  comptent  que  pour  une  seule  syllabe,  et  quels  sont 
ceux  qui  comptent  pour  deux  syllabes.  Mais  comme  il  serait 
beaucoup  trop  long  d'expliquer  ici  les  regies  de  ces  elements  de 
versification,  nous  nous  bornerons  a  marquer  seulement  celles 
des  syllabes  qui  offrent  quelque  difficulte,  par  un  trait  au- 
dessous  des  differentes  lettres  formant  chaque  son  ou  pied. 
Quand  une  consonne  finale  doit  etre  liee  en  prononciation  avec 
la  syllabe  initiale  qui  suit,  nous  indiquons  la  liaison  par  le 
signe  ^^ . 

On  appelle  rtrm  Puniformite  de  son  qui  se  trouve  dans  la 
terminaison  de  deux  vers  :  — 

200 


COMMENT  ON  DOIT   LIRE   LES   VERS  201 

"  On  vient  de  me  voler  ...  —  Que  je  plains  ton  msilheur  ! 
Tous  mes  vers  manuscrits.  —  Que  je  plains  le  \oleur  !  " 
Malheur  rime  avec  voleur. 

On  appelle  cesure  (du  Lat.  caedere,  couper),  mi  repos  dans 
I'interieur  du  vers.  En  d'autres  termes,  la  cesure  coupe  le 
vers  en  deux  parties  dont  chacune  est  nommee  Mmistiche  (du 
grec,  hemi  (moitie),  stichos  (vers) ;  litteralement  moitie  de 
vers :  — 

Que  tou  jours,  dans  vos  vers,  |  le  sens  con  pant  yos  mots, 

123  456  78  9         10  11  12 

Sus  pen  de  Ph^  mis  tiche,  |  en  mar  que  le  repos. 

12346  6  7  89lo    IT    12 

—  BoiLEAu,  Art  poetique. 
Cependant  dans  le  vers  de  dix  pieds,  la  cesure  est  apres  la 
quatrieme  syllabe. 

Beau  chevalier  |  qui  partez  pour  la  guerre. 

1  234  567  89  10 

Les  vers  au-dessous  de  dix  syllabes  n'ont  pas  de  cesure. — 
Aujourd'hui,  du  reste,  cette  regie  commence  a  tomber  en  desue- 
tude ;  et  les  poetes  contemporains  n'hesitent  pas  a  couper  les 
vers  en  toute  autre  place  (voyez  Etoiles  Jilantes  de  Coppee). 

VUision  consiste  en  ce  que  I'on  ne  compte  pas  dans  la  mesure 

du  vers  toute  syllabe  finale  terminee  par  un  e  muet,  et  qui  est 

suivie  d'un  mot  coramenQant  par  une  voyelle  ou  un  li  muet; 

m§me  si  les  deux  mots  sont  separes  par  une  marque  de  ponctua- 

tion. 

Sans  ami,  com  me  sans  fa mille, 

1^2     3  4        5  6  7         8 

I  ci-bas  yi  vre  en  ^  tran  ger ; 

T  "2       3~    4  6        "^6  ~7  8 

Ainsi,  dans  le  second  vers,  la  syllabe  vre  ne  compte  pas, 
parce  qu'en  se  liant  avec  le  mot  en,  elle  ne  produit  qu'un  son. 

Mais  quand  Ve  muet  de  la  syllabe  finale  est  suivi  d'un  mot 
commenqant  par  un  h  aspire,  ou  par  une  consonne  —  comme 
dans  me  n°.  5  du  premier  vers  —  la  syllabe  reprend  alors  sa 
valeur  ordinaire. 

A  la  fin  d'un  vers,  toute  syllabe  contenant  un  e  muet,  etant 


202  A   BRIEF   FRENCH   COURSE 

consideree  comme  elidee,  ne  compte  pas  non  plus  dans  la 
mesure  du  vers. 

Lorsqu'on  lit  des  vers  a  haute  voix,  on  doit  eviter  de  marquer 
la  ensure  et  la  rime.  II  faut  s'appliquer  souvent,  au  contraire, 
a  les  faire  disparaitre,  sous  peine  de  rendre  la  lecture  d'une 
piece  de  vers  monotone  et  fastidieuse. 

Par  licence  po^tique,  on  entend,  en  general,  toute  faqon  de 
parler  ou  d'ecrire  non  conforme  a  I'usage  courant.  Cette  de- 
nomination est  impropre,  car  les  pretendues  licences  poetiques 
ne  sont  apr^s  tout  que  des  archaismes.  —  C'est,  en  effet,  par 
archaisme  que  I'on  ecrit  en  poesie,^"e  croi,  encor,  gu^res,  avecquCj 
mimes  pour  je  crois,  encorCj  gu^e,  avec,  me?ne,  etc. 

467.  LE   COLIMAgON 

Sans  ami,  comme  sans  famille, 

Ici-bas  vivre  en  etranger ; 

Se  retirer  dans^a  coquille 

Au  signal  du  moindre  danger ; 
5      S'aimer  d'une  amitie  sans  bornes, 

De  soi  seul  emplir  sa  maison ; 

En  sortir  suivant  la  saison, 

Pour  faire  a  son  prochain  les  comes ; 

Signaler  ses  pas  destructeurs 
lo      Par  les  traces  les  plus  impures ; 

Outrage!  les  plus  belles  fleurs 

Par  ses  baisers  ou  ses  morsures ; 

Enfin,  chez  soi  comme  en  prison 

Vieillir,  de  jour  en  jour  plus  triste ; 

15      C'est  I'histoire  de  I'egoiste, 

Et  celle  du  colimaQon. 

—  Arnault. 

Line  2.  en  =  comme  un.  —  3.  Se  retirer  dans,  to  withdraw  to.  — 8.  faire  les 
comes  a  quelqu'un,  to  make  game  of  a  person.  — 14.  dejour  en  jour,  from  day 
to  day. 


POEMS  FOR   MEMORIZING  203 

468.  LA   FEUILLE   DESSfiCHEE 

De  ta  tige  detachee, 

Pauvre  feuille  dessechee, 

Ou  vas  tu  ?  —  Je  n'en  sais  rien, 

L'orage  a  brise  le  ch^ne 
5      Qui  seul  etait  mou  soutien. 

De  son  inconstante  haleine 

Le  zephir  ou  Paquilon 

Depuis  ce  jour  me  promene 

De  la  for§t  a  la  plaine, 
lo      De  la  inontagne  au  vallon. 

Je  vais  ou  le  vent  me  mene, 

Sans  me  plaindre  ou  m'effrayer; 

Je  vais  ou  va  toute  chose, 

Oil  va  la  feuille  de  rose 
15      Et  la  feuille  de  laurier. 

~  —  Arnault. 

469.  LA   PETITE   MENDIANTE 

C'est  la  petite  mendiante 
Qui  vous  demande  un  peu  de  pain ; 
Donnez  a  la  pauvre  innocente, 
Donnez,  donnez,  car  elle  a  faim. 
20      Ne  rejetez  point  ma  priere  ; 

Votre  coeur  vous  dira  pourquoi ; 
J'ai  six  ans ;  je  n'ai  plus  de  mere, 
J'ai  faim,  ayez  pitie  de  moi. 

Hier,  c'etait  f§te  au  village, 
25      A  moi  personne  n'a  songe, 

Chacun  dansait  sous  le  feuillage, 
Helas !  et  je  n'ai  pas  mange. 

Line  8.  promene  de  ...  a,  is  driving  me  from  ...  to. — 20.  rejetez  =» 
re/usez. 


204  A   BRIEF  FRENCH   COURSE 

Pardonnez-moi,  si  je  demande, 
Je  ne  demande  que  du  pain, 
Du  pain,  je  ne  suis  pas  gourmande. 
Ah!  ne  me  grondez  pas,  j'ai  faim. 

5      N'allez  pas  croire  que  j 'ignore 

Que  dans  ce  monde,  il  faut  souffrir ; 
Mais  je  suis  si  petite  encore, 
Ah !  ne  me  laissez  pas  mourir. 
Donnez  a  la  pauvre  petite, 
lo      Et  pour  vous  comme  elle  priera ! 
Elle  a  faim;  donnez,  donnez  vite, 
Donnez,  quelqu'un  vous  le  rendra. 

Si  ma  plainte  vous  importune, 

Eh  bien !  je  vais  rire  et  chanter : 
15      De  Paspect  de  mon  infortune 

Je  ne  dois  pas  vous"attrister. 

Quand  je  pleure,  I'on  me  rejette, 

Chacun  me  dit :  filoigne-toi. 

Ecoutez  done  ma  chansonnette, 
20      Je  chante,  ayez  pitie  de  moi. 

—  Boucher  de  Perthes. 

470.  LE  PETIT   PIERRE 

Je  suis  le  petit  Pierre, 
Du  faubourg  Saint-Marceau, 
^lessager  ordinaire, 
Facteur  et  porteur  d'eau. 
25      J'ai  plus  d'une  ressource 
Pour  faire  mon  chemin : 
Je  n'emplis  pas  ma  bourse ; 
Mais  je  gagne  mon  pain. 

Line  15.  aspect,  pron,  a  spe.  — 17.  Von  me  rejette,  people  turn  away  from 
me. 


POEMS   FOR   MEMORIZING  205 

Je  n'ai  ni  bois,  ni  terre, 
Ni  chevaux,  ni  laquais  ; ' 
Petit  proprietaire, 
Mon  fonds  est  deux  crochets. 
5      Je  prends  comme  il  arrive 
L'ivraie  et  le  bon  grain ; 
Dieu  veut  que  chacun  vive, 
Et  je  gagne  mon  pain. 

Centre  un  bel  edifice 
10      J'ai  place  mon  comptoir; 

La,  sans  parler  au  Suisse, 

On  pent  tou jours  me  voir. 

Pour  n'oublier  personne, 

Je  me  leve  matin 
15      Et  la  journee  est  bonne 

Quand  je  gagne  mon  pain. 

Comme  le  disait  Blaise, 
Feu  Blaise,  mon  parrain. 
On  est  toujours  a  I'aise 
20      Lorsque  I'on  n'a  pas  faim. 
Dans  les  jours  de  misere 
Je  m'adresse  au  voisin ; 
II  a  pitie  de  Pierre, 
Et  je  trouve  mon  pain. 

—  Boucher  de  Perthes. 

471.  BEAU   SOIE, 

25      Lorsqu'au  soleil  couchant  les  rivieres  sont  roses 
Et  qu'un  ti^de  frisson  court  sur  les  champs  de  ble, 
Un  conseil  d^§tre  heureux  semble  sortir  des  choses 
Et  monter  vers  le  coeur  trouble. 

Line  26.  court  .  .  .  bl^,  flickers  over  the  wheat  fields. 


206  A  BRIEF  FRENCH  COURSE 

Un  conseil  de  gouter  le  charme  d'etre  au  monde 
Cependant  qu'on  est.jeune  et  que  le  soir  est  beau, 
Car  nous  nous  en  allons,  comme  s'en  va  cette  onde : 
Elle  a  la  mer,  —  nous  au  torn  beau ! 

—  Paul  Bourget. 

472.  fiTOILES   FILANTES 

5      Dans  les  nuits  d'automne,  errant  par  la  villa, 

Je  regarde  au  ciel  avec  mon  desir, 

Car  si,  dans  le  temps  qu'une  etoile  file. 

On  forme  un  souhait,  il  doit  s'accomplir. 

Enfant,  mes  souhaits  sont  toujours  les  memes : 
lo      Quand  un  astre  tombe,  alors,  plein  d'emoi, 

Je  faisTde^grands  voeux  afin  que  tu  m'aimes 

Et  qu'en  ton  exil  tu  penses  a  moi. 

A  cette  chimere,  helas  !  je  veux  croire, 

N'ayant  que  cela  pour  me  consoler. 
15      Mais  voici  Fhiver,  la  nuit  devient  noire, 

Et  je  ne  vois  plus  d'etoiles  filer. 

FBANgOIS    COPPBE. 

473.  LA   TOMBE   DIT   A   LA   ROSE 

La  tombe  dit  a  la  rose : 

—  Des  pleurs  dont  I'aube  t'arrose 
Que  fais  tu,  fleur  des  amours  ? 

20  La  rose  dit  a  la  tombe : 

—  Que  fais  tu  de  ce  qui  tombe 
Dans  ton  gouffre  ouvert  toujours  ? 

La  rose  dit :  —  Tom  beau  sombre, 
De  ces  pleurs  je  fais  dans  I'ombre 
25  Un  parfum  d'ambre  et  de  mi  el. 

Line  2.  cependant  que  for  pendant  que.  — 5.  errant  .  .  .  ville,  strolling  about 
the  city.  — 7.  dans  que  for  pendant  que. 


POEMS   FOR   MEMORIZING  207 

La  tombe  dit :  —  Fleur  plaintive, 

De  chaque  ame  qui  m'arrive 

Je  f ais  un  ange  du  ciel !  — Victor  Hugo. 

474.  CONSEILS   A   UN^ENFANT 

Oh  !  bien  loin  de  la  voie 
5      Ou  marche  le  pecheur, 
Chemine  ou  Dieu  t'envoie ! 
Enfant !  garde  ta  joie  ! 
Lis !  garde  ta  blancheur ! 

Sois  humble  !  que  t'importe 
lo      Le  riche  et  le  puissant ! 
Un  souffle  les  emporte. 
La  force  la  plus  forte, 
C'est  un  coeur  innocent ! 

Bien  souvent  Dieu  repousse 
15      Du  pied  les  hautes  tours ; 
Mais  dans  le  nid  de  mousse, 
Ou  chante  une  voix  douce, 
II  regarde  toujours!       — Victor  Hugo. 

475.  PARTANT   POUR   LA   SYRIE 

Partant  pour  la  Syrie, 
20      Le  jeune  et  beau  Dunois 

Venait  prier  Marie 

De  benir  ses  exploits  : 

"  Faites,  Reine  immortelle," 

Lui  dit  il  en  partant, 
25      "  Que  j'aime  la  plus  belle 

Et  sois  le  plus  vaillant." 

Line  8.  Lis,  pron.  liss'  when  speaking  of  the  flower,  and  W  when  speak- 
ing of  ^ewr  rfe  lis.  — IS.  regarde  for  protege.  — 19.  La  Syrie,  part  of  Asia 
under  Turkish  rule.  —21.  Marie  for  La  Saintc  Vierge. 


208  A  BRIEF  FRENCH  COURSE 

II  trace  sur  la  pierre 
Le  serment  de  I'honneur, 
Et  va  suivre  a  la  giierre 
Le  Comte,  son  seigneur. 
5      Au  noble  vceu  fidele, 
II  dit  en  combattant : 
'•  Amour  a  la  plus  belle, 
Ilonneur  au  plus  vaillant." 

On  lui  doit  la  victoire : 
JO      "  Vraiment,"  dit  le  seigneur, 

"  Puisque  tu  fais  ma  gloire, 

Je  ferai  ton  bonheur. 

De  ma  fille  Isabelle 

Sois  I'epoux  a  I'instant, 
t5      Car  elle  estla  plus  belle 

Et  toi  le  plus  vaillant.'^ 

A  I'autel  de  Marie 
lis  contractent  tons  deux 
Cette  union  cherie 
?o      Qui  seule  rend  heureux. 
Chacun  dans  la  chapelle 
Disait  en  les  voyant : 
"  Amour  a  la  plus  belle, 
Honneur  au  plus  vaillant ! " 

—  La  Reixe  Hortense. 


Line  1.  H  trace  .  .  .  honneur,  he  writes  upon  the  stone  the  oath  of  alle- 
giance.—5.  Au  .  .  .  fidele,  faithful  to  his  vow. 

1  HoRTENSK  {la  reine),  daughter  of  Alexandre  de  Beauharnais  and  of 
Josephine  Tascher  de  la  Pagerie  (17S5-18.'<7),  was  married  to  Louis  Bonaparte, 
King  of  Holland,  and  brother  of  Napoleon  I.  She  had  three  sons ;  the  last  one 
became  Napoleon  Ul. 


POEMS  FOR  MEMORIZING  209 

476.  TROIS   FILS   D'OR 
La-bas  sur  la  mer  comme  Phirondelle 

Je  voudrais  m'enfuir  et  plus  loin  encor ;  •  • 
Mais  j'ai  beau  vouloir,  puisque  la  cruelle 
A  lie  mon  coeur  avec  trois  fils  d'or. 

5      L'un  est  son  regard ;  I'autre  son  sourire ; 
Le  troisieme  enfin  est  sa  levre  en  fleur ; 
Mais  je  I'aime  trop,  c'est  un  vrai  martyre : 
Avec  trois  fils  d'or  elle  a^pris  mon  coeur. 

Oh,  si  je  pouvais  denouer  ma  chaine ! 
lo      Adieu !  pleurs,  tourments  —  je  prendrais  I'essor. 
Mais  non  !  non !  Mieux  vaut  mourir  a  la  peine 
Que  de  vous  briser,  6  mes  trois  fils  d'or ! 

—  Leconte  de  Lisle. 

477.  CHANSON   DE   BARBERINE 

Beau  chevalier  qui  partez  pour  la  guerre, 

Qu'allez  vous  faire 
15  Si  loin  d'ici  ? 

Voyez  vous  pas  que  la  nuit  est  profonde, 

Et  que  le  monde 

N'est  que  souci  ? 

Vous  qui  croyez  qu'une  amour  delaiss^e 
2o  De  la  pensee 

S'enfuit  ainsi, 

Line  3.  Avoir  beau  = /aire  inutilement ;  fax  beau  vouloir  for  cela  m'est 
impossibk.  —  4:.  fils,  pron.  fll'.  —  6.  Levre  en  fleur,  rosy  lip.  — 10.  prendre 
I'essor,  to  take  wing.  — 11.  Mieux  .  .  .  peine,  to  fall  in  the  attempt.  — 16.  Voyez 
vous  pas  for  ne  voyez  vous  pas.  — 19.  Une  amour,  the  gender  of  amour  must 
be  considered  here  as  a  poetical  license  ;  for  that  noun,  in  the  sense  of  wooing, 
used  to  be  masculine  in  the  singular,  and  feminine  in  the  plural  only.  A  relic 
of  the  old  French,  where  amour,  like  all  words  in  -oiir,  -eur,  -gue,  was  always 
femiuine.  Under  the  reformed  syntax,  amour  and  orgue  may  now  be  either 
masculine  or  feminine  in  the  plural :  —  de  folks  amours,  or  des  amours  tardifs. 

BRIEF    FR.    COURSE  —  14 


210  A  BRIEF  FRENCH   COURSE 

Helas !  Helas !  chercheurs  de  renommee, 
Votre  fumee 
S'envole  aussi. 

Beau  chevalier  qui  partez  pour  la  guerre, 
5         .  Qu'allez  vous  faire 

Si  loin  de  nous  ? 
J'en  vais  pleurer,  moi  qui  me  laissais  dire 
Que  men  sourire 
fitait  si  doux. 

—  Alfred  de  Musset. 

478.  ADIEUX   DE   MARIE   STUART 

lo  Adieu,  cliarmant  pays  de  France, 

Que  je  dois  tant  cherir ! 
Berceau  de  men  heureuse  enfance^ 
Adieu !  te  quitter,  c'est  mourir. 

Toi  que  j'adoptai  pour  patrie, 
15  Et  d'ou  je  crois  me  voir  bannir, 

Entends  les  adieux  de  Marie, 
France,  et  garde  son  souvenir. 

Le  vent  souffle,  on  quitte  la  plage, 
Et,  pen  touche  de  mes  sanglots, 
20  Dieu,  pour  me  rendre  a  ton  rivage, 

Dieu  n'a  point  souleve  les  flots ! 

Ijne  10.  Marie  Stuart,  daughter  of  James  V.,  king  of  Scotland,  and  of  Marie 
de  Lorraine  (1542-1587),  was  married  to  the  Dauphin,  who  reigned  under  the 
name  of  Francis  II.  —  After  the  death  of  her  spouse  she  went  back  to  Scotland 
and  was  married  to  Henry  Darnley,  and  then  to  the  Earl  of  Bothwell.  Com- 
pelled to  flee  before  the  revolt  of  her  subjects,  she  begged  shelter  from  Elizabeth, 
Queen  of  England,  who,  after  keeping  her  in  capti>nty  for  nineteen  years, 
had  her  unfortunate  rival  beheaded.  — 10.  pays,  pron.  paii.  — 15.  bannir  == 
exiler.— 21,  n'a  .  .  .  ^of«,  did  not  raise  the  storm. 


POEMS   FOR   MEMORIZING  2H 

Adieu,  charmant  pays  de  France, 

Que  je  dois  tant  cherir ! 
Berceau  de  mon  heureuse  enfance. 
Adieu !  te  quitter,  c'est  inourir. 

5      Lorsqu'aux  yeux  du  peuple  que  j'aime, 

Je  ceignis  les  lis  eclatants, 

II  applaudit  au  rang  supreme 

Moins  qu'aux  charmes  de  mon  printemps. 

En  vain  la  grandeur  souveraine 
:o      M'attend  chez  le  sombre  Ecossais : 

Je  n'ai  desire  d'etre  reine 

Que  pour  regner  sur  des  Franqais. 

Adieu,  charmant  pays  de  France, 
Que  je  dois  tant  cherir  ! 
[5      Berceau  de  mon  heureuse  enfance, 
Adieu  !  te  quitter,  c'est  mourir. 

L'amour,  la  gloire,  le  genie 
Ont  trop  enivre  mes  beaux  jours ; 
Dans  I'inculte  Caledonie 
!o      De  mon  sort  va  changer  le  cours. 
Helas  !  un  presage  terrible 
Doit  livrer  mon  coeur  a  I'effroi : 
J'ai  cru  voir,  dans  un  songe  horrible, 
Un  echafaud  dresse  pour  moi. 


Line  5.  Aux  yeux  (pron.  zieu') ,  for  en  presence.  —  6.  ceindre  les  lis  (le  lis  ^tait 
les  armes  des  anciens  rois  de  France) :  see  p.  207,  footnote.  —  7.  it  {le  peuple) 
applaudit  .  .  .  printemps,  they  applauded  less  my  crown  than  the  charms  of 
my  youth.  — 18.  trop  enivr€,  pron.  tro  pannivr€.  — 19.  Caledonie,  ancient 
name  for  Scotland.  — 20.  de  mon  sort  va  changer  le  cours.  The  inversion  of 
subject  and  verb  which  is  so  often  met  in  poetry  for  the  sake  of  rhythm  or 
rhyme,  makes  the  sense  here  quite  obscure.  —  The  direct  construction  would 
read  dans  I'inculte  Caledonie  le  cours  de  mon  sort  va  changer. 


212  A   BRIEF   FRENCH   COURSE 

Adieu,  charmant  pays  de  France, 

Que  je  dois  tant  cherir ! 
Berceau  de  mon  heureuse  enfance, 
Adieu !  te  quitter,  e'est  mourir. 

5  France,  du  milieu  des  alarmes, 

La  noble  fille  des  Stuarts, 
Comme  en  ce  jour  qui  voit  ses  larmes. 
Vers  toi  tournera  ses  regards. 
Mais,  Dieu !  le  vaisseau  trop  rapide 
lo         Deja  vogue  sous  d'autres  cieux ; 
Et  la  uuit,  dans  son  voile  humide, 
Derobe  tes  bords  a  mes  yeux ! 

Adieu,  charmant  pays  de  France, 
Que  je  dois  tant  cherir ! 
15  Berceau  de  mon  heureuse  enfance, 

Adieu !  te  quitter,  c'est  mourir. 

—  Beranger. 
479.  MON   HABIT 

Sois-moi  fidele,  6  pauvre  habit  que  j'aime ! 

Ensemble  nous  devenons  vieux. 
Depuis  dix  ans  je  te  brosse  moi  m§me, 
20  Et  Socrate  n'eut  pas  fait  mieux. 

Quand  le  sort  a  ta  mince  etoffe 

Livrerait  de  nouveaux  combats, 
Imite-moi,  resiste  en  philosophe  : 

Mon  vieil  ami,  ne  nous  separons  pas. 

Line  6.  Les  Stuarts,  a  royal  family  of  Scotland  and  England.— 12.  a  mes 
yeux  (pron.  zieu*),  a  poetical  metonymy,  to  express  the  person  who  sees. — 
20.  Socrate,  Socrates,  a  Greek  philosopher,  who  having  severely  criticised  the 
faults  of  the  Athenian  democracy,  was  compelled  to  poison  himself  (469- 
400B.C.).  —  21.  7nince  ^^q^e,  slight  stuff. — 24.  Mon  vieil  ami,  pron.  viey ami' . 
When  a  man  has  been  a  renegade  to  his  party,  the  French  say  he  has  turned 
or  changed  his  coat,  and  it  is  doubtless  to  encourage  himself  to  be  faithful 
to  democracy,  which  he  faithfully  served  during  his  whole  life,  that  Beranger 
says  in  speaking  of  his  coat:  Mon  vieil  ami,  ne  nous  separons  pas. 


POEMS   FOR   MEMORIZING  213 

Je  me  souviens,  car  j'ai  bonne  memoire, 

Du  premier  jour  oil  je  te  mis. 
C'etait  ma  fete,  et,  pour  comble  de  gloire,    '-^ 

Tu  f  us  chante  par  mes  amis. 
5      Ton  indigence,  qui  m'honore, 

Ne  m'a  pas  banni  de  leurs  bras. 
Tous,  ils  sont  pr§ts  a  nous  f§ter  encore : 

A  ton  re  vers  j 'admire  une  reprise : 
C'est  encore  un  doux  souvenir. 
10      Feignant  un  soir  de  fuir  la  tendre  Lise, 
Je  sens  sa  main  me  retenir. 
On  te  dechire,  et  cet  outrage 

Aupres  d'elle  enchaine  mes  pas, 
Lisette  a  mis  deux  jours  a  tant  d'ouvrage : 
15  Men  vieil  ami,  ne  nous  separons  pas. 

T'ai  je  impregne  des  flots  de  muse  et  d'ambre 

Qu'un  fat  exhale  en  se  mirant  ? 
M'a-t-on  jamais  vu  dans  une  antichambre 

T'exposer  au  mepris  d'un  grand  ? 
20      Pour  des  rubans  la  France  entiere 

Fut  en  proie  a  de  longs  debats ; 
La  fleur  des  champs  brille  a  ta  boutonniere  : 

Mon  vieil  ami,  ne  nous  separons  pas. 


Line  3.  powr  corn6?e,  to  fill  up  the  measure. — 7.  tous,  proa.  iouss\  —  \0  and 
14.  Lise  and  Lisette^  diminutives  of  Louise.  — 14.  Lisette  . .  .  ouvrage,  it  took 
her  two  days  to  darn  it.  —  16.  flots  =  par/ums.  —  19.  grand  =  puissant.  — 
20.  "  rubans  "  is  meant  here  for  decorations,  i.e.  badge  or  cross.  As  the  insig- 
nia of  an  order  are  worn  only  with  full  dress,  those  entitled  to  them  usually 
wear  a  small  ribbon  instead  fastened  at  the  button-hole  of  the  left  lapel  of 
their  coat.  Beranger,  wishing  to  preserve  an  independent  mind,  refused  all 
of  the  orders  bestowed  upon  him  by  different  governments.  Instead  of  a  rib- 
bon, he  was  satisfied  to  wear  a  flower  at  his  button-hole :  La  fleur  des  champs 
brille  a  ta  boutonniere. 


214  A  BRIEF  FRENCH   COURSE 

Ne  crains  plus  tant  ces  jours  de  courses  vaines 

Oil  notre  destin  f  ut  pareil ; 
Ces  jours  ni§les  de  plaisirs  et  de  peines, 
M§les  de  pluie  et  de  soleil. 
5      Je  dois  bientot,  il  me  le  semble, 
Mettre  pour  jamais  habit  bas. 
Attends  un  peu ;  nous  finirons  ensemble : 
Men  vieil  ami,  ne  nous  separons  pas. 

^  —  Beranger. 

480.  LA   CIGALE  ET   LA  EOURMI 

La  cigale,  ayant  chante 
lo  Tout  Pete, 

Se  trouva  fort  depourvue 

Quand  la  bise  fut  venue. 

Pas  un  seul  petit  morceau 

De  mouche  ou  de  vermisseau. 
15  Elle  alia  crier  famine 

Chez  la  fourmi,  sa  voisine, 

La  priant  de  lui  preter 

Quelques  grains  pour  subsister 

Jusqu'a  la  saison  nouvelle : 
9.0  —  "  Je  vous  paierai,"  lui  dit  elle, 

"Avant  Paout,  foi  d'animal, 

Interet  et  principal." 

La  fourmi  n'est  pas  pretense ; 

C'est  la  son  moindre  defaut : 
25  '^  Que  faisiez  vous  au  temps  chaud  ?  " 

Line  2.  Ou  notre  destin  fut  pareil.  In  the  turmoil  of  life  often  our  coat, 
like  our  body  and  soul,  is  exposed  to  be  mercilessly  cut  to  pieces.  —6.  Mettre 
habit  bas,  c'est-a-dire  mourir.  —9.  cigale  .  .  .  chants,  the  grasshopper  having 
chirped.  — 11.  Se  .  .  .  venue,  she  found  herself  quite  destitute  when  winter 
came.  — 21.  avant  Vaout,  i.e.  avant  la  moisson  qui  se  fait  au  mois  d'aofit,  que 
Ton  prononce  ou;  foi  d^ animal,  upon  my  word.  —  23.  n^est  pas  preteuse,  is 
not  given  to  lending.  — 25.  Au  temps  chaud  =  pendant  V6t€. 


pop:ms  for  memorizing  215 

Dit  elle  a  cette  emprunteuse. 

—  Nuit  et  jour  a  tout  venant, 
Je  chantais,  ne  vous  deplaise. 

—  Vous  chantiez  !  j'en  suis  fort  aise. 

5  Eh  bien  !  dansez  maintenant. 

—  La  Fontaine. 

481.         LE   CORBEAU   ET   LE   EENA.RD 

Maitre  corbeau,  sur  un  arbre  perche, 

Tenait  en  son  bee  un  fromage. 

Maitre^renard,  par  Todeur  alleche, 

Lui  tint  a  peu  pres  ce  langage : 
10      *^H^!  bonj  our,  monsieur  du  corbeau ; 

Que  vous  etes  joli !  que  vous  me  semblez  beau ! 

Sans  mentir,  si  votre  ramage 

Se  rapporte  a  votre  plumage, 

Vous  etes  le  phenix  des  botes  de  ces  bois." 
15      A  ces  mots,  le  corbeau  ne  se  sent  pas  de  joie; 

Et,  pour  montrer  sa  belle  voix, 

II  ouvre  un  large  bee,  laisse  tomber  sa  proie. 

Le  renard  s'en  saisit  et  dit :  "  Mon  bon  monsieur, 
Apprenez  que  tout  flatteur 
20      Vit  aux  depens  de  celui  qui  Tecoute. 

Cette  leqon  vaut  bien  un  fromage,  sans  doute/' 

Le  corbeau,  honteux  et  confus, 

Jura,  mais  un  peu  tard,  qu'on  ne  I'y  prendrait  plus. 

""  — La  Fontaine. 

Line  2.  a  tout  venant,  as  the  fancy  took  me.  — 3.  ne  vous  deplaise,  with  all 
due  deference  to  you.  —4.  fen  .  .  .  aise,  I  am  delighted  to  hear  it.  — 5.  Eh  .  .  . 
maintenant,  Now  dance  all  you  want. — The  only  moral  to  be  drawn  from 
this  little  comedy  is  that  improvidence  is  often  exposed  to  the  rebuffs  of 
selfishness. — 7.  en  for  dans.  —  8.  alUch4  does  not  qualify  odeur,  as  it  would 
appear  at  first  sight,  on  account  of  the  inversion  of  verb  and  subject.  Transl. : 
Reynard,  allured  by  the  smell.  — 10.  du,  a  title  of  nobility.  — 12.  Sans  .  .  . 
plumage,  upon  my  word,  if  your  voice  equals  your  plumage.  — 14.  des  hotes, 
of  the  denizens.  —  21.  Cette  le<;on,  the  advice,  etc.  —  23.  Jura  .  .  .  plus,  swore, 
but  a  little  late,  he  wouldn't  be  caught  again  at  the  same  trick. 


216  A   BRIEF   FRENCH   COURSE 


482.  LA   SOURCE 

Tout  pres  du  lac  filtre  une  source, 
Entre  deux  pierres,  dans  un  coin ; 
Allegrement  I'eau  prend  sa  course 
Comme  pour  s'en  aller  bien  loin. 

5      Elle  murmure :  Oh  !  quelle  joie ! 
Sous  la  terre  il  faisait  si  noir ! 
Maintenant  ma  rive  verdoie, 
Le  ciel  se  mire  a  mon  miroir. 

Les  myosotis  aux  fleurs  bleues 
lo      Me  disent :  Ne  m'oubliez  pas ! 
Les  libellules  de  leurs  queues 
M'egratignent  dans  leurs  ebats. 

A  ma  coupe  I'oiseau  s'abreuve; 
Qui  salt  ?  —  Apres  quelques  detours 
15      Peut-etre  deviendrai  je  un  fleuve 
Baignant  vallons,  rocbers  et  tours. 

Je  broderai  de  mon  ecume 
Fonts  de  pierre,  quais  de  granit, 
Emportant  le  steamer  qui  fume 
20      A  rOcean  ou  tout  finit. 

Ainsi  la  jeune  source  jase, 
Formant  cent  projets  d'avenir; 
Comme  I'eau  qui  bout  dans  un  vase, 
Son  flot  ne  pent  se  contenir ; 


Linefi.  Sous  la  terre,  vrnderground.  —  9.  Les  myosotis,  pron.  mi\o\so]ti8s* 
11.  de  =  avec. 


POEMS   FOR   MEMORIZING  217 

Mais  le  berceau  touche  a  la  tombe ; 
Le  geant  futur  meurt  petit ; 
Nee  a  peine,  la  source  tombe 
Dans  le  grand  lac  qui  I'engloutit ! 

—  Theofhile  Gauthieb. 

483.  ADIEU! 

5      Adieu !  je  crois  qu'en  cette  vie 
Je  ne  te  reverrai  jamais. 
Dieu  passe,  il  t'appelle  et  m'oublie  : 
En  te  perdant,  je  sens  que  je  t'aimais. 

Pas  de  pleurs,  pas  de  plainte  vaine, 
lo      Je  sais  respecter  Pavenir. 

Vienne  la  voile  qui  t'emmene, 
En  souriant  je  la  verrai  partir. 

Tu  t'en  vas,  pleine  d'esperance, 
Avec  orgueil  tu  reviendras : 
15      Mais  ceux  qui  vont  souffrir  de  ton  absence, 
Tu  ne  les  reconnaitras  pas. 

Adieu !  tu  vas  f aire  un  beau  rgve 
Et  t'enivrer  d'un  plaisir  dangereux ; 
Sur  ton  chemin  I'etoile  qui  se  leve 
20      Longtemps  encore  eblouira  tes  yeux. 

Un  jour  tu  sentiras  peut-gtre 
Le  prix  d'un  coeur  qui  nous  comprend, 
Le  bien  qu'on  trouve  a  le  connaitre, 
Et  ce  qu'on  souffre  en  le  perdant. 

—  Alfred  de  Musset. 

Line  1.  touche  a,  is  close  to.  — 5.  qu'en  for  que  dans.  — 11.  Vienne  . .  .  Vetn- 
mene  (use  of  subjunctive  with  the  ellipse  of  que),  should  the  vessel  that  shall 
take  you  away  come.  — 18.  t'enivrer,  pron.  annivre.  —  23.  le  bien  =  le  bonheur. 


218  A   BRIEF   FRENCH   COURSE 

484.  LES   DEUX  ROUTES 

U  est  deux  routes  dans  la  vie : 

L'une  solitaire  et  fleurie, 

Qui  descend  sa  pent«  cherie 

Sans  se  plaindre  et  sans  soupirer. 
5      Le  passant  la  remarque  a  peine, 

Comme  le  ruisseau  de  la  plaine, 

Que  le  sable  de  la  fontaine 

Ne  fait  pas  meme  murmurer. 

L'autre,  comme  un  torrent  sans  digue, 
10      Dans  une  eternelle  fatigue, 

Sous  les  pieds  de  I'enfant  prodigue 

Roule  la  pierre  d'lxioji; 

L'une  est  bornee,  et  l'autre  immense, 

L'une  meurt  ou  l'autre  commence; 
15      La  premiere  est  la  patience. 

La  seconde  est  I'ambition. 

—  Alfred  de  Musset. 

485.  CHANSON   DE   FORTUNIO 

Si  vous  croyez  que  je  vais  dire 

Qui  j'ose  aimer, 
Je  ne  saurais,  pour  un  empire 
20  Vous  la  nommer, 

Nous  allons  chanter  a  la  ronde, 
Si  vous  voulez, 

Line  1.  ilest  for  il  y  a.—S.  qui  .  .  .  cherie,  which  is  gently  sloping  down.— 
6.  Comme  .  •  .  plaine :  the  failure  to  repeat  the  subject  and  verb  makes  the 
sentence  quit€  clumsy.  It  should  be  translated  :  as  he  does  of  the  rivulet, 
etc. — 12.  pierre  for  roue:  an  allusion  to  the  legend  according  to  which 
Ixion,  king  of  the  Lapithae  (an  ancient  people  of  Thessaly) ,  was  tied  upon  a 
wheel  that  was  always  in  motion,— 14.  meurt  =  finit.  —  21.  noiis  .  .  .  voulez: 
notice  the  inversion  for  si  vous  voulez,  nous  allons  chanter^  which  puts  the 
complements  of  chanter  at  the  right  place. 


POEMS  FOR   MEMORIZING  219 

Que  je  Padore  et  qu'elle  est  blonde 
Comme  les  bles. 

Je  fais  ce  que  sa  fantaisie 
Veut  in'ordonner, 
5      Et  je  puis,  s'il  lui  faut  ma  vie, 
La  lui  donner. 

Du  mal  qu'une  amour  ignoree 

Nous  fait  souffrir, 
J'en  porte  Fame  dechiree 
lo  Jusqu'a  mourir. 

Mais  j'aime  trop  pour  que  je  die 

Qui  j'ose  aimer, 
Et  je  veux  mourir  pour  ma  mie 

Sans  la  nommer. 

—  Alfred  de  Musset. 


486.  LE   VASE   BEIS:^ 

15      Le  vase  ou  meurt  cette  verveine 
D'un  coup  d'eventail  fut  fele; 
Le  coup  dut  Peffleurer  a  peine : 
Aucun  bruit  ne  Pa  revels. 

Mais  la  legere  meurtrissure, 
20      Mordant  le  cristal  chaque  jour, 
D'une  marche  invisible  et  sure 
En  a  fait  lentement  le  tour. 

,  Line  5.  s'il  .  .  .  vie,  if  she  need  my  very  life.  —7.  amour  ignoree  =  guin'est 
pas  r^ciproque  (for  the  gender  of  amowr,  see  p.  209,  note  19).  —  9.  j'en  porte  for 
j'en  ai .  .  .  mourir,  I'm  filled  with  an  anguish  that  kills  me.  — 11.  die  for  dise 
is  an  archaism  authorized  in  poetry  only.  —13.  ma  mie,  an  abbreviation  for 
mon  amie,  but  used  only  in  connection  with  possessive  adjectives.  —  16.  d'un 
cowpT  with  a  stroke.  —21.  marche  =  maniere. 


220  A   BRIEF  FRENCH  COURSE 

Son  eau  fraiche  a  fui  goutte  a  goutte, 
Le  sue  des  fleurs  s'est  epuise ; 
Personne  encore  ne  s'en  doute, 
N'y  touchez  pas,  il  est  brise. 

5      Sou  vent  aussi  la  main  qu'on  aime, 
Effleurant  le  coeur,  le  meurtnt ; 
Puis  le  coeur  se  fend  de  lui  mgme, 
La  fleur  de  son  amour  perit ; 

Toujours  intact  aux  yeux  du  monde, 
lo      II  sent  croitre  et  pleurer  tout  bas 
Sa  blessure  fine  et  profonde, 
II  est  brise,  n'y  touchez  pas. 

—  Sully  Prudhomme. 


487.  LES   SOUVENIRS   DU   PEUPLE 

On  parlera  de  sa  gloire 

Sous  le  chaume  bien  longtemps, 
15      L'humble  toit,  dans  cinquante  ans, 

Ne  connaitra  plus  d'autre  histoire. 

La  viendront  les  villageois 

Dire  alors  a  quelque  vieille  : 

Par  des  recits  d'autrefois, 
20      Mere,  abregez  notre  veille. 

Bien,  dit  on,  qu'il  nous  ait  nui, 

Le  peuple  encor  le  revere, 
Oui,  le  revere. 

Line  2.  le  sue  =  la  seve.  —  3.  Personne  .  .  .  doute,  no  one  suspects  it.  — 
10.  pleurer  .  .  .  bas,  to  weep  silently.  — 13.  On  parlera  de  sa  gloire  . . .  Sous  une 
forme  simple  et  touchante.  Beranger  exprime  ici  les  souvenirs  imperissables 
que  Napoleon  a  laisses  dans  I'ame  du  peuple  franij-ais.  — 14.  Som.s  le  chaume  for 
dans  la  chaumiere ;  an  example  of  synecdoche,  taking  a  part  for  the  whole.  — 
20.  veille  for  veilUe,  evening. 


POEMS  FOR   MEMORIZING  221 

Parlez-nous  de  lui,  grand  mere, 
Parlez-nous  de  lui. 

—  Mes  enfants,  dans  ce  village, 
Suivi  de  rois,  il  passa. 

5      Voila  bien  longtemps  de  qa. : 

Je  venais  d'entrer  en  menage. 

A  pied  grimpant  le  coteau 

Oil  pour  voir  je  m'etais  mise, 

II  avait  petit  chapeau 
lo      Avec  redingote  grise. 

Pres  de  lui  je  me  troublai ;  „ 

II  me  dit:  Bonjour,  ma  chere, 
Bon  jour,  ma  chere. 

—  Il  vous  a  parle,  grand  mere ! 
15  II  vous  a  parle ! 

—  L^an  d'apres,  moi,  pauvre  femme, 
A  Paris  etant  un  jour, 

Je  le  vis  avec  sa  cour : 

II  se  rendait  a  Notre-Dame. 
20      Tons  les  coeurs  etaient  contents ; 

On  admirait  son  cortege. 

Chacun  disait :  Quel  beau  temps ! 

Le  ciel  tou jours  le  protege. 

Son  sourire  etait  bien  doux  3 
25      D'un  fils  Dieu  le  rendait  pere, 
Le  rendait  pere. 

—  Quel  beau  jour  pour  vous,  grand  mere ! 

Quel  beau  jour  pour  vous  ! 

Line  6.  Je  .  .  .  manage,  1  had  just  been  married.  —9.  petit  chapeau  avec 
redingote  for  un  petit  . .  .  avec  une  .  .  .  ,  the  article  being  unexpressed  for 
metrical  considerations.  — 16.  Van  d'apres  for  wn  an  apres.  — 18.  avec  sa  cour 
for  avec  les  gens  composant  sa  cour.  —  20.  tous  les  cceurs  =  tout  le  tnonde. 
—  25.  le  rendait  pere  for  il  venait  d'etre  pere. 


222  A  BRIEF  FRENCH  COURSE 

—  Mais,  quand  la  pauvre  Champagne 
Fut  en  proie  aux  etrangers, 

Lui,  bravant  tous^les  dangers, 
Semblait  seul  tenir  la  campagne. 
5      Un  soir,  tout  com  me  aujourd'hui, 
J'entends  f rapper  a  la  porte ; 
J'ouvre  .  .  .    Bon'Dieu!  c'etait  lui, 
Suivi  d'une  faible  escorte. 
II  s'assoit  ou  me  voila, 
10      S'ecriant  T  Oh !  quelle  guerre ! 
Oh  !  quelle  guerre  ! 

—  II  s'est  assis  la,  grand  mere ! 

II  s'est  assis  la ! 

—  J'ai  faim,  dit-il ;  et  bien  vite 
15      Je  sers  piquette  et  pain  bis ; 

Puis  il  seche  ses  habits, 
M§me  a  dormir  le  feu  Tinvite. 
Au  re  veil,  voyant  mes  pleurs, 
II  me  dit :  Bonne  espe  ranee ! 
20      Je  cours  de  tous  ses  malheurs 
Sous  Paris,  venger  la  France. 
II  part ;  et,  comme  un  tresor, 
J'ai  depuis  garde  son  verre, 
Garde  son  verre. 

Line  1.  In  1814,  the  different  powers  of  Europe  formed  a  formidable 
coalition  against  Napoleon,  the  Empire  was  invaded  on  every  side,  and  the 
armies  of  Schwarzenberg  and  Bliicher  went  battling  through  Champagne,  one 
of  the  richest  provinces  of  France.  — 4.  tenir  la  campagne,  to  keep  the  field.  — 
5.  tout  comme,  like.  —  7.  Bon  Dieu  !  like  Mon  Dieu  and  Dieu,  are  mere  inter- 
jections, carrying  no  suggestion  of  Deity  whatsoever ;  they  are  simply  the  equiv- 
alents of  Heavens,  Dear  me.  Oh  dear,  Groodness,  etc.  —  9.  oil  me  voila  =  ici. — 
15.  piquette  and  pain  bis,  wine  of  poor  quality  and  coarse  bread.  — 18.  voyant, 
pron.  voi  iant.  —  20.  Je  cours  .  .  .  France,  is  another  instance  of  transposition 
of  verbs  and  complements  that  makes  the  sense  look  quite  topsy-turvy.  —  It 
is  obvious  that  it  should  be  read :  je  cours  sous  Paris  venger  la  France  de  tous 
ses  malheurs,  which  is  the  direct  order,  or  grammatical  construction. 


POEMS  FOR  MEMORIZING  223 

—  Vous  Pavez  encor,  grand  mere ! 

Vous  I'avez  encor ! 

—  Le  voici.     Mais  a  sa  perte 
Le  heros  fut  entraine. 

5      Lui,  qu'un  pape  a  couronne, 
Est  mort  dans  une  ile  deserte. 
Longtemps  aucun  ne  I'a  cru ; 
On  disait :  II  va  paraitre. 
Par  mer  il  est  accouru ; 
10      L'etranger  va  voir  son  maitre  ; 
Qiiand  d'erreur  on  nous  tira, 
Ma  douleur  fut  bien  amere  ! 
Fut  bien  amere ! 

—  Dieu  vous  ben ira,  grand  mere ; 
15  Dieu  vous  benira ! 

—  Beranger. 

488.    LE  EETOUR  DANS  LA  PATRIE 

Qu'il  va  lentement  le  navire 
A  qui  j'ai  confie  mon  sort ! 
Au  rivage  ou  mon  cceur  aspire, 
QuHl  est  lent  a  trouver  un  port ! 
20  France  adoree !  "" 

Douce  con  tree ! 
Mes  yeux  cent  fois  ont  cru  te  decouvrir, 
Qu'un  vent  rapide 
Soudain  nous  guide 
■  •    25      Aux  bords  sacres  ou  je  reviens  mourir. 
,     .        Mais  enfin  le  matelot  crie  : 
■AT  T*^.  «..    Terre,  terre,  la-bas,  voyez  ! 

,     Line  5.  Zwi  for  celui.  —  7.  longtemps  aucun  for  pendant  longtemps  personne 
ne...  .  .  .Tr-\{i.:V stranger  fox  Vennemi.  — 11.  quand  .  .  .  tira,  when  convinced 

of  our  mistake.  — 16.  qu'il  =  comme  il.  — 21.  contr^e  for  pays. 


224  A  BRIEF  FRENCH  COURSE 

Ah !  tous  mes  maux  sont  oublies. 
Salut  a  ma  patriel 

Oui,  voila  les  rives  de  France, 
Oui,  voila  le  port  vaste  et  sur, 
5      Voisin  des  champs  ou  mon  enfance 
S'ecoula  sous  un  chaume  obscur ! 
France  adoree ! 
Douce  con  tree ! 
Apres  vingt  ans,  enfin  je  te  revois ; 
lo  I)e  mon  village 

Je  vois  la  plage, 
Je  vois  fumer  la  cime  de  mes  toits.    ; 
Combien  mon  ame  est  attendrie ! 
La  furent  mes  premieres  amours ; 
15      La  ma  mere  m 'attend  toujours, 
Salut  a  ma  patrie ! 

Au  bruit  des  transports  d'allegresse, 
Enfin  le  navire  entre  au  port. 
Dans  cette  barque  ou  I'on  se  presse 
20      Hatons-nous  d'atteindre  le  bord. 

France  adoree! 

Douce  contree ! 
Puissent  tes  fils  te  revoir  ainsi  tous ! 

Enfin  j 'arrive, 
25  Et  sur  la  rive, 

Je  rends  au  ciel,  je  rends  grace  a  genoux. 
Je  t'embrasse,  6  terre  cherie ! 

Line  6.  s'ecoula  for  se  passa,  and  chaume  for  chaumiere.  —  Vl.  transports 
d'allegresse,  shouts  of  joy.  —20.  atteindre  le  bord,  to  leave  the  ship.  — 23.  tous, 
on  account  of  rhyme  with  genoux,  must  be  pronounced  here  without  leaning 
upon  the  .s.  —  26.  Je  rends  au  ciel,  je  rends  .  .  .:  this  repetition  of  the  verb 
and  subject  is  meant  to  gcive  more  energy  to  the  thought  expressed.  —  A 
beautiful  example  of  a  similar  rhetorical  figure  may  be  found  in  the  tragedy 
of  the  Horaces  of  Corneille,  in  which  the  word  Rome  is  repeated  four  times 
in  succession. 


POEMS   FOR   MEMORIZING  225 

Dieu !  qu'un  exile  doit  souffrir ! 

Moi,  desormais,  je  puis  mourir. 

Salut  a  ma  patrie ! 

^  —  Beranger. 

489.  L':fiCHO 

J'ai  crie  dans  la  solitude : 

''  Mon  chagrin  sera-t-il  moins  rude, 

Un  jour,  quand  je  dirai  son  nom  ?  " 

Et  I'echo  m'a  repondu :  "  Non." 

"  Comment  vivrai  je,  en  la  detresse 
Qui  m'enveloppe  et  qui  m'oppresse, 
Comme  fait  au  mort  son  linceul?" 

Et  recho  m'a  repondu :"  "  Seul !  " 

"  Grace !  Ce  sort  est  trop  severe ! 
Mon  coeur  se  re  volte  !  Que  faire. 
Pour  en  etouffer  les  rumeurs  ?  " 


15  Et  I'echo  m'a  repondu :  "  Meurs ! 


490.  LA   MORT   DE   JEANNE   D'ARC 


COPPEE. 


A  qui  reserve-t-on  ces  apprets  meurtriers  ? 

Pour  qui  ces  torches  qu'on  excite  ? 

L'airain  sacre  tremble  et  s'agite  .  .  . 
D'ou  vient  ce  bruit  lugubre  ?  Ou  courent  ces  guerriers 
20      Dont  la  foule  a  longs  flots  roule  et  se  precipite  ? 

Line  1.  qu'  for  combien.  — 10.  comme  .  .  .  linceul  ?  as  a  corpse  in  its  shroud. 
14.  rumeurs  for  plaintes.  — 16.  Jeanne  d'Arc,  the  Maid  of  Orleans,  born  in 
Doniremy  (Vosges),  in  1412,  fought  bravely  against  the  English,  compelling 
I  hem  to  raise  the  siege  of  Orleans.  She  brought  about  the  coronation  of 
Charles  VII  at  Rheims;  then,  having  vainly  tried  to  deliver  Paris  from  the 
enemy,  she  was  seized  and  burned  at  the  stake  (1431).  — 17.  excite  for  allume. 
—  Vairain  .  .  .  s'agite,  church  bells  are  tolling  mournfully.  —  20.  dont  .  .  . 
precipite,  who  in  throng  are  rushing  and  hurling  themselves  forward  like  waves. 

BRIEF    FR.    COURSE 15 


226  A  BRIEF  FRENCH  COURSE 

La  joie  eolate  sur  leurs  traits  ; 
Sans  doute  Fhonneur  les  enflamme ; 
lis  vont  pour  un  assaut  former  leurs  rangs  epais  ? 
Non,  ces  guerriers  soat  des  Anglais 
5  Qui  vont  voir  mourir  une  femme ! 

Qu'ils  sont  nobles  dans  leur  courroux ! 
Qu'il  est  beau  d'insulter  au  bras  charge  d'entraves ! 
La  voyant  sans  def ensej^ils  s'ecriaient,  ces  braves : 
"  Qu'elle  meure  !  Elle  a  contre  nous 
lo      Des  esprits  infernaux  suscite  la  magie  "... 
"LUchesl     Que  lui  reprochez  vous  ? 

D'un  courage  inspire  la  brulante  energie, 
L'amour  du  nom  franqais,  le  mepris  du  danger, 
Voila  sa  magie  et  ses  charmes. 
15  En  faut  il  d'autres  que  des  armes 

Pour  combattre,  pour  vaincre  et  punir  I'etranger  ? 

Du  Christ  avec  ardeur,  Jeanne  baisait  Pimage. 
Ses  longs  cheveux  epars  flottaient  au  gre  des  vents. 
Au  pied  de  I'echafaud,  sans  changer  de  visage, 
20  Elle  s'avanQait  a  pas  lents. 

Tranquille,  elle  y  monta;  quand,  debout  sur  le  faite, 
Elle  vit  ce  bucher  qui  I'allait  devorer, 
Les  bourreaux  en  suspens,  la  flamme  deja  prgte, 
Sentant  son  coeur  faillir,  elle  baissa  la  tgte 
25  Et  se  prit  a  pleurer. 

Line  7.  gu'il  .  .  .  entraves,  how  glorious  it  is  to  insult  arms  that  are  fet- 
tered! {insulter,  expressing  here  mere  defiance  in  attitude,  is  intransitive;  but 
is  transitive  in  the  sense  of  attacking  by  word  or  deed.)  — 9.  qu'elle  meure, 
mere  ellipsis  for  i7/aMfgM€.  — 10.  des  .  .  .  mafirie,  the  same  inverted  construc- 
tion of  verb  and  complements  so  often  met  with  in  this  poem ;  read :  susciti 
contre  noxis  la  magie  des,  etc.  — 12.  should  read :  la  brulante  ^nergie  d'un,  etc, 
15.  en  .  .  .  armes  for  est  il  n^cessaire  d^avoir  autre  chose  que  des  armes,  etc. 
— 18.  ses  .  .  .  vents :  her  long  hair  was  flowing  loosely  over  her  shoulders.  — 
22.  Vallait  for  allait  la.  —  23.  suspens  for  attendant.  — 25.  et  .  .  .  pleurer, 
and  began  to  weep. 


POEMS   FOR   MEMORIZING  227 

Ah!  pleure,  fille  infortunee! 
Ta  jeunesse  va  se  fletrir 
Dans  sa  fleur  trop  tot  moissonnee ! 
Adieu,  beau  ciel,  il  faut  mourir ! 

5  Ainsi  qu'une  source  affaiblie, 

Pres  du  lieu  mgme  ou  nait  son  cours, 
Meurt  en  prodiguant  ses  secours 
Au  berger  qui  passe  et  I'oublie. 

Ainsi  dans  Page  des  amours, 
lo  Finit  ta  chaste  destmee, 

Et  tu  peris  abandonnee 
Par  ceux  dont  tu  sauvas  les  jours. 

Tu  ne  reverras  plus  tes  riantes  montagnes, 

Le  temple,  le  hameau,  les  champs  de  Vaucouleurs, 
15  Et  ta  chaumiere,  et  tes  compagnes, 

Et  ton  pere  expirant  sous  le  poids  des  douleurs. 

Chevaliers,  parmi  vous,  qui  combattra  pour  elle  ? 

K'osez  ybus  entreprendre  une  cause  si  belle  ? 

Quoi  !  vous  restez  muets  !  aucun  ne  sort  des  rangs ! 
20      Aucun  pour  la  sauver  ne  descend  dans  la  lice ! 

Puisqu'un  forfait  si  noir  les  trouve  indifferents 
Tonnez,  confondez  I'injustice, 

Cieux,  obscurcissez-vous  de  nuages  epais ; 

fiteignez  sous  leurs  flots  les  feux  du  sacrifice, 
25  Ou  guidez  au  lieu  du  supplice, 

Au  defaut  du  tonnerre,  un  chevalier  franqais. 

A  pres  quelques  instants  d'un  horrible  silence, 
Tout  a  coup  le  feu  brille,  il  s'irrite,  il  s'elance  .  .  . 
Le  coeur  de  la  guerriere  s'est  alors  ranime ; 

Line  12.  les  jours  for  la  vie.  — 19  and  20.  aucun:  chevalier  understood.— 
24.  aeignez  .  .  .  sacrifice,  let  the  flames  of  sacrifice  be  put  out  under  their 
flood  (of  the  thick  clouds) .  —  26.  aw  d^/aut  du,  or  a  d6faut  de,  in  the  absence  of. 


228  A  BRIEF  FRENCH  COURSE 

A  travers  les  vapeurs  d'une  fumee  ardente, 

Jeanne,  encore  menaqante, 
Montre  aux  Anglais  son  bras  a  demi  consume. 

Pourquoi  reculer  d'epouvante, 
5  Anglais  ?  son  bras  est  desarme. 

La  flamme  Penvironne,  et  sa  voix  expirante 
Murmure  encor :  "  0  France!  6  mon  roi  bienaime ! " 
Que  faisait  il  ce  roi  ?   Plonge  dans  la  molless^e, 
Tandis  quelle  malheur  reclamait  son  appui, 
lo      L'ingrat,  il  oubliait,  aux  pieds  d'une  maitresse, 

La  vierge  qui  mourait  pour  lui ! 

Ah !  qu'une  page  si  funeste 

De  ce  regne  victorieux, 

Pour  n'en  pas  obscurcir  le  reste, 
15      S*efface  sous  les  pleurs  qui  tombent  de  nos  yeux. 
Qu'un  monument  s'eleve  aux  lieux  de  ta  naissance, 
0  toi,  qui  des  vainqueurs  renversas  les  projets ! 
La  France  y  portera  son  deuil  et  ses  regrets, 

Sa  tardive  reconnaissance : 
20      Elle  y  viendra  gemir  sous  de  jeunes  cypres. 

Puissent  croitre  avec  eux  ta  gloire  et  sa  puissance ! 

Que  sur  Fairain  funebre  on  grave  des  combats, 
Des  etendards  anglais  fuyant  devant  tes  pas, 
Dieu  vengeant  par  tes  mains  la  plus  juste  des  causes. 
25      Venez,  jeunes  beautes ;  venez,  braves  soldats, 
Semer  sur  son  tombeau  les  lauriers  et  les  roses ! 


Lines  12, 14.  page  and  reste,  used  by  metonymy,  refer  to  the  unexpressed 
word  histoire  {du  reqne  d"  Charles  VII).  — 16  qtCun  .  .  .  naissance,  let  a 
monument  be  erected  at  your  birthplace.  —  21.  puissent  is  a  case  of  subjunctive 
used  in  exclamation,  with  the  principal  clause  expressive  of  wish,  understood, 
i.e. :  je  desire,  je  souhaite  qve  ta  gloire  et  la  puissance  de  la  France  puissent 
croitre  comme  les  jeunes  cypres.  —  22.  V  air  ain  funebre  torque  sur  le  bronze 
on  grave  des  figures  (bas  reliefs)  qui  serviront  d'€pitaphe  a  VMrolne. 


POEMS  FOR  MEMORIZING  229 

Qu'un  jour  le  voyageur,  en  parcourant  ces  bois, 

Caeille  un  rameau  sacre,  I'y  depose  et  s'ecrie : 

"A  celle  qui  sauva  le  trone  et  la  patrie, 

Et  n'obtint  qu'un  tombeau  pour  prix  de  ses  exploits." 

—  Casimir  Delavigne. 

491.  MES   BCEUFS 

5      J'ai  deux  grands  boeufs  dans  mon  etable, 
Deux  grands  boeufs  blancs  marques  de  roux ; 
La  charrue  est  en  bois  d'erable, 
L'aiguillon  en  branche  de  houx. 
C'est  par  leurs  soins  qu'on  voit  la  plaine 
lo      Verte  Phiver,  jaune  Pete ; 
lis  gagnent  dans  une  semaine 
Plus  d'argent  quails  n'en  ont  coutd.. 

Refrain  : 

S'il  me  f allait  les  vendre ! 
J'aimerais  mieux  me  pendre  ! 
15  J'aime  Jeanne  ma  femme, 

He  bien !  j'aimerais  mieux 
La  voir  mourir,  que  voir 
Mourir  mes  boeufs  ! 

Les  voyez  vous,  ces  belles  bStes, 
20      Creuser  profond  et  tracer  droit^ 
Bravant  la  pluie  et  les  tempgtes, 
Qu'il  fasse  chaud,  qu'il  fasse  froid  ? 
Lorsque  je  fais  halte  pour  boire, 
Un  brouillard  sort  de  leurs  naseaux ; 

Line  1.  Qu^un  jour,  for  pour  qu'un  jour.  —  5.  bceu/s,  pron.  bceu'.  —  8.  en 
branche  for  en  bois.  —  9.  soins  for  travail. — 20.  Creuser  .  .  .  droit,  to  plow 
deep  and  straight. 


230  A  BRIEF   FRENCH   COURSE 

Et  je  vols  sur  leur  come  noire 
Se  poser  les  petits  oiseaux. 

S'il  me  fallait  les  vendre,  etc. 

lis  sont  forts  comme  un  pressoir  d'huile, 
5      lis  sont  plus  doux  que  des  moutons ; 

Tous  les  ans  on  vient  de  la  ville 

Les  marchander  dans  nos  cantons, 

Pour  les  mener  aux  Tuileries, 

Au  mardi  gras,  devant  le  roi, 
10      Et  puis  les  vendre  aux  boucheries. 

—  Je  ne  veux  pas ;  ils  sont  a  moi ! 

S'il  me  fallait  les  vendre,  etc. 

Quand  notre  fille  sera  grande, 
Si  le  fils  de  notre  regent 

15      En  m'ariage  la  demande, 

Je  lui  promets  tout  mon  argent : 
Mais  si  pour  dot  il  veut  qu'on  donne 
Les  grands  boeufs  blancs  marques  de  roux, 
Ma  fille  laissons  la  couronne, 

20      Et  ramenons  les  boeufs  chez  nous. 

S'il  me  fallait  les  vendre,  etc. 

—  Pierre  Dupont. 

492.  LE   CHfiNE   ET   LE   ROSEAU 

Le  chgne,  un  jour,  dit  au  roseau  : 
"Vous  avez  bien  sujet  d' accuser  la  nature; 
Un  roitelet  pour  vous  est  un  pesant  fardeau : 

Line  1.  leur  come  noire :  the  singular  is  here  anomalous,  and  were  it  not 
necessitated  for  rhyme  considerations  the  number  should  be  in  the  plural, 
—  7.  canton,  a  French  administrative  subdivision  with  a  justice  of  the  peace.  — 
8.  les  Tuileries,  a  palace  of  the  French  kings  which  was  burnt  by  the  Commune 
in  1871-72. — 17.  dot ,  i>Ton.  doW . — 23.  bieyi  svjet  d'aceuser=beaucoup  de  motifs 
pour  se  plaindre.  — 24.  roitelet  (diminutive  of  roi),  here  a  very  small  bird 
named  by  naturalists  troglodyte,  i.e.  inhabitant  of  holes. 


POEMS  FOR   MEMORIZING  231 

Le  moindre  vent  qui  d'aventure 

Fait  rider  la  face  de  I'eau 

Vous  oblige  a  baisser  la  t^te, 
Cependant  que  mon  front,  au  Caucase  pareil, 
5      Non  content  d'arreter  les  rayons  du  soleil, 

Brave  I'effort  de  la  tempete. 
Tout  vous  est  aquilon,  tout  me  senible  zephir. 
Encor  si  vous  naissiez  a  I'abri  du  feuillage 

Dont  je  couvre  le  voisinage, 
lo  Vous  n'auriez  pas  tant  a  souffrir ; 

Je  vous  defendrais  de  Torage : 

Mais  vous  naissez  le  plus  souvent 
Sur  les  huinides  bords  des  royaumes  du  Vent. 
La  nature  envers  vous  me  semble  bien  injuste." 
15      — "  Votre  compassion,"  lui  repondit  Farbuste, 
"  Part  d'un  bon  naturel ;  mais  quittez  ce  souci. 
Les  vents  me  sont  moins  qu'a  vous  redoutables ; 
Je  plie,  et  ne  romps  pas.     Vous  avez  jusqu'ici 

Contre  leurs  coups  epouvantables 
20  Resiste  sans  courber  le  dos ; 

Mais  attendons  la  fin."     Comme  il  disait  ces  mots, 
Du  bout  de  I'horizon  accourt  avec  furie 

Le  plus  terrible  des  enfants 
Que  le  Nord  eut  portes  jusque-la  dans  ses  flancs. 
25  L'arbre  tient  bon ;  le  roseau  plie. 

Le  vent  redouble  ses  efforts, 

Et  fait  si  bien  qu'il  deracine 


Line  4.  Cependant  que,  an  archaism  for  pendant  que;  mon  front  for  ma 
cime ;  Caucase,  a  chain  of  mountains  between  Europe  and  Asia.  —  7.  Tout  vous 
est  for  pour  vous  tout  est;  aquilon,  a  cold  northeast  wind ;  zephir,  a  temper- 
ate west  wind. — 13.  royaumes  du  Vent  for  marais.  — 15.  arbuste  for  roseau 
(for  a  reed  is  not  a  small  tree,  but  a  plant  of  the  wheat  family).  — 16.  part 
for  vient.  — 17.  redoutables  for  dangereux.  —  20.  sans  .  .  .  dos  for  sans  fl^chir 
ou  sansplier.  —23,  24.  Le  .  .  .  flancs  =  le  vent  leplus  terrible  qui  ait  jamais 
souffle  du  Nord. 


232  A  BRIEF   FRENCH   COURSE 

Celui  de  qui  la  tete  au  ciel  etait  voisine. 
Et  dont  les  pieds  touchaient  a  I'empire  des  morts.^ 

—  La  Fontaine. 


493.  LA   PAUVRE   FLEUR 

La  pauvre  fleur  disait  au  papillon  celeste : 
—  Ne  fuis  pas ! 
5   Vols  comine  nos  destins  sont  differents :  Je  reste, 
Tu  t'en  vas ! 

Pourtant,  nous  nous  aimons,  nous  vivons  sans  les  hommes 

Et  loin  d'eux, 
Et  nous  nous  ressemblons,  et  I'on  dit  que  nous  sommes 
lo  Fleurs  tous  deux ! 

Mais,  helas  !  I'air  t'emporte  et  la  terre  m'enchaine ; 

Sort  cruel ! 
Je  voudrais  embaumer  ton  vol  de  mon  haleine 
""     Dans  le  ciel ! 

15   Mais  non,  tu  vas  trop  loin !  —  Parmi  les  fleurs  sans  nombre 
Vous  fuyez, 
Et  moi  je  reste  seule  a  voir  toumer  mon  ombre 
A  mes  pieds !  ^ 

Linel.  de  qni:  the  use  of  de  qui  applied  to  things  was  quite  common  in  the 
seventeenth  century ;  now  it  is  applied  in  reference  to  persons  only.  —  More- 
over the  oak  is  here  personified  ;  —  voisin  an  ciel  for  voisiii  du  ciel  is  another 
example  of  archaism  and  inverted  order  invited  by  metrical  considerations.  — 
2.  I'empire  des  morts,  the  empire  of  Pluto  (which  was  then  thought  to  he 
placed  in  the  interior  of  the  earth) . 


1  This  apologue  is  a  masterpiece  of  the  kind,  and  La  Fontaine  in  all  of 
his  inimitable  works  never  sketched  anything  better.  In  bardly  two  score 
of  verses  the  poet  assumed  all  tones,  from  that  of  the  most  graceful  to  that  of 
the  most  elevated  poetry. 


POEMS  FOR   MEMORIZING  233 

Tu  fuis,  puis  tu  reviens,  puis  tu  t'en  vas  encore 

Luire  ailleurs. 
Aussi  me  trouves  tu  toujours  a  chaque  aurore 

Toute  en  pleurs ! 

5     Oh !  pour  que  notre  amour  coule  des  jours  fideles, 
0  mon  roi, 
Prends  com  me  moi  racine,  ou  donne-moi  des  ailes 
Comme  a  toi !  ^ 

—  Victor  Hugo. 


494.     HYMNE   DE   L'ENFANT   A   SON   RfiVEIL 

10  6  Pere  qu'adore  mon  pere ! 

Toi  qu'on  ne  nomme  qu'a  genoux ; 
Toi  dont  le  nom  terrible  et  doux 

Pais  courber  le  front  de  ma  mere, 

• 

On  dit  que  ce  brillant  soleil 
15  N'est  qu'un  jouet  de  ta  puissance ; 

Que  sous  tes  pieds  il  se  balance 
Comme  une  lampe  de  vermeil. 

On  dit  que  c'est  toi  qui  fais  naitre 
Les  petits  oiseaux  dans  les  champs, 
20  Et  qui  donnes  aux  petits  enfants, 

Une  ame  aussi  pour  te  connaitre ! 

On  dit  que  c'est  toi  qui  produis 
Les  fleurs  dont  le  jardin  se  pare, 
Et  que  sans  toi,  toujours  avare, 
25  Le  verger  n'aurait  point  de  fruits. 

Line  5.  coule  for  passe.  —  9.  hymne  used  to  be  feminine  only  when  a  church 
song.  In  all  other  acceptations  it  was  masculine.  Under  the  new  syntax  this  il- 
logical usage  disappears,  and  the  gender  of  hymne  henceforth  becomes  optional. 


234  A   BRIEF   FRENCH   COURSE 

Aux  dons  que  ta  bonte  mesure 
Tout  I'univers  est  con  vie ; 
Nul  insecte  n'est  oublie 
A  ce  festin  de  la  nature. 

5  L'agneau  broute  le  serpolet, 

La  chevre  s'attache  au  cytise ; 
La  mouche  au  bord  du  vase  puise 
Les  blanches  gouttes  de  mon  lait; 

L'alouette  a  la  graine  amere 
10  Que  laisse  envoler  le  glaneur, 

Le  passereau  suit  le  vanneur. 
Et  I'enfant  s'attache  a  sa  mere. 

Et,  pour  obtenir  chaque  don 
Que  chaque  jour  tu  fais  eclore, 
15  A  midi,  le  soir,  a  I'aurore, 

Que  f aut  il  ?  —  Prononcer  ton  nom  ! 

6  Dieu !  ma  bouche  balbutie 
Ce  nom,  des  anges  redoute, 
Un  enfant  meme  est  ecoute 
20  Dans  le  choeur  qui  te  glorifie. 

Ah !  puisqu'il  entend  de  si  loin 
Les  voeux  que  notre  bouche  adresse, 
Je  veux  lui  demander  sans  cesse 
Ce  dont  les  autres  ont  besoin. 

25  Mon  Dieu  !  donne  Ponde  aux  fontaines, 

Donne  la  plume  aux  passereaux, 
Et  la  laine  aux  petits  agneaux, 
Et  Pombre  et  la  rosee  aux  plaines. 

Line  2.  convi^  for  invito.  —  7.  puise  for  boit.  — 17.  balbutie,  pron.  balbussf. 
—  22.  bouche  adresse,  the  verb  adresser,  being  intransitive  in  the  sense  of 
adresser  la  parole  on  des  V(£uz,  would  require  in  prose  the  indirect  comple- 
ment liii  to  precede  it.  — 25.  I'onde  for  I'eau. 


POEMS   FOR   MEMORIZING  235 

Donne  aux  malades  la  sante, 
All  mendiant  le  pain  qu'il  pleure, 
A  Forphelin  une  demeure, 
Au  prisonnier  la  liberte. 

5  Donne  une  famille  nombreuse 

Au  p^re  qui  craint  le  Seigneur, 
Donne  a  moi  sagesse  et  bonheur 
Pour  que  ma  mere  soit  heureuse. 

—  Lamartine. 

495.  LA   MARSEILLAISE 

lo  AUons  enfants  de  la  Patrie, 

Le  jour  de  gloire  est  arrive ! 
Contre  nous  de  la  tyrannie 
L'etendard  sanglant  est  leve  !  (bis) 
Entendez  vous  dansles  campagnes, 

15  Mugir  ces  f  eroces  soldats  ? 

lis  viennent  jusque  dans  nos  bras 
^figorger  nos  fils,  nos  compagnes !  .  . 
Aux  armes,  citoyens  !  formez  vos  bataillons  ! 
Marchons !  marchons ! 

2o  Qu'un  sang  impur  abreuve  nos  sillons ! 

Que  veut  cette  horde  d'esclaves, 
De  traitres,  de  rois  conjures  ? 
Pour  qui  ces  ignobles  entraves, 
Ces  fers  des  longtemps  prepares  ?  (bis) 

Line  2.  pleure  for  demande.  —  7.  donne  a  moi  for  et  a  moi,  or  donne-moi, 
moi  being  both  the  direct  and  indirect  object  of  a  verb  in  the  imperative ;  but 
to  make  it  more  forcible  the  poet  evidently  wished  to  follow  the  sequence 
of  his  foregoing  thought  ''donne  au,"  repeated  no  less  than  nine  times  in 
succession.  —  9.  La  Marseillaise,  pron.  Mar  c^  yeze,  the  famous  French 
National  Anthem,  composed  by  a  young  officer  of  engineers,  Rouget  de  Lisle,  on 
the  night  of  April  24,  1792,  while  a  guest  of  the  mayor  of  Strasburg.  — 13.  In 
the  song  the  fourth  line  of  every  stanza  is  repeated. — 20.  sang  impur,  pron. 
san  kimpiir.  —24.  des  for  depuis. 


236  A  BRIEF  FRENCH   COURSE 

Franqais  !  pour  nous,  ah !  quel  outrage ! 
Quels  transports  il  doit  exciter ! 
C'est  nous  qu'on  ose  mediter 
De  rendre  a  I'antique  esclavage  ! 
5      Aux  armes,  citoyens  !  f ormez  vos  bataillons ! 
Marchons !  marchons ! 
Qu'un  sang  impur  abreuve  nos  sillons ! 

Quoi !  ces  cohortes  etrangeres 

Feraient  la  loi  dans  nos  foyers ! 
lo  Quoi !  ces  phalanges  mercenaires 

Terrasseraient  nos  fiers  guerriers !  (bis) 

Grand  Dieu !  par  des  mains  enchainees 

Nos  fronts  sous  le  joug  se  ploieraient! 

De  vils  despotes  deviendraient 
15  Les  maitres  de  nos  destinees ! 

Aux  armes,  citoyens  !  f ormez  vos  bataillons  ! 
Marchons !  marchons ! 

Qu'un  sang  impur  abreuve  nos  sillons ! 

Tremblez,  tyrans  !  et  vous,  perfides, 
20  L'opprobre  de  tons  les  partis, 

Tremblez  !  vos  pro  jets  parricides 

Vont  enfin  recevoir  leur  prix  !  (bis) 

Tout  est  soldat  pour  vous  combattre. 

S'ils"tombent,  nos  jeunes  heros, 
25  La  France  en  produit  de  nouveaux, 

Contre  vous  tout  prets  a  se  battre ! 
Aux  armes,  citoyens  !  formez  vos  bataillons  ! 
Marchons !  marchons ! 

Qu'un  sang  impur  abreuve  nos  sillons ! 

Line  2.  transports  for  colere.  —  3.  nons,  direct  complement  of  rendre. — 9.  Fe- 
raient .  .  . /oyers,  would  sway  our  lioraes. — ll.^'ers,  pron./fere. — 12.  des  mains 
enchainees  for  par  des  mains  d'esclaves. — 13.  Nos  .  .  .  ploieraient,  under  the 
yoke  of  bondage  we  would  bow  our  heads!  — 23.  Tout  for  tout  le  monde. 


POEMS  FOR   MEMORIZING  237 

Franqais,  en  guerriers  magnanimes, 
Portez  ou  retenez  vos  coups  ! 
fipargnez  ces  tristes  victimes, 
A  regret  s'armant  coiitre  nous,  (bis) 
Mais  ces  despotes  sanguinaires, 
5  Mais  ces  complices  de  Bouille, 

Tons  ces  tigres  qui,  sans  pitie, 
Dechirent  le  sein  de  leur  mere!  .  .  . 
Aux  armes,  citoyens  !  formez  vos  bataillons  ! 
Marchons !  march  ons  ! 
10  Qu'un  sang  impur  abreuve  nos  sillons ! 

Nous  entrerons  dans  la  carriere 

Quand  nos  aines  n'y  seront  plus ; 

Nous  y  trouverons  leur  poussiere 

Et  la  trace  de  leurs  vertus !  (bis) 
15  Bien  moins  jaloux  de  leur  survivre 

Que  de  partager  leur  cercueil, 

Nous  aurons  le  sublime  orgueil 

De  les  venger  ou  de  les  suivre !  .  .  . 
Aux  armes,  citoyens  !  formez  vos  bataillons  ! 
20  Marchons  !  marchons  ! 

Qu'un  sang  impur  abreuve  nos  sillons ! 

Amour  sacre  de  la  Patrie, 
Conduis,  soutiens  nos  bras  vengeurs ! 
Liberte,  liberte  cherie, 
25  Combats  avec  tes  defenseurs  !  (bis) 

Sous  nos  drapeaux,  que  la  Victoire 
Accoure  a  tes  m^les  accents ! 
Que  tes  ennemis  expirants 

Line  5.  BouilU  {Marquis  de),  a  French  general,  prominent  in  the  Seven 
Years'  War,  who  vainly  tried  to  make  Louis  XVI  escape  from  Paris  in  1791, 
to  join  the  enemies  of  France.  —  7.  mere  for  patrie.  — 11.  carriere  for  vie. — 
15.  leur,  dative  or  indirect  complement  of  survivre  refers  to  nos  ain€s.— 
17.  orgueil  for  gloire. 


238  A    BRIEF  FRENCH   COURSE 

Voient  ton  triomphe  et  notre  gloire !  .  .  . 
Aux  armes,  citoyens  !  f ormez  vos  bataillons ! 
Marchons !  marchons ! 
Qu'iin  sang  impur  abreuve  nos  sillons ! 

—  RouGET  DE  Lisle. 

496.     MASSACRE   DE   LA   SAINT-BARTHELEMY 

5        Qui  pourrait  cependant  exprimer  les  ravages 
Dont  cette  nuit  cruelle'etala  les  images  ? 
La  mort  de  Coligny,  premices  des  horreurs, 
N'etait  qu'un  faible  essai  de  touted  leurs  fureurs. 
D'un  peuple  d'assassins  les  troupes  effrenees, 

lo        Par  devoir  et  par  zele  au  carnage  acharnees, 

Marchaient,  le  fer  en  main,  les  yeux  etincelants, 
Sur  les  corps  etendus  de  nos  freres  sanglants. 
Giuse  etait  aleur  tete,  et,  bouillant  de  colere, 
Vengeait  sur  tous  les  miens  les  manes  de  son  pere : 

15        Nevers,  Gondi,  Tavanne,  un  poignard  a  la  main, 
Echauffaient  les  transports  de  leur  zele  inhumain, 
Et,  portant  devant  eux  la  liste  de  leurs  crimes, 
Les  conduisaient  au  meurtre  et  marquaient  les  victimes. 

Je  ne  vous  peindrai  point  le  tumulte  et  les  cris, 
20        Le  sang  de  tous  cotes  ruisselant  dans  Paris, 
Le  fils  assassine  sur  le  corps  de  son  pere, 
Le  frere  avec  la  soeur,  la  fille  avec  la  mere, 
Les  epoux  expirant  sous  leurs  toits  embrases, 

496.  On  Saint  Bartholomew's  day,  August  24,  1572,  a  great  massacre 
took  place  by  order  of  King  Charles  IX  and  his  mother,  Catherine  of 
Medicis.  — 7.  Coligny,  the  French  admiral,  was  one  of  the  first  victims  of 
that  cruel  drama.  — 11.  le  fer  for  Tepee.  — 13.  Guise  — Henri  I,  de  Lor- 
raine, due  de— (pron.  guize),  nicknamed  le  Balafr€  (1550-1588),  one  of  the 
instigators  of  this  horrible  butchery,  was  later  murdered  at  Blois  by 
order,  of  Henry  III.  — 15.  Nevers,  Gondi,  Tavanne,  a  marshal  of  France, 
were  the   principal   participants    in    the    slaughter.  — 16.  inhumain,  pron. 


POEMS  FOR  MEMORIZING  239 

Les  enfants  au  berceau  sur  la  pierre  ecrases : 
Des"fureurs"des  humains,  c'est  ce  qu'on  doit  attendre, 
Mais  ce  que  I'aveuir  aura  peine  a  comprendre, 
Ce  que  vous  meme  encore  a  peine  vous  croirez, 
5        Ces  monstres  furieux,  de  carnage  alteres, 

Excites  par  la  voix  des  pretres  sanguinaires, 
Invoquaient  le  Seigneur  en  egorgeant  leurs  freres, 
Et,  le  bras  tout  souille  du  sang  des  innocents, 
Osaient  offrir  a  Dieu  cet  execrable  encens. 

—  Voltaire. 

Line  2.  Des  fvreurs  des  humains,  from  man's  fits  of  fury  and  rage.  — 5.  de 
carnage  alt4r4s,  thirsting  for  blood.  —  %.  Et  .  .  .  innocents,  with  hands  im- 
brued in  innocent  blood. 

Note.  —  In  the  foregoing  poems  the  student  may  have  noticed  here 
and  there  —  p.  223,  1.  19,  Hent  a';  p.  228,  1.  5,  '6ms  esf  ;  and  p.  231, 
1.  22,  '  accourt  avec '  ;  for  instance  —  that  no  liaison  or  blending  of  words 
has  been  indicated  where  perhaps  in  prose  the  very  same  words  would 
have  to  be  blended.  But  in  French,  where  a  perpetual  struggle  exists 
between  spelling  and  pronunciation,  this  is  quite  natural.  In  declama- 
tion, however,  the  liaison  must  be  suppressed  wherever  it  seems  to  give 
birth  to  a  harsh  or  discordant  sound.  This  is,  of  course,  more  or  less  a 
question  of  ear,  and  every  one  has  not  the  same  sense  of  melody ;  but,  as 
somebody  once  remarked,  the  conversation  of  intellectual  people  is  full 
of  voluntary  hiatuses  which  are  so  much  authorized  by  custom  that  we 
could  not  speak  otherwise  without  being  taken  for  pedants  or  provincials. 


497. 


APPENDIX 

THE   ARTICLES 


the 
of,  fromV 
the       / 
to,  at  the 

Singular 

Plural 

Before  a  consonant  or  h 
aspirate 

Before  a  vowel 
or  h  mute 

Before  ail  nouns 

1 

Masc. 

le 

du 

.     au 

Fern. 

la 
de  la 
kla 

Both  gendern 

V 
del' 

Both,  genders 

les 
des 
aux 

i 

1 

a,  an 
of  or  from ' 

a,  an 
to,  at  a,  an 

un 
d'un 
^un 

une 
d'une 
a  une 

Masc. 

un 
d'un 
^un 

Fern. 
une 
d'une 
k  une 

> 

f 
some 

any 

I 

Before      a ) 
noun  oran  Vdu 
adjective     ) 

de  la 

del' 

des 

'                        ■                 , 

Before   an ")     "^ 
adjective     ' 
or  with   a  j 
negative     J 

de  (or  d') 

1.  The  article  is  repeated  in  French  before  every  noun,  but 
may  be  omitted  in  order  to  give  rapidity  to  the  speech. 

2.  When  two  adjectives  connected  by  et  apply  to  the  same 
substantive  in  a  way  really  to  indicate  two  distinct  things,  the 
article  may  now  be  omitted  before  the  second  adjective :  — 
TJhistoire  ancienne  et  moderne. 


498, 


THE  NOUN 
THE  GENDER  OF  INANIMATE  OBJECTS 


The  shortest  and  best  rule  for  determining  the  gender  of 
nouns  which  do  not  refer  to  males  or  females,  is  as  follows :  — 

BRIEF    FR.    COURSE  —  16  241 


242 


A  BRIEF  FRENCH  COURSE 


1.   Nouns  with  one  of  the  following  terminations  are  femi- 
nine:— 


ale,  ole,  ule; 
rre,  lie,   ie; 


he,  ce,  de ; 

se,  te,  te  and  tie; 


ure,  ere,  eur; 
ee,     ue,   ion; 


fe,  ne,  pe; 
ve,  he,  aison. 


Ex.  —  cathedrale,   ecole,   nature,   faveur,   conversation,   robe,   canne, 
ombrelle,  poche,  cravate,  beaute,  maison,  etc. 

2.  Nouns  having  none  of  the  above  terminations  are  mas- 
culine. 

This  rule,  which  has  many  exceptions,  holds  good  in  ninety 
cases  out  of  one  hundred. 

FORMATION  OF  THE   FEMININE,    IN  NOUNS  REPRESENTING 
ANIMATE   BEINGS 

499.  The  feminine  is  generally  formed  by  adding  e  mute 
to  the  masculine. 

ours,  a  bear.  ourse,  a  she  bear. 

1.  Those  already  ending  in  e  mute  do  not  change. 


un  esclave, 

a  slave, 

une  esclave. 

un  Beige, 

a  Belgian, 

une  Beige. 

un  malade, 

a  sick  person. 

une  malade. 

un  mulatre, 

a  mulatto. 

une  mulatre 

un  po6te, 

a  poet, 
Pbincipal  Exceptions 

une  poete.i 

Masculine 

Feminine 

ane, 

ass, 

^uesse. 

comte, 

count,  earl, 

comtesse. 

h6te. 

host, 

hOtesse. 

maitre, 

master. 

maitresse. 

n6gre. 

negro. 

n^gresse. 

pr§tre. 

priest, 

pretresse. 

prince, 

prince. 

princesse. 

tigre, 

tiger, 

tigresse. 

^  We  may  also  say  muldtresse  and  poitesse  in  the  feminine. 


APPENDIX  243 

3.  Nouns  ending  in  -en  and  -on  double  the  n  and  then  add  e. 

baron,  baron,  baronne. 

Chretien,  Christian,  chr^tienne. 

lion,  lion,  lionne. 

4.  Substantives   ending  in   -eur,  —  derived  from   a  present 
participle,  —  change  -eur  into  -euse. 


danseur, 

dancer, 

danseuse. 

chanteur, 

singer. 

chanteuse. 

plaideur, 

suitor, 

plaideuse. 

vendeur, 

seller, 

vendeuse. 

le,  however, 

change  the  -eur 

into  -eresse. 

p^cheur, 

sinner, 

p^cheresse. 

enchanteur, 

enchanter. 

enchanteresse. 

d^fendeur, 

defendant, 

d^fenderesse. 

demandeur, 

plaintiff. 

demanderesse. 

6.  Substantives  ending  in  -teur,  —  not  formed  from  a  present 
participle,  —  change  -teur  into  -trice;  such  as, — 


acteur. 

actor. 

actrice. 

instituteur, 

teacher. 

institutrice. 

protecteur, 

protector. 

protectrice. 

tuteur, 

guardian. 

tutrice. 

inventeur, 

inventor. 

inventrice. 

7.  Clianteur  has  a  feminine  form,  cantatrice,  which  is  applied 
only  to  professional  singers.  Empereur  forms  the  feminine 
imp^rcUrice. 

Most  of  the  foregoing  substantives  are  also  used  as  adjec- 
tives. 

8.  Nearly  all  names  of  animals  take  an  irregular  feminine. 


le  b61ier, 

the  ram. 

la  brebis. 

le  boeuf. 

the  ox, 

la  vache. 

le  bouc, 

the  he  goat. 

la  ch6vre. 

le  chat. 

the  tomcat. 

la  chatte. 

le  cheval, 

the  horse. 

la  jument. 

244 


APPENDIX 

le  coq, 

the  rooster, 

le  cochon, 

the  pig, 

le  canard, 

the  drake. 

le  dindon, 

the  turkey, 

le  loup, 

the  wolf, 

le  mulet, 

the  mule, 

le  perroquet, 

the  parrot. 

le  sanglier, 

the  wild  hoar. 

le  singe, 

the  monkey, 

la  poule. 
la  coche. 
la  truie. 
la  cane, 
la  dinde. 
la  louve. 
la  mule, 
la  pemiche. 
la  laie. 
la  guenon. 


9.    Some  of  the  names  of  animals  have  but  one  form  for  the 
genders.     Such  are  — 

All  Masculine 


le  buffle,  the  buffalo. 
le  castor,  the  beaver, 
le  chameau,  the  camel. 
I'^cureuil,  the  squirrel. 
r^l^phant,  the  elephant 


le  hibou,  the  owl. 
le  merle,  the  blackbird. 
le  renne,  the  reindeer. 
le  requin,  the  shark. 
le  saumon,  the  salmon. 


All  Feminine 


une  alouette,  a  lark. 
une  araign^e,  a  spider. 
une  baleine,  a  whale. 
une  cigogne,  a  stork. 
une  fauvette,  a  warbler. 
une  hirondelle,  a  swallow. 


une  mouche,  a  fly. 
une  panth^re,  a  panther. 
une  perdrix,  a  partridge. 
une  pie,  a  magpie. 
une  souris,  a  mouse. 
une  tortue,  a  tortoise. 


Should  it  be  necessary  to  distinguish  between  the  sex  of  any  of  these 
animals,  we  add  to  the  noun  the  word  m&le  or  f  emelle :  la  cigogne  mdle  ;  le 
chameau  femelle. 

10.  Masculine  nouns  denoting  professions  keep  that  gender, 
even  when  applied  to  a  woman,  and  adjectives  agreeing  with 
them  stand  in  the  masculine.     The  most  usual  are  :  — 


auteur,  author. 
chef,  chief. 
docteur,  doctor. 


^crivain,  writer. 
guide,  guide. 
peintre,  painter. 


philosophe,  philosopher. 
po6te,  poet. 
professeur,  professor. 


APPENDIX  245 

FORMATION  OF  THE   PLURAL 

600.  Nouns  and  adjectives  generally  form  their  plural  by 
adding  s  to  the  singular  (16-48,  2). 

Exceptions  :  —  1,  Nouns  and  adjectives  ending  in  s,  x,  and  z 
in  the  singular  do  not  change  in  the  plural  (73). 

2.  Those  ending  in  -au  and  -eu  take  x  in  the  plural  (73,  1). 
(But  bleu  takes  an  s  in  the  plural.) 

3.  Nouns  and  adjectives  ending  in  -al  change  al  into  aux 
(73,  2).  (But  s  is  added  in  the  plural  to  the  following  nouns : 
bal,  carnaval,  chacal,  final,  festival,  amical,  fatal,  matinal,  naval, 
tMdtral,  and  a  few  others  seldom  used.) 

4.  Six  nouns  ending  in  -ail  change  also  ail  into  aux :  — 

le  bail,        the  lease,  les  baux. 

I'^mail,       the  enamel,  les  6maux. 

le  travail,    the  work,  les  travaux. 

le  vitrail,     the  stained-glass  window,    les  vitraux. 
b^tail,  cattle,  becomes  bestiaux. 

6.   A  few  nouns  add  an  x  to  their  ending  -ou :  — 

le  bijou,  the  jewel.  le  genou,  the  knee. 

le  caillou,  the  flint.  le  hibou,  the  owl. 

le  chou,  the  cabbage.  le  joujou,  the  toy. 

6.  The  following  nouns  have  tivo  plurals,  —  one  regular, 
the  other  irregular:  —  Vaieul,  the  grandfather;  les  dieuls, 
the  grandfathers;  les  aieux,  the  ancestors.  Le  del,  the  sky, 
heaven;  les  deux,  the  heavens.  Voeil,  the  eye;  les  oeils^ 
(things  like  eyes);    les  yeux,  the  eyes. 

7.  According  to  the  new  syntax,  in  all  constructions  in 
which  the  sense  permits  the  substantive  employed  as  a  com- 
plement to  be  understood  either  in  the  singular  or  plural,  the 

1  (Ells  is  used  in  compound  nouns ;  as,  mis  de  hvexif,  oval  windows ;  wils  de 
chat,  cat's-eyes,  agate;  ceils  de  perdrix,  soft  corns. 


246 


A   BRIEF   FRENCH   COURSE 


use  of  either  number  is  correct :  —  Des  habits  de  femme,  or 
de  femmes,  women's  clothes.  Des  confitures  de  groseille,  or  de 
groseilles,  preserves  of  currants.  Us  oixt  6te  leur  chapeau,  or 
leurs  chapeauXy  they  took  off  their  hats. 

8.  Foreign  words  remain  invariable:  des  fac  simiU,  des 
errata,  des  veto,  des  cicerone,  des  accessit,  des  Pater,  des  post 
scriptum,  des  Te  Deum. 

9.  However,  those  having  become  thoroughly  French,  through 
long  use  in  the  language,  take  the  plural  sign  of  s :  des  alibis, 
des  albums,  des  examens,  des  impromptus,  des  numAros,  des 
operas,  des  pensums,  des  specimens,  des  zh'os. 

10.  In  accordance  with  the  new  syntax,  whenever  proper 
nouns  are  preceded  by  the  article  in  the  plural  they  are 
pluralized:  —  Les  Corneilles  as  well  as  les  Gracques;  des 
VirgUes  (copies)  as  well  as  des  Virgiles  (editions). 

11.  The  same  rule  applies  to  proper  names  of  persons  having 
reference  to  the  works  of  those  persons :  des  Meissoniers. 

12.  Invariable  words  —  like  prepositions,  adverbs,  conjunc- 
tions, etc.  —  used  substantively  do  not,  as  in  English,  take  the 
mark  of  the  plural :  avec  des  si,  onferait  beaucoup  de  choses. 

13.  The  following  nouns  differ  in  meaning  according  to  their 
gender :  — 


Masculine 

FSMININE 

cr§pe, 

crape, 

pancake. 

livre, 

book, 

pound. 

manche, 

handle, 

sleeve. 

m^moire, 

memoir, 

memory. 

mode, 

mood, 

fashion. 

mousse, 

ship  boy, 

moss. 

page, 

page  (boy), 

page  {of  a  book). 

pendule, 

pendulum, 

clock. 

po61e, 

stove, 

frying  pan. 

APPENDIX  247 

THE  ADJECTIVE 
FORMATION  OF  THE   FEMININE 

501.  Adjectives  form  tlieir  feminine  by  adding  e  mute  to 
the  masculine.  Those  already  ending  in  e  mute  do  not  change 
(48, 1). 

Exceptions  :  —  Adjectives  ending  in  -eZ,  -en,  -ow,  -ei7,  and  -ei,  double 
the  final  consonant  before  adding  the  e  mute : 

Complete  concrete  discrete  inquiet,  replet,  and  secret  excepted :  com- 
plete, concrete,  etc. 

1.  The  following  ten  adjectives  also  double  their  final  con- 
sonant in  the  feminine :  bas,  las,  gras,  eocpr^s,  4pais,  gentil,  nuly 
paysarij  sot,  and  vieillot. 

2.  Adjectives  ending  in  -/ change  /  into  ve  (157,  1). 

3.  Those  ending  in  -x  change  x  into  se  (157,  1). 

4.  Adjectives  ending  in  -eur,  formed  from  a  present  parti- 
ciple, change  eur  into  euse :  Jlatteur  {from  flattant),  Jiatteuse; 
chanteur  (from  chantant),  chanteuse. 

5.  Those  ending  in  -teur,  and  not  formed  from  a  present 
participle,  change  teur  into  trice  :  adulateur,  adulatrice,  corrup- 
teur,  corruptrice. 

6.  Adjectives  ending  in  -4rieyr,  not  belonging  to  the  above 
exceptions,  follow  the  general  rule :  ulterieur,  ult^rieure.  To 
these  may  be  added  meilleur,  majeur,  mineur. 

7.  Some  adjectives  form  their  feminines  irregularly  : 
mcdiri,  maligne,  doux,  douce,  blanc,  blanche,  frais,  fralche,  public, 

publique,  sec,  s^che,  etc.  Beau,  nouveau,  fou,  mou,  vieux,  have  a 
second  masculine  form  used  before  a  vowel  or  h  mute:  bel, 
nouvel,  fol,  mol,  and  vieil;  both  forms  become  in  the  feminine 
heUe,  nouvelle,  folle,  molle,  and  vieille. 

FORMATION  OF  THE   PLURAL 

502.  Adjectives  form  their  plural  according  to  the  rules  of 
nouns  (48,  2 ;  73). 

1.   For  the  Place  of  the  Adjective  see  151. 


248 


A   BRIEF   FRENCH   COURSE 


2.  Co7npou7id  Adjectives.  —  In  accordance  with  the  new 
syntax,  the  union  of  two  constituent  words  into  a  single  ex- 
pression, forming  its  feminine  and  its  plural  according  to  the 
general  rule,  is  now  admitted :  — 

nouveaujie,  nouveaunee,  nouveaunes,  nouveaunees,  new  bom ;  court- 
vetu^  courtvetue^  courtvetus,  etc.,  in  short  dress. 

But  those  compound  adjectives  which  indicate  shades  of 
color  having  become,  as  the  result  of  an  ellipsis,  real  invariable 
substantives,  must  be  treated  as  invariable  words :  — 

des  robes  bleu  clair,  ou  vert  d'eau,  etc.,  light  blue  or  water  green 
dresses ;  in  the  same  way  as  we  say  :  des  habits  marron,  clothes  of 
chestnut  color. 

3.  The  following  adjectives  differ  in  meaning  according  to 

their  position  before  or  after  the  noun :  — 

Ufi  brave  homme,  an  honest  fellow.  Un  homme  brave^  a  brave  man. 

Un  furieux  menteur,  a  terrible  liar.  Un  menteur  furieux,  an  enraged  liar. 

Un  grand  homme,  a  great  man.  Un  homme  grand,  a  tall  man. 

Un  haut  ton,  an  arrogant  manner.  Un  ton  haut,  a  loud  tone. 

Unhonnete homme, a,nhonestmaLn.  Un  homme  honn^te,  a  polite  man. 

Un  petite  femme,  a  little  woman.  Une  femme  petite,  a  mean  woman. 

4.  For  comparison  of  adjectives,  see  106. 

5.  Possessive  and  demonstrative  adjectives  are  compared 
with  possessive  and  demonstrative  pronouns,  505,  1  and  2. 


NUMERAL 

ADJECTIVES 

503. 

Cardinal   Ni 

MBERS 

1     un,  une. 

11 

onze. 

2    deux 

(xsileiit). 

12 

douze 

(dooze). 

3    troLs 

(s  silent). 

13 

treize 

(treze). 

4    quatre 

(n  silent). 

14 

quatorze 

(catorze). 

5    cinq 

(q  sounded). 

15 

quiuze 

(cainze). 

6    six 

(ms). 

16 

seize 

(seze). 

7    sept 

(sett). 

17 

dix  sept 

(diss-sett). 

8    huit 

(uitt,  short). 

18 

dix  huit 

(diz-Uitt). 

9    neuf 

(f  sounded). 

19 

dix  neuf 

(diz-neuff) 

10    dix 

(diss). 

20 

vingt 

(vin). 

APPENDIX 

249 

21 

vingt  et  un  (vinte-un). 

70 

soixante  dix. 

22 

vingt  deux  (vint^). 

71 

soixante  et  onze  (teonz),  etc. 

23 

vingt  trois        " 

80 

quatre  vingts   (gts  silent) 

24 

vingt  quatre     " 

81 

quatre  vingts  un,  etc. 

25 

vingt  cinq        " 

90 

quatre  vingts  dix. 

26 

vingt  six           " 

91 

quatre  vingts  onze,  etc. 

27 

vingt  sept         " 

100 

cent  (t  silent). 

28 

vingt  huit         " 

101 

cent  un,  etc.  (t  silent). 

29 

vingt  neuf        " 

200 

deux  cents    (ts  silent). 

30 

trente. 

250 

deux  cent  cinquante. 

31 

trente  et  un. 

1,000 

mille. 

32 

trente  deux. 

1,001 

mille  un. 

40 

quarante  (carante). 

1,100 

mille  cent  or  onze  cents. 

41 

quarante  et  un,  etc. 

1,240 

mille  deux  cent  quarante. 

50 

cinquante  (cincante). 

2,000 

deux  mille,  etc. 

51 

cinquante  et  un,  etc.            1,000,000 

un  million. 

60 

soixante  (soissante).           2,000,000 

deux  millions,  etc. 

61 

soixante  et  un,  etc.       1,000,000,000 

un  milliard,  etc. 

504.                                  Ordinal  Numbers 

1st 

premier,  premifere. 

18th    dix  huitifeme. 

2d 

deuxifeme(2!im),  orsecond (gron).      19th    dix  neuvi^ine. 

3d 

troisi^me. 

20th    vingti6me. 

4th 

quatri^me. 

21st     vingt  et  uni^me. 

5th 

cinqui6me. 

22d     vingt  deuxi^me. 

6th 

sixifeme. 

30th    trenti^me. 

7th 

septi^me. 

40th    quarantifeme. 

8th 

huiti^me. 

60th    cinquanti^me. 

9th 

neuviferae. 

60th    soixanti6me. 

10th 

dixi^me. 

70th    soixante  dixi^me. 

nth 

onzi^me. 

80th    quatre  vingti^me. 

rith 

douzi^me. 

90th     quatre  vingt  dixi^me. 

13th 

treizifeme. 

100th    centi6me.     ' 

14th 

quatorzi6me. 

101st     cent  uni^me. 

15th 

quinzifeme. 

200th    deux  centi^me. 

16th 

seizi6me. 

1000th    milli^me. 

17th 

dix  septi6me. 

millionth    millioni^me,  etc. 

1  Instead  of  mille  cent,  mille  deux  cents,  etc.,  the  French  say  onze,  douze 
cents,  until  dix  neuf  cents ;  but  they  do  not  say  dix  cents  for  mille,  nor  vingt 
or  trente  cents,  etc.,  for  deux  or  trois  mille,  etc.,  nor  vingt  et  un,  vingt  deux 
or  trente  et  un,  trente  deux  cents,  etc.,  for  deux  mille  cent,  deux  mille  deux 
cents,  trois  mille  cent,  trois  mille  deux  cents,  etc. 


250 


A  BRIEF  FRENCH  COURSE 


THE  PRONOUN 

505.  A  pronoun  is  a  word  standing  for  a  noun  to  avoid  its 
repetition,  whereas  an  adjective  always  accompanies  a  noun  to 
qualify  or  determine  it: 

Mes  dents  sont  gat^s,  les  vdtres  sont  bonnes ;  mes  is  an  adjective 
determining  whose  teeth  they  are,  whilst  les  vdtres  is  a  pronoun  standing 
for  vos  dents ^  the  repetition  of  which  is  to  be  avoided  for  sake  of 
euphony. 

1.    Comparative  Table  of  Possessive  Adjectives  and  Pronouns 


Possessive  Adjectites. 

Possessive  Pronouns. 

Masc. 

Fern. 

Masc. 

Fern. 

my 

moni 

mai 

mine 

le  mien 

la  mienne 

thy 

toni 

tai 

thine 

le  tien 

la  tienne 

t3 

his.hers.its 
our 

soni 

sal 

his,  hers,  its 
ours 

le  sien 

la  sienne 

OD 

notre 

2 

le  or  la  n6tre« 

your 

votre 

2 

yours 

le  or  la  v6tre* 

their 

leurs 

theirs 

le  or  la  leur  » 

my 

mes 

mine 

les  miens 

les  miennes 

thy 

tes 

thine 

les  tiens 

les  tiennes 

his.hersyits 
our 

ses 
nos 

hisMrSyits 
ours 

les  siens 

les  siennes 

t3 

les  nfitres  * 

your 

vos 

yours 

les  vCtres^ 

their 

leurs 

theirs 

les  leurs 

1  Mon,  ton,  son  for  ma,  ta,  sa  before  a  vowel  and  h  mute. 

2  Observe  that  the  possessive  pronoun  la  ndtre,  etc.,  has  a  circumflex  accent 
on  the  6,  while  that  same  o  is  short  in  the  corresponding  possessive  adjectives 
notre,  votre. 

'  Lear  for  the  feminine  (not  leure) . 


APPENDIX 


251 


2.  Comparative  Table  of  Demonstrative  Adjectives  and  Demon- 
strative Pronouns 


Singular. 

Plural. 

this 
or 
that 

Masc. 

Fern. 

cette 

these 

or 

those 

Masc. 

Fern,. 

Adjective 

before          before 
a           a  vowel  or 
consonant      A  mute 

ce           cet 

ces 

Pronoun 

this 
or 
that 

celui 

celle 

these 

or 

those 

ceux 

celles 

PLACE   OF  THE   PERSONAL  PRONOUN 


506.  The  following  is  the  order 
nouns  standing  before  ajverb>&nd 
are  always  placeST^ 

{Mm  to  me. 
1  it  to  me. 


in  which  two  personal  pro- 
governed  by  the  same  verb 


1st  pers. 


2(1  pers. 


me.  le, 


,       r  her  to  me. 
me  la,  i  ., , 

1^  It  to  me. 

me  les,     them  to  me. 


3d  pers. 


te  le, 

te  la, 
te  les, 

le  lui, 

la  lui, 
les  lui. 


J  him  to  you. 
\  it  to  you. 

her  to  you. 

it  to  you. 

them  to  you. 

him  to  him. 

it  to  him. 

him  to  her. 

it  to  her. 

her  to  him. 

it  to  him. 
j  her  to  her. 
t  it  to  her. 
j  them  to  him. 
1  them  to  her. 


,       r  him  to  us. 
nous  le,  ]  .  -^ 
^    [  It  to  us. 


nous  la, 
nous  les, 

vous  le, 

vous  la, 
vous  les, 


r  her  to  us. 
[  it  to  us. 
them  to  us. 

j  him  to  you. 
[  it  to  you. 

her  to  you. 

it  to  you. 

them  to  you. 


le  leur 


(hv. 
'    {it 


him  to  them, 
to  them. 


.    .  r  her  to  them. 

la  leur,    ^  .^ ,   ,, 
— — -     I  It  to  them. 


les  leur,      them  to  them. 


252  A  BRIEF   FRENCH  COURSE 

1.  Observe  that,  contrary  to  English  usage,  the  personal  pronouns  are 
placed  immediately  before  the  verb  (il  me  /e  prend,  he  takes  it  from  me), 
the  indirect  object  coming  first  in  the  first  and  second  persons,  while  it  is 
the  direct  object  which  comes  first  in  the  third  person  {Us  le  lui  donnent^ 
they  give  it  to  him). 

2.  In  the  imperative  affirmative^  the  order  becomes  the  same  as  in 
English :  — 

C  le-moi.  r  le-nous. 

donnez-  J  la-moi.  donnez-  \  la-nous. 

[  les-moi.  [  les-nous. 

3.  In  the  negative,  the  usual  order  is  observed :  — 

ne  me  le  donnez  pas  ;  ne  le  loi  donnez  pas. 
ne  nous  le  donnez  pas ;  ne  le  leur  donnez  pas. 

4.   Ordeb  of  Precedence 
je        me 


ta        te 

U 

elle 


nous     nous 

YOUS       YOUS 

ils 
elles 


se 


le 
la 
les 


on      )  }  before  la    [  before         I  before  ^    I  and  y  before  en. 


(The  above  tables  should  be  committed  to  memory,  so  as  to  enable 
students  to  answer  without  hesitation  such  questions  as  these  :  How  do 
you  translate  him  or  her  before  or  after  the  verb  ?  them  before  ?  them- 
selves after  ?  etc.) 

REFLEXIVE   PRONOUN  se,  sol 

507.  Like  other  personal  pronouns,  the  reflexive  pronoun 
of  the  third  person  has  two  distinct  forms,  se,  conjunctive, 
sol,  disjunctive. 

1.  Se  stands  for  either  the  direct  or  indirect  object  (Mon 
frere  se  lave). 

2.  Sol  can  be  the  indirect  object  only  (II  est  bon  d'avoir 
quelqu'un  pres  de  sol).  .    ^ 


APPENDIX  253 

3.  Whereas  se  is  used  both  in  the  singular  and  plural, 
sol  can  be  used  only  in  the  singular  (lis  se  disent  qu'ils  vont 
chacun  chez  soi). 

4.  Soi  (and  not  lui  or  elle)  is  used  in  connection  with  an  in- 
definite pronoun,  an  impersonal  verb,  or  an  infinitive :  — 

On  est  mieux  chez  soi  que  dehors,  —  II  faut  penser  h.  soi.  Etre 
toujours  m^content  de  soi,  n'est  pas  mauvais. 

5.  For  the  sake  of  emphasis,  the  word  mime  is  often  added 
to  soi,  (130) :  — 

On  est  souvent  ennemi  de  soi  meme. 

Distinction  between  the  Definite  Article  and  the  Personal 
Pkonoun  le,  la,  les 

508.   Le,  la,  les,  article^ always  precede  a  noun,  whilst  le,      i 
la,  les,  pronoun,  always  accompany  a  verb. 


THE  VERB 
AUXILIARY   VERBS 

509.  Avoir  and  etre  are  the  only  two  auxiliaries.     They  are 
the  most  important  of  all  verbs. 

1.    Avoir 

PRESENT   infinitive  PAST    INFINITIVE  V^'^ 

avoir,  to  have.  avoir  euj  to  have  had.       ^^^'^^ 

present   PARTICIPLE  PAST    PARTICIPLE 

ayant,  having.  ^^    eu,  had.  . 


PRESENT    INDICATIVE 


y^    eu,  aaa.  .-  i 

PAST   Iin)BFINITE  ^ 


j'ai,  I  have.  j'ai  &\i,Ihave  had,  I  had. 

tu  as.  •        tu  as  eu. 

11  or  elle  a.  il  or  elle  a  eu. 

nous  avons.  nous  avons  eu. 

vous  avez.  vous  avez  eu. 

ils  or  elles  ont.  ils  or  elles  ont  eu. 


254 


A  BRIEF  FRENCH  COURSE 


IMPERFECT 

j'avais,  I  had. 
tu  avals, 
il  or  elle  ayait. 
nous  avions. 
vous  aviez. 
ils  or  elles  avaient. 
A    ■ 

PBETERITE 

j'eus,  I  had. 

tu  eus. 

il  or  elle  eut. 

nous  eumes. 

vous  eutes. 

ils  or  elles  eurent. 

FUTURE 

j'aurai,  /  shall  or  will  have. 

tu  auras. 

il  or  elle  aura. "» 

nous  aurons. 

vous  aurez. 

ils  or  elles  auront. 

PRESEirr   CONDITIONAL 

/  would  or  should  have. 
j'aurais. 
tu  aurais. 
il  or  elle  aurait. 
nous  aurions. 
vous  auriez. 
ils  or  elles  auraient. 


PLUPERFECT 

j'avais  eu,  /  had  had. 

tu  avals  eu. 

il  or  elle  avait  eu. 

nous  avions  eu. 

vous  aviez  eu. 

ils  or  elles  avaient  eu. 

PAST   ANTERIOR 

j'eus  eu,  I  had  had. 

tu  eus  eu. 

il  or  elle  eut  eu. 

nous  eumes  eu. 

vous  elites  eu. 

ils  or  elles  eurent  eu. 

PERFECT   FUTURE 

j'aurai  eu,  /  shall  have  had. 

tu  auras  eu. 

il  or  elle  aura  eu. 

nous  aurons  eu. 

vous  aurez  eu. 

ils  or  elles  auront  eu. 

CONDITIONAL   PERFECT 

/  would  or  should  have  had. 
j'aurais  eu. 
tu  aurais  eu. 
il  or  elle  aurait  eu. 
nous  aurions  eu. 
vous  auriez  eu. 
ils  or  elles  auraient  eu. 


PRESENT   SUBJUNCTIVE 

that  I  may  have^  that  I  have. 
que  j'aie. 

que  tu  aies.  ^ 

qu'il  or  qu' elle  ait. 
que  nous  ayons. 
que  vous  ayez. 
qu'ils  or  qu'elles  aient. 


PERFECT    SUBJUNCTIVE 

that  I  may  have  had. 
que  j'ai  eu. 
que  tu  Eiies  eu. 
qu'il  or  qu'elle  ait  eu. 
que  nous  ayons  eu. 
que  vous  ayez  eu. 
qu'ils  or  qu'elles  aient  eu. 


I 


APPENDIX 


255 


IMPERFECT   SUBJUNCTIVE 

that  I  might  have^  that  I  had. 
que  j'eusse. 
que  tu  eusses. 
qu'il  or  qu'elle  eut. 
que  nous  eussions. 
que  vous  eussiez. 
qu'ils  or  qa'elles  eussent. 


PLUPERFECT   SUBJUNCTIVE 

that  I  might  have  had. 
que  j'eusse  eu. 
que  tu  eusses  eu. 
qu'il  or  qu'elle  eut  eu. 
que  nous  eussions  eu. 
que  vous  eussiez  eu. 
qu'ils  or  qu'elles  eussent  eu. 

IMPERATIVE 


ale,  have  (you). 


ayons,  let  us  have. 


ayez,  h^xve  (you). 


2.    Avoir  USED  Interrogatively 


PRESENT    INDICATIVE 

ai  je  ?  have  If 

as  tu? 

a-t-il?  a-t-elle? 

avons  nous  ? 

avez  vous  ? 

ont  ils  ?  ont  elles  ? 

IMPERFECT 

avals  je  ?  had  I  f 

avals  tu  ? 

avait  11  ?  avait  elle  ? 

avions  nous  ? 

aviez  vous  ? 

avalent  ils  ?  avaient  elles  ? 

preterite 
eus  je  ?  had  I  f 
eus  tu  ? 

eut  11  ?  eut  elle  ? 
efimes  nous  ? 
efites  vous  ? 
eurent  ils  ?  eurent  elles  ? 

FUTURE 

aurai  je  ?  shall  I  have  f 

auras  tu  ? 

aura-t-il  ?  aura-t-elle  ? 

aurons  nous  ? 

aurez  vous  ? 

auront  ils  ?  auront  elles  ? 


PAST    indefinite 

ai  je  eu  ?  have  I  had  ?  had  I  f 
as  tu  eu  ? 

a-t-il  eu  ?  a-t-elle  eu  ?        _^. 
avons  nous  eu  ? 
avez  vous  eu  ? 
ont  ils  eu  ?  ont  elles  eu  ? 
pluperfect 
avals  je  eu  ?  ^ad  7  ^ad  ? 
avals  tu  eu  ? 

avait  11  eu  ?  avait  elle  eu  ? 
avions  nous  eu  ? 
aviez  vous  eu  ? 
avaient  ils  (elles)  eu  ? 

PAST  anterior 
eus  je  eu  ?  had  I  had  f 
eus  tu  eu  ? 

eut  il  eu  ?  eut  elle  eu  ? 
etimes  nous  eu  ? 
eutes  vous  eu  ? 
eurent  ils  (elles)  eu  ? 

PERFECT   FUTURE 

aurai  je  eu  ?  s^aZZ  /  have  had  f 

auras  tu  eu  ? 

aura-t-il  eu  ?  aura-t-elle  eu  ? 

aurons  nous  eu  ? 

aurez  vous  eu  ? 

auront  ils  (elies)  eu  ? 


/  \ 


^ 


256 


A   BRIEF  FRENCH   COURSE 


PRESENT   CONDITIONAL 

aurais  je  ?  should  I  have  f 

aurais  tu  ? 

aurait  il  ?  aurait  elle  ? 

aurions  nous  ? 

auriez  vous  ? 

auraient  ils  (elles)  ? 

3.   Avoir 

PRESENT    INDICATIVE 

I  have  not. 
je  n'ai  pas. 
tu  n'as  pas. 
il  or  elle  n'a  pas. 
nous  n'avons  pa^. 
vous  n'avez  pas. 
ils  or  elles  n'ont  pas. 

IMPERFECT 

je  n'avais  pas  I  had  not. 

tu  n'avais  pas. 

il  or  elle  n'avait  pas. 

nous  n'avions  pas. 

vous  n'aviez  pas. 

ils  or  elles  n'avaient  pas. 

PRETERITE 

je  n'eus  pas,  Ihad  not. 

tu  n'eus  pas. 

il  or  elle  n'eut  pas. 

nous  n'eumes  pas. 

vous  n'eutes  pas. 

ils  or  elles  n'eurent  pas. 

FUTURE 

I  shall  not  have. 
je  n'aurai  pas. 
tu  n'aui-as  pas. 
il  or  elle  n'aura  pas. 
nous  n'aurons  pas. 
vous  n'aurez  pas. 
ils  or  elles  n'auront  pas. 


CONDITIONAL    PERFECT 

aurais  je  eu  ?  should  I  have  had  ? 

aurais  tu  eu  ? 

aurait  il  eu  ?  aurait  elle  eu  ? 

aurions  nous  eu  ? 

auriez  vous  eu  ? 

auraient  ils  (elles)  eu  ? 

USED  Negatively 

PAST   INDEFINITE 

/  have  not  had,  I  had  not  had. 
je  n'ai  pas  eu. 
tu  n'as  pas  eu. 
il  or  elle  n'a  pas  eu. 
nous  n'avons  pas  eu. 
vous  n'avez  pas  eu. 
ils  or  elles  n'ont  pas  eu. 

PLUPERFECT 

je  n'avais  pas  eu,  Ihad  not  had. 

tu  n'avais  pas  eu. 

il  or  elle  n'avait  pas  eu. 

nous  n'avions  pas  eu. 

vous  n'aviez  pas  eu. 

ils  or  elles  n'avaient  pas  eu. 

PAST    ANTERIOR 

je  n'eus  pas  eu,  Ihad  not  had. 

tu  n'eus  pas  eu. 

il  or  elle  n'eut  pas  eu. 

nous  n'eumes  pas  eu. 

vous  n'eutes  pas  eu. 

ils  or  elles  n'eurent  pas  eu. 

FUTURE    PERFECT 

I  shall  not  have  had. 
je  n'aurai  pas  eu. 
tu  n' auras  pas  eu. 
il  or  elle  n'aura  pas  eu. 
nous  n'aurons  pas  eu. 
vous  n'aurez  pas  eu. 
ils  or  elles  n'auront  pas  eu. 


APPENDIX 


257 


PRESENT    CONDITIONAL 

/  should  not  have. 
je  n'aurais  pas. 
tu  n'aurais  pas. 
il  or  elle  n'aurait  pas. 
nous  n'aurions  pas. 
vous  n'auriez  pas. 
ils  or  elles  n'auraient  pas. 

PRESENT   SUBJUNCTIVE 

that  I  may  not  have. 
que  je  n'aie  pas. 
que  tu  n'aies  pas. 
qu'il  or  qu'elle  n'ait  pas. 
que  nous  n'ayons  pas. 
que  vous  n'ayez  pas. 
qu'ils  or  qu'elles  n'aient  pas. 

IMPERFECT    SUBJUNCTIVE 

that  I  might  not  have. 
que  je  n'eusse  pas. 
que  tu  n'eusses  pas. 
qu'il  or  qu'elle  n'eut  pas. 
que  nous  n'eussions  pas. 
que  vous  n'eussiez  pas. 
qu'ils  or  qu'elles  n'eussent  pas. 


CONDITIONAL   PERFECT 

I  should  not  have  had. 
je  n'aurais  pas  eu. 
tu  n'aurais  pas  eu. 
11  or  elle  n'aurait  pas  eu. 
nous  n'aurions  pas  eu. 
vous  n'auriez  pas  eu. 
ils  or  elles  n'auraient  pas  eu. 

PERFECT   SUBJUNCTIVE 

that  I  may  not  have  had. 
que  je  n'aie  pas  eu. 
que  tu  n'aies  pas  eu. 
qu'il  or  qu'elle  n'ait  pas  eu. 
que  nous  n'ayons  pas  eu. 
que  vous  n'ayez  pas  eu. 
qu'ils  or  qu'elles  n'aient  pas  eu. 

PLUPERFECT    SUBJUNCTIVE 

that  I  might  not  have  had. 
que  je  n'eusse  pas  eu. 
que  tu  n'eusses  pas  eu? 
qu'il  or  qu'elle  n'eut  pas  eu. 
que  nous  n'eussions  pas  eu. 
que  vous  n'eussiez  pas  eu. 
qu'ils  or  qu'elles  n'eussent  pas  eu. 


IMPERATIVE 

n'aie  pas,  have  not  (you). 
n'ayons  pas,  let  us  not  have. 
n'ayez  pas,  have  not  (you). 


4.     Avoir  USED  Negatively  and  Interrogativei^t 

PRESENT    INDICATIVE 

n'ai  je  pas  ?  have  I  not  f 
n'as  tu  pas  ? 
n'a-t-il    (elle)  pas  ? 
n'avons  nous  pas  ? 


n'avez  vous  pas  ? 
n'ont  ils   (elles)  pas  ? 


PAST    INDEFINITE 

n'ai  je  pas  eu  ?  have  I  not  had  f 
n'as  tu  pas  eu  ? 
n'a-t-il    (elle)  pas  eu  ? 
n'avons  nous  pas  eu  ? 
n'avez  vous  pas  eu  ? 
n'ont  ils   (elles)  pas  eu  ? 


BRIEF  FR.  COURSE  —  17 


258 


A   BRIEF  FRENCH  COURSE 


IMPERFECT 

n'avais  je  pas  ?  had  I  not  f 
etc. 

PRETERITE 

n'eus  je  pas  ?  had  I  not  f 
etc. 

FDTURB 

shall  I  not  have  f 
n'aurai  je  pas  ?  etc. 

PRESENT   CONDITIONAL 

should  I  not  have  f 
n^aurais  je  pas  ?  etc. 


PLUPERFECT 

n'avais  je  pas  eu  ?  had  I  not  had  f 
etc. 

PAST   ANTERIOR 

n'eus  je  pas  eu  ?  had  I  not  had  f 
etc. 

FUTURE    PERFECT 

shall  I  not  have  had  f 
n'aurai  je  pas  eu  ?  etc. 

CONDITIONAL    PERFECT 

should  I  not  have  had  f 
n'aurais  je  pas  eu  ?  etc. 


5.    Etre 


PRESENT    INFINITIVE 

gtre,  to  he. 

PRESENT    PARTICIPLE 

6tant,  being. 

PRESENT   INDICATIVE 


je  suis,  I  am. 

tu  es. 

il  or  elle  est. 

nous  sommes. 

vous  etes. 

ils  or  elles  sent. 


IMPKRFECT 


j'Stais,  I  was. 

tu  6tais. 

il  or  elle  ^tait. 

nous  6tions. 

vous  6tiez. 

ils  or  elles  6taient. 


PAST    INFINITIVE 

avoir  6t6,  to  have  been. 

PAST    PARTICIPLE 

6t§,  been. 

PAST    INDEFINITE 

j'ai  6t6,  I  have  been,  I  was. 

tu  as  6t§. 

il  or  elle  a  6t6. 

nous  avons  et6. 

vous  avez  H^. 

ils  or  elles  ont  HL 

PLUPERFECT 

j'avais  6t6,  I  had  been. 

tu  avals  6t§. 

il  or  elle  avait  6t§. 

nous  avions  6t6. 

vous  aviez  6t6. 

ils  or  elles  avaient  ^td. 


APPENDIX 


259 


PRETERITE 

je  f  US,  /  was.  , 

tufus. 

il  or  elle  fut. 

nous  fumes. '' 

vous  futes. 

ils  or  elles  furent. 

FUTURE 

je  serai,  /  shall  or  will  he. 

tu  seras. 

il  or  elle  sera. 

nous  serons. 

vous  serez. 

ils  or  elles  seront. 

PRESENT    CONDITIONAL 

je  serais,  /  should  he. 

tu  serais. 

il  or  elle  serait. 

nous  serions. 

vous  seriez. 

ils  or  elles  seraient. 

PRESENT   SUBJUNCTIVE 

que  je  sois,  that  I  may  be,  that  I  be. 

que  tu  sois. 

qu'il  or  qu'elle  soilj. 

que  nous  soyons: '   ' 

4ue  vous  soyez. 

qu'ils  or  qu'elles  soient. 

IMPERFECT    SUBJUNCTIVE 

that  I  might  be. 
que  je  fusse. 
que  tu  fusses, 
qu'il  or  qu'elle  fftt. 
que  nous  fussions.' 
que  vous  f  ussiez. 
qu'ils  or  qu'elles  fussent. 


PAST   ANTERIOR 

j'eus  6t6,  I  had  been. 

tu  eus  6te. 

il  or  elle  eut  6t6. 

nous  eumes  6t6. 

vous  eutes  6t6. 

ils  or  elles  eurent  6t6. 

FUTURE    PERFECT 

j'aurai  6t6, 1  shall  have  been. 

tu  auras  6t6. 

il  or  elle  aura  6t6. 

nous  aurons  6t6. 

vous  aurez  6t6. 

ils  or  elles  auront  6t6. 

CONDITIONAL    PERFECT 

j'aurais  6te,  I  should  have  been. 

tu  auras  6te. 

il  or  elle  aurait  6t§. 

nous  aurions  6t6. 

VOUS  auriez  6t6. 

ils  or  elles  auraient  6t6. 

PERFECT    SUBJUNCTIVE 

que  j'aie  6te,  «Aa«  /way  ^ave  been. 

que  tu  aies  6t6. 

qu'il  or  qu'elle  ait  6t6. 

que  nous  ayons  6t6. 

que  vous  ayez  6t6. 

qu'ils  or  qu'elles  aient  6t6. 

PLUPERFECT    SUBJUNCTIVE 

that  I  might  have  been. 
que  j'eusse  6t6. 
que  tu  eusses  6t6.    ^. 
qu'il  or  qu'elle  eut  6t6. 
que  nous  eussions  6t6. 
que  vous  eussiez  6t6. 
qu'ils  or  qu'elles  eussent  6t6. 
\ 


sois,  6e  (you). 


IMPERATIVE 

soyons,  let  us  be. 


soyez,  be  (you). 


260 


A   BRIEF  FRENCH  COURSE 


6.     Etre  used  Intekkogativblt 

INDICATIVE  PAST    INDEFINITE 

suisje?am/?  a,\  ]e  et€  ?  have  I  been  ?  was  I  ^ 

es  tu  ?  as  tu  6t6  ? 

est  il  ?  est  elle  ?  a-t-il  6t6  ?  a-t-elle  6t6  ? 

sommes  nous  ?  avons  nous  6t6  ? 

etes  vous  ?  avez  vous  6t6  ? 

sont  ils  ?  sont  elles  ?  ont  ils  6t6  ?  ont  elles  6t6 


IMPERFECT 

6tais  je  ?  was  /  ? 

6tais  tu  ? 

6taitil?  gtaitelle? 

fetions  nous  ? 

fitiez  vous  ? 

6taieut  ils  ?  gtaient  elles  ? 


PLUPERFECT 

avais  je  §t6  ?  Aad  I  been  f 

avals  tu  6t§  ? 

avait  il  6t6  ?  avait  elle  6t6  ? 

avions  nous  §t§  ? 

aviez  vous  6t6  ? 

avaient  ils  (  elles)  6l6  ? 


PRETERITS 

fus  je  ?  too*  /  f 
fus  tu? 

fut  il  ?  fut  elle  ? 

fumes  nous  ? 

ffites  vous  ? 

furent  ils  ?  furent  elles  ? 


PAST   ANTERIOR 

eus  je  6t6  ?  Aod  /  ftccn  ^ 
eus  tu  6t6  ? 

eut  il  €t6  ?  eut  elle  6t6  ? 
eumes  nous  6t6  ? 
eutes  vous  6t6  ? 
eurent  ils  (  elles)  6t6  ? 


serai  je  ?  sAaZZ  I  be  ? 

seras  tu  ? 

sera-t-il  ?  sera-t-elle  ? 

serous  nous  ? 

gerez  vous  ? 

seront  ils  ?  seront  elles  ? 


FUTURE  PERFECT 

anrai  je  6t6  ?  sAaZZ  /  Aace  6een  f 

auras  tu  6t6  ? 

aura-t-il  6t6  ?  aurar-t-elle  6t6  ? 

aurons  nous  §t6  ? 

aui'ez  vous  6t§  ? 

auront  ils  (  elles)  6t€  ? 


PRESENT.  CONDITIONAL 

serais  je?  should  Ibef 

serais  tu  ? 

serait  il  ?  serait  elle  ? 

serions  nous  ? 

seriez  vous  ? 

seraient  ils  ?  seraient  elles  ? 


CONDITIONAL    PERFECT 

aurais  je  6t6  ?  should  I  have  been  f 

aurais  tu  4t4  ? 

aurait  il  6t6  ?  aurait  elle  6t6  ? 

aurions  nous  6t6  ? 

auriez  vous  6t6  ? 

auraient  ils  (  elles)  §t6  ? 


APPENDIX 


261 


7.     Etre  used  Negatively 


PRESENT    INDICATIVE 

/  am  not. 
je  ne  suis  pas. 
tu  n'es  pas. 
il  or  elle  n'est  pas. 
nous  ne  sommes  pas. 
vous  n'etes  pas. 
ils  or  elles  ne  sont  pas. 

IMPERFECT 

je  n'^tais  pas,  /  was  not. 

tu  n'6tais  pas. 

il  or  elle  n'^tait  pas. 

nous  n'^tions  pas. 

vous  n'6tiez  pas. 

ils  or  elles  n'^taient  pas. 

PRETERITE 

je  ne  fus  pas,  I  was  not. 

tu  ne  fus  pas. 

il  or  elle  ne  fut  pas. 

nous  ne  fumes  pas. 

vous  ne  futes  pas. 

ils  or  elles  ne  furent  pas. 

FUTURE 

I  shall  not  be 
je  ne  serai  pas. 
tu  ne  seras  pas. 
il  or  elle  ne  sera  pas. 
nous  ne  serons  pas. 
vous  ne  serez  pas. 
ils  or  elles  ne  seront  pas. 

PRESENT    CONDITIONAL 

I  should  not  he. 
je  ne  serais  pas. 
tu  ne  serais  pas. 
il  or  elle  ne  serait  pas. 
nous  ne  serious  pas. 
vous  ne  seriez  pas. 
ils  or  elles  ne  seraient  pas. 


PAST    INDEFINITE 

I  have  not  been,  I  was  not. 
je  n'ai  pas  et6. 
tu  n'as  pas  6t^. 
il  or  elle  n'a  pas  6t6. 
nous  n'avons  pas  6t6. 
vous  n'avez  pas  6te. 
ils  or  elles  n'ont  pas  6t6. 

PLUPERFECT 

je  n'avais  pas  6t6,  I  had  not  been. 

tu  n'avais  pas  6t6. 

il  or  elle  n'avait  pas  6t6. 

nous  n'avions  pas  6t6. 

vous  n'aviez  pas  6t6. 

ils  or  elles  n'avaient  pas  §te. 

PAST  ANTERIOR 

je  n'eus  pas  6t6,  /  had  not  been. 

tu  n'eus  pas  6t6. 

il  or  elle  n'eut  pas  6t6. 

nous  n'eumes  pas  6t6. 

vous  n'eutes  pas  6t6. 

ils  or  elles  n'eurent  pas  6t6. 

FUTURE    PERFECT 

/  shall  not  have  been. 
je  n'aurai  pas  6t6. 
tu  n' auras  pas  6t§. 
il  or  elle  n'aura  pas  6t6. 
nous  n'aurons  pas  6t6. 
vous  n'aurez  pas  6t6. 
ils  or  elles  n'auront  pas  6t6. 

PERFECT    CONDITIONAL 

/  should  not  have  been. 
je  n'aurais  pas  6t§. 
tu  n'aurais  pas  6t6. 
il  or  elle  n'aurait  pas  6t6. 
nous  n'aurions  pas  6t6. 
vous  n'auriez  pas  4t6. 
ils  or  elles  n'auraient  pas  6t6. 


262 


A  BRIEF  FRENCH  COURSE 


PRESENT   SUBJUNCTIVE 

t?uit  I  may  not  be. 

que  je  ne  sois  pas. 

que  tu  ne  sois  pas. 

qu'il  or  qu'elle  ne  soit  pas. 

que  nous  ne  soyons  pas. 

que  vous  ne  soyez  pas. 

qu'ils  or  qu'elles  ne  soient  pas. 

IMPERFECT    SUBJUNCTIVE 

that  I  might  not  be. 
que  je  ne  fusse  pas. 
que  tu  ne  fusses  pas. 
qu'il  or  qu'elle  ne  fut  pas. 
que  nous  ne  fussions  pas. 
que  vous  ne  f  ussiez  pas. 
qu'ils  or  qu'elles  ne  fussent  pas. 


PERFECT    SUBJUNCTIVE 

that  I  may  not  have  been, 
que  je  n'aie  pas  6t6. 
que  tu  n'aies  pas  6t6. 
qu'il  or  qu'elle  n'ait  pas  6t6. 
que  nous  n'ayons  pas  ^t6. 
que  vous  n'ayez  pas  6t6. 
qu'ils  or  qu'elles  n'aient  pas  6t6. 

PLUPERFECT    SUBJUNCTIVE 

that  I  might  not  have  been. 
que  je  n'eusse  pas  6t6. 
que  tu  n'eusses  pas  6t6. 
qu'il  or  qu'elle  n'eut  pas  6t6. 
que  nous  n'eussions  pas  6t6. 
que  vous  n'eussiez  pas  6t4. 
qu'ils  or  qu'elles  n'eussent  pas  §t6. 


IMPERATIVE 

ne  sois  pas,  be  not  (you).  ne  soyons  pas,  let  us  not  be. 

ne  soyez  pas,  be  not  (you^. 

Note  for  all  verbs  used  negatively. — Instead  of  pas,  put  point 
for  a  stronger  negation,  jamais  for  never,  and  plus  for  no  more  or  no 
longer. 

8.    Etre  used  Negatively  and  Interrogatively 


PRESENT    indicative 

am  I  not  ? 
ne  suis  je  pas  ? 
n'es  tu  pas  ? 

f"  1 

n'est  -!  elle  \  pas  ? 

Ion  J 
ne  sommes  nous  pas  ? 
n'§tes  vous  pas  ? 

°"'°°MeUesjP^^ 

IMPERFECT 

was  I  not  f 
n*6taisje  pas?  etc. 


PAST   INDEFINITE 

have  I  not  been  f  vjos  I  not  f 
n'ai  je  pas  6t6  ? 
n'as  tu  pas  6t6  ? 

•      f"  1 

n'a-t-  \  elle  s^  pas  kX.k  ? 

ion   J 
n'avons  nous  pas  k\h  ? 
n'avez  vous  pas  6t6  ? 

PLUPERFECT 

had  I  not  been  f 
n*avais  je  pas  kit  ?  etc. 


APPENDIX 


263 


PRETERITE 

was  I  not  ? 

ne  fus  je  pas  ?  etc. 

FUTURE 

shall  I  not  he  ? 
ne  serai  je  pas  ?  etc. 

PRESENT   CONDITIONAL 

should  I  not  he  ? 
ne  serais  je  pas  ?  etc. 


PAST   ANTERIOR 

had  I  not  heen  f 
n'eus  je  pas  6t6  ?  etc. 

FUTURE  PERFECT 

shall  I  not  have  heen  ? 
n'aurai  je  pas  et6  ?  etc. 

CONDITIONAL    PERFECT 

should  I  not  have  heen  f 
n'aurais  je  pas  6t6  ?  etc. 


510.         THE  THREE   MODEL   CONJUGATIONS! 
Verbs  in  -er.  Verbs  in  -ir.  Verbs  in  -re. 


chanter, 


avoir  chants. 


chantant, 


chants, 


PRESENT    infinitive 

choisir,  vendre. 

PAST    INFINITIVE 

avoir  choisi,  avoir  vendu. 

PRESENT   PARTICIPLE 

choisissant,  vendant. 

PAST   PARTICIPLE 

choisi,  vendu. 


1  The  dictionary  of  the  French  Academy,  which  is  the  acknowledged  author- 
ity in  the  matter,  gives  about  4020  simple  verbs ;  that  is,  without  including 
their  compounds.  Of  that  total,  about  nine  tenths,  3600,  belong  to  the  first 
conjugation,  355  to  the  second,  and,  according  to  the  old  classification,  10  to 
the  third,  and  50  to  the  fourth. 

These  numbers  are  always  increasing  through  the  addition  of  new  verbs 
formed  with  the  help  of  substantives  for  the  first  conjugation  and  of  adjectives 
for  the  second ;  as  — 

gant,  glove ;  ganter,  to  put  gloves  on. 
cher,  dear ;    ch^rir,  to  cherish. 

It  may  be  worth  noticing,  however,  that,  since  the  origin  of  the  French 
language,  not  a  single  new  verb  has  been  added  to  those  of  the  other  conju- 
gations. 


264 


A   BRIEF  FRENCH   COURSE 


PRESENT    INDICATIVE 

(^I  sing  J  I  am  singing,  I  do  sing.) 


je  chante, 
tu  chaiites, 
il  or  elle  chante, 
nous  chantons, 
vous  chantez, 


je  choisis, 

tu  choisis, 

il  or  elle  choisit, 

nous  choisissons, 

vous  choisissez, 


je  vends, 
tu  vends, 
il  or  elle  vend, 
nous  vendons. 
vous  vendez. 


ils  or  elles  chantent,         ils  or  elles  choisissent,    ils  or  elles  vendent. 


PAST    INDEFINITE    OR    PERFECT 


(/  sang  last  month  or  this  month,  last  week  or  this  week,  yesterday, 


j'ai  chant6, 
tu  as  chant6, 
il  or  elle  a  chants, 
nous  avons  chants, 
vous  avez  chants, 


to-day,  or  an  hour  ago.) 

j'ai  choisi, 
tu  as  choisi, 
il  or  elle  a  choisi, 
nous  avons  choisi, 
vous  avez  choisi, 


j'ai  vendu. 
tu  as  vendu. 
il  or  elle  a  vendu. 
nous  avons  vendu. 
vous  avez  vendu. 


ils  or  elles  ont  chants,      ils  or  elles  ont  choisi,      ils  or  elles  ont  vendu. 


IMPERFECT 


(I  sang — meaning  used  to  sing  —  every  day  when  I  was  young. 
singing  when  you  came.) 


I  was 


je  chantais, 
tu  chantais, 
il  or  elle  chantait, 
nous  chantions, 
vous  chantiez, 


je  choisissais, 
tu  choisissais, 
il  or  elle  choisissait, 
nous  choisissions, 
vous  choisissiez, 


je  vendais. 
tu  vendais. 
il  or  elle  vendait. 
nous  vendions. 
vous  vendiez. 


ils  or  elles  chantaient,      ils  or  elles  choisissaient,  ils  or  elles  vendaient. 


PLUPERFECT 


(I  had  sung  already  when  you  came  in  ;  You  had  come  in  before  I  sang.) 


j'avais  chants, 
tu  avals  chant6, 
il  or  elle  avait  chanti, 
nous  avions  chant6, 
vous  aviez  chants. 


j'avais  choisi, 
tu  avals  choisi, 
il  or  elle  avait  choisi, 
nous  avions  choisi, 
vous  aviez  choisi. 


j'avais  vendu. 

tu  avals  vendu. 

il  or  elle  avait  vendu. 

nous  avions  vendu. 

vous  aviez  vendu. 


ilsor  ellesavaientchant6,  ils  or  elles  avaient  choisi,  ils  or  elles  avaient  vendu. 


APPENDIX 


266 


PAST   DEFINITE    OR    PRETERITE 

(I  sang  —  in  narrative  or  historical  style.) 


je  chantai, 

tu  chantas, 

il  or  elle  chanta, 

nous  chantimes, 

vous  chantHtes, 

lis  or  elles  chantSrent, 


je  choisis, 

tu  choisis, 

il  or  elle  choisit, 

nous  choisimes, 

vous  choisites, 

ils  or  elles  choisirent, 


je  vendis. 

tu  vendis. 

il  or  elle  vendit. 

nous  vendimes. 

vous  vendites. 

ils  or  elles  vendirent. 


PAST    ANTERIOR 

(As  soon  as  he  had  sung^  he  went  away.) 


j'eus  chants, 
tu  eus  chants, 
il  or  elle  eut  chant6, 
nous  eumes  chantS, 
vous  eiites  chantS, 


j'eus  choisi, 
tu  eus  choisi, 
il  or  elle  eut  choisi, 
nous  eiimes  choisi, 
vous  eutes  choisi. 


j'eus  vendu. 
tu  eus  vendu. 
il  or  elle  eut  vendu. 
nous  eumes  vendu. 
vous  eutes  vendu. 


ils  or  elles  eurent  chantS,  ils  or  elles  eureiit  choisi,  ils  or  elles  eurent  vendu. 


je  chanterai, 

tu  chanteras, 

il  or  elle  chantera,' 

nous  chanterons,' 

vous  chanterez, 

ils  or  elles  chanteront, 


FUTURE 

(I  shall  or  will  sing.) 

je  choisirai, 

tu  choisiras, 

il  or  elle  choisira, 

nous  choisirons, 

vous  choisirez, 

ils  or  elles  choisiront, 


je  vendrai. 

tu  vendras. 

il  or  elle  veudra. 

nous  vendrons. 

vous  vendrez. 

ils  or  elles  vendront. 


FUTURE    PERFECT 


(I  shall  have  sung,  before  you  leave  for  home.) 


j'aurai  chant6, 
tu  auras  chantS, 
il  or  elle  aura  chant6, 
nous  aurons  chant6, 
vous  aurez  chantS, 


j'aurai  choisi, 
tu  auras  choisi, 
il  or  elle  aura  choisi, 
nous  aurons  choisi, 
vous  aurez  choisi, 


j'aurai  vendu. 
tu  auras  vendu. 
il  or  elle  aura  vendu. 
nous  aurons  vendu. 
vous  aurez  vendu. 


ils  or  elles  auront  chantS,  ils  or  elles  auront  choisi,  ils  or  elles  auront  vendu. 


266 


A   BRIEF  FRENCH   COURSE 


PRESENT    CONDITIONAL 

(I  should  or  I  wotUd  sing,  if  .  .  .) 


je  chanterais, 
tu  chauterais, 
il  or  elle  chanterait, 
nous  chanterions,  ' 
vous  chanteriez, 


je  choisirais, 
tu  choisirais, 
il  or  elle  choisirait, 
nous  choisirions, 
vous  choisiriez, 


je  vendrais. 
tu  vendrais. 
il  or  elle  vendrait. 
nous  vendrions. 
vous  vendriez. 


ils  or  elles  chanteraient,  ils  or  elles  choisiraient,  ils  or  elles  vendraient. 

CONDITIONAL    PERFECT 

(1  should  have  sung,  if  you  had  told  me  to.) 


j'aurais  chants, 
tu  aurais  chants, 
il  or  elle  aurait  chant6, 
nous  aurions  chant6, 
vous  auriez  chant6, 
ils  auraient  chant6. 


j'aui-ais  choisi, 
tu  aurais  choisi, 
il  or  elle  aurait  choisi, 
nous  aurions  choisi, 
vous  auriez  choisi, 
ils  auraient  choisi, 


j'aurais  vendu. 
tu  aurais  vendu. 
il  or  elle  aurait  vendu. 
nous  aurions  vendu. 
vous  auriez  vendu. 
ils  auraient  vendn. 


PRESENT   SUBJUNCTIVE 


(It  is  necessary,  or  do  you  think  or  wish  that  I  should  sing  ?) 


que  je  chante, 

que  tu  chautes, 

qu'il  or  qu'elle  chante, 

que  nous  chantions, 

que  vous  chantiez, 

qu'ils 

qu' elles 


cbantent, 


que  je  choisisse,, 
que  tu  choisisses, 
qu'il  or  quelle  choisit, 
que  nous  choisissions, 
que  vous  choisissiez, 
qu'ils     "1 
qu'elles  J 


choisissent. 


que  je  vende. 
que  tu  vendes. 
qu'il  or  qu'elle  vende. 
que  nous  vendions. 
que  vous  vendiez. 

^  ,  -,      [  vendent. 
qu'elles  j 


PERFECT   SUBJUNCTIVE 


(It  is  necessary,  or  do  you  think  or  wish  that  she  shall  have  sung  before 

I  go?) 

que  j'aie  chants,  que  j'aie  choisi,  que  j'aie  vendu. 

que  tu  aies  chants,  que  tu  aies  choisi,  que  tu  aies  vendu. 

qu'ilorqu' elle  ait  chant6,  qu'il  or  qu'elle  ait  choisi,  qu'il  or  qu'elleait  vendu. 

que  nous  ayons  chant6,    que  nous  ayons  choisi,  que  nous  ayons  vendu. 

que  vous  ayez  chant6,       que  vous  ayez  choisi,  que  vous  ayez  vendu. 


qu'ils     1 


qu'elles  j 


\-  aient  chant6, 


qu'ils      1 
qu'elles  J 


aient  choisi, 


qu'ils      1 


qu 


elles  J 


aient  vendu. 


APPENDIX 


267 


IMPERFECT    SUBJUNCTIVE 

(Was  it  necessary,  or  did  you  think,  or  did  you  wish  that  he  should  have 

sung  f) 

que  je  choisisse, 
que  tu  choisisses, 
qu'il  or  qu'  elle  choisit, 
que  nous  choisissions, 
que  vous  choisissiez, 
qu'ils      1 
qu'elles  J 


que  je  chantasse, 
que  tu  chantasses, 
qu'il  or  qu'elle  chanttt 
que  nous  chantassions, 
que  vous  chantassiez, 
qu'ils 
qu'elles 


chantassent. 


choisissent, 


que  je  vendisse. 
que  tu  vendisses. 
qu'il  or  qu'elle  vendit. 
que  nous  vendissions. 
que  vous  vendissiez. 

,  „      \  vendissent. 
qu'elles  J 


PLUPERFECT   SUBJUNCTIVE 


(Was  it  necessary,  or  did  you  think  or  wish  that  he  should  have  sung 
before  her  departure  ?) 

que  j'eusse  chant6,  que  j'eusse  choisi,  que  j'eusse  vendu. 

que  tu  eusses  chant§,         que  tu  eusses  choisi,       que  tu  eusses  vendu. 
qu'il  or  qu'elle  eutchant6,  qu'il  or  qu'elle  eut  choisi,  qu'il  or  qu'elle  eut  vendu. 
que  nous  eussions  chant6,   que  nous  eussions  choisi,  que  nous  eussions  vendu. 
que  vous  eussiez  chant6,  que  vous  eussiez  choisi,  que  vous  eussiez  vendu. 


qu 


elles  j 


eussent  chants, 


qu'elles  j 


eussent  choisi, 


qu'elles  J 


eussent  vendu. 


chante, 

chantons, 

chantez. 


IMPERATIVE 

(Sing  at  once.) 

choisis, 

choisissons, 

choisissez. 


vends. 

vendons. 

vendez. 


PECULIARITIES   IN   VERBS   OF   THE   THREE    MODEL 
CONJUGATIONS 

1.    First  Conjugation 

511.  All  the  verbs  of  the  first  conjugation  but  two  {aller  and 
envoy er),  are  regular,  and  therefore  conjugated  like  chanter. 

For  the  peculiarities  of  that  conjugation  see  227.  Observe 
that  the  s  of  the  second  person  singular  of  the  present  indica- 
tive in  verbs  of  the  first  conjugation  is  left  out  in  the 
imperative. 


268  A   BRIEF  FRENCH   COURSE 

2.     Second  Conjugation 

Observe  that  verbs  ending  in  -i>,  like  clioisir,  insert  the  syl- 
lable iss  between  the  stem  and  the  termination:  nous  chois-iss-ons, 
je  chois-iss-ais ;  and  that  this  syllable  is  reduced  to  an  i  before 
a  consonant :  je  chois-i-s,  tu  chois-i-Sj  il  chois-i-t.  The  past  defi- 
nite, the  infinitive,  and  the  past  participle  are  the  only  tenses 
which  do  not  take  the  syllable  iss. 

The  insertion  of  that  syllable  in  certain  tenses  and  its 
omission  in  others  constitute  a  real  irregularity  for  these  verbs, 
which  are,  however,  considered  as  the  regular  verbs  of  the 
second  conjugation. 

The  verb  hair  (to  hate)  loses  the  diaeresis  in  the  singular  of 
the  present  indicative :  je  haiSj  tu  haiSj  il  hait^  and  in  the  singu- 
lar imperative :  hais. 

3.     Third  Conjugation 

Battre  and  its  compounds  and  derivatives  {abattre,  combattre, 

d^bcUtre,  etc.),  take  but  one  t  in  the  singular  of   the  present 

indicative  and  imperative :  je  bats,  tu  bats,  U  bats;  bats  or  ne 

bats  pas. 

VERBS  IN  -evoir 

512.  In  most  grammars  the  seven  verbs  ending  in  -evoir  are 
classified  into  a  whole  conjugation,  according  to  which  the  first 
ends  in  -er,  the  second  in  -ir,  the  third  in  -evoir,  and  the  fourth 
in  -re. 

PRESENT    INFINITIVE  PAST    INFINITIVE 

recevolr,  to  receive.  avoir  re§u,  to  have  received. 

PRESENT    PARTICIPLE  PAST    PARTICIPLE 

recevant,  receiving.  re§u,  received. 

PRESENT    INDICATIVE  PAST    INDEFINITE    OR    PERFECT 

je  re9ois,  I  receive.  j'ai  re9u,  I  received. 

tu  rebels.  tu  as  re^u. 

il  or  elle  revolt.  il  or  elle  a  re^u. 

nous  recevons.  nous  avons  re9u. 

vous  recevez.  vous  avez  re9u. 

ils  or  elles  re9oivent.  ils  or  elles  ont  re9u. 


APPENDIX 


269 


IMPERFECT 

je  recevais,  /  was  receiving. 

tu  recevais. 

il  or  elle  recevait. 

nous  recevions. 

vous  receviez. 

ils  or  elles  recevaient. 

PKETERITE 

je  re9us,  7  received. 

tu  re9us. 

il  or  elle  re9ut. 

nous  re9iimes. 

vous  re9fites. 

ils  or  elles  re9urent. 

FUTURE 

je  recevrai,  /  shall  receive. 

tu  recevras. 

il  or  elle  recevra. 

nous  recevrons. 

vous  recevrez. 

ils  or  elles  recevront. 


PLUPERFECT 

j'avais  re9u,  /  had  received. 

tu  avals  re9u. 

il  or  elle  avait  re9u. 

nous  avions  re9u. 

vous  aviez  regu. 

ils  or  elles  avaient  re9u. 

PAST    ANTERIOR 

j'eus  re9u,  /  had  received. 

tu  eus  re9u. 

il  or  elle  eut  re9u. 

nous  eumes  re9u. 

vous  eutes  re9u. 

ils  or  elles  eurent  re9u. 

FUTURE  PERFECT 

j'aurai  re9u,  I  shall  have  received. 

tu  auras  re9u. 

il  or  elle  aura  re9u. 

nous  aurons  re9u. 

vous  aurez  re9u. 

ils  or  elles  auront  re9u. 


PRESENT   CONDITIONAL 

je  recevrais,  /  should  receive. 

tu  recevrais. 

il  or  elle  recevrait. 

nous  recevrions. 

vous  recevriez. 

ils  or  elles  recevraient. 

PRESENT    SUBJUNCTIVE 

that  I  may  receive. 

que  je  re9oive. 

que  tu  re9oives. 

qu'il  or  qu'elle  re9oive. 

que  nous  recevions. 

que  vous  receviez. 

qu'ils  or  qu'elles  re9oivent. 


PERFECT   CONDITIONAL 

j'aurais  re9u,  I  should  have  received. 

tu  aurais  re9u. 

il  or  elle  aurait  re9u. 

nous  aurions  re9u. 

vous  auriez  re9u. 

ils  or  elles  auraient  re9u. 

PERFECT   SUBJUNCTIVE 

that  I  may  have  received. 
que  j'aie  re9u. 
que  tu  ales  re9u. 
qu'il  or  qu'elle  ait  re9u. 
que  nous  ayons  re9u. 
que  vous  ayez  re9u. 
qu'ils  or  qu'elles  aient  re9u. 


270  A   BRIEF  FRENCH   COURSE 

IMPERFECT  SUBJUNCTIVE  PLUPERFECT  8DBJUNCTITB 

that  I  might  receive.  that  I  might  have  received. 

que  je  re9usse.  que  j'eusse  re5u. 

que  tu  re5usses.  que  ta  eusses  re5u. 

qu'il  or  qu'elle  re9Qt.  qu'il  or  qu'elle  eut  re9u. 

que  nous  re9ussions.  que  nous  eussions  re9u. 

que  vous  re9ussiez.  que  vous  eussiez  16911. 

qu'ils  or  qu'elles  re9usseiit.  qu'ils  or  qu'elles  eussent  re9u. 

IMPEBATIYB 

regois,  r&ieive  (you).        recevons,  let  us  receive.        recevez,  receive  (ye). 

THE   PASSIVE   VOICE 

513.   Verbs  have  two  Voices,  the  Active  and  Passive. 

A  verb  is  in  the  active  voice  when  the  subject  is  the  doer:  — 

Le  chat  mange  le  rat.  TTie  cat  is  eating  the  rat. 

Le  chat  a  inang6  le  rat.  The  cat  has  eaten  the  rat. 

And  in  the  passive  ^  when  the  subject  has  something  done  to 
it:  — 

Le  rat  est  mangfi  par  le  chat.  Tfie  rat  is  eaten  by  the  cat. 

Le  rat  a  6t6  mang6  par  le  chat.       The  rat  has  been  eaten  by  the  cat. 

The  Passive  Voice  Rendered  by  a  Reflexive  Verb 
614.    We  have  seen  how  the  English  passive  is  usually  ren- 
dered in  French  by  the  active  (134). 

A  further  way  of  rendering  the  English  passive  is  by  the  use 
of  the  reflexive  verb  in  regard  to  inanimate  objects :  —  Les 
soirees  se  donnent  Phiver.     La  porte  s'entrouvrit-  doucement,  etc. 

1  Transitive  verbs  only,  that  is,  those  which  require  a  direct  object,  have  a 
passive  voice ;  they  form  their  compound  tenses  with  avoir  in  the  active  voice 
and  etre  in  the  passive,  the  subject  of  the  verb  in  the  active  voice  becoming 
the  indirect  object  in  the  passive,  while  the  object  is  turned  into  the  subject. 

2  Compound  verbs  no  longer  require  either  apostrophe  or  hyphen :  — 
entrecroiser,  entrouvrir,  etc. 


APPENDIX 


m 


The  Passive  Voice  and  the  Reflexive  Verb  Contrasted 

615.  In  compound  tenses  of  reflexive  verbs  the  auxiliary  §tre 
being  used  with  the  meaning  of  avoir  (275  note),  students  will 
readily  distinguish  that  the  reflexive  verb  expresses  a  past 
action,  and  the  passive  form  a  present  state :  Henri  s'est  couche, 
Henri  est  couche ;  Penfant  s'est  lave,  I'enfant  est  lave. 

1.  Notice,  on  the  other  hand,  that  the  ten  past  participles  given  (94), 
conjugated  with  etre,  necessarily  force  that  auxiliary  to  express  both 
action  and  state,  the  difference  being  simply  shown  by  the  adverb  of 
time  ;  the  action  denoted  only  by  a  specified  time  expressed  or  under- 
stood :  Ma  bru  (daughter-in-law)  est  revenue  hier.  If  no  date  is  men- 
tioned the  state  only  is  expressed :  Ma  bru  est  revenue. 

516.     CONJUGATION  OF  THE  PASSIVE  VERB  etre  frapp6 


PRESENT    INFINITIVE 

etre  frapp6,  to  be  struck. 


PAST    INFINITIVE 

avoir  6t6  frapp6,  to  have  been  struck. 


PRESENT    PARTICIPLE 

6tant  frappfi,  being  struck. 


PAST    PARTICIPLE 

ayant  6t4  frapp6,  having  been  struck. 


PRESENT    INDICATIVE 

/  am  struck. 
je  suis  frapp6. 
tu  es  frapp^. 
il  or  elle  est  frappS. 
nous  sommes  frappes. 
vous  §tes  frappSs. 
lis  or  elles  sont  f  rapp6s. 


PAST    INDEFINITE 

I  have  been  struck,  I  was  struck. 
j'ai  6t6  frapp6. 
tu  as  6t6  frapp6. 
il  or  elle  a  4t4  frappg. 
nous  avons  6te  frapp6s. 
vous  avez  6te  frapp6s. 
ils  or  elles  ont  4t6  frappes. 


IMPERFECT 

I  was  struck. 
j'6tais  frapp6. 
tu  6tais  frapp6. 
il  or  elle  6tait  frappg. 
nous  fitions  frapp6s, 
vous  6tiez  frapp6s. 
ils  or  elles  6taient  frapp6s. 


PLUPERFECT 

I  had  been  struck. 
j'avais  4t6  frappe. 
tu  avals  6t4  frapp6. 
il  or  elle  avait  6t^  frappfi. 
nous  avions  6t6  frappSs. 
vous  aviez  6t6  frapp6s. 
ils  or  elles  avaient  6t6  frappes. 


272 


A  BRIEF   FRENCH    COURSE 


PRETERITE 

/  was  Struck. 
je  fus  frappS. 
tu  fus  f rapp6. 
il  or  elle  fut  frapp^. 
nous  fumes  f rapp^s. 
vous  futes  frapp6s. 
ils  or  elles  furent  frappSs. 

FUTURE 

/  sJiall  be  struck. 
je  serai  frapp6. 
tu  seras  frapp6. 
il  or  elle  sera  frapp6. 
nous  serons  frapp6s. 
vous  serez  frappfes. 
ils  or  elles  seront  frapp6s. 

PRESENT    CONDITIOXAL 

/  should  be  struck. 
je  serais  frappS. 
tu  serais  frapp6. 
il  or  elle  serait  frapp6. 
nous  serious  frapp6s. 
vous  seriez  frappSs. 
ils  or  elles  seraient  frappSs. 

PRESENT   SUBJUNCTIVE 

that  I  may  be  struck. 
que  je  sois  frapp6. 
que  tu  sois  frapp§. 
quMl  or  qu'elle  soit  frapp§. 
que  nous  soyons  f rapp^s. 
que  vous  soyez  frappfes. 
qu'ils  or  qu'elles  soient  frapp^s. 


PAST   ANTERIOR 

I  had  been  struck. 
j'eus  6t6  frapp6. 
tu  eus  6t6  frapp6. 
il  or  elle  eut  6t6  frapp6. 
nous  eumes  6t6  frapp6s. 
vous  eutes  6t6  frapp6s. 
ils  or  elles  eurent  6t6  frapp6s. 

FUTURE  PERFECT 

I  shall  have  been  struck. 
j'aurai  6t6  frappS. 
tu  auras  6t6  frapp6. 
il  or  elle  aura  6t6  frapp6. 
nous  aurons  §t6  frapp6s. 
vous  aurez  §t6  frappSs. 
ils  or  elles  auront  6t§  frappfe. 

CONDITIONAL    PERFECT 

/  should  have  been  struck. 
j'aurais  6t4  frappfi. 
tu  aurais  6t6  frappfi. 
il  or  elle  aurait  6t6  frapp6. 
nous  aurions  6t6  frapp6s. 
vous  auriez  6t6  frapp6s. 
ils  or  elles  auraient  6t6  frapp^s. 

SUBJUNCTIVE    PERFECT 

that  I  may  have  been  struck. 
que  j'aie  6t6  frappe. 
que  tu  aies  6t6  frapp6. 
qu'il  or  qu'elle  ait  6t6  frapp§. 
que  nous  ayons  6t6  frapp6s. 
que  vous  ayez  6t§  frappfes. 
qu'ils  or  qu'elles  aient  6t6  frappfis. 


IMPERFECT   SUBJUNCTIVE 

that  I  might  be  struck. 
que  je  fusse  frappfi.  que  nous  fussions  frapp6s. 

que  tu  fusses  frapp6.  que  vous  fussiez  frapp6. 

qu'il  or  qu'elle  ffit  frapp§.  qu'ils  or  qu'elles  fussent  frappfes. 


APPENDIX 


273 


PLUPEUFECT    SUBJUNCTIVE 

that  I  might  have  been  struck. 
que  j'eusse  6t6  frappe.  que  nous  eussions  6t6  frappSs. 

que  tu  eusses  6t6  frapp6.  que  vous  eussiez  4t6  frapp6s. 

qu'il  or  qu'elle  eut  6t6  frapp^.  qu'ils  or  qu'elles  eussent  et6  frapp6s. 

IMPERATIVE 

sois  frapp^,  he  struck.  soyons  frapp^s,  let  us  he  struck. 

soyez  frappSs,  he  you  struck. 


617.    CONJUGATION 

PRESENT    INFINITIVE 

se  laver,  to  wash  one's  self. 

PRESENT    PARTICIPLE 

se  lavant,  washing  one's  self. 

PRESENT    INDICATIVE 

/  wash  myself. 
je  me  lave, 
tu  te  laves, 
il  or  elle  se  lave, 
nous  nous  lavons. 
vous  vous  lavez. 
ils  or  elles  se  lavent. 

IMPERFECT 

/  was  washing  myself 
je  me  lavais. 
tu  te  lavais. 
il  or  elle  se  lavait. 
nous  nous  lavions. 
vous  vous  laviez. 
ils  or  elles  se  lavaient. 

PRETERITE 

/  washed  myself 
je  me  lavai. 
tu  te  lavas, 
il  or  elle  se  lava, 
nous  nous  lavames. 
vous  vous  lav§,tes. 
ils  or  elles  se  laverent. 


OF   A  REFLEXIVE   VERB. 

PAST    INFINITIVE 

s'§tre  lav6,  to  have  washed  one's  self. 

PAST    PARTICIPLE 

s'Stant  lav6,  having  washed  one's  self. 

PAST    INDEFINITE 

/  have  washed  myself. 
je  me  suis  lav6. 
tu  t'es  lav  6. 
il  or  elle  s'est  lav6. 
nous  nous  sommes  lav6s. 
vous  vous  etes  lav^s. 
ils  or  elles  se  sont  laves. 

PLUPERFECT 

/  had  washed  myself 
je  m'^tais  lav6. 
tu  t'^tais  lav§. 
il  or  elle  s'6tait  lav§. 
nous  nous  6tions  lav6s. 
vous  vous  6tiez  lav6s. 
ils  or  elles  s'^taient  lav6s. 

PAST    ANTERIOR 

/  had  washed  myself. 
je  me  fus  lav6. 
tu  te  fus  lav6. 
il  or  elle  se  f  ut  lav6. 
nous  nous  fumes  lav^s.  • 
vous  vous  futes  lav^s. 
ils  or  elles  se  furent  laves. 


BRIEF    FR.   COURSE 


274 


A   BRIEF  FRENCH   COURSE 


FUTURE 

I  shall  wash  myself. 

je  me  laverai. 

tu  te  laveras. 

il  or  elle  se  lavera. 

nous  nous  laverons. 

vous  vous  laverez. 

ils  or  elles  se  laveront. 

PRESENT    CONDITIONAL 

/  should  wash  myself. 

je  me  laverais. 

tu  te  laverais. 

il  or  elle  se  laverait. 

nous  nous  laverions. 

vous  vous  laveriez. 

ils  or  elles  se  laverait  nt. 

PRESENT   SUBJUNCTIVE 

that  I  may  wash  myself. 

que  je  me  lave. 

que  tu  te  laves. 

qu'il  or  qu'elle  se  lave. 

que  nous  nous  lavions. 

que  vous  vous  laviez. 

quails  or  qu'elles  se  lavent. 

IMPERFECT   SUBJUNCTIVE 

that  I  might  wash  myself. 

que  je  me  lavasse. 
que  tu  te  lavasses. 
qu'il  or  qu'elle  se  lavat. 
que  nous  nous  lavassions. 
que  vous  vous  lavassiez. 
qu'ils  or  qu'elles  se  lavassent. 


FUTURE    ANTERIOR 

/  shall  have  washed  myself. 
je  me  serai  lav6. 
tu  te  seras  lav6. 
il  or  elle  se  sera  lav6. 
nous  nous  serons  lav6s. 
vous  vous  serez  lav^s. 
ils  or  elles  se  seront  lav  6s. 

CONDITIONAL   PERFECT 

/  should  have  washed  myself. 

je  me  serais  lav6. 

tu  te  serais  lav6. 

il  or  elle  se  serait  lav6. 

nous  nous  serions  lav6s. 

vous  vous  seriez  lav6s. 

ils  or  elles  se  seraient  lav6s. 

PERFECT   SUBJUNCTIVE 

tJiat  I  may  have  washed  myself. 
que  je  me  sois  lav6. 
que  tu  te  sois  lav  6. 
qu'il  or  qu'elle  se  soit  lav6. 
que  nous  nous  soyons  lav6s. 
que  vous  vous  soyez  lav6s. 
qu'ils  or  qu'elles  se  soient  lav§s. 

PLUPERFECT   SUBJUNCTIVE 

that  I  might  have  washed  myself. 

que  je  me  fusse  lav6. 
que  tu  te  fusses  lav6. 
qu'il  or  qu'elle  se  fut  lav6. 
que  nous  nous  fussions  laves, 
que  vous  vous  fussiez  lav6s. 
qu'ils  or  qu'elles  se  fussent  lav6s. 


IMPERATIVE 


lave-toi,  wash  yourself.  lavons-nous,  let  us  wash  ourselves. 

lavez-vous,  wash  yourselves. 


APPENDIX 


275 


518.      CONJUGATION  OF  A   RECIPROCAL  VERB 

PRESENT  INDICATIVE 

Speaking  of  two  persons  only.     Speaking  of  more  than  two. 
Fun  or  I'une  I'autre,  les  uns  or les  unes  les  autres. 


nous  nous  louons 
vous  vous  louez 
il  se  louent 


Tun  I'autre, 
I'un  I'autre, 


PAST    INDEFINITE 

nous  nous  sorames  lou6s  I'un  I'autre, 


vous  vous  §tes  lou^s 
ils  se  sont  loues 

nous  nous  louions 
vous  vous  louiez 
il  se  louaient 

nous  nous  louames 
vous  vous  lou§,tes 

louons-nous 
louez-vous 


ne  nous  louons  pas 
ne  vous  louez  pas 


I'un  I'autre, 
I'un  I'autre, 

IMPERFECT 

I'un  I'autre, 
I'un  I'autre, 
I'un  I'autre, 

PRETERITE 

I'un  I'autre, 
I'un  I'autre, 


les  uns  les  autres. 
les  uns  les  autres. 

les  uns  les  autres. 
les  uns  les  autres. 
les  uns  les  autres. 


les  uns  les  autres. 
les  uns  les  autres. 
les  uns  les  autres. 


les  uns  les  autres. 
les  uns  les  autres. 


IMPERATIVE    AFFIRMATIVE 

I'un  I'autre,  les  uns  les  autres. 

I'un  I'autre,  les  uns  les  autres. 

IMPERATIVE    NEGATIVE 

I'un  I'autre,  les  uns  les  autres. 

I'un  I'autre,  les  uns  les  autres. 


When  the  reciprocal  verb  requires  a  preposition  (d-,  (ie,  contrey 
or  any  other),  before  its  object,  it  is  conjugated  as  follows:  — 


nous  nous  parlous 
vous  vous  moquez 
ils  se  battent 


PRESENT    INDICATIVE 

I'un  k  I'autre,  les  uns  aux  autres. 

I'un  de  I'autre,  les  uns  des  autres. 

I'un  contre  I'autre,    les  uns  contre  les  autres. 


FORMATION  OF  TENSES 

519.  For  practical  purposes  tenses  are  divided  into  primi- 
tive and  derivative.  The  five  primitive  tenses  are  those  from 
which  the  others  are  derived,  and  the  derivative  are  those 
derived  from  the  primitive. 


276  A  BRIEF   FRENCH   COURSE 

1.  From  the  Infinitive  are  formed  (a)  the  fiUure  by  changing 
-r  or  -re  into  rai,  ras,  etc. ;  and  (6)  the  conditional  by  changing 
-r  or  -re  into  rdis,  rais,  etc. :  — 

1.  chantet :  —  je  chanterai,  je  chanterais,  etc. 

2.  choisir  : —  je  choisirai,  je  choish^ais,  etc. 

3.  vendre: —  je  vendrai,  je  vendrais,  etc. 

2.  From  the  Present  Participle  are  formed  :  — 

(a)  The  plural  of  the  Present  Indicative  by  changing 
-ant  into  ons,  ez,  ent :  — 


1.  chantant:  — 

chantons, 

chantez, 

chantent. 

2.  choisissant :  — 

choisissons, 

choisissez, 

choisissent. 

3.  vendant :  — 

vendons. 

vendez, 

vendent 

(6)  The  Imperfect  of  the  Indicative  by  changing  -ant  into 
ais,  ais,  ait,  ions,  iez,  aient ;  and  (c)  thie  Present  Subjunc- 
tive by  changing  -ant  into  e,  es,  e,  ions,  iez,  ent 

Je  chantais,  que  je  chante,  etc. 

je  choisissais,  que  je  choisisse,  etc. 

je  vendais,  que  je  vende,  etc. 

3.  From  the  Present  Indicative  (second  person  singular  and 
first  and  second  persons  plural),  are  formed  the  corresponding 
persons  of  the  Imperative  by  merely  dropping  the  pronoun 
subjects. 

chante^ :  —  chantons,^  chantez. 

choisis^ :  —  choisissons,^  choisissez. 

vends^ :  —  vendons,^  vendez. 

4.  From  the  Past  Definite  (Preterite)  the  Imperfect  Subjunc- 
tive is  formed  by  adding  se,  ses,  sions,  siez,  sent,  to  the  second 

1  Observe  that  in  the  first  conjugation  the  s  of  the  second  person  singular  is 
dropped  in  the  imperative  unless  the  imperative  be  followed  by  the  pronoun 
en  or  y  (chantes-en  la  raoitie  ;  menes-y  I'enfant). 

2  The  imperative  having  no  third  person,  when  an  Indirect  order  is  given, 
the  third  person  singular  and  plural  of  the  present  subjunctive  are  used ;  — 
(qu'il  chante,  qu'ils  vendent,  qu'elle  choisisse!) 


APPENDIX 


277 


person  singular,  and  by  changing  the  endings  a  and  it  of  the 
third  person  singular  into  at  and  it. 


1.  tu  chantas, 

2.  tu  choisis, 

3.  tu  vendis, 


il  chanta ; 
il  choisit ; 
il  vendit ; 


que  je  chantasse, 
que  je  choisisse, 
que  je  vendisse, 


qu'il  chantat,  etc. 
qu'il  choisit,  etc. 
qu'il  vendit,  etc. 


5.    From  the  Past  Participle  and  the  auxiliary  avoir  or  etre 
are  formed  all  the  compound  tenses :  — 

j'ai  chants,  on  avait  chants,  j'avais  clioisi,  il  a  vendu,  elle  s'est  amus^e. 


520,  TERMINATIONS  OF  THE  THREE  MODEL  REGULAR 
CONJUGATIONS 

(See  the  foregoing  formation  dl^Tenses.) 


i 
s 

2 

1 

if 

i 

^1 

If 

1 

g 

1 

1 

II 

'^ 

a. 

2 

=1, 

»^ 

5^ 

a 

c^N 

1. 

-e. 

-als. 

-ai. 

-rai. 

-rais. 

-e. 

-se. 

-es. 

-ais. 

-as. 

-ras. 

-rais. 

-e. 

-es. 

-ses. 

chant 

-er. 

-ant. 

4. 

-e. 
-ons. 

-ait, . 
-iods. 

-a.    -■ 

-ames. 

-ra. 
-rons. 

-rait, 
-rions. 

-ons. 

-e. 
-ions. 

-at. 
-sionY. 

V 

-ez. 

-iez. 

-ates. 

-rez. 

-riez. 

-ez. 

-iez. 

-siez. 

,       V 

-ent. 

-aient. 

-erent, 

-ront. 

-raient. 

-ent. 

-sent. 

2. 

« 

-is. 

-ais. 

-is. 

-rai. 

-rais. 

-e. 

-se. 

-is. 

-ais. 

-is. 

-ras. 

-rais. 

-is. 

-es. 

-ses. 

cbuis 

-ir^^ 

"ant. 

-i  ■ 

-it. 

-ait. 

-it.. 

-ra. 

-rait. 

-e. 

-It. 

^ 

-ons. 

-ions. 

-imes. 

-rons. 

-rions. 

-ons. 

-ions. 

-sions. 

-ez. 

-iez. 

-ites. 

-rez. 

-riez. 

-ez. 

-iez. 

-siez. 

-ent. 

-aient. 

-irent. 

-ront. 

-raient. 

-ent. 

-sent. 

3. 

-3. 

-ais. 

-is. 

-rai. 

-rais. 

-e. 

-se. 

-s. 

-ais. 

-is. 

-ras. 

-rais. 

-s. 

-es. 

-ses. 

veud 

-re.» 

-ant. 

-u. 

—      ' 

-ait. 

-it. 

-ra. 

-rait. 

-e. 

-it. 

-ons. 

-ions. 

-imes. 

-rons. 

-rions. 

-ons. 

-ions. 

-sions. 

-ez. 

-iez. 

-ites. 

-rez. 

-riez. 

-ez. 

-iez. 

-siez. 

-ent. 

-aient. 

-irent. 

-ront. 

-raient. 

-ent. 

-sent. 

Notice  tliat  the  second  conjugation  forms  its  present  participle  by  prefixing  m-^to  ti 
ending  ant  {choisiss  ant),  end,  accordingly,  to  the  tenses  derived  from  the  present  par 
ticiple  (see  511,  2). 


278 


A  BRIEF  FRENCH   COURSE 


621.     Table  of 

All  verbs  whose  terminations  differ  from  those  of  the 

(The  auxiliaries  avoir  and  ^tre  and  the  impersonal  \eThs  falloir  and 


Tnfinitive 

Participles. 

Indicative  Mood. 

Mood. 

PHESENT. 

PAST. 

PEK8ENT. 

l.MPEBKF.CT. 

PAST 
DEFINITE. 

FlirEE. 

(rtl) 

Acqu^rir 

acqnerant 

acquis 

acquier 

s 

8 

acquer  ais 
"       ais 

acqu  is 
"     is 

acquer  rai 
"      ras 

" 

t 

"       ait 

"     it  .. 

"      ra 

To  acqmre 

acqu6r 

ons 

"       ions 

"     Imes 

"      rons 

" 

ez 

"       iez 

"     ites 

"      rez 

acquidr 

ent 

"       aient 

"     irent 

"      ront 

AUer 

allant 

aU6 

^^^- 

's 

all     ais 

all    ai 

i       rai 

va 

>< 

8' 

"       ais 
"       ait 

"     as 
•'     a 

"      ras 
"      ra 

Togo 

all 

ons 

"       ions 

"     ames 

"      rons 

" 

ez 

"       iez 

"     ates 

*'      rez 

vont 

'•       aient 

"     6rent 

"      ront 

(a) 

AssailUr 

assaillant 

assaiUi 

assain 

e 

assaiU   ais 

assaill  is 

assaiUi  rai 

" 

es 

"       ais 

"     is 

"      ras 

" 

e 

"       ait 

"     it 

"      ra' 

To  attauU 

" 

ons 

"       ions 

"     inaes 

*'      rons 

(•Moa) 

" 

ez 

"       iez 

"      ites 

"      rez 

" 

ent 

"       aient 

"     irent 

"      ront 

(e) 

Asseoir 

asseyant 

assis 

assied 

8 

assey   ais 

ass    is 

assie    rai 

(reflexive) 

.< 

S 

"       ais 
"       ait 

"      is 
"      it 

"      ras 
"      ra 

To  tit 

assey 

ons 

"       ions 

"     imes 

"      rons 

ti 

ez 

"       iez 

"      ites 

"      rea^ 

" 

ent 

"       aient 

"     irent 

roi^ 

(«) 

"^ 

Battre 

battant 

battu 

bat 

s 

batt    ais 

batt   is 

batk^iki 

" 

8 

"       ais 
"       ait 

"      is 
"      it 

"      ras 
"      ra 

To  heat 

batt 

ons 

"       ions 

"     imes 

*'      rons 

" 

ez 

"       iez 

"     ites 

"      rez 

<i 

ent 

aient 

"      irent 

"      ront 

*  The  letter  a  with  a  past  participle  denotes  that  the  verb  forms  its  compound  tenses 
with  avoir,  as  fai  acquis;  the  letter  e,  that  it  forms  them  with  etre,  &s  Je  guts  aile. 
Every  verb  used  reflexively  takes  etre. 


APPENDIX 


279 


Irregular  Verbs 

three  model  conjugations  are  said  to  be  irregular. 

pleuvoir  have  purposely  been  omitted  from  this  table.      See  Index.) 


Conditional 
Mood. 


Imperative 
Mood.^ 


Subjunctive  Mood. 


IMI'EUFECT. 


Compounds  and  Derivatives 

conjugated  in  Same 

Manner. 


acquer  rais 
"  rais 
rait 
"  rions 
"  riez 
"       raient 


i  rais 

"  rais 

"  rait 

*'  rions 

"  riez    t 

"  raient 

assailli  rais« 
rais' 


rions 

riez 

raient 


"  raient 

batt  rais 

"  rais 

"  rait 

"  rions 

"  riez 

•'  raient 


acquier  s 


acquer  ons 

"  ez 

va 

all  ons 

"  ez 

assaill  es 


assaill     ons 


assied     s 


assey     ons 


bat       s 


batt    ons 


acquier  e 


acqu6r   ions 

"       iez 
acquier  ent 

aill      e 


all       ions 
aill     ent 
assaill   e 


ions 

iez 

ent 


assey    e 


e 
ions 


batt    e 
"       es 


ions 

iez 

ent 


acquis  se 
"      ses    , 
"     it« 

acquis  sions 
"      siez 
"       sent 

alias  se 

"  ses 

all  at 

alias  sions 

"  siez 

"  sent 

assaillis  se 
"       ses 
assaill     it 
assaillis  sions 
"       siez 
"       sent* 

assis    se 


ass 

it 

assis 

sions 

" 

siez 

" 

sent 

battis 

se 

" 

ses 

batt 

it 

battis  sions 

" 

siez 

" 

sent 

Conqu6rir 
Enqu6rir  (s') 
Querir  i 
Keconqu6rir 
Kequ6rir 

1  Used  only  in  the  infinitive 
and  with  the  verbs  aUer,  en- 
voyer,  venir. 


Aller  (s'en) 


1  Used  in  the  third  person 
only.  Saillir,  to  gush  out,  is 
regular. 


Basseoir  (se) 

Seoiri 

Surseoir 

In  the  f ature  and  conditional, 
one  may  also  say,  i'asseyerai, 
fassoirai,  etc.,  j  asseyerais, 
fcusoirais,  etc. 

1  Used  in  the  third  person 
only.  It  has  no  compound 
tenses. 

Abattre' 
Battre  (se) 
Combattre 
Debattre 
D6battre  (se) 
Ebattre  (s') 
Rabattre  ^ 

Eebattre 


*  For  the  English  equivalents  of  this  mood,  see  imperative  of  chanter,  pp.  87,  276. 
2  The  vowel  before  t  of  the  third  person  singular  imperfect  subjunctive  has  always  a 
circumflex  accent  (see  the  formation  of  this  mood,  p.  277). 


280 


A   BRIEF   FRENCH   COURSE 


Table    of 

Infinitive 

Participles. 

Indicative  Mood. 

Mood. 

PRESENT. 

PAST. 

PRESENT. 

IMPERFECT. 

PAST 
DEFINITE. 

FUTURE. 

(a) 

Boire 

tuvant 

bu 

boi 

s 

buv       ais 

b           US 

boi     rai 

" 

8 

ais 

"           US 

"       ras 

" 

t 

ait 

"           Ut 

"       ra 

To  drink 

buv 

ons 

ions 

"        iimes 

rons 

" 

ez 

iez 

"       fites 

"       rez 

boiv 

ent 

aient 

"       urent 

"       ront 

(a) 

Bouillir 

bouillant 

bouilU 

bou 

s 

bouiU      ais 

bouill    is 

bouUli  rai 

" 

s 

ais 

"       is 

"       ras 

" 

t 

ait 

it 

ra 

To  hod 

bouUl 

ons 

"         ions 

" .      imes 

"       rons 

" 

ez 

iez 

ites 

"       rez 

" 

ent 

aient 

irent 

"      ront 

(a) 

Conclare 

concloant 

conclu 

conclu 

s 

conclu    ais 

concl    us 

conclu  rai 

" 

s 

ais 

»       us 

ras 

♦' 

t 

ait 

ut 

"       ra 

Toeonctude 

.. 

ons 

ions 

"       fimes 

"       rons 

" 

ez 

iez 

utes 

"       rez 

• 

" 

ent 

aient 

"        urent 

"       ront 

(a) 

Conduire 

conduisant 

conduit 

condui 

B 

conduis  ais 

conduis  is 

condui  rai 

" 

s 

•'         ais 

is 

"      ras 

» 

t 

ait 

"        it 

"       ra 

To  conduct 

conduis 

ons 

"         ions 

imes 

rons 

" 

ez 

iez 

"        ites 

rez 

" 

ent 

"         aient 

irent 

"       ront 

(a) 

Connattre 

connaissant 

connu 

connai 

s 

connaiss  ais 

conn    us 

connait  nd 

" 

s 

ais 

us 

"      ras 

connai 

t 

ait 

ut 

"      ra 

Toknim 

connaiss  ons 

*'         ions 

"        umes 

"       rons 

(6e  aciiuninted 

wUh) 

>> 

ez 

ent 

iez 
"         aient 

utes 
*'        urent 

"      rez 
"       ront 

APPENDIX 


281 


Irregular  Verbs 


Conditional 
Mood. 


boi 


rais 

rais 

rait 

rions 

riez 

raient 


bouilli  rais 

"  rais 

"  rait 

"  rions 

"  riez 

"  raient 


conclu  rais 

"  rais 

"  rait 

"  rions 

"  riez 

"  raient 


condui  rais 
"  rais 
rait 
"  rions 
"  riez 
"        raient 


connait  rais 
rais 
rait 
rions 
riez 
raient 


Imperative 
Mood. 


boi 


buv      ons 


bou 


bouill       ons 
"    •     ev 


conclu     8 


conclu     ons 


conduis  ons 


connalss  ons 
"       ez 


Subjunctive  Mood. 


boiv 


buv       ions 

"         iez 
boiv      ent 


bouill     e 

es 

€ 

ions 

iez 

ent 


conclu    e 


ion; 
iez 

ent 


conduis    e 

es 
"         e 

ionf 
"         iez 
"         ent 


connaiss  e 
"        es 
"        e 
"        ions 
iez 
"        ent 


bus 


b 
bus 


ut 

sions 
siez 
sent 


bouillis  se 

"  ses 

bouill  it 

bouillis  sions 

"  siez 

"  sent 


conclus  86 

"  ses 

concl  fit 

conclus  sions 

"  siez 

"  sent 


conduisis  se 
ses 
conduis     it 
conduisis  sions 
"         siez 
"         sent 


connus  se 

"  ses 

conn  fit 

connus  sions 


Compounds  and  Derivatives 

conjugated  in  Same 

Manner. 


Reboire 

Seldom  used;  hoire  de  nou- 
vean  or  hoire  encore  being  pre- 
ferred. 


P^bouillir 

febouillir 

Kebouillir 

Bonillir  is  used  with  /aire: 
FaiCe*  hwiillir  ce»  asperges,  boil 
this  asparafjus.  As  an  active 
verb,  it  is  used  only  in  the  idio- 
matic bouiUirdu  lait  d,  quelqu'un, 
to  please  somebody. 


Exclure 
Inclure 


Deduire  Produire 

Econduire       R^duire 
Introduire       Traduire 

Conjugate    further    after 
the  model  of  this  verb :  — 


Construire 
Cuire  ^ 


D6truire 
Instruire 


1  Used  chiefly  after  /aire: 
Faites  cuire  ce  poulet,  have  this 
chicken  cooked. 


A  pparaitre 

Comparaitre 

Disparaitre 

Meconnaitre 

Paraitre 

Reconnaitre 

Reparaitre 


282 


A  BRIEF  FRENCH  COURSE 


Table  of 


Participles. 

Indicative  Mood. 

Infinitive 

Mood. 

PEESENT. 

PAST. 

PRESENT. 

IMPERFECT. 

PAST 
DEFINITE. 

FUTURE. 

Condre 

cousant 

(a) 
cousu 

coud  8 

COU8 

ais 

cous   is 

coud  rai 

"       S 

;: 

ai8 
ait 

"      is 
"      it 

"     ras 
"      ra 

To  Mew 

COU8  ons 

" 

iOD6 

"      imes 

"      rons 

"     ez 

it 

iez 

"      ites 

"     rez 

"     ent 

<t 

aient 

"      irent 

"     ront 

(a) 

Coorir 

courant 

couru 

cour  8 

cour 

ais 

cour    us 

cour  rai 

"       8 

" 

ais 

"      us 

"     ras 

"      t 

" 

ait 

"      ut 

"      ra 

To  run 

"     ons 

" 

ions 

"      umes 

"      rons 

"     ez 

" 

iez 

"      utes 

"      rez 

"     ent 

•' 

aient 

"       urent 

"      ront 

(a) 

Craindre 

craignant 

craint 

crain    s 

craign 

ais 

craign  is 

craind  rai 

"       s 

" 

ais 

•'      is 

"     ras 

"       t 

" 

ait 

"      it 

"     ra 

To /ear 

craign  ons 

" 

ions 

"      imes 

"     rons 

"       ez 

" 

iez 

♦'      ites 

"     rez 

•'       ent 

" 

aient 

"      irent 

"     ront 

(a) 

- 

Crolre 

croyant 

cru 

croi    8 

croy 

ais 

cr      us 

croi    rai 

"       a 

" 

ais 

"       us 

*'     ras 

"       t 

" 

ait 

"      ut 

"     ra 

To  beUeve 

croy   ons 

" 

ions 

"       umes 

"     rons 

"       ez 

" 

iez 

"      utes 

"     rez 

croi    ent 

" 

aient 

"      urent 

"     ront 

(a) 

Crottre' 

croissant 

cru 

croi      s 

croiss 

ais 

cr      iis 

croit    rai 

"       s 

" 

ais 

"      fis 

"     ras 

"       t 

" 

ait 

"     at 

"      ra 

To  grow 

crolss  ons 

" 

ions 

"      fimes 

*'      rons 

"       ez 

" 

iez 

"      fites 

"      rez 

"       ent 

" 

aient 

"       urent 

"     ront 

*  The  circumflex  accent  found  through  this  verb  is  used  to  distinguish  the  tenses  from 
the  1st  and  2d  persons  plural  of  the  past  definite  of  croire,  taking  also  a  circumflex  accent, 


APPENDIX 


283 


Irregular  Verbs 


Conditional 
Mood. 


coud  rais 
'•  rais 
"  rait 
"  rions 
"  riez 
"      raient 


cour  rais 

*'  rais 

"  rait 

"  rions 

"  riez 

"  raient 


craind  rais 
"  rais 
"  rait 
"  rions 
"  riez 
"      raient 


croi  rais 

"  rais 

"  rait 

"  rions 

"  riez 

"  raient 


croit  rais 

"  rais 

"  rait 

*'  rions 

"  riez 

"  raient 


Imperative 
Mood. 


coud 


cous      ons 


cour      8 


cour      ons 
"        ez 


craign  ons 


croi 


croy      ons 
"         ez 


es 

e 

ions 

iez 

ent 


e 

ions 
iez 
ent 


craign  e 

es 


ions 

iez 

ent 


croi  e 

"  es 

"  e 

croy  ions 

"  iez 

croi  ent 


es 

e 

ions 

iez 

ent 


ive  Mood. 

IMPERFECT. 

cousis 

se 

«• 

ses 

oous 

it 

cousis 

sions 

" 

siez 

" 

sent 

courus 

se 

" 

ses 

cour 

ut 

courus 

sions 

" 

siez 

" 

sent 

craignis 

se 

<( 

ses 

craign 

it 

craignis 

sions 

" 

siez 

" 

sent 

crus 

se 

" 

ses 

cr 

ut 

crus 

sions 

'« 

siez 

" 

sent 

crus 

se 

" 

ses 

cr 

at 

cr^B 

sions 

«' 

siez 

" 

sent 

s  and  Derivatives 
conjugated  in  Same 
Manner. 


D6coudre 
liecoudre 


Accourir  ^ 

Concourir 

Discourir 

Parcourir 

Recourir 

Secourir 

1  Generally  takes  the  auxiliary 
it  re. 


Adjoindre 

Contraindre 

Enjoindre 

Joindre 

Plaindre 

Plaindre  (se) 

Kejoindre 


Accroire  ^ 
Croire  (s'ei.) 
Mecroire 

1  Used  mainly  with  /aire,  in  the 
sense  of  "  to  impose  upon,"  en /aire 
accroire.  S 'en /aire  aeeroire,  to  a»- 
sume. 


Accroitre 
Decroitre 
Eecroitre 


the  similar  ones  of  croire,  to  believe ;  but  the  3d  person  of  the  inoperfect  subjunctive  and 
are  not  distinguished. 


OF  THP 


284 


A   BRIEF  FREUCH   COURSE 


Table   of 


Infinitive 

Participles. 

Indicative  Mood. 

Mood. 

HUESENT. 

PAST. 

PKK8KNT. 

IMPEBFECT. 

PAST 
DEFINITE. 

FCTUEE, 

(«) 

CueiUir 

cueillant 

cueiUi 

cueill  e 

cueill  ais 

cueUl  is 

cueille  rai 

"      es 

"     ais 

"     is 

"       ras 

"      e 

"     ait 

"     it 

"       ra 

To  gather 

"      ons 

"     ions 

"     imes 

"      rons 

"      ez 

"     iez 

"     5tes 

'*      rez 

"      ent 

"     aient 

"     irent 

"      ront 

(a) 

I>evoir 

devant 

du 

doi     s 

dev   ais 

d      us 

dev    rai 

**         8 

"     ais 

"     os^ 

ras 

dev    ons 

"     ait 

"     ut 

"       ra 

•  To  owe 

"     ions 

"      umes 

"       rons 

(m»ut,oughC, 

"       ez 

"     iez 

"      utes 

"      rez 

eU.), 

(a) 

doiv  ent 

"      aient 

"      urent 

ront 

Dire 

disaot 

dit 

di       s 

dis    ais 

d      is 

di      rai 

"      s 

"     ais 

"     is 

"      ras 

"      t 

.  "     ait 

"     it 

"      ra 

TOMOg 

dis     ons 

"     ions 

"     imes 

"      rons 

ittU) 

dites 

"     iez 

"     ites 

"      rez 

dis     ent 

"      aient 

"      irent 

**       ront 

(a) 

Dormir 

dormant 

dormi 

dor      s 

dorm  ais 

dorm  is 

dormi  rai 

"      s 

'*     ais 

"     is 

"      ras 

"      t 

"     ait 

"     it 

"      ra 

To  tUtp 

dorm  ons 

"     ions 

"     imes 

"      rons 

*'      ez 

"     iez 

"     ites 

"      rez 

"      ent 

"     aient 

•'      irent 

"      ront 

J 

(a) 

Ecrire 

ecrivant 

6crit 

ecri     8 

£criy  ais 

ecriv  is 

^ri    rai 

"        8 

"     ais 

"     is 

"      ras 

"        t 

"     ait 

"     it 

"      ra 

Tovirite 

ecriv  ons 

"     ions 

"     imes 

"      rons 

"~^--^ 

"      ez 

"     Iez 

"     ites 

"      rez 

"      ent 

"     aient 

"     irent 

ront 

APPENDIX 


285 


Irregular   Verbs 


Conditional 
Mood- 


cueille  rais 
"  rais 
"  rait 
"  rions 
"  riez 
"      raient 


dev    rais 
rais 


rait 
rions 
riez 
raient 


rais 

rais 

rait 

rions 

riez 

raient 


dorrai  rais 
"  rais 
"  rait 
"  rions 
"  riez 
"      raient 


6cri  rais 

"  rais 

"  rait 

"  rions 

"  riez 

"  raient 


Imperative 
Mood. 


Subjunctive  Mood. 


doi    s 


dev    ons 
"      ez 


dis     ons 
dites 


dor 


dorm  ons 
"      ez 


6cri 


cueill 


es 

e 

ions 


doiv   e 


dev    ions 

"      iez 
doiv   ent 


dorm  e 

"  es 

"  e 

"  ions 

"  iez 

"  ent 


6cri\ 


IMPERFECT. 


cueillis  se 

"  ses 

cueill  it 

cueillis  sions 

"  siez 

"  sent 


dus     se 


d 
dus 


dis 


ses 

ut 

sions 

siez 

sent 


es 

" 

ses 

e. 

d 

it 

ions 

dis 

sions 

iez 

" 

siez 

ent 

" 

sent 

dormis  se 
"       ses 

dorm      it 

dormis  sions 
"       siez 
*'       sent 


e 

ecrivis 

se 

es 

" 

ses 

e 

ecriv 

it 

ions 

ecrivis 

sions 

iez 

" 

siez 

ent 

" 

sent 

Compounds  and  Derivatives 

conjugated  in  Same 

Manner. 


Accueillir 
Recueillir 
Eecueillir  (se) 


Redevoir 
Verbs  in  evoir.  The  only  devia- 
tion from  the  conjugation  given 
(p.  268)  is  that  it  takes  the  circum- 
flex accent  on  the  masculine  past 
participle,  which  disappears  in  the 
feminine  form  due. 


Eedire 

The  following  are  regular  in 
second  person  plural  present 
indicative  and  imperative  {con- 
iredisez,  etc.) :  — 

Contredire         Interdire 
Dedire  (se)        Medire 
Predire 

Maudire  makes  maudissant,  nous 
maudissons,  je  maudissais. 


Endormir 
Endormir  (s') 
Eendormir  (se) 


Circonscrire 

D^crire 

Frire 

Inscrire 

Prescrire 

Proscrire 

Souscrire 

Transcrire 


286 


A  BRIEF  FRENCH   COURSE 


Table  of 


Infinitive 

Participles. 

Indicative  Mood. 

Mood. 

PRESENT. 

PAST. 

PRESENT. 

IMPERFECT. 

PAST 
DEFINITE. 

FUTURE. 

Envoyer  i 

envoyant 

(a) 
envoye 

envoi   e 

envoy  ais 

envoy  ai 

enver  rai 

"      es 

"  '    ais 

"       as 

" 

ras 

"       e 

"      ait 

"      a 

" 

ra 

To  tend 

envoy  ons 

"      ions 

"       ames 

" 

rons 

"       ez 

"      iez 

"       ates 

" 

rez 

envoi   ent 

"       aient 

"       erent 

" 

ront 

\/  Faire' 

faisant 

(«) 
fait 

&is       s 

"         s 

feis     ais 

"      ais 

f      is 
"       is 

fe 

rai 
raa 

t 

"      ait 

"      it 

" 

ra 

To  do 

(make) 

fais       ons 

faites 

font 

z    z    z 

"       iihes 
"       ites 
"       irent 

» 

rons 

rez 

ront 

Fuir 

fuyant 

(a) 
fui 

fui      s 

"       s 

fuy     ais 
"      ais 

fu      is 
"       is 

fui 

rai 
ras 

•'       t 

"      ait 

"       it 

" 

ra 

ToJUe 

fuy     ons 
"       ez 

"      ions 
"      iez 

"       imes 
"      ites 

;: 

rons 
rez 

fui     ent 

"      aient 

"       irent 

" 

ront 

Lire 

lisant 

(a) 
la 

li       s 
"       s 

lis     ais 
"      ais 

1       us 
"      us 

1; 

rai 
ras 

t 

"      ait 

"       ut 

(( 

ra 

To  read 

lis      ons 

"      ions 

"       umes 

" 

rons 

!'       ®^ 

"      iez 

"       utes 

" 

rez 

"       ent 

"      aient 

"       urent 

" 

ront 

Mettre 

metunt 

(a) 
mis 

met    s 

"       s 

mett  ais 
"      ais 
"      ait 

m      is 
"      is 
"      it 

mett 

rai 
ras 
ra 

To  put 

mett  ons 
"       ez 

"      ions 
"      iez 

"       imes 
"       ites 

" 

rons 
rez 

"       ent 

"      aient 

"       irent 

" 

ront 

*  V'erbs  ending  in  oyer  change  y  into  i  before  e  mute  (see  verbs  in  i/er  (227,  4  )). 

•  Faire,  dire  (with  their  derivatives),  and  etre  are  the  only  verbs  of  which  the  second 


APPENDIX 


287 


Irregular  Verbs 


Conditional 

Imperative 
Mood. 

Subjunct 

ive  Mood. 

Componnds  and  Derivatives 

conjugated  in  Same 

Manner. 

Mood. 

PEE8ENT. 

IMPERFECT. 

enver  rais 

envoi  e 

envoyas 

se 

"      rais 

envoi   e 

"      es 

" 

ses 

"      rait 
"      rions 

"      e 
envoy  ions 

envoy 
envoyas 

&t 
sions 

Renvoyer 

envoy  ons 

"      riez 

"     ez 

"      iez 

" 

siez 

"      raient 

fe     rais 
"      rais 
"      rait 
"      rions 

envoi  ent 

fass   e 
"      es 
"     e 
"      ions 

(t 

sent 

se 
se 
it 
sions 

fai         8 
fais       ons 

fls 

f 
fis 

Contrefaire           Malfaire* 
Defaire                  Parfaire 
Defaire  (se)           Refaire 
Forfaire  i               Satisfaire 
Surfaire 

"      riez 

faites 

"      iez 

" 

siez 

1  Rarely  used. 

«  Only  In  the  infinitive. 

*'      raient 
fui     rais 

"      ent 
fui    e 

(( 

sent 
se 

fuis 

"      rais 

fui         8 

"      es 

" 

868 

"      rait 

"      e 

fu 

it    . 

"      rions 

fuy        ons 

fuy    ions 

fuis 

sions 

EnfUir  (s') 

"      riez 

"          ez 

"      iez 

" 

siez 

"      raient 
U      rais 

fui    ent 
lis     e 

(( 

sent 

se 

lus 

"      rais 

li           s 

"      es 

" 

ses 

"      rait 
"      rions 
"      riez 

lis         ons 
"         ez 

"      e 
"      ions 
"      iez 

1 

lua 

ut 

sions 

siez 

EUre 

R661ire 

Relire 

"      raient 

"      ent 

" 

sent 

mett    rais 
"      rais 
"      rait 
"      rions 
"      riez    • 
"      raient 

met      s 

mett     ons 
"       ez 

mett  e 
"     es 
"      e 
"      ions 
"      iez 
"      ent 

mis 

m 
mis 

se 

ses 

it 

sions 

siez 

sent 

Admettre             Permettre 
Commettre           Promettre 
Compromettre      Remettre 
Demettre              Remettre  (se) 
Entremettre  (s')  Soumettre 
Omettre                Transmettre 

person  plural  present  indicative  ends  in  tes,  instead  of  es;  tiiese  three  verbs  making  faites , 
dites,  and  eieti. 


288 


A   BRIEF  FRENCH   COURSE 


Table  of 


/ 


Participles. 

Indicative  Mood. 

Infinitive 

Mood. 

PAST 

PRE8BNT, 

PAST. 

PRESENT. 

IMPERFECT. 

DEFINITE. 

FUTITRE. 

(e) 

Mourir 

mourant 

mort 

meur  s 

mour  ais 

mour  US 

mour  rai 

"      s 

"     ais 

"       US 

"     ras 

"    t 

"     ait 

"     ut 

"     ra 

To  die 

mour  ons 

"     ions 

"     umes 

•'     rons 

"      ez 

"     iez 

"     utes 

"     rez 

meur  ent 

"     aient 

"     urent 

"     ront 

./ 

(a) 

Mouvoir 

mouvant 

mu 

meu     s 

mouv  ais 

m    us 

mouv  rai 

"       s 

"     ais 

"     us 

"     ras 

"      t  / 

"     ait 

"     ut 

"     ra 

To  move 

mouv  ons 

"     ions 

"     umes 

"     rons 

"      ez 

"      iez" 

"     fites 

*'     rez 

meuv  ent 

"     aient 

"     urent 

"     ont 

(«) 

Nattre 

naissant 

n6 

nai      s 

naiss  ais 

naquis 

nait  rai 

"      s 

"     ais 

"     is 

"     ras 

nai      t 

"     ait 

"    it 

"     ra 

To  be  bom 

naisB  ons 

"     ions 

"    imes 

"     rons 

"      ez 

"     iez 

"    ites 

"     rez 

"      ent 

"     aient 

"    irent 

"     ront 

(«) 

Nuire 

nuisant 

nui 

nui      s 

nuis  ais 

nuis  is 

nui    rai 

"      s 

"     ais 

"    is 

"     ras 

"      t 

"     ait 

"    it 

"     ra 

To  hurt 

nuis    ons 

"     ions 

"     imes 

"     rons 

"      ez 

"     iez 

"     ites 

"     rez 

"      ent 

"     aient 

"     irent 

"     ront 

(a) 

Ouvrir 

ouvrant 

ouvert 

ouvr  e 

ouvr   ais 

ouvr  is 

ouvri  rai 

"      es 

"     ais 

"     is 

"     ras 

"      e 

'•     ait 

"    it 

"     ra 

To  open 

"      ons 

"     ions 

"    imes 

"     rons 

"      ez 

"     iez 

"    ites 

"     rez 

"       ent 

"      aient 

"    irent 

"     ront 

APPENDIX 


289 


Irregular  Verbs 


Conditional 
Mood. 


mour  rais 

"  rais 

"  rait 

"  rions 

"  riez 

"  raient 


mouv  rais 
rais 


rait 
rioQS 
riez 
raient 


nait  rais 

"  rais 

"  rait 

"  rions 

"  riez 

"  raient 


nui  rais 

"  rais 

"  rait 

"  rions 

"  riez 

"  raient 


ouvri  rais 
"  rais 
"  rait 
"  rions 
"  riez 
"     raient 


Imperative 
Mood. 


mour  ons 


mouv  ons 


naiss  ona 
"      ez 


Subjunctive  Mood. 


mour  ions 

"     iez 
meur  ent 


meuv  e 
"  es 
"     e 

mouv  ions 
"     iez 

meuv  ent 


naiss   e 


es 

e 

ions 

iez 

ent 


es 

e 

ions 

iez 

ent 


ions 

iez 

ent 


IMI'EKKECT. 


mourns  se 
"       ses 
mour      ut 
mourus  sions 
"       siez 
"       sent 


mus  se 

"  ses 

m  At 

mus  sions 

"  siez 

"  sent 


naquis  se 
"       ses 

naqu      it 

naquis  sions 
"       siez 


Compounds  and  Derivatives 

conjugated  in  Same 

Manner. 


nui  sis 

se 

" 

ses 

nuis 

it 

nuisis 

sions 

" 

siez 

sent 

ouvris 

se 

" 

ses 

ouvr 

it 

ouvris 

sions 

" 

siez 

" 

sent 

No  compound  or  derivative. 

Thepast  participle  mort  is  used 
adjectively  ;  as,  tl  est  mort,  he  is 
dead ;  eOe  est  morte  de  Id  jUvre 
jaune,  she  died  of  yellow  fever. 

Se  mourir  has  neither  impera- 
tive nor  compound  tenses. 


Emouvoir 
Promouvoir 


The  past  participles  ^mu  and 
promu  do  not  take  the  circum- 
flex accent,  nor  does  the  femi- 
nine participle  mue. 


Henattre,  the  only  com- 
pound of  naiire,  has  no  past 
participle,  and  consequently 
no  Compound  tenses. 


There  are  no  derivatives 
of  nuire  ;  but  — 

Luire 
Eeluire 

are  conjugated  similarly. 


Couvrir 

Decouvrir 

Offrir 

Eecouvrir 

Rouvrir 

Souffrir 


BRIEF  FR.   COURSE 


19 


290 


A  BRIEF  FRENCH  COURSE 


Table  of 


Participles. 

Indicative  Mood. 

Infinitive 

Mood. 

PAST 

PKE8ENT. 

PAST. 

PRESENT. 

IMPERFECT. 

DEFINITE. 

FUTURE. 

(«) 

ParUr 

partant 

parti 

par      8 

part   ais 

part  is 

parti  rai 

s 

"      ais 

"    is 

"      ras 

"      t 

"      ait 

•'    it 

"      ra 

To  stt  out 

part    ons 

•'      ions 

•'    imes 

"      rons 

"       ez 

"      iez 

"    ites 

"      rez 

"       ent 

"      aient 

"    irent 

"      ront 

(o) 

Peindre 

peignant 

peint 

pein    8 

peign  ais 

peign  is 

peind  nd 

"      s 

"      ais 

"     is 

"      ras 

"      t 

"      ait 

"     it 

"      ra 

To  paint 

peign  ons 

"      ions 

"     inaes 

"      rons 

"      ez 

"      iez 

"     ites 

"      rez 

"      ent 

•'      aient 

"     irent 

"      ront 

(a) 

Plaire 

plaisant 

plu 

plail   s 

plais  ais 

pi   us 

plai    rai 

"      s 

"      ais 

"    us 

"      ras 

plai     t 

"      ait 

"    ut 

'*      ra 

To  pUase 

plais   on  8 

"      ions 

"    umes 

"      rons 

"      ez 

"      iez 

"    utes 

•'      rez 

"      ent 

"      aient 

"    urent 

"      ront 

(a) 

Pouvoir 

poavant 

pu 

pen    X  or  puis 

pouv  ais 

p    us 

pour  rai 

"    nX 

"      ais 

"    us 

"      ras 

"       t 

"      ait 

"    ut 

"       ™v. 

To  be  abU 

pouv  oils 

"      ions 

"    umes 

"      rons 

.: 

"     ez 

"      iez 

"    utes 

"      rez 

peuv  ent 

"      aient 

•'    urent 

"      ront 

(a) 

Prendre 

prenant 

pris 

prend  s 

pren  ais 

pr  is 

prend  rai 

"      s 

"      ais 
"      ait 

"    is 
"    It 

"      ras 
"      ra 

To  take 

pren    ons 

"      ions 

"    imes 

"      rons 

"      ez 

"      iez 

"    ites 

"      rez 

prenn  ent 

"      aient 

"    irent 

"      ront 

APPENDIX 


291 


Irregular  Verbs 


Conditional 
Hood. 


parti  rais 
"  rais 
"  rait 
"  rions 
'*  riez 
"      raient 


peind  rais 


rais 

rait 

rlons 

riez 

raient 


plai  rais 
rais 
rait 
rions 


riez 
raient 


pour  rais 
"  rais 
"  rai| 
"  rions 
"  riez 
"      raient 


prend  rais 
"  rais 
"  rait 
"  rions 
"  nez 
"      raient 


Imperative 
Mood. 


par    s 
part  on 3 


pein    s 


peign  ons 


plai   s 

plais  ons 
"     ez 


prend  s 
pren    ons 


Subjunctive  Mood. 


part  e 

"      es 


ions 


ent 


peign  e 


e 

ions 
iez 
ent 


plais  e 


e 

ions 
iez 
ent 


puiss 


,es 

e 

ions 

Iez 

ent 


prenn  e 
"     es 
"     e 

pren    ions 
"     Iez 

prenn  ent 


IMPERFECT. 


partis  se 
"      ses 

part     it 

partis  sions 
"      siez 
"     sent 


peignis  se 
"      ses 
peign     it 
peignis  sions 
"      siez 


plus  se 
"    ses 

pi      ut 

plus  sions 
"    siez 
"    sent 


pus  se 
"    ses 

p       ut 

pus  sions 
"    siez 
*'    sent' 


pris  se 
"    ses 

pr     it 

pris  sions 
"    siez 
"    sent 


Compounds  and  Derivatives 

conjugated  in  Same 

Manner. 


Departir 
Departir  (se) 
Repartir  * 


'  Distinguish  between  this 
verb  and  repartir,  to  divide, 
which  is  a  regular  verb. 


Astreindre 

Atteindre 

Ceindre 

Depeindre 

Eteindre 

Etreindre 

Feindre 

Repeindre 

Restreindre 

Teindre 


Complaire 
Deplaire 


Taire  and  se  taire  are  not  de- 
rivatives, but  follow  the  same 
conjugatiou. 


No  other  verb  is  conju- 
gated like  pouvoir. 

The  first  person  singu- 
lar present  indicative  is .;'« 
peiix  or  je  puis ;  but  the 
interrogative  form  is  puis 
jet  never peuxjef 


Apprendre 

Comprendre 

Desapprendre 

Entreprendre 

M6prendre  (se) 

Reprendre 

Surprendre 


292 


A  BRIEF   FRENCH   COURSE 


Table  of 


Infinitive 

Participles. 

Indicative  Mood. 

Mood. 

PEESKNT. 

PAST. 

PRESENT. 

IMPERFECT. 

PAST 
PEriNITE. 

FUTURE. 

(«) 

Itesnndre 

resolvant 

rtsolui 

r^sou 

s 

resolv    ais 

resol  us 

r^soud  rai 

" 

s 

ais 

"      us 

"       ras 

'* 

t 

ait 

"      ut 

ra 

i^solv 

ons 

ions 

"      fimes 

"       rons 

" 

ez 

iez 

"      fites 

"       rez 

'* 

ent 

"        aient 

'*      urent 

"       rout 

(«) 

Rire 

riant 

ri 

ri 

8 

ri        ais 

r      is 

ri       rai 

" 

8 

ais 

"      is 

"       ras 

(1 

t 

ait 

"      it 

"       ra 

To  lavgh 

" 

ons 

"        ions 

"      imes 

'*       rons 

" 

ez 

"        iez 

"      ites 

rez 

" 

ent 

"        aient 

"      irent 

ront 

(a) 

SaToir 

sachant 

su 

sai 

B 

sav      ais 

8      us 

f^au      rai 

it 

s 

"       ais 

"      us 

ras 

" 

t 

"       ait 

"      ut 

ra 

To  knme 

sav 

ons 

"       ions 

"      Ames 

"       rons 

" 

ez 

"       iez 

"      Ates 

"       rez 

" 

ent 

aient 

"      urent 

ront 

(«) 

Sentir 

sentant 

senti 

sen 

8 

sent    ais 

sent   is 

sent!    rai 

♦' 

B 

'•      ais 

"      is 

"       ras 

»» 

t 

"      ait 

"      it 

"       ra 

To  feel 

sent 

ons 

ions 

"      imes 

"       rons 

" 

ez 

"      iez 

"      ites 

"       rez 

" 

ent 

"      aient 

"      irent 

"       ront 

(a) 

Servir 

servant 

servi 

ser 

6 

serv    ais 

serv    is 

servi    rai 

" 

B 

"      ais 

"      is 

'•       ras 

" 

t 

"      ait 

"      it 

"       ra 

serv 

ons 

"       ions 

*'      Imes 

"       rons 

" 

ez 

"      iez 

"      ites 

"       rez 

<« 

ent 

"       aient 

"       irent 

"       ront 

1  This  verb  has  a  second  past  participle,  risoue,  changed  into,  as  in  un  brouiUard  re- 


APPENDIX 


293 


Irregular  Verbs 


Conditional 
Mood. 


Imperative 
Mood. 


Snbjnnctiye  Mood. 


IMPERFECT. 


Gomponnds  and  Derivatives 

conjugated  in  Same 

Manner. 


resoiid  rais 
"  rais 
rait 
"  rions 
"  riez 
"        raient 


rais 

rais 

rait 

rions 

riez 

raient 


rais 

rais 

rait 

rions 

riez 

raient 


senti  rais 
rais 
"  rait 
"  rions 
"  riez 
"        raient 


servi  rais 

"  rais 

"  rait 

"  rions 

"  riez 

"  raient 


resolv  e 


ions 

iez 

ent 


e 

es 

e 

ions 

iez 

ent 


sach  e 

es 


ions 

iez 

ent 


sent     ons 


e 
ions 


serv  e 
es 


serv     ons 


ions 

iez 

ent 


resolus  se 
"        ses 
resol       ut 
resolus  sions 
"        siez 
"        sent 


ris  86 

*'  ses 

r  it 

ris  sions 

"  siez 

"  sent 


sus  se 

"  ses 

s  lit 

sus  sions 

"  siez 

"  sent 


sentis  se 

"  ses 

sent  it 

sentis  sions 

"  siez 

"  sent 


servis  se 

"  ses 

serv  It 

servis  sions 

"  siez 

"  sent 


Absoudre,  to  absolve ; 
p.  p.  ahsous,  ahnoute.  The 
preterit  and  the  imperfect 
subjunctive  are  wanting. 
Littre,  however,  admits 
them,  with  the  remark  that 
they  are  seldom  used. 


Sourire 


No  derivative  or  compound 


Consentir 

Dementir 

Mentir 

Pressentir 

Eepentir  (se) 

Ressentir 


Desservir 
Resservir 


souH  en  pluie,  a  mist  turned  into  rain.    The  participle  resolu  has  the  sense  of  "  to  decide. 


/^i^MJ-J^V^/A 


294 


A  BRIEF   FRENCH   COURSE 


Table  of 


Participles. 

Indicative  Mood. 

Infinitive 

■ 

Mood. 

PAST 

PKE8ENT. 

PAST. 

PKESENT. 

IMPEKFECT. 

DEFINITE. 

FfTCRE. 

(«) 

Sortir 

sortant 

sorti 

sor 

8 

sort  ais 

sort  is 

soiti  rai 

♦' 

8 

"     ais 

"    is 

''     ras 

" 

t 

"    ait 

"    it 

"     ra 

To  go  out 

sort 

ons 

"    ions 

"    imes 

"     rons 

" 

ez 

"    iez 

"    ites 

"     rez 

" 

ent 

"    aient 

"    irent 

"     ront 

(a) 

SufBre 

saffisant 

suffi 

suffi 

s 

suffis  ais 

suflf  is 

suffi  rai 

it 

8  ' 

"    ais 

"    is 

"     ras 

" 

t 

"    ait 

"    it 

"     ra 

To  tufflee 

suffi  s 

ons 

"    ions 

"    tmes 

"     rons 

♦' 

ez 

"    iez 

"    ites 

"     rez 

" 

ent 

"    aient 

"    irent 

"     ront 

(a) 

Saivre 

suivant 

suivi 

sui 

8 

suiv  ais 

suiv  is 

suiv  rai 

" 

s 

'•    ais 

"    is 

"     ras 

" 

t 

'*    ait 

"    it 

"     ra 

To/Mow 

sniy 

ons 

"    ions 

"    imes 

"     rons 

«« 

ez 

•    "    iez 

"    ites 

"     rez 

<i 

ent 

"    aient 

"    irent 

"     ront 

(a) 

Tenlr 

tenant 

tenu 

tien 

8 

ten    ais 

t    ins 

tiend  rai 

«» 

8 

"    ais 

"    ins 

"     ras 

" 

t' 

"    ait 

"    int 

"     ra 

To  IkUd 

ten 

ons 

"    ions 

"    inmes 

"     rons 

(ketp) 

i( 

ez 

"    iez 

"    intes 

"     rez 

tienn  ent 

"    aient 

"    inrent 

"     ront 

^ 

(«) 

Taincre 

vainquant 

vainca 

vainc 

8 

vainqu  ais 

vainqu  is 

vainc  rai 

.< 

8 

"      ais 
"      ait 

"       is 
"      it 

"     ras 
"     ra 

To  conquer 

vainqn 

ons 

"      ions 

"       imes 

"     rons 

(vanquUh) 

" 

ez 

"      iez 

"      ites 

"     rez 

" 

ent 

"      aient 

"       Irent 

"     ront 

APPENDIX 


295 


Irregular  Verbs 


Conditional 
Mood. 


sorti  rais 
"  rais 
"  rait 
"  rions 
"  riez 
"     raient 


snffl  rais 
"  rais 
"  rait 
"  rions 
"  riez 
"     raient 


suiv  rais 
"  rais 
••  rait 
"  rions 
"  riez 
*'     raient 


tiend  rais 
"  rais 
"  rait 
"  rions 
"  riez 
"     raient 


vainc  rais 

"  rais 

"  rait 

"  rions 

"  riez 

"  raient 


Imperative 
Mood. 


sui    s 


smv  ons 


ten      ons 
"       ez 


valnc    s 


vainqu  ons 
•'     ez 


SnbjmictiTe  Mood. 


sort  e 
"     es 
"     e 
"     ions 
"     iez 
•'     ent 


suffis  e 
"  es 
"     e 


iez 
ent 


suiv  e 
"     es 
"     e 
"     ions 
"     iez 
"     ent 


tienn  e 

"     es 


ten 


ions 
"     iez 
tienn  ent 


vainqu  e 


e 

ions 
iez 
ent 


IMPERFECT. 


sortis  se 
"     ses 

sort     it 

sortis  sions 
"     siez 
"     sent 


*'     ses 

suflF     it 

suffis  sions 
"     siez 
"     sent 


suivis  se 

"  ses 

suiv  it 

suivis  sions 

"  siez 

"  sent 


tins  se 

"  ses 

t  int 

tins  sions 

"  siez 

"  sent 


vainquis  se 
"       ses 
vainqu     it 
vainquis  sions 
"       siez 
"       sent 


Compounds  and  Derivatives 

conjugated  in  Same 

Manner. 


Eessortir 


Confire,  to  pickle,  makes 
its  past  participle  confit. 


Ensuivre  (s') 
Poursuivre 


Abstenir  (s') 

Appartenir  (a) 

Contenir 

Detenir 

Entretenir 

Maintenir 

Obtenir 

Retenir 

Soutenir 


Convaincre 


296 


A   BRIEF   FRENCH  COURSE 


Table  of 


Participles. 

Indicative  Mood. 

Infinitive 

Mood. 

PAST 

PRESENT. 

PAST. 

PRESENT. 

IMPERFECT. 

DEFINITE. 

FUTURE. 

(a) 

Valoir 

valant 

vala 

vaa    z 

val    ais 

val    U 

vaud  rai 

"        X 

"     ais 

•'      US 

"     ras 

"    t 

"      ait 

"       Ut 

"     ra 

To  he  icorth 

v^r*on8 

"     ions 

"     umes 

■  "     rons 

"     ez 

"     iez 

"     utes 

"     rez 

"     ent 

"     aient 

"    urent 

"     rent 

(«) 

Venir 

venant 

venu 

vien    8 

ven  ais 

V     ins 

%iend  rai 

"     s 

"     ais 

"     ins 

"     ras 

"     t 

"     ait 

"     int 

"     ra 

To  come 

ven     ons 

"  -^ons 

"     inmes 

"      rons 

"     ez 

"     iez 

"     fntes 

"      rez 

vienn  ent 

"     aient 

"     inrent 

"     rent 

(a) 

Vivre 

vivant 

vecu 

vi      8 

viv    ais 

vec  us 

viv    rai 

"        8 

"     ais 

"     us 

"     ras 

"        t 

"     ait 

"    ut 

"     ra 

ToUve 

viv   ons 

"     ions 

"     {imes 

"     rons 

"     ez 

"     iez 

"     utes 

"      rez 

"     ent 

"     aient 

"     urent 

"     rent 

(a) 

Voir 

voyant 

vu 

voi     8 

voy  ais 

V      is 

ver    rai 

"       8 

"     ais 

"     is 

"     ras 

"       t 

"     ait 

"     it 

"     ra 

7V>«ee 

voy  on8 

"     ions 

"     imes 

"     rons. 

"     ez 

"     iez 

"     ites 

"     rez 

voi    ent 

"     aient 

"     irent 

•'      rent 

(a) 

Touloir 

voulant 

voulu 

ven    X 

vonl  ais 

voul  us 

voud  rai 

"        X 

"     ais 

"     us 

"     ras 

"     t 

"     ait 

"     ut 

"     ra 

nwUh(wm, 

vonl  ons 

"     ions 

"    fimes 

"     rons 

te  wiUing, 

"     ez 

"     iez 

"     utes 

"     rez 

want) 

"     ent 

"      aient 

"     urent 

"      rent 

APPENDIX 


297 


Irregular  Verbs 


Cond 

itional 
)od. 

Imperative 
Mood. 

Subjunctive  Mood. 

Compounds  and  Derivatives 

conjugated  in  Same 

Manner. 

M 

PRESENT. 

IMPERFECT. 

vaud 

rais 

rais 

rait 

rions 

riez 

van  X 

val    ons 
"      ez 

vaill  e 
"     es 
"     e 

val     ions 
"     iez 

valus  se 

val       ut 
valus  sions 
"     siez 

Equivalolr    Prevaloir  (se) 
Prevaloir      Kevaloir 

The  present  subjunctive  of  prSvaloir 
is  pr^vale,  privates,  private,  prevalent, 
not  pr^vaiUe,  prdvaiOet,  etc.,  as  in  va~ 
loir. 

(( 

raient 

vaill  ent 

"     sent 

viend  rais 
"     rais 
"     rait 
"      rions 
"      riez 
"     raient 

vienn  e 
"     es 
"     e 

ven     ions 
"     iez 

vienn  ent 

vins    se 

"     ses 

v      •  int 

vins    sions 

"      siez 

"      sent 

Advenir                Parvenir 
Contrevenir  (a)i  Preveniri 
Circonvenir  i        Provenir 
Convenir(a)i       Kevenir 
Convenir  (de)       Souvenir  (se)  de 
Devenir                 Ressouvenir  (se) 
Disconvenir          Subvenii-i 
Intervenir             Survenir 

1  Conjugated  with  avoir. 

vien    s 

ven      ons 
"       ez 

viv 

rais 

viv  e 

vecus  se 

'i 

rais 

vi        s 

"     es 

"     ses 

;; 

rait 
rions 

viv     ons 

"     e 
"     ions 

v6c      ut 
vecus  sions 

Eevivre 
Survivre 

•' 

riez 

"       ez 

"     iez 

"     siez 

K 

raient 

"     ent 

"     sent 

ver 

rais 

rais 

rait 

rions 

riez 

raient 

voi      s 

voi    e 
"     es 
"     e 

voy   ions 
"     iez 

voi    ent 

vis    se 
"      ses 

V     it 

vis    sions 
"      siez 
"     sent 

Depourvoir  i        Pourvoir  * 

Entrevoir            Prevoir2 

Re  voir 

<( 

voy    ons 
"       ez 

1  Seldom  used,  except  in  the  infini- 
tive and  past  participle. 

2  Differ  only  in  the  future  and  con- 
ditional, which  become  regular  ;    but 
ponrooir  takes  u  instead  of  t  in  the  past 
definite  and  imperfect  subjunctive. 

voud 

rais 

rais 

rait 

rions 

riez 

raient 

veuill  e 
"     es 
"     e 

voul    ions 
"     iez 

veuill  ent 

voulus  se 
"      ses 
voul     ut 
voulus  sions 
"     siez 
"     sent 

yeuill  e 

veuill  ons 
veuill  ez 

No  derivative  or  compound,  ex- 
cept En  vouloir  d,  to  be  angry 
with,   bear   malice   or  ill  will   to 
any  one,  to  owe  any  one  a  prudpe  : 
il  en  Teut  d  voire  pire,  he  has  a 
grudge  against  your  father. 

298  A   BRIEF   FRENCH   COURSE 


TRANSITIVE    AND   INTRANSITIVE   VERBS 

522.  We  know  that  in  every  language,  verbs  may  be  divided 
into  two  great  classes :  — 

The  Transitive  verbs,  which  require  a  direct  object  to  com- 
plete their  meaning,  and  the  Intransitive^  which  require  either 
an  indirect  object,  or  none  at  all. 

As  in  English,  many  French  verbs  may  be  used  both  ways.  To  recog- 
nize whether  a  verb  is  transitive  or  not,  put  either  quelqu'un  or  quelque 
chose  after  it ;  only  when  it  makes  sense  with  one  of  these  words  is  the 
verb  transitive  :  Le  cheval  porte  quelqu'un  or  quelque  chose. 

Some  French  verbs  are  both  transitive  and  intransitive,  as  aider  (to 
help)  and  satisfaii-e  (to  satisfy).  Thus,  both  aider  quelqu'' un  and  aider  a 
quelqu'un  are  correct,  meaning  ''to  help  some  one,"  while  satisfaire, 
with  the  meaning  of  to  please,  to  give  satisfaction  to,  to  gratify,  etc. ,  takes 
a  direct  object,  and  an  indirect  when  it  has  the  meaning  of  to  fulfill,  to 
discharge,  to  atone  for,  etc. 

Certain  intransitive  verbs  always  take  the  auxiliary  avoir,  as  courir, 
dormir,  vivre,  and  some  etre,  as,  aller,  arriver,  veiiir,  etc.  :  — 

J'ai  v^cu  k  Paris.  Je  suis  all^  k  Rome. 

So  that  it  may  appear  that  compound  tenses  of  some  intransitive  verbs 
have  the  same  conjugation  as  some  transitive  verbs  in  the  passive  voice ; 
but  their  analogous  forms  are  not  corresponding  in  tenses.  For  instance, 
je  suis  respecte  is  a  present  tense,  whilst  je  suis  arrive  is  a  past  indefinite  or 
perfect  tense.  Finally,  some  intransitive  verbs  are  conjugated  with  avoir 
when  they  express  an  action,  and  with  §tre  when  expressive  of  a  state,  as, 
entrer,  descendre,  monter,  partir,  rester,  vieillir,  disparaitre,  etc. 

On  dit  que  cet  homme  a  disparu        Cet  homme  est  dispam  depuis  une 
tout  k  coup.  dizaine  d'ann^es. 


523.     These  Verbs,  which  take  no  Preposition  in  English,  must 

BE    FOLLOWED    BY    k    IN    FrENCH  : 

♦convenir  a,  to  suit.  ob^ir  k,  to  obey. 

se  fier  k,  to  trust.  *plaire  k,  to  please. 

succ^der  k,  to  succeed. 


APPENDIX 


299 


524c:»     These  Verbs  are  followed  by  de  :  — 

abuser  de,  to  abuse.         changer  de,  to  change,     se  moquer  de,  to  laugh 
approcher  de,   to   ap-  *convenir  de,  to  agree        at. 
proach.  to.  *se  servir  de,  to  use. 

*avoir  garde  de,  to  take    douter  de,  to  doubt.       *se  souvenir  de,  to  re- 
care  not  to,  to  mind    jouir  de,  to  enjoy.  member, 
lest.                               manquer  de,  to  want.      user  de,  to  use. 


625, 


List  of  Verbs  governing  the  Infinitive  without  a 
Preposition 


aflfirraer,  to  affirm. 
aimer  mieux,  to  prefer. 
*aller,  to  go,  to  be  about 

to. 
apercevoir,  to  perceive. 
assurer,  to  assert. 
avouer,  to  confess. 
compter,  to  expect. 
concevoir,  to  conceive, 

to  represent  to  one's 

self. 
confesser,  to  confess. 
*croire,  to  believe. 
daigner,  to  deign. 
declarer,  to  declare. 
d^poser,  to  depose  (as 

a  witness). 
d^sirer,  to  desire. 
*devoir,  to  be  to,  to  have 

to,  must. 


^couter,  to  listen. 

entendre,  to  hear. 
*envoyer,  to  send. 

esp^rer,  to  hope. 
*faillir,   to   have    liked 

to,  to  be  near. 
*faire,  to  cause,  to  get, 

to  have. 
*falloir,  to  be  necessary. 

s'imaginer,  to  fancy. 

laisser,  to  allow,  to  let. 

mener,  to  take. 

nier,  to  deny. 

observer,  to  observe. 

oser,  to  dare. 
*ouir,  to  hear. 
*paraitre,  to  appear. 

penser,  to  think  of,  to 
be  near. 
*pouvoir,  to  be  able. 


pr^fdrer,  to  prefer. 

pr^tendre,  to  pretend. 

rapporter,  to  relate. 
*reconnaitre,      to      ac- 
knowledge. 

regarder,  to  look  at. 

retourner,  to  go  back. 
*revenir,  to  come  back. 
*savoir,  to  know. 

sembler,  to  seem. 
*sentir,  to  feel. 

souhaiter,  to  wish. 
*soutenir,  to  maintain. 

t^moigner,  to  testify. 
*valoir    mieux,    to     be 

better. 
*venir,  to  come. 
*voir,  to  see. 
*vouloir,  to  be  willing, 
to  wish,  to  desire. 


526.     List  of  Verbs  requiring  k  before  an  Infinitive 


s'abaisser,  to  stoop  to. 

aboutir,  to  end  in. 

s'accorder,    to     agree 
in. 

s'accoutumer,  to  accus- 
tom one'^s  self. 

s'acharner,  to  be  eager 
at. 
*admettre,  to  admit. 

s'adonner,     to     apply 
one^s  self. 

aguerrir,  to  inure. 

s'aguerrir,     to     inure 
one'^s  self. 


aider,  to  help. 
aimer,  to  like. 
amener,  to  bring. 
s'amuser,  to  amiise  one^s 

self 
appeler,  to  call. 
s'appliquer,  to  apply. 
*apprendre,  to  learn. 
s'appreter,  to  prepare 

one's  self. 
s'arrgter,    to   stop,   to 

stay. 
aspirer,  to  aspire. 
assigner,  to  summons. 


assujettir,  to  compel. 
s'assujettir,  to  submit. 
s'attacher,  to  make  it 

one's  study. 
s'attendre,  to  expect. 
autoriser,  to  authorize. 
s'avilir,  to  demean  one's 

self 
*avoir,  to  have. 
balancer,  to  hesitate. 
se  borner,    to  confine 

one's  self. 
chercher,  to  seek. 
commencer,  to  begin. 


300 


A    BRIEF  FRENCH   COURSE 


*se    complaire,    to    de- 
light. 
*concourir,  to  concur. 

condamner,     to    con- 
demn. 

se  condamner,  to  con- 
demn one's  self. 

condescendre,  to  con- 
descend. 
*conduire,  to  lead. 
♦consentir,  to  consent. 

consister,  to  consist. 

conspirer,  to  conspire. 

se  consumer,  to  ruin 
one's  health. 

contribuer,  to  contrib- 
ute. 

convier,  to  invite. 

couter,  to  cost. 

decider,  to  persuade. 

se  decider,  to  decide. 

demander,  to  ask. 

d^penser,  to  spend. 
*d6sapprendre,   to   un- 
learn. 

destiner,  to  destine,  to 
design. 

determiner,     to    per- 
suade, to  induce. 

se  determiner,  to  deter- 
mine. 

se  d^vouer,  to  devote 
one''s  self. 

disposer,  to  prepare,  to 
fit. 

se  disposer,  to  prepare. 

donner,  to  give. 

dresser,  to  train. 

employer,  to  employ,  to 
occupy. 

s' employer,  to  employ, 
to  occupy  one^s  self. 

encourager,  to  encour- 
age. 

s'encourager,  to  incite 
one''s  self. 

s'engager,  to  bind  one's 
self 


engager,  to  induce. 

s'euhardir,     to     make 
bold. 

s'enrichir,  to  grow  rich. 

enseigner,  to  teach. 

s' entendre,    to    know 
how. 

s'entSter,  to  be  obsti- 
nate. 
*etre,  to  be. 

s'etudier,   to  make  it 
one''s  study. 

exceller,  to  excel. 

exciter,  to  urge. 

s'exciter,  to  stimulate 
one''s  self. 

s'exercer,    to 
one's  self. 

exhorter,  to  exhort. 

s'exposer,     to    expose 
one's  self. 

se  fatiguer,  to  fatigue 
one's  self 

gagner,  to  gain. 

s'habituer,    to    accus- 
tom one's  self. 

se  hasarder,  to  venture. 

h^siter,  to  hesitate. 


persev^rer,  to  perse- 
vere. 

persister,  to  persist. 
*se  plaire,  to  delight. 

plier,  to  bend. 

se  plier,  to  bend,  to 
stoop. 

porter,  to  induce,  to 
prompt. 

pousser,  to  urge,  to 
incite. 

preparer,  to  prepare. 

se  preparer,  to  prepare 
one's  self. 

pr^tendre,  to  aspire. 

provoquer,  to  provoke, 
exercise  *reduire,  to  reduce. 

se  refuser,  to  refuse 
one's  self,  not  to  ad- 
mit. 

renoncer,  to  renounce. 

r^pugner,  to  be  repug- 
nant. 

se  r^signer,  to  resign, 
to  submit  one's  self. 
*se  r^soudre,  to  deter- 
mine, to  resolve. 

r^ussir,  to  succeed. 

sacrifier,  to  sacrifice. 


♦instruire,  to  instruct 

*sMnstruire,  to  instruct  *servir,  to  serve. 

one's  self.  songer,  to  think, 

mviter,  to  invite,  to  ask.  *suffire,     to    be     sujffi- 

*se  mettre,  to  set  about,  cient. 

to  begin.  tarder,  to  delay,  to  be 


s'obstiner,  to  be  obsti- 
nate. 

occuper,  to  occupy,  to 
employ. 

s' occuper,    to    be   en- 
gaged (in). 
♦s'offrir,     to    offer,    to 


long. 
tendre,  to  tend. 
travailler,  to  study,  to 

endeavor. 
se  tuer,    to  kill  one's 

self,   to    take   much 

trouble. 
veiller,  to  watch. 


stand  forth. 

s'opiniatrer,  to  be  ob-  *venir,  to  happen. 

stinate.  viser,   to  aim,   to   as- 

*parvenir,  to  succeed.  pire. 

pencher,  to  lean.  vouer,  to  devote. 

penser,    to    think,    to  se    vouer,    to    devote, 

have  thoughts.  to  apply  one's  self. 

Note.  —  Lists  523  to  527  are  given  only  for  reference.    A  few  of  the 
verbs  may  be  taken  every  week,  and  sentences  constructed  upon  them. 


APPENDIX 


301 


527.    List  of  Verbs  requiring  de  before  an  Infinitive 


*absoudre,  to  absolve. 
*s'absteiiir,  to  forbear. 

accepter,  to  accept. 

accorder,  to  permit. 

accuser,  to  accuse. 

achever,  to  finish. 

affecter,  to  affect. 

ambitionner,  to  be  am- 
bitious to. 

appr^hender,  to  appre- 
hend. 

s'arreter,  to  stop. 

attendre,  to  wait. 

s'aviser,     to     bethink 
one's  self. 

biamer,  to  blame. 

bruler,  to  be  impatient. 

cesser,  to  cease. 

charger,  to  charge. 

charmer,  to  charm. 

choisir,  to  choose. 

choqu^    (etre),    to    be 
shocked. 

commander,    to    com- 
mand. 

conjurer,  to  entreat. 

conseiller,  to  advise. 

se    contenter,     to    be 
satisfied  to. 
*convenir,  to  agree. 
*craindre,  to  fear. 

crier,  to  cry  out. 

decider,  to  decide. 

d^daigner,  to  disdain. 

d^fendre,  to  forbid. 

d^gouter,  to  disgust. 

demander,  to  ask. 

se  d^pecher,  to  make 
haste. 

d^pendre,  to  depend. 
*d6plaire,  to  displease. 

d^sesp^rer,  to  despair. 

d^shabituer,     to     dis- 
accustom one^s  self. 

d^tester,  to  detest. 

diff^rer,  to  differ. 
*dire,  to  say,  to  tell. 

discontinuer,    to    dis- 
continue. 


*6crire,  to  write. 

s'eftorcer,      to      exert 
one''s  self. 

^luder,  to  elude. 

s'embarrasser,  to  trou- 
ble one^s  head. 

empecher,  to  hinder. 

s'empresser,      to      be 
eager,  to  hasten. 
*enjoindre,  to  enjoin. 

s'ennuyer,  to  be  weary. 
*entreprendre,  io  under- 
take. 

essayer,  to  try. 

s'^tonner,  to  wonder. 

6viter,  to  shun. 

s'excuser,     to     excuse 
one''s  self. 

se  f  §,cher,  to  get  angry. 
*feindre,  to  pretend. 

finir,  to  finish. 

se    flatter,    to    flatter 
one''s  self  to  hope. 

fr^mir,  to  shudder. 

gager,  to  wager. 

se  garder,  to  take  care 
not. 

g^mir,  to  groan. 

se  hater,  to  make  haste. 

imaginer,  to  take  into 
one''s  head. 

s'indigner,  to  be  indig- 
nant. 

inspirer,  to  inspire. 
*interdire,  to  forbid. 

jurer,  to  swear. 

louer,  to  praise. 

mander,  to  write  word. 

manquer,  to  fail  to. 

ra^diter,     to    contem- 
plate, to  project. 

se  meler,  to  interfere. 

menacer,  to  threaten. 

m^riter,  to  deserve. 

n^gliger,  to  neglect. 

obliger,   to   oblige,   to 
do  a  service. 

*obtenir,  to  obtain. 

*ofErir,  to  offer. 


*omettre,  to  omit. 

ordonner,  to  prescribe^ 
to  order. 

oublier,  to  forget. 

pardonner,  to  forgive. 

parler,  to  talk. 
*permettre,  to  permit,  to 
allow. 

persuader,  to  persuade. 

se  piquer,  to  pride  one^s 

self. 
*se    plaindre,  to    com- 
plain. 

prier,    to    request,    to 
ask. 

projeter,  to  project. 
*promettre,  to  promise. 

proposer,  to  propose. 

se  proposer,  to  purpose. 

protester,  to  protest. 

recommander,   to  rec- 
ommend. 

redouter,  to  fear. 

refuser,  to  refuse. 

regretter,  to  regret. 

se  r^jouir,  to  rejoice. 

remercier,  to  thank. 
*se  repentir,  to  repent. 

reprocher,  to  reproach. 

se  reserver,  to  reserve 
to  one''s  self  a  right. 
*r^soudre,  to  resolve. 

risquer,  to  risk. 
*rire,  to  laugh. 

rougir,  to  blush. 

sommer,  to  summons. 

se  soucier,  to  mind,  to 
care. 

soup9onner,  to  suspect. 
*se  souvenir,  to  remem- 
ber. 

sugg^rer,  to  suggest. 

tenter,  to  attempt. 

tacher,  to  endeavor. 

trembler,  to  fear. 

triompher,  to  triumph. 

se  vanter,  to  boast. 
*venir    (de),    to    have 
just. 


302  BRIEF  FRENCH   COURSE 

AGREEMENT    OF    THE  VERB   WITH    ITS    SUBJECT 

528.  As  in  English,  the  verb  agrees  in  gender  and  number 
with  its  subject:  Mon  cousin  est  craintif.  Mes  nieces  sont 
mariees. 

1.  When  the  conjunctions  et,  ou,  and  7ii  unite  two  subjects 
of  different  persons,  the  verb  is  put  in  the  plural,  and  agrees 
with  the  person  which  holds  priority.  (The  1st  pers.  holds 
priority  over  the  2d  and  the  2d  over  the  3d.) 

N*est  ce  pas  que  mon  fr^re  et  toi  Did  not  my  brother  and  you  go 

etes  all^s  hier  k  la  peche  ?  fishing  yesterday  ? 

Oui,  mon  cher,  et  lui  ou  moi  irons  Fes,  my  friend,  and  he  or  I  will  go 

demain  k  la  chasse.  hunting  to-morrow. 

Ni  votre  p6re  ni  moi  ne  nous  ab-  Neither  your  father  nor  I  will  ab- 

senterons  alors.  sent  ourselves  then. 

2.  Under  the  new  rules  of  syntax,  and  contrary  to  English 
usage,  when  several  subjects  in  the  singular  united  by  ni, 
commey  ainsi  qy£,  or  other  equivalent  locutions,  precede  a  verb, 
the  verb  must  stand  in  the  plural:  —  Je  vous  dis  que  ni  I'un 
ni  I'autre  ne  me  plaisent,  /  say  that  neither  the  one  nor  the  other 
pleases  me;  le  general  avec  quelques  officiers  sont  arrives,  the 
general,  with  a  few  officers,  has  arrived. 

3.  Where  two  verbs  occur  together  in  a  clause  —  one  transi- 
tive, the  other  intransitive  —  they  cannot  have  a  common  com- 
plement. We  could  not  say,  as  in  English :  Un  eleve  devrait 
aimer  et  plaire  a  ses  instructeurs,  but :  Un  4l^ve  devrait  aimer 
ses  instructeurs  et  leur  plaire. 

EXCEPTIONS  TO  THE   RULE   OF  THE  TENSES  OF  THE 
SUBJUNCTIVE 

Present  and  Perfect 

529.  When  the  verb  of  the  principal  clause  is  in  the  present 
indicative,  future,  or  in  the  present  conditional,  the  dependent 
verb  is  put :  — 


APPENDIX  303 

(a)  In  the  present  subjunctive  to  express  a  present  or  future 
action,  and  (b)  in  the  perfect  subjunctive  to  express  a  past 
action :  — 

(a)  Je  desire,  d^sirerai,  d^sirerais  que  vous  buviez  du  chocolat. 
(6)  Je  doute,  douterai,  douterais  qu'elles  aient  bu  du  chocolat. 

Imperfect  and  Pluperfect 

530.  When  the  verb  of  the  principal  clause  is  in  one  of  the 
past  tenses  or  the  conditional  perfect,  the  verb  of  the  dependent 
clause  is  put :  — 

(a)  In  the  imperfect  subjunctive  to  express  a  present  or  future 
action,  and  (6)  in  the  pluperfect  to  express  a  past  action :  — 

(a)  Mon  oncle  voulait,  voulut,  a  voulu,  avait  voulu,  aurait  voulu  que 
vous  bussiez  du  lait  avec  lui,  h  present  ou  plus  tard. 

(b)  Vous  doutiez,  vous  doutates,  vous  avez  dout§,  vous  aviez  dout6, 
vous  auriez  dout6  que  j'eusse  bu  de  la  limonade  le  mois  dernier. 

1.  Although  the  verb  in  the  principal  clause  is  in  the 
present,  future,  or  2^^(isent  conditional,  use  the  imperfect  or  plu- 
perfect subjunctive  when  the  subordinate  clause  is  accompanied 
by  some  condition  (si  or  saris)  expressed  or  understood :  — 

Personne  ne  croit,  ne  croira,  ou  ne  croirait  que  vous  eussiez  bu  cette 
drogue  sans  le  consentement  de  votre  m^decin. 

Je  ne  crois  pas  que  votre  mfere  vous  eiit  fait  ces  reproches  si  elle  avait 
connu  la  cause  de  votre  conduite. 

Je  ne  pense  pas  que  vous  eussiez  parl6  autrement  que  moi  (si  vous 
aviez  6t6  k  ma  place,  understood). 

2.  Whatever  may  be  the  tense  of  the  verb  of  the  principal 
clause,  put  the  verb  of  the  dependent  clause  in  the  present 
subjunctive,  when  you  speak  of  something  always  true,  or  of 
something  which  is  true  at  the  time  of  speaking :  — 

Pour  etre  heureux,  11  faut,  11  faudralt,  11  a  fallu,  que  Thomme  crole 
en  Dieu. 


304  A   BRIEF   FRENCH   COURSE 


THE  SECOND   FORM   OF  THE  CONDITIONAL  PERFECT 

531.  The  pluperfect  subjunctive  of  avoir  or  etre  is  sometimes 
used  in  elevated  style  (without  que)  as  a  second  form  of  the 
conditional  perfect:  — 

J'eusse  eu,  I  should  have  had.  Je  fusse  sorti,  /  should  have  gone  out. 

tu  eusses  eu.  tu  fusses  sorti. 

il  efit  eu.  il  f  ut  sorti. 

nous  eussions  eu.  nous  fussions  sortis. 

vous  eussiez  eu.  vous  fussiez  sortis. 

ils  eussent  eu.  ils  f  ussent  sortis. 

Like  the  preterite,  this  second  form  of  the  conditional  per- 
fect—  which  can  be  used  as  an  exception  only  when  there  is 
some  condition  expressed  or  understood  —  is  kept  for  elevated 
style  (see  p.  145  f.n.),  the  first  form  being  always  used  in 
conversation :  — 

Si  j'eusse  616  1^,  Cfear  n'efit  pas  Had  I  been  there,  Caesar  loould 

616  assassin^.  have  not  been  murdered. 

Pensez  vous    que    nous    fussions  Do  you  think  we  should  have  got 

sorlis  sains  et  saufs  de  la  mel^e  ?  ourselves  safe  out  of  the  melee  f 


THE  ADVERB 

FORMATION   OF   QUALIFICATIVE   ADVERBS 

532.  In  general,  qualifying  adverbs  are  formed  by  affixing 
the  syllable  -ment  to  the  feminine  adjective  (sec,  s^c/te,  seche- 
ment^  vif,  vive,  vivement,  heureux,  heureuse,  heureusement),  and 
to  the  adjective  masculine  when  it  ends  with  a  vowel  {juste, 
justeraent,  poUy  poliment).     Adverbs  are  invariable. 

Exceptions. — Impuni  makes  impunement,  prodigue,  prodigalement, 
traitre,  traitreusement.  Aveugle,  commode,  confuse,  diffuse,  enorme, 
immense,  uniforme,  etc  ,  change  the  e  mute  into  an  acute  6  ;  aveuglement, 
commodement,  confusement,  etc. 


APPENDIX  305 

1.  If  the  adjective  masculine  ends  in  a  consonant,  it  is  to 
tlie  feminine  form  that  the  suffix  -ment  is  added :  cLCtif,  active, 
activement,  complet,  complete,  compUtement,  ft-anc,  franche, 
franchement. 

Exceptions. —  Gentil  makes  gentiment.  Confus,  commun,  diffus, 
expres,  importun^  obscur,  precis,  etc.,  end  in -6ment  instead  of  -ement: 
confusement,  communement,  etc. 

2.  In  the  case  of  the  adjectives  beau,  nouveau,  fou,  and  mou, 
being  derived  from  hel,  nouvel,  fol,  mol,  the  adverbs  become 
hellement,  nouvellement,  follement,  moUement. 

3.  Should  the  adjective  end  in  -nt,  it  is  to  the  masculine 
again  that  the  suffix  -ment  is  added ;  but  the  -nt  is  changed  into 
m  in  the  process :  prudent,  prudemment,  m4chant,  m4chamment. 

Exceptions.  —  The  three  adjectives  lent,  present,  and  vehement,  make 
lentement,  presentement,  vehementement. 

4.  Besides  the  adverbs  ending  in  -ment,  there  are  many 
others,  of  which  the  following  are  the  most  usual :  — 

Ainsi,  thus,  alors,  then,  aussi,  also,  beaucoup,  much,  bien,  well,  expr6s, 
purposely,  fort,  very,  mal,  badly,  meme,  even,  souvent,  often,  toujours, 
always,  etc. 

5.  La,  there,  or  ou,  where,  adverbs,  ought  not  to  be  confused 
with  la,  article,  or  ou,  conjunction,  which  do  not  take  the  grave 
accent. 

EXCEPTIONS  TO  THE   RULE   OF   POSITION   OF  ADVERBS 

533.  We  have  seen  that,  contrary  to  English,  the  French 
adverb  can  never  be  placed  between  the  subject  and  the  verb. 
It  usually  stands  directly  after  the  verb  in  a  simple  tense,  and 
between  the  auxiliary  and  past  participle  in  compound  tenses : 
Elle  joue  bien  du  piano.     Cet  enfant  a  Inormlment  grandi. 

1.  Exceptions  to  this  rule  are  hier,  demain,  aujourd'hui,  ici,  la,  and  all 
adverbial  locutions,  which  stand  after  the  past  participle  :  — 

BRIEF    FR.    COURSE 20 


306  A   BRIEF  FRENCH  COURSE 

Nous  sommes  allfe  hier  au  theatre.        We  went  to  the  theater  yesterday. 
Mon  p6re  et  ma  m6re  sont  partis        My  father  and  mother  have  just 
tout  a  I'heure  pour  Tltalie.  left  for  Italy. 

2.  Adverbs  of  quantity,  when  qualifying  a  noun,  are  also 
placed  after  the  participle :  — 

Le  marchand  nous  a  donn^  beau-        The   storekeeper   gave    us    many 
coup  de  cerises.  cherries. 

3.  They  are  placed  before  when  qualifying  a  verb :  — 

Mas  deux  filles  se  sont  beaucoup        My  tico  daughters  enjoyed  them- 
amus^es  en  Europe.  selves  a  great  deal  in  Europe. 

THE  PREPOSITION 

534.  Monosyllabic  prepositions  precede  the  word  they 
govern;  they  are  generally  repeated,  but  for  d,  de,  en,  the 
repetition  is  compulsory.     Prepositions  are  invariable. 

1.  For   polysyllabic    prepositions   the   repetition   does  not 

happen  so  frequently.     It  is  optional  for  the  others :  — 

On  peut  dire  :  Dieu  nous  a  cr^^s  pour  le  connaitre,  Taimer,  et  le  servir, 
ou  :  Dieu  nous  a  cr^^s  pour  le  connaitre,  pour  I'aimer,  et  pour  le  servir. 

2.  No  preposition  can  ever  stand  at  the  end  of  a  clause  as 

is  sometimes  the  case  in  English :  — 

On  ne  finit  pas  une  phrase  par  une         A  preposition  is  a  bad  word  to  end 
proposition.  a  sentence  with. 

THE  CONJUNCTION 

535.  The  principal  conjunctions  are :  et,  ou,  ni,  mais,  car, 
clone,  que,  si,  comme,  lorsque,  quand,  quoique,  j)uisque,  ajin  que, 
de  sorte  que,  pendant  que,  parce  que,  dds  que,  tandis  que,  apr^s 
que,  avant  que,  de  peur  que,  etc.     Conjunctions  are  invariable. 

1.  Oil,  adverb,  with  a  grave  accent  must  not  be  confused 
with  ou,  conjunction,  which  has  no  accent  and  which  signifies 
ou  hien. 

2.  Si  is  conjunction  when  it  expresses  a  condition  and  blends 


APPENDIX 


307 


two  prepositions,  and  adverb  when  it  has  the  meaning  of  telle- 
ment  or  aussi. 

3.  Que  is  a  conjunction  only  when  it  unites  two  propositions. 
With  the  meaning  of  co^nhien  it  is  an  adverb;  it  becomes  a 
relative  pronoun  when  it  has  an  antecedent:  Void  le  livre 
que  Je  choisis. 


SIMILARITY  OF   ENGLISH   AND   FRENCH   WORDS 

536.  A  good  way  to  increase  one's  vocabulary  is  to  notice 
that  words  with  certain  endings  are  mostly  identical  in  the 
two  languages  ;  (allowing  for  accents)  such  endings  are :  — 

-ge,  -gue,  ss  privilege,  catalogue. 

-He,  "  mobile,  agile. 

-ine,  "  heroine,  sardine. 

-ion,  "  nation,  privation. 

-ude,  "  solicitude,  rectitude. 


-ace,  -ice,  as  gr(ice,  police. 

-ant, -ent,  "  petulant,  latent,  penitent. 

-acle,  "  spectacle,  obstacle 

-ade,  "  fusillade,  cannonade. 

-al,  "  royal,  papal. 

-ance,  -ence,  as  repentance,  providence,  innocence 
-ble,  "  capable,  Bible,  noble,  trouble. 


Many  other  words  (nouns  and  adjectives)  have  no   other 
difference  than  a  slight  change  in  the  termination:  — 


-acy 

-ary,  -ory 
-ancy,  -ency 
-la 
-ic,  -cal 

-ine 
-ist 
-ive 

-or,  -our 
-ous 

-ty  after  a  vowel 
-y  after  a  consonant 


changed 
into 


changed 
into 


-atie,  as  aristocratic. 

-aire,  -oire,     "  tributaire,  Gregoire. 
-ance,  -ence,  "  petulance,  decence,  regence. 
-ie,  "  Pennsylvanie,  Asie. 

-ique,  as  musique,  dogmatique,  republique. 

-in,!    as  clandestin. 
-iste,  "  liste,  baptiste. 
-if,i     "  primitif,  actif. 
-eur,    "  acteur,  mineur. 
-eux,   '■'' joyeux,  fameux. 
-16,      "  beaute,  universite. 


l-ie. 


sympathie,  monarchie,  melancolie. 


1  It  is  to  be  remarked  that  in  the /emmute  this  ending  is  identical  with  the 
English  -ive,  -ine. 


VOCABULARY 


(Irregular  verbs  are  denoted  by  the  asterisk.) 


/.    FREJVCH-Ejy-GLISH 


a,  has ;  il  y — ,  there  is,  there  are,  ago. 

A,  to,  at,  in,  by,  with,  near,  of,  on,  from. 

abandonn6,  -e,  forsaken. 

*s'abattre,  to  swoop  down. 

abdiquer,  to  abdicate. 

abolir,  to  abolish. 

abord  (d'),  first. 

aboyer,  to  bark. 

abr^grer,  to  curtail,  abridge. 

abreuver,  to  soak,  drink;  s'— ,  to 
drink. 

abri,  m.,  shelter ;  d,  1'  —  de,  sheltered 
from;  A  1' —  du  feuillage,  under 
my  foliage. 

absence, /.,  absence. 

absent,  -e,  absent. 

absolument,  absolutely,  most  de- 
cidedly. 

accent,  m.,  accent,  appeal,  cry. 

accepter,  to  accept. 

accompagner,  to  accompany,  go 
with. 

accomplir,  to  accomplish ;  s'  — ,  to  be 
accomplished. 

*accourir,  to  run,  rush. 

s'accoutumer,  to  get  accustomed. 

*accroire,  see  faire. 

accueil,  m.,  reception  ;  faire  bon — , 
to  welcome. 

accuser,  to  accuse,  reproach,  com- 
plain. 


acharn^,  -e,  furious,  obstinate, 
acheter,  to  buy. 
acteur,  m.,  actor, 
actif,  -ve,  active, 
action,/.,  action, 
actrice ,  /. ,  actress . 
Ad61e,/.,  Adele. 
addition,/.,  addition, 
adieu,  good-by,  farewell. 
*admettre,  to  admit, 
admirable,  admirable, 
admirablement,  admirably, 
admiration,  /.,  admiration, 
admirer,  to  admire, 
adopter,  to  adopt,  choose. 
adorer,  to  worship,  idolize. 
adoucir,    to     improve,     ameliorate, 

soften. 
adresser,  to  address;  s'  — ,  to  apply  to. 
Adrien,  m..,  Adrian. 
Adrienne,/.,  Adrienne. 
affaibli,  -e,  weakened,  enfeebled, 
affaire,/.,  affair  ;pL,  business, 
affection,/.,  affection, 
afiarmer,  to  affirm, 
afflig-er,  to  trouble,  afflict, 
affranchir,  to  prepay, 
affreux,  -se,  horrid, 
afln,  in  order;  —  que,  so  that,  that. 
Afrique,/.,  Africa. 
§,ge,  7n.,  age;    quel  —  avez  vous? 

how  old  are  you  ? 


309 


310 


A   BRIEF   FRENCH   COURSE 


§Lg6,  -e,  old,  aged ;  —  de  .  .  .  ans, 

.  .  .  years  old. 
ag-ent,  m.,  agent, 
agile,  agile, 
agir,  to  act. 
8'agiter,  to  bustle  about,  toss,  move; 

tremblent  et  s'agitent  (of  bells), 

toll, 
agneau,  m.,  lamb, 
agr^ablement,  pleasantly, 
ah,  ah. 

aider,  to  help, 
aie,  oh. 
aiguille,  /.,  needle ;  —  d.  tricoter,  /., 

knitting  needle, 
aiguillon,  7n.,  goad, 
aile,/.,  wing. 
aille\irs,  elsewhere, 
aimable,  amiable,  kind, 
aimer,  to  like,  love,  be  fond  of,  fancy ; 

— mieux,  to  prefer ;  s'  — ,  to  be  fond 

of  one's  self. 
a!n^,  -e,  elder  of  two,  eldest  of  several, 
ainsi,  thus,  so ;  —  que,  as  well  as,  like, 
air,  m.,  air  (mus.),  tune;  avoir  1' — , 

to  appear,  look  like,  seem. 
airain,  m.,  brass ;  1'  —  8acr6,  church 

bell, 
aise,  /.,  ease;    §tre  A  1'—,  to  feel 

well;  A  leur— ,  at  home, 
bien  aise,  glad. 
Ajaccio,  a  Corsican  city, 
ajouter,  to  add. 
alarme,/.,  alarm. 
Alaska,  lyi.,  Alaska. 
Albert,  m.,  Albert. 
Alexandre,  m.,  Alexander, 
alg^bre,/,,  algebra. 
Alg'6rie,/.,  Algeria. 
Alice,/.,  Alice, 
all^cher,  to  allure,  attract, 
all^g-re,  brisk. 
all6grement,  sprightly. 
all6gresse,  /.,  joy. 
Allemagne,  /.,  Germany. 


allemand,  -e,  German. 

Allemand,  m.,  German. 

*aller,  to  go,  go  on ;  —  bien,  to  be  well, 
feel  well ;  to  fit,  suit ;  to  keep  time 
(of  a  watch) ;  —  d,  cheval,  to  ride, 
mount ;  —  en  bateau,  to  go  rowing ; 
—  en  voiture,  to  go  driving;  s'en 
— ,  to  go  away,  part,  end ;  se  lais- 
ser  —  d.,  to  abandon,  give  one's  self 
up  to ;  comment  aliez  vous  ?  how 
are  you?  how  do  you  do?  aliens, 
let  us  go,  oh ;  s'en  —  au  ndant,  to 
come  to  nothing ;  cela  va  mieux, 
I  am  better. 

alors,  then. 

alouette,/.,  lark. 

alt6r6,  -e,  thirsty;  —  de  carnage, 
thirsting  for  blood. 

amateur,  in.,  amateur. 

ambitie\ix,  -se,  ambitious. 

ambition,/.,  ambition. 

ambre,  in.,  amber. 

g,me,  /.,  soul;  avec  — ,  with  ex- 
pression. 

amener,  to  bring  (of  living  beings). 

amer,  -6re,  bitter,  poignant. 

amferement,  bitterly. 

amdricain,  -e,  American. 

Am6ricain,  m.,  American. 

Am6rique,  /.,  America ;  —  du  Nord, 
North  America;  —  du  Sud,  South 
America. 

ami,  m.,  -e, /.,  friend;  mon— ,  my 
dear ;  mon  petit  — ,  my  little  boy. 

amiral,  m.,  admiral. 

amiti^,/.,  friendship. 

amour,  ?>i.  or/.,  love,  affection. 

amusant,  -e,  amusing. 

amusement,  m.,  amusement,  enjoy- 
ment. 

B'amuser.  to  enjoy  one's  self;  — de 
ses  amis,  to  laugh  at  one's  friends ; 
bien — .  to  have  a  jolly  time. 

an,  7n.,  year;  j'ai  six  —  s,  I  am  six 
years  old ;  par  — ,  a  year. 


VOCABULARY 


311 


ange,  m.,  angel. 

Ang61e,/.,  Angele. 

anglais,  -e,  English. 

Anglais,    m.,    Englishman;    -e,   /., 

Englishwoman;      les  — ,      English, 

British. 
Ang-leterre,  /.,  England, 
animal,  m.,  animal;   fold' — ,  upon 

my  word, 
ann^e,/.,  year. 
Annibal,  m.,  Hannibal, 
annulaire,  m.,  ring  finger, 
antichambre,/., anteroom;  faire  — , 

to  dance  attendance, 
antique,  ancient,  former, 
antith^se,/.,  antithesis. 
Antoine,  m.,  Anthony, 
aotit,  m.  {pr.  ou),  August. 
apercevoir,  v.  tr.,  to  perceive ;  s'  — , 

to  make  out,  beware  of,  notice, 
appartement,  m.,  apartment. 
*appartenir,  to  belong, 
appel,  m.,  call,  levy,  challenge, 
appeler,  to  call;  s'  — ,  to  be  named, 
app^tit,  m.,  appetite, 
applaudir,  —  d.,  to  applaud. 
B*appliquer,    to    bend    one's    mind 

to. 
apporter,  to  bring,  fetch;  take  (of 

things  and  infants). 
appr6cier,  to  appreciate,  value. 
*apprendre,   v.  tr.,  to  learn,  hear; 

—  d,  vivre  ^  quelqu'un,  to  teach 

one  good  manners. 
appr§t,  m.,  preparation, 
appui,  in.,  aid,  support,  protection, 
appuyer,  to  support,  lean. 
apr6s,  after. 

apr6s-demain,  day  after  to-morrow. 
apr6s  midi,  m.  or  /.,  afternoon, 
aquilon,  m.,  cold  northeast  wind, 
arbre,  m.,  tree, 
arbuste,  m.,  small  shrub. 
archa^Csme     (pr.    arkaism'),    m., 

archaism. 


architecture,/.,  architecture. 

ardent,  -e,  glowing,  hot. 

ardeur,/.,  ardor. 

ardoise,/.,  slate. 

argent,  m.,  silver,  money. 

arme,  /.,  weapon;   faire  des  — s,  to 

fence ;  aux  — s !  to  arms ! 
arm6e,  /.,  army, 
s'armer,  to  take  up  arms. 
Arnault,  a  French  poet, 
arracher,  to  draw,  extract, 
arranger,  to  arrange,  settle ;  s'  —  de 

fagon  ^,  to  see  to  it  that. 
arr§ter,  to  arrest,  stop,  intercept, 
arriv^e,/.,  arrival, 
arriver,  to  arrive,  come,  happen,  be- 
fall, 
arrogant,  -e,  arrogant, 
arroser,  to  water,  sprinkle, 
art.  m.,  art. 
Arthur,  m.,  Arthur, 
artiste,  m.  or/.,  artist, 
ascension,/.,  ascent. 
aspect,  m.,  sight;  de  1'—,  with  the 

sight, 
aspirer,  to  aspire,  attract, 
assassin,  m.,  murderer, 
assassiner,  to  murder, 
assaut,  attack,  storming;  prendre 

d'  — ,  to  storm, 
assemblage,  m.,  assemblage. 
*s'asseoir,  to  sit  down ;  il  s'asseoit 

ou  me  voild,,  he  sat  right  here, 
assez,  enough,  rather ;  —  bien,  quite 

well, 
assiette,/.,  plate, 
assujettir,  to  subject, 
assur^ment,  assuredly,  certainly, 
assurer,  to  assure, 
astre,  m.,  star, 
attacher,  to  attach;  s'— ,  to  cling 

to,  be  fond  of. 
attaquer,  to  attack. 
*atteindre,   to   reach,   touch;  —  le 

bord,  to  leave  the  ship. 


312 


A  BRIEF  FRENCH  COURSE 


attel6,  -e  (de),  drawn  by  (of  a  car- 
riage) . 
attendre,  to  expect,  wait  for. 
attendri,  -e,  moved,  affected, 
attentif,  -ve,  attentive, 
attraper,  to  catch ;  —  iin  rhume, 

to  catch  cold, 
attrister,  to  sadden, 
au,  at  the,  to  the,  in  the,  in.  by,  with, 
aube,/.,  dawn  of  day. 
auciin,  -e,  any ;  with  a  neg.,  no,  none, 

nobody,  not  a  single, 
audace,/.,  audacity, 
au-dessous  (de),  underneath,  below. 
au-dessus  (de),  over,  above, 
aujourdhui,    to-day,    nowadays;-— 

meme,  this  very  day. 
auparavant,  before,  beforehand, 
aupr^s,  near;  —  de,  with,  to. 
auquel,  to  which,  to  whom, 
aurore,/.,  dawn,  daybreak, 
aussi,  also,  too,  as,  so,  accordingly; 

—  ...  que,  as  ...  as  though;  — 

bien  que,  as  well  as. 
aussitot  que,  as  soon  as. 
Australie,/'.,  Australia, 
autant,  as  much,  as  many, 
autel,  »}.,  altar. 

automne.  m.  or/.,  autumn,  fall, 
automobile,  m.,  automobile, 
autour,  around. 
autre,  other ;   d>  d'  — s,  don't  tell  me ; 

Tun  r  — ,  run  de  1'  — ,  each  other ; 

les  uns  les  — s,  one  another, 
autrefois,    formerly,    once ;    d'  — , 

former, 
autrement,  otherwise, 
aux.  at  the,  to  the. 
auxquels,  auxquelles,  to  which,  to 

whom, 
avance,  is  fast  (of  a  watch), 
savancer,  to  advance,  proceed, 
avant,  before,  first :  —  de,  before ;  — 

que,  before;  en  — ,  forward, 
avant-hier,  day  before  yesterday. 


avare,  sparing. 

avec,  with. 

avenir,  7n.,  future;  d,  1'—,  hence- 
forth. 

aventure,  /.,  adventure;  d' — ,  by 
chance. 

avenue,/.,  avenue. 

avertir,  to  warn,  inform,  forewarn. 

avis,  m.,  advice,  counsel. 

avocat,  m.,  lawyer. 

♦avoir,  to  have;  —  .  .  .  ans,  to  be 
.  .  .  years  old;  qu'as  tu?  what  is 
the  matter  with  you?  —  beau,  to 
be  in  vain,  useless;  —  I'air,  to  be 
like;  —  cbaud,  to  be  warm,  hot ;  — 
le  cceur  dur,  to  be  hard-hearted; 
—  bonne  mine,  to  look  well ;  — 
peur,  to  be  afraid  ;  —  raison ,  to  be 
right ;  —  de  I'ordre,  to  be  orderly. 

avouer,  to  confess. 

avril,  m.,  April. 


hag&ge,  m.,  luggage,  baggage. 

bagrue,/.,  ring. 

bah!  pshaw! 

bai&ner,  se  — ,  to  bathe. 

bain,  711.,  bath. 

baiser,  to  kiss. 

baisser,  to  lower,  hang,  cast  down. 

bal,  m.,  ball,  dance. 

balai,  m.,  broom. 

se  balancer,  to  swing,  to  be  sus- 
pended. 

balayer,  to  sweep. 

balbutier,  to  stammer. 

balle,/.,  bullet. 

banane,/.,  banana. 

banc,  in.,  bench. 

bannir,  to  banish. 

Baptiste,  m..  Baptist. 

barbe,  /.,  beard ;  (se)  faire  la  — ,  to 
shave. 

Barberine,/.,  Barberine. 

baronne,/.,  baroness. 


VOCABULARY 


313 


barque,/.,  bark,  boat. 

bas,    -se,    low;     tout   — ,   silently; 

en  — ,  downstairs ;  —  de  la  vlUe, 

down-town, 
bas,  m.,  stocking, 
bataillon,  m.,  battalion, 
bateau,    m.,    boat;  —  ^    vapeur, 

steamboat,  steamer  ;  aller  en  — ,  to 

go  rowing, 
batiment,  m.,  building. 
b§,tir,  to  build,  erect. 
bS,ton,  m.,  stick. 
*battre,   to    beat,  strike;    se  — ,  to 

fight. 
bavard,  -e,  talkative,  fond  of  chat- 
ting, 
bavardage,  m.,  talking, 
beau,    bel,    belle,    beautiful,    fine, 

handsome ;    qu'il    est    beau,  how 

glorious  it  is ;  avoir  beau,  to  be  in 

vain,  useless. 
beaucoup,    much,    many,    a    good 

deal. 
beau  fr6re,  m., brother-in-law. 
beau  p6re,  m.,  father-in-law. 
beaut6,/.,  beauty. 
b6b6,  m.  or/.,  baby. 
bee,  m.,  beak,  bill, 
bel,  see  beau. 
Belgique,  /.,  Belgium, 
belle  m6re,/.,  mother-in-law. 
belle  scBur,/.,  sister-in-law. 
benir,  to  bless. 
B^ranger,  a  French  poet, 
berceau,  m.,  cradle, 
berceuse,/.,  rocking  chair, 
berg-er,  m.,  shepherd. 
Berthe,/.,  Bertha. 
besoin,  m.,  need,  want;  avoir — ,  to 

need. 
b§te,/.,  beast. 
b§te,  adj.,  stupid,  silly.    • 
beurre,  m.,  butter, 
bicyclette,  /.,  bicycle ;  aller  en  — , 

monter  en  — ,  to  ride  a  wheel. 


bien,  well,  very,  very  much,  many, 
quite,  most,  indeed ;  —  cult,  well 
done  (cooked)  ;  —  portant,  well ; 
eh—!  well!  hello  there;  je  veux 
— ,  willingly;  —  que,  although. 

bien,  m.,  good,  welfare,  happiness. 

bienaim^,  -e,  beloved,  darling. 

bien  6tre,  >/«,.,  welfare. 

bientot,  soon. 

bienveillance,/.,  good  will. 

bienvenu,  -e,  welcome. 

bijou,  m.,  jewel. 

bijoutier,  m.,  jeweler. 

billet,  m.,  ticket;  — de  theatre,  m., 
theater  ticket. 

bis  (Latin),  encore,  again. 

bis,  -e,  brown,  coarse  (of  bread). 

bise,/.,  winter,  north  wind. 

bissextile,  leap  (year). 

Blaise,  m.,  Blaise. 

bl^mer,  to  blame. 

blanc,  -Che,  white. 

blancheur,  /.,  whiteness. 

blanchisseur,  m.,  laundryman. 

blanchisseuse,/.,  washwoman. 

hl6,  rn.,  wheat,  corn,  grain. 

blesser,  to  wound ,  hurt ;  se  — ,  to  hurt 
one's  self,  be  wounded. 

blessure,/.,  wound. 

bleu,  -e,  blue. 

blond,  -e,  fair,  light. 

Boers,  Boers. 

boeuf,  m.,  beef,  ox.  • 

Boileau,  a  French  poet. 

*boire,  to  drink. 

le  boire,  m.,  drinking. 

bois,  m.,  wood. 

boite,/.,  box. 

boiteux,  -se,  lame. 

bon,  -ne,  good,  kind;  —  niarch6, 
cheap ;  mon  — ,  my  dear ;  ^  quoi  — , 
wnat  is  the  use. 

bonbon,  ?n.,  candy. 

bonheur,  m.,  happiness. 

Bonheur  (Rosa) ,  a  French  painter. 


314 


A   BRIEF  FRENCH   COURSE 


bonjour,  m.,  good  morning. 
bonne,  /.,  maid;    —  d' enfant,  /., 

nurse. 
bonne  nuit,/.,  good  night, 
bonsoir,  m.,  good  evening, 
bonte,/.,  kindness, 
bord,  m.,  edge,  brink  ;  —  de  la  mer, 

seaside,  shore ;  atteindre  le  — ,  to 

leave  the  ship. 
borne,  /.,  limit, 
bomer,  to  confine,  limit. 
Boston,  Boston, 
bottine,/.,  lady's  shoe, 
bouche,/.,  mouth. 
Boucher    de    Perthes,    a    French 

poet, 
boucherie,/.,  slaughter  house, 
boue,/.,  mud  ;  plein  de  — ,  muddy. 
Bouill6,  a  French  general. 
*bomllir,  to  boil,  be  hot. 
boulang-er,  ?n.,  baker, 
boulevard,  m.,  boulevard. 
Botirget  (Paul) ,  a  French  novelist, 
bourreau,  m.,  hangman. 
Bourseplate,  Flatpurse. 
bout,  111.,  end,  extremity, 
bouteille,/.,  bottle, 
bouton,    m.,    button;    —  de    man- 

chettes,  m.,  stud,  sleeve  links. 
boutonni6re,/.,  buttonhole, 
boxer,  to  box. 
branche,  /.,  branch;    en  —  de,    in 

wood, 
bras,  m.,  arm. 
brave,  brave. 

braver,  to  brave,  defy,  face, 
brillant,  -e,  glittering, 
briller,  to  shine,  gleam, 
brique,  /'.,  brick, 
briser,  to  break, 
broche,  /.,  brooch ;  —  en  dlamants, 

diamond  brooch, 
broder,  to  embi'oider. 
bronchite,/.,  bronchitis. 
brosse,  /.,  eraser,  brush. 


brosser,  to  brush. 

broxiillard,  m.,  fog,  mist;  faire  du 

— ,  to  be  foggy, 
brouillon,  «?i.,  rough  draft, 
brouter,  to  browse, 
bruit,  m.,  noise,  romor. 
brfiler,  to  burn. 

Bruxelles  {pr.  Briissel),  Brussels. 
bdcher,  m.,  stake, 
buisson,  m.,  bush. 
buissonni6re,  see  6cole. 
bureau,  m.,  oflSce,  desk, 
but,  in.,  object,  aim. 
en  butte,/.,  the  butt. 


c  stands  for  ce. 

ga  (familiar  contraction  for  cela), 
that ;  comment  —  va-t-il  ?  How 
goes  it  ? 

cacher,  to  hide. 

cadeau,  m.,  present. 

cadence,/.,  cadence. 

caf^,  m.,  coffee. 

cage,/.,  cage. 

cahier,  m.,  copy  book. 

le  CJau*e,  Cairo. 

caissier,  m.,  cashier. 

Cal^donie,/.,  ancient  name  for  Scot- 
land. 

Calif omie,/.,  California. 

camarade,  lyi.  or  /.,  comrade, 
schoolmate. 

campag-nard,  -e,  countrified. 

campag-ne,  /.,  country ;  tenii"  la  — , 
to  keep  the  field;  les  — s,  the 
districts. 

Canada,  m.,  Canada. 

candeur,/.,  candor. 

candidat,  in.,  candidate. 

candide,  candid. 

canif,  m.f  penknife. 

canne,/.,  stick,  cane. 

cantate,  /. ,  cantata. 

cantatrice,/.,  professional  singer. 


VOCABULARY 


315 


cantique,  m.,  hymn. 

canton,  m.,  a  French  territorial 
division. 

caoutchoucs,  m.,  rubber  shoes. 

capitaine,  m.,  captain. 

car,  for. 

caract6re,  m.,  character,  disposition. 

carafe,/.,  bottle,  decanter. 

carnage,  m.,  slaughter;  alt6r6  de 
— ,  thirsting  for  blood. 

carri^re,/.,  walk  of  life,  life. 

carte  g^ographique,/.,  map. 

cas,  m.,  case. 

casser,  to  break. 

catarrhe,  m.,  cold,  catarrh. 

le  Caucase,  the  Caucasus  Mountains. 

cause,/.,  cause,  reason. 

causer,  to  chat. 

causeur,  m.,-euse,/.,  conversation- 
alist. 

cave,/.,  cellar. 

ce,  it,  he,  that,  they. 

ce,  cet,  cette,  this,  that ;  ce  que,  ce 
qui,  what ;  c'est,  ce  sont,  they  are. 

ceci,  this  (thing). 

♦ceindre,  to  gird ;  —  la  couronne, 
to  be  crowned. 

cela,  that  (thing) ;  —  va  mieux,  I 
am  better. 

celeste,  celestial. 

celle,  that,  this ;  — ci,  this,  this  one ; 
Id.,  that,  that  one. 

celui,  this,  that,  the  one ;  —  qui,  he 

who  ;  —  que,  he  whom  ; ci,  the 

latter,  this,  this  one; Id.,  that, 

that  one. 

cent,  hundred. 

centi6ine,  adj.,  hundredth. 

cependant,  however,  still,  neverthe- 
less ;  —  que,  while,  whilst. 

cercueil,  m.,  coffin,  grave. 

cerise,/.,  cherry. 

certain,  -e,  certain,  sure. 

certainement,  certainly,  of  course. 

ces,  these,  those. 


cesse, /.,  ceasing;  sans — ,  unceas- 
ingly. 

cesser,  to  cease,  stop. 

c'est,  he  is,  she  is,  it  is,  there  is,  that 
is,  they  are ;  —  que,  you  know,  but. 

c'est-^-dire,  that  is  to  say. 

c'est  que,  but. 

ensure,  /.,  caesura. 

cet,  cette,  this,  that. 

ceux,  these,   those;    —   -ci,    these; 

—  -lA,  those, 
chacun,  each,  every  one. 
chagrin,  ni.,  grief,  sorrow, 
chagrin,  -e,  sad,  sorry. 

Chaillu    (Paul    du),    an    American 

naturalist, 
chafne,  /,,  chain,  fetter, 
chair,  /.,  flesh, 
chaise,  /.,  chair, 
chaleur,  /.,  heat,  warmth, 
chambre, /.,  room;  —  d.  coucher, 

bedroom  ;  —  ^    jouer,    playroom ; 

faire  une  — ,  to  clean  a  room, 
champ,   m.,   field;    fleur  des  —  s, 

field  flower. 
la  Champagne,  an  ancient  French 

province. 
champignon,  m.,  mushroom, 
changer,     to    change ;     sans  —  de 

visage,  without  turning  pale, 
chanson,  /.,  song;  —  d.  reprises, 

glee. 
chansonnette,  /.,  ditty, 
chant,  m.,  song;  —  d'6glise,  chant; 

—  fun6bre,  dirge;  —  gr^gorien, 
Gregorian  chant. 

chanter,  to  sing,  chirp. 

chanteur,  m.,  chanteuse,/.,  singer ; 

oiseau  — ,  singing  bird, 
chapeau,  m.,    hat,  bonnet;   —   de 

velours,  velvet  hat. 
chapelle,  /.,  chapel, 
chaque,  each,  every,  all. 
charger,  to  load, 
charitable,  charitable. 


316 


A  BRIEF  FRENCH   COURSE 


charit6,/.,  charity,  alms. 

Charles,  m.,  Charles. 

Charlotte,/'.,  Charlotte. 

charmant,  -e,  charming,  fair. 

charme,  m.,  charm. 

charrue,  /.,  plow:  mettre  la  — 
devant  les  bcBufs,  to  put  the  cart 
before  the  horse. 

chasse,  /.,  hunt,  hunting,  expedition. 

chasser,  to  drive  away,  chase,  hunt. 

chasseur,  m.,  hunter,  huntsman. 

chaste,  chaste. 

chat,  m.,  cat. 

ch§,teau,  m.,  castle,  mansion. 

ch§,tiinent,  m.,  punishment. 

chaud,  m.,  heat;  avoir  —  (of  living 
things) ,  faire  —  (of  temperature) , 
to  be  warm,  hot;  qu'il  fasse  — , 
qu'il  fasse  froid,  let  it  be  hot  or 
cold. 

chaud,  -e,  warm,  hot ;  au  temps  — , 
in  summer. 

chaume,  m.,  thatch. 

chaumi6re./.,  thatched  cabin,  hut. 

chaussette,  /.,  sock. 

chemin,  in.,  road,  way ;  —  de  fer, 
railroad. 

chemin^e,  /.,  chimney,  mantelpiece ; 
dessus  de  — ,  mantelpiece. 

cheminer,  to  proceed,  go. 

chemise,  /.,  shirt ;  —  de  nuit,  night- 
gown. 

ch§ne,  m.,  oak. 

Cher,  ch6re,  dear,  expensive,  precious. 

Cher,  adv.,  dear,  dearly. 

chercher,  to  look  for,  to  seek,  fetch ; 
—  &,  to  endeavor,  try.  | 

chercheur,  m.,  explorer,  seeker.         J 

ch^ri,  m.,-e,  /.,  my  dear,  darling.       | 

ch^rir,  to  cherish.  j 

cheval,  m.,  horse ;  aller  A—,  to  ride 
horseback. 

chevalier,  7n.,  knight. 

cheveu,  m.,  a  hair;  les  — x,  hair. 

cheville,  /.,  ankle. 


ch6vre,/.,  goat. 

chevreau,  m.,  kid. 

Chez,  at,  to  the  house  of;  —  soi,  elle, 
nous,  at  home. 

chien,  m.,  dog. 

chim§re,  /.,  idle  fancy. 

Chine,  /.,  China. 

chocolat,  m.,  chocolate. 

choeur,  m.,  choir,  chorus. 

choisir,  to  choose,  select. 

chose, /.,  thing;  rien  autre  —  de, 
nothing  else. 

chut!  hush! 

chute,  /.,  fall. 

ci,  here;  —  joint,  —  inclus,  here- 
with, inclosed. 

ciel,  m.,  cietix,  sky,  heavens,  climes. 

cig'ale,  /.,  grasshopper. 

cigrare,  m.,  cigar. 

cigarette,/.,  cigarette. 

cime,  /.,  summit. 

cinq,  five. 

cinquante,  fifty. 

cinqui6me,  fifth. 

circonstance,/.,  case. 

citoyen,  m.,  -ne,/.,  citizen. 

citron,  m.,  lemon. 

civiliser,  to  civilize. 

Clair,  m.,  light ;  faire  — ,  to  be  bright, 
clear;  —  de  lune, moonlight. 

Clair,  -e,  clear,  obvious. 

Clarisse,/.,  Clarissa. 

classe,  /.,  class. 

cl6,  f,  key:  prendre  la  —  des 
champs,  to  slip  away. 

client,  771.,  client,  customer. 

clientele,  /.,  customers. 

cloche,/.,  bell. 

clocher,m.,  steeple. 

cldture.  /.,  fence. 

cocher,  m.,  coachman,  driver. 

ccBur,  m.,  heart :  tous  les  —  s,  every- 
body ;  mettre  de  la  gaiety  au  — , 
to  cheer  up ;  avoir  le  —  dur,  to  be 
hard-hearted. 


VOCABULARY 


317 


cohorte,  /.,  cohort,  horde. 

coin,  111.,  corner;  —  du  feu,  fireside. 

col,  III.,  collar. 

colore,/.,  anger,  wrath  ;  en  — ,  mad, 

angry. 
Coligny,  a  French  admiral, 
colimagon,  m.,  snail, 
colin  maillard,  blindman's  buff, 
collation,/.,  lunch. 
colline,/.,hill. 
colonel,  m.,  colonel, 
colonie,/.,  colony, 
combat,  m.,  fight,  battle. 
*conibattre,  to  fight, 
combien,  how,  how  much  ;  — de,  how 

many;  — de  temps,  how  long. 
comble,  m.,  top;  pour—,  to  fill  up 

the  measure. 
com6die,/.,  comedy, 
comique,  comical, 
commander  {&) ,  to  order,  cdmmand. 
comme,  as,  like,  how ;  —  cela,  —  ci, 

—  ga,  so-so ;  — il  faut,  as  it  should 

be ;  tout  — ,  as,  like, 
commencement,  m.,  beginning, 
commencer,  to  begin, 
comment,  how,  what !  —  allez  vous  ? 

how  are  you?  how  do  you  do ? 
*commettre,  to  commit, 
commode,/.,  bureau, 
commun,  -e,  common,  mutual, 
se  communiquer,  to  give  each  other, 

(•  mmunicate. 
compagne,/.,  coriipanion,  wife, 
compagnie,/.,  company, 
comparaison,/.,  comparison, 
compassion,/.,  pity, 
complet,  -6te,  complete, 
compl^tement,  completely, 
complice,  m.  or/.,  accomplice. 
*comprendre,  to  understand;  avoir 

de  la  peine  d.  —,  to  have  difli- 

culty  in  believing. 
compte,  m.,  account, 
compter,  to  count,  rely,  expect. 


comptoir,  m.,  desk. 

concert,  m.,  concert. 

*concevoir,  to  conceive. 

*concourir,  to  compete. 

condition,  /.,  condition. 

*conduire,  to  take  to,  to  lead. 

conduite,  /.,  conduct. 

confesser,  to  confess. 

confler,  to  trust,  intrust. 

confondre,  to  confound,  baffle,  con- 
fuse. 

conforme,  conformable;  —  d,,  in  ac- 
cordance with. 

se  conformer  d.,  to  comply  with. 

confus,  -e,  confused,  abashed. 

Congo,  m.,  Kongo. 

conjuration,  /.,  conspiracy. 

conjure,  m.,  conspirator,  leagued  to- 
gether. 

connaissance,  /.,  acquaintance. 

*connaitre,  to  know,  be  acquainted 
with;  se  — d,,  to  be  known  by;  se 
—  en,  to  be  a  judge  of. 

conquerir,  to  win,  conquer. 

conseil,  m.,  advice;  le  —  d'etre 
heureux  semble  sortir  des 
choses,  the  craving  for  happiness 
seems  to  be  natural ;  —  des  Minis- 
tres,  Cabinet. 

conseiller,  to  advise. 

*consentir  (A) ,  to  consent. 

considerable,  considerable. 

consid^rer,  to  consider. 

consister,  to  consist. 

consoler,  to  console,  comfort. 

consonnance,  /.,  consonance,  con- 
cord. 

consonne,/.,  consonant. 

constamment,  constantly. 

constituer,  to  constitute. 

consul.  111.,  consul. 

consume,  -e,  burned  down. 

contemporain,  -e,  contemporaneous. 

*contenir,  to  contain,  restrain. 

content,  -e,  glad,  contented,  satisfied. 


318 


A    BRIEF   FRENCH   COURSE 


continental,  -e,  continental. 

continuer,  to  continue. 

contracter,  to  contract. 

contraire,  contrary;  au  — ,  on  the 
contrary. 

contrarier,  to  provoke,  annoy. 

centre,  against,  close  to. 

♦contredire,  to  contradict. 

contr^e,  /.,  country,  part  of  country. 

*contrefaire,  to  mimic. 

*convaincre,  to  convince. 

*convenir,  to  suit,  agree ;  —  (de),  to 
acknowledge,  agree ;  I'id^e  me  con- 
vient  assez,  the  idea  is  first  rate. 

convier,  to  invite. 

Copp^e  (Frangois),  a  French  poet. 

coquille,/.,  shell. 

corbeau,  m.,  raven. 

come,  /.,  horn;  faire  les  —  s  ^ 
quelqu'un,  to  make  game  of  one. 

corps,  ?«.,  body,  corpse. 

correspondance ,  /. ,  correspondence. 

correspondre,  to  correspond. 

corriger,  to  correct ;  se  — ,  to  mend. 

cortege,  m.,  retinue,  procession. 

costume,  in.,  costume,  suit. 

c6te,  7n.,  side. 

coteau,  m.,  hill,  hiUside. 

cotillon,  771.,  cotillon. 

coton,  m.,  cotton. 

cou,  7n.,  neck. 

coucher,  to  put  to  bed,  lay  down; 
se  — ,  to  go  to  bed. 

coucher,  m.,  setting ;  le  —  du,  un 
-de  soleil,  sunset. 

coude,  m.,  elbow. 

*coudre,  to  sew. 

couler,  to  flow,  pass,  spend. 

coup,  m.,  shot,  blow,  stroke;  — 
d'oeil,  at  a  glance;  siir  le—, out- 
right ;  —  de  fusil,  gunshot ;  A  — s 
de  fusil,  with  my  gun. 

coupe,/.,  cup. 

couper,  to  cut. 

cour,/.,  court,  courtiers. 


courag-e,  m.,  courage,  gallantry. 

courageux,  -se,  courageous. 

courant,  -e,  running. 

courant,  m.,  current. 

courber,  to  bend,  bow  down;  —  le 

dos,  to  cringe, 
♦courir,  to  run,  flicker, 
couronne,/.,  crown, 
couronne,  -e,  crowned, 
courrier,    m.,    messenger,    courier, 

mail, 
courroux,  in.,  anger,  wrath, 
cours,  m.,  current,  flow,  course;  ou 

nait  son  — ,  where  it  takes  its  rise, 
course,/.,  course,  walk,  errand  ;  faire 

une  — ,  to  go  on  an  errand, 
court,  -e,  short ;  le  plus  — ,  the  short- 
est. 
cousin,  m.,  -ine, /.,  cousin;  — grer- 

main,  first  cousin, 
couteau,  m.,  knife, 
cotiter,  to  cost, 
coutume,  /.,  custom  ;  de  — ,  usually ; 

comme  de  — ,  as  usual, 
coutiirier,  m.,  -6re,/.,  dressmaker, 
convert,  m.,  cover  (at  table);  le  — 

est  mis,  the  table  is  set. 
♦couvrir,  to  cover,  shelter, 
craie,/.,  chalk. 

*craindre  (que) ,  to  fear,  dread, 
crainte,  /". ,  fear ;  de  —  que,  for  fear 

that,  lest, 
craintif,  -ve,  fearful,  timid, 
cravate,/.,  necktie,  cravat, 
crayon,  m.,  pencil, 
creation,/.,  creation, 
creature,/.,  creature,  being. 
cr6me,/.,  cream, 
creuser,  to  dig,  hollow ;  —  profond 

et  tracer  droit,  to  plow  deep  and 

straight. 
cri,  m.,  cry,  shout, 
crier,  to  cry,  whine,  shout, 
crime,  m.,  crime, 
cristal,  m.,  crystal. 


VOCABULARY 


319 


critique,  /.,  criticism. 

critiquer,  to  criticise. 

crochet,  m.,  rag  gatherer's  hook. 

crocodile,  in.,  crocodile,  alligator. 

*croire,  to  believe;  je  le  crois  bien, 
I  dare  say ;  s'en  — ,  to  have  a  high 
opinion  of  one's  self ;  c'est  ^  n'y 
pas  — ,  it  passes  belief ;  n'allez  pas 
— ,  don't  think. 

*cro!tre,  to  grow,  increase. 

croyance,  /.,  belief,  faith ;  11  faut  d. 
rhomme  une  — ,  man  must  be  re- 
ligious. 

cruel,  -le,  cruel,  hard-hearted. 

*cueillir,  to  gather. 

cuiller,/.  (pr.  cuyere),  spoon. 

cuisine,  /.,  kitchen;  flUe  de  — , 
kitchen  maid. 

cuisinier,  m.,  -6re,/.,  cook. 

*cuire,  to  cook ;  bien  cuit,  well  done. 

curieux,  -se,  inquisitive,  curious. 

cypres,  m.,  cypress  tree. 

cytise  (bot.),  cytisus  laburnum. 

Czar,  m.  {pr.  Ksar),  Czar  or  Tsar. 


d'abord,  first. 

dame,  lady,  wife ;  grande  — ,  thor- 
ough, great  lady. 

danger,  w.,  danger. 

dangereusement,  dangerously. 

dangereux,  -se,  dangerous. 

dans,  in,  into,  to,  at,  within,  while. 

danse,/.,  dance. 

danser,  to  dance. 

date,/.,  date. 

davantage,  more. 

de,  of,  from,  any,  in,  with,  by,  than, 
about,  on. 

d^barquer,  to  disembark. 

d^bat,  m.,  debate,  discussion. 

debout,  standing. 

d^cembre,  m.,  December. 

ddcevoir,  to  disappoint,  deceive. 

d^chirer,  to  tear,  tear  out,  rend. 


decider,  to  decide ;  se  — ,  to  make  up 

one's  mind. 
decoration,  m.,  decoration,  insignia 

of  an  order. 
decourag^,  -e,  discouraged, 
decouvert,  -e,  low  (of  shoes). 
*decouvrir,  to  discover,  find  out. 
*d6faire,  to  unmake,  undo ;  se  —  de, 

to  get  rid  of. 
d^faut,  m.,  fault,  bad  quality,  defect ; 

au  —  de  or  ^  —  de,  in  the  absence 

of. 
d^fendre,  to  defend,  forbid,  protect, 

shield. 
defense,  /.,  defense, 
d^fenseur,  m.,  protector, 
dehors,  out  of  doors. 
6.6}^,  already. 
d6jeuner,  m.,  breakfast;   petit  or 

premier  — ,  early  breakfast, 
dejeuner,  to  breakfast,  take  break- 
fast. 
de  1',  de  la,  of  the,  some,  any,  from, 
d^lai,  in.,  delay. 
d61aiss6,  -e,  forsaken. 
Delavigne  (Casimir) ,  a  French  poet, 
d^licieux,  -se,  lovely. 
d61it,  ni.,  offense ;  en  flagrant  — ,  in 

the  very  act,  red-handed, 
demain,  to-morrow, 
demande,/.,  demand,  request ;  faire 

une  —  de,  to  ask  for. 
demander,  to  demand,  ask  (for) ,  beg. 
d^m^nager,  to  move  out,  remove. 
*se  d^mettre,  to  dislocate, 
demeure,/.,  dwelling,  home, 
demeurer,  to  dwell,  live. 
demi,  -e,  half;  d.—,  half, 
demie  heure,/.,  half-hour, 
demission,/.,  resignation, 
demoiselle,   /.,    young    lady;     les 

— s,  the  misses,  daughters,  young 

ladies, 
denomination,/.,  denomination. 
d6nouer,  to  untie. 


320 


A  BRIEF  FRENCH  COURSE 


dent,/.,  tooth;  mal  aux  — s,  tooth- 
ache, 
dentelle,/.,  lace, 
depart,  m.,  departure, 
se  depecher,  to  hurry  up. 
d^pens  (aux),  at  the  expense, 
d^penser,  to  spend, 
d^plaire,    to    displease;     ne    vous 

d6plaise,  with  all  due  deference  to 

you. 
d^poser,  to  deposit,  lay  down, 
d^pourvu,  -e,  unprovided,  destitute, 
depuis.   since,    for,    then,    from ;  — 

quand,    how   long?     —  quelque 

temps,  for  some  time, 
d^raciner,  to  uproot,  blow  down. 
d6ranger,  to  disturb,  trouble, 
dernier,  -6re,  last :  ce  — ,  the  latter, 
d^rober,  to  rob. 
derri6re,  behind, 
des,  of  the,  from  the,  some,  any. 
d6s,  since,  from  ;  —  que,  as  soon  as. 
d^sag^r^able,  disagreeable, 
d^sarm^,  -e,  disarmed, 
descendre,  to  come,  go  down,  slope, 

descend ,  put  up  (at  a  hotel) ;  —  dans 

la  lice,  to  enter  the  field, 
desert,  m.,  desert. 
d6sespoir,  m.,  despair;  faire  le — , 

to  be  the  despair  of. 
d^shabiller,  to  undress, 
d^sh^riter,  to  disinherit, 
d^sir,  m.,  wish, 
desirable,  desirable, 
d^sirer,  to  desire,  wish,  want ;  votre 

conduite  laisse  d.  d6sirer,  you  act 

very  badly. 
d^sobdir,  to  disobey, 
despote,  m.  and  /..  despot, 
desquels,  desquelles,  of  which,  of 

WllDUl. 

dess^ch^,  -e,  withered,  dried  up. 
dessein,  m.,  design, 
dessert,  m.,  dessert, 
dessous,  under,  below. 


dessus,  on,  upon ;  mettre  tout  sens 

—  dessous,    to    turn    everything 
topsy-turvy. 

destin,  ?».,  fate. 

destination,  /.,  destination ;  A  —  de, 

through  to. 
destin^e,/.,  fate,  life, 
destructeur,  m.,  destroyer. 
d6su6tude,/.,  disuse, 
d^tach^,  -e,  detached. 
6.6termin6,   -e,    determined,    fixed, 

resolute. 
d6tester,  to  detest,  dislike. 
d6tour,  ??i.,  winding, 
d^toiimer,  to  turn  aside, 
d^tresse,  /.,  distress,  anguish, 
♦ddtruire,  to  destroy, 
deuil,  m.,  mourning;  prendre  le— , 

to  put  on  mourning, 
deux,  two ;  —  fois,  twice. 
deuxi6me,  second, 
devant,  before,  in  front;  aller  au 

—  (de),  to  go  to  meet. 
d6vaster,  to  lay  waste, 
d^velopper,  to  develop. 
*devenir,  to  become,  grow, 
deviner,  to  guess. 

devoir,  m.,  duty,  task,  lesson,  work, 
♦devoir,   v.,   to  owe,    must,   ought, 

have  to. 
d^vorer,  to  devour,  consume, 
diamant,  m.,  diamond. 
di6te,  /.,  diet. 
Dieu,    m.,    Grod;    grand   — ,   great 

Heavens  :   bon  — ,  Heaven, 
different,  -e,  different,  unlike,  differ- 


difflcile,  diflicult;  faire  le 

dainty,  fastidious. 
difflcuit6,  /.,  difficulty, 
digne,  worthy, 
digue,  /.,  dike,  barrier, 
dimanche.  m.,  Sunday, 
diner,  m.,  dinner, 
diner,  to  dine. 


to  be 


VOCABULARY 


321 


*dire,  to  tell,  say,  speak,  talk;  on 
dirait,  oue  would  think,  it  looks 
like ;  avoir  beau  — ,  to  be  useless  to 
talk ;  on  dit,  it  is  said  ;  se  laisser 
— ,  to  let  one's  self  believe ;  il  n'y 
a  pas  d.  — ,  there  is  nothing  to  be 
said ;  sans  mot  — ,  without  a  word ; 
^  vrai  — ,  to  tell  the  truth  ;  vouloir 
— ,  to  mean;  pour  ainsi  — ,  so 
to  speak ;  se  —  adieu,  to  say  good- 
by ;  quoi  qu'on  en  dise  ;  whatever 
one  may  say. 

discours,  m.,  speech. 

discret,  -6te,  discreet. 

discussion,  /.,  discussion. 

discuter,  to  discuss,  reason. 

*disparaitre,  to  disappear. 

dissip^,  -e,  wild. 

distinctement,  clearly,  distinctly. 

distingue,  -e,  distinguished. 

distrait,  -e,  inattentive. 

division,  /.,  division. 

dix,  ten. 

dix  huit,  eighteen. 

dix  neuf,  nineteen. 

dix  sept,  seventeen. 

dock,  m.,  dock. 

doigt,  m.,  finger;  petit—,  little 
finger. 

dollar,  m.,  dollar. 

domestique,  m.  or  /.,  servant. 

dominer,  to  dominate. 

dommag-e,  m.,  damage. 

don,  m.,  gift. 

done  {pr.  cZongwe), then, accordingly. 

donner,  to  give. 

dont,  which,  of  which,  with  which, 
of  whom,  whose ;  ce  — ,  what. 

♦dormir,  to  sleep. 

dos,  m.,  back. 

dot,  /.  {pr.  doW),  dowry. 

douillet,  -ette,  tender. 

douleur,  /.,  grief,  pain,  sorrow. 

doute,  m.,  doubt;  sans  — ,  doubt- 
less, no  doubt. 

BRIEF   FR.  COURSE — 21 


douter,  to  doubt ;  se  — ,  to  suspect ; 
ne  pas  s'en  — ,  not  to  have  the 
least  idea  of  it. 

doux,  -ce,  gentle,  sweet,  good- 
natured  ;    faire  — ,  to  be  mild. 

douzaine,  /.,  dozen. 

douze,  twelve. 

drap,  m.,  cloth. 

drapeau,  m.,  flag,  standard,  colors. 

dresser,  to  set,  draw  up. 

droit,  m.,  right,  straight;  d.  droite, 
on,  to  the  right. 

du,  of  the,  in  the,  at  the,  from  the, 
some,  any. 

duo,  m.,  duet. 

Dupont  (Pierre),  a  French  song 
writer  and  poet. 

duquel,  of  whom,  of  which. 

dur,  hard,  stale. 

dussd  je,  even  though. 


eau,/.,  water;  —  glac^e,  ice  water. 
6bat,  m.,  frolic,  gambol, 
^blouir,  to  dazzle. 
6cliafaud,  m.,  scaffold, 
^chapper,  to  escape. 
4cha,VLd6,  -e,  scalded, 
^chauffer,  to  warm  up,  excite, 
^cho,  m.,  echo. 
6clair,  m.,  lightning;   faire  des  — s, 

to  lighten. 
6clatant,  -e,  brilliant. 
6clater,  to  break  out,  burst  forth. 
*6clore,  to  bring  forth  or  out. 
6cole,  /.,  school ;  faire  1'—  buisson- 

ni6re,  to  play  truant, 
^conome,  economical,  sparing, 
^conomie,  /.,  savings. 
6cossais,  -e,  Scotch. 
Ecossais,  m.,  Scotchman. 
Ecosse,  /.,  Scotland. 
s'^couler,  to  glide,  pass  away. 
6couter,  to  listen,  listen  to. 
^eraser,  to  crush. 


322 


A  BRIEF  FRENCH  COURSE 


s'^crier,  to  exclaim,  shout. 

♦ecrire,  to  write. 

6cume,  /.,  foam. 

6diflce,  m.,  building. 

Edmond,  m.,  Edmund. 

Edouard,  m.,  Edward. 

Education,  /.,  education. 

s'ef facer,  to  be  obliterated,  become 
effaced. 

effet,  m.,  fact;  en  — ,  in  fact,  in- 
deed. 

effets,  m.pL,  clothing. 

eflaeurer,  to  graze,  touch  slightly. 

effort,  m.,  effort. 

s'effrayer,  to  be  frightened. 

effrdn^,  -e,  lawless. 

effroi,  7n.,  fear,  terror. 

egal,  equal ;  cela  m'est  — ,  it  is  all 
the  same  to  me. 

dgarer,  to  mislay. 

^g-lise,  _/'.,  church. 

^goiste,  m.  or/.,  egotist. 

^gorger,  to  slaughter,  slay. 

6gratig"ner,  to  scratch, 

Egypte,  Egypt. 

s'^lancer,  to  spring  up,  burst  forth. 

element,  m.,  element. 

616 ve,  m.  or  /.,  pupil. 

61ev6,  -e,  brought  up,  bred  ;  bien  — , 
well  bred ;  mal  — ,  ill  bred. 

Clever,  to  raise ;  s'— ,  to  be  erected. 

Glider,  to  elide,  cut  off. 

Elision,/.,  elision. 

elle,  /.,  she,  her,  it ;  —  in§me,  her- 
self; elles,  /.,  they,  them;  — 
in§ines,  themselves. 

Eloigner,  to  remove,  go  away. 

emballer,  to  pack. 

embarrasser,  to  confuse,  embarrass. 

embarquer,  to  embark. 

embaumer,  to  perfume,  scent. 

embellir,  to  embellish. 

einbras6.  -e,  burning,  blazing. 

embrasser,  to  kiss,  to  embrace,  hug. 

6meraude,  /.,  emerald. 


Emigrant,  m.,  emigrant. 
Emile,  m.,  Emile. 
Emilie,  /.,  Emily. 

j  emmener,  to  bring,  take  away  (of 
I     persons  and  animals). 
6moi,  ;n.,  emotion,  excitement. 
einp§clier,  to  prevent, 
empereur,  m.,  emperor, 
empire,  m.,  empire,  dominion,  realm, 
emplette,/., purchase;  fairedes— s, 

to  make  purchases,  go  shopping, 
emplir,  to  fill  up. 
emploi,  m.,  position, 
employer,  to  employ, 
empoisomier,  to  poison ;  s'— ,  to  take 

poison. 
emporter,  to  carry,  take  away  (of 

things  and  babies),  to  sweep  away 

and  destroy, 
emprunter,  to  borrow, 
empriinteur ,  m.,  -euse ,  /. ,  borrower, 
en  {pron.),  of  it,  of  him,  of  her,  of 

them,    for    it,    some,    any,    hence, 

thence,  from  there ;  (prep.) ,  in,  into, 

at,  with,   by,  within,   to,  through, 

while,  like:  ou  Ton  —  est,  which 

way  to  turn, 
encens,  m.,  incense, 
enchalner,  to  chain,  fetter,  detain, 

captivate,  bind  together, 
enchanter,  to  delight,  enchant, 
encore,  again,  still,  yet,  even,  more, 

now,  only,  once  more,  as  yet. 
encourag-er,  to  urge,vencourage. 
encre,  /.,  ink. 
encrier,  m.,  inkstand, 
♦endormir,  to  put  to  sleep ;  s'— ,  to 

go  to  sleep. 
6nergrie,  /.,  energy, 
enfance,  /.,  childhood, 
enfant,  m.  or/.,  child;  —  terrible, 

torment ;  faire  1'—,  to  be  childish, 
enfln,  at  last,  finally, 
enflammer,  to  heat,  inflame, 
♦s'enfxiir,  to  flee,  take  to  flight. 


VOCABULARY 


323 


engager,  to  urge,  induce. 

eng-elure,  /.,  chilblain. 

engloutir,  to  swallow  up,  engulf. 

enivr^,  -e,  intoxicated. 

s'enivrer,  to  be  intoxicated. 

enlaidir,  to  grow  ugly. 

ennemi,  711.,  -e,/.,  enemy. 

6norine,  enormous. 

6norm6ment,  enormously. 

enregistrer,  to  check  (baggage) ; 
faire  — ,  to  have  .  .  .  checked. 

s'enrhumer,  to  catch  cold ;  6tre 
enrhum^,  to  have  a  cold. 

enseigner,  to  teach. 

ensemble,  together. 

ensuite,  then,  afterwards. 

entendre,  to  hear,  intend,  mean;  — 
dire,  to  hear  it  said. 

*entreprendre,  to  undertake,  es- 
pouse. 

ent§t^,  -e,  obstinate. 

enthousiasme,  in.,  enthusiasm. 

entier,  -6re,  whole,  entire. 

entrainer,  to  involve,  entail. 

entraves,  /.  pL,  fetters. 

entre,  between,  through. 

*entreprendre,  to  undertake. 

entreprise,  /.,  undertaking. 

entrer,  to  go  in,  enter;  —  en  ma- 
nage, to  be  married ;  —  au  theatre, 
to  go  on  the  stage. 

♦entretenir,  to  support,  maintain, 
entertain. 

*entrevoir,  to  catch  a  glimpse. 

envahir,  to  invade. 

envelopper,  to  envelop,  surround. 

envers,  towards. 

envie,  /.,  envy,  desire ;  avoir  —  de, 
to  have  a  mind  to. 

environ,  about. 

environner,  to  surround. 

envoler,  to  fly ;  s' — ,  to  take  flight. 

♦envoy er,  to  send. 

6pai8,  -se,  thick,  close,  serried. 

^pargner,  to  save,  to  spare. 


6pars,     -e,     scattered,     disheveled, 

loose. 
6paule,/.,  shoulder. 
6p6e,f.,  sword. 
6pice,/.,  spice. 
6pine,/.,  thorn. 
Sponge,/.,  sponge. 
6pouse,  /.,  wife. 
6pouvantable,  appalling,  dreadful, 

fearful, 
^pouvante,/.,  fright,  terror, 
^poux,  ni.,  husband;  pL,  man  and 

wife,  married  couple. 
*s'^prendre,  to  be  smitten, 
s'^puiser,  to  be  exhausted. 
Equitation,  /.,  horsemanship;  Ecole 

d' — ,  riding  school. 
Arable,  m.,  maple;  en  bois  d'— ,  of 

maple  wood. 
Ernest,  m.,  Ernest, 
errer  (obsolete),  to  wander,  stroll, 
erreur,/.,  error,  mistake, 
esclavage,  m.,  slavery, 
esclave,  m.  or  /.,  slave, 
escorte,/.,  escort,  retinue, 
espagnol,  -e,  Spanish. 
espErance,/.,  hope. 
espErer,  to  hope,  expect, 
esprit,  m.,  spirit,  wit,  mind ;  — s  in- 

fernaux,  evil  spirits  ;  se  croire  de 

1'—,  to  believe  one's  self  witty, 
essai,  m.,  trial, 
essayer,  to  try. 
essentiel,  -le,  essential, 
essor,  m.,  flight,  soaring;  prendre 

r — ,  to  take  wing, 
essuyer,  to  dry. 
estime,  /.,  esteem, 
estimer,  to  esteem, 
et,  and. 

stable,/.,  stable. 
Etage,  m.,  story, 
staler,  to  expose,  display. 
6tat,  m.,  state,  condition ;    mettre 

en  —  de,  to  enable. 


324 


A   BRIEF  FRENCH   COURSE 


les  Etats-Unis,  m.,  the  United  States. 

6t6,  m.,  summer. 

6teindre,  to  extinguish,  put  out. 

^tendard,  m.,  colors,  banner. 

6tendu.  -e,  stretched  out. 

6temel,  -le,  everlasting. 

^tincelant,  -e,  sparkling. 

^tiqueter,  to  label. 

6toffe,  /.,  stufif. 

6toile,  /.,  star. 

6tonner,  to  astonish. 

^touffer,  to  stifle. 

^tourdi,  -e,  giddy,  thoughtless. 

stranger,  »}.,-6re,/.,  alien, foreigner, 
enemy:  d.  1'—,  abroad;  en—,  as  a 
foreigner. 

*§tre,  to  be,  belong:  ce  doit  — ,  it 
must  be;  quest  ce  que  c'est? 
what  is  it?  est  ce  que?  nest  ce 
pas  que?  (to  begin  a  question),  is 
it  not  that?  do?  did?  c'est,  they 
are,  il  est,  there  is,  there  are. 

6trenne,/.,  New  Year's  gift. 

6tude,  /.,  study. 

^tudiant,  m.,  student. 

^tudier,  to  study. 

Europe,/.,  Europe. 

eux,  they,  them;  —  mdmes,  them- 
selves. 

s'^vanomr,  to  faint. 

s'^veiller,  to  wake  up. 

6ventail,  m.,  fan. 

Evident,  -e,  evident. 

6viter,  to  avoid. 

exactitude,/.,  punctuality. 

ezamen,  />*.,  examination. 

excellent,  -e,  excellent. 

exciter,  to  urge,  excite,  provoke, 
wave,  brandish. 

excuse,/.,  excuse,  apology. 

execrable,  accursed. 

ex6cuter,  to  execute. 

ex6cution,/.,  execution. 

exercice,  m.,  exercise. 

exhaler,  to  exhale,  shed. 


extorter  (d.),  to  urge, 
exiger,  to  exact,  ask. 
exil,  m.,  exile, 
exile,  -e,  exiled, 
expirer,  to  die. 
expliquer,  to  explain, 
exploit,  ///.,  achievement,  deed, 
explorer,  to  explore, 
exposer,  to  expose,  exhibit, 
express,  m.,  express, 
expression,/.,  expression, 
exprimer,  to  express, 
extraordinaire,  remarkable, 
extravag'ant,  -e,  extravagant. 


fabricant,  m.,  manufacturer. 

facher,  to  displease,  anger ;  se  — ,  to 
get  angry. 

f§LCh.6,  -e,  angry,  sorry. 

facile,  easy;  rien  de  plus  — ,  noth- 
ing easier. 

facilement,  easily. 

fagon,  /.,  fashion,  manner,  form ; 
sans  — ,  without  ceremony ;  d'une 
jolie  — ,  in  fine  fashion  ;  —  de  par- 
ler,  form  of  speech ;  de  —  que,  so 
that. 

facteur,  m.,  postman,  porter. 

faible,  weak,  feeble,  small. 

♦faillir,  to  fail,  come  near,  be  nearly, 
become  bankrupt. 

faillite, /.,  bankruptcy;  faire  — ,  to 
fail  in  business. 

faim,/.,  hunger;  avoir—;  to  be  hun- 
gry; avoir  une  —  de  loup,  to  be 
as  hungry  as  a  wolf. 

*faire,  to  do,  make ;  que  —  ?  what  to 
do  ?  en  —  accroire,  to  make  one 
believe,  impose  upon ;  —  bon  ac- 
cueil,  to  welcome ;  —  des  armes, 
to  fence ;  (se)  —  la  barbe,  to  shave ; 
—  du  bruit,  to  be  noisy ;  —  du 
brouillard,  to  be  foggy;  —  une 
chambre,    to    clean  a    room;    — 


VOCABULARY 


325 


chaud,  to  be  warm,  hot;  —  clair, 
to  be  bright,  clear;  —  clair  de 
lune,  to  be  moonlight;  —  les 
comes  d.  quelqu'un,  to  make 
game  of  one ;  —  une  course,  to  go 
on  an  errand ;  —  le  d^sespoir,  to 
be  the  despair ;  —  le  dififlcile,  to  be 
dainty,  fastidious;  —  doux,  to  be 
mild;  —  I'^cole  buissonni^re,  to 
play  truant;  —  des  enaplettes, 
to  go  shopping;  —  1" enfant,  to 
be  childish ;  —  falUite,  to  fail  in 
business ;  —  faire,  to  get  made  or 
done;  —  le  fou,  to  play  the  fool ;  — 
froid,  to  be  cold ;  —  glissant,  to 
be  slippery;  —  humide,  to  be 
damp ;  —  la  joie,  to  be  the   joy ; 

—  jour,  to  be  daylight ;  —  le 
malade,  to  feign  illness;  —  un 
beau  mariag-e,  to  marry  well ;  — 
bonne  mine,  to  welcome ;  —  une 
demande  de,  to  ask  for;  —  nau- 
frage,  to  be  shipwrecked ;  ne  — 
que,  to  do  nothing  but ;  ne  —  que 
de,  to  have  only  just;  —  nuit,  to 
be  dark;  —  de  I'orag-e,  to  be 
stormy;  —  de  la  peine,  to  give 
trouble ;  —  peur,  to  frighten ;  — 
piti6,  to  excite  one's  pity;  — 
plaisir,  to  please ;  —  de  la  pous- 
si6re,  to  be  dusty ;  —  une  prome- 
nade, to  take  a  walk;  —  sale,  to 
be  dirty;  —  savoir,  to  inform;  — 
sec,  to  be  dry;  —  le  grand  sei- 
gneur, to  put  on  airs  ;  —  soleil,  to 
be  sunny  ;  —  sombre,  to  be  gloomy ; 
se  —  tard,  to  be  late;  —  beau 
temps,  to  be  fine  weather  ;  —  mau- 
vais  temps,  to  be  bad  weather ;  — 
un  temps  orageux,  to  be  stormy ; 

—  un  temps  pluvieux,  to  be  rainy; 

—  or  en  —  d,  sa  t§te,  to  do  as  one 
likes ;  —  un  tour,  to  take  a  stroll ; 
se  —  bien  venir,  to  win  affection ; 

—  du  vent,  to  be  windy ;  —  mau- 


vais  visage,  to   frown    upon ;  — 
vite,  to  be  quick,  to  make  haste; 

—  voir,  to  show;   fait  (v.),  does, 
makes ;  fait  (part.) ,  done,  made ;  se 

—  a,  to  grow  accustomed  to. 

fait,  m.,  fact ;  comme  un  —  expr6s, 
as  if  done  on  purpose. 

faite,  m.,  summit,  top. 

*falloir  (que),  impers.,  to  be  neces- 
sary, must,  want,  need  :  il  va  vous 
— ,  you'll  have  to ;  il  faut,  one  must, 
it  is  necessary;  que  lui  faut  il 
encore?  what  more  does  he  (she) 
need  ?  il  vous  faut,  you  must ;  s'il 
lui  faut,  if  he  (she)  needs. 

famine,/.,  family. 

famine,  /.,  famine ;  elle  alia  crier —, 
she  went  about  crying  famine. 

fantaisie,/.,  fancy,  whim. 

fardeau,  m.,  burden. 

fastidieux,  -euse,  tedious,  dull. 

fat  (pr.  faW) ,  self -conceited,  foppish. 

fatig'ant,  -e,  tiresome,  tiring,  hard, 
exhausting. 

fatigue,  /,,  toil. 

fatiguer,  to  tire. 

fatigu6,  -e,  tired,  tired  out. 

faubourg,  ni.,  suburb. 

faute,/.,  mistake,  fault. 

fauteuil,  in.,  armchair. 

faux,  fausse,  false,  out  of  tune  (of 
chanter). 

faveur,  /.,  favor. 

f6conder,  to  fertilize. 

*feindre,  to  feign,  pretend. 

f§16, -e, cracked. 

femme,/.,  woman,  wife;  —  de  cham- 
bre,  chambermaid,  lady's  maid;  — 
de  manage,  housekeeper. 

fendre,  to  split,  chop;  se  — ,  to  split, 
burst,  rend  asunder;  se  fend  de 
lui  m§me,  is  rent  asunder. 

fen§tre,/.,  window. 

fer,  m.,  iron,  sword;  les  — s,  chains, 
irons  ;  chemin  de  — ,  railroad. 


326 


A   BRIEF  FRENCH   COURSE 


fermer,  to  shut,  close. 

f6roce,  fierce,  ferocious. 

festin,  in.,  banquet. 

fete,/.,  birthday  :  jour  de  — ,  holiday; 
la  —  au  village,  the  village  fair. 

f§ter,  to  celebrate,  welcome. 

feu,  m.,  fire:  coin  du  — ,  fireside; 
avoir  vu  le  — ,  to  have  smelt 
powder ;  ny  voir  que  du  — ,  to  be 
unable  to  make  out,  be  taken  by 
surprise. 

feu,  -e,  late,  deceased. 

feuillage,  m.,  foliage. 

feuille,  /.,  leaf. 

f^vrier,  m.,  February. 

fiddle,  faithful,  happy. 

fler  (pr.  Jierr'),  -6re,  proud,  mar- 
tial. 

se  fler  (A)  {pr.  fi^'),  to  trust, 

fl6vre,/.,  fever ;  —  scarlatine,  scar- 
let fever. 

Ague./.,  fig. 

figure,/.,  face. 

fil,  m.,  thread;  — s  {pr.  fiV),  threads. 

filant,  -e,  shooting. 

filer  (of  stars),  to  shoot. 

fille,/.,  daughter,  girl ;  —  de  cuisine, 
^itchen  maid ;  —  de  service,  house- 
maid ;  ma  — ,  my  dear. 

flls  {pr.fi\  the  s  to  be  blended  with 
next  vowel),  m.,  son. 

filtrer,  to  filter,  percolate. 

fin,/.,  eud. 

fin,  -e,  sharp,  delicate. 

final,  -e,  final. 

finir,  to  finish,  complete,  end. 

fiagrant,  -e,  flagrant;  en  —  d61it, 
red-handed,  in  the  act. 

flamme,/.,  flame,  blaze. 

flanc,  m.,  flank,  side. 

flatter,  to  flatter,  humor. 

fiatteur,  m.,  flatterer. 

fl6trir,  se  — ,  to  wither,  fade. 

fleur,  /.,  flower;  —  des  champs, 
field  flower ;  16vre  en  — ,  rosy  lip. 


fleurir,  to  flourish,  bloom. 

fleuve,>/i.,  river  emptying  into  the  sea. 

Florence,/.,  Florence. 

flot,  7/1.,  wave,  water,  flood,  storm. 

fiotte,/.,  fleet. 

fiotter,  to  flow. 

foi,  /.,  faith,  belief;    ma  — ,  well, 

indeed;    —    d'animal,    upon    my 

word. 
fois,/.,  time ;  une  — ,  once ;  deux  — , 

twice, 
fonds,  7?i.,  capital,  stock. 
La  Fontaine,  a  French  fabulist, 
fontaine,/.,  spring. 
force,/.,  strength,  power. 
for§t,/.,  forest. 

♦forfaire,  to  forfeit,  transgress, 
forfait,  m.,  heinous  crime, 
former,  to  form, 
formidable,  tremendous, 
fort,  m.,  fortress, 
fort,  -e,  strong,  hard, 
fort,  adv.y  hard,  very,  very  much, 

quite, 
fortement,  greatly,  vigorously, 
fortiine,/.,  fortune,  wealth. 
Fortunio,  m.,  Fortunio. 
fou,  fol,  771.,  -le,  /.,  foolish,  crazy; 

faire  le  — ,  to  play  the  fool, 
foiile,  /.,  crowd,   mass;    la  —  des 

humains,  mankind;    dont  la  — , 

who  in  a  throng, 
fourchette,/.,  fork, 
fourmi,/.,  ant. 
foumir,  to  furnish, 
foyer,   »*.,  hearth,   home;   feraient 

la  loi  dans  nos  — s;   would  sway 

our  homes, 
frais,  fraiche,  fresh, 
fraise,/.,  strawberry. 
franc,  771.,  franc  (20  cents), 
franc,  franche,  frank, 
frangais,  -e,  French. 
Frangais,  77i.,  Frenchman ;  les — ,  the 
I     French. 


VOCABULARY 


327 


Prance  (la),  France. 

franchement,  frankly. 

Frangois,  m.,  Francis. 

frapper,  to  strike,  knock. 

fr6re,  m.,  brother. 

frisson,  m.,  shiver,  shivering. 

froid,  ?H.,pold;  faire  — ,  to  be  cold; 

attraper,   prendre    — ,   to   catch 

cold, 
froid,  -e,  cold, 
fromage,  m.,  cheese, 
front,  m.,  forehead,  brow,  top,  head, 
frotter,    to    rub;    ne   pas  vouloir 

8'y  — ,  to  have  nothing  to  do  with 

it. 
fruit,  m.,  fruit. 

fruiterie,  /.,  fruit  stall,  fruit  store. 
*fuir,  to  flee,  keep  away,  escape, 
fum^e,  /.,  smoke, 
fumer,  to  smoke. 
fun6bre,  mournful, 
funeste,  fatal,  baneful, 
fureur,  /.,  fury,  fit  of  fury, 
furie,  /.,  rage, 
furieux,  -se,  furious,  mad. 
fusil,  in.,  gun,   rifle;   coup  de   — , 

gunshot, 
futur,  m.,  future. 


gagrner,  to  gain,  earn,  get. 
gai,  -e,  gay,  cheerful,  merry, 
gaiety,/.,  gaiety,  cheerfulness, 
gamin,  m.,  urchin, 
gant,  m.,  glove, 
garantir,  to  guarantee, 
gargon,  m.,  boy,  waiter, 
garde,/.,  care, 
garder,  to  keep, 
garnir,  to  trim, 
gateau,  m.,  cake, 
gater,  to  spoil. 

gauche,  left ;  A  — ,  on,  to  the  left. 
Gauthier    (Th^ophile),    a   French 
poet,  critic,  and  litterateur. 


g^ant,  m.,  giant. 

geler,  to  freeze. 

g^mir,  to  groan,  lament. 

g^n^ral,  yn.,  general. 

g6n6ral,-e,  general ;  en  — ,  generally. 

g^neralement,  generally,  usually. 

genereux,  -se,  generous. 

g^n^rosit^,  /.,  generosity. 

Gen6ve,  Geneva. 

g^nie,  m.,  genius. 

genou,  TO.,  knee ;  A  — x,  kneeling,  on 

bended  knee, 
gens,  w.  or/.,  people, 
gentil,  -le  {pr.-ti  and  -tiye),  gentle, 
g^ographique,  geographical, 
geolier,  m.,  jailer. 
George,  Georges,  m.,  George, 
gergure,/.,  chapped  hands  or  lips. 
Gertrude,/.,  Gertrude, 
gilet,  m.,  vest. 

glace,/.,  ice,  ice  cream,  mirror, 
glacer,  to  freeze;  eau  glac^e,  ice 

water, 
glaneur,  m.,  gleaner, 
glissant,  -e,  slippery ;  faire  — ,  to  be 

slippery, 
gloire,  /.,  glory, 
glorifler,  to  glorify. 
Gondi,  Gondi. 
gorille,  m.,  gorilla, 
gouffre,  m.,  gulf,  abyss, 
gourmand,  m.,  glutton, 
gourmand,  -e,  gluttonous, 
gourmandise,  /.,  gluttony. 
goQt,  m.,  taste;    prendre  —  A,  to 

take  to,  take  pleasure  in. 
godter,  to  taste. 

goutte,/.,  drop;  — d, — ,  drop  by  drop, 
gouvernante,/.,  governess, 
grace,/.,  grace,  pity,  pardon,  thanks, 
gracieux,  -se,  graceful, 
grain,  to.,  grain,  wheat, 
graine,/.,  seed, 
grand,  -e,  great,  big,  large,  tall,  grown 

up,  high,  powerful. 


328 


A   BRIEF  FRENCH   COURSE 


grand  envie,  great  desire. 

grand  maman,  grand  m^re,  grand- 
mother. 

grand  papa,  grand  p6re,  grand- 
father. 

grandement,  greatly. 

grandeur,  /.,  greatness,  magnitude. 

granit,  m.,  granite. 

gras,  -se,  fat. 

graver,  to  engrave. 

gr^,  in.,  will ;  au  —  de,  according  to, 
at  the  mercy  of. 

grec,  m.,  Greek. 

gredin,  in.,  scamp. 

griller,  to  broil,  toast;  pain  grill6, 
toast. 

grimper,  to  climb. 

grippe,/.,  grippe,  influenza.  ' 

gris,  -e,  gray. 

grisoller,  to  carol. 

gronder,  to  scold. 

gros,  -se,  big,  thick,  stoat. 

gu^rir,  to  cure. 

gu6re,  little,  but  little;  ne  — , 
hardly,  scarcely ;  on  ne  peut  — ,  it 
is  hardly  possible  to. 

guerre,  /.,  war. 

guerrier,  m.,  warrior. 

guider,  to  guide,  lead. 

Guillaume,  m.,  William. 

Guise  Q?r.  guize) ,  a  French  nobleman. 


{Aspirate  h  hears  a  t.) 
habile,  clever,  skillful, 
habiller,  to  dress, 
habit,  m.,  coat,  garment;  pi.  clothes, 

clothing ;  mettre  pour  jamais  — 

bas,  to  die. 
habiter,  to  live,  dwell, 
habitude,/.,  habit,  custom  ;  comnae 

d'— ,  as  usual;  avoir  1'—,  to  be  in 

the  habit, 
habituellement,  usually,  as  usual, 
haleine,  /.,  breath. 


thalte,/.,  halt;  faire  — ,  to  stop. 

thameau,  m.,  hamlet. 

fharpe,/.,  harp. 

t  se  hater,  to  make  haste. 

t  hausser,  to  raise. 

thaut,    -e,    high,    tall;    en   — ,    up 

stairs;  — de  la  ville,  uptown;  A 

haute  voix,  aloud. 
th6,  hallo. 

h^breu,  m.  (juive,/.),  Hebrew, 
h^las  (pr.  class'),  alas. 
H616ne,/.,  Heleu. 
h^mistiche,/.,  hemistich. 
Henri,  m.,  Henry. 
Henriette,/.,  Harriet, 
t h6ros.  111.,  hero, 
h^siter,  to  hesitate, 
heure,  hour,  time,  o'clock ;  d.  V — ,  in 

time;  de  bonne  — ,  early;  tout  ^ 

1'—,  just  now,  a  few  minutes  ago, 

in  a  few  minutes, 
heureusement,  happily,  fortunately, 
heureux,  -sc,  happy,  fortunate, 
hier,  yesterday;  —  soir,  or  —  au  soir, 

last  evening,  yesterday  evening, 
hirondelle,/.,  swallow, 
histoire,/.,  story,  history, 
hiver,  m.,  winter, 
fla  Hollande,  Holland, 
homme,  m.,  man ;  —  comme il faut, 

gentleman, 
honnete,  honest. 
honn§tet6, /.,  honesty, 
honorer,  to  honor, 
honneur,  m.,  honor,  allegiance, 
thonte,  /.,  shame;   avoir—,  to  be 

ashamed, 
thonteux,  -se,  ashamed,  shameful. 
I  horde,/.,  horde. 
horizon,  m.,  horizon, 
horreur. /.,  horror, 
horrible,  horrible,  frightful, 
horriblenaent,  dreadfully. 
Hortense,  a  queen  of  Holland. 
h6te,  m.,  host,  denizen. 


VOCABULARY 


329 


hdtel,  m.,  hotel. 

fhoux,  m.,  holly. 

Hugo    (Victor),    a    great    French 

writer, 
huile,  /.,  oil. 
liuilier,m.,  cruet  stand. 
t  huit,  eight ;  —  jours,  a  week. 
t  huitidme,  eighth, 
humain,  -e,  human;   la  foule  des 

— s,  mankind, 
humble,  humble, 
humeur, /.,  temper;  de  mauvaise 

— ,  in  bad  humor,  cross. 
humide,  humid,  damp;  faire  — ,  to 

be  damp, 
humidity,/.,  moisture,  dampness. 
huinilit6,/.,  humility, 
hymne,  m.  or/.,  hymn. 


ici,  here ;  d'—  peu,  in  a  little  while. 

ici-bas,  here  below. 

id^e,/.,  idea. 

idiot,  m.,  idiot. 

ignoble,  ignoble. 

ignorant,  -e,  ignorant. 

ignore,  -e,  unknown. 

ignorer,  to  ignore,  be  ignorant  of. 

11,  he,  it ;  —  y  a,  there  is,  there  are, 

ago. 
lie,/.,  island, 
ils,  they. 

image ,  /. ,  image ,  picture, 
imaginer,  s'— ,  to  imagine, 
imbecile,  silly,  stupid,  fool, 
imiter,  to  imitate, 
imm^diatement,  immediately, 
immense,  immense, 
immortel,  -le,  immortal, 
impayable,  invaluable;  §trc  — ,  to 

be  simply  killing, 
impoli,  -e,  impolite, 
important,  -e,  important, 
importer,   to  be   of   importance;    11 

importe,  it  is  important ;  peu  im- 


porte,no  matter,  never  mind;  que 
t'importe,  what  is  that  to  you? 
n'importe  qui,  anybody.. 

importuner,  to  annoy,  trouble,  dis- 
turb. 

impossible,  impossible. 

impregner,  to  impregnate. 

impropre,  incorrect,  improper. 

impur,  -e,  unclean. 

incline,  -e,  prone  to. 

inclus,  included;  ci — ,  herewith,  in- 
closed. 

inconnu,  -e,  unknown. 

inconstant,  -e,  fickle. 

inculte,  uneducated,  rude. 

rinde,  les  Indes,/.,  India. 

index,  m.,  forefinger. 

indifferent,  -e,  indifferent,  uncon- 
cerned. 

indigence,  /.,  worn-out  aspect,  pov- 
erty. 

indiquer,  to  indicate. 

indispensable,  indispensable. 

indolent,  -e,  sluggish. 

indulgent,  -e  (pour),  lenient,  in- 
dulgent (to). 

infaillible  (pr.  infayible),  infallible. 

infernal,  -e,  infernal,  evil. 

inflni,  vi.,  infinite. 

inflnitif,  m.,  infinitive. 

informer,  to  inform. 

infortune,  /.,  misfortune. 

infortun6,  -e,  unfortunate. 

ingrat,  -e,  ungrateful. 

inhumain,  -e  (pr.  inumain),  cruel. 

initial,  -e,  initial. 

injuste,  unjust. 

injustice,/.,  injustice,  wrong  doing. 

innocent,  -e,  innocent,  artless. 

insecte,  m.,  insect. 

insensible,  unfeeling. 

inseparable,  inseparable. 

insister,  to  insist. 

insolent,  -e,  insolent. 

inspiration,  /. ,  inspiration. 


330 


A   BRIEF  FRENCH   COURSE 


inspirer,  to  inspire. 

instant,  7/1.,  instant,  moment ;  A  1' — , 

at  once, 
instrnit,  -e,  learned,  clever, 
insulter,  —  d.,  to  insult,  taunt, 
intact,  -e,  intact,  sound, 
intelligent,  -e,  intelligent,  smart, 
intense,  intense. 
*interd.ire,  to  forbid. 
int6ressant,-e,  interesting, 
int^ret,  m.,  interest, 
int^rieur,  -e,  inside,  interior, 
inutile,  useless,  not  worth  the  trouble, 
invariable,  invariable, 
iuventer,  to  invent, 
invisible,  invisible, 
invitation ,  /. ,  in  vitation . 
invito,  m.,  guest, 
inviter,  to  invite,  tempt, 
invoquer,  to  invoke,  call  on. 
rirlande,/.,  Ireland, 
s'irriter,  to  get  irritated,  to  increase. 
Isabelle,/.,  Isabella, 
ritalie,  /.,  Italy, 
ivraie,/.,  tares. 
Izion,  a  king  of  Thessaly. 


j'  stands  for  je,  I. 

Jacques,  m.,  James. 

jaloux,  -se,  jealous. 

la  Jamaique,  Jamaica. 

jamais,    ever;    ne  .  .  .   — ,    never; 

presque  — ,  hardly  ever, 
jambe,  /.,  leg. 
jambon,  m.,  ham. 
Janvier,  ?h.,  January, 
jaquette,/.,  jacket, 
jardin,  m.,  garden, 
jardinier,  in.,  -6re,/.,  gardener, 
.jaser,  to  chatter,  blab. 
je,I. 

Jeem,  m.,  John. 
Jeanne,  /.,  Jane;  —  d'Arc,  Joan  of 

Arc,  the  maid  of  Orleans. 


Jeannette,  Jeanette,/.,  Janet. 

Jeter,  to  throw. 

jeudi,  m.,  Thursday. 

jeune,  young. 

jeunesse,  /.,  youth. 

joie,/.,  joy ;  faire  la  — ,to  be  the  joy. 

ci  joint,  herewith,  inclosed. 

joli,  -e,  pretty. 

Joseph,  m.,  Joseph. 

Josephine ,  /. ,  Josephine. 

joue,/.,  cheek. 

jouer  (A),  to  play ;  —  de,  to  play  on. 

jouet,  771.,  plaything,  sport. 

joug,  771.,  yoke. 

jouir  de,  to  enjoy. 

joujou,  m.,  toy. 

jotir,  m.,  day,  daylight;  faire  — ,  to 
be  daylight ;  au —  le  — ,  from  hand 
to  mouth ;  de  —  en — ,  from  day  to 
day ;  huit  — s,  a  week ;  par  — ,  a 
day;  les  — s,  the  life;  un  —  ou 
I'autre,  some  day  or  other. 

journal,  m.,  -aux,  newspaper,  paper. 

journ^e,/.,  day,  whole  day. 
I  joyeusement,  joyously. 
I  juger,  to  judge. 
j  juillet,  771.,  July. 
I  juin,  m.,  June. 

Juliette,/.,  Juliet. 

jurer,  to  swear. 

jusque,  jusqu'A,  jusqu'd.  ce  que, 
until,  till,  into,  up  to ;  — Id.,  jusqu'- 
ici,  until  now,  then. 

juste,  just,  right,  in  tune  (of  chanter) , 
true ;  c'est  — ,  quite  so,  correct. 

justement,  just,  justly. 


le  Kansas,  Kansas, 
kilometre,     771.,     kilometer     (1000 
meters) . 


1'  stands  for  le  or  la. 
la,  the,  her,  it. 
1&,  there. 


VOCABULARY 


331 


Id,  bas,  yonder. 

laborieux,  -se,  industrious. 

lac,  m.,  lake. 

lliclie,  m.,  coward. 

laid,  -e,  ugly. 

laine,/.,  wool. 

laisser,  to  let,  let  go,  leave,  lose;  lais- 
sez-moi  tranquille,  let  me  alone. 

lait,  m.,  milk. 

laitier,  m.,  milkman. 

Iaiti6re,/.,  milkwoman. 

Lamartine,  a  French  poet. 

lampe,/.,  lamp. 

lang-age,  m.,  language;  lui  tint  d, 
pfcu  pr6s  ce  — ,  spoke  about  as  fol- 
lows. 

langrue, /.,  tongue;  mauvaise  — , 
spiteful  tongue. 

laquais,  m.,  lackey,  footman. 

laquelle,  which,  who,  whom. 

lard,  m.,  bacon. 

larme,/.,  tear. 

latin,  -e,  Latin. 

laurier,  m.,  laurel. 

lavabo,  m.,  washstand. 

laver,  to  wash. 

le,  the,  him,  it. 

legon,/.,  lesson. 

Leconte  de  Lisle,  a  French  poet. 

lecture,/.,  reading. 

l6geT,  -6re,  light,  slight,  thoughtless. 

legumes,  m.,  vegetables. 

lendemain,  m.,  next  day ;  le  —  ma- 
tin, in  the  morning. 

lent,-e,  slow. 

lentement,  slowly. 

L^on,  m.,  Leo. 

L^ontine,/.,  Leontine. 

lequel,  who,  whom,  which  one. 

lea,  the,  them. 

lesquels,  lesquelles,  which,  who, 
whom. 

lettre,/.,  letter. 

leur,  leurs,  their,  to  them ;  le  — ,  la 
— ,  les  — ,  theirs. 


lever,  to  lift,  raise ;  se  — ,  to  get  up, 
to  get  out  of  bed ;  se  —  matin,  to 
get  up  early. 

16vre,/,,  lip;  —  en  fleur,  rosy  lip. 

liaison,  /.,  joining,  binding,  connec- 
tion. 

libellule,/.,  dragon-fly. 

liberty,/.,  liberty,  freedom. 

librement,  freely. 

lice,/.,  list,  arena,  field. 

licence,  /.,  license. 

lier,  to  bind,  tie,  carry  over;  se — ,  to 
be  united. 

lieu,  m.,  place,  spot;  au  —  de,  in- 
stead of;  —  de  naissance,  birth- 
place. 

limite,/.,  limit. 

limits,  -e,  limited. 

limonade,/,,  lemonade. 

linceul,  m.,  shroud;  comme  fait 
au  mort  son—,  as  a  corpse  in  its 
shroud. 

linge,  m.,  linen  ;  —  sale,  washing. 

lion,  m.,  lion. 

*lire,  to  read  ;  se  — ,  to  be  read. 

lis  (pr.  Hss'),  m.,  lily. 

Lise,  Lisette,/.,  dimin.  0/ Louise. 

liste,/.,  list,  roll. 

lit,  m.,  bed ;  au — ,  in  bed. 

litre,  m.,  liter. 

litt^ralement,  literally. 

litt^rature,  /.,  literature. 

livre,  m.,  book. 

livre,/.,  pound ;  la — ,  a  pound. 

livrer,  to  deliver ;  —  un  combat,  to 
give  battle ;  se  — ,  to  give  one's  self 
up  to. 

lol,  /.,  law;  feraient  la—,  would 
sway. 

loin,  far ;  —  de  1^,  far  from  it ;  plus 
—  encore,  a  great  way  off. 

I'on,  one,  they,  people,  we. 

Londres,  London. 

long,  -ue,  long. 

longtemps,  long,  too  long ;  bien  — , 


332 


A    BRIEF   FRENCH   COURSE 


for  a  long  time;  — encore,  for  a 

long  time  to  come;    d.6s — ,  from 

long  ago. 
Lorraine,/.,  Lorraine, 
lorsque,  when, 
louange,/.,  praise, 
louer,  to  praise,  extol. 
Louis,  m.,  Louis,  Lewis ;  —  XIV,  king 

of     France,     reigned     seventy-two 

years. 
Lomse,/.,  Louisa, 
lourd,  -e,  heavy,  sultry. 
le  Louvre,  the  Louvre, 
loyer,  »*.,  rent. 
Lucie,/.,  Lucy, 
lug-ubre,  dismal,  mournful, 
lugubrement,  dismally. 
lui,  lie,  to  him,  to  her,  to  it ;  —  meme, 

he  himself;  —  Que,  he  whom ;  —  qui, 

he  who. 
*luire,  to  glitter,  shine. 
Iumi6re,/.,  light, 
luncher,  to  lunch. 
l\indi,  m.,  Monday, 
lune, /.,  moon;    faire  clair   de— , 

to  be  moonlight;  au  clair  de  — , 

by  moonlight. 
Lyon,  m.,  Lyons. 

M 

xn'  stands  for  me. 

M..  abbreviation  for  Monsieur,  Sir, 

Mr. 
ma.  my. 
machine,  /.,  engine;  —A  vapeur, 

steam  engine, 
madame,/.,  Madam,  Mrs. 
Madeleine,./'.,  Maud, 
mademoiselle,/.,  Miss, 
magasin,  m.,  shop,  store, 
magie,/.,  magic, 
mag-nanime,  magnanimous, 
magniflque,  magnificent, 
mai,  m.,  May. 
maierre,  thin. 


main,/.,  hand;  se  serrer  la—,  to 
shake  hands;  Ala — ,  in  the  hand; 
en  venir  aux  — s,  to  come  to 
blows. 

maint,  -e,  many  (a). 

maintenant,  now. 

*maintenir,  to  maintain. 

mais,  but. 

mais  {pr.  maiss'),  m.,  maize,  corn. 

maison,/.,  house;  A  la  — ,  at  home, 
in  doors;  — de  campag-ne,  coun- 
try house. 

maitre,  m.,  master,  teacher;  — 
d'6cole,  schoolmaster;  — de  fran- 
gais,  French  teacher ;  en  — ,  like  a 
master. 

maitresse,/.,  mistress. 

majeur,  -e,  of  age. 

mal,  ill,  badly ;  —  portant,  sickly. 

mal,  ;u.,  evil,  ill,  ache,  harm,  mischief ; 
—  aux  dents,  to<  >thache ;  —  de  t6te, 
headache ;  —  au  pied,  foot  ache  ; 
dire  du  — de,  to  speak  ill  of;  en 
— ,  badly. 

malade,  ill,  sick. 

malade,  ;/).  and/.,  patient;  faire  le 
— ,  to  feign  illness. 

maladie,/'.,  illness. 

maladif,  -ive,  sickly. 

m&le,  male. 

♦malfaire,  to  do  wrong. 

mallie\ir,  m.,  misfortune,  accident, 
mishap. 

malheureux,  -se,  unhappy,  unfortu- 
nate, needy;  Cest — ,  that's  too  bad. 

malheureusement,  unfortunately. 

malhonnete,  dishonest. 

malin.  -igne,  smart,  cunning. 

maman,  mama ;  petite  — ,  mama 
dear. 

manchett e ,  /. ,  cuff. 

manes,  m.  pi.,  Manes,  spirits  of  dead 
ancestors. 

manger,  to  eat. 

manger,  m.,  eating. 


VOCABULARY 


333 


manidre,/.,  way,  manner. 

Manille,  Manila. 

manquer,  to  miss. 

mansarde,/.,  attic,  garret. 

manuscrit,  m.,  manuscript. 

marais,  m.,  marsh,  swamp. 

marchand,  m.,  merchant,  store- 
keeper. 

marchander,  to  bargain. 

marchandise,/., goods,  merchandise. 

marche,/.,  progress,  manner,  way. 

march6,  m.,  market;  bon — ,  cheap; 
meilleur  — ,  cheaper. 

marcher,  to  walk,  go  forward. 

mardi,  m.,  Tuesday;  —  gras.  Shrove 
Tuesday. 

Marguerite,/.,  Marguerite,  Daisy. 

mari,  m.,  husband. 

mariage,  in.,  marriage,  wedding, 
faire  un  beau—,  to  marry  well. 

Marie,  /.,  Mary;  the  holy  Virgin; 
—  Stuart,  queen  of  Scotland. 

se  marier,  to  marry,  be  married. 

marin,  in.,  sailor. 

marine,/.,  navy. 

marque,/.,  mark,  sign. 

marquer,  to  mark;  §tre  marqu^ 
au  coin  de,  to  bear  the  stamp 
of. 

mars,  m.,  March. 

Marseille,  m.,  Marseilles. 

la  Marseillaise,  the  French  national 
hymn. 

martyre,  rn.,  martyrdom. 

massacre,  m.,  slaughter. 

matelot,  m.,  sailor. 

materiel,  -le,  material. 

les  math6matiques,  /.  pi.,  mathe- 
matics. 

Mathilde,/.,  Matilda. 

matin,  m.,  morning;  le — ,  in  the 
morning ;  se  lever  — ,  to  get  up 
early. 

matinee,/.,  the  whole  morning. 

♦maudire,  to  curse. 


mauvais,  -e,  bad,  sharp;  §tre  de— e 
humeur,  to  be  in  a  temper ;  —  sujet, 
scamp. 

maux,  m.  pL,  ills. 

me,  me,  to  me,  myself,  to  myself. 

m6chancet6,/.,  trick ;  faire  des— s, 
to  do  mischief. 

m^chant,  -e,  wicked,  naughty,  bad. 

m^content,  -e,  dissatisfied. 

m^decin,  m.,  doctor,  physician. 

m6decine,/.,  medicine. 

*m^dire,  to  slander. 

m^diter,  to  contemplate,  be  thinking. 

m6dius,  m.,  middle  finger. 

meilleur,  -e,  better ;  le  — ,  la— e,  the 
best. 

m^lancolique,  melancholy. 

meler,  to  mix  up,  mingle. 

m^lodie,/.,  melody,  tune. 

m^lodieux,  -euse,  melodious. 

m6me,  same,  very  same,  even ;  de  — , 
likewise ;  §tre  ^—  de,  to  be  in  con- 
dition to ;  mettre  d,  —  de,  to  enable  ; 
quand— ,  even  then;  en  — temps 
que,  as  well  as. 

m^moire,/.,  memory. 

menace,/.,  threat. 

menacer,  to  threaten,  menace. 

manage,  m.,  housekeeping,  house- 
hold ;  entrer  en  — ,  to  set  up  house- 
keeping, be  married. 

m6nag6re,/.,  housekeeper. 

mendiant,  m.,  beggar. 

mener,  to  lead,  take  (of  persons  and 
animals). 

mensonge,  m,,  lie,  lying. 

menton,  m.,  chin. 

*mentir,  to  lie  ;  sans  — ,  upon  my 
word. 

*se  m6prendre,  to  be  mistaken. 

m^pris,  m.,  contempt,  scorn. 

mer,/.,  sea ;  par  — ,  by  sea. 

mercenaire,  mercenary ;  phalanges 
— s,  hirelings. 

merci,  m.,  thank  you. 


334 


A  BRIEF   FRENCH   COURSE 


mercredi,  m.,  Wednesday. 

mdre,  mother;  petite  — ,  darling 
mama,  mama  dear. 

m^riter,  to  deserve,  merit. 

merveille,  /,,  marvel ;  A  — ,  wonder- 
fully; se  porter  &  — ,  to  be  in 
splendid  health. 

mes,  my. 

mesdames,/.,  ladies,  Mesdames. 

mesdemoiselles,  /.,  misses,  the 
misses. 

messager,  m.,  messenger. 

messietirs,  m.,  gentlemen,  sirs. 

mesure,/.,  measure,  time ;  prendre 
—  d,  quelqu'iin  (de),  to  take  one's 
measure  (for). 

mesurer,  to  measure,  weigh. 

metaphorique,  metaphorical. 

m^tre,  m.,  meter. 

♦mettre,  to  set,  put,  put  on ;  —  ^ 
in§ine  de,  to  enable ;  —  au  net,  to 
make  a  clean  copy ;  —  en  6tat  de, 
to  enable ;  —  en  pieces,  to  tear  to 
pieces ;  —  le  convert,  to  set  the 
table;  —  tout  sens  dessus  des- 
sous,  to  turn  everything  topsy- 
tur\'y ;  —  pour  jamais  habit  bas, 
to  die;  se  — ,  to  set  about,  place 
one's  self,  sit  down  ;  se  —  ^  I'aise, 
to  make  one's  self  at  home;  se  — 
bien,  to  dress  well;  se  —  en  co- 
lore, to  grow  angry. 

meuble,  m.,  a  piece  of  furniture; 
pL,  furniture. 

meurtre,  m.,  murder. 

meurtrier,  -6re,  adj.,  murderous, 
slaughtering. 

mevirtrir,  to  bruise. 

meurtrissure,/.,  bruise. 

midi,  m.,  noon,  twelve  o'clock. 

mie,/.,  abbreviation  for  amis. 

miel,  m.,  honey. 

le  mien,  la  mienne,  les  miens,  les 
miennes,  mine ;  les  miens,  my 
people. 


mieux,  better;  le  — ,  best;       vaut, 

it  is  better. 
mig-non,  m.,  -ne,  /.,  ^t. 
migraine ,  /. ,  headache, 
milieu,   m.,  middle;    du  — ,  in  the 

midst, 
mille,  thousand  (in  dates,  a.d.). 
millidme,  m.,  thousandth, 
million,  m.,  million, 
millionnaire,  m.  or/.,  millionaire, 
mince,  slight, 
mine,/.,  mine,  pit. 
mine,  /.,  countenance;  faire  bonne 

— ,  to  welcome ;  avoir  bonne  — ,  to 

look  well, 
mineur,  m.,  minor, 
minuit,  m.,  midnight,  twelve  o'clock, 
minute,/.,  minute, 
se  mirer,  to  look  at  one's  self, 
miroir,  m.,  mirror, 
mise,  /.,  dress;  §tre  de  — ,  to  be  fit 

to  wear, 
miserable,  wretch,  miserable. 
mis6re,/.,  poverty,  wretchedness. 
Misso\iri,  m.,  Missouri. 
Mile.,  abbreviation   for   Mademoi- 
selle, Miss. 
Miles.,  for  Mesdemoiselles,  Misses. 
MM.,    for    Messieurs,    gentlemen, 

Messrs. 
Mme.,  for  Madame,  Madam,  Mrs. 
Mmes.,  for  Mesdames,  ladies, 
modeste,  modest, 
modestie,/.,  modesty, 
moeurs  ( pr.  meur ' ,  the  5  to  be  blended 

with  the  next  vowel) ,  /.  pL,  customs, 
moi,    I,    me,    to    me,    as    for    me; 

d.  — ,  mine ;  ni  —  non  plus,  neither 

do  I;  pas — ,  no,  sir;  — m§me,  I, 

myself, 
moindre,  less;  le  — ,  the  least,  the 

slightest. 
moineau,  m.,  sparrow, 
moins,  less  ;  d.  —  que,  unless,  lest ; 

au  — ,  du  — ,  at  least;  le  — ,  the 


VOCABULARY 


335 


least ;  bien — ,  far  less  ;  pas — ,  none 
the  less ;  .  .  .  lieures  —  un  quart, 
quarter  of  .  .  . 

mois,  m.,  month. 

moisson,/.,  harvest. 

moissonner,  to  mow  down. 

moiti^,/.,  half. 

Moli^re,  a  great  French  poet  and 
playwright. 

mollesse,/,,  indolence,  effeminacy. 

moment,  m.,  instant,  moment,  time. 

mon,  ma,  mes,  my. 

monde,  m.,  people  i  le  — ,  world, 
mankind,  society;  au  — ,  du  -  ,  in 
the  world ;  beaucoup  de  — ,  many 
people ;  §tre  au  — ,  to  be  alive, 
living ;  tout  ce  — ,  all  this  crowd ; 
tout  le  — ,  everybody. 

monotone,  monotonous. 

monsieur,  m.,  sir,  Mr.,  gentleman. 

monstre,  m.,  monster, 

montag-ne,/.,  mountain. 

monter,  to  mount,  ascend;  — d, 
cbeval,  to  mount  on  horseback, 
ride ;  —  en  bicyclette,  to  ride  the 
bicycle. 

montre,/.,  watch. 

montrer,  to  show. 

monument,  m.,  monument,  build- 
ing. 

se  moquer  de,  to  laugh  at,  ridicule, 
mimic ;  —  du  qu'en  dira-t-on,  to 
laugh  at  what  people  say. 

morceau,  m.,  piece,  bit. 

mordre,  to  bite. 

morsure,/.,  bite,  sting. 

mort,/.,  death. 

mort,  -e,  dead,  corpse. 

mortel,  -le,  mortal. 

mot,  ?».,  word;  ne  dire  — ,  to  be 
silent. 

mouche,/.,  fly. 

mouchoir,  m.,  handkerchief. 

mouiller,  to  wet. 

*mourir,  to  die ;  —  A  la  peine,  to  fall 


in  the  attempt;    faire  — ,  to  kill; 

qu'elle  meure!   let  her  die. 
mousse,/.,  moss. 
mouton,  m.,  sheep,  mutton. 
mouvement,  m.,  movement;  en  — , 

on  the  move, 
muet,  -te,  mute,  dumb,  silent, 
mugir,  to  roar, 
mulet,  m.,  mule. 

multiplication,  /.,  multiplication, 
mur,  m.,  wall, 
mdr,  -e,  ripe, 
mtirir,  to  ripen, 
murmurer,    to     murmur,     warble, 

gurgle  over,  whisper, 
muse,  m.,  musk, 
mus^e,  m.,  museum, 
musique,/.,  music. 
Musset     (Alfred    de),    a    French 

poet, 
mutuellement,  mutually, 
myosotis,  m.,  forget-me-not. 
myst^rieux,  -se,  mysterious. 


N 


nager,  to  swim. 

naif,  -ive,  simple-minded. 

naissance,  /.,  birth;  lieu  de  — , 
birthplace. 

*naitre,  to  be  born,  rise ;  faire  — ,  to 
bring  forth,  produce. 

Napoleon,  Napoleon. 

nappe,/.,  tablecloth. 

naseau  (of  cheval),  m.,  nostril. 

naturalisation,  /.,  naturalization 
(papers,  first  papers). 

nature,/.,  nature. 

naturel,  -le,  natural ;  bon  — ,  good- 
natured. 

naturellement,  naturally. 

naufrage,  m.,  wreck;  faire  — ,  to  be 
shipwrecked. 

navire,  m.,  vessel,  ship. 

ne  .  .  .  firu6re,  hardly,  scarcely. 


336 


A   BRIEF  FRENCH   COURSE 


no  .  .  .  jamais,  never. 

ne  .  .  .  pas  or  point,  not. 

ne  .  .  .  persoiine,  nobody. 

ne  .  .  ,  plus,  no  more,  no  longer,  not 

at  all. 
ne  .  .  .  point,  not  at  all. 
ne  .  .  .  presque,  scarcely. 
ne  .  .  .  que,  only,  nothing  but. 
ne  .  .  .  rien,  not,  nothing. 
n6,  -e,  born. 

n^anmoins,  nevertheless, 
n^ant,  m.,  nothingness;   s'en  aller 

au  — ,  to  come  to  nothing. 
n6cessaire,  necessary,  useful. 
n6gligent,  -e,  careless, 
n^gligrer,  to  neglect. 
n^g^re,  m.,  negro,  black, 
n^gresse, /.,  negress. 
neige,/.,  snow, 
net,  m.,  a  clean  copy ;  mettre  au  — , 

to  make  a  clean  copy, 
nettoyer,  to  clean, 
neuf,  nine, 
neuf,  -ve,  new. 
neuvi6me,  ninth. 
Nevers,  an  instigator  of  the  Massacre 

of  St.  Bartholomew, 
neveu,  m.,  nephew, 
n^vralgie,  /.,  neuralgia, 
nez,  m.,  nose. 
ni,  neither,  nor. 
nid,  m.,  nest. 
ni6ce,/.,  niece, 
nier,  to  deny, 
noble,  noble. 
noir,  -e,  black,  dark, 
nom,  m.,  name. 
nombre,  m.,  number. 
nombreux,  -se,  numerous, 
nommer,  to  name,  elect;  se  — ,  to 

be  named, 
non,  no,  not. 
nord,  m.,  north. 
nos,  oar. 
notre,  a^j.,  our. 


le  ndtre,  la  notre,  lesndtres,  pron., 
ours. 

Notre-Dame,  Our  Lady  (the  Virgin 
Mary)  ;  a  Paris  cathedral. 

nourrir,  to  nourish,  feed. 

nous,  we,  us,  to  us,  ourselves,  to  our- 
selves ;  —  ni§mes,  ourselves. 

nouveau,  nouvel,  -le,  new,  fresh. 

nouvelle,/.,  news. 

la  Nouvelle-Orl^ans,  New  Orleans. 

la  Nouvelle-Z^lande,  New  Zealand. 

novembre,  m.,  November. 

noyer,  to  drown. 

nuage,  m.,  cloud. 

♦nuire,  to  hurt,  injure. 

nuisible,  noxious. 

nuit,/.,  night;  faire  — ,  to  be  dark. 

nul,  -le,  no,  not  any ;  —  le  part,  no- 
where. 

numero.  No.,  m.,  number. 


O,  oh. 

ob6ir  d.,  to  obey. 

ob^issant,  -e,  obedient. 

objet,  m.,  object. 

obligeant,  -e,  obliging. 

obliger,  to  oblige,  force. 

obscur,  -e,  dark. 

obscurcir,  to  darken. 

obstacle,  m.,  obstacle. 

s'obstiner  (d.),  to  persist  in. 

♦obtenir,  to  obtain,  to  get. 

occasion,/.,  occasion,  opportunity. 

occuper,  to  occupy;  s'— ,  to  be  en- 
gaged, busy  one's  self. 

oc^an,  771.,  ocean. 

octobre,  m.,  October. 

odeur,/.,  odor,  smell. 

cBil  (pr.  euye'),  m.,  eye;  coup  d'— , 
glance. 

OBuf  (pr.  euf  in  the  sing,  and  eux  in 
the  pi.),  m.,  egg. 

OBuvre,/.,  work. 

*offrir,  to  ofifer. 


VOCABULARY 


837 


oh,  oh,  ah! 
oiseau,  m.,  bird, 
oisif,  -ive,  idle, 
olive,/.,  olive, 
ombre,/.,  shadow,  darkness, 
♦omettre,  to  omit. 
on,  r — ,  one,  people,  we,  you,  they. 
oncle,  m.,  uncle, 
onde,/.,  water. 

ongle,  m.,  nail,  finger  nail,  toe  nail. 
onze,  eleven. 
onzi6me,  eleventh. 
op6ra,  m.,  opera, 
opinion,/.,  opinion, 
opposer,  to  oppose;  s' — ,  to  be  op- 
posed. 
oppresser,  to  oppress,  overpower, 
opprobre,  m.,  disgrace,  opprobrium. 
or,  m.,  gold. 
orage,  m.,  storm ;  faire  de  1'—,  to  be 

stormy, 
orageux,   — se,  stormy  ;    faire  un 

temps  — ,  to  be  stormy. 
orange,/.,  orange, 
ordinaire,  ordinary,  habitual, 
ordinairement,  usually. 
ordonner,  to  order,  command. 
ordre,  m.,  order  ;  avoir  de  1' — ,  to 

be  orderly, 
oreille,/.,  ear. 

orgueil,  m.,  (pr.  gevye) ,  pride,  glory, 
orgueilleux,  -se,  proud,  conceited. 
orphelin,  m.,  orphan, 
orteil,  ?n.,  toe. 
OS  {pr.  o,  the  s  to  be  blended  with  the 

next  vowel),  m.,  bone;  jusqu'aux 

— ,  through  and  through. 
oser,  to  dare. 
ou,  or. 
oil,  where ;  d'— ,  whence,  where  from ; 

par  — ,  in  which, 
oublier,  to  forget, 
oui,  yes. 

outrage,  m.,  insult,  outrage, 
outrager,  to  insult,  outrage. 

BRIEF    FR.    COUHSB  22 


ouvert,  -e,  open. 

ouvrage,  ?w.,  work;  L.  a  mis  deux 

jours  d.  tant  d'— ,  it  took  L.  two 

days  to  darn  it. 
ouvrier,  m.,  workman,  maker. 
*ouvrir,  m.,  to  open. 


page,/.,  page. 

pain,    m.,   bread;    —  grille,  toast; 

petit  — ,  roll, 
paire,/.,  pair, 
paletot,  m.,  coat, 
panier,  m.,  basket, 
pantalon,  m.,  trousers, 
paon  (pr.pan),  m.,  peacock, 
papa,  m.,  papa,  father, 
pape,  m.,  pope, 
papier,  m.,  paper;  —d.  lettre,  note 

paper, 
papillon  (pr.  -yon),  m.,  butterfly. 
paquebot,  m.,  steamer, 
par,  by,  through,  from,  in,  at,  with ; 

(before  words  expressing  time)  a, 

every. 
*paraitre,  to  seem,  appear, 
parapluie,  fn.,  umbrella, 
pare,  m.,  park, 
parce  que,  because,  for. 
*parcourir,  to  wander, 
pardessus,  m.,  overcoat, 
pardon,  m.,  pardon,  mercy, 
pardonner  (d,),  to  pardon,  forgive, 
pareil,  -le,  such,  similar,  like ;  rien 

de  — ,  nothing  of  the  kind, 
parent,  m.,  parent,  relative. 
se  parer,  to  adorn  one's  self, 
paresse,/.,  idleness, 
paresseux,  -se,  idle,  lazy  fellow, 
parfaitement,     perfectly,     exactly, 

thoroughly,  distinctly. 
parfois,   from   time   to   time,   some- 
times, 
parfum,  m.,  perfume. 
Paris,  ?n.,  Paris. 


338 


A  BRIEF  FRENCH   COURSE 


parler,  to  speak. 

panni,  among. 

parole,/.,  word;  prendre  la— ,  to 

speak, 
parrain,  m.,  godfather, 
parricide,  parricidal, 
part,/.,  place;  nulle  — ,  nowhere, 
partager,  to  partake,  share, 
parti,  in.,  party, 
partie,/.,  part. 
»partir,  to  set  out,  leave,  go  away; 

&  —  de,  from, 
partout,  everywhere, 
♦parvenir  (A) ,  to  attain. 
pas,    m.,  step,    stride;    A  —  lents, 

slowly ;  A  deux  — ,  two  paces  off. 
pas,  adv.,  not;  ne  .  .  .  pas,  not,  not 

any;  —  de,  no,  not.' 
passant,  m.,  passer  by. 
passer,  to  pass,  hand,  go  through,  by. 
passeport,  m.,  passport, 
passereau,  m.,  sparrow, 
passionn^,  -e,  impassioned, 
patience  ( pr.  pa-siance') ,/.,  patience, 
patient,  -e,  patient, 
patiner,  to  skate, 
patrie,/.,  one's  country. 
Paul,  m.,  Paul. 
Pavdine ,  /. ,  Pauline . 
pauvre,  poor,  unfortunate, 
payer,  to  pay  (for) . 
pays,  771.,  countiy,  land,  fatherland, 
paysage,  m.,  landscape, 
paysan,  m.,  countryman, 
paysanne,  /.,  countrywoman, 
peau,/.,  skin. 
p§che,/.,  fishing. 
p§cher,  to  fish. 
p§cher,  771.,  fishing, 
p^cheur,  771.,  sinner, 
p^daller,  to  pedal, 
peig-ne,  m.,  comb, 
peigner,  to  comb ;  se  — ,  to  comb  one's 

hair. 
*];>eindre,  to  paint,  describe. 


peine,  /.,  sorrow,  trouble,  woe, 
penalty,  diflSculty  ;  &  — ,  scarcely, 
hardly ;  falre  de  la  — ,  to  give 
trouble. 

peinture,/.,  painting,  description. 

peler,  to  peel. 

pendant,  during,  for;  —  que,  while. 

pendre,  to  hang. 

penitence,/.,  penance ;  rester  en—, 
to  do  penance. 

pens6e,/.,  thought. 

penser  (A) ,  to  think  of. 

pente,  /.,  slope,  declivity;  qui  de- 
scend sa  —  ch^rie,  which  gently 
slopes  down. 

percer,  to  pierce. 

percevoir,  to  perceive,  coUect. 

perch^,  -e,  perched  up. 

perdre,  to  lose ;  se  — ,  to  be  lost. 

perdrix,/.,  partridge. 

p6re,  771.,  father;  d'xin  flls  11  venait 
d'etre  — ,  a  son  was  just  born  to 
him. 

perflde,  traitor. 

p6riodique,  periodic. 

p6rir,  to  perish,  decay. 

p6ritonite,/.,  peritonitis. 

perle,/.,  pearl. 

»permettre,  to  permit. 

perron,  771.,  step. 

pers6v6rer,  to  persevere. 

pers6v6rant,  -e,  persevering. 

personnage,  711.,  |)ersonage. 

personne,  /.,  person,  no  one ;  ne  .  .  . 
— ,  nobody. 

perte,/.,  loss,  ruin. 

pesant,  -e,  heavy. 

peste,/.,  plague. 

petit,  -e,  small,  little,  short ;  —  flls, 
w.,  grandson;  — neveu,  ?7i., grand- 
nephew. 

peu,  little;  —  de,  few;  —  importe, 
no  matter ;  d'ici  — ,  in  a  little  while ; 
un  —  de,  some ;  pour  —  que,  if 
the  least. 


VOCABULARY 


339 


peuple,  m.,  people,  mob. 

peur,/.,  fear ;  avoir  — ,  to  be  afraid ; 

faire  — ,  to  frighten  ;   de  —  de,  for 

fear  of ;  de  —  que,  for  fear  tliat,  lest. 
peut-§tre,  perhaps, 
phalange,/.,  phalanx, 
ph^nix,  7n.,  phoenix, 
philosophe,  m.,  philosopher. 
pMisie./.,  consumption, 
piano,  tn.,  piano, 
pie,/.,  magpie. 
pi6ce, /.,  piece;    mettre  en  — s,  to 

tear  to  pieces, 
pied,  m.,  foot,  syllable ;  A  — ,  on  foot ; 

j'ai  mal  au  — ,  my  foot  aches. 
pi6ge,  m.,  trap,  snare, 
pierre,/.,  stone,  sidewalk. 
Pierre,  m.,  Peter. 
pillage,  m.,  pillage, 
pilule,/.,  pill. 

piquette,/.,  wine  of  poor  quality, 
pire,  adj.,  worse;  le  — ,  the  worst, 
pis,  adv.,  worse;  le  — ,  the  worst. 
piti6,  /.,  pity ;  avoir  —  de,  to  take 

pity  on ;   faire  — ,  to  excite  pity ; 

sans  — ,  pitiless. 
place,/.,  place,  position,  room, 
plafond,  m.,  ceiling, 
plage,/.,  shore,  coast. 
*plaindre,  to  pity ;  se  — ,  to  complain, 
plaine, /.,  plain;  la — ,  country,  the 

fields, 
plainte,/.,  complaint,  woe. 
plaintif,  -ve,  plaintive,  mournful. 
*plaire    (d.) ,    to    please ;     se  — ,    to 

delight;    s'il    vous   platt,  if    you 

please ;  plait  il  ?  I  beg  your  pardon  ! 

what  did  you  say  ? 
plaisanter,  to  joke, 
plaisanterie,/.,  joke, 
plaisir,  m.,  pleasure,  fun ;  faire  — , 

to  please,  oblige,  do  a  kindness, 
plan,  m.,  plan,  project, 
plancher,  m.,  floor, 
plante,/.,  plant. 


plat,  m.,  dish. 

plein,  -e,  full. 

pleurer,  to  weep,  cry,  beg. 

pleuresie,/,  pleurisy. 

pleurs,  ni.  pi.,  tears. 

*pleuvoir,  to  rain,  pour. 

plier,  to  bend. 

plonger,  to  dip,  plunge. 

se  ployer,  to  bend,  bow,  yield. 

pluie,/.,  rain. 

plumage,  m.,  plumage,  feathers. 

plume,/.,  pen,  feather. 

la  plupart,  most. 

pluriel,  m.,  plural. 

plus,  more,  any  more  ;  le  — ,  the  more, 
most ;  ne  — ,  no  more,  no  longer ;  non 
— ,  not  more,  neither ;  ni  moi  non  — , 
neither  do  I;  —  d'une,  more  than 
one ;  —  t6t,  earlier,  sooner ;  —  tard, 
later. 

plusieurs,  several. 

plutdt,  rather. 

pluvieux,  -se,  rainy. 

pneumonie,/.,  pneumonia. 

poche,/.,  pocket. 

po6me,  m.,  poem. 

po^sie,/.,  poetry,  verses. 

po6te,  m.,  poet. 

po^tique,  poetic,  poetical. 

poids,  m.,  weight. 

poignard,  m.,  dagger. 

poll,  m.,  hair. 

point,  not ;  ne  .  .  .  — ,  not  at  all. 

poire,/.,  pear. 

poison,  m.,  poison. 

poisson,  m.,  fish. 

poivre,  m,,  pepper. 

poll,  -e,  polite. 

police,/,,  police. 

polisson,  m.,  scamp. 

politesse,/.,  politeness. 

politique,/.,  politics. 

pomme,  /.,  apple ;  —  de  terre,  /., 
potato. 

ponctuation,/.,  punctuation. 


340 


A  BRIEF   FRENCH   COURSE 


ponctuel,  -le,  punctual. 

pondre,  to  lay  eggs. 

pont,  m.,  bridge. 

port,  m.,  port,  harbor ;  entrer  au  — , 

to  get  safe  into  port, 
porte,/.,  door. 
porter,  to  carry,  take  (to)  (of  things 

and   infants),    bear,    wear;    se  — 

bien,  to  be  well ;  se  —  mal,  to  be 

ailing;  6tre  bien  portant,  to  be 

healthy ;  etre  mal  portant,  to  be 

sickly, 
porteur  d'eau,  m.,  water  carrier, 
portrait,  m.,  picture,  likeness, 
se  poser,  to  alight,  perch, 
position,/.,  situation, 
positivement,  positively, 
poss^der,  to  possess,  be  worth, 
possible,  possible ;  pas  — !  you  don't 

say! 
poste,/.,  post-office;  timbre  — ,  m., 

postage  stamp. 
pouce,  m.,  thumb, 
poule,/.,  hen. 
poup^e,/.,  doll. 
pour,  for,  to,  on,  in  order  to;  —  que, 

in  order  that, 
pourquoi,  why. 
pourtant,  yet,  still,  however, 
pourvu  que,  provided, 
pousser,  to  push,  utter. 
poussi6re, /.,  dust,  ashes;  faire  de 

la  — ,  to  be  dusty, 
pouvoir,  m.,  power. 
*pouvoir,  to  be  able,  can,  may ;  se  — , 

to  be  possible ;  n'en  —  plus,  to  be 

utterly  exhausted  :  je  n'y  puis  rien, 

I  can't  help  it ;  11  se  poxirrait  que, 

it  might  be  that, 
pratiquer,  to  practice, 
precepteur,  m.,  tutor, 
se  prdcipiter,  to  hurl  one's  self,  rush, 

hurry, 
les  Pr6cievise8  ridic\iles,  a  comedy 

of  Moli^re. 


pr^cisdment,  exactly,  precisely. 

prd  c  ision ,  /'. ,  precision . 

*predire,  to  foretell. 

pr6f6rable,  preferable. 

pr6f6rer,  to  prefer. 

pr^mices,/.  pL,  beginning. 

premier,  -6re,  first;  au  — ,  on  the 
first. 

♦prendre,  to  take,  catch,  put  on,  get ; 
se  — ,  to  catch ;  se  —  A,  to  begin ; 
se  laisser  —  (^),  to  be  caught,  de- 
ceived (by) ;  qu'on  ne  I'y  pren- 
drait  plus,  that  he  wouldn't  be 
caught  at  the  same  trick  again. 

preparer,  to  prepare,  get  ready ;  in- 
tended. 

pr6s,  near,  nearly ;  tout  —  de,  close, 
near  to ;  A  peu  — ,  nearly,  almost. 

presage,  m.,  omen,  foreboding. 

presence,  /.,  presence;  en  — ,  face 
to  face. 

present,  present;  A — ,  at  present,  now. 

presenter,  to  introduce. 

presque,  almost,  nearly,  hardly. 

presse,  -e,  in  a  hurry. 

presser,  to  press,  squeeze,  crowd  ;  se 
— ,to  throng, crowd,  to  be  in  a  hurry. 

pressoir,  m.,  press;  —  d'hmle,  oil- 
press. 

pr§t,  -e,  ready. 

pr^tendre,  to  pretend,  lay  claim,  aim 
at  being. 

pr6tendu.  -e,  so-called. 

pr§ter,  to  lend. 

pr§teur,  -euse,  lender,  given  to  lend- 
ing. 

pr§tre,  7n.,  priest. 

preuve,/.,  proof. 

*pr6venir,  to  forewarn,  warn. 

♦pr^voir,  to  foresee. 

prier,  to  pray,  beg. 

pri6re,/.,  prayer. 

prince,  m.,  prince. 

principal,  m.,  capital,  principal. 

principe,  wi.,  principle. 


VOCABULARY 


341 


printemps,  m.,  spring,  youth, 
prison,/.,  prison, 
prisonnier,  in.,  prisoner, 
prix,  m.,  price,  prize,  reward, 
probablement,  probably,very  likely, 
prochain,  -e,  next, 
prochain,  m.,  neighbor, 
prodigue,  prodigal,  extravagant, 
prodiguer,  to  lavish, 
produire,  to  produce,  bring  forth, 
professeur,  in.,  professor,  teacher, 
profit,  m.,  benefit;   au  — ,  for  the 

benefit. 
profond,  -e,  deep,  dark, 
profondeur,/.,  depth. 
progr6s,  in.,  progress, 
prole,/.,  i)rey. 

projet,  m.,  project,  plan,  design, 
promenade,  /.,  walk,  ride;    faire 

une  — ,  to  take  a  walk, 
promener ,  to  take  out  to  walk  ;  se  — , 

to  take  a  walk,  be  driven. 
*promettre,  to  promise. 
prononcer,  to  pronounce, 
prononciation,/.,  pronunciation, 
propos,  m.,  occasion;   d,  — ,  about, 

over ;  d,  tout  — ,  on  every  occasion, 
proposer,  to  propose, 
propre,  clean,  own. 
propri^taire,  m.  or/.,  landlord, 
prose,/.,  prose, 
protdger,  to  protect, 
proverbe,  m.,  proverb. 
Prussien,  m.,  Prussian, 
psaume,  in.,  psalm, 
public,  -ique,  public, 
puis,  then. 

puiser,  to  draw,  drink, 
puisque,  since,  as ;  puisqu'il  en  est 

ainsi,  since  you  will  have  it  so. 
puissance,/.,  power, 
puissant,  -e,  powerful, 
punir,  to  punish,  overthrow, 
punltion,/.,  punishment, 
pupitre,  m.,  desk. 


qu'  stands  for  que. 

quai,  m.,  quay,  wharf. 

quality,  /.,  quality;  — s,  pi.,  good 
qualities. 

quand,  when,  while ;  —  ni§rae,  even 
then  ;  depuis  — ,  how  long  ? 

quant  ^,  as  for. 

quantity,  /.,  quantity ;  des  — s,  lots. 

quarante,  forty ;  —  cinq,  forty-five. 

quart,  m.,  quarter. 

quatorze,  fourteen. 

quatrain,  m.,  quatrain. 

quatre,  four. 

quatre  vingts,  eighty. 

quatridme,  fourth. 

quatuor  {pr.  koua  tuor),  m.,  quar- 
tet. 

que,  adv.,  how,  how  much,  how  many. 

que,  conj.,  as,  than,  that,  why,  lest, 
whether,  while,  since;  —  de,  than 
to ;  ne  . .  .  —  nothing  but,  only :  pour 
— ,  so  that ;  c'est  — ,  but ;  avant  — . 
before ;  bien  — ,  although  ;  ^  moins 
— ,  unless ;  pour  peu  — ,  if  in  the 
least;  sans  — ,  without. 

que,  pron.,  whom,  which,  that ;  ce  — , 
what;  qui  — ,  whoever;  quoi  — , 
whatever;  quel — .whatever. 

que,  interrog.,  what? 

quel,  -le,  quels,  quelles,  what, 
which;  —  ...  que,  whatever. 

quelque,  adj.,  some,  any,  a  few. 

quelque,  adv.,  however,  whatever. 

quelquefois,  sometimes. 

quelqu'un,  some  one,  somebody,  any- 
body. 

querelle,/.,  quarrel. 

se  quereller,  to  quarrel. 

qu'est  ce  que . . .  ?  {ohj.) ;  —  qui . . .  ? 
{suhj.),  what? 

question,/.,  question. 

queue,/.,  tail,  stalk,  stem. 

qui,  who,  which,  that;  A  — ,  de  — , 
whose;     {interr.,    or    after    prep.) 


342 


A  BRIEF   FRENCH   COURSE 


whom  ;  ce  — ,  what,  which ;  —  est 
•  ce  que  .  .  .?  whom  (06/.);  —  est 

ce  qui  .  .  .?  who  (subj.)  ;  —  que, 

whoever,  whosoever, 
quinze,  fifteen. 

quitter,  to  leave,  part  from,  let  go. 
quoi,  which,  what ;  A  —  bon?  what's 

the  use?  il  n'y  a  pas  de  — ,  not  at 

all ;  —  que,  whatever. 
quoique,  although,  whatever. 


rabattu.  -e,  turned  down. 

racine,/.,  root ;  prendre  — ,  to  take 
up  one's  quarters. 

raconter,  to  tell,  relate. 

raillerie,/.,  witticism. 

raison,  /.,  reason,  cause;  avoir  — , 
to  be  right. 

ramage,  m.,  warbling,  voice. 

rameau,  m.,  bough,  branch. 

ramener,  to  bring  back,  take  back 
(of  persons  and  animals) . 

rang,  m.,  rank. 

se  ranimer,  to  revive. 

rapide,  rapid,  swift,  speedy. 

rappeler,  to  recall,  call  back,  rec- 
ollect. 

rapporter,  to  bring,  take  back  (of 
things  and  babies) ;  —  A,  to  corre- 
spond, tally  with. 

rare,  rare. 

rarement,  seldom,  rarely. 

ravage,  m.,  ravage,  havoc. 

ravager,  to  plunder. 

ravir,  to  carry  off ;  &  — ,  beautifully. 

rayon,  ?n.,  ray. 

r^cemment,  recently. 

recevoir,  to  receive,  entertain,  wel- 
come. 

recherche,/.,  search;  se  mettre  d, 
la  —  de,  to  hunt  up,  search  for. 

r^ciproquement,  reciprocally. 

r6cit,  in.,  account,  narrative. 

r6clamer,  to  claim,  entreat. 


recompense,/.,  reward. 

r6compen8er,  to  reward. 

reconnaissance,/.,  gratitude. 

♦reconnaitre,  to  recognize,  acknowl- 
edge. 

reculer,  to  fall  back,  recoil. 

redingote,/.,  frock  coat. 

♦redire,  to  repeat,  say  against. 

redoubler,  to  redouble,  increase. 

redoutable,  dangerous. 

redouter,  to  dread ;  des  anges  re- 
dout6,  dreaded  by  angels. 

r6ellement,  really,  indeed. 

*refaire,  to  do,  begin  again. 

r^fl^chir,  to  think,  reflect. 

refuser,  to  refuse,  decline. 

regard,  m.,  look. 

regarder,  to  look  at,  see;  look  to; 
attend  to ;  je  regarde  au  ciel,  I 
raise  my  eyes  to  Heaven. 

regent,  m.,  regent  (acting  king) . 

regime,  in.,  diet. 

r6gle,/.,  rule,  ruler. 

r6gne,  m.,  reign. 

r^gner,  to  reign,  rule. 

regret,  m.,  regret,  grief;  &  — ,  reluc- 
tantly. 

regretter,  to  regret. 

r6guli6rement,  regularly. 

reine,/.,  queen. 

rejeter,  to  reject,  refuse,  turn  away 
from. 

remarquer,  to  notice. 

remercier,  to  thank. 

♦remettre  (d,  plus  tard),  to  post- 
pone ;  put  back. 

remplacer,  to  replace. 

remporter,  to  gain. 

renard,  in.,  Reynard,  fox. 

rencontre,  /. ,  meeting ;  aller  A  la  — 
(de),  to  go  to  meet. 

rencontrer,  to  meet. 

rendre,  to  give  back,  restore,  render, 
return;  se  — ,  to  betake  one's  self, 
go,  get,  surrender. 


VOCABULARY 


343 


renommde,/.,  fame, 
renseig-nement,  m.,  information, 
rentrer,  to  come  home, 
renverser,  to  upset. 
*renvoyer,  to  return,  send  back, 
r6pandre,  to  spread,  spill. 
*repartir,  to  set  off  again,  go  back, 
repas,  m.,  meal,  repast. 
*repentir^  to  repent, 
rep^ter,  to  repeat. 
r6pondre,  to  answer,  reply, 
repos,  m.,  rest,  repose,  pause;    se 

tenir  en  — ,  to  keep  still, 
se  reposer,  to  rest, 
repousser,  to  repel,  push  back. 
*reprendre,  to  take  back. 
repr6senter,  to  represent. 
reprise,  /.,  darn;    chanson  d.  —  s, 

glee. 
reprocher,  to  reproach, 
r^server,  to  reserve. 
r6sister,  to  resist,  hold  out. 
r^solu,  -e,  decided,  resolved. 
*r6soudre,  to  resolve,  decide, 
respect,  m.,  respect, 
respecter,  to  respect, 
respectueux,  -se,  respectful, 
ressemblant,  -e,  alike, 
ressembler,  to  resemble;   se  — ,  to 

be  alike, 
ressource,  /.,  resource,  expedient, 
reste,  m.,  remainder;    du  — ,  but, 

however, 
rester,  to  remain,  stay ;  —  en  place, 

to  keep  still, 
retard,  m.,  slowness ;  en  — ,  late, 
retarder,  to  go  slow,  be  slow  (of  a 

watch) . 
*retenir,  to  keep,  engage,  spare,  de- 
tain, hold  back, 
retenue,/.,  restraint,  reserve. 
se  retirer,  to  retire,  withdraw, 
retour,  m.,  return, 
retoumer,  to  return,  go  back, 
retrouver,  to  find  again. 


r^ussir,  to  succeed, 
r^ve,  771.,  dream, 
r^veil,  m.,  awaking, 
r^v^ler,  to  reveal,  disclose, 
revendre,  to  sell  again. 
*revenir,  to  come  back,  go  back, 
r^v^rer,  to  revere,  venerate, 
revers,  m.,  facing,  lapql  of  a  coat. 
*revoir,  to  see  again;    au  — ,  good- 

by. 
se  r^volter,  to  rebel,  revolt, 
rhumatisme,  m.,  rheumatism, 
rhume,  m.,  cold, 
riant,  -e,  smiling,  pleasing, 
riche,  rich,  wealthy, 
richesse,  /.,  riches,  wealth, 
rideau,  m.,  curtain, 
rider,  to  wrinkle, 
rien,  anything,  nothing ;  —  du  tout, 

nothing  at  all ;  de  — ,  don't  speak  of 

it,  not  at  all ;  —  de  — ,  nothing  at 

all. 
rime,  /,,  rhyme. 
*rire,  to  laugh, 
risque,  m.,  risk, 
risquer,  to  risk, 
riyage,  m.,  shore, 
rival,  m.,  rival, 
rive,/.,  bank,  shore, 
riviere,  /.,  river, 
robe,  /.,  dress,  coat  (of  a  horse), 
robuste,  robust, 
rocher,  m.,  rock, 
roi,  m.,  king, 
roitelet,  m.,  wren. 
r61e,  m.,  part. 
Remain,  m.,  Roman, 
roman,  m.,  novel, 
romance,  /.,  love  song. 
Rome,  Rome, 
rompre,  to  break, 
rompu,  -e,  tired  out. 
ronde,  /.,  round ;  d.  la  — ,  round, 
rose,  /.,  rose,  pink, 
roseau,  m.,  reed. 


344 


A  BRIEF  FRENCH   COURSE 


ros6e,  /.,  dew. 

rossignol,  m.,  uightingale. 

roti,  m.,  roast  meat. 

roue,/.,  wheel. 

rouge,  red. 

rougeole,  /,,  measles. 

Rouget  de  Lisle,  author  of  the  Mar- 
seillaise. 

roug"ir,'  to  blush. 

rouler,  to  roll,  rash. 

route,  /.,  road,  way,  direction. 

roux,  rousse,  sandy;  marqu^  de 
— ,  red  siK)tted. 

royaume,  m.,  kingdom,  realm. 

ruban,  m.,  ribbon,  decoration. 

rubis,  jn.,  ruby. 

rude,  hard,  terrible. 

rue,  /.,  street. 

ruisseau,  7?i.,  brook,  stream. 

ruisseler,  to  stream,  run. 

riuneur,/.,  uproar,  lamentation. 

rus6,  -e,  smart,  sly;  c'est  une  — e, 
she  is  a  sly  puss. 

russe,  Russian. 

Russie  (la) ,  Russia. 


8'  stands  for  se;  for  si  before  ilorils. 

sa,  his,  hers,  its. 

sable,  m.,  sand. 

sacre,  -e,  sacred,  holy. 

sacrifice,  m.,  sacrifice. 

sage,  good. 

sagement,  wisely. 

sagesse,/.,  wisdom. 

saignant,  -e,  rare,  underdone. 

sain,  -e,  healthy. 

Saint-Barth61emy,  Saint  Bartholo- 
mew. 

Sainte-H616ne,  f..  Saint  Helena. 

Saint- Joseph,  ni..  Saint  Joseph. 

Saint-Marceau,  a  former  suburb  of 
Paris. 

saisir,  to  .seize;  se  —  de,  to  seize 
(upon),  snap  up. 


saison,  /.,  season. 

salaire,  m.,  wages. 

sale,  dirty,  soiled,  unclean  ;  fairs  — , 
to  be  dirty. 

salir,  to  soil. 

salle,  /.,  room,  hall;  —  d.  manger, 
/.,  dining-room;  —  d'^tude,  /., 
schoolroom. 

salon,  //J.,  drawing-room,  parlor. 

saluer,  to  bow,  greet. 

salut,  7n.,  hail;  —  A  ma  patrie,  hail 
to  the  fatherland. 

samedi,  m.,  Saturday. 

San-Francisco,  San  Francisco. 

sang,  m.,  blood. 

sanglant,  -e,  bloody,  bleeding,  deadly. 

sanglot,  771.,  sob. 

sanguinaire,  bloodthirsty. 

sans.  —  que,  without. 

sant^,  /.,  health. 

*satisfaire,  to  satisfy. 

sauce,  /.,  gravy. 

sauvage,  wild,  savage. 

sauver,  to  save. 

savant,  -e,  learned. 

*savoir,  to  know,  know  how  to,  be 
able  to;  faire — ,  to  inform,  make 
known ;  ne  —  qu'y  faire,  not  to 
know  what  to  do;  ne  —  rien  de 
rien,  to  know  nothing  at  all ;  pas 
que  je  sache,  not  as  far  as  I  know. 

savoir,  7>i.,  knowledge. 

savoir  vivre,  m.,  good  breeding. 

savon,  in.,  soap. 

scarlatine,  scarlet  (fever). 

sc6ne,  /.,  stage. 

Scipion,  771.,  Scipio. 

se,  self,  herself,  itself,  one's  self,  them- 
selves. 

seau,  777., bucket ;  pleuvoir  d, seaux, 
to  rain  in  sheets. 

sec,  s6che,  dry ;  faire  — ,  to  be  dry. 

s^cher,  to  dry. 

second,  -e,  second. 

seconde,  /.,  second. 


VOCABULARY 


345 


secours,  m.,  help,  assistance. 

secret,  -6te,  secret. 

secret,  m.,  secret, 

seig-neur,  m.,  lord,  master;  faire  le 
grand  — ,  to  put  on  airs. 

sein,  m.,  bosom. 

seize,  sixteen. 

sel,  m.,  salt. 

semaine,  /.,  week. 

sembler,  to  seem,  appear. 

seiner,  to  sow,  strew. 

sens,  m.,  sense ;  mettre  tout  —  des- 
sus  dessous,  to  turn  everything 
topsy-turvy. 

sentier,  m.,  path. 

sentinelle,  /.,  sentry, 

*seDtir,  to  feel ;  ne  se  sent  pas  de 
joie,  is  transported  with  joy ;  je  ne 
peux  pas  le  — ,  I  can't  bear  him, 

s^parer,  to  separate;  se  — ,  to  sepa- 
rate, part  from  each  other, 

sept,  seven, 

ssptembre,  m.,  September. 

septi6me,  seventh. 

s^rieux,  -se,  serious. 

serment,  m.,  oath. 

serpolet,  m.,  wild  thyme, 

serre,  /.,  hothouse,  conservatory. 

serrer,  to  tighten ;  se  —  la  main,  to 
shake  hands. 

service,  m.,  service;  flUe  de— , 
housemaid. 

serviette,  /.,  napkin  ;  —  de  toilette, 
towel. 

*servir,  to  serve. 

serviteur,  m.,  servant. 

ses,  his,  her,  its,  one's. 

seul,  -e,  alone,  only,  single. 

seulement,  only. 

86 ve.  /.,  sap,  vigor. 

s6v6re,  severe,  strict. 

s6v6renient,  severely. 

s^v^rit^,/.,  severity. 

si,  if,  whether,  suppose,  so,  as,  yes, 

si6cle,  m,,  century,  age. 


le  sien,  les  siens,  la  sienne,  les 
siennes,  his,  hers,  its, 

sififler,  to  hiss. 

signal,  m.,  signal. 

signaler,  to  signal,  show. 

signe,  m.,  sign,  mark. 

silence,  m.,  silence,  • 

silencieux,  -se,  silent. 

sillon,  m.,  furrow,  field, 

simagrde,  /,,  affectation, 

simplement,  simply,  merely, 

sincere,  sincere, 

sinc6rit6,  /.,  sincerity, 

singe,  m.,  ape,  monkey. 

singulier,  m.,  singular. 

sit6t,  so  soon. 

six,  six, 

sixi^me,  sixth. 

sobre,  moderate. 

sobri^t^,  /,,  moderation, 

soci^t^,  /,,  society,  commonwealth. 

Socrate,  Socrates,  the  philosopher, 

soeur, /.,  sister;  belle  — ,  sister-in- 
law. 

soi,  one's  self,  himself,  herself;  chez 
— ,  at  home. 

sole,  /.,  silk, 

soif , /, ,  thirst ;  avoir  — ,  to  be  thirsty, 

soigner,  to  take  care,  attend, 

soigneux,  -se,  careful;  peu  — , 
careless, 

soin,  971.,  care;  soins,  attention, 

soir,  m.,  evening ;  le  — ,  in  the  even- 
ing ;  hier  — ,  hier  au  — ,  last  even- 
ing. 

soir6e,  /,,  the  whole  evening,  evening 
entertainment. 

soixante,  sixty, 

soldat,  m,,  soldier. 

soleil,  m.,  sun;  au  —  couchant,  at 
sunset;  coucher  de  — ,  sunset; 
faire  — ,  to  be  sunny, 

solidifler,  to  solidify, 

solitaire,  m,,  lonely,  lonesome. 

solitude,  /.,  loneliness. 


346 


A   BRIEF   FRENCH   COURSE 


sombre,  gloomy,  dull ;   faire  — ,  to 

be  gloomy, 
sommeil,  m.,  sleep;  avoir  — ,  to  be 

sleepy, 
sommet,  m.,  summit, 
son,  sa,  ses,  his,  her,  its. 
son,  m.,  sound. 
Bonge,  m.,  dream, 
songer,  to  think, 
sonnet,  m.,  sonnet, 
sort,  m.,  fate,  lot. 
sorte,  /.,  kind, 
♦sortir,  to  go,  come,  rush  out. 
sou,  m.,  cent. 

souci,  wi.,  care,  anxiety,  trouble, 
soucoupe,  /.,  saucer, 
soudain,  sudden,  unexpected, 
souffle,  7/1.,  breath, 
souffler,  to  blow, 
souffrant,  -e,  ailing, 
♦souffrir,  to  suffer,  endure,  be  ailing, 
souhait,  m.,  wish, 
souhaiter,  to  wish, 
souiller,  to  soil,  imbue, 
squlever,  to  raise,  heave. 
Soulier,  m.,    shoe;    —  d^couvert, 

low  shoe. 
*se  soumettre,  to  submit, 
soupgonner,  to  suspect, 
soupe,  /.,  soup, 
souper,  m.,  supper, 
soupirer,  to  sigh  out. 
source,  /.,  source,  spring. 
*sourire,  to  smile, 
sourire,  m.,  smile, 
sous,  under,  beneath, 
soustraction,  /.,  subtraction. 
*soutenir,  to  uphold,  bear,  maintain, 

support, 
soutien,  m.,  support,  prop. 
*se  souvenir,  to  remember, 
souvenir,  m.,  remembrance, 
souvent,  often, 
souverain,  m.,  sovereign, 
eplendide,  splendid,  lovely. 


stance,  /.,  stanza. 

steamer,  m.,  steamer. 

Stuart,  a  royal  family  of  England 
and  Scotland. 

studieux,  -se,  industrious. 

style,  m.,  style. 

sublime,  sublime. 

subsister,  to  subsist. 

sue,  m.,  essence,  substance,  juice, 
sap,  pith. 

Sucre,  m.,  sugar. 

Suisse,  »i.  (obsolete) ,  porter,  guardian. 

la  Suisse,  Switzerland. 

de  suite,  at  once,  following,  in  suc- 
cession; tout  — ,  immediately, 
directly. 

smvant,  following,  according  to,  en- 
suing. 

*suivre,  to  follow,  suit. 

sujet,  m.,  subject;  avoir  bien  — ,  to 
have  good  cause;  mauvais  — , 
worthless  scamp. 

sujet,  -te,  subject. 

Sully  Prudhomme,  a  French  poet. 

superieur,  -e,  superior. 

supplement,  m.,  overweight. 

supplice,  m.,  punishment,  execution. 

supposer,  to  suppose. 

supreme,  supreme,  exalted. 

sur,  on,  upon,  out  of,  from. 

stir,  -e,  sure,  certain,  safe,  secure. 

surface,/.,  surface. 

♦surf aire,  to  overcharge. 

sur-le-cbamp,  on  the  spot. 

surmonter,  to  overcome. 

surprenant,  surprising,  amazing. 

*surprendre,  to  surprise,  catch. 

surtout,  above  all. 

*survivre,  to  outlive,  survive. 

susciter,  to  raise,  stir  up. 

suspendre,  to  hang  up,  suspend. 

suspens.  m.,  en  — ,  waiting. 

syllabe./.,  syllable. 

symphonie,  /.,  symphony. 

Syrie, /.,  Syria. 


VOCABULARY 


347 


t'  stands  for  te. 

ta,  your. 

table,/.,  table;  tenir  —  ouverte,  to 
keep  open  house. 

tableau,/.,  picture. 

tableau  (noir),  m.,  blackboard. 

tabouret,  m.,  stool. 

t§,cher,  to  try,  endeavor. 

taillader,  to  slash. 

tallleur,  m.,  tailor. 

tandis  que,  while. 

tant,  as  many,  so  many,  as  much,  so 
much ;  —  pis,  so  much  the  worse ; 
—  mieux,  so  much  the  better. 

tante,/.,  aunt. 

tapagre,  /n.,  noise. 

tapis,  m.,  carpet. 

tard,  adv.,  late;  se  faire  — ,  to 
.grow  late;  t6t  ou  — ,  sooner  or 
later. 

tarder,  to  delay  ;  il  me  tarde, 
I  long. 

tardif ,  -ive,  tardy,  late. 

tasse,/.,  cup. 

Tavanne,  a  marshal  of  France. 

te,  you,  to  you. 

t^l^gramme,  711.,  telegram. 

tenement,  so  much. 

temperature,/.,  temperature. 

temp§te,/.,  tempest,  storm. 

temple,  m.,  temple. 

temps,  m.,  time,  while,  weather;  d, 
— ,  in  time  ;  combien  de  — ?  how 
long?  en  m§me  —  que,  as  well  as, 
at  the  same  time ;  faire  beau  — ,  to 
be  fine;  faire  mauvais  — ,  to  be 
bad  w^eather ;  faire  un  —  orageux, 
pluvieux,  to  be  stormy,  rainy; 
avoir  bien  le  — ,  to  have  plenty  of 
time  ;  dans  le  —  que,  while. 

tendre,  tender,  fond,  new. 

*tenir,  to  keep,  hold ;  —  ^,  to  be  at- 
tached to,  care  for;  —  de,  to  take 
after,  inherit  from ;  savoir  d.  quoi 


s"en  — ,  to  know  what  one  is  about ; 
—  bon,  to  hold  out. 

terme,  m.,  term. 

terminaison,/,,  ending. 

terminer,  to  end,  finish. 

terrasser,  to  conquer,  fling  to  the 
ground. 

terre,  earth,  ground  ;  sous  la  — ,  un- 
derground. 

terrible,  terrible. 

tes,  your. 

t6te,  /.,  head,  brow,  summit;  en 
faire  d.  sa  — ,  to  do  as  one  likes. 

t§tu,  -e,  obstinate. 

th6,  m.,  tea. 

theatre,  m.,  theater,  stage. 

Th^atre-Frangais,  a  celebrated 
French  theater  in  Paris. 

th6me,  m. ,  exercise ;  theme  (of  music) . 

ti6de,  tepid,  lukewarm. 

le  tien,  la  tienne,  les  tiens,  les 
tiennes,  yours. 

tiens  !  hello ! 

tige,/.,  stem,  stalk. 

tigre,  m.,  tiger. 

timbre  poste,  m.,  postage  stamp. 

timide,  bashful. 

tirer,  to  pull,  draw,  fire ;  quand  d'er- 
reur  on  nous  tira,  when  con- 
vinced of  one's  mistake. 

toi,  you,  to  you ;  —  m§me,  yourself. 

toilette,/.,  toilet. 

toit,  m.,  roof,  home;  mes  — s,  the 
paternal  house. 

tombe,/.,  tombeau,  ??2.,tomb,  grave. 

tomber,  to  fall ;  laisser  — ,  to  let 
go. 

ton,  ta,  tes,  your. 

tonique,  tonic. 

tonner,  to  thunder. 

torche,/.,  torch. 

torrent,  m.,  torrent,  flood. 

tort,  m.,  fault,  wrong ;  avoir  — ,  to  be 
wrong. 

tdt,  early,  soon ;  trop  — ,  too  spon. 


348 


A  BRIEF   FRENCH   COURSE 


toucher,  to  touch,  affect ;  —  ^,  to  be 
close  to. 

toujours,  always,  still,  forever. 

tour,  m.,  turn,  around;  faire  un  — , 
to  take  a  stroll. 

tour,  /. ,  tower. 

tounnent,  m.,  torment. 

tourner,  to  turn  round. 

tout,  -e,  tous,  toutes,  all,  whole, 
each,  every,  everything. 

tout,  adv.,  quite,  entirely,  all ;  du  — , 
pas  du  — ,  not  at  all;  —  d.  fait, 
quite;  —  A  Theure,  just  now,  a  little 
while  ago ;  —  de  suite,  at  once, 
directly;  —  droit,  straight  on;  — 
le  monde,  everybody;  — A  coup, 
all  at  once. 

toutefois,  however. 

trace,/.,  trace,  track. 

tracer,  to  draw,  trace,  line. 

trahir,  to  betray. 

train,  m.,  train. 

trait,  m.,  mark;  pL,  traits,  features. 

traltre,  m.,  traitor. 

tram-w^ay,  m.,  car. 

tranquille,  easy,  in  peace,  quiet; 
laissez-moi  — ,  let  me  alone. 

transport,  m.,  transport,  shout. 

travail  (travaux),  m.pL,  work. 

travailler,  to  work. 

travailleur,  7n.,  worker;  le  plus 
— ,  the  best  worker. 

travers.  breadth;  A — ,  across,  through. 

travers^e,  /.,  crossing,  trip  across, 
passage. 

traverser,  to  cross. 

treize,  thirteen. 

trembler,  to  tremble,  shake. 

trente,  thirty. 

trente  et  \in,  thirty-one. 

trds,  very,  very  much,  well,  quite. 

tr^sor,  m.,  treasure. 

tricoter,  to  knit ;  aiguille  A  — ,  knit- 
ting needle. 

trio,  m.,  trio. 


triolet,  m.,  triplet. 

triomphe,  »i.,  triumph. 

triste,  sad. 

tristement,  sadly,  sorrowfully. 

trois,  three. 

troisidme,  third. 

tromper,  to  deceive,  cheat ;  se  — ,  to 

be  mistaken, 
trdne,  m.,  throne. 

trop  (de),  too,  too  much,  too  many, 
tropical,  -e,  tropical, 
troubler,  to  trouble,  disturb ;  se  — , 

to  be  confused, 
troupe,/.,  troop,  band, 
trouver,  to  find,  find  out,  like,  get, 

meet  with ;  se  — ,  to  be  found,  be. 
tu,  you. 
tuer,  to  kill, 
les  Tuileries,  a  royal  palace  in  Paris, 

now  destroyed, 
tumulte,  m.,  tumult, 
typhoide  (pr./o  id'),  typhoid, 
tyran,  m.,  tyrant, 
tyrannie,  /.,  tjTanny. 


un,  une,  a,  an,  one;  1'—  et  I'autre, 
both  :  c'est  tout  — ,  it's  all  the  same, 
uniformity,/.,  uniformity, 
union,/.,  union, 
unir,  to  unite, 
univers,  m.,  universe, 
urgent,  -e,  pressing, 
usage,  m.,  custom, 
utile,  useful. 


vaillant,  -e,  valiant,  brave,  gallant. 

vain,  -e,  vain,  idle,  conceited  ;  en  — , 
vainly. 

*vaincre,  to  conquer,  defeat,  beat. 

vainqueur,  m.,  conqueror. 

vaisseau,  m.,  vessel,  ship. 

valet,  m.,  valet;  —  de  pied,  foot- 
man. 


VOCABULARY 


349 


valetir,/.,  value,  worth, 
vallon,  m.,  dale,  glen,  valley. 
*valoir,  to  be  worth ;  —  mieux,  to  be 

better;  mieux  vaut,  it  is  better; 

vaut  bien,  is  well  worth ;  ne  vaut 

pas,  does  not  come  up  to. 
vanneur,  m.,  winnower, 
vapeur,/.,  steam, 
variole,/.,  smallpox, 
vase,  m.,  vase, 
vaste,  great,  vast. 
Vaucouleurs,  birthplace  of  Joan  of 

Arc. 
veille,/.,  watch,  vigil, 
veill^e,/.,  evening, 
velours,  m.,  velvet, 
venant,  forthcoming;  d>  tout  — ,  as 

the  fancy  took  me. 
vendre,  to  sell, 
vendredi,  m.,  Friday, 
vengeance,  /.,  vengeance, 
venger,  to  avenge. 
*venir,  to  come ;  (of  children,  animals, 

and  plants)  to  grow  up,  shoot  up ;  — 

d,  bout  (de),  to  succeed  in  doing; 

—  de  (with  infin.),  to  have  just; 

en  —  {d.) ,  to  proceed  to  ;  en  —  aux 

mains,  to  come  to  blows ;   en  — 

jusqu'd,,  to  go  as  far  as ;  se  faire 

bien  — ,  to  win  affection ;  vienne  la 

voile,  should  the  vessel  come;   ne 

faire  qu'aller  et  — ,  to  run  to  and 

fro. 
vent,  m.,  wind,  draught,  breath ;  faire 

du  — ,  to  be  windy ;  il  vient  du  — , 

there  is  a  draught. 
verdoyer,  to  grow  green, 
verger,  m.,  orchard, 
veritable,  veritable. 
v6rit6,f.,  truth, 
vermeil,    m.,    silver,    gilt;    de    — , 

golden, 
vermiceau,     m.,    vermicule,     little 

grub. 
Verplumot,  Verplumot. 


verre,  m.,  glass. 

vers,  m.,  verse,  poetry. 

vers,  towards. 

d.  verse  (of  raining),  in  torrents,  in 
sheets. 

versification,  /.,  versification, 
prosody. 

vert,  -e,  green. 

vertu,/.,  virtue. 

vertueux,  -se,  virtuous. 

verveine,/.,  vervain. 

veuve,/.,  widow. 

viande,/.,  meat. 

vice,  m.,  vice. 

victime,  m.  or/.,  victim. 

victoire,  /.,  victory,  success. 

victorieux,  -se,  victorious. 

vide,  empty. 

vie,/.,  life. 

vieillir,  to  grow  old. 

vieil,  -le,  old. 

vierge,/.,  virgin. 

vieux,  m.,  vieille,/.,  old. 

vif,  -ve,  quick,  lively. 

vigoureusement,  vigorously. 

vigoureux,  -se,  vigorous. 

vigueur,/.,  vigor. 

vilain,  -e,  ugly,  homely. 

vil,  -e,  low,  abject. 

village,  m.,  village. 

villageois,  m.,  countryman. 

ville,/.,  town,  city ;  le  haut  de  la  — , 
uptown ;  le  bas  de  la  — ,  down- 
town. 

vin,  m.,  wine. 

vinaigre,  m.,  vinegar. 

vingt,  twenty. 

vingt  et  un,  twenty-one. 

vingt  et  uni6me,  twenty-first. 

vingti6me,  twentieth. 

violon,  m.,  violin. 

visage,  in.,  face. 

visiblement,  visibly,  obviously. 

visite,/.,  visit. 

visiter,  to  visit. 


350 


A    BRIEF   FRENCH   COURSE 


visitexir,  m.,  visitor. 

vite,  quick,  fast;  blen  — ,  quickly; 
faire  — ,  to  be  quick,  make  haste. 

vivement,  deeply. 

♦vivre,  to  live;  —  de,  to  live  on ;  — 
d,  Rome  comme  d.  Rome,  to  do  in 
Rome  as  the  Romans  do ;  on  ne 
salt  ni  qui  vit  ni  qm  mexirt,  life 
is  uncertain ;  apprendre  d,  —  d. 
quelqu'iin,  to  teach  one  good 
manners. 

vocation,/,,  vocation. 

VOBU,  m.,  wish,  desire,  vow,  re- 
quest. 

vog-uer,  to  sail. 

voici,  here  is,  here  are. 

voie,/.,  way,  road. 

voilA,  there  is,  there  are,  that 
is ;  vous  — ,  here  you  are ;  oii  me 
— ,  right  here. 

voile,/.,  sail,  vessel. 

voile,  m.,  voilette,/.,  veil. 

*voir,  to  see ;  va  — ,  is  going  to  see ; 
faire  — ,  laisser  — ,  to  let  see,  show ; 
se  — ,  to  be  seen ;  se  laisser  — ,  to 
appear  in  society ;  —  le  jour,  to  see 
the  light,  be  born ;  n'y  —  que  du 
feu,  to  be  taken  by  surprise. 

voisin,  ?».,  neighbor. 

voisinagre,  m.,  neighborhood. 

voiture,  /.,  carriage ;  aller  en  — ,  to 
go  driving. 

voix,/.,  voice ;  ^  haute  — ,  aloud. 

vol,  m.,  flight. 

voler,  to  rob,  steal. 

voleur,  m.,  thief. 

Voltaire,  a  French  philosopher. 

votre,  vos,  your. 

le  vdtre,  la  v6tre,  les  vdtres, 
yours. 

♦voviloir,  to  wish,  want,  intend ;  en 


—  d,  quelqu'un,  to  bear  some  one  a 
grudge ;  s'en  — ,  to  be  angry  with 
one's  self ;  —  ce  qu'on  veut,  to 
have  a  strong  will ;  —  et  ne  pas  — , 
not  to  know  T)ne"s  own  mind ;  ne 
pas  —  s'y  frotter,  to  have  nothing 
to  do  with  it ;  —  dire,  to  mean. 

vous,  you,  to  you,  yourself,  to  your- 
self, yourselves,  to  yourselves;  A 
— ,  yours;    et  vous?    don't  you? 

—  m6me,  yourself  ;  —  m§mes, 
yourselves. 

voyage,  m.,  journey,  trip,  voyage. 

voyagrer,  to  travel. 

voyageur,  m.,  traveler. 

voyelle,/.,  vowel. 

vrai,  -e,  true ;  A  —  dire,  to  tell  the 

truth, 
vraiment,  indeed,  really,  truly. 


W 


Washington,  Washington. 
Waterloo,  Waterloo. 


y,  there,  then,  to  it,  to  them,  to  him, 
to  her,  in  it,  in  them  :  il  —  a,  there 
is,  there  are,  ago ;  qu'y  a-t-il  ?  what 
is  the  matter  ?  il  ny  a  pas  de  quoi, 
not  at  all. 

yeux,  ni.  (pi.  of  cbH),  eyes;  aux 
—  de,  in  presence  of,  in  the  eyes  of; 
^  mes  — ,  from  my  sight. 


Z^lande  (La  Nouvelle-),  New  Zear 

land. 
z61e,  7n.,  zeal, 
zepliir,  ni.,  zephyr,  temperate  west 

wind,  gentle  breeze. 


VOCABULARY 


351 


//.    EJYGLISH-FREJ^CH 


a,  un,  une,  par. 

to  abandon,  se  laisser  aller  a. 

to  abdicate,  abdiquer. 

to  abolish,  abolir. 

about,  environ,  de ;  a  propos  de ;  —  it, 

en. 
above,  au-dessus  de ;  —  all,  surtout, 

par-dessus  tout, 
absence,  absence,/, 
absent,  absent,  -e. 
absolutely,  absolument. 
to  accept,  accepter, 
accident,  accident,  malheur,  m. 
to  accompany,  accompagner. 
to  accomplish,  accomplir. 
to  accuse,  accuser. 
to  accustom,  accoutumer. 
to  ache,  eprouver  de  la  douleur;  my 

foot  aches,  j'ai  mal  au  pied. 
to  acknowledge,  con venir  de. 
acquaintance,  connaissance,/. 
to  be  acquainted  with,  connaitre. 
across,  a  travers  de. 
act,  action,/. 
to  act,    agir;    you  — very   badly, 

votre  conduite    laisse   beaucoup  a 

desirer. 
action,  action,/, 
actor,  acteur,  m. 
actress,  actrice,/. 
to  add,  a j outer, 
addition,  addition,/. 
Adele,  Adele. 
admirable,  admirable, 
admirably,  admirablement. 
admiral,  amiral. 
admiration,  admiration,/ 
to  admire,  admirer,  trouver   char- 

mant. 
to  admit,  admettre. 
Adrian,  Adrian. 


CO  advance,  avancer,  marcher. 

adventure,  aventure,/. 

advice,  avis,  conseil,  m. 

to  advise,  recommander,  conseiller. 

affectation,  simagree,/. 

affection,  affection,  /. ;  to  win  — , 

se  faire  bien  venir. 
to  afiarm,  affirmer. 
to  afflict,  affliger. 
to  be  afraid,  avoir  peur,  craindre. 
Africa,  I'Afrique,/. 
after,  apres ;  to  take  — ,  tenir  de. 
afternoon,  apres  midi,  m.  or/, 
afterwards,  ensuite. 
again,  encore, 
against,  contre. 
age,    age,    in. ;    to    be   of  — ,  etre 

majeur;    to    be    under   — ,    etre 

mineur. 
aged,  age,  -e  (de). 
agent,  agent,  m. 
agile,  agile. 
to  agitate,  agiter. 
ago,  11  y  a. 
to    agree,    convenir;     — d    upon, 

entendu. 
ailing,  souffrant,  -e;    to  be  — ,  se 

porter  mal. 
aim,  but,  m. 
air,  air,  m. 

Ajaccio,  a  town  in  Corsica. 
Alaska,  1' Alaska,  m. 
Albert,  Albert. 
Alexander,  Alexandre, 
algebra,  algebre,/. 
Algeria,  I'Algerie,/. 
Alice,  Alice, 
alike,  ressemblant,  -e. 
all,  tout, -e,  tous,  toutes;  at — ,  not 

at    — ,    du    tout,    pas     du    tout; 

above  — ,  surtout. 
alligator,  crocodile,  m. 


352 


A   BRIEF   FRENCH   COURSE 


to  allure,  allecher. 

almost,  presque. 

alms,  aumone,  charite,/. 

alone,  seul,  -e,  tranquille. 

along,  le  long ;  come  — ,  venez  done, 

voyons. 
aloud,  a  haute  voix. 
already,  deja. 
also,  aussi. 

although,  quoique,  bien  que. 
always,  toujours. 
amateur,  amateur,  m. 
amazing,  surprenant,  -e. 
ambitious,  ambitieux,  -se. 
to  ameliorate,  adoucir. 
America,  I'Amerique,  /. ;  North  — , 

I'Ame'rique  da  Nord. 
American,  adj.,  americain,  -e. 
American,  ywun,  Americain. 
to  amuse,  amuser,  s'amuser. 
amusement,  amusement,  m. 
amusing,  amusant,  -e. 
an,  un,  une. 
and,  et. 

Angele,  Angele. 
angry,  fache,  -e,  en  colore;  to  be  — 

with  one's  self,  s'en  vouloir:  to 

get  — ,   se  fache  r ;    to    grow  — , 

se  mettre  en  colere. 
animal,  animal,  m. 
ankle,  cheville,/. 
to  annoy,  contrarier. 
another,    un    autre;    one   — ,  I'un 

I'autre,  I'un  et  I'autre. 
answer,  reponse,/. 
to  answer,  repondre. 
antithesis,  antithese,/. 
Anthony,  Antoine. 
any,  du,  de  la,  de  1',  des,  en,  quelque, 

aucun,  le  moindre ;  not  — ,  ne  .  .  . 

plus;  —  more,  plus,  ne  .  .  .  plus, 
anybody,   quelqu'im,    m. ;    than  — 

else,  que  n'importe  qui. 
anything,  quelque  chose, 
apartment,  appartement,  m. 


apology,  excuse,/. 

to  appear,  paraitre,  se  presenter,  se 
montrer ;  to  — in  society,  se  laisser 
voir. 

appetite,  appe'tit,  m. 

to  applaud,  applaudir. 

apple,  pomme,/. 

to  appreciate,  apprecier. 

April,  avril,  m. 

architecture,  architecture,/. 

to  arise,  se  lever. 

arm,  bras,  m. 

armchair,  fauteuil,  m. 

army,  armee,/. 

to  arrange,  arranger. 

to  arrest,  arreter. 

arrival,  arrive'e,  /. 

to  arrive,  arriver. 

arrogant,  arrogant, -e. 

artful,  ruse,  -e. 

Arthur,  Arthur. 

artist,  artiste,  m.  or/. 

as,  aussi,  quand,  que,  comme;  .  .  . — , 
aussi  .  .  .  que,  comme  .  .  .  que, 
autant  .  .  .  que ;  —  for,  quant  a ;  — 
well  — ,  aussi  bien  que,  en  meme 
temps  que,  ainsi  que ;  —  much,  — 
many,  autant ;  —  soon  — ,  des  que, 
aussitot  que. 

ascent,  ascension,/. 

ashamed,  honteux,  -se;  to  be  — , 
avoir  honte. 

aside,  to  turn,  detourner. 

to  ask  (for),  demander,  exiger,  faire 
demande  de. 

to  assure,  assurer. 

assuredly,  assurement. 

to  astonish,  etonner. 

at,  a,  par;  — all,  du  tout;  — once, 
tout  de  suite. 

to  attach,  attacher ;  to  be  attached 
to,  tenir  a. 

to  attack,  attaquer. 

to  attain,  parvenir. 

to  attend,  soigner. 


VOCABULARY 


353 


attentions,  soins,  m.  pi. 
attentive,  attentif ,  -ve. 
attic,  mansarde,/. 
audacity,  audace,/. 
August,  aofit  (pr.  ou),  m. 
aunt,  tante,  /. 
Australia,  I'Australie,/. 
automobile,  automobile,  m. 
autumn,  automne,  rn.  or/, 
avenue,  avenue,/, 
to  avoid,  eviter. 

to    be    aware,    s'apercevoir,    etre 
averti. 

B 

baby,  bebe,  m. 
bacon,  lard,  m. 
bad,  mauvais,  -e,  mechant,  -e,  vilain, 

-e;  that's  too   — ,  c'est  faeheux, 

c'est  malheureux  ;  to  look  — ,  avoir 

mauvaise  mine, 
badly,  mal. 
baggage,  bagage,  m. 
baker,  boulanger,  m. 
ball,  bal,/. 
banana,  banane,/. 
bankruptcy ,  f aillite ,  /. 
Baptist,  Baptiste. 
to  bark,  aboyer. 
baroness,  baronne,/. 
basMul,  timide. 
basket,  panier,  m. 
bath,    bain,  m. ;  to  take  a  — ,  se 

baigner. 
to  bathe,  se  baigner. 
to    be,    etre,    appartenir ;   —  able, 

pouvolr ;  —  a"ware  of,  apercevoir ; 

—  necessary,  falloir;  —  or- 
derly, avoir  de  I'ordre;  —  smit- 
ten, s'eprendre ;  —  (of  health) ,  se 
porter,  aller;  —  well,  se  porter 
bien;  —  ill,  ailing,  se  porter  mal; 

—  afraid,  avoir  peur ;  —  ashamed, 
avoir  honte;  —  cold,  avoir  froid  ; 

—  hungry,  avoir  faim ;   —  right, 

BRIEF    FR.    COURSE 23 


avoir  raison ;  —  sleepy,  avoir  som- 
meil ;  —  thirsty,  avoir  soif ;  — 
warm,  avoir  chaud;  —  wrong, 
avoir  tort;  — fond  of,  aimer;  — 
late,  se  faire  tard,  etre  en  retard ; 

—  in  need,  avoir  besoin;  — mild, 
faire  doux ;  — windy ,  faire  du  vent ; 

—  dusty,  faire  de  la  poussiere ;  — 
born,  uaitre  ;  —  worth,  valoir  ;  — 
.  .  .  years  old,  avoir  .  .  .  ans,  etre 
age  de  .  .  .  ans. 

to  bear,  porter,  soutenir,  supporter ; 

—  the  stamp,  etre  marque  au 
coin ;  I  cannot  —  her,  je  ne  peux 
pas  la  sentir. 

beard,  barbe,/. 

beast,  bete,/. 

to  beat,  battre,  vaincre. 

beautiful,  beau,  belle;  —  as  you 

may  be,  aussi  belle  que  vous  soyez. 
beautifully,  a  ravir,  magnifiquement. 
beauty,  beaute',/. 
because,  paree  que. 
to  become,  devenir. 
to  be  becoming,  aller  bien. 
bed,  lit,  m. ;  in  — ,  au  lit ;  to  go  to 

— ,  se  coucher. 
bedroom,  chambre  a  coucher,/. 
beef,  boeuf ,  m. ;  roast  — ,  rosbif,  m. 
to  befall,  arriver. 
before  {prep,  of  time) ,  avant ;  {prep. 

of  place),  devant;    {adv.  of  time), 

auparavant,  avant  que ;   (followed 

by  an  inf.),  avant  de,  avant  que  de. 
to  beg,  demander,  prier ;  I  —  of  you, 

je  vous  prie,  je  vous  en  prie;  I  — 

your  pardon,  plait  il  ? 
to  begin,  commencer,  se  mettre  a. 
beginning,  commencement,  m. 
behind,  derriere. 
Belgium,  la  Belgique. 
belief,  croyance,  /. ;    it  passes  — , 

c'est  a  n'y  pas  croire. 
to  believe,  croire ;  to  make  one  — , 

en  faire  accroire  (a) . 


354 


A  BRIEF  PRENCH  COURSE 


bell,  cloche,  /. 

to  belong,  appartenir,  etre. 

below,  au-dessous. 

benefit,  profit,  m. ;    for  the  — ,  au 

profit. 
Bertha,  Berthe. 
best,  le  meilleur,  le  mieux. 
to  betake  one's  self,  se  rendre. 
to  betray,  trahir. 
better,  mieux,  meilleur,  -e ;  to  be  — , 

valoir    mieux   (health),   se   porter, 

aller  mieux. 
between,  entre. 
bicycle,  bicyclette,  /. ;  to  ride  a  — , 

aller  or  monter  en  bicyclette. 
big,  grand,  -e,  gros,  -se,  haut,  -e. 
bird,  oiseau,  m. ;  sing-ing"  — ,  oiseau 

chanteur. 
birthday,  jour  de  fete,  m.,  fete,  /. 
to  bite,  mordre. 
bitterly,  amerement. 
black,  noir,  -e. 

blackboard,  tableau  (noir),  m. 
to  blame,  blamer. 
Blanche,  Blanche, 
blindman's  buff,  colin  maillard. 
to  blow^  down,  deraciner. 
blue,  bleu,  -e. 
to  blush,  rougir. 
boat,  bateau,  m. 
body,  corps,  m. 
Boers,  Boers, 
bone,  OS,  in. 
book,  livre,  m. 
boot,     chaussure,    /. ;     lady's    — , 

bottine,  /. 
bom,  ne,  -e ;  I  was  — ,  je  suis  ne ;  to 

be  — ,  naitre,  voir  le  jour. 
to  borrow,  emprunter. 
Boston,  Boston, 
both,  I'un  et  1' autre, 
boulevard,  boulevard,  m. 
to  bow,  saluer. 
box,  boite,/. 
to  box,  boxer. 


l^oy,  gar9on,  enfant,  m. ;  my  little 

— ,  mon  petit  ami. 
bread,  pain,  m. 
to  break,  casser,  briser. 
breakfast,  dejeuner,  m. ;  early  or 

first  — ,  petit  or  premier  dejeuner; 

to  have  or  take  — ,  dejeuner, 
to  breakfast,  dejeuner, 
breath,  haleine,  /. 
breeding,  education,/.,  elevage,  m.; 

good  — ,  savoir  vivre,  m. 
brick,  brique,/. 
bright,  brilliant,  -e ;  to  be  — ,  faire 

clair. 
brilliant,  brillant,  -e,  e'clatant,  -e. 
bring,  apporter,  amener;   —  back, 

ramener  (of  persons  and  animals) , 

apporter    (of   things   and  babies) ; 

—  up,  elever,  instruire. 
bronchitis,  bronchite,/. 
brooch,    broche,  /.;    diamond   — , 

broche  en  diamants. 
brook,  ruisseau,  tji. 
broom,  balai,  m. 
brother,  frere,  m. 
brother-in-law,  beau  frere,  m. 
brush,  brosse,/. 
to  brush,  brosser. 
Brussels,  Bruxelles. 
to  build,  batir. 
bmlding,  batiment,  m.,  monument, 

m. 
bullet,  balle,/. 
bureau,  commode,/, 
to  bum,  brfiler. 
business,  affaires,  /.  pL;   —  man, 

homme  d'affaires, 
busy,  occupe,  -e. 
to  busy  one's  self,  s'occuper. 
but,  mais,  ne  .  .  .  que. 
the  butt,  en  butte,  /. 
butter,  beurre,  m. 
button,  bouton,  m. 
to  buy,  acheter. 
by,  par,  de. 


VOCABULARY 


355 


cabinet,  le  Conseil  des  Ministres. 

cadence,  cadence,  /. 

cage,  cage,/. 

cake,  gateau,  m. 

Cairo,  le  Caire. 

California,  la  Californie. 

to  call,  appeler;  —  back,  rappeler; 

—  one's  self,  be  called,  se  nommer ; 

—  on,  faire  une  visite. 
can,  pouvoir. 
Canada,  le  Canada, 
candid,  candide. 
candidate,  candidal,  m. 
candor,  candeur,  /. 
candy,  bonbon,  m. 
cane,  canne,/. 
cantata,  cantate,/. 
captain,  capitaine,  m. 

to  capture,  prendre,  attraper. 

car,  tramway,  m. 

care,  souci,  soin,  m.,  sollicitude,  /. ; 

to  take  — ,  prendre  garde, 
to  care,  prendre  soin;  —  a  great 

deal,    tenir    beaucbup    a;    —   for 

nothing,  ne  tenir  a  rien. 
careful,  soigneux,  -se. 
careless,  negligent,  -e,  peu  soigneux, 

-se. 
to  carol,  grisoller. 
carpet,  tapis,  m. 
carriage,  voiture,/. 
to  carry,  porter,  emporter  (of  things 

and  infants), 
cart,  charrette,/. 
case,  cas,  m. 
cashier,  caissier,  m.    . 
cast  down,  baisse,  -e. 
castle,  chateau,  m. 
cat,  chat,  m.,  chatte,/. 
catarrh,  catarrhe,  m. 
to  catch,  attraper,  prendre,  surpren- 

dre ;  —  cold,  s'enrhumer,  prendre 

f  roid  ;  —  a  glimpse,  entrevoir. 
to  cause,  faire. 


cause,  cause,/. 
to  cease,  cesser, 
ceiling,  plafond,  m. 
cent,  sou,  m. 
century,  siecle,  m. 
ceremony,  ceremonie,  fa9on,  /. 
certain,  certain,  -e,  sur,  -e. 
certainly,  certain ement,  assurement. 
Chaillu    (Paul    du),     an    American 

traveler, 
chain,  chaine,  /.;  gold  — ,    chaine 

d'or. 
chair,  chaise,  /. 
chalk,  craie,  /. 
chamber,  cbambre,  /. 
to  change,  changer, 
chant,  chant  d'eglise,  m. 
chapped  hands,  lips,  etc.,  ger9ure,/. 
character,  caractere,  m. 
charitable,  charitable, 
charity,  charite,/. 
Charles,  Charles, 
charming,  charmant,  -e. 
to  chat,  causer, 
to  chatter,  bavarder ;  to  be  fond 

of  chatter,  etre  bavard,  -e. 
cheap,  bon  raarchc;  cheaper,  meil- 

leur  raarche. 
to  cheat,  tromper. 
to  check,  enregistrer. 
cheek,  joue,  /. 
to  cheer  up,  encourager,  mettre  de 

la  gaiete  an  coeur. 
cheerful,  gai,  -e. 
to  cherish,  cherir. 
cherry,  cerise,  /. 
chilblain,  engelure,  /. 
child,  enfant,  m.  or  /. 
to  be  childish,  faire  I'enfant. 
childhood,  enfance,  /. 
children,  enfants,  m.  or  /. 
chin,  menton,  m. 
China,  la  Chine, 
chocolate,  chocolat,  m. 
to  choose,  choisir. 


356 


A  BRIEF  FRENCH   COURSE 


to  chop,  fendre. 

chorus,  choeur,  ?n. 

church,  eglise,  /. 

cigar,  cigare,  m. 

cigarette,  cigarette,/. 

citizen,  citoyen,  jn. 

city,  ville,  /. 

to  civilize,  civiliser. 

to  claim,  reclamer. 

Clarissa,  Clarisse. 

class,  classe,  /. 

clean,    propre ;    sweeps   — ,  balaie 

bleu. 
to  clean,  nettoyer,  faire  (une  cham- 

bre). 
clear,  clair,  -e;  to  be  — ,  faire  clair. 
clever,  habile,  instruit,  -e. 
o'clock,  beure,  /. 
to  close,  fermer,  fiuir. 
cloth,  drap,  7n. 

clothing,  vetement,  habit,  effets,  m. 
coachman,  cocher,  m. 
coat,  paletot,  habit,  m.,  robe,/,  (of  a 

horse) ;  frock  — ,  redingote,/. 
coffee,  cafe,  m. 
cold,  froid;  to  be  — ,  avoir  froid, 

faire  froid. 
cold,  rhume,  m. ;  to  have  a  — ,  etre 

eurhume  ;  to  catch  — ,  s'enrhumer. 
collar,  col,  m. 

to  collect,  percevoir  (taxes,  etc.). 
colonel,  colonel,  m. 
comb,  peigne,  m. 
to  comb,  peigner;   —  one's  hair, 

se  peigner. 
to   come,   venir;  —  along!    venez 

done,  voyons  !    —  back,    revenir ; 

—  down,  —  downstairs,  descen- 
dre ;  —  home,  rentrer  (chez  soi) ; 

—  in,  entrer ;  —  near,  faillir ;  —  out, 
sortir;  —  up  to,  valoir;  —  to 
blow^s,  en  venir  aux  mains ;  —  to 
nothing,  s'en  aller  au  neant. 

comedy,  comedie,  /. 
comical,  comique. 


to  command,  commander,  ordonner. 

to  commit,  com^ettre. 

common,  commun,  -e,  vulgaire. 

commonwealth,  socie'te,  /. 

to  communicate,  communiquer. 

company,  compagnie, /. ,  monde,  m 

comparison,  comparaison,  /. 

to  compete,  concourir. 

complete,  complet,  -ete. 

to  complete,  finir,  completer, 

completely,  completement. 

compliance,  soumission,/. 

to  comply,  se  conformer. 

comrade,  camarade,  ?n.  or  /. 

conceited,  vain,  -e;  orgueilleux,  -se. 

to  conceive,  concevoir. 

concert,  concert,  m. 

condition,  condition,  /. ;  to  be  in  a 

—  to,  etre  a  raeme  de. 
to   confess,    avouer,    confesser,    se 

coiifesser. 
to  conform,  se  conformer. 
to  consent,  consentir. 
conservatory,  serre,  /. 
to  consider,  considerer. 
considerable,  considerable, 
conspiracy,  conjuration,  /. 
constantly,  constamment. 
to  constitute,  constituer. 
consul,  consul,  m. 
consumption,  phtisie,  /. 
contemporary,  contemporain,  -e. 
continual,  continuel,  -le. 
to  continue,  continuer. 
to  contradict,  contredire. 
contrary,  contraire;  on  the  — ,  au 

contraire. 
conversationalist,  causeur,  -euse. 
to  convince,  convaincre. 
cook,  cuisinier,  -iere. 
copy,  copie,/. :  to  make  a  clean—, 

mettre  au  net. 
copybook,  cahier,  m. 
com,  ble,  mais,  7n. 
comer,  coin,  m. 


VOCABULARY 


357 


correct,  juste,  c'est  juste. 

to  correct,  corriger. 

correspondence,  correspondauce,  /. 

to  cost,  couter. 

cotillon,  cotillon,  m. 

cotton,  coton,  m. 

counsel,  avis,  m. 

to  count,  compter. 

to  counterfeit,  contrefaire. 

countrified,  campagnard,  -e. 

country,  pays,  m.,  patrie,  campagne, 

/.  ,•  in  the  — ,  a  la  campagne ;  — 

house,  maison    de    campagne. 
countryman,     paysan ;      country- 

■woman,  paysanne. 
courage,  courage,  rn. 
courageous,  courageux,  -se. 
courier,  courrier,  m. 
of  course,  certainement. 
cousin,  cousin,  -e  ;    first  — ,  cousin 

germain,  cousine  germaine. 
cover,  convert  (plate,  etc.). 
covered,  convert,  -e. 
crazy,  fou,  fol,  m.,  folle,  /. 
cream,  creme,  /. 
creation,  creation,/, 
to  criticise,  critiquer. 
criticism,  critique,  /. 
crocodile,  crocodile,  m. 
cross,  de  mauvaise  huraeur. 
to  cross,  traverser, 
crowd,  foule,/. 
cruet  stand,  huilier,  m. 
to  crush,  e'craser. 
cry,  cri,  m. 
to  cry,  crier,  pleurer;    —  for,  de- 

mander. 
cuff,  manchette,  /. 
cup,  tasse,  /. 
to  cure,  guerir. 
curious,  curieux,  -se. 
to  curse,  maudire. 
curtain,  rideau,  m. 
custom,    usage,    m.,    coutume,    /., 
moeurs,  /.  pi. 


customer,  client,  m. ;   — s,  pL,  la 

clientele. 
to  cut,  couper. 
Czar,  Czar,  m. 


to  be  dainty,  faire  le  difficile. 

Daisy,  Marguerite. 

damage,  dommage,  m. 

to  be  damp,  faire  humide. 

dance,  dancing,  danse,  /. 

to  dance,  danser, 

danger,  danger,  m. 

dangerously,  dangereusement. 

to  dare,  oser;  I  —  say,  jelecroisbien. 

dark,  obscurite,  /. ;  to  be  — ,  faire 
nuit. 

darling,  cheri,  -e ;  bienaime,  -e. 

date,  date,  /. 

daughter,  fille,  demoiselle,/. 

day,  jour,  m.,  journee,/.  ,•  this  very 
— ,aujourd'hui  meme;  the — after 
to-morrow,  apres-demain ;  —  be- 
fore yesterday,  avant-hier,  ?n. ; 
some  —  or  other,  un  jour  ou  I'autre. 

day  light  J  jour,  711. ,  to  be  — ,  faire 
jour. 

dead,  mort,  -e. 

a  good  deal,  beaucoup,  bien. 

dear,  cher,  chere,  cheri,  -e;  my — , 
cherie,  ma  fille,  mon  enfant;  adv., 
cher. 

death,  mort,  /. 

decanter,  carafe,  /. 

to  deceive,  decevoir,  tromper ;  to  be 
deceived,  se  laisser  prendre  (a). 

December,  decembre,  m. 

to  decide,  decider. 

decided,  resolu,  -e. 

decidedly,  assurement  •  most  -^,  ab- 
solument. 

to  decline,  refuser. 

declivity,  pente,/. 

deep,  profond,  -e. 

deeply,  vivement. 


358 


A  BRIEF  FRENCH  COURSE 


to  defeat,  vaincre. 

to  defend,  defendre. 

delay,  delai,  m. 

to  delight,  se  plaire. 

delig-hted,  enchante,  -e. 

demand,  demande,  /. 

to  demand,  demander. 

to  deny,  nier. 

to  depart,  partir. 

departure,  depart,  m. 

depth,  profondeur,  /. 

description,  peiiiture,  /. 

to  deserve,  me'riter. 

design,  dessein,  m. 

desirable,  desirable. 

desire,  desir,  m.,  voeu,  m. 

to  desire,  desirer. 

desk,  pupitre,  m. 

despair,  de'sespoir,  m. ;  to  be  the  — 

of,  faire  le  desespoir  de. 
dessert,  dessert,  m. 
destination,  destination,/, 
to  destroy,  detruire,  couler. 
determined,  resolu,  -e,  determine,  -e. 
to  detest,  de'tester. 
diamond,  diamant,  m. 
to  die,  mourir. 
diet,  diete,  /. ;  regime,  m. 
difficult,  difficile, 
difficulty,  difficulte',  /. 
to  dine,  diner. 

dining-room,  salle  a  manger,/, 
dinner,  diner,  m. 
directly,  tout  de  suite, 
dirge,  chant  funebre,  m. 
dirty,  sale,  malpropre. 
disagreeable,  desagreable. 
to  disappear,  disparaitre. 
to  disappoint,  decevoir. 
discouraged,  decourage,  -e. 
to  discover,  decouvrir. 
discreet,  discret,  -ete. 
to  discuss,  discuter. 
discussion,  discussion,/. 
to  disembark,  debarquer. 


dish,  plat,  m. 

dishonest,  malhonnete. 

to  disinherit,  desheriter. 

to  dislike,  de'tester. 

to  dislocate,  se  demettre. 

dismally,  lugubrement. 

to  disobey,  desobeir. 

in  disorder,  e'pars,  -e. 

disposition,  caractere,  m. 

dissatisfied,  mecontent,  -e. 

distinguished,  distingue,  -e;  there 

is  something  very  —  about  him, 

il  a  Tair  tres  distingue, 
district,  campagne,  /. 
disuse,  de'suetude,  /. 
ditty,  chansonnette,/. 
division,  division,/. 
to  do,  faire;  — again,  refaire;  to  have 

done,  faire  faire  ;  I  do,  si,  si  fait. 
dock,  dock,  ?n. 
doctor,  medecin,  in. 
dog,  chien,  m. 
doll,  jwupee,/. 
dollar,  dollar,  m. 
domestic,  domestique,  m.  or/, 
don't  you?  n'est  ce  pas  ?  et  vous? 
,door,  porte,/.,-  out  of  — s,  dehors, 
doubt,  doute,  m. 
to  doubt,  douter. 
doubtless,  sans  doute. 
down,  —  stairs,  en  bas;  —  town. 

has  de  la  ville. 
dozen,  douzaine,/. 
draught,  vent,  m. ;  there  is  a  — , 

il  vient  du  vent. 
to  draw^,  tirer,  puiser,  atteler  (of  a 

carriage). 
drawing-room,  salon,  m. 
to  dread,  redouter. 
dreadfvQ.  epouvantable. 
dreadfully,  horriblement. 
dream,  reve,  m. 
dress,  robe,/. 
to  dress,  habiller;  to  —  well,  se 

mettre  bien. 


VOCABULARY 


359 


dressmaker,  couturier,  m.,  -^re,/. 

to  drink,  boire. 

drinking,  le  boire. 

to  drive,  aller  en  voiture. 

drive,  promenade  en  voiture ;  to  go 

for  a  — ,  faire  une  promenade  en 

voiture. 
driver,  cocher,  m. 
to  drown,  noyer. 
dry,  sec,  seche ;  to  be  — ,  faire  sec. 
to  dry,  essuyer. 
duet,  duo,  m. 
during,  pendant. 

to  be  dusty,  faire  de  la  poussiere. 
duty,  devoir,  m. 
to  dwell,  habiter,  resider. 


each,  chaque,  tout;  —  other,  I'un, 

I'autre. 
ear,  oreille,/. 
earlier,  plus  tot. 
early,  tot,  de  bonne  heure. 
earth,  terre,/. 
easily,  facilement. 
easy,  facile. 
to  eat,  manger, 
eating,  le  manger. 
economical,  econome. 
edge,  bord,  m. 
Edmund,  Edmond. 
educated,  bien  eleve,  -e,  instruit,  -e. 
education,  education,/. 
Edward,  Edouard. 
effort,  effort,  m. 

egg,  oeuf,  m. ;  to  lay  eggs,  pondre. 
Egypt,  I'Egypte,/. 
eight,  huit. 
eighteen,  dix  huit. 
eighth,  huiti^me. 
either,  non  plus, 
elbow,  coude,  m. 
elder  (of  two),  eldest  (of  several), 

ain^,  -e. 
to  elect,  elirc,  nommer. 


eleven,  onze. 

eleventh,  onzieme. 

to  elide,  e'lider. 

else,  autre;  nothing—,  rien  autre 
chose  (de). 

to  embark,  embarquer. 

to  embarrass,  embarrasser. 

to  embellish,  embellir. 

emerald,  emeraude,/. 

emigrant,  e'migrant,  m.,  -e,/. 

Emile,  Emile. 

Emily,  Emilie. 

emperor,  empereur,  m. 

to  employ,  employer. 

empty,  vide. 

to  enable,  mettre  en  etat  or  k  meme 
(de). 

to  encourage,  encourager. 

end,  but,  m.,  fin,/. 

to  end  in  smoke,  s'en  aller  en 
fumee. 

to  endeavor,  chercher  a,  tacher  de. 

enemy,  ennemi,  m,  -e,  /. 

to  engage,  retenir. 

engine,  machine,/.,-  steam  — ,  ma- 
chine a  vapeur. 

England,  I'Angleterre,/. 

English,  anglais,  -e  ;  the  — ,  les 
Anglais. 

Englishman,  Anglais,  m. 

Englishwoman,  Anglaise,/. 

to  enjoy,  jouir  de ;  —  one's  self, 
s'amuser. 

enjoyment,  amusement,  m. 

enormous,  enorme. 

enormously,  enormement. 

enough,  assez. 

to  enter,  entrer,  mettre  le  pied. 

to  entertain,  recevoir. 

entertainment,  reception,/.;  even- 
ing — ,  soiree,/. 

enthusiasm,  enthousiasme,  m. 

entirely,  entierement,  tout  a  fait. 

envelope,  enveloppe,/. 

equal,  egal,  -e. 


360 


A  BRIEF   FRENCH   COURSE 


eraser,  brosse,/. 

Ernest,  Ernest. 

errand,  message,  m. ;  to  go  on  an 

— ,  faire  une  course, 
error,  erreur,  faute,/. 
to  escape,  echapper  (a), 
essential,  esseutiel,  -le. 
to  esteem,  estimer. 
Europe,  Europe,/, 
even,  meme ;  —  then,  quand  meme. 
evening,  soir,  m.,  soiree,/.;  last  — , 

hier  au  soir;  —  party,  soiree,/, 
ever,  toujours,  jamais, 
every,  chaque,  tout,  par ;  —  day,  tous 

les  jours ;  —  one,  tout  le  monde. 
everybody,  tout  le  monde. 
everything,  tout, 
everyvrhere,  partout. 
evil,  mechant,  -e ;  mal,  m. 
exactly,  precisement,  juste,  parfaite- 

ment. 
examination,  examen,  m. 
excellent,  excellent,  -e. 
to  excite,  echauffer. 
to  execute,  executer. 
execution,  execution,/, 
exercise,    exercise,    theme,   m.;   — 

book,  cahier,  m. 
to  exhaust,  fatiguer. 
exhausted,  fatigue,  -e,  epuise',  -e; 

to   be    utterly  — ,    n'en     pouvoir 

plus, 
exhausting,  fatigant,  -e. 
to  expect,  attendre,  compter, 
expedition,  expedition,  /.,  voyage, 

in. 
expensive,  cher,  -ere. 
to  explain,  expliquer. 
to  explore,  explorer, 
express,  express,  m. 
to  express,  exprimer. 
expression,  expression,/.,  ame,/. 
to  extol,  loner, 
extravagant,  extravagant,  -e. 
eye,  ceil,  m. 


face,  figure,  /.;   —  to  — ,  en   pre- 
sence, 
fact,    fait,  in.;   in   — ,  au  fait,    en 

effet. 
to  fade,  fletrir. 
to  fail,  faire  faillite. 
to    faint,    s'e'vanouir;     I     nearly 

fainted,  j'ai  failli  m'evanouir. 
fair,  charmant,  -e. 
faithful,  fidele. 

fall,  chute,/.,  automne,  m.  or/, 
to  fall,  tomber. 
family,  famille,/. 
fan,  e'ventail,  m. 
to  fancy,  aimer, 
farewell,  adieu,  m. 
far  from  it,  loin  de  la. 
fashion,  fa^on,/. 
fSrSt,  vite ;  to  be  — ,  avancer  (of  a 

watch) . 
to  be  fastidious,  faire  le  diflScile. 
fat,  gras,  grasse. 
fate,  sort,  m. 
father,  pere,  papa,  m. 
father-in-law,  beau  pere,  in. 
fa\ilt,   defaut,    tort,    m.,    faute,  /.  ; 

correct  your  — s,  corrigez-vous  de 

vos  defauts. 
favor,  faveur,/. 
fear,   peur,    crainte,  /.;    for  — ,  de 

crainte,  de  peur. 
to  fear,  craindre. 
fearful,  e'pouvantable. 
feathers,  plumage,  m. 
February,  fevrier,  m. 
to  feed,  nourrir. 
to  feel,  sentir,  sesentir;  to  —  weU, 

aller  bien. 
to  feign  illness,  faire  le  malade. 
fence,  cloture,/, 
to  fence,  faire  des  armes. 
to  fertilize,  feconder. 
to  fetch,   apporter,    chercher,  aller 

chercher,  prendre. 


VOCABULARY 


361 


fever,  fievre,/. ;  scarlet  — ,  la  fievre 

scarlatine. 
few,  peu  de ;  a  — ,  quelques,  peu  de. 
field,  champ,  m. 
fifteen,  quinze. 
fifth,  cinquieme. 
fifty,  cinquante. 
fig,  figue,/. 
to  fight,  se  battre. 
to  find,  trouver ;  —  again,  retrouver. 
fine,  beau,  bel,  m.,  belle,/.,  joli,  -e; 

to  be  — ,  faire  beau, 
finger,  doigt,  m.;  little  — ,  le  petit 

doigt ;  middle  — ,  le  me'dius ;  ring 

— ,  I'annulaire,  m. ;  —  nail,  ongle,  m. 
to  finish,  finir. 
fire,  feu,  m. 
to  fire,  tirer. 

fireside,  coin  du  feu,  foyer,  m. 
first,     premier,     -ere,     d'abord ;     — 

papers,  naturalisation,/, 
fish,  poisson,  m. 
to  fish,  pecher. 
fishing,  peche,/. 
to  fit,  aller ;  it  was  not  —  for  a  dog 

outside,   on  n'aurait   pas  mis  un 

chien  dehors;  to  be  —  to  wear, 

etre  de  mise. 
five,  cinq. 
to  fiatter,  flatter, 
to  fiee,  fuir. 
fieet,  flotte,/. 
flesh,  chair,/, 
flight,  essor,  m. 
floor,  plancher,  m. 
to  flourish,  fleurir. 
flower,  fleur,/. 
fly,  mouche,/. 
foe,  ennemi,  m.,  -e,  /. 
fog,  brouillard,  m. 
to  be  foggy,  faire  du  brouillard. 
to  follow,  suivre. 
following,  suivant,  -e. 
to  be  fond  of,  aimer, 
fool,  imbecile,  fou,  m.,  foUe,/. 


foolish,  fou,  fol,  m.,  folle,/. 

foot,  pied,  m. ;  on  — ,  a  pied ;  —  ache, 
mal  au  pied. 

footman,  valet  de  pied,  m. 

for,  pour,  car,  a ;  (marking  the  begin- 
ning) depuis;  (during)  pendant;  as 
— ,  quant  a. 

to  forbid,  defendre,  interdire. 

to  force,  forcer,  obliger. 

forefinger,  index,  m. 

forehead,  front,  m. 

foreigner,  etranger,  m.,  -ere,/. 

to  foresee,  entrevoir. 

forest,  foret,/. 

to  foretell,  predire. 

forever,  toujours,  tout  le  temps. 

to  forewarn,  prevenir. 

to  forfeit,  forfaire. 

to  forget,  oublier. 

to  forgive,  pardonner. 

fork,  fourchette,/. 

to  form,  former. 

formerly,  autrefois. 

formidable,  redoutable. 

fort,  fort,  m. 

fortress,  fort,  m. 

fortunately,  heureusement. 

fortune,  fortune,/. 

four,  quatre. 

fourteen,  quatorze. 

fourth,  quatrieme. 

fox,  renard,  m. 

franc,  franc,  m. 

France,  la  France. 

Frances,  Fran9oise. 

Francis,  Fran9ois. 

frank,  franc,  franche. 

frankly,  franchement. 

to  freeze,  geler. 

French,  fran9ais,  -e. 

fresh,  frais,  fraiche;  (of  bread)  ten- 
dre. 

Friday,  vendredi,  m. 

friend,  ami,  in.,  -e, /. 

to  frighten,  faire  peur. 


362 


A   BRIEF  FRENCH  COURSE 


from,  de,  par,  en,  a,  des ;  —  it,  en. 
to  frown,  faire  mauvais  visage, 
fmit,  fruit,  7n. ;   —  stall,  fruiterie, 

/• 
full,  plein,  -e. 
fun,  plaisir,  m. 
to  furnish  (with),  fournir. 
furniture,  les  meubles,  m.;  a  piece 

of  — ,  un  meuble. 
future,  avenir,  futur,  m. 

G 

to  ?ain,  remporter  (a  victory). 

garden,  jardin,  m. 

gardener,  jardinier,  m.,  -ere,/. 

garret,  mansarde,/. 

to  gather,  cueillir. 

gay,  gai,  -e. 

general,  general,  m. ;  adj.,  general,  -e. 

generally,  generalement. 

generosity,  generosite,/. 

generous,  genereux,  -euse. 

Geneva,  Greneve. 

gentle,  doux,  douce,  gentil,  -le. 

gentleman,  monsieur,  homme  comme 

il  faut,  gentilhomme;  gentlemen, 

messieurs, 
gentleness,  bonte,/. 
George,  George. 
German,  Allemand,  m.,  -e,  /. 
Germany,  I'Allemagne,/. 
Gertrude,  Gertrude, 
to    get,    faire,    se     faire,    obtenir ; 

—  accustomed,  s'accoutumer :  — 
angry,  se  facher;  —  made,  se 
faire  faire;  -  out,  sortir:  —  up, 
se  lever;  —  rid,  se  defaire,  se 
debarrasser. 

giddy,  etourdi,  -e. 

gift,  cadeau,  m.;  New  Year's  — , 

etrenne,/. 
girl,  fiUe,  jeune  fille,  bonne,  /. 
to  give,  donner;  —one's  self  up, 

se  livrer,  se  rendre,  se  laisser  aller ; 

—  back,  rendre;  —  each  other. 


se    communiquer;     —    a    shout, 

pousser  un  cri. 
glad,  content,  -e,  satisfait,  -e. 
glance,  coup  d'oeil,  m. 
glass,  verre,  m. 
gleaner,  glaneur,  m. 
glee,  chanson  a  reprises,/, 
to  be  gloomy,  faire  sombre- 
glorious,  beau,  magnifique. 
glove,  gant,  in. 
glutton,  gourmand,  m.,  -e,  /. 
gluttonous,  gourmand,  -e. 
gluttony,  gourmandise, /. 
to    go,    aller,    marcher,    se    rendre, 

partir;  —  away,  s'en  aller,  partir; 

—  back,  retourner,  repartir,  reve- 
nir;  —  by,  passer ;  —  down,  down 
stairs,  descendre;  —  fast,  avancer 
(of  a  watch) ;  —  for  a  drive,  aller 
en  voiture;  —  in,  entrer;  —  out, 
sortir ;  —  to  bed,  se  coucher ;  —  so 
far  as  to,  en  venir  jusqu'a. 

gold,  or,  m. 

good,  bon,  -ne,  sage ;  —  day,  bonjoar, 
m  :  —  evening,  bonsoir,  m.;  — 
morning,  bonjour,  m. ;  —  night, 
bonue  nuit,  /.,'  —  breeding,  savoir 
vivre,  m. ;  —  will,  bienveillance,/. ; 

—  deal,  beaucoup. 

good,  bien,  bon;  ah,  — ,  c'est  bien, 

c'est  bon. 
good-by,  adieu,  au  revoir. 
goods,  marchandise,/. 
gorilla,  gorille,  m. 
governess,  gouvernante,  /. 
gown,  robe,/, 
grace,  grace,/, 
graceful,  gracieux,  -se. 
grain,  ble,  m. 

grand,  grand,  -e,  sublime,  grandiose, 
grandson,  petit  fils,  m. 
gravy,  sauce,/, 
gray,  gris,  -e. 
great,  grand,  -e;   a  —  deal,  bien, 

beaucoup. 


VOCABULARY 


363 


greatly,  fortement,  grandement. 

greatness,  grandeur,/. 

Greek,  grec,  grecque. 

green,  vert,  -e. 

to  greet,  saluer. 

grippe,  grippe,/. 

to  grow,  eroitre;  —  accustomed, 

se  faire  a ;  —  old,  vieillir ;  —  ugly, 

enlaidir. 
grudge,  haine,  /. ;   to  bear  some 

one  a  — ,  en  vouloir  a  quelqu'un. 
to  guarantee,  garantir. 
to  guess,  deviner. 
guest,  invite,  m.,  -e,/. 
guitar,  guitare,  /. 
gun,  fusil,  m. ;  with  my  — ,  a  coups 

de  fusil. 

H 

habit,  usage,  m.,  habitude,/. 

hair,  cheveu,  m.;   cheveux,  m.  pL, 

poil,  m. ;   to  comb  one's  — ,  se 

peigner. 
half,  demi,  m.,  -e,  /. 
ham,  jambon,  m. 
hand,  main,  /.;    to   shake  — s,  se 

serrer  la  main ;  to  live  from  —  to 

mouth,  vivre  au  jour  le  jour. 
handkerchief,  mouchoir,  m. 
handsome,  beau,  bel,  belle, 
to  hang  up,  suspendre. 
Hannibal,  Annibal. 
to  happen,  arriver,  se  faire. 
happiness,  bonheur,  m. 
happy,  heureux,  -se. 
hard,.dur,  -e,  fort,  -e. 
hardly,  a  peine,  ne  . . .  guere,  presque. 
harm,  mal,  m. 
harp,  harpe,/. 
Harriet,  Henriette. 
hat,  chapeau,  m. 
to  have,  avoir;    —  to,  devoir;    — 

nothing   to  do  with  it,  ne   pas 

vouloir  s'y  frotter. 
he,  il,  lui ;  —  who,  celui  qui. 
head,  t6te,/. 


headache,    mal   de    t§te,    m.,    mi- 
graine, /. 
health,  sante,/.,-  to  be  in  splendid 

— ,  se  porter  a  merveille. 
healthy,  bien  portant,  -e,  sain,  -e. 
to   hear,    entendre,    entendre    dire, 

apprendre;    —   it    said,    entendre 

dire, 
heart,  coeur,  m. 
hearth,  foyer,  m. 

to  be  heartless,  avoir  le  coeur  dur. 
heat,  chaleur,/. 
heaven,  ciel,  m.,  cieux,  m.pl. 
heavy,  lourd,  -e. 

Hebrew,  hebreu,  juif,  m.,  juive,/. 
Helen,  Helene. 

hello,  hello;  —  there,  eh  bien,  quoi. 
help,   secours,  m.,  aide,  /. ,   domes- 

tique,  m.  or/, 
to  help,  aider ;  it  cannot  be  helped, 

il  n'y  a  pas  a  dire  ;  you  can't  —  it, 

vous  n'y  pouvez  rien. 
hen,  poule,/. 
henceforth,  a  I'avenir. 
Henrietta,  Henriette. 
Henry,  Henri, 
her,  pron.,  elle,  la,  lui;  to  — ,  lui; 

adj.^  son,  sa,  ses. 
here,  ici ;  —  is  or  are,  voici. 
hero,  heros,  m. 
hers,  his,  le  sien,  la  sienne,  les  siens, 

les  siennes. 
herself,  elle  merae. 
to  hesitate,  hesiter. 
to  hide,  cacher. 
high,  haut,  -e,  grand,  -e. 
higher,  plus  haut,  superieur,  -e. 
hill,  colline,/. 

him,  le,  lui ;  to  — ,  lui ;  from  — ,  de  lui. 
himself,  lui  meme. 
his,  adj.,  son,  sa,  ses;  his,  prow.,  see 

hers, 
to  hiss,  siffler. 
history,  histoire,/. 
to  hit,  battre. 


364 


A  BRIEF   FRENCH  COURSE 


to  hold,  tenir. 

Holland,  la  HoUande. 

home,   la    maison,    le    chez   soi,    la 

famllle;  (at)  — ,  k  la  maison,  chez 

soi;    to  make  one's  self  at  — , 

se   mettre    a  I'aise ;  to  come   — , 

rentrer. 
homely,  vilain,  -e,  laid,  -e. 
honest,  honnete. 
honesty,  honnetete,/. 
to  honor,  honorer. 
hope,  espoir,  m.,  esperance,/. 
to  hope,  esperer. 
horrid,  affreux,  -se. 
horse,  cheval,  m.;  to  put  the  cart 

before  the  — ,  mettre  la  charrue 

devant  les  boeufs. 
on  horseback,  a  cheval. 
hot,  chaud,  -e. 
hotel,  hotel,  /n. 
hothouse,  serre,  /. 
hour,  heure,  /. 
house,  maison,/. ;  at  the  —  of,  chez ; 

at  my,  his,  their    house,  etc., 

chez  moi,  chez  lui,  chez  eux,  etc. ; 

to  keep  open  — ,  tenir  table  ou- 

verte. 
housekeeper,  menagere,/. 
housekeeping,  menage,  m. 
ho"w,  comment,  comme,  que ;  —  long, 

combien  de  temps,   depuis  quand ; 

—  is,  comment  va ;  —  old  are  you  ? 

quel    age   avez     vous ;    —  many, 

combien  de;  — much,  combien. 
however,    adv.,   quelque    .    .    .   que, 

toutefois,  cependant. 
human,  humain,  -e. 
humble,  humble. 
humUity,  humilite,  /. 
to  humor,  flatter, 
hundred,  cent,  m.,  centaine,/. 
hundredth,  centieme. 
hvmgrer,  faim,/. 
to  be  hiingry,  avoir  faim. 
hunt,  chasse,/. 


to  hunt,  chasser ;  to  —  up,  rechercher. 
hunter,  chasseur,  m. 
hunting",  chasse,  /. 
i  to  hurry,  se  depecher. 
to  be  in  a  hurry,  etre  presse,  -e. 
to  hurt,  blesser. 
husband,  mari,  m. 
hush!  chut! 
hymn,  hymne,  m.  or/.,  cantique,  m. 


I,  je,  moi. 

ice,  glace,/.,-  —  water, eau  glacee,/. 

idea,  idee,/. 

idiot,  idiotic,  idiot,  -e. 

idle,  paresseux,  -se,  oisif,  -ive. 

idleness,  oisivete,  paresse,/. 

if,  si,  quand. 

to  be  ignorant  of,  ignorer. 

ill,  adj.,  malade;  ac?y.,  mal;  — bred. 

mal  eleve;  to  be  — ,  se  porter  mal; 

to  look  — ,  avoir  mauvaise  mine, 
illness,  maladie,/. 
image,  image,/. 
j  to  imagine,  imaginer. 
immediately,  imme'diatement. 
impolite,  impoli,  -e. 
important,  important,  -e;  it  is  — ,  il 

importe. 
to    impose    upon    one,    en    faire 

accroire  a  quelqu'un. 
impossible,  imjwssible. 
I  improper,  impropre. 
j  to  improve,  adoucir,  ameliorer. 
in,  a,  dans,  en  de,  par, 
inattentive,  inattentif,-ve,distrait,-e. 
to  incriminate,  incriminer. 
indeed,  bien,  vraiment,  reellement, 

certainement. 
index,  index,  m. 
India.  I'lnde,  les  Indes,/. 
indispensable,  indispensable. 
Indolent,  indolent,  -e. 
indoors,  a  la  maison. 
indulgent,  indulgent,  -e. 


VOCABULARY 


365 


industrious,  laborieux,  studieux,  -se. 

infallible,  infaillible. 

infinite,  infini,  -e. 

influenza,  grippe,/. 

to  inform,  informer,  avertir,  faire 

savoir. 
information,  renseignement,  m. 
to  inhabit,  habiter, 
to  inherit  from,  tenir  de. 
ink,  encre,  /. 
inkstand,  encrier,  m. 
innocent,  innocent,  -e. 
inquisitive,  curieux,  -se. 
to  insist,  insister. 
insolent,  insolent,  -e. 
instant,  instant,  m.,  moment,  m. 
instead  of,  au  lieu  de. 
intelligent,  intelligent,  -e. 
to  intend,  se  proposer,  vouloir. 
intense,  intense, 
interest,  interet,  m. 
interesting,  interessant,  -e. 
into,  dans,  a. 
to  introduce,  pre'senter. 
to  invent,  inventer. 
invitation,  invitation,/, 
to  invite,  inviter. 
Ireland,  I'lrlande,/. 
island,  isle,  ile,/. 
it,  il,elle,  le,  la,  lui,  ee;  of  — ,  de  lui, 

d'elle,  en  ;  to  — ,  lui,  a  lui,  a  elle,  y ; 

for  — ,  en  ;  to  — ,  y. 
Italy,  I'ltalie,/. 
its,  son,  sa,  ses. 


jacket,  jaquette,/. 
jailer,  geolier,  m. 
Jamaica,  la  Jamaique. 
James,  Jacques. 
Jane,  Jeanne. 
Janet,  Jeannette. 
January,  Janvier,  m. 
jealous,  jaloux,  -se. 
jewel,  bijou,  m. 


jeweler,  bijoutier,  m.,  -ere,  /. 

Jim,  Jacques. 

John,  Jean. 

to  joke,  plaisanter. 

Josephine,  Josephine. 

journey,  voyage,  m. 

joy,  joie,  /. ,-  to  be  the  —  of,  faire 

la  joie  de. 
joyful,  gai,  -e,  joyeux,  heureux,  -se. 
joyously,  joyeusement. 
to  judge,  juger. 
judge,  juge,  m. ;  to  be  a  —  of,  se 

connaitre  a  or  en. 
July,  juillet,  m. 
June,  juin,  m. 
just,  juste,   justement,  exactement; 

—  now,  tout  a  I'heure ;  to  have 

only  — ,  ne  faire  que  de. 
justly,  justement. 


Kansas,  Kansas,  m. 

to  keep,  garder,  tenir,  retenir;  — 

away,  fuir;   —  up,  entretenir;  — 

good  time  (of  a  watch),  aller  bien. 
kid,  chevreau, m. 
to  kill,  tuer. 

killing,  simply  — ,  impayable. 
kilometer,  kilometre,  m. 
kind,  sorte,/. 
kind,  bou,  -ne,  aimable. 
kindly,     avec     bienveillance,     avec 

bonte ;  —  do  that,  ayez  la  bonte  de 

faire  cela. 
kindness,  bonte,/. 
king,  roi,  m. 
to  kiss,  embrasser. 
kitchen,  cuisine,/, 
knee,  genou,  m. 
knife,  couteau,  m. 

knitting  needle,  aiguille  a  tricoter,/. 
to  knock,  f rapper;    some  one  is 

knocking,  on  frappe. 
to  know,  connaitre  (to  be  acquainted 

with) ,  savoir  (in  th«  mind) ;  —  how^ 


366 


A   BRIEF  FRENCH   COURSE 


savoir ;  to  let  — ,  faire  savoir ;  not 
—  ones  o^wn  mind,  vouloir  et  ue 
pas  vouloir ;  —  what  one  is  about, 
savoir  a  quoi  s'en  tenir;  not  — 
w^hat  to  do,  ne  savoir  qu'y  faire ; 
not  —  what  to  make  of  it,-  n'y 
voir  que  du  feu ;  not  —  w^hich  way 
to  turn,  ne  pas  savoir  oil  Ton  en  est ; 
to  be  known,  make  one's  self 
known,  se  faire  connaitre;  not 
that  I  — ,  pas  que  je  sache. 

knowledge,  connaissance,  /.,  sa- 
voir, m. 

Kongo,  le  Congo. 


to  label,  etiqueter. 

labor,  travail,  m. 

lace,  deutelle,/. 

lady,  dame;    yo\ing  — ,  demoiselle, 

mademoiselle,    mesdemoiselles     (in 

addressing)  ;  ladies,  mesdames,/. 
lake,  lac,  m. 
lame,  boiteux,  -se. 
land,  pays,  m. 
landscape,  pay  sage,  m. 
large,  grand,  -e,  gros,  -se. 
lark,  alouette,/. 
last,  dernier,  -ere :   at  — ,  enfin ;   — 

evening,  hier  au  soir. 
late,  adv.,  tard,  en  retard  ;  to  get,  be 

— ,  se  faire  tard. 
lately,  recemment.. 
later,  plus  tard. 
Latin,  latin,  -e. 
the  latter,  ce  dernier. 
to  laugh,  rire,  se  moquer. 
law,  loi,/. 
lawyer,  avocat,  m. 
to  lay  eggs,  pond  re. 
to  lay  flat,  lay  down,  se  coucher. 
to  lay  waste,  de'vaster. 
lazy,  —  fellow^,  paresseux,  -se. 
to  lead,  mener,  conduire  (of  people 

and  animals  only) ;  —  to,  aller  a. 


to  lean,  appuyer. 

lean,  maigre. 

leap  year,  annee  bissextile,/. 

to  learn,  apprendre. 

learned,  savant,  -e,  instruit,  -e. 

least,  acJj.,  le  moindre,  le  plus  petit; 

adv.,  le  moius ;   at  — ,  au  moins,  du 

moins ;  if  in  the  — ,  pour  pen  que. 
leave,  depart,  m.,  permission,/, 
to  leave,  laisser,  partir,  quitter, 
left,  gauche ;  on,  to  the  — ,  a  gauche, 
leg,  jambe,/. 
lemon,  citron,  m. 
lemonade,  limonade,/. 
to  lend,  preter. 
lenient,  indulgent,  -e. 
Leo,  Leon, 
less,  adj.,  moindre,  adv.,  moins;  the 

— ,  le  moins ;  none  the  — ,  pas  moi ns. 
lesson,  devoir,  m.;  le(;on,f. 
lest,  de  crainte  que,  de  peur  que. 
to  let,  laisser,  faire ;  —  know^,  faire 

savoir;  —  one's  self  be  seen,  se 

laisser  voir;  let  me  alone,  laissez- 

moi  tranquille. 
to  let  go,  laisser. 
letter,  let t re,/.  • 

Lewis,  Louis, 
liberty,  liberte,/. 
lie,  mensonge,  m. 
Ufe,  vie,/. 

to  lift,  lever,  soulever. 
light,  leger,  -ere,  facile, 
light,  lumiere,/.,  jour,  m. 
to  lighten,  faire  des  eclairs, 
like,  comme,  tout   comme,  tel  que, 

pareil,  -le ;  —  a,  en ;  to  be  — ,  avoir 

I'air  de. 
to  like,  aimer,  trouver ;  to  do  as  one 

— s,  en  faire  a  sa  tete. 
likely,  probable,  probablement ;  very 

— ,  vraisemblablement. 
limited,  limite,  -e. 
Unen,  linge,  m.    (soiled)  — ,  linge 

sale. 


VOCABULARY 


367 


lion,  lion,  m.        • 

lip,  levre,/. 

to  listen  (to) ,  ecouter. 

liter,  litre,  m. 

literally,  litteralement. 

little,  adj.,  petit,  -e,  adv.,  peu. 

to  live,  demeurer,  vivre,  habiter. 

lively,  vif ,  -ve,  actif,  -ve,  gai,  -e. 

London,  Londres. 

long,  longtemps;  how  — ,  depuis 
quand,  combien  de  temps;  no  — er, 
ne  .  .  .  plus;  —  ago,  il  y  a  long- 
temps. 

to  long-  for,  tarder  de. 

to  look,  regarder,  avoir  I'air,  sembler ; 
—  for,  chercher ;  —  like,  avoir  I'air 
de,  on  dirait;  —  well,  avoir  bonne 
mine. 

to  lose,  perdre. 

loss,  perte,/. 

lot,  sort,  m.,  quantite,/. 

Louis,  Louis. 

Louisa,  Louise,  Louise. 

Louvre,  le  Louvre. 

to  love,  aimer. 

love  song,  romance,/. 

lovely,  splendide,  delicieux,  -se. 

low,  bas,  basse,  decouvert,  -e  (of 
shoes). 

Lucy,  Lucie. 

luggage,  baggage,  m. 

lunch,  lunch,  m.,  collation,/. 

to  lunch,  luncher,  faire  collation. 

lying,  mensonge,  m. 

Lyons,  Lyon. 

M 

ma'am,  Madame,  /. 
mad,  en  colere,  fou,  m.,  folle,/. 
madam,  madame,  /. 
magnificent,  magnifique. 
magpie,  pie,/, 
maid,  fille,  bonne,  /. 
mail,  courrier,  m. 

to  maintain,  entretenir,  maintenir, 
soutenir. 


maize,  mais,  m. 

to  make,  faire  ;  to  get  made,  faire 
faire;  —  out,  distinguer,  aperce- 
voir;  —  up  one's  mind,  se  de- 
cider; not  to  know  what  to  — 
of  it,  n'y  voir  que  du  feu. 

maker,  createur,  ouvrier. 

mama,  maman ;  darling  — ,  —  dear, 
petite  mere,  /. 

man,  homme,  m. 

mankind,  humains,  m.,  le  genre  hu- 
main. 

Manila,  Manille,  m. 

manner,  maniere,/.  ,•  good  — s,  sa- 
voir  vivre ;  to  teach  one  good  — s, 
apprendre  a  vivre  a  quelqu'un. 

mansion,  chateau,  m. 

mantelpiece,  cheminee,/.,  dessus  de 
cheminee,  m. 

manufacturer,  fabricant,  m. 

many,  beaucoup,  bien,  plusieurs ;  —  a, 
maint,  -e ;  as  — ,  autant,  tant ;  hbw 
— ,  combien,  que;  so  — ,  tant, 
autant ;  too  — ,  trop. 

map,  carte  geographique,/. 

maple,  erable,  m. 

March,  mars,  m. 

Marguerite,  Marguerite. 

mark,  marque,/. 

market,  marche,  m. 

to  marry,  be  married,  se  marier ; 
—  well,  faire  un  beau  mariage. 

Marseillaise,  la  Marseillaise. 

Marseilles,  Marseille. 

marvel,  merveille,/. 

Mary,  Marie. 

mass,  foule,/. 

master,  maitre,  m.,  maitresse,  /. 

material,  materiel,  -le. 

mathematics,  les  mathematiques,/. 

Matilda,  Mathilde. 

matter,  what  is  the  — ,  qu'y  a-t-il  ? 
what  is  the  —  with  you,  qu'avez 
vous  ?  no  — ,  peu  imports. 

to  mature,  miirir. 


368 


A  BRIEF   FRENCH   COURSE 


Maud,  Madeleine. 

may,  pouvoir. 

May,  mai,  m. 

me,  me,  moi ;  to  — ,  moi. 

meal,  repas,  tn. 

to  mean,  vonloir  dire. 

measure,  mesure,/. ;  to  take  one's 

—  (for),  prendre  mesure  a  quelqu'un 

(de). 
meat,  viande,/. ;  roast  — ,  roti,  m., 

viande  rotie. 
medicine,  medecine,/. 
to  meet,  rencontrer ;  to  g-o  — ,  aller 

a  la  rencontre  (de),  au-devant  (de). 
meeting,  rencontre,/, 
melancholy,  melancolique. 
melodious,  me'lodieux,  -se. 
melody,  melodie,  /. 
men,  les  hommes,  m. 
to  mend,  corriger. 
merchant,  marchand,  negociant,  m. 
mercy,  grace,/.,  pardon,  m. 
merry,  joyeux,  -se,  gai,  -e. 
messenger,  courrier,  m. 
meter,  metre,  m. 
middle  finger,  me'dius,  m. 
midnight,  minuit,  m. 
mild,  doux,  -ce  ;  to  be  — ,  faire  doox. 
mile,  mille,  m. 
milk,  lait,  m. 
milkman,  laitier,  m. 
milkwoman,  laitiere,  /. 
million,  million,  7n. ;  to  live  on  one's 

— 5,  vivre  des  ses  rentes, 
millionaire,  millionnaire,  m.  or/, 
to  mimic,  contrefaire,  se  moquer. 
mind,  esprit,  m. ;  to  have  a  —  to, 

avoir  envie  de;    to   kno^w  one's 

ovm.  — ,  savoir  ce  qu'on  veut. 
xnhie,  le  mien,  la  mienne,  les  miens, 

les  miennes. 
mine,  mine,/, 
minute,  minute,/, 
mirror,  miroir,  m.,  glace,/, 
to  do  mischief,  malfaire. 


miserable,  miseraWe. 

misfortune,  malheur,  m.,  infortune,/. 

mishap,  malheur,  in. 

to  mislay,  e'garer. 

to  miss,  manquer. 

Miss,    mademoiselle;    the    Misses, 

les  demoiselles,  mesdemoiselles,/. 
Mississippi,  Mississipi,  m. 
Missouri,  Missouri,  in. 
mistake,  faute,  erreur,/. 
to  mistake,  se  meprendre ;    to  be 

mistaken,  se  tromper. 
to  mock,  se  moquer  de. 
moderate,  sobre. 
moderation,  sobriete,  /. 
modest,  modeste. 
modesty,  modestie,/. 
moisture,  humidite,/. 
moment,  moment,  m.,  instant,  m. 
Monday,  lundi,  m. 
money,  argent,  in. 
monkey,  singe,  m. 
month,  mois,  m. 
monument,  monument,  m. 
moon,  lune,  /. 
moonlight,  clair  de  lune ;  to  be  — , 

faire  clair  de  lune. 
more,  plus,  davantage,  de  plus ;  any 

— ,  plus ;  the  — ,  le  plus ;  no  — ,  ne 

.  .  .  plus. 
morning,  matin,  w.,  matinee, /. ;  but 

on,  in  the  — ,  mais  le  lendemain 

matin,  aie. 
morro^w,  demain,  m. ;  the  — ,  on  the 

— ,  le  lendemain,  m. 
mortal,  mortel,  -le. 
most,  le  plus,  la  plupart,  bien. 
mother,  mere,  maman,/. 
mother-in-laTV,  belle  mere,/, 
to  mount  on  horseback,  monter  Ji 

cheval. 
mountain,  montagne,/. 
mourning,  deuil,  in. 
mouth,  bouehe,  /.;  from  hand  to  — , 

au  jour  le  jour. 


VOCABULARY 


369 


to  move  out,  demenager. 

on  the  move,  en  mouvement. 

Mr.,  monsieur,  M.,  m. 

Mrs.,  madame,  Mme.,/. 

much,  very  — ,  beaucoup,  bien  ;  as  — , 
autant ;  as  —  as,  autant  que  ;  ho"W 
— ,  que,  combien  de;  so — ,  tant, 
tenement,  autant,  ainsi ;  so  — the 
better,  tant  mieux  ;  so  —  the 
•worse,  tant  pis  ;  too  — ,  trop  de. 

mud,  boue,/. 

muddy,  boueux,  -euse,  plein  de  boue. 

mule,  mule,  mulet,  m. 

multiplication,  multiplication, /. 

murder,  meurtre,  m.;  for  murder- 
ing French,  pour  mutilation  de 
langue. 

museum,  musee,  m. 

mushroom,  champignon,  m. 

music,  musique,/. 

must,  devoir,  falloir,  il  faut  que ;  it 
—  be,  ce  doit  etre. 

mutton,  mouton,  m. 

mutual,  comraun,  -e,  mutuel,  -le. 

mutually,  mutuellement. 

my,  mon,  ma,  mes. 

myself,  moi  meme.'v 

mysterious,  mysterieux,  -se. 

N 

nail,  ongle,  m. 

to  name,  nommer;  to  be  — d,  se 
nommer,  s'appeler. 

name,  uom,  m. ;  to  tell  one's  — ,  se 
faire  connaitre. 

napkin,  serviette,/. 

natural,  naturel,  -le. 

naturalization  (papers),  naturalisa- 
tion,/. 

naturally,  naturellement. 

nature,  nature,/. 

naughty,  vilain,  -e,  mechant,  -e. 

havy,  marine,/. 

near,  pros  de. 

nearly,  presque,  pres  de,  faillir  (with 
inf.). 

BRIEF    FR.    CODRSK 24 


necessary,    n^cessaire;    to   be   — , 

falloir. 
neck,  cou,  m. 
necktie,  cravate,/. 
need,  besoin,  m. ;  to  be  in  —  of, 

avoir  besoin  de,  falloir. 
needle,  aiguille,/, 
needy,  malheureux,  -se. 
to  neglect,  ne'gliger. 
negro,  negre,  m.,  negresse,/. 
neighbor,  voisin,  m.,  -e,/. 
neither  .  .  .  nor,  ni  .  .  .  ni ;  —  do 

I,  ni  moi  non  plus, 
nephew,    neveu;    grand   — ,    petit 

neveu. 
neuralgia,  ne'vralgie,/. 
never,  jamais,  ne  .  .  .  jamais :  you 

—  do,  vous  n'en  faites  rien. 
nevertheless,  neanmoins. 
ne^w     (another),    nouveau,     nouvel, 

nouvelle,  frais,  fraiche,  tendre    (of 

bread) . 
New  Orleans,  la  Nouvelle-Orleans. 
news,  nouvelles,/. 
newspaper,  journal,  m. 
New  Year's  gift,  etrenne,/. 
New  Zealand,  la  Nouvelle-Zelande. 
next,  prochain,  -e;  —  day,  le  lende- 

main. 
nice,  beau,  belle;  it  is  not  —  to,  ce 

n'est  pas  bien  de. 
niece,  niece,/, 
night,  soir,  m.,   nuit,  /. ;  good  — , 

bonsoir;  at  — ,  la  nuit. 
nightgown,  cliemise,  robe  de  nuit,/. 
nightingale,  rossignol,  m. 
nine,  neuf. 
nineteen,  dix  neuf. 
nineteenth,  dix  neuvieme. 
ninety-eight,  quatre  vingts  dix  huit, 
ninth,  neuvieme. 
no,  non,  ne  .  .  .  pas,  ne  .  .  .  point, 

aucun;    —   longer,  —  more,    ne 

.  .  .  plus;  —  one,  aucun,  ne  .  .  . 

personne. 


370 


A  BRIEF  FRENCH  COURSE 


nobody,  personne,  ne  .  .  .  i>ersonne. 

noise,  bruit,  tapage,  m. 

none,  aucun,  ne  .  .  .  pas. 

noon,  midi,  m. 

nor,  ni. 

nose,  nez,  m. 

nostril,  narine,  /.,  naseau,    m.    (of 

a  horse) . 
not,  ne  .  .  .  pas,  point,  non,  pas,  non 

pas ;  —  at  all,  pas  du  tout,  de  rien ; 

is  he   — ,   are   you   — ,  n'est    ce 

pas? 
note  paper,  papier  a  lettre,  m. 
nothing-,  ne  .  .  .  rien,  rien ;  —  at  all, 

rien  du  tout,  rien  de  rien ;  —  else, 

rien  autre  chose. 
to  notice,  remarquer,  apercevoir. 
noun,  nom,  in.,  substantif,  wi. 
to  nourish,  nourrir. 
novel,  roman,  yn. 
November,  novembre,  m. 
no"w,  maintenant,  a  present,  encore ; 

just  — ,  tout  a  I'heure. 
no^vadays,  aujourd'hui,  m. 
nowhere,  nuUe  part, 
noxious,  nuisible. 
niunber,  nombre,  numero,  No.,m. 
numerous,  nombreux,  -se. 
nurse,  —maid,  bonne,  bonne  d'en- 

fant,/. 

O 
oath,  serment,  m. 
obedient,  obeissant,  -e. 
to  obey,  obeir  (a), 
to  object,  s'opposer. 
object,  objet,  but,  m. 
to  oblige,  obliger. 
obli^ng,  obligeant,  -e. 
obstacle,  obstacle,  m. 
obstinate,    obstine,    -e,    entete,    -e, 

tetu, -e. 
to  obtain,  obtenir. 
obvious,  clair,  -e. 
occasion,  occasion, /. ;  on  every — , 

a  tout  projKts. 


to  occupy,  occuper. 

o'clock,  heure,/. 

October,  octobre,  m. 

of,  de,  sur,  en;    —  the,  des;    —  it, 

—  them,  en. 
office,  bureau,  m. 
often,  souvent. 
oh,  oh,  allons. 
oil,  huile,/. 

old,  age,  -e,vieux,  vieil,  m.,  vieille,  /.; 

ho"w  —  are  you, quel  age  avez  vous  ? 

to  be  .  .  .  years  old,  avoir  .  .  . 

ans. 
to  grow  old,  vieillir. 
olive,  olive,/. 
to  omit,  omettre. 
on,  sur,  a,  pour;  (before    a  day  or 

date)  le. 
once,  une  fois ;  —  a  month,  une  fois 

par  mois,  tons  les  mois;    at  — ,  de 

suite,  tout  de  suite. 
one,  adj.,  un,  une,  seul,-e;  pron.,  on, 

Ton;  no—,   personne  .  .  .  ne;    to 

be  —  of,  faire  partie  de ;  every  — , 

tout  le  monde. 
one's,  son,  notre ;    —  self,  se,  soi, 

soi  meme. 
only,  adj.,  seul,  -e,  adv.,  seolement, 

ne  .  .  .  que. 
to  open,  ouvrir. 
opera,  opera,  m. 
opinion,  opinion,  /. ;  to  have  a  hig-h 

—  of  ones  solf,  s'en  croire. 
opportunity,  occasion,/. 

to  oppose,  opposer. 

or,  ou. 

orange,  orange,/. 

orchard,  verger,  m. 

to  order,  commander,  ordonner. 

order,  ordre,  m. ;    in  —  that,  pour 

que;  in  —  to,  pour, 
orderly,  methodique ;  to  be  — ,  avoir 

de  I'ordre. 
ordinary,  ordinaire, 
other,  autre ;  each  — ,  I'un  I'autre. 


VOCABULARY 


371 


otherwise,  autrement. 

ought,  devoir,  falloir;    one  — ,  on 

devrait. 
our,  notre,  nos,  ses. 
ours,  le  notre,  la  notre,  les  notres. 
ourselves,  nous  memes. 
out  of,  sur. 
outright,  sur  le  coup, 
outside,  dehors, 
over,  a  propos  de ;  —  here,  ici. 
to  overcharge,  surf  aire. 
overcoat,  pardessus,  m. 
to  overcome,  surmonter;  to  be  — , 

succoinber. 
overweight,  supplement,  m. 
to  ow^e,  devoir, 
own,  propre;  her  — ,  le  sien,  etc.; 

your  — ,  le  votre,  etc. 


pace,  pas,  m. ;  two  — s  off,  a  deux 
pas. 

to  pack,  —  up,  emballer. 

page,  page,/. 

pain,  douleur,/.,  peine,/. 

to  paint,  peindre. 

paint  box,  boite  a  couleurs,/. 

painting,  peinture,/. 

pair,  paire,  /. 

papa,  papa,  pere,  m. 

paper,  papier,  ra. ;  journal,  -aux,  m. ; 
flrct  — s,  naturalisation. 

pardon,  pardon;  I  beg  your  — ? 
plait  il  ? 

to  pardon,  pardonner. 

parent,  parent,  in.,  -e,  /. 

Paris,  Paris,  m. 

park,  pare,  m. 

parlor,  salon,  m. 

part,  part,/.,  role,  m. 

to  part,  se  separer. 

partridge,  perdrix,/. 

to  pass,  passer;  —  through,  tra- 
verser. 

passport,  passport,  m. 


past,  half — ,  .  .  .  heure  et  demie; 
quarter  — ,  .  .  .  heure  et  quart. 

path,  sentier,  m. 

patience,  patience,/. 

patient,  malade,  m.  or/, 

patient,  adj.,  patient,  -e. 

Paul,  Paul. 

Pauline,  Pauline. 

to  pay,  payer,  faire  (une  visite)." 

peace,  paix,/. ;  in — ,  tranquille. 

peacock,  paon,  in. 

pear,  poire,/. 

pearl,  perle,/. 

to  pedal,  pe'daller. 

to  peel,  peler. 

pen,  plume,  /. 

penance,  penitence,  /. ;  to  do  — , 
rester  en  penitence. 

pencil,  crayon,  m. 

penknife,  canif,  m. 

people,  gens,  peuple,  on,  Ton,  le 
monde;  young  — ,  jeunes  gens; 
my  — ,  les  miens. 

pepper,  poivre,  m. 

to  perceive,  apercevoir,  percevoir. 

perfect,  parfait,  -e. 

perfectly,  parfaitement. 

perhaps,  peut-etre.  • 

peritonitis,  peritonite,  /. 

to  permit,  permettre. 

to  persevere,  perseverer. 

persevering,  perseverant,  -e. 

to  persist  .  (in) ,  persister,  s'obsti- 
ner  (a). 

person,  personne,/. 

personage,  personnage,  m. 

pet,  mignon,  mignonne. 

to  pet,  gater. 

Peter,  Pierre. 

philosopher,  philosophe,  m. 

physician,  medecin,  m. 

piano,  piano,  m. 

picture,  tableau,  portrait,  m.,  pein- 
ture, image,  /. 
piece,  morceau,  m. 


372 


A  BRIEF   FRENCH   COURSE 


to  pierce,  percer. 

pillage,  pillage,  tn. 

pink,  rose. 

pity,  pitie,  /. ;   to  excite  — ,  faire 

pitie. 
place,  place,/, 
plague,  peste, /. 
plan,  plan,  projet,  m. 
plant,  plante,  /. 
plate,  assiette,  /. 
to  play,  jouer;   —  on,  jouer  de;  — 

the  fool,  faire  le  fou;  —  truant, 

faire  re'cole  buissoiiuiere. 
play  room,  chambre  a  jouer. 
pleasantly,  agre'ablement. 
to  please,  plaire  (a),  faire  plaisir;  if 

you  — ,  s'il  vous  plait,  je  vous  prie. 
pleasure,  plaisir,  gout,  ?n. 
plenty,  beaucoup  ;  —  of  time,  bien 

le  temps, 
pleurisy,  pleure'sie,  /. 
to  plunder,  ravager. 
plural,  pluriel,  m. 
pneumonia,  pneumonie,  /. 
pocket,  poche,  /. 
poem,  poeme,  m. 
poet,  poete,  m. 
poetry,  poesie,  /. 
poison,  poison,  m. ;  to  take  — ,  s'em- 

poisonner. 
police,  police,  /. 
polished,  poli,  -e. 
polite,  poli,  -e. 
politeness,  politesse,/. 
politics,  politique,  /. 
poor,  pauvre. 
portrait,  portrait,  m. 
position,  position,  situation,  /.,  em- 

ploi,  emplacement,  m. ;  to  be  in  a 

—  to,  etre  a  meme  de ;  his  actual 

— ,  la  place  qu'il  occupe. 
positively,  positivement. 
possible,  possible;  to  be  — ,  se  pou- 

voir  ;  it  is  hardly  —  to,  on  ne  pent 

ga^re. 


postman,  facteur,  m. 

post-offlce,  le  bureau  de  poste,  la 

poste. 
to  postpone,  remettre  a. 
potato,  pomrae  de  terre,  /. 
pound,  livre,  /. 
powder,  poudre,  /.  ,•  to  have  smelt 

— ,  avoir  vu  le  feu, 
poTver,  pouvoir,  m. 
to  practice,  pratiquer. 
praise,  eloge,  m.,  louange,/. 
to  praise,  louer. 
to  pray,  prier. 
prayer,  priere,/. 
precious,  cher,  chere. 
to  prefer,  pre'fe'rer,  aimer  mieux. 
preferable,  pre'fe'rable. 
to  prepare,  preparer, 
presence,  presence,/, 
to  present,  pre'senter. 
present,  cadeau,  present,  m. 
present,  pre'sent ;  at  — ,  a  present, 
pressing,  urgent,  -e. 
to  pretend,  pre'tendre. 
pretty,  joli,  -e,  gentil,  -le. 
to  prevent,  empecher. 
prey,  proie,/. 
price,  prix,  m. 
pride,  orgueil,  m. 
prince,  priuce,  m. 
principle,  principe,  in. 
prison,  prison,/ 
prisoner,  prisonnier,  in.,  -ere,/, 
prize,  prix,  m. 
probably,  probablement. 
to  proceed  to,  en  venir  (a), 
prodigal,  prodigue. 
to  produce,   produire. 
professor,  professeur,  m. 
progress,  progres,  in.,  marche,/. 
project,  projet,  plan,  in. 
to  promise,  promettre. 
prone,  incline,  -e. 
to  pronounce,  prononcer. 
pronunciation,  prononciation,/. 


VOCABULARY 


873 


proof,  preuve,  /., 

to  propose,  proposer. 

to  protect,  proteger. 

proud,  orgueilleux,  -se,  fier,  -ere. 

proverb,  proverbe,  m.  ,•  as  the  — 
has  it,  comme  dit  le  proverbe. 

provided,  pourvu  que. 

to  provoke,  contrarier. 

Prussian,  Prussien,  m. 

psalm,  psaume,  m. 

pshaw!  bah! 

public,  public,  -ique. 

to  pull,  tirer. 

punctual,  ponctuel,  -le. 

punctuality,  ponctualite, /.,  exacti- 
tude,/. 

to  punish,  punir. 

punishfment,  chatiment,  m.,  puni- 
tion,  /. 

pupil,  eleve,  m.  or  /. 

purchase,  emplette,/. 

on  purpose,  expres;  as  if  done  — , 
com  me  un  fait  expres. 

purse,  bourse,/. 

puss,  sly  — ,  une  rusee. 

to  put,  mettre,  placer;  —  on  airs, 
faire  le  grand  seigneur;  —  up  (at  a 
hotel),  descendre. 


Q 


quality  (good),  qualitd, /. ;  bad  — , 

defaut,  771. 
quantity,  quantite',  /. 
quarrel,  querelle,/. 
to  quarrel,  se  quereller. 
quarter,  quart,    m.;   —  past,  .  .  . 

heure  et  quart, 
quartet,  quatuor,  m. 
quatrain,  quatrain,  m. 
question,  question, /. 
quick,  adj.,  vif,  vive;  adv.,  vite. 
quickly,  vite. 
to  quit,  quitter, 
quite,  tout,  tout  a  fait,  bien,  tres, 

assez  ;  —  so,  c'est  juste. 


R 

railroad,  cherain  de  fer,  m. 

rain,  pluie,/. 

to  rain,  pleuvoir;    —  in  torrents, 

pleuvoir  a  seaux,  a  torrents,  a  verse, 
rainy,  pluvieux,  -se;  to  be  — ,  faire 

un  temps  pluvieux. 
to  raise,  lever,  hausser. 
rare,  rare ;  saignant,  -e  (of  meat), 
rather,  plutot,  assez. 
to  read,  lire ;  while  — ing,  tout  en 

lisant. 
reading,  lecture,  /. 
ready,  prompt,  -e,  pret,  -e ;  target  — , 

se  preparer, 
really,  reellement,  vraiment. 
reason,  raison,  cau/e,  /, 
to  reason,  discuter. 
to  receive,  recevoir. 
recently,  recemment. 
reciprocally,  reciproquement. 
to  recognize,  reconnaitre. 
to  recollect,  se  rappeler. 
to  recommend,  conseiller. 
red,  rouge. 

red-handed,  en  flagrant  delit. 
to  reflect,  re'fle'chir. 
to  refuse,  refuser, 
to  regret,  regretter. 
regularly,  regulierement. 
to  reign,  regner. 
to  relate,  raconter. 
relative,  parent,  m.,  -e,  /. 
religious,  religieux,  -se ;  man  needs 

to  be  — ,  il  faut  a  I'homme  une  cro- 

yance. 
to  rely,  compter, 
to  remain,  rester. 
remarkable,  extraordinaire, 
to  remember,  se  souvenir, 
to  render,  rendre. 
rent,  loyer,  m. 

repast,  repas,  m.  '^ 

to  repeat,  redire,  rep^ter- 
to  repel,  repousser. 


374 


A   BRIEF   FRENCH   COURSE 


to  repent,  repentir. 

to  replace,  remplacer. 

reply,  re'ponse,/. 

to  reply,  repondre. 

repose,  repos,  m. 

to  represent,  representer. 

to  request,  prier. 

to  require,  demander,  exiger. 

reserve,  retenue,/. 

resignation,  demission,/. 

to  resist,  resister. 

resolute,  determine,  -e. 

to  resolve,  resoudre,  decider. 

respect,  respect,  m. 

to  respect,  respecter. 

respectful,  respectueux,  -se. 

rest,  repos,  m. ;  to  take  a  — ,  se  re- 
poser. 

to  rest,  se  reposer. 

to  restrain,  se  contenlr. 

restraint,  retenue,/. 

return,  retour,  m. 

to  return,  retonrner,  rendre,  ren- 
vojer;  —  (home),  revenir,  rentrer. 

re-ward.  recompense,/. 

to  re  ■ward,  recompenser. 

rheumatism,  rhumatisme,  m. 

ribbon,  ruban,  m. 

rich,  riche. 

riches,  richesse,/. 

to  get  rid  (of) ,  se  defaire  (de) . 

to  ride,  aller,monter  a  cheval ;  to  go 
for  a  — ,  go  riding,  aller  a  cheval, 
en  voiture;  —  a  bicycle,  monter 
en  bicyclette. 

ridicule,  ridicule,  m. 

to  ridicule,  se  moquer  de. 

riding  school,  ecole  d'equitation,/. 

rifle,  fusil,  m. 

right,  juste,  droit,  raison,  /. ;  to  be 
— ,  avoir  raison  ;  on  or  to  the  — ,  a 
droite ;  that's  all  — ,  tres  bien. 

ring,  bague,  /.  ,•  —  finger,  annu- 
laire,  m. 

ripe,  mfir,  -«. 


to  ripen,  murir. 

to  rise,  se  lever. 

risk,  risque,  m. 

to  risk,  risquer. 

rival,  rival,  -e. 

road,  chemin,  m.,  route,/. 

roast,  roti,  m. ;  —  beef,  rosbif ,  m. 

to  rob,  voler,  derober. 

robust,  robuste. 

rock,  rocher,  m. 

rocking-chair,  berceuse,  /. 

roll,  petit  pain,  in. 

Roman,  Romain,  7n. 

roof,  toit,  m. 

room,  chambre,/. ;  tomake  —  (for) , 

faire  (de  la)  place  (a) . 
root,  racine,/. 
rose,  rose,/. 

rough  draft,  brouillon,  m. 
route,  route,/. 
to  rovr,  raraer ;  to  go  rowing,  go 

for  a  row,  aller  en  bateau. 
to  rub,  frotter. 

rubber  shoes,  caoutchoucs,  m. 
rubis,  rubis,  m. 
ruler,  regie,/. 
rumor,  bruit,  m. 
to  run,  courir;   —   to  and  fro,   ne 

faire  qu'aller  et  venir. 
to  rush,  s'elancer,  se  precipiter. 
Russia,  la  Russie. 
Russian,  adj.,  russe. 

S 
sacred,  sacre,  -e. 
sad,  triste. 

to  sail,  aller  en  bateau, 
sailing    vessel,    bateau    a    voiles, 

voilier,  m. 
sailor,  marin,  m. 
Saint  Helena,  Sainte-Hel^ne. 
Saint  Joseph,  Saint-Joseph, 
salt,  sel,  m. 
to  salute,  saluer. 
same,  meme;  the  very —,  le  meme ; 


VOCABULARY 


375 


it's  all  the  —  to  me,  cela  m'est 
egal,  c'est  tout  un. 

San  Francisco,  San-Francisco. 

satisfied,  content,  -e,  satisfait,  -e. 

to  satisfy,  satisfaire. 

Saturday,  samedi,  m. 

saucer,  soucoupe,/. 

savagre,  sauvage.        » 

to  save,  sauver. 

saving's,  economic,/. 

to  say,  dire;  it  is  said,  on  dit; 
you  don't  say!  pas  possible;  to 
have  nothing  —  ag-ainst,  ne  trou- 
ver  rien  a  redire ;  not  —  a  -word,  ue 
dire  mot;  that  is  — ,  c'est-a-dire ; 
I  dare  — ,  je  le  crois  bien ;  to 
laugh  at  what  people  — ,  se  mo- 
quer  du  qu'en  dira-t-on  ;  "whatever 
people  may  — ,  quoiqu'on  en 
dise. 

scalded,  echaude,  -e. 

scamp,  gredin,  polisson,  drole,  m. ; 
worthless  — ,  mauvais  sujet. 

scarcely,  a  peine,  ne  .  .  .  guere,  ne  .  .  . 
presque. 

scarlet,  scarlatina. 

school,  e'cole,/. 

schoolmaster,  maitre  d'ecole,  m. 

schoolmate,  camarade,  m.  or/. 

schoolroom,  salle  d'e'tude,/. 

Scipio,  Scipion. 

to  scold,  gronder. 

Scotland,  I'Ecosse,/. 

to  scrape,  f rotter. 

sea,  mer,/. 

search,  recherche,/. 

to  search  for,  chercher,  rechercher. 

season,  saison,/. 

seat,  siege,  m. 

to  seat  one's  self,  s'asseoir. 

second,  second,  -e,  deuxieme. 

second,  seconde,/. 

secret,  secret,  m. 

to  see,  voir,  apercevoir;  to  — again, 
revoir;  see!  tenez!  to  be  seen,  se 


laisser  voir  ;   ah,  now  I   — ,   ah, 

maintenant    je    sals    a    quoi    m'en 

tenir;  —  to  it,  s'arranger  de  fa9on 

a  ce  que  . . .  nothing  to  be  seen,  il 

ne  s'y  voit  rien. 
to  seek,  chercher. 

to  seem,  sembler,  avoir  I'air,  paraitre. 
seldom,  raremenf. 
to  select,  choisir. 
to  sell,  vendre ;  —  ag-ain,  revendre. 
to  send,  envoyer. 
to  separate,  separer. 
September,  septembre,  m 
serious,  serieux,  -se. 
servant,  serviteur,  m.,  servante, /., 

domestique,  m.  or/, 
service,  service,  m. 
to  set,  mettre  ;  —  about,  se  mettre  a ; 

—  out,  partir ;  —  out  again,  repar- 

tir. 
to  settle,  arranger, 
seven,  sept. 
seventeen,  dix  sept, 
seventh,  septieme. 
several,  plusieurs. 
severe,  severe. 
severely,  severement. 
severity,  severite,/. 
to  sew,  coudre. 

to  shake  hands,  se  serrer  la  main, 
shame,  honte,/. 
share,  part,  /. ;    to  take  a  —  in, 

prendre  part  a, 
sharp,  mauvais,  -e. 
to  shave,  faire  la  barbe. 
she,  elle ;  —  who,  celle  qui. 
to  shine,  briller. 
ship,  vaisseau,  navire,  m. 
shipw^reck,   naufrage,    m. ;    to   be 

shipw^recked,  faire  naufrage. 
shirt,  chemise,  /. 
shoe,  Soulier,  m. ;  lady's  — ,  bottine, 

/.  ,•  low  — ,  Soulier  decouvert. 
shop,  magasin,  atelier,  m, 
to  go  shopping,  faire  des  emplettes. 


376 


A   BRIEF   FRENCH   COURSE 


short,  court,  -e,  petit,  -e ;  in  — ,  enfin. 

shoulder,  epaule,/. 

shout,  cri,  m. 

to  show,  montrer,  faire  voir,  laisser 

voir, 
shrub,  arbuste,  m. 
sick,  malade. 
sickly,  maladif,  -ive. 
signal,  signal,  7n. 
silent,  silencieiLx,  -se;  to  be  — ,  ne 

dire  mot. 
silk,  soie,/. ;  —  stocking,  bas  de  sole, 
silly,  imbecile,  fou,  fol,  m.,  folle,/. 
silver,  argent,  m. 
silver-gilt,  vermeil,  m. 
simple-minded,  naif,  naive, 
simply,  simplement. 
since,  depuis,  des,  puisque,  que. 
sincere,  sincere, 
sincerity,  sincerite,/. 
to  sing,  chanter. 

singer,  chanteur,  -se ;  cantatrice,  /. 
single,  seul,  -e;  aucun,  -e. 
singular,  singulier,  m. 
sir,  monsieur,  m. 
sister,  soeur, /. 
sister-in-law,  belle  scBur,/. 
to  sit  down,  s'asseoir. 
situation,  position,/, 
six,  six. 
sixteen,  seize, 
sixth,  sixieme. 
to  skate,  patiner. 
skillful,  habile, 
skin,  peau,/. 
sky,  ciel,  m.,  cieux,  m.  pi. 
to  slander,  medire. 
to  slash,  taillader. 
slate,  ardoise,/. 
sleep,  sommeil,  m. ;    to  go  to  — , 

s'endormir. 
to  sleep,  dormir. 
to  be  sleepy,  avoir  sommeil. 
sleeve  links,  boutons  de  manchette. 
slight,  le'ger,  -ere. 


to  sUp  away,  prendre  la  cle  des 
champs. 

to  be  slippery,  faire  glissant. 

to  be  slow^,  retarder  (of  watch). 

sluggish,  indolent,  -e. 

sly,  ruse,  -e. 

small,  petit,  -e. 

smallpox,  variole,/. 

smart,  malin,  -igne,  intelligent,  -e. 

to  smile,  sourire;  —  on  one  an- 
other, se  sourire. 

to  be  smitten,  s'eprendre. 

to  smoke,  fumer. 

snow,  neige,/. 

so,  si,  aussi,  (after  a  transitive  verb) 
le,  (after  an  intransitive  verb)  ainsi ; 

—  many,  — much, taut;  —  ...  as, 
si  .  .  .  que,  aussi . . .  que ;  so-so, 
comme  ci,  comme  9a,  comme  cela; 

—  are  w^e,  aussi  le  sommes  nous, 
soap,  savon,  m. 

sober,  sobre. 

sobriety,  sobriete,/. 

society,  societe,/.,  le  monde. 

sock,  chaussette,/. 

soft,  mou,  mol,  ?n.,  molle,/. 

to  soU,  salir. 

soiled,  sale,  malpropre. 

soiree,  soiree,/. 

soldier,  soldat,  m. 

sole,  seul,  -e. 

to  soUdify,  solidifier. 

some,  du,  de  la,  de  1',  des,  en,  quelque ; 

—  one,  quelqu'un. 
somebody,  quelqu'un,  m. 
something,  quelque  chose, 
sometimes,  quelquefois,  parfois. 
son,  fils,  m. 

song,  chant,  m.,  chanson,/.;  love 

— ,  romance,  /. 
sonnet,  sonnet,  m. 
soon,  tot,  vite,  bientot;    as  —  as, 

aussitot  que,  des  que;  so  — ,  sitot; 

sooner,  plus  tot. 
sorrow,  douleur,  peine,/. 


VOCABULARY 


377 


sorrowfully,  tristement. 

sorry,  fache,  -e. 

sound,  son,  m. 

soup,  soupe,  /. 

to  sow^,  semer. 

Spanish,  espagnol,  -e. 

to  spare,  epargner. 

sparing,  ecouome. 

sparrow,  moineau,  m. 

to  speak,  parler,  prendre  la  parole ; 

so  — ,  pour  ainsi  dire ;  don't  speak 

of  it,  de  rien. 
speech,  discours,  m. 
to  spend,  depenser. 
spice,  epice,  /. 
spirit,  esprit,  m. 
spiritual,  spirituel,  -le;  —  things, 

choses  de  I'esprit. 
splendid,  splendide. 
to  split,  fendre. 
to  spoil,  gater. 
sponge,  eponge,/. 
spoon,  cuiller,  /. 
on  the  spot,  sur-le-champ. 
to  spread,  repandre. 
spring,  printemps,  m. 
stage,  theatre,  m.,  scene,  /. ;  to  go 

on  the  — ,  entrer  au  theatre, 
stale,  dur,  -e. 
stamp,  timhre  poSte,  m.,  coin,  in., 

erapreinte,/. 
to  stamp,  affranchir. 
stanza,  stance,  /. 
to  stay,  rester,  demeurer,  laisser. 
to  steal,  voler. 
steam,  vapeur,  /. 

steamer,    paquebot,    bateau    a   va- 
peur, m. 
steeple,  clocher,  m. 
step,  pas,  m.,  perron,  m. 
stick,  baton,  m.,  canne,  /. 
still,  encore ;  to  keep  — ,  se  tenir  en 

repos. 
stocking,  bas,  m. 
stone,  pierre,  /. 


stool,  tabouret,  m. 
to  stop,  arreter. 
store,  magasin,  m. 
storekeeper,  marchand,  m. 
storm,  to  take  by,  prendre  d'assaut. 
to  be  stormy,  faire  de  I'orage,  faire 

un  temps  orageux. 
story,  histoire,  /.,  etage,  m. 
stout,  fort,  -e,  gras,-s6. 
straight,  droit,  -e. 
stranger,  etranger,  -ere. 
strawberry,  fraise,  /. 
stream,  ruisseau,  m. 
street,  rue,  /. 
strict,  severe, 
stride,  pas,  m. 
to  strike,  battre. 
string,  corde,  /. 
stroke,  coup,  m. 
to  stroll,  flaner;  to  take  a  — ,  faire 

un  tour, 
strong,  fort,  -e. 
strongly,  fortement. 
stud,  bouton,  m. 
student,  etudiant,  m. 
studious,  studieux,  -se. 
study,    etude,  /. ;    in   your   — ,    k 

I'etude. 
to  study,  etudier. 
stupid,  stupide,  imbecile, 
subject,  sujet,  m.,  -te,  /. 
to  submit,  se  soumettre. 
subtraction,  soustraction,  /. 
to  succeed,  reussir;  —  in  doing, 

venir  a  bout, 
in  succession,  de  suite, 
such,  tel,  -le,  pareil,  -le. 
to  suffer,  souffrir. 
sugar,  Sucre,  m. 
suit,  costutue,  m. 
to  suit,  convenir,  aller. 
summer,  ete,  m. 
summit,  sommet,  m. 
sun,  soleil,  m. 
Sunday,  dimanche,  m. 


378 


A    BRIEF   FRENCH    COURSE 


to  be  sunny,  faire  soleil. 

sunset,  coucher  de  soleil,  m.   . 

superior,  superieur,  -e. 

to  sup,  souper. 

supper,  soui>er,  m. 

to  support,  entretenir. 

to  suppose,  supposer. 

siire,  s(ir,  -e,  certain,  -e. 

to  surprise,  surprendre. 

sxirprise,  to  be  taken  by  — ,     n'y 

voir  que  du  feu. 
surprising,  surprenant,  -e. 
to  surrender,  se  rendre. 
to  suspect,  soup^onner. 
to  suspend,  saspendre. 
suspense,  suspens,  in. 
to  s^weep,  balayer. 
sweet,  doux,  -ce. 
to  swim,  nager. 
Sw^itzerland,  la  Suisse, 
to  sw^oop  down,  s'abattre. 
sword,  epe'e,  /. 
syllable,  syllabe,/. 
symphony,  symphonie,  /. 


table,  table,/. ;  to  set  the  — ,  mettre 
le  couvert,  la  table;  to  sit  down 
to  — ,  se  mettre  a  table. 

tablecloth,  nappe,  /. 

tail,  queue,/. 

tailor,  tailleur,  m. 

to  take,  prendre,  mener,  conduire 
(of  persons  and  animals) ;  —  after, 
tenir  de ;  —  a  w^alk,  se  promener ; 
—  away,  emmener  (of  persons  and 
animals) ;  —  back,  reprendre ;  — 
by  storm,  prendre  d'assaut ;  —  to, 
prendre  gout  (a) ;  —  care  of,  soi- 
gner,  prendre  garde;  —  poison, 
s'empoisonner. 

to  talk,  parler;  to  be  useless  — , 
avoir  beau  dire. 

talkative,  bavard,  -e. 

talking:,  bavardage,  m. 


tall,  haut,  -e. 

task,  devoir,  771. 

taste,  gout,  m. 

tea,  the',  m. 

to  teach,  enseigner. 

teacher,  maitre,  professeur,  m. 

to  tear  in  pieces,  mettre  en  pieces ; 

—  out,  dechirer. 
tedious,  fastidieux,  -se. 
telegram,  tele'gramme,  m. 
to  tell,  dire,  raconter ;  —  the  truth, 

a   dire   vrai;    don't   tell    me,    a 

d'autres. 
temper,  mauvaise  humeur,  /. 
temperature,  temperature,  /. 
ten,  dix. 

tender,  tendre,  douillet,  -te. 
than,  que,  de. 
thank  you,  thanks,  merci. 
that,  adj.,  ce,  cet,  cette;  dem.  pron., 

celui,  celle,  celui-la,  celle-la,  cela; 

rel.  pron.,  qui;  sub.  and  obj.  que; 

conj.,  que,  pour  que;  —  is,  voila, 

c'est-a-dire. 
thatch,  chaume,  m. 
the,  le,  la,  les. 
theater,  the'atre,  m. 
their,  leur,  leurs. 
theirs,  le  leur,  la  leur,  les  leurs. 
them,  les,  eux,  elles;  to  — ,  leur;   of 

— ,  en  ;  if  not  — ,  si  ce  n'est  eux. 
theme,  theme,  m. 
themselves,  se,    eux  memes,    elles 

memes. 
then    (afterwards),     ensuite,    alors, 

puis ;    (therefore) ,    done ;   even  —  , 

quand  meme. 
there,  la,  y ;  —  is,  —  are,  il  y  a,  voici, 

voila  ;  —  w^as,  —  w^ere,  il  y  avait ; 

who  goes  — ,  qui  est  la,  qui  vive. 
these,  ad/.,  ces;  ;3ron.,ceux-ci,celles- 

ci. 
they,  ils,  elles,  eux,   on;    —  who 

ceux  qui,  celles  qui. 
thick,  epais,  -se,  gros,  -se. 


VOCABULARY 


879 


thief,  voleur,  m.,  voleuse,  /. 

thin,  maigre. 

thing,  chose,  /. 

to  think,  penser  (a),  croire,  reflechir ; 
one  would  think,  on  dirait. 

third,  troisieme. 

thirst,  soif,  /. 

to  be  thirsty,  avoir  soif. 

thirteen,  treize. 

thirty,  trente. 

this,  adj.,  ce,  cet,  cette ;  pron.,  celui-ci, 
celle-ci,  ceci. 

thither,  y. 

thorn,  e'pine,  /. 

thoroug-h,  parfait,  -e. 

thoroughly,  parfaitement,  complete- 
ment. 

those,  adj.,  ces;  pron.,  ceux,  celles; 
ceux-la,  celles-la. 

though,  aussi. 

thought,  pensee,/. 

thoughtless,  etourdi,  -e,  leger,  -ere. 

thousand,  mille. 

thousandth,  millieme. 

threat,  menace,/. 

to  threaten,  menacer. 

three,  trois. 

through,  par,  en,  a  travers,  fini; 
—  to,  a  destination  de. 

to  throw,  Jeter. 

thumb,  pouce,  m. 

to  thunder,  tonner. 

Thursday,  jeij^,  m. 

thus,  ainsi. 

ticket,  billet,  m. ;  theater  — ,  billet 
de  theatre. 

tie,  cravate,/. 

till,  jusque,  jusqu'a,  jusqu'a  ce  que. 

time,  temps,  m.,  fois,  /. ;  moment, 
m. ;  (o'clock)  heure,  /. ;  at  the 
same  — ,  a  la  fois ;  each  — ,  chaque 
fois;  in  — ,  juste,  en  mesure  (of 
music),  a  temps;  for  some  — , 
depuis  quelque  temps  ;  from  —  to 
— ,  parfois;  to  keep  good  — ,  aller 


bien;    to   have    a   jolly  — ,  bien 

s'amuser. 
timid,  craintif ,  -ve. 
to  tire,  fatiguer. 
tired  out,  fatigue,  -e,  rompu,  -e. 
to,  a,  dans,  pour,  en,  chez,  envers. 
toast,  pain  grille,  m. 
to-day,  aujourd'hui,  m. 
toe,  orteil,  m.; '—  nail,  ongle,  m. 
together,  ensemble, 
toilet,  toilette,/. 
to-morrow,  demain,  m. 
tongue,  langue,/. ;  spiteful—,  mau- 

vaise  langue. 
too  (also),  aussi,  (before  adj.  or  adv.) 

trop ;  —  many,  —  much,  trop. 
tooth,  dent,  /. 

toothache,  mal  aux  dents,  m. 
topsy-turvy,  to  turn  everything 

— ,  mettre  tout  sens  dessus  dessous. 
torment,  enfant  terrible,  m.  or/, 
torrent,  torrent,  m. 
to  touch,  toucher, 
towards,  vers,  envers. 
towel,  serviette  de  toilette,  /. 
town,  ville,  /.  ,•  down  — ,  has  de  la 

ville  ;  up  — ,  haut  de  la  ville. 
toy,  joujou,  m. 
train,  train,/, 
traitor,  traitre,  m. 
to  transgress,  forfaire. 
trap,  piege,  m. 
to  travel,  voyager, 
traveler,  voyageur,  m. 
tree,  arbre,  m. 
to  tremble,  trembler, 
trembling,  tremblant,  -e. 
tremendous,  formidable, 
trick,  me'chancete, /. 
to  trim,  garnir. 
trio,  trio,  m. 
triolet,  triolet,  m. 
trip,  voyage,  m. ;    —    across,  tra- 

versee,  /. 
triumph,  triomphc,  m. 


380 


A   BRIEF  FRENCH   COURSE 


troop,  troupe,/. 

tropical,  tropical,  -e. 

to  trouble,  troubler,  deranger,  aflSi- 

ger. 
trouble,  souci,  m.,  peine,/. ;  to  give 

— ,  faire   de  la  peine;    it    is   not 

•worth  the  — ,  c'est  inutile,  9a  n'en 

vaut  pas  la  peine, 
trousers,  pan  talon,  m. 
to  play  truant,  faire  I'ecole  buisson- 

niere. 
true,  vrai,  -e,  juste, 
truly,  vraiment. 
to  trust,  se  fier  a. 
truth,   ve'rite;   in  — ,  vraiment;    to 

tell  the  — ,  a  dire  vrai. 
to  try,  essayer,  tacher,  chercher. 
Tuesday,  mardi,  m. 
tune,  melodie,  /;,  air;  in  — ,  juste; 

out  of  — ,  faux, 
turn,  tour,  m. ;  to  take  a  — ,  faire 

uu  tour, 
to  turn,  tourner;   —  aside,  detxinr- 

ner;  —  everything  topsy-turvy, 

mettre  tout  sens  dessus  dessous. 
turned  down,  rabattu,  -e. 
tutor,  precepteur,  m. 
twelve,  douze;    —    o'clock,    midi, 

minuit,  m. 
twentieth,  vingtieme. 
twenty,  vingt. 
tw^enty -first,  vingt  et  unieme. 
twenty-fourth,  vingt  quatrieme. 
twenty-one,  vingt  et  un. 
twenty-second,  vingt  deuxieme. 
twice,  deux  fois. 
two,  deux, 
typhoid,  typhoide. 
tyrant,  tyran,  in. 

U 

ugly,  laid,  -e,  vilain,  -e ;  to  grow  — , 

enlaidir. 
umbrella,  parapluie,  m. 
uncle,  oncle,  m. 


unclean,  sale,  malpropre. 

under,  sous. 

underdone,  saignant,  -e. 

underground,  sous  la  terre 

to  understand,  comprendre. 

to  undertake,  entreprendre. 

undertaking,  entreprise,/. 

to  undo,  defaire. 

to  undress,  de'shabiller. 

unfeeling,  insensible. 

Tinfortunate,  malheureux,  -se. 

unfortunately,  malheureusement. 

unhappy,  malheureux,  -se. 

to  unite,  unir. 

United  States,  les  Etats-Unis. 

unjust,  in  juste. 

Tinknown,  inconnu,  -e. 

unless,  si,  a  moins  que. 

to  unmake,  de'faire. 

until,  j usque,  jusqu'a,  jusqu'a  ce  que. 

up,  leve,  -e ;  —  to,  jusqu'a. 

upon,  sur. 

to  uproot,  deraciner. 

upstairs,  en  haut. 

uptow^n,  haut  de  la  ville,  m. 

urchin,  gamin,  m. 

to  urge,  engager  a,  exciter  a,  prier, 

exhorter,  pousser. 
us,  to  — ,  nous, 
what's  the  use?  a  quoi  bon? 
to  use,  user,  avoir  I'habitude. 
useful,  utile, 
useless,  inutile;  to  be  —  to  talk, 

avoir  beau  dire, 
as  usual,  comme  d'habitude,  habi- 

tuellement,   ordinairement,  de  cou- 

tume. 
usually,    generalement,    habituelle- 

ment,  ordinairement,  de  coutume. 
utterly,  completement. 


vain,  vain,  -e. 
valet,  valet,  m. 
valiant,  vaillant,  -e. 


VOCABULARY 


381 


to  value,  apprecier, 
value,  valeur,/. 
vegetable,  legume,  in. 
veil,  voilette,/.,  voile,  m. 
velvet,  velours,  m. 
vengeance,  vengeance,/, 
veritable,  veritable, 
verse,  vers,  m. 

very,    bien,    tres,   fort ;    —    likely, 
probablement ;  — many,  beaucoup; 

—  much,  fort,  beaucoup,  trop,  bien  • 

—  same,  le  meme. 

vessel,  vaisseau,  navire,  steamer,  m. 

vest,  gilet,  m. 

vice,  vice,  m. 

victory,  victoire,/. 

vigor,  vigueur,/, 

vigorous,  vigoureux,  -se. 

vigorously,  vigoureusement,   forte- 

ment. 
village,  village,  m. 
vinegar,  vinaigre,  m. 
violin,  violon,  m. 
virtue,  vertu, /. 
virtuous,  vertueux,  -se. 
visibly,  visibleraent. 
visit,  visite,  /. 
to  visit,  visiter, 
visitor,  visiteur,  m. 
vocation,  vocation,/. 
voice,  voix,/. ;  to  be  in  capital  — , 

etre  en  voix. 
vowel,  voyelle,  /. 

W 

waiter,  garden,  m. 

to  wait  for,  attendre. 

to  wake  up,  s'eveiller. 

walk,  promenade,/. ;  marche,/. 

to  w^alk,  marcher,  aller  k  pied;    to 

take  a  — ,  se  promener,  faire  une 

promenade, 
wall,  mur,  m. 

to  want,  vouloir,  desirer,  falloir. 
to  water,  arroser. 


w^ar,  guerre,/. 

warbling,  ramage,  m. 

w^arm,  chaud ;  to  be  — ,  avoir  cbaud, 

faire  chaud. 
warmth,  chaleur,/. 
to  warn,  prevenir,  avertir. 
to  wash  laver. 
w^ashing,  linge  sale,  m. 
Washington,  Washington, 
washstand,  lavabo,  m. 
washwoman,  blanchisseuse,/. 
waste,  to  lay,  de'vaster. 
watch,  raontre,/. 
w^ater,  eau ;  ice  — ,  eau  glacee,  /. 
to  water,  arroser. 
wave,  fiot,  m. 
way,  chemin,  m.,  route,  maniere,/. ; 

to  make  — ,  faire  place, 
we,  nous,  on. 
w^eak,  weakly,  faible. 
w^ealth,  fortune,  richesse,/. 
to  wear,  porter ;  to  be  fit  — ,  etre  de 

niise. 
weather,  temps,  m. ;  to  be  bad  — , 

faire  mauvais  temps  ;  to  be  fine  — , 

faire  beau  temps. 
Wednesday,  mercredi,  m. 
week,  semaine, /. 
weekly,  par  semaine. 
to  w^eep,  pleurer. 
weight,  poids,  m. 

welcome,  bienvenu,  -e.  [mine. 

to  welcome,  faire  bon  accueil,  bonne 
to  be  w^elcomed,  etre  bien  re^u. 
w^elfare,  bien  etre,  m. 
well,  bien,  tres,  comme  il  faut ;  —  and 

good,  tres  bien ;  to  be  — ,  se  porter 

bien  ;  to  look  — ,  avoir  bonne  mine ; 

— !  eh  bien,  ma  foi ;  as  —  as,  ainsi 

que,  en  meme  temps  que,  aussi  bien 

que ;  —  bred,  bien  eleve ;  —  done, 

bien  cuit;  —  educated,  instruit, 

-e ;  —  read,  instrnit,  -e. 
wet,  mouille,  -e ;  to  be  — ,  faire  un 

temps  pluvieux. 


382 


A   BRIEF  FRENCH   COURSE 


what,  adj.,  quel,  -le,  quels,  -les,pron., 

que,  quoi,  rel.pron.,  ce  qui,  ce  que; 

— 's  the  use,  a  quoi  bon. 
"whatever,  quoique,  quelque. 
■when,   quand,   que,  lorsque,    {inter.) 

quand. 
whence,  d'ou. 
w^here,  oil. 
whether,  que,  si. 
which,   sub.    qui,  ce  qui,  obj.    que, 

(after  prep,  or  followed  by  of)  lequel, 

laquelle,  lesquels,  lesquelles,  quoi ; 

from  — ,  of  — ,  duquel,  de  laquelle, 

desquels,  desquelles,  dont;    to  — , 

auquel,  a  laquelle,   auxquels,   aux- 

quelles. 
while,  en,  pendant  que,  tandis  que, 

quand,  tout  en  ;  in  a  little  — ,  d'ici 

peu,  d'ici  a  quelque  temps  ;  all  the 

— ,  tout  le  temps. 
to  whine,  crier,  pleurer. 
w^hite,  blanc,  -he. 
whiteness,  blancheur,  /. 
w^ho,  qui,  qui  est  ce  qui? 
w^hoever,  qui  .  .  .  que. 
whole,  tout, -e,  tous,  toutes;  the  — , 

tout,  tout  en  tier, 
whom,  que,  {after  prep.)  qui ;  of  — , 

de  qui,  dont. 
whose,  a  qui,  dont. 
w^hy,  pourquoi,  que,  mais,  ma  foi. 
wicked,  raechant,  -e. 
widow,  veuve,/, 
wife,  femme,/. 
wild,  dissipe,  -e;  sauvage. 
to  will,  vouloir. 
w^ill,  gre,  m.,  volonte,  /. ;  to  have  a 

strong  — ,  a  —  of   one's    ow^n, 

vouloir  ce  qu'on  veut. 
William,  Guillaume. 
to  be  quite  w^illing",  vouloir  bien. 
to  win,  conquerir. 
wind,  vent,  m. 
to  be  windy,  faire  du  vent, 
window^,  feuetre,/. 


wine,  vin,  m. 

winter,  hiver,  m. 

to  w^ipe,  essuyer. 

wisely,  sagement. 

to  wish,  vouloir,  desirer,  souhaiter. 

wish,  voeu,  m. 

wit,  esprit,  711. 

with,  avec,  ainsi  de,  de,  par,  contre,  k. 

to  wither,  fle'trir. 

without,  sans,  sans  que;  —  being, 

sans  que  nous  soyons. 
witticism,  raillerie,/. 
w^oe,  plainte,  peine,/, 
wolf,  loup,  m. 
woman;  femme,/. 
w^onderful,  merveilleux,  -se. 
wonderfully,  a  merveille. 
wood,  bois,  m. 
wooden,  de  bois. 
word,  mot,  m. 
work,  travail,  travaux,  m.  pi.,  devoir, 

in.,  oeuvre,  /. 
to  w^ork,  travailler. 
w^orker,  travailleur,  m. 
w^orkman,  ouvrier,  ni. 
world,  monde,  m. 
worse,  adj.,  plus  mauvais,  pire ;  adv., 

pis,  plus  mal. 
worst,  adj.,  le  pire;  adv.,  le  pis. 
to  be  w^orth,  posseder. 
worthless  scamp,  mauvais  sujet,  m. 
worthy,  digne. 
to  wound,  blesser. 
w^ren,  roitelet,  m. 
wretch,  wretched,  mise'rable. 
to  write,  ecrire. 
wrong,  tort,  m. ;  to  be  — ,  avoir  tort ; 

to  do  — ,  malfaire. 


yard,  metre,  m. 

year,  an,  m.,  annee,/. ;  to  be  .  .  . 

— s  old,    avoir  .  .  .  ans,  etre   &ge 

de  .  .  .  ans. 
yes.  oui,  si. 


VOCABULARY 


383 


yesterday,  hier;  —  evening",  hier 
soir  or  hier  au  soir. 

yet,  encore. 

to  yield,  ceder. 

you,  vous,  on,  tu,  te,  toi;  don't—? 
et  vous?  n'est  ce  pas? 

young,  jeune ;  —  lady,  jeune  fille, 
demoiselle,  mademoiselle  (in  ad- 
dressing) ,  /. 


your,  votre,  vos,  ton,  ta,  tes ;  — s,  le 
votre,  la  votre,  les  votres,  le  tien,  la 
tienne,  les  tiens,  les  tiennes. 

yourself,  vous,  vous  meme,  tu,  toi 
meme ;  — ves,  vous,  vous  memes. 

youth,  jeunesse,/. 

Z 
Zealand,  New,  la  Nouvelle-Zelande. 


GENERAL   INDEX 


A,  or  an,  indef .  art.,  14 ;  omitted,  52, 
392 ;  a,  omitted  in  numbers,  141 ,  4 ; 
rendered  by  de,  65,  n. ;  by  le,  la,  les, 
^  or  par,  392. 

A,  prep.,  2,  3 ;  le,  les,  contracted  with, 
29 ;  with /alloir,  355  ;  repetition  of, 
44;  rendering  to,  at,  in,  345,  1; 
preceding  the  inf.,  292-293 ;  in  com- 
pound nouns,  393 ;  rendering/rom, 
409. 
A,  verb,  2,  3 ;  with  euphonic  t,  p.  30, 

fn. 
Accent,  2.    Tonic,  11. 
Active   voice,  for  English  passive, 
134,  2;   contrasted  with  passive,  p. 
270;  active  voice,  513. 
Adjective,  fem.,  48,   1.  157,  501; 
plur.,  48,  2,  73, 157.  173,  500,  502; 
agreement  of,  48,  73,  157,  499,  10, 
501-502;    p.  71,   fn. ;    p.  149,  fn. ; 
with  nouns  of  different  genders,  69, 
3;  place  of,  151 ;  taking  no  capitals, 
52;    contrasting    irreg.    adj.    with 
irreg.    adv.,    196;     descriptive    of 
material,   394;   meaning  according 
to  position  of,  502,  3 ;  definition  of, 
505  ;    comparison    of,    106  ;    com- 
pound, 502,  2. 
Demonstrative,   110;    contrasted 

with  pron.,  505,  2. 
Indefinite,  173. 
Interrogative,  74. 
Numeral,  cardinal,  140,  503 ;  pro- 
nunciation, p.  67,  fn.,  503  :  omis- 
sion of  a  and  one,  141.  4:  in 
dates,  141,3;  ordina/,  145. 504 ; 


rendering   of   than   by  de    in, 
p.  69,  fn. ;  list  of,  503. 
Possessive,  69 ;    agreement    and 
repetition    of,    69,    1-3;     with 
diacun,  p.  182,  fn. ;  distinction 
between  ses  and  leur,  p.  41,  fn. ; 
mon,   ton,   son,   before   a   fem. 
noun  or  adj.,  69,  2;  contrasted 
with  pron.,  505,  1 ;  followed  by 
noun  expressive  of  part  of  body, 
417. 
Verbal,  301,  302,  2. 
Adverb,  contrasting  irreg.  with  irreg. 
adj.,  196;  formation  of,  532;  place 
of,  180,  201,  533. 

0/  negation,  179;  translation  of 
not,  43,  p.  49,  fn.,  p.  132,  fn. ; 
with    ni,    p.  42,   fn.;    ne    used 
without   pas,   p.   45,    fn.,   247, 
444;  place  of  ne,  43,  124,  2-3; 
employment  of,   180;  omission 
of  ne,   180   (note),   p.  45,   fn., 
247,  1;  position  of,  180,  p.  131, 
fn. ;    and   others  preceding   an 
inf.,  pp.  131,  132,  fns. 
Of  quantity,  with  de,  161 ;  place 
of,  533,  2:  adverbial  locutions, 
p.W,  fn.,  201,1. 
Age,  how  to  ask  one's,  141,  5. 
Air,  adj.  with,  p.  149,  fn. 
All,  translation  of.  173. 
AUer,  con  jug.,  341 ;  different  uses  of, 
343,  345 ;   omission  of  y  with,  p. 
154,   fn. ;    idioms  with,   342 ;    etre, 
used  for,  p.  155,  fn. ;  s'en,  con  jug. 
of,  347. 


384 


A   BRIEF   FRENCH   COURSE 


385 


Alphabet,  1. 

Amour  and  orgue,  gender  of,  p. 
209,  £n. 

And,  in  numbers,  141 ,  503  ;  not  trans- 
lated between  two  verbs,  p.  131, 
fn. 

Ann^e,  used  for  an,  p.  152,  fn. 

Anterior  (past) .    See  Conjugation. 

Any,  or  some,  rendering  of,  67. 

Apostrophe,  use  of,  2, 5,  21 ;  replac- 
ing e,  21,  p.  29,  fn. ;  omission  of,  p. 
270,  fn. 

Articles,  indef.,  see  A  or  an;  def., 
19;  repetition  of,  39,  497,  1 ;  before 
titles,  p.  51,  fn. ;  table  of,  497  ;  em- 
ployment of,  14,  19,  39;  with  inf., 
282,  2;  before  names  of  countries, 
372 ;  nouns  of  measure,  392 ;  when 
omitted,  62,  372,  1,  497,  1-2;  con- 
trasting le,  la,  Ics  (art.)  with  le,  la, 
les  (pron.) ,  608 ;  with  proper  nouns, 
600,  10-11. 
Partitive,  67  ;  dc  or  du,  66,  1-2, 
497;  table  of,  497. 

As  .  .  .  as,  comparative  of  equality, 
rendering  of,  106,  3. 

As  soon  as,  requiring  fut.,  p.  103,  fn. 

Asseoir  (s'),  conjugation,  448. 

At,  before  names  of  countries,  346. 

At  the,  to  the,  rendering  of,  29,  33. 

Au,  A  r,  for  a  le,  29;  rendering  to, 
at,  in,  346,3. 

Aucun,  etc.,  173,  1. 

Aussi,  as,  replaced  by  si,  106,  3. 

Aussitdt  que,  requiring  fut.,  p.  103, 
fn. 

Automne,  pronunciation  of,  p.  55,  fn. 

Aux  for  a  les,  29. 

Auxiliary  verbs,  37;  with  passive 
voice,  p.  270,  fn.,  616.  See  Avoir 
and  Etre. 

Avoir,  auxiliary,  37 ;  implying  pos- 
session, 37;  pres.  indie,  38;  past 
indef.,  63;  followed  by  a  noun, 
288,  2;  past  def.,  311;    compound 

BRIEF  FR.   COURSE — 25 


tenses  of,  317,  318,  509,  1-4;  con- 
jugated in  full,  609, 1-4;  subj.  pres., 
234;  impf.  subj.,  259>;  idioms  with 
que,  212 ;  pres.  part.,  303  ;  used  for 
to  be  (in  idioms),  135,  207 ;  future, 
139;  impf.,  169;  cond.,  181; 
agreement  of  p.  p.  used  with,  98, 
307  ;  with  parts  of  body,  418. 

Battre,  omission  of  t  in,  p.  126,  fn., 
611,3. 

Be  (to),  rendered  by  avoir,  135,  207  . 
followed  by  an  inf.,  362;  in  refer- 
ence to  health,  p.  125,  fn.    See  Etre. 

Beau,  second  m.  form,  167,  3. 

Before,  translation  of,  462,  1-2. 

Better,  rendering  of,  106,  1,  196. 

Bien  for  beaucoup,  p.  76,  fn.,  136,  1 ; 
compared  with  bon,  196  (note)  ;  with 
vouloir,  402. 

Bon, compared  withbien,  196  (note). 

By,  rendering  of,  449,  2-3. 

Ca,  for  cela,  p.  92,  fn. 

Can,  transl.  by  savoir,  379;  by  pou- 

votr,  390. 
Capital  letters,  3,  62. 
Cardinal   numbers.      See    Adjec- 
tive, 
Ce,    agreement   of,   with   etre,   114, 

293. 
Ce,  cet;  cette,  ces,  110. 
Ce  qui,  ce  que,  for  that  which,  424. 
Ceci  and  cela,  p.  55,  n.  2. 
Cedilla,  2,  6;  in  verbs  ending  in  cer, 

227,3. 
Celui,  celle,  ceux,    celui-ci,   etc., 

p.  55  (notes). 
Celui  qui,  celle  qui,  etc.,  rendering 

of,  431. 
Cent.  plur.  of,  p.  69,  fn. 
Ces,  adj.,  110. 
Cesser,  without  pas,  p.  133,  fn.,  380, 

444,  1. 


386 


A   BRIEF  FRENCH   COURSE 


C'est  and  ce  sont,  114, 1-3;  cda  est, 
requiring  a,  293. 

Get,  cette,  110. 

Ceux,  pron.,  110,  1. 

Chacun,  with  possessive  adj.,  p. 
1S2,  fn. 

Chaque,  invariable,  173,  2. 

Cher,  with  etre  (adj.),  p.  84,  fn.; 
(adv.),p.  102,  fn. 

Chez,  129,  3. 

Ci,  added  to  a  noun,  p.  55  (notes). 

Clause,  definition  of,  p.  109,  fn. ;  sole 
example  of  subj.  in  principal,  378. 

Collective  nouns,  307, 1,  410,  411. 

Comparative,  formation  of,  106;  of 
equality,  106,  3,  196;  without  ne, 
444,  r.. 

Complement,  no  common,  528,  3. 
See  Object. 

Compotind  nouns,  p.  44,  fn.,  393, 
394. 

Compound  tenses,  use  of,  318; 
formation  of,  317-319,  519,  5. 

Conditional  mood,  see  Conjuga- 
tion ;  perfect,  318,  4  (second  form), 
p.  145,  fn.,  531. 

Conjugation,  for  avoir  and  etre,  see 
those  verbs;  1st,  2d,  3d  indie,  187,^ 
208,213;  past  indef.,  197,  218; 
fut.,  202,  222;  impf.,  192,  217; 
cond.,  202,  223;  imp.,  187,  1, 
208,  213;  pres.  subj.,  238;  impf., 
263:  past  def.,  312;  pres.  part., 
303;  compound  tenses,  317,  3^8, 
319  ;  peculiarities  of  1st,  227,  511 ; 
2d,  511,  2;  3d,  511,  3;  number  of 
verbs  in  each,  p.  263,  fn.;  conju- 
gated in  full,  avoir,  509,  1^ ;  etre, 
509,  4-8;  1st  conjug.,  2d,  and  3(7, 
510;  in  evoir,  512;  passive,  516; 
reflex.,  267-268,  517;  reciprocal, 
518;  imper8.,459;  irregular,  521. 

Conjunctions.  535  ;  requiring  subj., 
231,  3,  248,  253;  as  prep.,  297,  3; 
conjunctive  locut.,  see  Locution. 


Conjunctive  pronouns,  123  ;  place 

of.   124,   125;    replaced    by  disj., 

129,  4. 
Connaitre,  conjug.,  382 ;  idioms  with, 

383;  contrasted  vf'ith  savoir ,  384. 
Consonants,    gender   of,    1 ;    sound 

of,  9  ;  final,  9,  13  ;  double,  10,  3. 
Countries,  art.  with  names  of,  345, 4. 
Croire,  with  indie,  243,  1;  conjug., 

422;  idioms  with,  423. 

Dame,  proper  observance  between, 
and  femme,  p.  105,  fn. 

Dans  and  en,  for  in,  461 ;  rendering 
to,  at,  in,  345,  4. 

Dates,  rendering  of,  141,  3 ;  omission 

of  o«  (English)  in,  141,6. 
1  Davantage,  translating  more,  p.  78, 
fn. 

Days  of  the  week,  148. 

De,  contrasted  with  le  and  les,  25  ;  for 
poss.  case,  24,  25;  for  dit,  de  la, 
de  V ,  or  des,  65  ;  omission  of,  497  ; 
repetition  of,  44 ;  with  compound 
nouns,  p.  44,  fn.,  394;  with  cities, 
346 ;  rendering  than,  p.  69,  fn. ; 
after  nouns  and  adv.  of  quantity, 
161;  following  an  inf.,  287,  524; 
preceding  an  inf.,  288,  527;  after 
partitive  expressions,  432 ;  for  by 
and  icith,  449, 1-2 ;  rendering /rom, 
346. 

De  la,  de  1',  as  part,  art.,  57. 

Defective  verb.    See  Verbs. 

Definite  article.     See  Article. 

Degrees  of  comparison,  106. 

Demeurer,  distinguished  from  vivre, 
453, 1. 

Demi,  nu  and  feu,  p.  71,  fn. 

Demonstrative  adjective.  See 
Adjective. 

Demonstrative  pronoun.  See  Pro- 
noun. 

Depuis,  contrasted  with  pendant  and 
pour,  162 ;  replaced  by  que,  207,  2. 


A   BRIEF  FRENCH   COURSE 


387 


Derivative  tenses.    See  Tenses. 

Des,  for  de  les,  25 ;  part,  art.,  14,  57. 

D6s  que,  requiring  future,  p.  103,  fn. 

Devoir,  360 ;  conjug.,  359  ;  idiomatic 
use  of,  361-366 ;  distinguished  from 
falloir,  355  (note). 

Diaeresis,  2,  4. 

Did,  rendering  of,  p.  36,  fn. 

Diphthong",  definition  of,  p.  16,  fn. 

Dire,  conjug.,  442;  idioms  witti, 
443. 

Direct  object,  how  to  find,  306,  2. 

Disjunctive  pron.,  129;  as  exple- 
tives, 130. 

Do,  rendering  of,  59,  186. 

Dont,  for  de  qui,  etc.,  77. 

Du  for  de  le,  25 ;  as  part,  art.,  57. 

Dti,  p.  p^  of  devoir,  p.  160,  fn. 


E,  open  or  closed,  2,  1 ;  replaced  by 
apostrophe,  21,  p.  29,  fn. ;  before 
onze,  p.  71,  fn. ;  mute,  p.  14;  its 
elision  in  speaking,  12,  466;  adj. 
ending  in,  see  Adjective. 

Elision,  of  a  and  e,  p.  29,  fn.,  12, 21 ; 
of  i,  p.  36,  fn. 

Emmener,  use  of,  p.  107,  fn. 

Emphasis,  words  used  to  express. 
See  Expletives. 

Employment  of  moods  and  tenses. 
See  each  tense  in  conjugation. 

En,  prep,  with  pres.  part.,  p.  75,  fn., 
301 ;  used  for  like  a,  as  a,  p.  193, 
fn. ;  rendering  in,  to,  at,  345,  2. 

En  (pron.),  167,  168,  1,  p  183,  fn.: 
place  of,  p.  252;  with  p.  p.,  p.  78, 
fn. ;  following  va,  p.  154,  fn. 

Endings.    See  Verbs. 

Enfant,  gender  of,  p.  151,  fn. 

Esp^rer,  243,  1. 

Est  ce,  for  sont  ce,  114,  3. 

Est  ce  que,  102  (note);  p.  86,  fn.; 
p.  99,  fn. ;  expressing  surprise,  p. 
92,  fn. 


Et,  conj.,  sounding  of  the  t,  p.  20; 
t  final  with  numbers,  141,  1,  503. 

Etre,  pres.  indie,  53  ;  past  indef.,  87; 
ten  p.p.  requiring,  94 ;  agreement  of 
p.p.  used  with,  93  ;  fut.,  118  ;  impf., 
152;  cond.,  175;  pres.  subj., 
234;  impf.  subj.,  259;  past  def., 
311;  compound  tenses,  317,  318, 
509,  4-8;  conjugated  in  full,  509, 
4-8;  for  aller,  p.  155,  fn.;  tor /aire, 
332,  1 ;  with  the  meaning  of  avoir, 
275  (note),  515  ;  after  ce,  114 ;  with 
parts  of  body,  418. 

Even  though,  rendering  of,  366. 

Exceptions,  in  the  pi.  of  nouns  and 
adj.,  73;  in  the  formation  of  fem.in 
adj.,  157;  to  the  concordance  of 
tenses  in  subj.,  529-530. 

Expletive,  p.  107,  fn. 

Faire,  pr.  of  ai  in,  p.  16,  1;  p.  148, 
j  fn. ;  conjug.,  324  ;  idioms  with,  325, 
332 ;  expressive  of  the  weather,  331 ; 
etj-e,  replacing,  332,  1 ;  derivatives 
of,  336;  followed  by  an  inf.,  326; 
with  no  passive,  326,  1;  imp.  fol- 
lowed by  inf.,  337 ;  reflex,  verbs 
with,  327;  used  impersonally,  331. 

Falloir,  conjug.,  351 ;  compared  with 
devoir,  355  (note) ;  idioms  with, 
352. 

Feminine.    See  Gender. 

Femme,  proper  distinction  between, 
and  dame,  p.  105,  fn. 

Feu,  p.  71,  fn. 

Fils,  pr.  of,  p.  125,  fn. 

First,  and  compounds.  See  Adjec- 
tive (ordinals). 

Fois,  rendering  time,  p.  90,  fn. 

For,  rendering  of,  162. 

Foreign  nouns.    See  Nouns 

Formation  of  tenses.    See  Tenses. 

Fou,  second  form  of,  157,  3. 

From,  before  names  of  countries,  etc. , 
346;  with  to  take,  409. 


388 


A   BRIEF  FRENCH   COURSE 


From  the.  of  the,  rendering  of ,  25, 

33. 
Future.    See  Conjugation.    Perf., 

318,  3. 

Gender,  14,498;  fem.,  498,1 ;  raasc, 
498,  2;  of  animate  beings,  499;  of 
inanimate  objects,  p.  24,  fn.,  498  ;  of 
enfant,  p.  151,  fn. ;  of  proper  nouns, 
499;  nouns  differing  in  meaning 
according  to,  500,  13. 

Grand,  fem.  in  a  few  expressions,  p. 
157, fn. 

H  aspirate,  p.  19. 

Hair.  511,  2. 

Have  (to)  followed  by  an  inf.,  362, 
362,  1.     See  Avoir. 

He  who,  he  whom,  rendering  of, 
431 

Health,  transl.  of  better  a,nd  worse  in, 
106,  1.  196  (note  2). 

Heure,  in  telling  time,  146,  p.  90,  fn. 

Hiver,  pr.  of,  p.  55,  fn. 

How,  rendering  of,  p.  115,  fn. 

How  long,  rendering  of,  163 

Hymne,  gender  of,  p.  2()3,  fn. 

Hyphen,  2,  7;  in  pron.,  p.  55,  fn. ; 
p.  61,  fn. ;  omission  in  verbs,  pp.  30, 
fn. ;  in  compound  nouns,  p.  44,  fn.; 
in  disj.  pron.,  p.  64,  fn.;  with  ci, 
etc.,  p.  182,  fn. ;  in  numerals,  141, 1, 
503;  in  compound  verbs,  p  270,  fn. 

I,  elision  of,  p.  36,  fn. 

Idioms  with  meals,  p.  44,  fn.;  with 

irreg.  verbs.   135.  p.   155,  fn..  207, 

288. 2.  293.  325.  332,  342.  352. 371 . 

377,  383.  389.  399.  408,  416-418, 

423.  425,  430,   437,  443.  444,   4, 

454.  460. 
II  y  a,  conjug.,    207;    distinguished 

from  voila,  207, 1. 
Imperative,  519,  3;  with  moi,  506,2; 

place  of  pron.  in,  506,  2,  506,  3;  3d 


pers.  in,  p.  276,  fn. ;  dropping  of  the  s 
in  the,  of  the  1st  conjug.;  p.  276,  fn. 
See  Conjugation. 

Imperfect  indicative.  See  Conju- 
gation. 

Imperfect  subjunctive.  See  Con- 
jugation. 

Impersonal  expressions,  p.  160,  fn. 

Impersonal  verbs,  governing  subj., 
232;  in  inf.,  p.  160,  fn.;  conjug.  of, 
459. 

In,  after  superlative,  106  (note) ;  be- 
fore names  of  countries,  etc.,  345; 
rendering  of,  461. 

In  order  to,  rendered  by  pour,  283. 

Inanimate  objects,  gender  of.  See 
Gender. 

Indefinite  adjective.  See  Adjec- 
tive. 

Indefinite  pronoun.   See  Pronoun. 

Indicative  mood.  See  Conjuga- 
tion. 

Indirect  object,  how  to  find,  306, 
1-2. 

Infinitive,  termination  of,  185,  520; 
employment  of,  p.  75,  fn.,  281,  282, 
297 .  verbs  governing  the,  282 
282, 1 .  297  ;  preceded  by  the  def .  art. 
282, 2 ;  after  impersonal  verbs,  288 
preceded  by  prepositions,  287.  288 
292,  293  ;  followed  by  de,  287,  524 
replacing  subj.,  297;  past  part 
followed  by,  307 ;  followed  by  soi 
507.4 

Interrogative  pronouns,  83,  89. 
I  Intransitive  verbs.     See  Verbs. 

Invariable  words.    See  Words. 

Irregular  verbs,  definition  of,  323, 
521 :  exercises  on,  323-465  ;  table  of, 
I      521. 

Is  (he,  she.  it),  they  are,  transla- 
tion of,  114. 

Jamais,  omission  of  ne  with,  p.  45, 
fn. ;  with  verbs,  p.  262  (note). 


A   BRIEF   FRENCH   COURSE 


389 


Jour,  Journ^e,  compared,  p.  152,  fn. 

L'  before  vowel  or  h  mute,  21. 

L^  added  to  a  noun,  p.  55  (notes) ; 

translating  ^Aere,  168;  532,5. 
Le,  la,  les  {art.),  19;  [pron.)  for  so 

or  it,  438;  when  art.,  when  pron., 

508,  532,  5 
Le  mien,  le  tien,  etc.     See  Posses- 
sive pronouns. 
Lequel,  laquelle,  etc.     See  Inter- 

rog-ative  pronouns. 
Letters,  capital,  3,  52. 
Leur,  distinguished  from   ses,  p.  41, 

fn. ;  pron.,  p.  61,  fn.  2. 
Locutions,  adverbial,  defin.,  p.  94, 

fn.;   place  of,  201,1;  conjunctive, 

248,  253. 
L'un  I'autre,  les  uns  les  autres, 

etc.,  with  reflex,  verbs,  271,  1-3. 

Madame,  mademoiselle,  mon- 
sieur, as  courtesy  titles,  p.  59 
(note),  p.  63,  fn.,  p.  105,  fn. ;  when 
applied  to  a  child,  p.  153,  fn. 

Mai,  compared  with  mauvais,  196 
(note). 

Masculine.    See  Gender. 

Matin,  matinee, distinction  between, 
p.  152,  fn. 

Mauvais,  compared  with  mal,  196 
(note). 

May,  rendering  of,  391. 

Meilleur,  compared  with  mieux,  196 
(note). 

M§me,  with  disj.  pron.,  130,  pi. 
of,  p.  64,  fn.;  507,5 

Mettre,  conjug.,  416;  idioms  with, 
416. 

Mieux,  compared  with  meilleur,  196 
(note). 

Might,  rendering  of,  391. 

Mille,  for  mil,  141,  2;  its  use,  p.  249, 
£n. 


Mine  (English),  etc.,  rendering  of, 
119;  of  mine,  p.  60,  fn.  2. 

Minutes,  in  telling  time,  146. 

Mol,  tol,  employment  of,  129. 

Moi  meme,  toi  meme,  etc.,  130. 

Moins,  compared  with  moindre,  196. 

Mon,  ton,  son,  etc.  See  Adjec- 
tive, possessive. 

Monde,  nsed  for  on,  p.  80,  fn. 

Monsieur.    See  Madame. 

Months,  names  of,  142. 

Moods,  iudic.  and  subj.,  compared, 
231,  1;  inf.  for  subj.,  297;  con- 
cordance of,  with  the  subj.,  233, 
252,  258,  297.  See  each  Mood 
under  its  respective  head. 

More,  transl.  by  davantage,  p.  78, 
fn. 

Must,  rendering  of,  353,  354;  and 
must  have,  implying  supposition, 
363. 

Mutuellement,  for  Vun  I'autre, 
271,3. 

My,  your,  his,  etc.,  p.  59,  fn.  See 
Adjective,  possessive. 

My  own,  your  own,  etc.,  rendering 
of,  p.  60,  fn. 

Myself,  yourself,  etc.,  130,  267. 

Ne,  with  ni,  p.  42,  fn. ;  omission  of, 
p.  45,  fn.,  180  (note).  247,  248,  p. 
188,  fn. ;  without  pas,  p.  45,  fn., 
444;  place  of,  in  verbs,  43,  124, 
2-3;  pas,  before  an  inf.,  p.  132,  fn. ; 
after  que,  p.  116,  fn.,  444,  3.  See 
also  Adverb. 

Negation  (adv.  of).    See  Adverb. 

N'est  ce  pas,  p.  75,  fn. 

Neuf,  place  of,  p.  75,  fn. 

Ni,  requiring  ne,  p.  42,  fn. 

Ni  l'un  ni  I'autre,  agreement  of  verb 
with,  528,  2. 

Not,  transl.  of,  43,  p.  49,  fn. 

Nouns,  pi.  of,  16,  73,  157,  2,  500; 
as  complement,  sing,  or  pi..  500,  7; 


390 


A  BRIEF  FRENCH   COURSE 


proper,  500, 10-11 ;  compound,  p.  44, 
fn.,  393,  394 ;  fera.,  499  ;  used  in  a 
general  sense,  39  ;  of  measure,  392; 
collective,  307,  1,  410,  411;  gender 
of,  see  Gender ;  used  iu  the  masc. 
only,  499,  9-10;  differing  in  mean- 
ing, 600,  13;  with  avoir,  288,  2; 
foreign,  500,  8. 

Nouveau,  second  masc.  form,  157,3. 

Numbers.    See  Adjective. 

Object,  agreement  of  p.  p.  with  its, 

98;  reflex,  prou.,  306;  how  to  find 

the,  306. 
Of  the,  from  the,  rendering  of ,  25, 

33. 
On  (English),  its  omission  in  dates, 

141,6. 
On  (French),  134 ;  taking  r,  p. 66,  fn.; 

monde,   used  for,   p.   80,  fn.;  with 

reflex,  verb,  p.  126,  fn. 
One,  dropped    before    hundred    and 

thousand,  141,  4. 
Onze,  onzi6me,  145,  1;  no  elision 

with,  p.  71,  fn. 
Ordinal  numbers.   See  Adjective, 

numeral. 
Orthographic  signs,  2. 
Oser,  without  pan,  p.  133,  fn.,  380, 

444,  1. 
Ou  (conj.),  and  ou  (adv.),  535,  1. 
Ought,  rendering  of,  361. 
Oui,  rendered  by  si,  153. 
Own,  rendering  of,  p.  60,  fn. 

Par,  translating  by,  449,  3. 

Participle,  with  nouns  of  different 
genders,  69,  3 ;  past  tense,  used  with 
etre,  94 ;  agreement  with  etre,  93 ; 
with  avoir,  98 ;  expressing  past  ac- 
tion or  present  state,  p.  50,  fn.,  515, 
1;  with  en,  p.  78,  fn.;  of  reflex, 
verbs,  306 :  preceding  an  inf.  or 
pres.  part.,  307;  with  a  collective, 
307,  1 ;  followed  by  a  noun,  425. 


Present,  definition,  301,  302,  303: 
employment  of,  301 ;  compared 
with  verbal  adj.,  301,  1,  302; 
following  a  past  part.,  307;  of 
the  2d  conjug.,  520. 

Partitive  article,  57  ;  repetition  of, 
497.    See  Article. 

Pas,  its  position  in  verb,  43  ;  ne  pas, 
before  an  inf.,  p.  132,  fn.,  p.  262 
(note) ;  ne  used  without,  p.  45,  fn., 
444,  p.  190,  fn. ;  with savoir,  pouvoir, 
cesser,  and  oser,  p.  133,  fn. 

Passive  verb.    See  Conjugation. 

Passive  voice,  rendering  of,  134, 
2,  513,  514;  rendered  by  reflex, 
verb,  514;  contrasted  with  reflex, 
verb,  515. 

Past  anterior,  employment  of,  318,2. 

Past  definite.     See  Conjugation. 

Past  indefinite,  literal  translation  of, 
p.  37,  fn.;  use  of ,  63,  313,  318. 

Past  tenses  (English  impf.),  trans- 
lation of,  191,  313. 

Pendant,  contrasted  with  depuis  and 
pour,  162. 

Penser,  243,  1. 

People,  they,  you,  and  we,  rendered 
by  French  on,  134;  rendered  by 
monde,  p.  80,  fn. 

Perfect  indicative.  See  Past  in- 
definite. 

Perfect  subjunctive,  318,  5,  319. 

Personal  pronoun.    See  Pronoun. 

Personne,  omission  of  ne  with,  p.  45, 
fn. 

Petit,  compared  with  peu,  196  (note) . 

Peu,  compared  with  petit,  196  (note). 

Phonetics,  1-13. 

Pis,  for  worse,  compared  with  pire, 
196  (note  2). 

Pleuvoir,  conjug.,  459 ;  idioms  with, 
460. 

Pluperfect  indicative,  318, 1 ;  sub- 
junctive, 318,  6. 

Plural.  See  Nouns  and  Adjectives. 


A   BRIEF   FliENCH   COURSE 


391 


Plus,  with  verbs,  p.  262  (note). 

Poetry,  how  to  read,  466;  poems, 
467-496. 

Point,  p.  190,  fn.,  p.  262  (note).  See 
Pas. 

Politeness,  formulae  of,  p.  29,  fn.,  60, 
88,  119  (note),  p.  51,  fn.,  p.  63,  fn., 
p.  105,  fn.,  p.  125,  fn. 

Possessive  adjectives.  See  Ad- 
jective. 

Possessive  case,  24,  25. 

Possessive    pronouns.     See    Pro- 
"  nouns. 

Pour,  contrasted  with  pendant  and 
depuis,  162 ;  translating  in  order  to, 
283. 

Pouvoir,  without  pas,  p.  133,  fn., 
380,  444,  1 ;  savoir  used  for,  379  ; 
conjug.  of,  388;  idioms  with,  389. 

Prendre,  conjug.,  407  ;  idioms  with, 
408. 

Preposition,  534  ;  inf.  governed  by, 
287,  288,  292,  293 ;  repetition  of, 
44,  534,  1 ;  never  ending  a  clause, 
534, 2 ;  lists  of  verbs  with,  523-527  ; 
position,  p.  127,  fn.,  534. 

Present  indicative.  See  Conjuga- 
tion. 

Present  participle.  See  Parti- 
ciple. 

Present  subjunctive.  See  Conju- 
gation, 

Preterit.    See  Past  definite. 

Primitive  tenses.  See  Tenses 
(formation). 

Professeur,  gender  of,  p.  84,  fn. 

Pronoun,   definition    of,   p.  43,   fn., 
505. 
Demonstrative,  110,  2;  contrasted 

with  adj.,  505,  2. 
Indefinite,  173  ;  with  soi,  507,  4. 
Interrogative,  qui  and  quoi,  83 ; 

lequel,  laqnelle,  etc.,  89. 
Personal,  123 ;  place  of,  124, 125, 
506;  when  repeated,  p.  62,  fn. ; 


disj.,    129;     with    imperative, 
p.  64  (note) ;  order  of  precedence 
of,  506, 4;  contrasting  le,  la,  les 
(pron.),  with  le,  la,  les  (art.), 
508. 
Possessive,    119;    agreement    of, 
p.   59,   fn.,    119,   1;    compared 
with  adj.,  p.  59,  fn.,  505,  1. 
Reflexive,  130,  267,  507. 
Relative,  qui,  que,  dont,  etc.,  77 ; 
repetition  and  position  of,  79. 
Pronunciation,     of     alphabet,     1; 
general  rules  for,  1-13  ;  of  vowels,  6 ; 
of  consonants,  9 ;  of  syllables,  5, 10 ; 
quantity  in,  5  ;  tonic  accent  in,  11 ; 
elision  of  e  in,  12 ;  union  of  words  in, 
13;  p.  239,  note;  of  numbers,  p.' 67, 
fn.,  503. 
Punctuation,  4. 

Quand,  requiring  fut.,  p.  103,  fn. 

Quantity.  See  Pronunciation. 
Adv.  and  nouns  of,  161. 

Que,  77,  78,  83,  83,2 ;  \y\t\xavoir,  212 ; 
contrasted  with  qui,  78;  governing 
subj.,  231,  3,  p.  116,  fn.,  455,  1; 
governing  indie,  231,  1-3;  for  corn- 
Men, t^.W^, in.,  ^bh,  2;  requiring  ne, 
p  116,  fn.;  for  si,  p.  116,  fn.;  for 
why,  444,  3;  in  place  of  another 
conj.,  455;  in  place  of  depuis, 
207,  2;  after  certain  verbs  (list); 
455,  3;  when  conj.,  relative  pron., 
or  adv.,  535,  3. 

Question,  way  to  put  a,  102,  124, 
p.  75,  fn. 

Qui,  rel.  pron.,  77,  78;  inter,  pron., 
83;  qui  and  que,  *t*t  (note);  con- 
trasted, 78 ;  de  qui,  a  qui,  77  (note), 
83. 

Quoi,  inter,  pron.,  83,  83,  2;  de,  a,  83. 

Ramener,  use  of,  p.  107,  fn. 
R^ciproquement,  for   Vun  Vautre, 
271,3. 


392 


A   BRIEF   FRENCH   COURSE 


Reflexive  pronouns,  130,  267, 507. 

Reflexive  verbs,  definition  of,  267, 
271,  1;  with  /aire,  327;  coujug.,  p. 
124 ;  in  full,  517,518;  and  reciprocal 
verbs  compared,  271,  1;  p.p.  of,  275 
(note) ;  compound  tenses  of,  275 ; 
passive  voice  rendered  by,  514; 
contrasted  with  passive  voice,  515. 

Relative  pronouns.    See  Pronoun, 

Respect,  pr.  of,  p.  125,  fn. 

Rien,  omission  of  ne  with,  p.  45,  fn. 

S,  euphonic  before  ?/  and  en,  p.  154,  fn. 

'S,  possessive  sign,  24. 

Salutation  forms,  88. 

Savoir.  without  jjas,  p.  133,  fn.,  167, 
fiT.,  380,  444,  1;  used  for  pouvoir, 
379;  conjug.  of,  376;  idioms,  377; 
distinguished  from  coimaitre,  384. 

Se,  dir.  or  indir.  object,  507,  1,  3. 

Second,  compared  with  deuzieme, 
p.  70,  fn. 

Secondary  clause.    See  Clause. 

Servants  addressing  their  mas- 
ters, p.  105,  fn. 

Ses,  distinguished  from  leur,  p.  41,  fu. 

Seul  (le),  etc.,  with  subj.,  242. 

Shall,  forcible  rendering  of,  364. 

She  who,  she  whom,  etc.,  render- 
ing of ,  431. 

Should  and  should  have,  rendering 
of,  361. 

Si,  elision  of  i  in,  p.  36,  fn. ;  for  aussi, 
106,  3;  for  Old,  153;  conj.  or 
adv.,  535,  2;  meaning  if,  p.  116,  fn., 
203. 

Sig-ns  orthographic,  2. 

Similarity  of  English  and  French 
words,  p.  52,  fn.,  536. 

Since,  rendering  of,  444,  4. 

So.  comparative,  106,  3;  with  verb, 
438,5. 

Soi,  88  and,  contrasted,  507,  1-4; 
meme  with,  507,  5. 

Soirand  Soiree,  compared, p.  152,  fn. 


i  Some  or  any,  rendering  of,  57,  65. 
!  Son,  sa,  ses.     See  Adjective,  pos- 
'      sessive. 

Sound,  duration  of,  in  pronuncia- 
tion, 5. 

Subject,  place  of,  102,  124,  1;  repe- 
tition of,  p.  (52,  fn. ;  same,  for  two 
verbs,  297,  1;  p.  p.  with  its,  93; 
agreement  of  verb  with,  528. 

Subjunctive  mood,  general  rules, 
231 ;  verbs  governing,  232,  243, 
247,  252  :  after  a  sup^lative,  242; 
after  verbs  interior 'neg.,  243,  1; 
replaced  by  an  inf.,  297,  1 ;  in  princi- 
pal clause,  231 ,  378 ;  for  formation  of 
tenses,  see  Tenses ;  concordance  of 
indie,  tenses  with,  233,  p.  121,  fn. ; 
see  Exceptions;  use  of  tenses, 
258,  p.  121,  fn. ;  used  for  imp., 
p.  27(),  fn. 

Substantive.     See  Noxins. 

Superlative,  formation  of,  106;  in 
after  a,  106  (note) ;  c'est  and  ce 
sont,  before  a,  114,  2;  with  subj., 
242;  with  indie,  242,  1. 

Sur,  translating/rojH,  409. 

Syllables,  short  or  long,  5 ;  nasals, 
5,  4;  Unguals,  5,  5;  division  of 
words  into,  10. 

T,  euphonic,  p,  30,  fn. 

Temps,  rendering  time,  p.  90,  fn. 

Tenir,  conjug.,  436 ;  idioms  with, 
437. 

Tenses,  formation  of,  519,  1-5;  con- 
cordance of,  233,  258,  p.  121,  fn., 
317,  529-530  ;  compound,  317- 
319.  519,  5:  employment  of,  191, 
p.  121,  fn.,  317-318,  529-531.  See 
conjugation  of  each  simple  tense. 

Terminations  of  regular  verbs, 
table  of,  520. 

Than,  translation  of,  106, 2,  p.  78,  fn. ; 
before  a  number,  p.  69,  fn. 

That  which,  rendering  of,  424. 


A   BRIEF  FRENCH   COURSE 


393 


The.    See  Articles. 

There,  rendered  by  la,  168. 

There  is,  there  are,  translation  of, 
207. 

They  "who,  they  -whom,  rendering 
of,  431. 

This,  that,  these,  those,  adj.,  110; 
pron.,  110,  2. 

Time,  how  to  tell,  146 ;  rendering  of, 
p.  90,  fn. 

Title,  with  proper  names,  p.  51,  fn., 
88;  with  names  of  relatives,  119 
(note)  ;  with  names  of  employers 
and  employees,  p.  105,  fn. ;  between 
peers,  p.  105,  fn. ;  monsieur,  etc., 
preceding  other  titles,  p.  51,  fn., 
119  (note),  p.  63,  fn.;  as  a  term  of 
displeasure,  p.  153,  fn. 

To,  before  names  of  countries,  etc., 
345  ;  for  in  order  to,  283. 

To  the,  at  the,  29,  33. 

Ton,  for  ta.  See  Adjective,  pos- 
sessive. 

Tonic  accent,  11. 

Tout,  etc.,  173,  used  for  chaque, 
173,  3,  174;  tons  (pron.),  its  pro- 
nunciation, p.  20,  p.  81,  fn. ;  (adv.), 
174. 

Transitive  verbs.    See  Verbs. 

Tu,  its  use,  p.  29,  fn. 

Un,  une,  14.    See  Articles. 
Union  of  words,  13. 
Unless,  rendered  by  si,  444,  2. 

Va,  preceding  y  and  en,  p.  154,  fn. 

Venir,  conjug.  of,  370;  de,  371,  1; 
idioms  with,  371. 

Verbs,  after  prep.,  p. 75,  fn.;  number 
of,  see  Conjug-ation ;  ending  in 
evoir,  512;  similar  in  both  lan- 
guages, p.  89,  fn.;  monosyllabic, 
p.  99,  fn. ;  without  a  prep.,  525; 
followed  by  or,  623;   by  c«e,  624; 


with  a  before  an  inf.,  526 ;  with  de 
before  an  inf.,  527;    no  longer  re- 
quiring ne,  247  ;  requiring  ne,  444 ; 
agreement  of,  with  collectives,  411 
(note);  with  subject,  528;  no  com- 
mon complement  for  two,  528,  4; 
formation    of    tenses,    519;    com- 
pound, p.  270,  fn. ;  employment  of 
tenses,  see  Tenses. 
Auxiliary.    See  Avoir  and  Etre. 
Impersonal,  459;  with  sol,  507,  4. 
Irregular,  definition  of,  323,  521 ; 
for    reflexive    and    reciprocal, 
see    Conjugation;    table    of, 
521 ;  termination  of  reg.,  510, 
520  ,pec\diaritles  oilst  conjug., 
227,  p.   108,   fn.,    511;    of   2d 
conjug.,  511,  2;  of  3d  conjug., 
511,  3;   pa.ssive   and  reflexive, 
see    Conjugation ;    transitive 
and  intransitive,  522,   528,  3; 
table  of  terminations,  520  ;  reg. 
contrasted  with  irreg.,  521. 
Vieux,  second  form  of,  157,  3. 
Vingt,  pi.  of,  p.  69,  fn. 
Vivre,  conjug.,  453 ;  idioms  with,  454. 
Voici  and  voil^,  distinguished  from 

ilya,  207,1. 
Voir,  conjug.,  429 ;  idioms  with,  430. 
Vouloir,    conjug.    of,    398;   idioms, 

399 ;  rules  on,  400-403. 
Vous,  compared  with  tu,  p.  29,  fn. ; 

used  for  tu  and  toi,  p.  153,  fn. 
Vowels,  6 ;  nasals,  7 ;  Unguals,  8 ; 
with  euphonic  ^,  p.  30,  fn. 

We,  you,  they,  people,  rendered  by 
French  on,  134. 

Weight,  nouns  of,  392. 

What,  rendering  of,  83,  424. 

When,  implying  futurity,  p.  103,  fn. 

Which,  rendered  by  qui  and  que,  78, 
83  (note) ;  of  which,  by  dont  and 
de  qui,  77;  which  of,  by  lequ^l, 
etc.,  89;  by  ce  qui,  424,  1. 


394 


A   BRIEF  FRENCH   COURSE 


WTio,  rendering  of,  78,  83  (note). 
Whole  (the,  a),  rendering  of,  174. 
Whom,  rendered  by  que,  77  ;  by  qui, 

83. 
Whose,   rendering   of,   83,  1,  p.  44, 

fn.2. 
Will,  rendering  of,  401. 
With,  rendering  of,  449. 
Words,  union  of,  in  speaking,  13; 

similar  in  both  languages,  p.  52,  fn. ; 

foreign,  500,  8-1);  list  of,  536 ;  inva- 


riable, 173    2.  196  (note),  500.  12, 

532,  534,535. 
Worse,  rendering  of,  196. 
Would,  rendering  of,  401. 

Y,  for  to  it,  to  them,  etc.,  168;  for 
there,  168,  p.  183,  fn. ;  place  of,  p. 
252;  use  of,  168,  1;  following  va, 
p.  154,  fn. 

Ya  (il),conjug.  of,  207. 

You,  for  tu,  p.  29,  fn. 


'OF  THE     ^ 

UNIVERSITY 

OF 


French   Readings 


Selected  Readings  and  Stories,  carefully' edited  for  school  use 
and  accompanied  by  explanatory  notes  and  vocabularies. 

Contes  et  L^gendes 

By  H.  A.  GuERBER,  author  of  "  Myths  of  Greece  and  Rome,"  etc. 
Parts  I  and  II.— Each 60  cents 

Erckmann-Chatrian's  Madame  Therese         ....         50  cents 
Edited  by  C.  Fontaine,  Washington  City  High  Schools. 

Douze  Contes  Nouveaux 45  cents 

Selected  tales  from  the  writings  of  Theuriet,  Blache,  Halevy, 
Rameau,  Chotel,  Veron,  Cheneviere,  France,  Coppee,  and  Ar^ne. 
Edited  by  C,  Fontaine. 

Mairet's  La  Tache  du  Petit  Pierre 35  cents 

Arranged  for  Reading  Classes  by  Edith  Healy. 

Nodier's  Le  Chien  de  Bnsquet  and  Other  Stories       .         .         35  cents 
Edited  by  L.  C.  Syms,  Boys'  High  School,  New  York. 

Cr^mieux  and  Decourcelle's  L'Abbe  Constantin  .         .         35  cents 

A  Comedy  in  Three  Acts  by  Hector  Cr^mieux  and  Pierre 
Decoukcelle.  Adapted  from  the  romance  of  Ludovic  Halevy. 
Edited  by  Victor  E.  Francois,  University  of  Michigan. 

Racine's  Iphigenie 60  cents 

Edited  by  Benjamin  Duryea  Woodward,  Columbia  University. 

Legouv6  and  Labiche's  La  Cigale  Chez  Les  Fourmis  .         .         25  cents 
Comedie  en  une  Acte.     Edited  by  Thomas  J.  Farrar,  Washington 
and  Lee  University. 

Dumas'  LaTulipe  Noire      .......         40  cents 

Edited  by  Edgar  Ewing  Brandon,  Miami  University. 

Selected  Letters  of  Madame  de  S^vigne     ....         40  cents 
Edited  by  L.  C.  Syms. 

Selected   Letters  of  Voltaire       .         .         .         .         .         .         75  cents 

Edited  by  L.  C.  Syms. 

Selections  from  Edmond  and  Jules  de  Goncourt  .         .         .    $1.25 

Edited,  with  Introduction,  Bibliography,  Notes,  and  Appendices, 
by  Arnold  Guyot  Cameron,  Princeton  University. 


Copies  of  any  of  these  books  will  be  sent,  prepaid,  on  receipt  of  price. 

American   Book  Company 

New  York  ♦  Cincinnati  »  Chicago 

(214) 


Text-Books   in   French 


LESSONS  AND  METHODS 

Bacon's  New  French  Course 

Dreyspring's  Easy  Lessons  in  French    . 

Duffet's  New  French  Method.     Parts  I  and  II.     Each 

Fasquelle's  Introductory  French  Course 

Fasquelle's  French  Course 

Francois  Introductory  French  Prose  Composition 
Gastineau's  Conversation  Method  with  the  French 

Hennequin's  French  Verbs 

Mannequin's  Lessons  in  Idiomatic  French    . 

Muzzarelli's  Academic  French  Course — First  Year 

Muzzarelli's  Academic  French  Course — Second  Year 

Muzzarelli's  Brief  French  Course 

Roger's  French  Sight  Reading 

Syms's  First  Year  in  French 

Syms's  Second  Year  in  French 

Syms's  Third  Year  in  French 

Worman's  First  French  Book 

Worman's  Second  French  Book 

READERS 


$1  00 
.60 
.72 
.65 

1.35 
.25 

1.25 
65 
.87 

1  00 

1.00 

.40 
.50 
1.00 
1.20 
.40 
.40 


De  Fivas's  Elementary  French  Reader 

De  Fivas's  Classic  French  Reader 

Dreyspring's  French  Reader         ...... 

Fasquelle's  Colloquial  French  Reader 

Fenelon's  Telemaque  (Fasquelle) 

Worman's  French  Echo  (Conversation)         .... 

French  Readings — A  selected  series  of  French  texts,  care- 
fully edited,  with  notes  and  vocabulary.  Price  List 
furnished  on  application. 


.52 
1.05 
.75 
.90 
.90 
.90 


Copies  of  any  of  the  above  books  will  be  sent,  prepaid,  to  any  address  on 
receipt  of  the  price  by  the  Publishers  : 


New  York 

(2IO) 


American   Book  Company 

♦  Cincinnati  ♦ 


Chicago 


German   Readings 


Each 


.1 


Arnold.     Ein  Regentag  auf  dem  Lande. 

Edited  by  A.  J.  W.  Kern     .... 
Baumbach.     Im  Zwielicht.     Vols.  I  and  II 

Edited  by  W.  Bernhardt 
Baumbach  and  Wildenbruch.     Es  War  Einmal 

Edited  by  W.  Bernhardt       . 
EbneR-Eschenbach.      Krambambuli  and — 
KlausSMANN.-     Memoiren   eines  Offizierbursche 

Edited  by  A.  W.  Spanhoofd 
Freytag.     Die  Journalisten.     Edited  by  J.  Norton  Johnson 
Heyse.    Das  Madchen  von  Treppi,  and  Marion. 

Edited  by  W.  Bernhardt 

Heyse.      L'Arrabbiata      Edited  by  Max  Lentz    . 
HiLLERN.     Hoher  als  die  Kirche.     Edited  by  F.  A.  Dauer 
Lessing.     Minna  von  Barnhelm.     Edited  by  M.  B.  Lambert 

Prehn.     Journalistic  German 

Ranke.      Kaiserwahl  Karl's  V.     Edited  by  H.  Schoenfeld 
RiCHTER.      Selections.     Edited  by  G.  S.  Collins 
RiEHL.     Die  Vierzehn  Nothelfer,  and  Trost  um  Trost. 

Edited  by  F.  K.  Sihler 

RiEHL.     Der  Fluch  der  Schonheit.     Edited  by  M.  A.  Frost 
Schanz.     Der  Assistent      Edited  by  A.  Beinhorn 
Schiller.     Gustav  Adolf  in  Deutschland. 

Edited  by  W.  Bernhardt 

Seidel.      Die   Monate.     Edited  by  R.  Arrowsmith     . 
Seidel.      Der  Lindenbaum  and  Other  Stories 

Edited  by  Ernst  Richard 

Seidel.      Herr  Omnia      Edited  by  J.  Matthewman     . 
Seidel.      Leberecht  Hlihnchen  und  a  idere  Sonderlinge. 

With  Vocabulary.      Edited  by  W.  Bernhardt 
Spyri.      Rosenresli,  and  Der  Toni  von  Kandergrund    . 
Stern.     Geschichten  vom  Rhein        .... 
Stifter.      Das  Heidedorf.     Edited  by  Max  Lentz      . 
Storm.     Immensee      Edited  by  F.  A.  Dauer    . 
Volkmann-Leander.     Triiumereien.     Edited  by  A.  Hanstein 
Wilbrandt.     Der  Meister  von  Palmyra.   Edited  by  Th.  Henckels 
Wildenbruch.    Freudvoll  und  Leidvoll.  Edited  by  W.  Bernhardt 
ZSCHOKKE.      Der  Zerbrochene  Krug.     Edited  by  B.  Roelker      . 


$0  25 
.65 


.65 


Sent,  prepaid,  to  any  address  on  receipt  of  the  price. 


New  York 
(223) 


epaia,  10  any  aaaress  on  receipt  oj   ii 

American    Book  Company 

♦  Cincinnati  ♦ 


.25 
.35 

.30 
.30 
.25 
.50 
.50 
.35 
.60 

.30 
.30 
.35 

.45 
.25 

.25 
.25 

.50 
.25 
.85 
.25 

.25 
35 
.80 
.65 
.25 


Chicago 


Germania  Texts 

Edited  by  A.  W.  SPANHOOFD 


These  texts  include  important  and  interesting  chap- 
ters from  the  works  of  the  best  German  authors,  and  are 
intended  for  advanced  students  in  Academies,  Colleges, 
Universities,  and  German-American  schools,  who  wish  to 
make  a  thorough  study  of  German  Literature.  They  are 
issued  in  pamphlet  form  at  a  uniform  price  of  ten  cents. 

The  series  embraces  the  following  works  : 

1.  SCHMIDT.     BURGERS  LENORE.     With  Sketch  of  Burger's  Life 

and  Works  and  Extracts  from  Erich  Schmidt's  celebrated 
essay. 

2.  GERVINUS.     VERGLEICHUNG  GOETHES  UND  SCHILLERS; 

LESSINGS  UND  HERDERS. 

3.  CHOLEVIUS.     KLOPSTOCKS   BEDEUTUNG   FUR   SEIN 

ZEITALTER. 

4.  KURZ.     REINEKE    FUCHS. 

5.  GOETHE.     DIE  KRONUNG  JOSEFS  II.     With  Notes. 

6.  GERVINUS.     LESSINGS  DRAMATURGIE.  and  KURZ.     LESSINGS 

MINNA  VON  BARNHELM. 

7.  KHULL.     MEIER  HELMBRECHT. 

8.  GOETHE.     WIELAND.     From  the  Gedachtnisrede. 

9.  KURZ.     WIELANDS  OBERON. 

10.  SCHILLER.  '  LIED   VON    DER    GLOCKE.     With   Notes. 

A.  W.  Spanhoofd. 

11.  HERBST.     MATTHIAS  CLAUDIUS  ALS  VOLKSDICHTER. 

12.  SCHILLER.    DIE  KRANICHE  DES  IBYKUSand  DAS  ELEUSISCHE 

FEST.     With  Notes.     A.  W.  Spanhoofd. 


Copies  of  any  of  the  Germania  Texts  will  be  sent  prepaid  to  any  address 
on  receipt  of  the  price  {lo  cents)  by  the  Publishers  : 


Chicago 


American 

Book      Company 

New  York 

♦ 

Cincinnati                    » 

(224) 

Text-Books  in   German 


METHODS 

Edgren  and  Fossler's  Brief  German  Grammar 

Ahn's  German  Grammar 

Bernhardt's  Deutsch  Sprach-  und  Lesebuch. 

Parts  I.  and  II.     Each  . 
Dreyspring's  Easy  Lessons  in  German  . 
Dreyspring's  Cumulative  Method  in  German 
Keller's  First  Year  in  German 
Keller's  Second  Year  in  German   . 
Worman's  First  German  Book 
Worman's  Second  German  Book  . 
Worman's  Elementary  German  Grammar 
Worman's  Complete  German  Grammar 

READERS 

Eclectic  German  Readers 

German  Primer  (Deutsche  Fibel)  ..... 

German  First  Reader  (Erstes  Lesebuch) 

German  Second  Reader  (Zweites  Lesebuch)  . 

German  Third  Reader  (Drittes  Lesebuch) 

German  Fourth  Reader  (Viertes  Lesebuch)    ... 

German  Fifth  Reader  (Fiinftes  Lesebuch) 

German  Script  Primer  (Schreib  und  Lesefibel) 

German  First  Book  (Erstes  Schulbuch) .... 

German    Primer   and    First    Reader  (Fibel  und  Erstes 
Lesebuch) ......... 

German    Advanced    Fourth    Reader    (HSheres  Viertes 
Lesebuch) ......... 

Dreyspring's  First  German  Reader 


$0.75 
.70 


1.10 

.60 

1.20 

1  00 

1.20 

.30 

.40 

TOO 

140 


.20 
.25 
.35 
.42 
.60 
.72 
.20 
.20 


.20 

.60 
.60 


LITERATURE 

Keller's  Bilder  aus  der  Deutschen  Litteratur 

Bernhardt's  Deutsche  Litteraturgeschichte    . 

German   Readings  :  A  selected  series  of  German  texts 

fully  edited,  with  notes  and  vocabularies 

furnished  on  application. 


75 
.75 


care- 
Price   List 


Copies  of  these  books   will  be  sent,  prepaid,  to  any  address  on   receipt 
of  the  price  by  the  Publishers  : 


New  York 

(218) 


American   Book   Company 

♦  Cincinnati  ♦ 


Chicago 


A   Spanish  Grammar 


FOR   THE  USE  OF  SCHOOLS  AND  COLLEGES 

By  SAMUEL  GARNER,  Ph.D. 
Recently  Professor  of  Modern  Languages  U.  S.  Naval  Academy 

Cloth,  12mo,  415  pages Price,  $1.25 

This  grammar  gives,  in  clear  and  concise  outline,  the 
essential  features  of  the  language.  The  author  combines, 
in  an  unusual  degree,  an  intimate  knowledge  of  the  Spanish 
language  and  of  its  idioms  rarely  found  save  in  a  native 
Spaniard,  with  the  pedagogical  devices  and  the  insight  into 
the  needs  of  American  students  which  only  an  American 
instructor  of  long  experience  can  possess.  The  union  of 
these  two  features  places  the  book  in  the  front  rank  of 
practical  working  text-books. 

An  especially  serviceable  feature  of  the  book  is  the  intro- 
duction of  numerous  business  letters  and  forms,  copied  from 
those  actually  used  by  one  of  the  leading  Spanish  firms  in 
this  country.  Both  the  exercises  and  the  Spanish  reading 
matter,  covering,  as  they  do,  a  very  wide  range  of  subjects, 
embrace  many  features  which  serve  as  an  introduction  to 
an  acquaintance  with  the  commercial  and  social  life  of 
Spanish-speaking  countries.  No  other  grammar  so  thor- 
oughly meets  this  want,  and  a  mastery  of  its  contents  will 
place  the  student  in  a  position  where  he  may  readily  develop 
and  apply  his  linguistic  knowledge  along  these  lines. 

In  view  of  the  constantly  growing  importance  of  our 
relations  with  our  Spanish-speaking  possessions  and  neigh- 
bors, a  book  which  will  equip  the  student  thoroughly  with 
an  accurate  and  ready  knowledge  of  the  language  both  for 
reading  and  conversation  is  an  essential  in  all  schools. 
Embodying  methods  employed  and  tested  in  many  years 
of  class-room  instruction,  this  is  such  a  book,  and  its  use 
cannot  fail  to  give  results  amply  proportionate  to  the  study 
expended  on  it. 


Copies  sent,  prepaid,  to  any  address  on  receipt  of  price  by  the  Publishers: 

American    Book   Company 

New  York  •  Cincinnati  ♦  Chicago 


C232) 


THIS  BOOK  IS  DUE  ON  THE  LAST  DATE 
STAMPED  BELOW 


AN     INITIAL     FINE     OF     25      CENTS 

WILL  BE  ASSESSED  FOR  FAILURE  TO  RETURN 
THIS  BOOK  ON  THE  DATE  DUE.  THE  PENALTY 
WILL  INCREASE  TO  50  CENTS  ON  THE  FOURTH 
DAY  AND  TO  $1.00  ON  THE  SEVENTH  DAY 
OVERDUE. 


JAN     5  1933 

SEP    201934 
SEP  20  1935 


SEP   24  1936 
FEB  5 


1937 


NOV   17  ms 


3Apr'57Wt 
MAY2  9I952/.U 


LD  21-50m-8,-3i 


/t^-  /    X 


y  "^JidA.^u^-^-AJ 


'u  u\tmot 


'  VVUv^c^^vsJLSIk- 


